vs lead

ard Sam Ah

rate

re ee

(Var baee eres sade So ggte hers aidi

eee ¢ b RY prreiets es eae

i nena rae tod patna 7 ze die

; ath a mit

ite —

”

: nyse

oe : ne

ARS

HN wea Vibe

RBA

alanine SMe

ats 8 ay ti

ern ie i) * ne

bilan e| at -

dio

; i oka a

isi :

ut pa a

SaaS

i Le

rin be

eee bt

HE at A “ ae iS

4 ub

Cae

aati

ae ay ae >

saint

f sities

a itilaae

ihe ate 2

i t

(bred

wy i

Here

uy ie

jot Wis ne)

seth g Nien

por ae

fete ah by

stile

‘Sits

a ie PY

Ney

Wyn a

ts Raper

sti

oe ai ie 7

es 4 hei} Mi

ips

Sle

et tit

ote

heft alse

ran)

ft why iMate

ie er

Rertad Dumerer ft,

is} ‘ffeaye, Vas aes

% ‘7,

eanit

abate tap

} ? A

Widen gad M i

dete , cee

falas ind

‘ atat' a oe Bs

tan i ; Y ;

wrasse tats

ie et pes

ree:

ry nines

Leh

seh SS

seein

lasses

Boge i

SMITHSONIAN DEPOSIT

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

el ee

OF LONDON. ,~quiinsonny

1904, vol. ie: i:

(JANUARY—APRIL.)

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

basset

OF THE 4_"\

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1904.

COUNCIL.

(Hlected April 29th, 1904.)

His Grace THe Duke or Beprorp, K.G., President.

Srp ALEXANDER Barr, Br.

Witi1am T. Branrorp, Esq., |

C.1.K., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice- |

President. |

GrorcE A. BouLencer, Esq., |

E.R.S., Vice-President.

Tuomas H. Burrovucues, Esq.

Freperic G. D. Drewirt, Esq.,

M.D., F.R.C.P.

Hersert Druce, Esq., F.L.S., |

Vice-President. |

CHARLES DruMMoNnD, KEsq.,

Treasurer.

FREDERICK GILLETT, Esq.

F. DuCane Gopman, KsqQ.,

D.C.L.,F.R.S., Vice-President.

_ ALBERT GinTrHER, Esq., M.D.,

Pu.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Sirk Epmunp Gives Lopsr, Br.

KR. G. B. Meapre-WaAtpo, Esq.

P. CHALMERS MircHett, Esq.,

M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

‘Tur Hon. L. Waurer Rora-

SCHILD, D.Sc., M.P.

Howarp Saunpers, EsqQ., Vice-

President.

DavipSuarp, Esq., M.D.,F.R.S.

_ OLDFIELD Tuomas, Esq., F.R.S.

Surron Timnis, Esq.

CHARLES 8. Tomes, Esq., M.A.,

E.R.S.

Avucustus F. Wrener, Esq.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. Cuatmers MrrcHetn, Esq., M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

R. I. Pocock, Esq., Superintendent of the Gardens.

Me. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Coxe, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Grorce ArrHur Dovusiepay, Clerk of Publications.

Mr. Artuur THomson, Assistant Superintendent of the

Gardens.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

January 19, 1904.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie in November and December, 1903 ............

The Secretary. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, skins of

the Transvaal Bustard, Vrachelotis barrovit ........00..00.

Mr. R. I. Pocock. Exhibition of photographs of a young

Janylaovenel \Weheeie ooiele' GAR nu An ooRonnanncghe oouesenmasesochorec:

My. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin and skull

and description of a new subspecies of Gazelle, Gazella

SOA TUAA RIO TOR: DULUAED,. eho ge ociennaecocoobageogeonccooscouRsOOneee

My. Macleod Yearsley, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, specimens of aneurysms in the Jaguar and a

ANDRAS ERR ota omeasdooe SORGENOGE Ese Stee PUP Re BORN acon er nape men

1, A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Hipporrhinus

Schh. (Curculionide). By Guy A. K. Marsuatt, F.Z.8.

(TP lenis TPIS) See BRN ee SOcHOn, aC ean ee Sat eee Re aS A

2. On proposed Additions to the accepted Systematic

Characters of certam Mammals. By Dr. Watrer

KD BE ZS nt ee aa oem ase okie cece ters gente ae ede eee ae a

3. Some Observations on the Skull of the Giraffe. By

W. G. Ripewoop, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Lecturer on

Biology at the Medical School of St. Mary’s Hospital ...

a 2

Page

150.

Page

4. Note on the Brains of the Potto (Perodicticus potto) and

the Slow Loris (Wycticebus tardigradus), with some

Observations upon the Arteries of the Brain in certain

Primates. By Franx EH. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,

iProsector’ to the Societys eas. casas eee ees ee 157

5. On the Pelvis and Hind-limb of JMullerornis betsilet

M.-Edw. & Grand.; with a Note on the Occurrence of a

Ratite Bird in the Upper Eocene Beds of the Fayum,

Egypt. By C. W. Anprews, D.Sc., F.Z.S. (British

Museum, Natural History). (Plate V.) .................. 163

February 2, 1904.

Mr. R. Lydekker. Exhibition of a head of the Alaskan

MOOSE plo se teks. Niet, Uotaveis e Neiihvo se stele ele a Se wiatinie cate ches teeta ee iva

Mr. J. B.S. Moore, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a series of lantern-

slides illustrating the histology of cancer in animal

DISSUOS Meh Cinch ested oinins Molaninc totes nce ee oes ectetaucieoe cto eae ane 171

1. On a Collection of Mammals from British Namaqualand,

presented to the National Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8., and Haroup

SCHWANN, EEZiSiai(iPlate Wels) (ert ea as 171

2. On the Arteries of the Base of the Brain in certain

Mammals. By Frank EK. Bepparp, F.R.S., F.ZS.,

iRrosector mothe Socteby, |... cecaee sae ace ran sae ace ae eae 183

3. Descriptions of Three new Fishes discovered by the late

Mr. J.S. Budgett in the Niger. By G. A. BouLENcEr,

Wes), WE ZS (Plates, Vali cs (VANE a necn essen 197

4, On the Type Specimen of a West African Fish, Clarias

leviceps Gill. By G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. . 200

5. On the Subspecies of Giraffa camelopardalis. By R.

IGYDEIGCKER- ae (plates pIBXe ING Vil ye aie i feast crane eee 202

February 16, 1904.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerienn January N90. Jycnue naesnae cree aeeecee 228

Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.8. Letter from

the late Mr. W. G. Doggett concerning the Okapi and a

supposed unknown large species of Central African

Antelope

eee coerce ser ees sesersesseeeseosseseossseosoasseesereserer oer”

Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a specimen of

the Spider Heteropoda regia, captured at University

College, London

eco reso seeorsereerseseeesevreseeeosesseeessresoeseee

1. Description of anew Antelope. By Hon. W. RoruscHitp,

IDISIGS IYAISE Seoesosconcoce5 cooadebopoEusoonagdsoonobosvededodgS00

2. Another Contribution to the Knowledge of African

Phytophagous Coleoptera. By Manrrin Jacosy, F.E.S.

(edema) SOWIE Ls See A Shotabbacbeoosduceobopddon scooumboonedobonagaos

3. The Polycheta of the Maldive Archipelago from the

Collections made by J. Stanley Gardiner in 1899. By

Cyrit CrosstaAnp, B.A., B.Sc., F.Z.8., the Gatty

Laboratory, St. Andrews. (Plates XVIII. & XIX.) ...

4, The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa,

from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years

1901 and 1902.—The Polycheta. Part ITI. With

which is incorporated the Account of Stanley Gardiner’s

Collection made in the Maldive Archipelago in the Year

1899. By Cyrim Crosstanp, B.A., B.Sc., F.Z.8., the

Gatty Laboratory, St. Andrews. (Plates XX.—XXII.).

5. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Circulatory System

in the Ophidia. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.,

F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society ..........csscecseeneeeeeneees

March 1, 1904.

Mr. R. I. Pocock. Motion as to the hour of Meeting for

Scientific Business .........-...scssccecersecearecesceserccccees

Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

specimens of hybrids between a Reeves’ and a Silver

IDNGR MG © “Lyocade casoscubooocdodcesde snoscndcceoc ubec eoonnbuc marae,

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, a skull of a new form of Buffalo from Uganda. ...

Page

228

230

270

287

331

371

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin and

description of a new species of Fruit-Bat from Fernando

Oe ee ciaeio cela te etarevotareuaetalateLetefotstersteleictetefereteleteperaiarstoteleterstarerslaretots

Mr. J. ffolliott Darling, F.Z.S. Exhibition of some photo-

graphs of, and remarks upon, a large specimen of the

Woolly Monkey .......csceeeeeeeeeceeeeeneeseeeeeeeceeeeeenes

Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.S8. Note on the arrangement of the

hair on the nasal region of Wlwropus melanoleucus ......

Mr. R. E. Holding. Exhibition of an abnormal head of a

TD yore’ ned Occ hrall Hee eRe cH a A ne Ca Ad uo conawad

Mr. R. KE. Holding. Exhibition of a skull of a Four-horned

Ram which had been fractured in fighting ...............

Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

pelages of the Grey Seal in various stages of growth

1. On some Nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibav.

Part IV. By Sir C. Exior, K.C.M.G., late H.M.

Commissioner for the East African Protectorate, F.Z.S.

—Doridide Cryptobranchiate, II. (Plates XXIII. &

D3 @)-40 GA HN ah ie oe SALAS ah Uo dn aohendo sco aMbdanbonnocooo

2. On the Turbellarian Worm dAvagina incola, with a Note

on the Classification of the Proporide. By Rosert T,

Lerper, Research Student, Glasgow University (Embryo-

logical Laboratory). i(@Bilate XEXOVE)) io secs ce este sete.

3. On Two Specimens of ‘ Riporre” with known Parentage.

By Dr. Ervar LonnpereG, C.M.Z.8., &e. (Plate X XVI.)

March 15, 1904.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie anglebruary O04 recs setae snlen ciate

Mr. Frank Slade, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Bantam hen with

a. claw ‘onfeachn wimg (2s (ENE a son. eke eee

Dr, C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.S.. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, some dental peculiarities in Mammals...............

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, a paddle of a new species of Ichthyosaur............

Page

371

373

374

.. 304

380

407

411

416

vil

Page

Mr. A. BK. Pratt. Exhibition of a series of skins of Paradise-

birds from the Owen-Stanley Range, British New

CMM ea err iosenle naleemeracisn sian cre secre eer a eT Sao ws cals optaiectab 426

. Note on the Skull and Markings of the Quagga. By R.

LYDEKKER

. Note on the Wild Ass of Mongolia. By R. LyDEKKER.

(Bllates) XOXCVi TT a ENGNOV AT ee cana cte us cleats tesa e 431

. Description of a new Species of Spot-nosed Monkey of

the Genus Cercopithecus. By R. I. Pocock, F.ZS.,

Superintendent of the Gardens, formerly Assistant in

the Zool. Dept., Nat. Hist. Museum .....................66- 433

. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia.—(1) On

the Venous System in certain Lizards. By Frank H.

Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society......... 436

. A Contribution towards the Knowledge of the Lepidoptera-

Rhopalocera of Dominica, B.W.I. By Percy I. Larry,

REZ SAB e Hi ahora Sister cinarsioh se tsnie iene natateelatuind sas daisies ou esale'ene 450

April 19, 1904.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie ans Marchyl 90490. st tigserictesjscs citer «ccwee sine snc 454

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skull of a

Rock- Wallaby showing a peculiarity in the dentition ... 454

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin and

description of a new subspecies of Hartebeest from

HUWireurn hee see siscrs sats estate nisisatains siavasiewietsloisisiefsstoeiets salesctneeie sce 455

Dr. C. 1. Forsyth Major, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, some remains of Anthracotherium from Majorca.

(edhe) 5.0. G D.G) RBBB so sondescon App Snete Se obSOnACeEEDOSepEvadconodd 456

Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of some injected

JPEN, ENO pagcapoagesu oquode ngonengdesuboobuO Soom boNDuoREEnsoEo 458

1. On Mammals collected during the Uganda Boundary

Commission by the late Mr. W. G. Doggett, and pre-

sented to the British Museum by Col. C. Delmé- Radcliffe.

By OuprieLD Tuomas, F.R.S., and Haroitp ScHwann,

10C/AgS HieSab nnn snnetode Sudbbodaaneconace ase aaeaceannee tse aus wseies 459

vill

Page

2, Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia.—(2) On

some Points in the Structure of Zupinambis. By

Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

OCT YT Te ee cern ote naan GR DE Aten ae 465

3. On the Characters and Affinities of the Triassic Reptile

Telerpeton elginense. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.,

V.PZS. (Plates XXX —XXXIM) 21.20.0000... .ce. ones. 470

4, Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies helonging

to the Family Hrycinide from Tropical South America.

By Hersert Druce, V.P.Z.S.,F.L.8. (Plates XX XIII.

FPO), O24 IVE) OB AR Nee Renn hint SUSAN Ki RIE aad a ica 48]

5. On the Structure of the Theriodont Mandible, and on

its Mode of Articulation with the Skull. By R. Broom,

M.D., B.Se., C.M.Z.8S., Victoria College, Stellenbosch,

S. Atirica. (Plate PROV Rie evant fan ees ees 490

ALPHABETICAL LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

Anprews, C. W., D.Sc., F.Z.S8., of the British Museum

(Natural History).

On the Pelvis and Hind-limb of MJullerornis betsiler

M.-Edw. & Grand.; with a Note on the Occurrence of a

Ratite Bird in the Upper Eocene Beds of the Fayum,

Jers (RIBIIS) We) ee ganbacdondneubdecqbndosocnobnerodaoucbosaDNbOL 163

BeEDDARD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

Note on the Brains of the Potto (Perodicticus potto)

and the Slow Loris (Wycticebus tardigradus), with some

Observations upon the Arteries of the Brain in certain

PAMMALES| pqs dol pietsets os s se etesielstetee eho «oles eles cin siaeislaieietefsolseviats 157

On the Arteries of the Base of the Brain in certain

NDA a gies ae RON CH a SAFE Oe Seta aeavcrettataineietotats eaiets 183

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Circulatory

System ma the! Oplidiay ecw csa-waseeess/eiie\-ie se sere ea 331

BepparbD, Frank E., M.A. (Continued.)

Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia.—(1) On

the Venous System in certain Lizards................ceceeeee

Exhibition of some injected Avian brains ..............-

Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia.—(2) On

some Points in the Structure of Z’upinambis

weeosecroesncece

BouLenGcER, Grorce ALBERT, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Descriptions of Three new Fishes discovered by the late

Mr. J. S. Budgett in the Niger. (Plates VII. & VIII.).

On the Type Specimen of a West African Fish, Clarias

Ueeviceps: Gailliny Neo5. GROAN i PRCe Re, Aaee inaatone sree eens ee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a paddle of a new

species of Ichthyosaur

eee ecoeoeceeeescesereeeserseoeeseseseesoeerecgD

On the Characters and Affinities of the Triassic Reptile

Telerpeton elginense. (Plates XXX.-XXXIT.)............

Broom, Rosert, M.D., B.Sc., C.M.Z.S., Victoria College,

Stellenbosch, 8. Africa.

On the Structure of the Theriodont Mandible, and on

its Mode of Articulation withthe Skull. (Plate XX XV.)

CrossLanD, Cyrit, B.A., B.Sc., F.Z.8., Gatty Laboratory,

St. Andrews.

The Polycheta of the Maldive Archipelago from the

Collections made by J. Stanley Gardiner in 1899,

(Plates XVIII. & XIX.)

CO SO CO OO

The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East

Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the

Years 1901 and 1902.—The Polycheta. Part III. With

which is incorporated the Account of Stanley Gardiner’s

Collection made in the Maldive Archipelago in the Year

Ie SkS Pa Ged Chics yp. ©, Ged: <p. 4] HEA) We aban AN AA aeE. kaso bdadaduneee

Page

436

458

465

197

200

424

470

490

270

287

Daruine, J. FFOLLIOTT, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of some photographs of, and remarks upon,

a large specimen of the Woolly Monkey ...................55

Drucet, HEersert, F.L.S., V.P.Z.S8.

Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies belong-

ing to the Family Hrycinide from Tropical South America.

G2 Taitesi XOX GIT Ty dy MENONGIIV Fh. ote cjecivcigss socjasiacsoe 9:

Exiot, Sir CHARLES, K.C.M.G., late H.M. Commissioner for

the Kast African Protectorate, F.Z.S.

On some Nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibar.—

Part IV. Doridide Cryptobranchiate, II. (Plates

PENT TC PREXEDVIENT ) ccisstnioanasmnlds wotino tae csmacene trainin Sch seek

GintuEer, Atpert C. L. G., M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.BS.,

V.P.ZS.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of hybrids

between a Reeves’ and a Silver Pheasant ..................

Ho.pine, R. E.

Exhibition of an abnormal head of a Dorset Lamb

Exhibition of a skull of a Four-horned Ram which

hadi beentiractured! im fighting 2.05... e5.cess-.54otegoars

Jacosy, Martin, F.E.S.

Another Contribution to the Knowledge of African

Phytophagous Coleoptera. (Plate XVII.) ............0.....

Jounston, Sir Harry H., K.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.8.

Letter from the late Mr. W. G. Doggett concerning the

Okapi and a supposed unknown large species of Central

Avericun Ane lOpe Ur ts choo. mete aa RRO, ERE UC EDDA NS

Page

373

481

380

371

303

374

230

xii

Kuo, Watter, M.D., F.Z.S.

On proposed Additions to the accepted Systematic

Characters of certain) Mammalspy payee esses ees one a ce eee

Note on the arrangement of the hair on the nasal region

of Wluropus melanoleucus © ...m. sep ess ae. oe eee

Latuy, Percy L., F.E.S., F.Z.S.

A Contribution towards the Knowledge of the Lepido-

ptera-Rhopalocera of Dominica, B.W.I. ..........c.cs02c0ees

Lerper, Roperr T., Research Student, Glasgow University

(Embryological Laboratory).

On the Turbellarian Worm Avagina incola, with a Note

"on the Classification of the Proporidw. (Plate XXV.)...

Lonnperc, Dr. Ernar, C.M.Z.S., Vetenskapsakademien,

Stockholm.

On Two Specimens of “ Riporre” with known Parentage.

(Plate: XOX V1.) (cs 1 Pee, TES, De | ec ee Se

Lyprxxker, Ricuarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a head of the Alaskan Moose............006

On the Subspecies of Giraffa camelopardalis. (Plates

dE. G18 & Mapper he ena teaser so 8H Gabe SAarnnoho Adon oan

Note on the Skull and Markings of the Quagga.........

Note on the Wild Ass of Mongolia, (Plates XX VII. &

DOGGONE) eRe heen 08 34008) cdc qo oggaanGoddopaEpDebuougHiiasconée

Magor, Dr. C. I. Forsyru, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of some dental peculiarities in Mammals ...

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some remains of

Anthracotherium from Majorca, (Plate X XIX.) .........

Page

142

373

450

407

411

171

202

426

431

416

456

xlll

MarsHaut, Guy A. K., F.Z8.

A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Hippor-

rhinus Schh. (Curculionide). (Plates I-IV.) ............

Mituais, J. G., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, pelages of the Grey

i Sealun various stages! of, orowtly 5 certscaistjs skies tel

Mincuin, E. A., Jodrell Professor of Zoology and Com-

parative Anatomy, University College, London, F.Z:S.

Exhibition of a specimen of the Spider Heteropoda regia,

captured at University College, London

MircHEtt, P. CHALMERS, M.A., D.Sc., Secretary to the

Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

INovemberand December 1 905-245. .cscssesecceeees-ceeeees es

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, skins of the Transvaal

Bustard, 7'rachelotis barrovu

eee eco re soccer esses aseeesessesesessoen

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

January 1904

eeoeeereeesececesererecesccsesseecse verses eroesssereneseee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

February 1904

eee cesecrsseresevosseeesesesesesecssossossessresseonse

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in

March 1904

Moors, J. E.S8., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides illustrating the

histology of cancer in animal tissues

eee ore eee ee esse asesseses

Pocock, R. I., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Gardens;

formerly Assistant in the Zoological Department,

British Museum.

Exhibition of photographs of a young hybrid Waterbuck.

Page

374

229

416

454

171

X1V

Page

Pocock, R. I., F.Z.S. (Continued.)

Description of a new Species of Spot-nosed Monkey of

the Genus Cercopitieerise. ease cea ieee eee Cn 433

Pratt, A. E.

Exhibition of a series of skins of Paradise-birds from

the Owen-Stanley Range, British New Guinea ............ 426

Riwewoop, W.G., D.Sc., F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology at the

Medical School of St. Mary’s Hospital.

Some Observations on the Skull of the Giraffe ......... 150

RoruscuHiLp, The Hon. L. Watrer, M.P., D.Sce., F.Z.S.

Description’ of anew -Amtelope) 2) 7-cc.c..c-e eee see eee 229

Scuwann, Haroxp, F.Z.S., and THomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S.,

E.ZS.

On a Collection of Mammals from British Namaqualand,

presented to the National Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

(Bate VL) cs 2.22 Gee lee eee ee aa kU OSes 171

On Mammals collected during the Uganda Boundary

Commission by the late Mr. W. G. Doggett, and presented

to the British Museum by Col. C. Delmé-Radecliffe ...... 459

SLADE, FRANK, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a Bantam hen with a claw on each wing. 416

Tuomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a skin and skull and description of a new

subspecies of Gazelle, Gazella soemmerringit butteri ...... 4

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull of a new form

) ot ‘Buttalo fromaWigandaeic nese ehee cee ee nee er ee 371

Page

THoMAS, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Continuwed.)

Exhibition of a skin and description of a new species of

Bruibsibat trom Mernandoploy jens. ee cnaiistserce rit). 2 371

Exhibition of a skull of a Rock-Wallaby showing a

peculiarity in the dentition ................... esses eee 454

Exhibition of a skin and description of a new subspecies

Ol Hlartebecsti irom! Wigandal-ysch tases. cewe tiene ease ae 455

THomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.8., and Scuwann, Haroxp,

E.ZS8.

On a Collection of Mammals from British Namaqualand,

presented to the National Museum by Mr. C, D. Rudd.

(TReie a) WU Ts) nae eae eu ase eS ane ea soe cea uetae Hunn ae aaanmE rma 171

On Mammals collected during the Uganda Boundary

Commission by Mr. W. G. Doggett, and presented to the

British Museum by Col. C. Delmé-Radcliffe ............... 459

Yearstey, P. Macueop, F.R.C.S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of

aneurysms in the Jaguar and a Turtle........................ 3D

ier vat Parca tbh

ie eT E

Beles cs ee) aan St

iO Miah boa aa et eela ve the) i

Mee.

mii Ba

Gat

a t

boty 3 0!

LIST OF PLATES.

1904.—Vot. I.

Plate

IL. : :

III. Coleoptera of the genus Hipporrhinus ........2.0505

TIVE

Wo. JBOOGS OF WWRUEROINS OESIIEE os 6 odo g So bobodoaCSbOObe.e

VI. 1. Herpestes ruddi. 2. Bathyergus janetta .......+++

VIL. 1. Mareusenius budgetti. 2. Gnathonemus gilli........

WOU, Symoalenias FORWOOD > Sacooadedonbudoucdanbobe sae

IX Guajacamelopandals typicanS Wits 64s soho hse sos.

XO Gur ay arcamclopaldales cypucany Or \la) Woe ae) Wena e 3) aya:

XI. Giraffa camelopardalis antiquorum, 3 jr. .....1 eee ee

XII. Giraffa camelopardalis rothschildt, § ...........+.5+.

XI Girafia camelopardalis rothsciildt, Q ..............--

XIV. Giraffa camelopardalis angolensis, So. ee. e eee ee cee

XV. Fig. 1. Head of Giraffa camelopardalis cottont. Fig. 2.

laleael Oi Cis @ WIRD, Coss hbe cooseouquecwonnenauad

OVER IG Da fancaneclopaund dus capensis Give. ahtade cit es oan

XVII. New African Phytophagous Coleoptera ..............

XVII. 1, 2. Chetopterus longimanus. 3-7. Phyllochetopterus

CELCUAG CLUS WHITE dat aic tenes eis ye Mister pe falayoke tte aaah

XIX. 1, 2. Chetopterus longipes. 3-7. Phyllochetopterus

gurdinert. 8-11. Hyalinecia camiguina ..........

DOK SS Iai Cit, Ch We 19, COCAD “Sabb cbse Sonoenn

XXII. 1-6." Eunice tubsfex, full-grown. 7, 8. E. tubifex,

AORN WEIS TEOMA 6 ob Goon H ebb de Rw SS OOO

XXIT. 1-7. Eunice antennata, 8,9. E. siciliensis. 10,11. Nici-

COW: OT ACLISHAT sem. (Sey WN RDA elena con aE ea

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. b

Page

lon)

163

171

l 197

= (aa

L287

Plate

XXIII.

XXIV.

XXV.

XXVI.

XXVII.

XXVIIL.

XXIX.

XXX.

XXXI.

XXXII.

XXAIIT

XXXIV

XXXYV.

Page

1-5. Chromodoris reticulata. 6. C.sykest. 7,8. C. cave.

1-3. Chromodoris annulata. 4. C. elizabethina. 5, all 380

C. nigrostriata. 7. C. lineata. 8,9. C. flava .... |

AVagind NCOld ve vrerccrrancrrcerenr se cesretees 407

Hybrid Grouse (Lagopus lagopus $ X Lyrurustetrix 9 ) All

Male Chigetai (Equus hemionws) ....--..+-eeee eens | 431

AS 5 : 3)

Female Kiang (Equus henuonus kiang)........ eerste j

Anthracotherium MAgGnum —..cvcvsecrccrceseseees 456

Telerpeton elginense...-eee sere e cee e cence ceceees ]

1, 2. Telerpeton elginense. 3. Procolophon trigoceps.- 470

Telerpetcn elginense. 00. sssccrcceesorececssereeee |

New Species of Tropical South American Erycinide.. 481

Articulation of Mandible in Theriodonts .......... 490

. Hybrid Waterbuck between Kobus defassa unctuosus § and

LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES.

1904.—Vot. I.

Page

IK, QUICHE YIMNTMIS 2 accede sboossocnoonecongs dooonccac 3

_ Skull and horns of Gazella soemmerringti buttert, subsp. noy. .. 4

. Types of arrangement of Hair on the Naso-frontal Region of

Canidee (Primitive type) and Felidee and Equidee (Derivative

HIND) Sob gooabonsoegouneson ao ouuDooo gua enaagoee Huon ced 148

4, Skull of Giraffe, left side ; key-figure, showing the directions in

Vln ne Skull was Outs Ropesgcocncdsoosodoobdeon 00d 151

5. Outline sketch of a section through the nasal region, taken in

ln Clinsern@n Ox Ibn) Jl ay weraiiles GE Ce Sb doencconboocacsue 152

6. Outline sketch of the view, looking forwards, of the skull cut

through the prelachrymal vacuity in the direction of line 2

i Wee 2b) Moen eno eb ebogHOauan ooo Oduud Bc ou Dogo cig 152

7. Outline sketch of the view, looking forwards, of the skull cut

through the median horn and through the middle of the orbit,

as shown by the line 3 in text-fig. 4 1... see e eens 153

8, View, looking forwards, of the skull cut in the direction of the

Ine GE ton weraciles 4a, oko ken soae goo an oe ed Hn opnOoTooCacuG 154

9, Outline sketch of the view, looking backwards, of the skull cut

in the direction of the line 4 in text-fig. 4 ................ 165

10. View, looking backwards, of the skull cut in the direction of the

Sums) (5) mio Weewaes ae 4 So DAB po ORR onge Rambo oBanBenc eC COO oo 156

11. Dorsal aspect of brain of Nycticebus tardigradus ......0.105. 159

12. Lateral view of brain of Nycticebus tardigradus .......+.... 159

TSE TBievstey Git loveaibay Cie JAB RO AAMICUIS (HOO “Se eanboncococsroonbccane 160

TZ Bass Gt len One JL MUP MIRED Sad ocabanocvunocacosnocoonan 162

15. Distal end of left tibio-tarsus of Hremopezus eocenus ........ 169

HE Wass Celene Cr CQeoowD WAMGIARE Sogo boduoanadavedcnosanea 184

17, Base of brain of Myopotamus coypu ... i... s0ee eens wnn nes 186

NI OD Or He CO

p.O.¢

Page

. Base of brain of Hyrax capensis ssscssccereecencccesrceces 187

_ Base of brain of Tamandua tetradactyla i... see saeee Bane 189

. Base of brain of Tragzlus meminnd 6.0... seveee ener ree nesees 191

21, Anterior cerebral system of (A) Tragulus meminna, (B) Viverra

civetta, and (C) Gazella rufifrons . 0.0 cere r ere rere eee enes 194

2, Anterior cerebral system of (A) Myopotamus coyp, (B) Lago-

stomus trichodactylus, (C) Tamandua ORCC « Bena coes 195

. Map of Africa, showing distribution of Giraffes ...........--- 204

. Male Kordofan Giraffe ........- eee ee eet e eee teense 206

. Right lateral view of skull of male South Lado Giratfe, showing

azygous orbitel Worm). 2.5.6.2. yee i a 208

_ Head and neck of old bull Baringo Girafie, showing the five horns Pils

97, Head and neck of younger male Baringo Giraffe .......-.-++ 213

28. Type skin (young female), from Lake Eyassi, of Kilimanjaro

He OO Wwe ©

ow o9 oF GD CO OD oO

Qo-

NIG Ov

Giraffe (G. tippelskirchi Matschie) ...+.+.++++++ Si eas Gee ON

. Anterior part of skin of female Kilimanjaro Giraffe (type of

G. schillingsi Matschie), from Kilimanjaro Gistrict) 2524. see moales

. Hinder portion of skin of specimen shown in preceding figure .. 216

. Female Kilimanjaro Giraffe at Karlsruhe .......-. sees eee ee 2G

. Female Kilimanjaro Giraffe from Masailand; at Stuttgart .... 218

3.) Maley Coneco) Giralie ier een sec anc c choi ar RP 0)

. Portion of body-skin of North Transvaal Givattel ee eee

| Skull of male North Tramsvaal Giratfe ....... + esses seer eee 223

. Skull of male Cape Giratie 2.20... . eee ee eee eee ee eee tenes 225

. Type female skull of Nigerian Giratte .. 06... +. 0s sees eee es 227

. Diagrammatic representation of lengths of parapodia of the

body-vegion A in Chetopterus variopedatus and C. longimanus, 278

. Setes of hind body of notopodia: a, of C. longimanus; b & ¢, of

O, vartupedatus «6. c se vee ct eee ea eee ee tee enone 274.

. Diagrammatic’ section of hind body of C. longipes, showing pro-

portions of the parapodia ......... sees ee eer e teen ees 277

. Side view of a notopodium of Phyllochetopterus aciculigerus .. 280

2, A, First (and modified) foot of Hyalinecia camiguina, show-

ing ringing, modifications of sete and seta-sac, lip, &c.

B. A foot of Hyalinwcia camiguina, from about the middle

Ol the body Weve orgs tereel= ers eters dib-aldig) sic BURSTS aie Peas 282

3. Series of sections of the body of Bumice afd ..scesseececeees 292

. Jaws of E. afra, from a large specimen from Chuaka ........ 293

‘The extreme of forms of the compound sete of Z. afra, from

specimens from Funafuti and from Hulule, Male Atoli...... 295

_ Abnormal nuchal cirrus (@) and first foot (6) of a specimen of

Yt }COCCUREC) Am cecrseiebe eleinie oleic: 5A RAE eG “9-0\0-0:0: 0.0 298

. A series of sections of the body of E. coccinea ......6..45-e- 299

. Outlines of heads of two specimens of L. coccined .......+++-- 300

. Upper and lower jaw-apparatus of B. cocemmed 1. .+.-++eeeee 301

. The 33rd and 50th feet of FB. coceined 0... eee eee ee te 301

"Sets of B. coccimed Ss hee see ane ie eo ot teen erie oe 302

52. Diagrammatic sections of body of E. tubyfer, sp. 0. «1+ ++... 304

XX1

Page

53. E. tubifex. A. Upper jaw-plates of an adult specimen. B. Lower ‘

jaw-plates of the same ......... ence ees eee ceees Serta BOO

54, Feet of an adult specimen of 22. tubifer .... eee ceeereeeeeces 307

55. Thirtieth foot of a young specimen of £. aif, , to show

maximum development of the secretory pad .............. 309

56. E. antennata, in the act of swimming ...... ablocrip900 00 206 .. dls

57. Sections of body of LE. antennata .......... SROMCS acre qedeei OLO

58. Upper jaw-plates of EZ. antennata, a large specimen ........ .. dld

59. Two acicular sete of ZF. antennata in their natural anne

POSILIONS) 6 (0 ee ni apetehs oteohagelskese ASR Or ys SGD OOOO oo. O16

60. Three feet of EL. antennata G small specimen of var. vi7dis),

showing the proportions of the gills in anterior, middle, and

posterior parts of the body ....... sete esse eee e scene Fate old

61. Sections of body of £. indica ........ SOE aS te es ern eae 319

62. Heads of three specimens of J. wndica ..........+005 So 6.00 ¢70 320

63. Upper ius of a full-grown specimen OM J, WMWGR aoc0KK0boR00 321

64. Feet of E. indica, showing maximum of development of gill .. 322

€5. Upper and lower jaw-plates of Nécidion gracilis ........ scenes 328

65. Anterior and hinder feet of Nicidion gracilis ..ccs cece sce enas 329

67. Part of arterial system of Zamends mucosus ..... 6.0 essere eee 099

68. Ovarian and ovidueal arteries of one side of the body in Tropedo-

MOLUS) ASCULTUS Veiee soins dee selec Seine eae neversheceuattati ... o48

69. Spermatic and neighbouring arteries of Tropidonotus fasciatus .. 851

70. Zamenis flayelliformis, origin of right aorta and other arteries, to

illustrate mode of enclosure within lymphatic sheath ...... 352

71. One of the hepatic arteries of Ophiophagus ........+++eeeeeee 356

72. Right testis of Ophiophagus and its blood-supply ...........- 357

73. Left testis of Ophi phagus and blood-supply .........+.+.. .. 008

74, Epigastric vein of Ophiophagus .........+ RANMA at aelchs si sestalae 359

75. Testis and blood-supply of Nata tripudians .........6. eee eee 361

76, Anterior testis and blood-supply of Python spilotes ........ .. 364

77. Posterior testis and blood-supply of Python spilotes .......... 365

78. GEsophageal and hepatic arteries of Lachests gramineus ....4. 867

79. Hystrix leucura, lett maxillary ............ ayeeemruen cu cvctohe/ shel peters 417

80. Antidorcas ewchore, 9, viyht maxillary ............+-+----- 420

81. Antidorcas euchore( 3 ?), vight maxillary ....-+-..02++.-0-e- 420

83. “ Sorex pusillus, var. griseus,” anterior portion of left mandibular

TWUNS syososoconasceo su poboOUUUb ecb pomosoOCHO oO OG ooO 425

83. Right anterior limb of: A. Mixosaurus cornalianus ; B. Ichthyo-

saurus communis; C. Ichthyosaurus extremus........ 500000 424

84. Side view of skull (without lower jaw) of Domesticated Horse

from India, showing rudimentary face-pit ................ 427

85. Skull of Quagga in the British Museum, showing vestige of

depression for the face-gland......... eter) oe HUD SUCHaG ONE 428

86. Quagga in the Amsterdam “Museum Sta Mere Nave latory Mice alia sey ere 430

87. Cercopithecus sclateri: front (A) and side (B) views of head .. 434

_ Anterior abdominal and median epigastric vein of Iguana

EIGEN CULATED. care Aosta eben ARATE ECR IEC OSIG ER oN 438

Xxil

Page

89, Alimentary portal system of Igwana tuberculata ........++55 4

90. Oviducal veins of Jgwana tuberculata..........+ pe naam 441

91. Veins of kidney of Iguana tubercwlata ..... eee e eee eseeeeee 442

92, Ovarian and suprarenal veins of Iguana tuberculuta.........- 443

93. Vena cava and spermatic veins of Ziliqua scincoides ........ 445

94, Alimentary portal system of Tiliqua scincotdes..........++5- 446

95. Skull and horns of Bubalus caffer radcliffe ..... 0.0.0 e cca 464

96. A. Right carotid and aorta of Tupinambis nigropunctatus ;

Be Ditto of Lguana tuberculatay. ets resister alerts el lterin 466

97. Dissection of thoracic cavity of Tupinambis niyropunctatus,

to show relations of prehepatic and posthepatic septa ...... 468

98, Epigastric vein of Tupimambis nigropunctatus 1... 2... eee ees AG9

99. Restoration of Telerpeton elginense, wpper aspect, with side

100

view of skull and lower view of pubis and ischium ........ AG7

A. Mandible of Therocephalian (Lycosuchus vanderriet?); B.

Mandible of Theriodont (Cynognathus platyceps) ; C. Man-

dible of young Mammal ......c.. cece eect tence re reces 496

LIST OF NEW

GENERIC TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1904, vor. 1).

Page

Algoala (Coleopt.) ............s000+8 268

Casmenella (Coleopt.) ............ 266

Cheiridella (Coleopt.) ............ 265

Desmodillus (Mamm.) ............ 1i7

Eremopezus (Aves)..........00..008- 168

Page

Nerissella (Coleopt.) .......... hadoo AOU

Origenes (Coleopt.) ............ 10, 141

Stramia (Coleopt.) ...... Aaa 11, 140

Timarchella (Coleopt.) ............ 268

Verae 3

aap h vias

y i Hh a4 Pas

;

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1904, vol. I.

PART I.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

JANUARY any FEBRUARY. :

Oe re N

467008. J

JUNE 1904. 5 ak

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

; SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO:,;

ay ‘ PATERNOSTER-ROW.

Et Oke. ad aa ae [Price Twelve Shillings. | me

ED nS ae a nee s

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1904.—Vo. I.

Part I.

January 19, 1904.

The Secretary. Report on the stein to the Society’s Menagerie in November and

December, 1903

ae leks 0:0 a) aia) oce) ele 80 e\evell@s8ieje siete s) 6. wpe nee (9a) [6 {6 eye a)e\ 0.0/7 0 6l6.s eels she eee

The Secretary. Exhibition of, and Fes upon, skins of the Transvaal Bustard,

Trachelotis barrovit

ole 00 0 we) 0:0 © ine 8 6) e c \6he) ele) 6016 ee 6.8) 0)is) 06.0 (00) [s!\9) me eke) 9) 0 /ere) eter sree s FO Oe

Mr. R. I. Pocock. Exhibition of photographs of a young hybrid Waterbuck

eotesore re

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.8. Exhibition of a skin and skull and description of a new

subspecies of Gazelle, Gazella soemmerringit sae a

eeoeest oo se eo tt seco ee te eese oe

Mr. Macleod Yearsley, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of aneurysms

in the Jaguar and a Turtle

1. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Hipporrkinus Schh. (Curculionide),

By Guy A. K. Marsuaut, F.Z.S. (Plates L-IV.) ..--.-eecees eee eere ce seeece ce

2. On proposed Additions to the accepted Systematic Characters of certain Mammals.

By Dr. WALTER Kipp, BLZ.S. 2286 ci cesein cals «'0:0 9 mine eiepaln! sin daje) sw) lnenn Sin acts cinimaaased re

3. Some Observations on the Skull of the Giraffe. By W.G. Ripuwoop, D.Sc., E.LS.,

F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology at the Medical School of St. Mary’s Hospital .....-..-.

4, Note on the Brains of the Potto (Perodicticus potto) and the Slow Loris (Nycticebus

tardigradus), with some Observations upon the Arteries of the Brain in certain

Primates. By Frank E. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society....

On the Pelvis and Hind-limb of Mudlerornis betsilei M.-Edw. & Grand.; with a Note on

the Occurrence of a Ratite Bird in the Upper Eocene Beds of the Fayum, Egypt.

By ©. W. Anprews, D.S8c., F.Z.S. (British Museum, Natural History). (Plate WEARS

February 2, 1904.

“Mr. R. Lydekker. Exhibition of a head of the Alaskan Moose

Mr. J. E. 8. Moore, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides illustrating the

histology of cancer in animal tissues

a Wa wee 2s 0 8 €hs le 070 (ee Ne relleleiieip ¢ ere 6 ee) 6) abe leieelel scalagele

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

Page

157

163

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

eee

Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Ravrruss,

Mr. J. Sastne, Mr. N. A. Vieors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACE THH DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.

Srr ALEXANDER Barrp, Br.

Witittam T. Branrorp, Esa.,

C.1.E., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice- ||

| E. G. B. Meapr-Watpo, Esa.

President.

Greorce A. Boutencrr, Hsa.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Tuomas H. Burrovaues, Esa.

Freperic G. D. Drewitr, Ese.,

WED) 1a) Ol ee

Herpert Druce, Ese., F.LS.,

Vice-President.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esa.,

Treasurer.

Freperick Girtetr, Esa.

F. Du Cane Gopman, Esa.,

D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Aupert Ginruer, Ese., M.D.,

Pu.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Srr Epmunp Gites Lover, Br.

P. Caatmers Mircuent, Hse,

M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

Tar Hon. L. Water Roruscuinp,

D.Sc., M.P.

Howarp Saunpers, Esa., Vice-

President.

Davin SHarp, Ese., M.D., F.R.S.

| Oxprretp Tomas, Esa., F.R.S.

| Surron Timis, Esa.

Cuares S. Tomes, Esa., M.A.,

eRe:

Aveustus F, Wiener, Esa.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

‘orresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.

till Sunset.

The Offices (8 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they are closed at Two o'clock p.m.

The Library (8 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F H. Wareruovss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.,

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

TFritows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35.

No person can become a Frriow until his Admission Fee and

First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments

have been compounded for.

Frxiows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frrttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Frxtows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each

Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday

Orders are not available if the Frtiow shall have used his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Fettows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in leu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s ‘Tickets to one

Adult's. hese Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

In no case can two children be passed through the gates as

one adult.

Frettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. ‘The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,

and the exchange can only be made during the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Frntow on the

1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing

Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Frrnow can exercise all these privileges in bis

absence.

Frtiows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the 1st of Jantary and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Frtzows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the

Ist July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the 1st of December following,

Frtrows may obtain a Tranysrerarte Ivory Ticxur admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frttow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society

are requested to communicate with the undersigned.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W.,

June, 1904.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF) BON Don

FOR

SiC PEN ete Cy BU SNe Ss:

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

Session 1903-1904.

1903.

Tuzspay, November 3 and 17 | Tvuspay, Decemprr 1

IQg04.

Torspay, January 19 Turspsy, Aprin .. 19

7 Frpruary 2 and 16 ss May... Granda

aM MERCH ale erent 5 JTOINE ee ees

Lhe Chaw will be taken at half-past Eight o'clock in the Evening

precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume

for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901

they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.

The ‘‘ Transactions ”’ contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the

Society’s Publications for the year. ‘They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. 1s made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1

(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),

payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege

is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the Ist of

December following.

The foilowing is a complete list of the publications of the

Society already issued.

[ June, 1904. |]

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

4to. 15 vols. and Index. Price to Price to the

: Fellows. Public.

Vol. _I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .°.. £3 15. 6... 2 £418) 0;

;, 106 3 VA Gy oe IBS OAAI) Teed SOLON eon Oumar

Pie LL. . CBee (uO in oie) Be Bi, 411 Of

Pa) eee - (imeem ois), (UNCP) is sy ee Oe (Oi. So @

i Wigs as ‘VAurne yen (sou) saad Oberon nace 0 IO. O

mares AE - 92) hs Seb CSOC=69) es Melb Ose eel oO tO

ce NEES (Omens (lhe 7) aka Oe Ape ee IS. 12 O

5) WANB ES ‘ B82 ace SIZE (Ay Anes 20) 8) 23 seca ee,

) Dea ies 99 |, sseey (ISIB270) se 12 1 Gl OO

ot >. a 955, a SATS 29) ie, ee O70) 152 2 cal meaen

md exeeViolist) PN aicioirs cekehatsiers ali (IS33=/9) i pahO) a Ga. 2 OmlOmaO

Voly pk, Ycontaiming 97 Plates: .) (iSS0-85) aa. soa Oe 12 16 O

a xl, Sy (GO ny oes (SEO =00) i ereON MOTO) e "4h ©

Pex. yy 62 (COL Oo) een G aS ni7 ae aul ©

SE xeVE. ye a (CSS 98)) i by O . 7 OQ ©

aeeXCV of e020 Be ae NSO e= 1901) . co eS GB , He iat - ©

iy aval wy al oy oo CMU oS) Bo ©. a)

iy OBOE. Pt. ies Dig oe CARS O03) ae la nO me 110 O

a SOUL, SOS SO ee Aus O03 ara en Ol emG =e 018 0

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Frive to Frice voile

Fellows,

Jeag Ile JRO, Ib syally Give) SSccGoceocacac As 6d.0 toe east

fy JU Ieee Pi lareia aielechencatr Vea OmAC Gea As. OG. oy ncthanoss

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part I. 1888. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

LTE 1684s) eee takes: Nee error 5 Gil, Gs.

2 IT S864) | me i denGaay ins: § RD) 1843. + ijn er deed eon

He TVGMRS6:1 he es Odesly, us: 5 NIL 18i4, Genes

RIN RISS7. gate. eds Gue oman » OMIIL 1845, 9, 7" AsNGae eemom

Poy ees. (AG Cae Os: URTV, 1846.8. Ae NOde enone

VN MSBOF Vo ed a Gat SVs 1817. 24, i) asda Cee

» VIII. 1840. 9 4s. Gd. 6s. Index 1830-1847. 5 4s, 6d. ... 6s.

8vo. 138 vols. Ae Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Publie.

Part XOVIAISA Se volvo sO den tee OSaale mater nee sil @ 8 pes @. Oy

os RVI AAG i cea en Cs ee ae lO. 8 1 7 6+

‘5 XVIII. 1850. 6 Ais GGs Mi =e OStu eke wacker It 8. 6 US Oj

Pd SX ISS ees Gn uae e eee 015 9 1 1 OF

: NK TSS ia 1s: Cag sual ee 015 9 1 1 Of

Ee PERL 1808 mo AsiGd ee isa eee 018 0 1 4 Of

sh OO CURSE ama! Re) OGL ore ahi 019 6 1 6 O¢

Zo AXOMTIT: TR55A 9" (Pee Cae Ca cane Nene 17-8116 118 O+

fo PRT V BG EV Gare Gs ma Nhe dave i Onn8 1 7 6+

ys MANOS VIBHA 0 at Ae dG aGs ania: 1 Oo © 1. 7 a6t

gO ig einen mee em Ot Gis, Ca) as ao 1116 2 2 OF

OKI SO9,) Ja, Aeuedte Cre ee aa 1A. 2 2 Ot

OGV IIL 1860, 99S . “nAsea a es Tone an ee Lil 6 2 2 0+

Index 1848-1860. As, 6d. 6s.

t Onis oi print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

SG aA SOAS, scr) O8y ve cteatle 9s. iehepa el AG aatine mete Be, Oh soon Zexour

MSG 2A GIA es a OSs) Gh ses 4s 9s. Rc calices WD SROs ee epa SoSMOG a OS shi

1863 Ae MORE Gaon MSs Race 9s. se wile Soieeuatiozets Be, Gh sooo ADS

1864 49. Gah 55.00 Oko 00000 9s. DS Gorter Be Oe, scao CDSuIr

1865 aS (Gh, boo Ose eke 9s. BPD siesta air. 3a8, 9ds 2... 45s.

1866 Ash OD seen OS Seeieee ieee 9s. Res ees 383s. Od. .... 45s.

MSOs ye ides Gomaacehsenercnece on Qs ul sear SOS OU Ea OS:

MSG Simetcstcewss ce eeaeta cue cra rence a ators 9s Bin AS aeeieen aos. Od. 4... 408:

MS GO MME ua eaten antic wwe, staseateiles Maran 9s. Re OSD Se, Be BEs, th booe Cline

MS {Oem rrto nce crelen sc nue sora. a sue ons 9s. EDS ress sath ges. 9d. .... 45s.

Ibaless, Wetplaltsy() is do0qg0neds As, 6d. .... 6s.

TGV AIUESS 6 conte eho orita Gis Ronee oe Re RronS 9s. eee Dg Ry ae Be, Wh conn GeO

TP cts SR Ren eR Semen CRE 9s Ee wia | OSH ee ame B's, O66 obo Ceaser

WS (eae tan NRL BA Ue eve or ioe iebeuta Qs eb ehe anaes 33s. Od. .... 45s.

NS WANO ret Csr sPons his Wavsiaistysheuanene os 9s ull OOS Risen sa 36s ». 48s.f

Sennen enn ar hae acs o-cn aaatenaues 9s A UIUKON Smt u's 36s 48s.

TCWG ase pale sa rac ttre cae aeae Ree cere an 9s 5 les. 36s 48s.

OTK NARA A SORTA havea oils 9s erAliDsis 823 cory: 36s 48s,

WS LOM lanai ana Gee eee oles casera 9s IP ne yes 36s 48s.

IS AOA a teenate ese ur etere et aiicaraierae, Sate 9s. Btn rateer il Sree cereen as 36s. 48s.

USS OM ery ete Actors ante me 9s. ca La a 36s. a rd gs

ImdexswlSMU—USSOr eryaee siiciers ob 4s. 6d. .... 63.

AUS Bile pert a rilon cv oucvecsvam wares sarats 9s eesti as 2 36s 48s

TCLS lnc ceesle ey PMP fy trhl sare RRR t f 9s BA Ph: ee Cee 36s 48s

SS Swe Meta tie aa ate davel an guailear dae 9s. ee Doe se ae 36s 48s

HS SA waters shaves ovate eteuenarat ar oleis 9s Ts hh OL Rees 36s i 48s

WSS Dee ces eee eae ee Siac alate doehe ters Qs Fe MD Senay ee 36s As

USS OMe rei are aici hse cu onatenerane 9s che Sig uate 36s 48s,

MSS Te eveniaieies s Ceo e OSCE Rte 9s Re VOLO Serpe sitet, 36s 48s,

SSSI ener iaciereraa acsle cals sacle 9s. 5 Bs. 36s A8s.

US SOM re va AA ane eaten ier aheaoricets 9s. aE Se a oa thes 36s 48s,

SS Omer arn chera Ouest shone niu ae 9s. TG USA Bas 86s .. 48s.

Ibndlere, SIMO se ccopdc.c00G0 Ae, (Beh 56.00 6s

HS Oar reine ter eee ners Ae pet Gsps tayn shes aca felious. MPR eM nM Ae icin, 36s. A Sos

NSO DR rem re vec orstarer ais au cy eriia wre lcuth day aueuanarviepscavetorle WW ouviete, gus 36s 48s

NSO Seen rey eer prays cei vaituar cat Mia re ous eiianer aval sieMBa tee arn eteceier ace 386s 48s

ALLS Aare cf ae A ewe Tava aCe at otal nea, te ante giana areca & shattered 36s 48s

MESO Spates ced open atten ces ee ucecriske tara fet open otcarec oc oy ey Sriter a: aiteahy: MectaraneTAS SES 36s 48s

EUS SG erat cease cd ca co sae et ateatecurcucurcy al oe siretie lene: Liat atm Gu era mcon ar enerene 36s 48s

STS ape IR c Cchets CARLO PRR Ga OSORIO EES Ce ID Ce ERE eee IE .. 368 48s

MSO Sie s scasreveuecetircu ceeiteliaiietanes er ekehioe nice lomo cel enier oh ean Casa oe oes ee oe 36s 48s

1899 ..... Hi PICU GEOG DIRS EM iO ee on EO eee 36s. ASS

THO UOT) Oatricste, Seuentiens ances eRe ns Po iita univer 1eeRe A nee her te a, 36s, soao Ze

igatlesc; ISO MLCD” Gos nncooonon 4s. 6d. .... 68

* No perfect copies in stock, Tt Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tur GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or toe ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 6 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

TWO, Wolly Wes cosecsnncobabooopocooddcoodonponseecnoeds ISS Goanec 2US:

as niad, 10 IE es ees a earar orena i OOHRS Bh, O.4 hiro biota Siok OKC Ss. ease 24s.

NGO 5 Ras Gennes ogee God ode Go DonD OOo Cbd odd es Uec TS sie rae QAs,

- eM deevinterel cose oct PRR EOP ie os tho uttn ee Eee a a cata cas. 4s:

OO Sere Linon aie Bele siclere ihe kde sere uote eeeieementae hg a wraps do RIPRE APS o. 5 2As.

% Ay Ee as oat area one NER PINS R IEA, Mo 3 Aco ko Giotto 0 6:0 @ He TS sis pierce 24s

NOB re yd. «Par bali) aie sc 5 siete ausacie = nereneeery aN Clea ueneeee aeaterone Os ise 12s.

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (HKighth Edition.) 8vo.

1883. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.

1896. Price 4s. 6d.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.

(Fifth Kdition.) 8vo. 1902. Price 6s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s OFFIcE

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,

L.C.), or through any bookseller.

iE ZOO LOcICAL RECORD.

—-——o059500——_

‘HE object of the Zootoarcat Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its

value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published by the Zoological Society

of London at the price of 30s. per volume. But all Members of the

Society have the privilege of receiving it, including the cost of

delivery (within the United Kingdom), at a subscription price

of 20s. per annum. This Subscription is due on the Ist of July in

every year, and the privilege of Subscription is forfeited unless the

amount be paid before the 1st of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of

the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete sets. The

| thirty-seven Volumes to the end of the nineteenth century, and the

| Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supplied for £15

net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net), Volumes of

any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can

likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net.

The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1880-1900)

is 20s., to Fellows 18s.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record ’

are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned

when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate

the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also

furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,

when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for

registration; it will then he sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former

Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the

‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of

the Zoological Society.

Beginning with Vol. xxx1x., the divisions of the ‘ Zoological

Record’ may be obtained separately, as shown in the subjoined

List.

SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

At present each Volume of the Zootocican Rucorp consists of

20 separately paged Divisions. Commencing with Vol. xxxix., for

1902, these Divisions may be obtained separately, in paper covers,

stitched and lettered.

The following are the Divisions and their net prices, viz. :—

. Tunicata

1. List of abbreviations of journals, ete. . )

2. General Subjects .. 6

3. Mammalia 6

4, Aves eis MA Pee 0

5. Reptilia and Batrachia. . }

6. Pisces 6

. Mollusca

9. Brachiopoda ..

10. Bryozoa

11. Crustacea

12. Arachnida

13. Myriopoda

14. Insecta ..

15. Echinoderma

16. Vermes ..

17. Coelenterata ..

18. Spongiee

19. Protozoa Ere SE ene einer annie ens

20. Index of new names of genera and subgenera

Dee RE pPONONN) Wb?

ror)

Roy Sy 18S) TY) 8) 1) I

oe oOo 2 & © & © ©

On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon

as ready.

These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological

Society, 8 Hanover Square, London, and also from the following

Agents: Friedlinder & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin; and Librairie

A. Hermann, 6 rue Sorbonne, Paris. Cheques and Post-Office

Orders should be made payable to ‘The Zoological Society,” and

crossed “ Drummond’s.” _

P, CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc.,

Secretary.

June, 1904.

Zoouoaican Society or Lonpoy,

3 Hanover Square, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or rae ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1868. Vols. 1.-v.

Edited by Atsrrr C. L. G. Guntur, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &e.

Price 10s. each Volume net.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.

Edited by Atpert C. L. G. Ginter, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. Jondon, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vir.1x. Edited

by Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. Price 10s.

each Volume net.

The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols. x.-xx. Edited by

Epwarp Canpwett Rysg, F.Z.S., M.E.8. Price 10s. each Volume net.

The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xx1., xxu1. Edited

by F. Jerrrey Bett, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume net.

The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xxm1.—xxvit.

Kdited by Frank KE. Brepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. Price 10s. each

Volume net.

The Zoological Record for 1891-1897, Vols. xxvit1.—xxxIv.

Kdited by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. Price 10s. each

Volume net.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fifth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1898, By J. A.

Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Roulenger, W. A.

Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W. Brown,

D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, R. T. Gunther, and

R. von Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by

Davip SHarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. London, 1899. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirth-sixth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. By

J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, EH. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.

Brown, D. Sharp, F’. A. Bather, A. Willey, and R. von Lendenfeld.

Edited (for the Zoclogical Society of London) by Davin Saanp, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1900. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh ; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and E. A. Minchin.

Kidited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1901; —~Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-eighth; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

Alice L. Embleton, EK. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8. Pace, Albert

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for

the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Swarp, M.A., F.R.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-ninth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1902. By

D. Sharp, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. T.

Calman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, Alice L. Embleton, F. A. Bather,

ii. A. Minchin, and H. M. Woodcock. Edited (for the Zoological

Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.

London, 1903. Price 30s.

Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera

and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the

Zoological Record, 1&80-1900; together with other names not

included in the ‘ Nomenclator zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com-

piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuartes OwrEn

Warernouse and edited by Davip Suarp, Editor of the Zoological

Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s. net; price to the

public, 20s. net.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1900 and ‘ Index

Zoologicus’ (38 vols.). Price £15 net; or without ‘Index Zoo-

logicus’ (37 vols.), Price £14 10s. net.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrury’s OrricE

(3 Hanover Square, W.).

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1904, Vol. I. (January to April).

January 19, 1904.

G. A. Boutencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair. —

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1903 :-—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of November were 40in number. Of these 9 were acquired

by presentation, 2 by purchase, and 29 were received on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 130.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to a

fine young male Orang-Utan, obtained by purchase on Noy. 27.

The animal is probably about six years old, and had been tamed

by sailors. It is very active and lively, much more so than Orangs

usually are in captivity, when they are very liable to mope and

vefuse food, This Orang had been placed in a compartment of the

Ape House along with the Gibbon. It was chained at first and

kept under observation. The Gibbon and the Orang, however,

soon mnade friends, and although the latter is still, as a precaution,

chained at night, the experiment seems to be a success and the

two apes are much more lively and in better condition because of

their association.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1903 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. I. il

2 THE SECRETARY ON THE TRANSVAAL BUSTARD. [Jan. 19,

month of December 1903 were 54 in number. Of these 19 were

acquired by presentation and 35 were received on deposit. The

total number of deaths during the same period was 130.

The Secretary exhibited two skins of adult male specimens of

Trachelotis barrovii, the common cinnamon-coloured Bustard of

the Transvaal, and made the following remarks on them :—

These fine skins were sent tome by Captain Richard Crawshay,

F.Z.8., who shot them at Piet Retief, Transvaal, and at his re-

quest are going to the National Collection. Captain Crawshay

writes that these birds, although very common at Piet Retief, are

extremely wary and cunning, but if taken unawares may be

approached by moving round them in lessening circles. wat sun-

vise and sunset their sonorous call “chakwaka ; kwaka” may be

heard on all sides, but the birds themselves are seldom seen and

are silent by dayand wight. Captain Crawshay observed that the

feet and bills of the birds hada strong odour of formic acid, and

he believes from examination of the contents of the stomachs that

they feed largely on termites and red ants. I have myself care-

fully examined the stomachs of two specimens which he was kind

enough to send me. That of one specimen was full of Indian corn,

with remains of some pointed leaves, and a number of broken

fragments of large, yellowish-red ants. The stomach of the other

specimen was filled by a brown mass of about the appearance and

consistency of shag tobacco, and was composed of vegetable fibres

with innumerable fragments of small ants and some pieces of the

integument of beetles.

T have compared these skins carefully with the small collection

at the Natural History Museum. ‘There is a good deal ot

variation in the coloration of adult males. In most of the

specimens the cimnamon-brown of the back of the neck is con-

tinued some little way between the shoulders, but in one specimen

the dusky colour extends to the beginning of the neck. The

webs of some of the mner primaries are white rather than yellow.

7’. barrovii appears to be closely similar to 7’. senegalensis. In the

British Museum Catalogue of Birds (vol. xxin. 1894, pp. 310—

312) there is some confusion as to the colourmg of the imner

primaries of 7’. senegalensis, which, in the deseri iption of that

bird, are correctly stated to have white or pale tawny on the inner

webs, while later, in the description of 7. barrovii, it is stated that

“some of the inner primaries are marked with sandy colour at

the base of the inner web, whereas they are entirely black im

7. senegalensis.” In the specimens of both species that I have

examined, the colouring of these feathers is alike, white or pale

tawny on the imner webs. It is given as a specific distinction,

that in 7’. barrovii the tail-feathers are devoid of the second band

of black across the dorsal surface. These feathers vary in

T. barrovii; in one of my specimens the feathers have the broad

black tip and a second band of black higher up, precisely as in

(Se)

1904. | MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HYBRID ANTELOPE.

T. senegalensis. Another distinction made is that in 7’ barrovii

the sandy rufous of the back of the neck is carried up to the head

without theintervening shade of grey found in 7. senegalensis. The

intervening shade of grey occurs in a specimen of a young male of

1. barrovii, and in my two specimens of that bird, which appear

to be adult, there are traces of it. The two species, however, are

easy toseparate. 7’. senegalensis is much paler in colour, especially

on the back, and in 7. barrovii the patch of black on the throat

is larger than in 7”, senegalensis and runs up in a point towards

the chin.

My. R. I. Pocock, the Superimtendent of the Gardens, exhibited

two photographs (one of which is shown in text-fig. 1), kindly taken

by Mx. J. ffolliott Darling, F.Z.S., of a young hybrid Waterbuck

Text-fig. 1.

Hybrid Waterbuck between Kobus defassa wnctuosus § and K. ellipsiprymnus Qe

Nearly 3 months old.

4 ON A NEW FORM OF NORTH-EAST AFRICAN ANTELOPE. [Jan.19,

between Aobus defassa wnetuosus 3 and Kobus ellipsiprymnus 2°. ,

bred in the Society’s Gardens. The period of gestation of the

female was carefully recorded by H. Munro, the keeper in charge

of the Antelopes, and proved to be nine months and ten days,

extending from January 14th to October 24th, 1903. The young

animal therefore was not quite three months old at the time of

writing. In general colour it favoured the dam rather than the

sire, being decidedly less rufous in tint than the latter, although

not so grizzly black as the former. ‘There was, however, practically

no trace of the white elliptical rump-mark so characteristic of

K. ellipsiprymnus, which indicated reversion to the ancestral type

of colour. Vievsahes

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., exhibited the skin and skull of a

Gazelle (text-fig. 2), which had been obtained by Mr. A. E, Butter

during his recent expedition into North-east Africa,

Text-fig. 2.

Skull and horns of Gazella soemmerringii butteri, subsp. noy.

The Gazelle was a member of the Gazella soemmerringw group,

but was distinguished externally from true soemmerringit and

G. s. berberana by its smaller size, and the presence of a distinct

1904. ] ON ANEURYSMS IN A JAGUAR AND A TURTLE. 5

pygal black band, this band being represented in those animals

only by a scarcely perceptible darkening. The black facial bands

were unusually strong and sharply defined, that running through

the eye being considerably more developed than in the other

forms. There was also a very faint trace of a dark lateral band.

The fur of the neck from the withers to halfway up the neck was

reversed forwards along the middle line.

The skull was conspicuously smaller than in either of the two

allied subspecies, but was generally similar in details. The horns

had the type of curvature characteristic of the true Abyssinian

soemmerringii, but were thinner, longer in proportion to the size

of the skull, their basal, parallel portion was longer, and they were

less widely expanded above, as shown in the figure ; the tips were

very abruptly curved inwards.

The measurements of the skull and horns were as follows :—

Skull: greatest length 219 mm., basal length 198, greatest

bre ane 98 ; muzzle to orbit 118; nasals 57 x 24; nasal opening

61 x 25 ; enathion to front of anterior premolar 55; length of

upper t ae -series 65,

Horns: length round curves on front and inner aspect 333 mm.

(13:1 in.) ; circumference at base 120.

Kqually adult skulls of soemmerringii and berberana were about

20 mm. in basal length.

The habitat was south of the Daua River, in the Boran country,

about 5° N. lat.

Mr. Thomas considered that this Gazelle represented a new

subspecies of G'. soemmerringzi, and proposed to name it G. s. butteri

in honour of its discoverer, by whom the type specimen had been

presented to the National Museum (B. M. No. 4.1.20.1),.

Mr. Macleod Yearsley, F.R.C.S., F.Z.8., exhibited an aneurysm

of the abdominal aorta from a Jaguar and photographs of one ina

Turtle. Both specimens were in the College of Surgeons’ Museum,

the latter bemg Hunterian. The aorta in the case of the Jaguar

was extensively atheromatous. The following are the descriptions

of the specimens :—

College of Surgeons by the Council of the Zoological Society of

London), of which a small portion of the wall is dilated into a

spheroidal aneurysmal sac, about two inches in its chief diameter.

The sac is nearly full of firm laminated coagulum. Around its

mouth, and in isolated patches on several other parts of the artery,

the internal coat appears slightly thickened, and there are deposits,

probably of fatty matter, beneath it. Over many of these deposits,

also, small portions of the inner coat have been removed, leaving

smooth-edged apertures like ulcers, some of which are very close-

set, and give the remains of the internal coat im some parts an

irregular reticulated appearance. Wherever this disease has made

much progress the artery is slightly dilated.

6 MR, G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

the Hunterian Collection, Royal College of Surgeons), in which,

without any obvious morbid change of structure, a small conical

aneurysm is formed by dilation of a portion of all the coats. The

base of the cone is formed by the mouth of the aneurysm, and one

of its borders projects a little, like a narrow semilunar valve.”

The following papers were read :—

1. A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Hippor-

rhinus, Schh. (Cureulionidee). By Guy A. K. MarsHaLn,

F.Z.S.

[ Received November 12, 1903. |

(Plates I.-I'V.*)

Since the time, now more than thirty years ago, when Fahreeus

described the collections made by the Swedish surveyor and ex-

plorer, Wahlberg, the Curculionide of South Africa have received

comparatively little attention from systematists, and, so far as the

genus Hipporrhinus is concerned, only a bare half-dozen isolated

species have been described by Péringuey, Faust, and Fairmaire

during that period. Asa result of this a considerable amount of

undescribed material has accumulated in collections, so that I

have found it necessary to recognise provisionally no less than

fifty new species, the descr ibing of which has necessitated a

complete revision of the genus. ‘For much of this material I am

indebted to the liberality of my fellow-entomologists in South

Africa, and especially to the Rev. Father O'Neil, of Dunbrody,

near Uitenhage: Dr. H. Brauns, of Willowmore, Cape Colony ; :

and Mr, G. N. Barker, of Natal; all of whom have generously

presented me with examples of any species I required from their

collections. During a few days’ stay in Cape Town I was able to

look through the fine series of Hipporrhini in the South African

Museum and also in Mr, Péringuey’s private cabinet. The latter

gentleman not only placed all his material at my disposal, but kindly

handed over to me his MS. of a monograph of the genus which he

had begun to write in French many years ago. Although I have

not been able altogether to accept the arrangement and sub-

division of the genus proposed by My. Péringuey, yet I have

availed myself of several interesting notes and observations made

by him, and have adopted one of his proposed new genera.

A great part of my work was effected in the TTasact Room of

the British Museum during the summer of 1902, and I have to

gratefully acknowledge the courteous assistance afforded me by

both Mr. C. J. Gahan and Mr. G. J. Arrow during the many

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 141.

12 Zi. S. US| OA eave IL: elke,

Horace Knight delet htn West, Newman imp

COMI OWA Cle Aelia (Gh INOS. Iabuete OlavelaliN quis

West, Newman imp.

orace Knight del.et lith.

NUS

MMe

Oa Ol

Col

12, ApS), duel OZtearolaee CNL,

Horace Knignt del st lith West, Newman imp

COMHOPTERA OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS

IPAS), MOAN yeu Ie AeNL. ABV).

io ain

aN J

eamyayes Wea a | 1S INT

orace Ante ht del.et iith . West, Newman imp

COMMORTH RA, Ob Hh GCHINUS HIPPO RRMINUS

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 7

hours which I spent there. During a stay in Oxford, my kind

friend Prof. Poulton gave me the ‘freest access to the valuable

collections in the Hope Departinent, which resulted in the dis-

covery of a number of the missing Schénherrian types of Curcu-

hionidee, including one Hipporrhinus, the rare H. capicola Gyl.

The present paper, however, was only rendered possible by my

visit to Stockholm, where, through the kindness of Profs. Auri-

villius and Sjéstedt, I was able hor oughly to study the original

collections of Schénherr and Chevrolat, as well as all Fahreeus’

types in the general Museum collection.

[ have personally examined examples of all the species described

in this paper, with the exception of four only; although it is

quite possible that in the case of some of Gyllenhal’s species, the

types of which have been lost, my identification from the descrip-

tion only may eventually prove to be incorrect. The four species

referred to are carinirostris Gyl., sublineatus Gyl., coronatus

Fst., and guadrispinosus F. Possibly the last species does not

belong to the genus at all, for Fabricius’ description is useless for

the purpose of identification. Wherever it has been possible—

and this was fortunately so in the great majority of cases—the

type specimens have been examined; but unfortunately in the

case of the collections made by Ecklon & Zeyher and by Drége,

Schonherr appears to have returmed a number of his types to

the collectors. The whereabouts of these types I have so far

failed to trace. Mr. Péringuey kindly lent me for examination a

printed price-list, issued by Ecklon & Zeyher, of all their South

African insects, from which I inferred that their collection was

distributed piecemeal in many directions. Mr. Péringuey further

says that when he first came to the South African Museum that

Institution possessed a series of named Coleoptera presented by

these collectors, but the insects were so damaged by Anthreni &c.

that they could not be preserved. It is possible that some of the

types were destroyed among them. A son of Drége, the botanist,

is now living in Port Elizabeth, but he informed me that he had

no remembrance of his father’s collections beyond that they had

been sold by auction by Thorey either in Altona or Hamburg.

Provided the labels have not been removed, the missing types

might yet be recognised, for Schénherr appears to have labelled

all the specimens which he returned to his correspondents. This

is only one example of the great disadvantage of the tendency to

hoard up type specimens in private collections , which are, for the

most part, Hable to be dispersed upon the death of their owners ;

the disappearance of the types often resulting in endless confusion

and unnecessary labour for future workers. One could almost

wish that it might be possible to render it obligatory for the type,

or at least a co- ty pe, of every species described in England to be

placed in the National Collection, in order to insure its accessibility

to all students. In the Coleoptera especially, the immense in-

crease every year in the number of described species should

emphasise the importance of attempting to simplify future

8 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

: ”, - Orange E. Africa)

Species. Angola. Rape Col. Caen ou Natal.| Transvaal.| River |Rhodesia| N. of _

| :

' Colony. _Zambesi.

| |

| appendiculatus ...

| cornirostris ...... * %

Verrucosus ......... x

Shey

OAKS Eee ee

rugirostris .........

serienodosus ......

SeLIAbUS aoe neous

ake ee

(@PWIESP) Sis cda nates a6

quadrilineatus ... *

setulosus ......... «2

STAVACUIS Re ease-ce 3

verrucellus.........

ODESUSHer sees

congestus .........

namaquus ......... as

subcordatus ...... see eel

albicinetus........

JEUNNUUS eee

corpulentus ......

CULDUS ee neaeeeeeee

THOVIP HAUS), Goasacack tor

Bec

* KK &

biG) 0

bituberculatus ... x x

angustus ......... ais %

CADENSISm cee: %

péringueyl.........

lacunosus .........

CMMIg eres

deceptor...

sparsus

suturalis

granulatus.........

granulosus.........

aunivalin eee XG - ai os

SCVELUS ue teeeee ae es a? ae % x ¥

pilularius) 255. Bis .

IADBRVAUIS: (al nde don ae sop ane x * * % *

tenuegranosus ... nee gh Me Aan ss aes S00 *

spectrum ......... se Spo x

abruptecostatus .

spinifer ......

humeralis .........

NE SCOL eee eee

nodulosus .........

occidentalis

fictilis we

canaliculatus......

MXOWB ANI saeco somone ode

rubifer sep a ae

eckloniggeue ee sas ee x |

bohemanii.........

chirindensis ...... ie ee 5a ee

Caudatuseue ses bas ah RA Ml Baise

SCADerges eee Ie es x |

tricostatus......... ae Bee *

FETUS See ee bees Be ,

mamunillatus...... ae aay %

lobatusiesseye ae au *

sulcirostris

RECULVUS sears

albolineatus ......

gyllenhah ......... i

WUNOSLIS crovoancabee dist *

maculatus Ma *

globiter pasa 0n Hae ich 2

spiculosus ...... Be ah *

WHEPAWEY ponarescacee os *

WENES® soenpanoseo ote one *

UEMYSTEY, “Goh osuado bor Bok *

BOS

pt)

oat)

Ca Te es Sees

hk &

1904.]

OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS.

Species.

sexvittatus.........

transvaalensis ...

delectans .........

TERY dossodanpoge pos

angolensis .........

ovampoensis ......

BXSNEIE. sooasdHeapaendy

wahlbergi .........

ROVORIIDS vou geodandse

deplorabundus ...

spinicollis .........

crispatus af

infacetus .........

frontalis...........-

tuberosus .........

FOUOEMS coosnsosonee

thoracicus .........

aculeatus .........

seriespinosus ......

AUITUTNE) 5.5 eeoadesoouas

falllaxshimety verde cae:

binodis aah

quadrinodis ......

braunsi er

CLLAN SHEE eee ee

squalidus .........

modestus .........

granatus .........

partitus :...-0-.-2-.

permixtus .........

albicans

cinereus

capicola -2/.25....--

Setiferus...-.......-

jULDLSP coosaocon ene cee

IEKNEAOS coocesapsose

gunningi .........

constrictus.........

incisirostris ......

GUWSEXEN non conaa68 soe

brachyceroides ...

EVEITEN RUNS sooecndeabas

MONUGOE eee eee

MASUGUShe ee seeeee

coronatus .........

consors nae

corniculatus ......

propinquus

bimaculatus

(STAMOS -6n 56 son cor

talpa

vicinus ee

JDRENAS coononsecose 00s

TMRYECTEHOIS donner aoe ove

arenarius .........

seriegranosus......

Vonenlust eees-eees

sjostedti............

porculus............

eranicollis .........

WENO cco Kok ogsagone

Opnelliveeee eect:

vittatus ............

| sublineatus ......

subvittatus ......

| dolorosus ........-

M&K

Cape Col.

West.

Cape Col.

Kast.

Kine

“Oo

Natal.

Transvaal.

Cyt)

Orange

River Rhodesia

Colony.

E. Africa

N. of

Zambesi.

% *

10 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

systematic work by the centralisation of type specimens; and

every truly scientific systematist should recognise his moral obh-

gation to assist in achieving this end.

The genus Hipporrhinus, as here defined, comprises 138 species,

which vary very considerably both in size and general facies, as

might be a nticipated i in the case of a widely distributed genus of

wingless and slow-moving insects. _Lacor daire was of The opinion

that the genus could not remain as constituted by Schénherr, but

would have to be subdivided. He laid special emphasis on the

differences in the development of the ocular lobes of the prothorax,

the length of the scape, and the length and sculpture of the

rostrum; but, on the other hand, he admitted that he had seen

very few of the smaller species described by (Gyllenhal. Had he

been acquainted with a larger number of species he would probably

have modified his opinion, top the differences upon which he relied

will be found to merge so much one into another as to make it

very difficult to draw a satisfactory dividing line anywhere.

Even so important a character as the direction of the scrobe can

searcely be regarded here as of generic value, owing to the manner

in which the various forms tend to grade off into each other ; or,

again, different types may be found in species otherwise very

closely allied, as, for example, in crispatus F. and infacetus Gyl.

It is often contended that the erection of genera in such cases

facilitates classification; but this can only be the case if the

resulting groups are homogeneous in appearance and distinguished

at least by some well-defined superficial character. It can only be

hoped that, despite its obvious shortcomings, the synoptic key

supplied herewith will sufficiently assist AslemiNelentsomn as to atone

for the retention of so large and variable a genus.

Taking as a starting point the tribe Hipporrhinides aS pro-

posed by Lacordaire, it may conveniently be divided into the

following genera :-—

1. (2). Prothorax without ocular lobes; eyes small, round, and

PKOMMMEMES Hees teed este ue se once : Cyclomus Sehh.

2. (1). Prothorax with ocular lobes; these lobes are occasionally

>] «

considerably reduced, but in these cases the eyes are

large, elongate, and subdepressed.

3.0 (4). Hives shrortsovelll se seesreeen aac wee. Hpichthonius Schh.

4, (3). Eyes elongate, acuminate below.

5. (6). Upper edge of eye elevated above the level of the forehead.

* Origenes, gen. Nov.

(Type, Hipporrhinus callidus Gyl.)

6. (5). Upper edge of eye not elevated.

(8). Rostrum always more or less dilated at apex. First joint

of funicle subcylindrical, not broader than second.

Mandibles dissimilar, the left usually larger and broadly

overlapping the right, the apices broadly rounded when

Closed.) figeck otic ntl. seeleeeneten eerie eater Hipporrhinus Schh.

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 11

8. (7). Genz compressed ; rostrum never dilated at apex, parallel-

sided, or even slightly subulate. Mandibles equal in

sIze, of almost similar shape, scarcely overlapping when

closed and the united tips sharply acuminate. First

joint of funicle subcompressed, distinctly broader than

second when viewed laterally....... *Stramia, gen. nov.

(Type, Zanyrrhynchus costirostris Boh.)

Of the above-named five genera the first three are confined

entirely to the Cape Colony. Stramia occurs in Natal, Orange

River Colony, and the Eastern districts of Cape Colony; it

probably will be found also in the Transvaal, but it does not yet

extend north of the tropic. Mipporrhinus has a much wider

range, extending on the eastern side of the continent from Natal

to Abyssinia, and on the west from Cape Town to Angola, But

it is nm the Cape Colony that the genus attains its greatest

development, and it appears to flourish even in the most arid

districts ; indeed it is noticeable that these insects steadily

diminish the nearer we approach the heavier rainfall and more

luxuriant growth of the eastern littoral, and it is only along the

higher plateaux that the genus penetrates into the tropics.

The Table on pp. 8 & 9 will give a good idea of the general dis-

tribution of the genus. Unfor ‘tunately in all the older collections

the specimens, if en at all, mer ely bear the vague locality

“Cape of Good Hope” or “ Caffraria.” Tn the case of the Cape

Colony species given in ne table, there is little doubt that they

were all captured within that area, the only uncertainty being

whether they are from the Eastern or Western Districts. In

order to make the table more complete, I have ventured on

an opinion in these doubtful cases, all of which are marked

with a @.

Upon analysing the figures shown above, we can more clearly

perceive the distributional relationship existing between the

various areas, which may best be shown in tabular form.

| | | |

| | ov! + a 4 : | 4 ra| 5 :

laPele ee Slee e dean jean 6|eacO|eaa8

ny = Baas Oem Sacre eco Seemed olen w

District S-SAISE SRS H oS OL/S RoR SE OCH SEOS

istrict. \SsQl\S22c\2525 Beas Sen eRe ee 2828

mean Sdolasaoinse4insainse sin 3 as

| Set ONT. Sas GBS) oe eS ee oC Os So

~s (S) S)| all 4

= =. | = |

Cape Colony, West .| 65 | (71) 6

East .| 19 6 (28) Sette s as elt ee | 1

5 |

INiatalligss tecme nsec: 7 3 (ae) «| 8 3 3

Mransvaaleescces ees meee aie i 8 (24) 6 6

Orange River Colony 2 1 3 6 8 A

D .

Rhodesia ............) 4 1 3 5 4 (11)

ANTEC, sescaoane auc 2

Central East Africa.) 2 |

* Hor description see Appendix.

12 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

The most striking point in connection with these figures is

the marked isolation of the south-western insect fauna as com-

pared with that of the rest of the sub-continent. Of the 93 species

of Mipporrhinus occurring in the Cape Colony, only three are at

present known to exceed its limits. Of these one is the most

wide-ranging 8. African species, furvus. The others are quadri-

nodis, of which I have seen only a single example from Natal ;

and binodis, a littoral species which extends from Algoa Bay along

the Natal coast and up to Delagoa Bay. The insect fauna of the

Orange River Colony is at present so little known, that the figures

in the above-given table can give no true idea of the occurrence

ot Mipporrhinus in that region; but it seems probable that the

genus has extended from its original headquarters in the south-

west thi ‘ough that Colony into the Transvaal, rather than through

the forest-regions of the Transkei, Pondoland, and Natal. It must

be noted, how ever, that nothing whatever 4 Is iowa at present. of

the Curculionids of Basutoland or Gr iqualand East.

This presumed migration of the genus is supported by the

gradual diminution of the species north! and also by the

fact. that the only two which occur to the north of the Zambesi,

viz. tenuegranosus and nyase, are clearly only modified forms

of common South African species, viz. furvus and asper respec-

tively. The progenitors of the two former species probably

extended their range at a time when the mountainous backbone

of Eastern Africa was more continuous than it is today, for within

the tropics the genus does not appear to exist below the 3000 ft.

level. From Natal and the Transvaal the northward movement

has probably taken place along the eastern face of the inland

plateau, for the insects of Umtali (3700 ft.) show many affinities

with the fauna of those Colonies which are not observable at

Salisbury, only 175 miles north-west of it. At present only five

species of Hipporrhinus have been found at Umtali; of these

only two occur also at Salisbury, whereas no less than four out of

the five are Transvaal species. So far as the coastal belt is con-

cerned, Delagoa Bay is the most northerly point from which the

genus has been recorded, and it is doubtful whether it extends

very much further; for it is certainly absent from Beira, 33°

within the tropic, where Mr, P. A. Sheppard has been carefully

collecting Coleoptera for some years past.

The southern origin of /ipporrhinus further receives interesting

confirmation from the fact that some of its nearest allies are to

be found in Australia. Indeed in the case of certain species of

the genus Leptops, so close is the general resemblance to /Tippor-

rhinus that they are frequently included in the latter genus in

collections. However, the nearly allied South African Somatotides

show an even closer structural ‘affinity with the Amycterides of

Australia. The existence, in past geological epochs, of some

land connection between South Africa and Australia is rendered

highly probable by the occurrence of similar affinities in widely dif-

ferent orders of animals and plants, which cannot be satisfactorily

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 13

explained on the supposition of a common northern origin. We

have therefore some grounds for supposing. that the genus

Hipporrhinus has been originally derived from an Australian

stock.

The beetles of this genus are heavy, slow-moving insects, and a

large number of them are practically terrestrial in their habits,

feeding on low plants or herbs and readily falling to the ground

when disturbed. Many of the larger species, however, such as

severus, furvus, spectrum, sulcirostris, &e., ave arboreal, possibly

because their larger size would render them too conspicuous on

small plants. The colouring of all the species with which I] am

acquainted in the field is certainly procryptic, and this is probably

true for the whole genus. Although the elytra of the larger

species are not nearly so hard as those of Brachycerus, the hard-

ness and conical tubercles of these forms doubtless afford them an

efficient protection against the smaller insectivorous aninals.

Nothing whatever appears to be known of the earlier stages of

the genus.

Hiprorruinus Scbhh.

Head convex on the vertex, forehead often flattened, occasionally

excavate; eyes large, elongate, transverse and depressed, often

separated from the rostrum by a lateral furrow of variable depth.

Rostrum very variable, longer than the head, stout, curved,

more or less dilated apically and increasing in depth from base

to apex, deeply furrowed, costate or carinate, sometimes with a

stout tubercular prominence at base; scrobes either directed to

beneath the base of the rostrum, in which case they are always

deep, or entirely lateral in position, when they may be either

straight, oblique or sinuate, and are sometimes shallow. The

under surface is usually separated from the head by a more or

less pronounced transverse basal furrow, which can best be

observed by examining the rostrum in profile.

Antenne inserted close to apex, moderately long and stout ;

scape gradually clavate, usually reaching the anterior margin of

eye, but often shorter and occasionally exceeding its posterior

margin; funicle with the two basal joints elongate and usually

equal, the remaining joints short, equal, or gradually diminishing

apically ; club oval, acuminate and articulate.

Prothorax transverse, with its sides rounded, sometimes angu-

lated or even armed with a stout spine, the basal margin truncate,

apical margin truncate, convex or concave; ocular lobes rounded,

moderately prominent, but oceasionally much reduced ; the upper

surface more or less closely set with tubercles or granules.

Elytra ovate ov oblongo-ovate, convex, sharply declivous poste-

viorly, soldered together at the suture and without wings beneath,

punctato- or granulato-striate, all the intervals, or at least the

alternate ones, with regular rows of tubercles or granules; apices

of the elytra often separately produced, sometimes in both sexes,

but usually more so in the female than in the male,

14 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Abdomen with the second segment shorter than the third and

fourth together and separated from the first by a faimt curved

incision, the remaining incisions deep and straight, the intercoxal

piece broad and truncate ; metasternum very short.

Legs moderately long ; femora clavate, the posterior pair not

nearly reaching the apex of the elytra ; ‘the anterior and inter-

mediate tibie with their internal apical angles strongly incurved,

the anterior pair with thei inner edges falways) the posterior

pairs frequently, denticulate; tarsi usually broad and spongy

beneath, the first joint nearly always longer than the second

or third, very rarely longer than these two together, the second

and fired joints generally equal; the three basal joints usually

of about the same width, but the third strongly lobate and

sometimes broader than the others; claws moderate, simple, and’

free; anterior coxe contiguous, Intermediate pair nearly so.

To prevent misunderstanding, it may be explained that in de-

scribing the sculpturing of the elytra the space between the

suture and the first stria is called the first interval. This system

was adopted by Gyllenhal in his earlier descriptions (e. g. pastil-

larius), but in his later work he calls this interval the suture,

and the next interval the first; in this he is followed by Fahreeus.

Synoptic Key to the Genus HirpPORRHINUS.

1. (64.)| Rostrum cut off from head by a very deep transverse

| dorsal incision at base.

(5.) | Rostrum with a stout basal tubercle.

3. (4.)| Rows of granules on intervals 2 and 4 of the elytra

| ceasing abruptly before apex ......... 1. Hi. appendiculatus Gyl.

4. (3.), Rows of granules on intervals 2 and 4: uniformly con-

tinuous to apex .... 2. H. cornirostris Gyl.

6. (2.)| Rostrum without a basal tubercle.

6. ais | Body with a distinct metallic bronze retlexion ; hind

tibiae of ¢ very strongly curved below middle.

| Rostrum with a deep central furrow; the lower lateral

| sulcus on the rostrum distinctly shorter than the

PBN DOP Keohaoo : 3. H. verrucosus L.

8. (7.) Rostrum w ithout ¢ a ‘central ‘furrow ; : “the lower lateral

| sulcus as long as, or longer than, ‘the upper.

9. (10.)) Basal half of rostrum shiny , With scattered fine punc-

| tuation; the second joint of funicle longer than

first in ihe Cnn .. 4, H. oaxus Mshl.

10. (9.) | Rostrum rugosely punctured ‘throughout ; the two

basal joimts of funicle in g equal, or with the first

slightly longer... ... 5. H. rugirostris Gy).

Us (eb)

11. (6.); Body black ; hind tibiae of é ‘normal.

12. (19.)| Intervals 2 and 4 on elytra without granules or

tubercles.

13. (16.)| Intervals 3 and 5 tuberculate, at least towards apex.

14. (15.) | Intervals 3, 5, and 7 with remote tubercles throughout.

6. H. serienodosus Gyl.

15. (14.) | Intervals 3, 5, and 7 with undulating coste anteriorly

| but tuber culate towards apex ......... 7. H. seriatus Gyl.

16. (18.) | Intervals 3 and 5 devoid of tubercles, but strongly

| carinate.

Wefe. (Altes) | Intervals 2, 4, and 6 narrow, subcostate, and with very

| sparse pale scaling; punctures on elytra ocellated.

8. H. caffer Thunb.

36.

39.

OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 15

(17.) Intervals 2, 4, and 6 broad, quite plane, and with dense

white or ochreous scaling; punctures on elytra not

ocellated .......... .. 9 H. quadrilineatus Gyl.

(12.) | Intervals 2 and A on elytra g Pay ranulate.

(23.) | Interval 3 with large conical tubercles at least from

| muddle to apex.

(22.) | Rostrum with a central carina; elytra without true

| scales, but with recumbent pale sete. 10. H. setwlosus Gyl.

(21.) Rostrum without a central carina; elytra with scat-

| tered large round whitish scales ...... 9 11. A. gravidus, sp. nov.

(20.) | Interval 3 evenly granulate throughout, or at most

with a single tubercular prominence on or near the

| declivity.

(33.) | Rostrum without a central carina.

(32.) | Elytra broadly ovate, not transversely rugose, but

with regular rows of granules or small closely- set

punctures.

(29.) | Elytra distinctly suleate; sulci granulate.

(28.) | Forehead longitudinally rugose ......... 12. H. verrucellus Gyl.

(27.) | Forehead with two distinct fovew separated by a

| narrow carina ...... . 13. H. obesus Gyl.

(26.) | Elytra not sulcate, ‘densely, reg erularly and evenly

| tuberculate throughout, with small rounded tubercles.

(31.) | Interval 3 with a distinct. tubercular prominence on

| the declivity; forehead not impressed. 14. H. congestus Mshl.

(30.) | Interval 8 without any prominence; forehead with

two lonswudinalls impressions ......... 15. H. namaquus, sp. nov.

(25.) | Elytra heart- shaped, transversely rugose, and with

rows of large and remote, but indistinct foveole.

16. H. subcordatus Gyl.

(24.) | Rostrwm with a distinct central carina.

(63.) | Rostrum not very short, much longer than head.

(60.) | Scales on elytra normal, round or ovate.

(45.) | Posterior tibize strongly dentate interiorly.

(38.) | Shoulders of elytra with a tubercular projection ;

| interval 3 with a large granulate pronence on the

| e@leobinatiny’ S donsabncodaunacoqoossn cooseo ces aut . A. albicinctus Gyl.

(37.)| Shoulders of elytra simple ; ‘interval s without

prominence.

(40.) | Each elytron produced at apex mto a very long sharp

spine... vee 18. Hl. janus Mshl.

(39.) | Apices of elytra at most with a small tubercle.

(42.) | Sulci on elytra indistinct, being filled with rows of

large granules, making the elytra to appear evenly

eranulate all over eh sap LO sede corpulentus Gyl.

(41.) | Sulci on elytra distinct, co ontaining only very minute

| granules.

(44.) | J -rothorax large, globose, only slightly narrower than

| the elytra at shoulders .............. 20. H. curtus Gyl.

(43.) | Prothorax exceptionally small in ‘proportion, only

about half as wide as the elytra at shoulders.

| 21. A. inflatus, sp. nov.

(36.)| Posterior tibia scarcely dentate mteriorly.

(49.) | Interval 3 on the elytra with a more or less distinct

solitary tubercle at the summit of the declivity.

(48.) | Prothorax with a distinct constriction near apex, the

sides very strongly rounded . 22. H. bituberculatus Gyl.

(47.) | Prothorax not constricted apically, the sides only

moderately rounded ............ 23. H. angustus, sp. nov.

(46.) | Interval 3 without any solitary larger tubercle.

(53.) | Inflexed margins of elytra not markedly differentiated

from the dorsal part, the scalmg and granulation

similar.

(52.) | Elytra with a low, tubereulate, imtra-apical callus on

each side; anterior tibiae of ¢ distinctly sinuate

externally ..... ... 25. H. péringuey?, sp. nov.

(51.) | Elytra without any ; intra: apical ‘callus ; 5 anterior tibie

of ¢ not sinuate externally . 24. H. capensis L.

(50.)

(59.)

Or or

Qe,

(56.)

(55.) |

(54.)

(35.)

(62,)

(61.)

(34.) |

MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Inflexed margins of elytra markedly differentiated

from the dorsal part, the intervals being plane and

almost devoid of sealing or granulation.

All granules or tubercles on elytra with short pale

depressed sete.

The two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Upper surface of rostrum almost plane, the central

furrow narrow and vanishing before middle.

29. H. sparsus Mshl.

Upper surface of rostrum distinctly sulcate, the cen-

tral furrow strong and complete .. 28. H. deceptor Mshl.

First joint of the funicle longer than second.

26. H. lacunosus Gyl.

Tubercles on intervals 1, 8, and 5 with very long erect

black sete ..... 27. H. criniger Mshl.

Scales on elytra very ‘elongate, hair-like.

Intervals on elytra rugose, the granulation indistinct

except near the sides ; prothorax much less trans-

verse . ... 80. H. suturalis, sp. nov.

Intervals « on ely tra ‘distinctly ‘granulate throughout ;

prothorax very transverse, its sides very strongly

rounded ..... .. 381. HA. granulatus Gyl.

Rostrum very short, ‘only a a little. longer than the

head . iN 82. A. granulosus Thunb.

Rostrum either continuous with head, or with its base

raised above it, but never separated by a deep trans-

verse dorsal incision.

Scape of antennae not exceeding anterior margin of

eye.

Rostrum without a basal tubercle.

Lateral sulci on rostrum not uniting at base.

Sides of prothorax with a distinct spine.

Rostrum separated from eye by a deep lateral furrow ;

size large.

Rostrum with only one lateral sulcus above scrobe.

Upper surface of rostrum with a deep central furrow ;

anteocular furrows not approaching above.

Elytra with rows of large subreticulate fovex ; the

intervals narrow . a a. 88. H. aurivilit Per.

Elytra with rows of small eranules instead of punc-

tures; the intervals broad ........... 34. H. severus Gyl.

Upper surface of rostrum plane or - slightly Convex ;

anteocular furrows strongly conv ergent above.

35. H. variegatus, sp. noy.

Rostrum with two lateral sulci above scrobe.

Row of tubercles on interval 2 of elytra complete.

Sides of prothorax strongly dilated and with a stout

tuberculated spine ..... a. =— 86. A. pilularius FP.

Sides of prothorax scarcely dilated and with a short

simple spine.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum distinct. 37. H. fous Fahy.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum absent. 38. A. tenwegranosus Fairm.

Row of tubercles on interval 2 of elytra extending only

from beyond middle to apex.

Dorsal part of elytral declivity strongly compressed

laterally ; 4th abdominal segment in 9 with four

sharp projections along its posterior edge.

40. H. abruptecostatus Gyl.

Dorsal part of elytral declivity not compressed ;

posterior edge of 4th abdominal segment simple in

both sexes ..... ... 39. H. spectrum ¥.

)| Rostrum not separated ‘tro om. 1 eye by a furrow; size

sinnallleerere eee wo. 41. H. spinifer Gyl.

Sides of prothorax never with a distinet spine, usually

rounded but sometimes angulated.

Elytra with a large boss-like tubercle at base of

interval 5.

Prothorax without defined smooth lateral spaces.

1904. ]

88. (89.)

89. (88.)

90. (87.)

91. (92.)

92. (91.)

93. (86.)

94. (101.) |

95. (98.)

96. (97.)

97. (96.)

98. (95.)

99. (100.)

100. (99.)

101. (94.)

102. (107.)

103. (106.)

104. (105.)

105. (104.)

106. (103.)

107. (102.)

108. (131.)

109. (122.)

110. (111)

111. (110.)

112. (115.)

113. (114.)

114. (113.)

115. (112.)

116. (119.)

117. (118.)

118. (117.)

119. (116.)

120. (121.)

121. (120.)

122, (109.)

123. (128.)

‘Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. I.

OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS.

Interval 2 with a row of conical tubercles from behind

middle to apex; apical processes short. 42. H. humeralis, sp. nov.

Interval 2 with only’a single large conical tubercle

on the Gerlieiuy 3 apical processes very long and

sharp... a. 43, HL. nestor Mshl.

Prothorax with a smooth defined space on each side of

central furrow; interval 2 entirely devoid of tubercles.

Interval 5 with only two or three large distant conical

tubercles in addition to the basal one; prothorax

without a central carina ............... 44. H. nodulosus F.

Interval 5 with a row of seven or eight small closely-

set tubercles behind the basal one; prothorax with

a central carina ..... esa 45. H. occidentalis Mshl.

Elytra with shoulders normal.

Sides of prothorax angulated ; the central furrow very

broad and distinct, more or "Jess dilated in middle.

Intervals 2, 4, and 6 entirely devoid of tubercles.

Rostrum without a central carina; tubercles on elytra

large, separated and conical throughout. 46. H. fictilis Mshl.

Rostrum with a low central carina; tubercles on

elytra from base to beyond middle small and agelo-

merated, the intervals costate ......... 48, H. horni Mshl.

Interval 2 always, interval 4 usually with a row of

distant rounded tubercles.

Prothorax with a strong central carina. 47. H. canaliculatus Mshl.

Central carina on protherax obsolescent. 49. H. rubifer F.

Sides of prothorax rounded, the central furrow narrow

and much more shallow.

Intervals on elytra granulate, granules subequal

throughout.

All intervals on elytra similar, subcostate and evenly

granulate throughout.

Anteoeular furrows not converging; rostrum con-

tiguous dorsally with head throughout its breadth;

apical processes of elytra very long... 50. H. eckloni Gyl.

Anteocular furrows converging so as to leave only a

narrow dorsal ridge joiming head and rostrum;

apical processes short ..............-2++ 51. H. bohemanii Fahy.

Intervals 4 and 6 not elevated and without any

granules ..... .. 52. H. ehirindensis Mshl.

Intervals on elytra. tuber culate, tubercles uneven ;

intervals dissimilar.

Transverse basal furrow on the underside of rostrum

absent.

Dorsal anterior margin of prothorax lobate or convex.

Anteocular furrows distant, invisible from above.

67. H. caudatus Fahr.

Anteocular furrows approaching, visible from above

in the form of a more or less marked constriction at

base of rostrum.

Lower lateral sulcus on rostrum obsolescent.

Protherax with a broad horseshoe-shaped costa en-

elosing the central carina ....... .. 69. H. tricostatus Mshl.

Prothorax with large rounded tubercles on each side

of the carina ...... spodien, Wes: JEL Gaadany SO WOW

Lower lateral sulcus on rostrum distinct.

Upper lateral sulcus on rostrum distinct.

Prothorax almost as long as broad, the tubercles large

and subcristate; size smaller ......... 70. HL. ferus Gyl.

Prothorax distinctly transverse, the tubercles small

and evenly set; size larger ............. 71. Hl. mammillatus Gyl.

Upper lateral furrow on rostrum obsolescent.

Dorsal margins of rostrum strongly raised in the form

of angulated carine; length 23mm. 72. H. lobatus Mshl.

Dorsal margins rounded; length 14mm. 73. H. evxilis, sp. nov.

Dorsal anterior margin of prothorax truncate and

not lobate.

Rostrum with a deep central furrow throughout.

124.

137.

138.

139.

140.

141. (

142.

143.

144, (

145.

146.

147.

MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Intervals 3 and 5 with the tubercles depressed and oval

from base to declivity, thence conical; rostrum with

a rounded impression at base.

| Ocular lobes of prothorax only slightly developed;

intervening granules in striz minute, rows quite

regular . . 64 H. recurvus F.

Ocular lobes of prothorax well developed ; ; intervening

granules in strie larger, the rows irregular and

often confused e.. lsh ah We 55. H. albolineatus Fahr.

Intervals 3 and 5 with the tubercles conical through-

out; rostrum without a rounded impression at

base; ocular lobes well developed .... 53. Hl. sulcirostris Fahr.

Rostrum without a distinct continuous central furrow,

at most very shallowly excavate.

Dorsal edges of rostrum rounded at base, carinate only

near apex ; rostrum with a central stria at base.

56. H. gyllenhali Gyl.

Dorsal edges of rostrum strongly carinate from base

to apex ; rostrum with no central stria at base.

58. H. maculatus Mshl.

Rostrum with a transverse basal furrow on the under-

side.

Dorsal edges of rostrum produced upwards into a

sharp projection above the insertion of antenne.

57. H. nivosus Sparrm.

Dorsal edges of rostrum without any sharp projection.

Elytra with irregular, and often confused, rows of

large granules in leu of punctures; legs with large

round white scales ......csceusuuee. Gl. insignis Fahr.

Elytra with regular rows ; of minute granules; legs

with narrow scales.

Intervals 3, 5, and 7 with rows of large separated

tubercles which become very long, sharp and

curved towards apex; legs with scattered narrow

white scales .. : ... 60. HL. spiculosus Gyl.

Intervals 3, 5, and 7 subcostate, with rows of small

closely-set and often duplicated tubercles which

become rather larger and conical towards apex;

legs with brown setiform scaling...... 59: He globifer 18,

Hither or both pairs of lateral sulei on rostrum

uniting (or running into the central furrow) near

the base, which is ‘usually raised above the plane of

the forehead.

Alternate intervals on the elytra uneven.

Scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum.

Inferior basal transverse furrow on rostrum absent.

Sides of prothorax not angulated but rounded.

Interval 2 tuberculate at least on the apical half.

Elytra with separated sharply conical tubercles, at

least towards the sides and apex.

Dorsal edges of rostrum not carinate; prothorax

fairly closely set with low rounded tubercles, its

dorsal anterior margin truncate ...... 62. H. ‘afer Gyl.

Dorsal edges of rostrum strongly carinate; prothorax

very sparsely set with large depressed tubercles, its

dorsal anterior margin distinctly sinuate. 63. H. knysna, sp. nov.

Elytra without prominent conical tubercles, the

alternate intervals subcostate and with small,

closely-set, subcatenulate tubercles.

Ocular lobes well develouedin: heyes subdepressed ; form

EODUSHN eee eee wie. 65. Hl. transvaalensis Pér.

Ocular lobes feeble; 3 eyes” very prominent; form

narrow . wou. 64. A. sexvittatus F.

Interval 2 entirely devoid of tubercles. 66. H. delectans Hbst.

Sides of prothorax dilated and bluntly angulated.

Elytra oblongo-ovate, sides subparallel; the alternate

intervals slightly carinate, but the tubercles dis-

tinctly separated oo... 74. A nyase, sp. nov.

1904.]

153.

154.

. (160.)

166.

165.

166.

167.

168.

169.

170.

(ils

172.

173.

174,

175.

176.

177.

178.

179.

180.

181.

182.

183.

184.

185.

186.

187.

188.

189.

(152.)

(141.)

(157.)

. (156.)

. (159.)

. (158.)

. (155.)

. (166.)

2. (165.)

. (164.)

4. (163.)

(162.)

(161.)

(140.)

(177.)

(176.)

(175.)

(172.)

(171.)

(174..)

(173.)

(170.)

(169.)

(168.)

(191.)

(182.)

(181.)

(180.)

(179.)

(184.)

(183.)

(188.)

(187.)

(286.)

(185.)

(190.)

OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 19

Elytra very short ovate, sides strongly rounded ; the

alternate intervals punely carinate, the tubercles

catenulate ......... woe. 75. 4. angolensis, sp. nov.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum present.

Sides of prothorax angulated.

Anteocular furrows strongl y convergent above; rostrum

with a distinct basal callus on each side. 76. H. ovampoensis Pér.

Anteocular furrows not convergent above; rostrum

without a basal callus.

Intervals 3,5, and 7 on elytra not costate but with

separate prominent tubercles; interval 2 with a

short apical row of tubercles ; forehead convex.

77. H. asper Mshl.

Intervals 3, 5, and 7 strongly costate and with rows of

small closely-set tubercles; interval 2 quite plane;

forehead broadly excavate ............. 78. H. wahlbergi Boh.

Sides of prothorax rounded.

Interval 2 with a short apical subcristate row of conical

tubercles; rostrum finely punctured.

Rostrum without granules; prothorax set with irre-

gular rounded or subconical tubercles.

Rostrum slightly convex at base and without any

central furrow there; tubercles on interval 3 ceasing

before declivity ..... . 79. H. serratus Mshl.

Rostrum with complete central Furr TOW, ,, dilated towards

apex; tubercles on interval 3 continuous to apex.

80. H. deplorabundus Fahy.

Rostrum with two regular rows of shining granules;

prothorax with six regular rows of long, cylindrical,

Spimizormipuberclesis Me. .- sere eres ” 88. spinicollis Gyl.

Interval 2 without any conical tubercles on the

declivity ; rostrum very coarsely reticulate through-

nes aR BARRY AASB a RET n Un ArrinesH Sine Gourmet a a erispatus F.

Scrobes lateral.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum absent.

Prothorax irregularly set with low rounded tubercles,

the central furrow containing a carina.

Body without long erect black sete.

Anteocular furrows distinct ............... 82. H. infacetus Gyl.

Anteocular furrows absent.

Rostrum without a central carina; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal ............... 83. H. frontalis Sparrm.

Rostrum with a strong central furrow ; second joint of

funicle longer than first ................ 84. Hl. tuberosus Gyl.

Entire body with scattered, long, erect black sete.

85. H. pilosus, sp. nov.

Prothorax with six rows of long cylindrical spiniform

tubercles, the central furrow without a carina.

86. H. thoracicus Fahy.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum present.

Hither interval 2 or 3, or both, with a single tubercle

at the summit of the declivity conspicuously larger

than the rest.

Prothorax with no median carina.

Rostrum without a central carina ...... 89. H. seriespinosus Gy).

Rostrum with a fine central carina....., 90. H. carinirostris Gy].

Prothorax with a median carina.

Rostrum with a fine central carina....... 91. H. affinis Fahy.

Rostrum without a central carina.

Elytra with rows of ocellated punctures.

Prothorax scarcely transverse, its sides not much

rounded ......... . 93. H. fallax Fahr.

Prothorax very transverse, ‘its sides strongly rounded.

92. H. binodis Gyl.

Elytra with rows of reticulated fovez.

Costa on interval 3 terminating abruptly at the

declivity; interval 7 simply carinate and without

tubercles .........cceceecersstterceceesseeess 94. Hl. quadrinodis Fahr.

. 228.)

. (222.)

. (225.)

. (224.)

(231.)

MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Costa on interval 3 continued to apex in the form of

separated tubercles; interval 7 not carinate, but

with a row of 7 to 10 conical tubercles. 95. Hl. braunsi Mshl.

Elytra without solitary tubercles at the summit of

the declivity conspicuously larger than the rest.

96. H. ervans Mshl.

All intervals on the elytra evenly raised.

Scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum present.

Prothorax with six rows of long cylindrical spini-

HODHAN TAU OVROUSTS | Lo. don acoococes cohacsopeare 87. H. aculeatus Mshl.

Prothorax with small, closely-set, granular tubercles.

Prothorax with a distinct central carina.

Prothorax almost as long as broad; ocular lobes well

Geviel oped jie) Mins Seacrest tad eats 97. H. squalidus Gyl.

Prothorax distinctly transverse; ocular lobes feeble.

98. H. modestus, sp. nov.

Prothorax without a central carina...... 101. A. permixtus, sp. nov.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum absent. 99. H. granatus Gyl.

Scrobes lateral.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum present.

Rostrum short and thick; antenne and tarsi short.

the second joint of latter much shorter than third.

102. H. albicans Gyl.

Rostrum long and comparatively slender; antenne

and tarsi elongate, the second joint of latter equal to

third .. eucseee. LO4 HL. cinereus, sp. nov.

Inferior basal furrow on rostrum absent.

Rostrum with a central furrow but no carina.

100. H. partitus Gyl.

Rostrum with a distinct central carina.

Second joint of funicle much longer than first.

Elytra narrow and elongate, the intervals with rows

of distant rounded tubercles bearing long erect

black sete ...... OS See capicola Gyl.

Elytra ovate, the inter vals swith r rows of irregular, and

often duplicated, granules bearing short suberect

dark sete . ... 105. H. setiferus Gyl.

The two basal joints of funicle ‘subequal.

Body with long erect black setze ......... 106. H. pilifer Fahy.

Body with short depressed sete.

Forehead without a central } canna size small, 10 to

12 mm. : EN aml O7 SEDs laticeps Mshl.

Forehead with a central carina; ; size larger, 19 to

22 mm.

Length of prothorax about equal to its breadth;

dorsal part of rostrum very httle elevated.

108. A. gunningi Mshi.

Prothorax much broader than long; dorsal part of

rostrum strongly elevated above the level of the

forehead ..... .... 109. H. constrictus Gyl.

Rostrum with a basal tubercle or horn.

Rostrum with a deep transverse incision behind middle

but in front of the basal horn ......... 110. H. incisirostris Mshl.

Rostrum with no transverse incision in front of the

basal horn.

Fach elytron with a large tubercular prominence just

abomeytherapexa| wea ate eesenr eeu nt lll. A. dregei Gyl.

Elytra with no prominence near apex.

Rostrum with no central carina, but with a deep central

furrow and two large tubercles at base separated by

the furrow; prosternum with a tubercle in front

Oleachyanterionicoxal mary ee ean teee 112. H. brachyceroides Mshl.

Rostrum with no central furrow but having a carina

and with a single basal tubercle usually bifid at

apex ; prosternum without tubercles.

Elytra with intervals 2, 4, and 6 more or less devoid

of granules.

1904.]

227.

228,

237.

(230.)

(229.)

. (228.)

. (227.)

. (226.)

2, (238.)

. (232.)

. (235.)

. 234.)

. (237.)

(236.)

(68.)

. (250.)

. (248.)

. (242)

. (241)

. (240.)

. (249.)

. (248.)

. (247.)

. (246.)

. (245.)

. (244.)

. (239.)

. (258.)

. (253.)

. (252.)

. (255.)

5. (254.)

. (257.)

(256.)

(251.)

OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. i

Anteocular furrows distinct; prothorax with only the

central line smooth.

Central carina on rostrum only reaching middle ;

granules on elytra large, distant, and elongate.

113. H. armatus Fahy.

Central carina on rostrum reaching apex; granules on

elytra smaller and more closely set.. 114. H. monitor Fahr.

Anteocular furrows absent; prothorax with three

smooth dorsal lines 2.0.8 115. H. nasutus Fahr.

Elytra with all intervals equally and evenly granulate.

Prothorax with long, cylindrical, truncate tubercles.

116. H. coronatus Est.

Prothorax with small, low, rounded tubercles.

Central carina on rostrum obsolescent; rostral tubercle

bifid and distinctly dilated at apex.... 117. H. consors Mshl.

Central carina on rostrum distinct; rostral tubercle

bifid, but not dilated at apex.

Prothorax as long as broad; strie on elytra deep and

strongly punctured; rostrum shorter and thicker,

its dorsal outline strongly angulated about middle.

118. A. corniculatus Fahr.

Prothorax broader than long; strie on elytra very

shallow, finely punctured ; rostrum longer and more

slender, its dorsal outline not angulated but gently

curved . veces 119. HL. propinguus, sp. nov.

Scape of antennae reaching ‘beyond anterior margin

of eye.

Rostrum with a basal horn or tubercle.

Rostral tubercle rudimentary.

Granules on elytra large and distinct; first joint of

posterior tarsi very long in @, longer than second

and third together .. secesiee, 120. Hy bimaculatus Mshl.

Granules on elytra very minute on the later al intervals,

obsolete on those near ue posterior tarsi

normalin g .... .. 121. HL. cervinus, sp. nov.

Rostral tubercle strongly ‘developed.

All intervals on elytra evenly granulate.

Forehead not plicate; strie on elytra finely punc-

tured; granules on intervals small and incon-

spicuous.

Intervals on elytra all even; forehead with a short

stria ..... .... 122. H. talpa Fahr.

Intervals ai 6, ‘and 7 slightly 1 more raised than the

others ; forehead without any stria... 123. H. vicinus Mshl.

Forehead with fine convergent plications ; strie on

elytra rugosely punctured, subreticulate; granules

on intervals large and shining but depressed.

124. H. brevis Mshl.

Elytra with at most a few solitary granules on

intervals 4and 6... ..... 125. H. incertus Mshl.

Rostrum without a basal tubercle.

Intervals on elytra with distinct granules or small

tubercles throughout.

Inferior basal furrow of rostrum very deep; elytra of

normal shape; legs short and thick. 126. H. arenarius Fahr.

Inferior basal furrow of rostrum absent; elytra very

narrow, legs long and slender.

Forehead impressed ; prothorax broadest behind

WANOIUNE) coo sadonsasee . 127. H. seriegranosus Gy].

Forehead convex ; prothorax ‘broadest at or before

middle.

Rostrum thick, the outer lateral care undulating ;

granules on elytra with long black sete.

128. H. longulus Gyl.

Rostrum slender, elongate, the lateral carinz straight ;

granules with very short pale sete. 129. H. sjdstedti, sp. nov.

Dorsal intervals on elytra quite smooth, or at most

with very faint ill-defined granules.

22 MR. G. A, K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

259. (266.) | Scape not exceeding posterior margin of eye.

260. (268.) | Setz on elytra erect or suberect.

261. (262.)| Dorsal intervals on elytra faintly granulate, the sete

erect and black .......... ceceee. 181. Hl. porculus Sparrm.

) | Dorsal intervals on elytra quite ‘smooth, the sete pale

and suberect... .. vee. 180. H. granicollis Gyl.

263. (260.) | Setee on elytra strongly ‘depressed.

(265.)| Prothorax with sides moderately rounded and not

constricted at apex; elytra shallowly but distinctly

sulcate, especially towards the sides. 132. H. varius Fahr.

265. (264.)| Prothorax constricted at apex and with the sides

strongly rounded ; elytra scarcely sulcate.

133. H. o’neili, sp. nov.

266. (259.) | Scape exceeding posterior margin of eye.

267. (27.)| The first joint of funicle longer than the second (more

markedly so in the ¢).

268. (269.) | Forehead with a faint carina; granules on prothorax

larger and more distant ............... 134. H. lineatus Fahr.

269. (268.)| Forehead with no carima; granules on prothorax

small and closely set ..................... 185. A. vittatus Fahr.

270. (267.) | The two basal joints of funicle subequal i in both sexes.

271. (272.)| The upper lateral sulci on rostrum very deep, almost

hidden towards apex under the carine which adjoin

them internally ....... we 186. H. sublineatus Gyl.

272. (271.) | Upper lateral sulci on “yostrum shallow, not overhung

by the adjoining carine.

273. (274.)| Tubercles on prothorax elevated and sparsely set;

elytra broadest at or before middle, the shoulders

roundedly prominent .. sects. 137. A. subvittatus Gyl.

274, (273.) | Tubercles on prothorax low, rounded and closely set ;

elytra broadest far behind middle, the shoulders

Slopingy. 4. ies esc y ees sese ss) OS EE dolorosys Bilary

Those species marked } are not at present represented in the British Museum.

1, H. appenpicuatus Gyl.

H. appendiculatus Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 788 (1840).

Long. 16—20, lat. 63-9 mm.

Head very convex and with sparse faint punctuation, forehead

retuse and with a shallow impression ; anteocular furrows present

but not very deep. ostrwm separated from head by a transverse

basal incision, as long as prothorax only, thick, curved and

gradually dilated towards apex. Upper surface with five

carine, of which the central three coalesce at base to form a stout

prominent tubercle, the central carina (which is abbreviated

anteriorly) and the outer pair are smooth, the remaining pair

being strongly punctured ; lateral sulci deep, subequal, the upper

pair “uniting at base; scrobes deep, lateral and parallel to sulci;

inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with dense brown

sete; scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax as long as broad in 6, broader than long

in 9, apex narrower than base, sides strongly rounded, broadest

about middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly. convex, ocular lobes

well developed. Upper surface slightly convex, moderately closely

set with low rounded tubercles, leaving a narrow central furrow

without any carina; tubercles each with a depressed short seta,

the interstices with dense light brown scaling. Zlytra narrow,

oblongo-ovate in ¢, more broadly ovate in 2, shoulders sloping,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS, 23

apical processes rudimentary in ¢—long, stout and sharp in 9,

being porrect and subparallel. Upper surface convex, with broad

sulci containing rows of minute separated granules; the intervals

narrowly carinate, each with a regular row of large closely placed

granules, which become subconical near apex, except on intervals

2 and 4, where they vanish altogether on the declivity; the

granules bare, each with a short suberect dark seta, the inter-

spaces with dense brown scaling. Legs with sparse pale sete ;

the posterior tarsi with the 3rd joint a trifle broader than the

others, 2nd and 3rd subequal, Ist rather longer.

Care Conony: Uitenhage (Rev. J. A. O'Neil), Willowmore

(Dr. H. Brawns).

TyPeE in the Stockholm Museum.

The only near ally of this species is cornirostris Gyl., from

which it differs in the less closely tuberculate prothorax, the

greater elevation of the intervals on the elytra, the abrupt cessation

of the granules on intervals 2 and 4 at the top of the declivity,

and the much longer and stouter apical processes in the @.

Father O’Neil informs me that both species are scarce at Uitenhage,

especially cornirostris; they are both found in loose soil under

the curious plant locally known as the Tortoise Bush.

2. H. cornirosrris Gy]l.

H, cornirostris Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 787 (1840).

Long. 15-21, lat. 6-9 mm.

Head convex, with sparse and shallow punctuation; forehead

somewhat impressed, without any fovea or carina; anteocular

furrows distinct. ostrwm separated from head by a transverse

basal incision, as long as prothorax only, slightly curved, dilated

towards apex. Upper surface with five distinct carine, the three

central ones converging at base to form a stout tubercle, the

median carina is smooth and narrower than the others, which are

more or less strongly punctured; lateral sulci deep and of equal

length, the upper pair uniting at base; scrobes deep, entirely

lateral and parallel to the sulci; inferior basal furrow very deep.

Antenne with the scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax as long as broad in 3, broader

than long in 2, apex narrower than base, sides strongly rounded,

broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin convex, ocular lobes

well developed. Upper surface rather convex, very closely set

with small low rounded tubercles, leaving a very narrow central

furrow containing no carina; tubercles each with a very short

dark depressed seta, interstices with dense brown scaling.

Llytra oblongo-ovate, elongate in ¢, more ampliated in 9°,

shoulders sloping, apical processes (in 2 only) sharply conical.

Upper surface convex, with shallow sulci containing rows of

distinct granules; the intervals all similar, each with a regular

row of small granules, more closely set than those in the sulci ;

granules each with a depressed dark seta, the interstices with

fulvous scaling which is usually abraded. Legs rather long, with

24 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

very sparse pale scaling and sete, forming a pale ring near apex

of femora; posterior tarsi broad, spongy, 3rd joint a little broader

than the other two, 2nd and 38rd subequal, Ist rather longer.

Carpe Cotony: Uitenhage (Kev. J. A. O'Neil), Fraserburg

(Z. G, Alston).

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

3. H. verrucosus L.

Curculio verrucosus L. Mus. Lud. Uly. p. 60 (1764); Ol. Ent.

v. 83, p. 387, t. 10: f.125,, 0 (180M); lerbst;) Colt) viele 30s:

t. 84. £. 5, g (1795).

H, verrucosus Gyl. Schénh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 481 (1833).

Long. 21-25, lat. 83-10 mm.

Head convex, shagreened and with sparse scaling on vertex,

forehead distinctly but dispersely punctured and with a central

fovea or short stria; anteocular furrows indistinct. Rostrwm

shorter than prothorax, cut off from head by a deep basal incision,

thick, strongly curved and gradually dilated to apex. Upper

surface with a deep central furrow, narrow at base and dilating

anteriorly, deeply and sometimes rugosely punctured; lateral

sulci deep, the upper pair uniting at base and much longer than

the lower; scrobes broad and deep, entirely lateral; inferior

basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape reaching eyes; the

two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax rather broader

than long, apex narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest

about middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes

well developed. Upper surface convex, closely but irregularly set

with large flattened tubercles, leaving a distinct central furrow

containing a very faint carina; tubercles black, bare, each with a

large puncture but no seta, the interstices normally greenish

bronze with sparse pale depressed setae. lytra elongato-ovate,

acuminate apically, shoulders prominent, sides ampliated, broadest

before middle, apical processes strongly tuberculate, short and

rounded in 6, elongate, thick and subconical in @. Upper

surface convex, with rows of remote shallow punctures separated

by small granules; intervals 3, 5, and 7 with complete rows of

depressed, elongate and catenulate tubercles which become conical

and separated close to apex; intervals | and 6 with similar but

much less complete rows ; 2 and 4 quite smooth ; apices of tubercles

bare, black, only a few of them with short sete; the interstices

devoid of scaling, black with a strong bronze or greenish-bronze

lustre. Legs with sparse sete, the posterior tibize very strongly

curved in ¢ only; posterior tarsi with the joints of the same

width, 2nd and 38rd subequal, Ist rather longer.

Caps Cotony : Cape Town, Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey).

Of this striking and aberrant species Mr. Péringuey notes that

it is not uncommon about the Cape and may be met crawling

slowly along the ground. He has found it on heath plants and

also on the branches of the Sugar Bush (Protea grandiflora)

and Silver Tree (Leucadendron argenteun).

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 25

4, H. oaxus Mshl. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

H, oaxus Mshl. Ann. Nat. Hist. (7) x. p. 416 (1902).

Long. 23-34, lat. 8-9 mm.

Head convex, bare, punctuation close but faint on vertex,

deeper and more scattered in front, forehead rather retuse and

with two faint rounded impressions ; anteocular furrows distinct.

Rostrum cut off from head by a deep dorsal incision, almost as

long as head and prothorax, distinctly curved, subparallel from

base to beyond middle, then gradually dilated to apex. Upper

surface convex in the basal part, which is smooth, shiny, and with

fine sparse punctuation, very shallowly excavate towards apex,

where the punctures are much closer and deeper; lateral sulci

strong and deep, the intervening carina narrow and undulating,

the lower pair longer, the upper pair scarcely uniting at base;

scrobes deep, lateral and parallel with sulci ; inferior basal furrow

very broad and deep. Antennae with scape just reaching eye;

2nd joint of funicle longer than Ist in ¢, subequalin 2. Pro-

thorax rather broader than long, apex about as broad as base,

which is equal to the length in @, but narrower in Q, sides

distinctly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin

truncate, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface slightly

convex, fairly closely set with large elevated rounded tubercles

bearing depressed setze and leaving a narrow central furrow

without a carina; scaling absent. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders

rounded and more prominent in @, sides slightly rounded,

broadest before middle, apices slightly and bluntly projecting in

¢, with sharp parallel processes in @ 1 mm. long. Upper

surface convex, the dorsal strize simply punctate, the ‘outer ones

granulate; mterval 1 quite smooth to near the declivity, but with

distinct granules from there to apex; interval 2 quite smooth

throughout; 3, 5, and 7 with tubercles strongly depressed to

beyond middle, then sharply conical, those on 3 being specially

prominent and continued right on to the apical processes in both

sexes; intervals 4 and 6 with rows of depressed tubercles ceasing

beyond middle; tubercles almost entirely devoid of sete. Hlytra

bare and with a strong dull bronze reflexion. JZegs without

scaling; femora finely punctured at base, impunctate in middle

and very coarsely punctured at apex; the posterior and anterior

tibiz strongly curved in ¢, especially the former; joints 2 and

3 of posterior tarsi subequal, the Ist a little longer.

CAPE CoLony

Type in the British Museum.

Very nearly allied to H. verrucosus L., but in addition to the

distinctions mentioned in the key, it differs in having the thoracic

tubercles more elevated ; the discal portions of intervals 1 and 3

near the base are quite plane and smooth, and not tuberculate or

carinate ; the discal punctures on the elytra are deep and simple,

whereas in verrucosus they are shallow and with a small but

distinct granule at the side of each.

26 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

5. H. ruerrostris Gyl.

H. rugirostris Gy]. Schh. Gen, Cure. v. p. 791 (1840).

Long. 17-20, lat. 7-83 mm.

Head strongly convex, both on vertex and forehead, bare and

with large scattered punctures; anteocular furrows distinct.

Rostrum cut off from head by a deep transverse basal incision, as

long as head and prothorax, thick, strongly curved and gradually

dilated to apex. Upper surface convex, slightly excavate near

apex only, deeply and rugosely punctured throughout; lateral

sulci deep, of equal length, subparallel, the upper pair alone

uniting at base; scrobes deep and lateral; inferior basal furrow

very deep. Antenne with scape just reaching eye; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax somewhat transverse, apex

scarcely narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest rather

behind middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes

strongly developed. Upper surface convex, closely set with low

rounded tubercles, leaving a very indistinct central furrow ;

tubercles without sets, both they and the interstices bare of

scaling. lytra ovate, shoulders roundly prominent, sides slightly

ampliated, broadest before middle, apices produced into a very

short blunt callosity in ¢, more acuminate and subcontiguous

in @. Upper surface with shallow sulci containing rows of large

ocellated punctures, often separated by low granules; all the

intervals with rows of small closely set depressed tubercles, those

on intervals 2 and 4 ceasing at the declivity, those on 1 and 3

continued to apex, being conical and subcristate on the declivity ;

scaling absent, tubercles rarely with depressed dark sete. Legs

with scattered pale sete; posterior tibie very strongly curved

in ¢ only; posterior tarsi with the three basal joints subequal in

length and breadth.

NAMAQUALAND: Klipfontein and O’okiep (LZ. Péringuey).

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

This is a scarce species in collections, but Mr. Péringuey states

that he found it commonly in Little Namaqualand at from 3000

to 4000 ft. under a spiny species of Jesembryanthemum.

A close ally of verrucosus L. and oaxus Mshl., resembling the

latter in the absence of the rostral furrow. Apart from its

smaller size and more regularly granulate elytra this species differs

from oaxus: (1) in the coarse punctuation of the base of the

rostrum, (2) in having the lateral sulci on the rostrum of equal

length, and (3) in having the two basal joints in the funicle of

the ¢ equal, or even with the first very slightly longer than the

second.

6. H. serrENoDosus Gyl.

H. serienodosus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 490 (1833); Fahr.

Schh. op. c. v. p. 779 (1840).

Long. 12-14, lat. 5-6 mm.

Head convex, with obscure punctuation and sparse scaling,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 27

forehead with two shallow impressions; anteocular furrows

present but not very distinct; eyes rather prominent. Rostrum

a little longer and narrower in ¢, with a deep transverse incision

at base, as long as prothorax only, slightly curved, its sides sub-

parallel but with the gene slightly dilated at the apex. Upper

surface coarsely punctured, with five narrow undulating carine

of equal height; lateral sulci deep, of equal length, the upper

pair meeting at base; scrobes straight, lateral, parallel to sulci;

inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape scarcely

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

transverse, apex narrower than base, sides strongly rounded,

broadest rather behind middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate,

ocular lobes slight. Upper surface slightly convex, with a faint

transverse impression near apex, closely set with small rounded

tubercles leaving a narrow central furrow without any carina;

tubercles hare, with depressed dark sete, interstices with dense

brown scaling. Hlytra ovate, much narrower in <6, shoulders

sloping, sides rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes

short, blunt, and parallel in -?, absent in g. Upper surface

convex, with rows of ill-defined shallow punctures often separated

by granules; interval 1 with a complete row of small closely-set

granules; intervals 2, 4, and 6 devoid of tubercles; 3, 5, and 7

with complete rows of small subconical tubercles which hardly

increase in size posteriorly, but are rather larger and more distant

in the 92, especially on interval 3; tubercles bare, with short

depressed dark sete, interstices with dense brown scaling. Legs

with sparse pale scaling, forming a denser ring near apex of

femora; posterior tarsi with 3rd joint a little broader than the

others, 2nd and 3rd subequal, Ist a little longer.

Cape Cotony: Hnou (Hulter).

TyeE in the Stockholm Museum.

7. H. serratus Gyl.

H. seriatus Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 777 (1840).

Head convex on vertex, rugosely punctured, with grey scaling

and erect dark setz; forehead subimpressed, with a median

carina. Lostrwm separated from head by a shallow dorsal incision,

as long as prothorax, strongly curved, dilated beyond middle.

Upper surface with five carine, the median one broader than the

others and impunctate; lateral sulci deep, the upper pair rather

longer and meeting at base; scrobes directed beneath base of

rostrum; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with scape

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle short, subequal.

Prothorax broader than long, the length equal to width at base,

apex a little narrower, sides moderately rounded, broadest at

middle, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface somewhat

convex, unevenly set with small rounded tubercles, leaving a

central furrow containing an abbreviated carina; tubercles bare,

with long erect dark sete, the interstices with greyish scaling,

Elytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides sub-

28 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [ Jan. 19,

parallel to beyond middle, apical processes very small. Upper

surface moderately convex, rugulose, with rows of deep fover ;

intervals 3, 5, and 7 raised, costate and undulating near base,

tuberculate towards apex; colour black, with scattered long erect

dark sete. Legs thick, pilose and coarsely punctured ; posterior

tarsi broad, the joints of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd

subequal, lst rather longer.

“Cape or Goop Hops (Drége)” —teste Schonherr.

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

I have seen only a single example from Drége’s collection at

Stockholm. The species holds a somewhat intermediate position

between the two main divisions of the genus owing to the com-

paratively shallow incision which separates the head from the

yostrum. This is further emphasised by the absence of the

inferior basal furrow on the rostrum, which is always present and

usually very strongly developed in the species falling within

Schénherr’s “ Grex 2.”

8. H. carrer Thunb.

Curculio caffer Thunb. Nov. Act. Ups. vii. p. 120 (1815).

Ourculio calvus Herbst, Col. vii. p. 46, t. 98. f. 4 (1797).

H. calvus Gyl. Schénh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 486 (1833).

HH. caffer Gyl. 1. ¢. p. 487 (1833).

H. rhamphastus Gyl. l. c. p. 486 (1833); Labr. & Inh, Gen.

Cure. ii. no. 35 (1848).

Long. 14-15, lat. 53-6 mm.

Head convex, punctate and with scattered setiform scaling,

forehead retuse and with a shallow central impression ; eyes with

a deep curved impression along their upper edges; anteocular

furrows deep. ostrwm as long as prothorax, cut off from head

by a deep incision, thick, strongly curved, dilated at apex. Upper

surface coarsely punctured, with five strong smooth carine of

about even height; lateral sulci broad and deep, the upper pair

much longer than the lower and uniting at base; scrobes deep,

lateral; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape

scarcely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax a little broader than long, apex and base of equal

width, sides rounded, broadest at middle, anterior margin trun-

cate, ocular lobes small. Upper surface convex, closely set with

small rounded tubercles, leaving a well-marked central furrow

containing no carina; tubercles bare, shining, each with a short

depressed seta, the interstices with brownish scaling and three

distinct white longitudinallines. lytra elongato-ovate, narrower

in 6, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides slightly ampliated,

broadest about middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface

convex, with regular rows of large, ocellated and subreticulate

punctures; intervals 1, 3, 5, and 7 much more strongly raised

than the others and showing faint traces of depressed sub-

catenulate granules bearing very short depressed sete ; intervals

2, 4, and 6 smooth, narrow and slightly costate, interval 2 with a

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 29

large tubercle at base ; at the apex of interval 3 there is occasionally

seen a distinct tubercular projection (var. rhamphastus Gyl.), but

this is very variable in development and is more often absent ;

the elytra are sparsely covered with small greyish scales, which

are larger and whiter on the inflexed margins. Legs thinly

clothed with whitish sete; posterior tarsi with the 3rd joint

slightly broader than the others, 2nd and 3rd subequal, lst a little

longer.

Care Cotony: Cape Town.

H. rhamphastus of Gyllenhal can only be regarded as a variety

of this species, the development of the intra-apical callus being

very variable, and quite unreliable as a specific character.

Mr. Péringuey states that although this species is fairly common

on the flats about Cape Town, he has never found it on the

mountains.

9, H. QUADRILINEATUS Gy].

H, quadrilineatus Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 780 (1840).

Long. 10-11, lat. 45-5 mm-

Head convex, dispersely punctured and scaled; forehead not

retuse, but with a shallow central impression, an impressed curved

line above eye; anteocular furrows deep. ostrwm rather longer

than prothorax, separated from head by a deep incision, thick,

distinctly curved and dilated at apex. Upper surface coarsely

punctured, with five strong smooth carine of about even height ;

lateral sulci deep, the upper pair much longer than the lower and

meeting at base; scrobes deep, lateral; inferior basal furrow

very deep. Antenne with scape scarcely reaching eye; the two

basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax slightly transverse,

apex and base of equal width, sides rounded, broadest at middle,

dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes moderate. Upper

surface convex, fairly closely set with small rounded tubercles,

leaving a distinct central furrow containing no carina; tubercles

bare, shiny and with short depressed sete, the interstices with

3 distinct longitudinal lines of white scales. lytra ovate,

shoulders roundedly prominent, sides rounded, broadest about

middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface convex, with

regular rows of large subreticulate punctures; the intervals 1, 3,

5, and 7 much more raised than the others, strongly costate and

with distinct traces of depressed setigerous granules; intervals 2,

4 and 6 quite plane and smooth, and densely clothed with small

greyish or yellowish scaling, whereas the elevated intervals are

quite bare. Legs sparsely covered with whitish sete; posterior

tarsi with the joints of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd sub-

equal, Ist rather longer.

Carr Cotony; Albany, Alicedale [S. A. Mus. ].

Gyllenhal’s specimen, which is one of the many missing types

from Drége’s collection, was evidently abraded, as is not unusual

in this species. The insect is a very near ally of caffer Thunb.,

from which it differs in its much smaller size; its shape, being

30 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan, 19,

much broader in proportion to its length; in that the intervals

2,4, and 6 on the elytra are broader and quite plane and that the

interval 2 has no sign of a tubercular prominence at its base ;

finally, in perfect specimens, the colouring is strikingly distinct.

10. H. serunosus Gyl.

H. setulosus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 777 (1840).

Long. 20, lat. 8 mm.

Head convex, with the punctuation close and fine on vertex,

fainter and more diffuse in front, forehead without a carina or

fovea; eyes surrounded by a deep impressed ring; anteocular

furrows distinct. Rostrwm separated from head by a deep dorsal

incision, very thick and distinctly curved, as long as head and

prothorax. Upper surface without any central furrow, rugosely

punctured and with 5 narrow carine, the central one narrower

and less distinct than the others; scaling absent, replaced by

short, erect, paler sete; lateral sulci deep and of about equal

length, the upper pair meeting at base; scrobes lateral and

parallel to the sulci; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne:

with the scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax transverse, apex and base of about equal

width, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal

anterior margin truncate, anteocular lobes strongly developed.

Upper surface rather convex, closely set with small rounded

tubercles leaving a central furrow containing no carina ; tubercles

with short depressed sete, interstices with sparse suberect pale

sete. Hlytra ovate, shoulders rounded, sides slightly rounded,

broadest before middle, apices bluntly prominent. Upper surface

rather convex, with regular rows of large shallow punctures

separated by distinct granules, the intervals costate, the alternate

ones more strongly so; intervals 3, 5, and 7 with regular and

complete rows of small, closely set, subconical tubercles, those on

the declivity of 3 being a good deal larger than the others;

intervals 1 and 2 are quite plane; interval 4 has a short row of

granules, largest near base and disappearing behind middle;

interval 6 has a complete row of small granules; apices of tubercles

with short erect pale sete, their sides and the rest of the elytra

thinly clothed with yellow recumbent sete instead of scales.

Legs with only scattered pale sete; posterior tarsi with the three

basal joints subequal in length and breadth.

Care CoLony.

This species can be easily distinguished from all its near allies

by the setose, instead of squamose, elytra.

11. tH. GRAvVIDUS, sp. nov.

Long. 17-19, lat. 8-93 mm.

Head convex, very rugose and with sparse white scaling; ante-

ocular furrows rather indistinct. Rostrwm separated from head

by a distinct dorsal incision, as long as prothorax only, moderately

curved, its sides subparallel throughout, but with the gene dilated.

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. aL

Upper surface with a deep and continuous central furrow, and a

broad coarsely-punctured carina on each side of it; lateral sulci

deep, not meeting at base, subequal in length and breadth, the

intervening carina narrow and impunctate; scrobes lateral, deep,

straight and parallel to the sulci; inferior basal furrow present,

but comparatively shallow. Antenne with sparse white sete ;

scape just reaching eye; the first joint of funicle longer than

second in 2, about equal toitin ¢. Prothorax a little broader

than long, apex much narrower than base, sides not much

rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly

convex, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface convex,

closely set with low rounded tubercles, leaving a very narrow

(sometimes scarcely distinguishable) central furrow containing no

carina ; tubercles bare, shiny, each with a short subdepressed dark

seta, the interstices fairly closely covered with large round white

scales. Hlytra broad, oblongo-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides but

little rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes very short

and tuberculiform in both sexes. Upper surface convex, with

very shallow sulci containing rows of distinct granules ; intervals

1, 2,4, and 6 each with a regular and complete row of granules

scarcely bigger than those in the sulci; 3, 5, and 7 each witha

complete row of large conical tubercles, which become smaller and

less conical towards the base on the disk ; tubercles bare, each with

a short subdepressed dark seta, the interspaces with scattered

large round white scales. Legs thick, with large scattered

punctures and sparse white scaling ; all the tibiz strongly serrate

internally ; posterior tarsi short, the three joints subequal in

length and breadth.

NamaquatanD: O’okiep (L. Péringuey).

Tyre in the South African Museum.

Nearly allied to A. verrucellus Gyl. and H. obesus Gyl., but

readily distinguished by the three rows of large conical tubercles

on each elytron.

12. H. vERRUCELLUS Gyl.

H., verrucellus Gy]. Schh, Gen, Cure. v. p. 784 (1840).

Long. 16, lat. 74 mm.

Head convex, with scattered large coarse punctures and sparse

white scaling, forehead rugosely wrinkled; eyes rather promi-

nent; anteocular furrows faint. Hostrwnv with a deep dorsal

incision at base, shorter than prothorax, slightly curved and the

sides subparallel throughout, the genze being very little dilated.

Upper surface very rugosely punctured and with a deep and con-

tinuous central furrow containing no carina; lateral sulci deep,

filled with white scaling, and separated by a narrow wavy carina,

the upper part slightly shorter and almost uniting at base ;

scrobes lateral, almost parallel to the sulci; inferior basal furrow

deep. Antenne with scape just reaching eye; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax about as long as broad,

apex much narrower than base, sides very slightly dilated to

32 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

beyond middle, thence rapidly narrowed to apex, dorsal anterior

margin convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface convex,

closely covered with low rounded tubercles, leaving a narrow

central furrow without any carina ; tubercles bare, with very short

depressed dark sete, interstices with scattered round white scales,

forming denser central and lateral stripes. Hlytra ovate, shoulders

slightly prominent, sides somewhat rounded, broadest about middle,

apical processes very short but sharp. Upper surface convex, with

deep sulci containing rows of large distant granules ; intervals each

with a single row of small, low, rounded and closely-set tubercles,

except on the declivity of intervals 2 and 4, where they are more

elevated and subcylindrical ; tubercles and granules bare, shiny,

each with a short depressed dark seta; scales large, round, and

white, forming small irregular spots and patches, especially

towards the sides and apex. Legs thick, coarsely punctured, with

scattered white scaling and long black sete ; tibiz strongly curved

in male, and the femora and tibiz with strong tooth-like granules

along their inner edges in both sexes; posterior tarsi broad, the

joints subequal in length and breadth.

Cape CoLony.

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

13. H. oszsus Gyl.

H., obesus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 782 (1840).

Long. 19, lat. 9 mm.

Head convex on vertex, coarsely punctured, forehead with two

large and deep impressions separated ee a sharp carina; eyes

surrounded by a distinct impressed ring; anteocular furrows

almost obsolete. Rostrwm about as long as head and prothorax,

separated from head by a deep dorsal incision, slightly curved,

gene scarcely dilated, so that the sides are subpar allel throughout.

Upper surface with a central furrow which is narrow at base and

broader and shallower anteriorly, the adjoining costee indistinctly

granulate ; lateral sulci subequal, broad and deep, filled with large

white scales and separated by a sharp carina, the upper pair

meeting at base; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ; 5

inferior basal furrow broad and deep. Antenne with scape

scarcely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax distinctly transverse, apex narrower than base, sides

strongly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin

subtruncate, ocular lobes very prominent. Uppersurface convex,

moderately ‘closely set with small rounded tubercles, leaving a

narrow and very indistinct central furrow without any carina ;

tubercles bare, each with a minute depressed seta; interstices

densely clothed with large round white scales. Elytra broadly

oblongo-ovate, shoulders very prominent and subrectangular, sides

subpar allel to ‘well beyond middle, apical processes absent. Upper

surface very convex, with regular shallow sulci containing rows of

large granules ; all ‘the intervals with single regular rows of low

rounded tubercles, which are more conical, but not larger, on the

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 33

declivity ; interval 3, however, has a short additional row about

the summit of the declivity; tubercles bare, each with a minute

depressed seta; interstices with large round white scaling, which

is very sparse on disk but dense towards the sides. Legs with

sparse white scaling and long black sete; the joints of posterior

tarsi broad, spongy beneath, and subequal in length and breadth.

Carr Cotony.

Allied to H. verrucellus Gyl., but this is a larger and more

robust insect ; the central furrow on the rostrum is less deep, the

prothorax is shorter and its sides much more strongly rounded,

and the elytra lack the elevated tubercles on the declivity which

are present in verrucellus.

14. H. conezstus Mshl. (Plate I. fig. 2.)

Hf. congestus Mshl. 1. ce. p. 440 (1902).

Long. 13-17, lat. 6-8 mm.

Head convex, with rugose punctures, some of which contain a

large white scale; forehead not flattened, coarsely striate; ante-

ocular furrows deep and complete. /tostrwm as long as the pro-

thorax only, separated from head by a deep dorsal incision,

distinctly curved, subparallel to beyond middle and then very

slightly dilated. Upper surface convex, with a deep narrow

central furrow throughout having a broad and coarsely-punctured

costa on either side; lateral sulci not meeting at base, both pairs

deep and distinct, of equal length and filled with white squame ;

scrobes deep and lateral, almost parallel to the sulci; inferior

basal burrow broad and deep. Antenne with scape just reaching

eyes; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax nearly

as long as broad, the length equal to the width at base, apex much

narrower, sides very little rounded, slightly diverging from base

to near apex, then rapidly narrowing. Upper surface convex,

elosely set with large rounded shiny tubercles, leaving a very

narrow, and sometimes obsolete, central furrow containing no

carina; granules bare, with depressed dark sete, the interstices

with a few scattered white scales; dorsal anterior margin convex,

ocular lobes strongly developed. Hlytra broadly oblongo-ovate in

2, much narrower in 6, shoulders prominent and subrect-

angular, sides rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes

very short but sharp in both sexes. Upper surface convex, with

no distinct striation, the whole surface being equally covered

with even and regular rows of rounded granules, except for a

tubercular prominence on the declivity of the third interval (as

in albicinctus Gyl.), anda much lower elongate one on the declivity

of interval 5 ; these prominences are sometimes a good deal reduced

in the 3; granules bare and with very short depressed dark sete,

the interstices with a few isolated white scales which are more

numerous near the margins, and a small but distinct white spot

at the apex of the suture. Legs with scattered white scales and

black sete; the inner edges of tibiz strongly dentate ; posterior

tarsi with the three basal joints subequal in length and breadth.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. ITI. 3

34 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

NAMAQUALAND: O’okiep (L. Péringuey).

Typr in British Museum.

My original description was made from a single 2 taken by

Sir A. Smith; Mr. Péringuey has since shown me at Capetown

a series of both sexes, which has enabled me to redescribe the

species more accurately.

15, H. NAMAQUUS, sp. nov.

Long. 18, lat. 8 mm.

Head convex, bare, deeply and coarsely punctured, forehead

with two deep longitudinal impressions; anteocular furrows

present, but not very distinct. Rostrum separated from head by

a transverse dorsal incision, as long as head and prothorax, shghtly

curved, sides subparallel throughout, but with the gene dilated.

Upper surface rugosely punctured, with a shallow central furrow,

containing no carina, and two narrow undulating carinz on each

side of it; lateral sulci deep, of equal length, the upper pair

uniting at base; scrobes deep, lateral and subparallel with the

sulci; inferior basal furrow broad and deep. Antenne with scape

just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Pro-

thorax transverse, apex narrower than base, sides distinctly

rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate,

ocular lobes moderately developed. Upper surface convex, closely

set with small rounded tubercles, leaving a very narrow and

indistinct central furrow containing no carina; tubercles bare,

each with a very short dark seta, the interstices with sparse large

round white scales. Hlytra ovate, shoulders angularly prominent,

sides rounded, broadest rather behind middle, apical processes

obsolescent in ¢. Upper surface convex, without distinct

sulcation, there being on each elytron between the suture and

the summit of the inflexed margin fourteen even and regular rows

of small, closely-set, rounded tubercles, which are shiny and bear

very short depressed setz; the interstices with a few scattered

large round white scales. Legs thick, coarsely punctured, with

long black sete and a few larger white scales ; tibie very strongly

denticulate along their interior edges; posterior tarsi broad, the

three basal joints subequal in length and breadth.

NAMAQUALAND: O’okiep (L. Péringuey),.

TYPE in my collection.

The example upon which this species is founded was sent to me

some years ago by Mr. Péringuey under the name of albicinctus

Gyl. It is, however, abundantly distinct from that species, as an

examination of the descriptions will show, though there is a

superficial resemblance in general facies. From its much nearer

ally congestws Mshl. it differs in the narrower and undulating rostral

carine ; in the double impression on the forehead; in the more

rounded shape of both prothorax and elytra; in the complete

absence of the prominence on the third interval of the latter; and

in the much greater thickness of the legs.

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 35

16. TH. suscorpatus Gyl.

H. subcaudatus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 782 (1840).

Head convex, dispersely punctured ; forehead plane, rugose ;

anteocular furrows not very deep. Lostrwm cut off from head by

a deep dorsal incision, elongate, but yet a little shorter than

thorax, deflected but scarcely curved, sides almost parallel

throughout. Upper surface with five smooth even carine ; lateral

sulci deep, equal in length, the upper pair not uniting at base ;

serobes deep, lateral and parallel to sulci; inferior basal furrow

very deep. Antennce with scape just reaching eye; the first joint

of funicle a little longer than second. Prothorax elongate, as long

as broad, length about equal to width at base, apex much narrower,

sides subparallel from base to middle, then rapidly narrowed

anteriorly, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface convex,

closely set with large rounded depressed tubercles; the central

furrow obsolete; tubercles unipunctate, the interstices without

scaling. Hlyira heart-shaped, strongly acuminate behind,

shoulders prominent, sides strongly rounded, broadest much

before middle, apical processes very small, tuberculiform. Upper

surface moderately convex, transversely rugose, with rows of large

and remote but indistinct foveole; scaling absent, the elytra

being bare, black and shiny. Legs elongate, rugose, with long

black sete; anterior pairs of tibize strongly curved; posterior

tarsi broad, the three joints subequal in length and breadth.

“ Carrraria (Drége)”—teste Schonherr.

TyPE in the Stockholm Museum.

The only example of this peculiar species which I have been

able to examine is Gyllenhal’s unique type. .The cordiform elytra

and long legs give the insect a very distinct appearance, more

suggestive of a Western Adesmia than a Hipporrhinus. It seems

probable that its real habitat is somewhere in the North-western

parts of the Cape Colony, and not Caffraria as stated by

Schonherr.

17. H. atpicrnetus Gyl.

H, albveinctus Gyl. Schéuh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 711 (1840).

Long. 21-22, lat. 10-103 mm.

Head convex, finely shagreened on vertex, and with very deep

seattered punctures; forehead flattened or shallowly impressed,

very rugose, and with a low central carina; anteocular furrows

present but not very distinct. ostrwm separated from head by

a basal incision, as long as head and prothorax, curved beyond

middle. Upper surface with five broad smooth carine, the central

one usually bearing a faint stria, the intervening furrows coarsely

punctured and with white scaling; lateral sulci deep, meeting at

base, the upper pair rather longer; scrobes lateral, parallel to

sulci; inferior basal furrow very broad and deep. Antenne with

fine white sete; scape not reaching eye, the two basal joints af

funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, apex narrower than base,

36 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

sides not much rounded, broadest before middle, dorsal anterior

margin truncate, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface

convex, very closely set with low rounded tubercles, without any

central furrow; tubercles unipunctate, bare and without sete, the

interstices with scattered large round white scales, which are

denser laterally and along a narrow central line. Hlytra very broadly

ovate, shoulders with a strong tubercular prominence projecting

forwards, sides strongly rounded, broadest rather behind middle,

apical prominences very short and obtuse in 2. Upper surface

convex, the sulei with rows of subreticulated foveole separated by

transversely-elongated granules and disappearing near apex; all

intervals evenly raised, except for an obtuse prominence on the

declivity of 3, each with a row of small rounded tubercles, but

those on intervals 1 and 2 are usually almost obliterated ; tubercles

bare and with minute black sete, the sulci containing elongate

patches of large round white scales, which are denser towards the

sides. Legs short and stout, very rugosely foveate, and with a

few scattered white scales ; all the tibiz with their interior edges

strongly dentate; posterior tarsi with the joints subequal in

length and breadth.

Caps Cotony: Namaqualand (£. Péringuey).

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

Of this species Mr. Péringuey writes :—‘ I found this insect on

a bush (Ahus sp.), with the black, white-spotted bark of which its

colour harmonises so well; moreover, it always rests in the fork

of a branch, where so closely does it resemble a knob of wood that

I discovered it by mere chance. So well does it assimilate with

its surroundings that I had to examine each branch of this Rhus,

which was by no means plentiful, in order to obtain four or five

specimens. So far from letting themselves fall when touched,

these beetles clung tightly to the branches, and I could only

detach them with difficulty. The curvature and toothing of the

tibiee were thus explained. ‘The protective assimilation of this

insect to its environment is one of the most striking cases that I

have yet seen among South-African beetles.”

18. H. saAnus Mshl. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

H, janus Mshl. 1. c. p. 489 (1902).

Long. 19 (with apical spines, 20), lat. 84 mm.

Head convex, with scattered shallow punctures on vertex, much

deeper and coarser on forehead, which is retuse and has a short

central carina; anteocular furrows deep. Rostrum cut off from

head by a deep dorsal incision, as long as prothorax only, scarcely

curved, subparallel for two-thirds of its length, thence dilated to

apex. Upper surface convex, with five narrow and undulating

carine, the central one being higher and rather shorter than the

others; lateral sulci broad and deep, the lower pair longer, the

upper pair meeting at base; scrobes sublateral, extending almost

beneath the base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow deep.

Antenne with scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 37

funicle subequal. Prothorax a little broader than long, the length

greater than the width at base, which is broader than apex ; sides

moderately rounded, broadest about middle ; ocular lobes strongly

developed. Upper surface slightly convex, closely set with small

rounded tubercles having scarcely perceptible sete, central furrow

very narrow and without a carina; tubercles bare, shiny, the

interstices with whitish scaling forming three ill-defined stripes.

Elytra broadly ovate, shoulders prominent and subrectangular,

sides very little dilated, broadest much before middle, apical

processes very long and sharp. Upper surface convex, with

shallow sulci containing regular rows of granules, which are very

much reduced towards apex; the intervals with single rows of

small tubercles, which are depressed and rather elongate in the

dorsal area, but elevated towards the sides and apex; tubercles

shining and mostly without sets, the mterspaces with scattered

patches of whitish scaling, the scales being very large and circular.

Legs with sparse white scaling and pale sete; the three basal

joints of posterior tarsi subequal in length and breadth, the

onychium elongate, about equal to the three preceding joints

together.

CAPE CoLony.

Types in the British Museum.

A very distinct species, superficially resembling H. verrucellus

Gyl., but readily distinguished by the long apical spines, as well

as by the presence of a strong central carina on the rostrum.

19. H. corpuLentus Gyl.

H. corpulentus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 783 (1840).

Long. 14, lat. 7 mm.

Head convex, covered with large deep punctures, forehead

deeply and longitudinally rugose; anteocular furrows distinct.

Rostrum separated from head by a deep dorsal incision, thick and

curved, shorter than prothorax. Upper surface with five strong

narrow carinz, the central one often bifid at apex, the interspaces

with large shallow punctures; lateral sulci deep and distinct, of

about equal length, the upper pair meeting at base ; scrobes lateral

and oblique; gens strongly strigose; inferior basal furrow

present. Antenne with scape barely reaching eye; Ist joint of

funicle a little longer than 2nd. Prothorax as long as broad,

apex much narrower than base, sides slightly rounded, broadest

behind middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes

very strong. Upper surface almost plane, densely and evenly set

with large rounded granules without sete ; central furrow quite

wanting; scaling absent. lytra short ovate, jointly sinuate at

base, shoulders prominent and subacute, sides moderately rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes minute. Upper surface

convex, with indistinct sulci filled with rows of large granules ;

intervals all similar, each with a row of granules which are smaller

and much more closely set than those in the sulci; scales sparse,

large, round and whitish; some of the granules with short

38 MR. G, A, K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA (Jan. 19,

depressed dark sete. Legs very thick and coarsely punctured ;

the anterior pairs of tibie distinctly curved, and all of them

strongly serrate on the inner edges; posterior tarsi short, the

three joints subequal in length and breadth.

NAMAQUALAND: Bitterfontein.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

A rare species. The sculpturing of the elytra much resembles

that of Brachycerus congestus Gerst.

20. TH. curtus Gyl.

H, curtus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 785 (1840).

Long. 18, lat. 8 mm.

Head convex, with very deep punctures and scattered white

sealing, forehead somewhat retuse and rugose, anteocular furrows

present but not very distinct. Hostrwm separated from head by

a deep dorsal transverse incision, very short and thick, shorter than

prothorax, strongly curved, dilated towards apex. Upper surface

convex, very closely and coarsely punctured, with a broad smooth

central carina which is bifid apically and bears a faint stria ;

upper lateral sulci broad and deep, uniting at base, lower ones

shallow and much shorter; scrobes lateral, deep, and oblique;

inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne with pale recumbent sete ;

scape barely reaching eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax subglobose, as long as broad, apex much narrower than

base, sides rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin

distinctly convex, ocular lobes prominent. Upper surface convex,

closely set with low rounded tubercles, leaving a very narrow

central furrow without any carina; tubercles bare, each with a

depressed pale seta, the interstices fairly closely covered with pale

round seales. Hlytra shortly ovate, base strongly sinuate, shoulders

sloping, sides rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes

minute and tuberculiform. Upper surface convex and distinctly

sulcate, the sulci containing rows of small granules ; intervals all

sinilar, costate, each with a row of larger but depressed granules,

which are shining and bear depressed pale sete; the interspaces

unevenly clothed with large greyish scales. Legs thick, strongly

punctured, and with scattered pale scaling and sete ; posterior

tarsi short and broad, the joints subequal in length and breadth ;

tibie strongly serrate internally.

NAMAQUALAND : O’okiep (L. Péringuey).

The only example which I have seen of this insect isa 2 in

Mr. Péringuey’s collection. Its only near ally is H. corpulentus

Gyl., from which it may be distinguished not only by the very

different sculpturing of the elytra, but also by its larger size, more

rotund form, and much less strongly carinate rostrum.

21. TH. INFLATUS, sp. nov.

Long. 17, lat. 9 mm.

Head convex, deeply and rugosely punctured, forehead not

flattened, w ithout furrow or carina; anteocular furrows indistinct,

1904.] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 39

Rostrum separated from head by a deep transverse incision, as

long as prothorax only, distinctly curved, sides subparallel through-

out, but with the gene slightly dilated. Upper surface convex,

with five smooth, narrow, rather undulating carine; upper lateral

sulci meeting at base, broader and rather longer than the lower

pair; scrobes deep, lateral and oblique; inferior basal furrow

very deep. Antennw with grey sete, scape just reaching eyes ;

the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax broader than

long, apex narrower than base, sides not much rounded, broadest

rather before middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes

moderate. Upper surface convex, without any central furrow,

not very closely set with small rounded tubercles; each tubercle

with avery short depressed pale seta, the interstices filled with

brown scaling. Hlytra very broad ovate, shoulders rounded but

very prominent, the width there nearly twice as great as that of

prothorax, sides rounded, broadest before middle, apical processes

in 9 short and tuberculiform. Upper surface convex, with

regular shallow sulci containing rows of minute granules; intervals

all similar, bearing regular and complete rows of large and often

subconical granules ; each granule with a depressed dark seta,

the interspaces variegated with patches of large round brown

scales. Legs stout, coarsely punctured, and with scattered pale

sete ; the inner edges of the tibiz strongly dentate, including

the posterior pair; the posterior tarsi very setose, the joints sub-

equal in length and breadth.

Caps Cotony: Fraserburg (Z. G'. Alston).

Type in the South African Museum.

I have seen only a single 9 of this very distinct species, which

differs notably from the allied heavy-bodied species of the genus

in the very small size of the prothorax as compared with the

elytra,

22. H. prruBeRcuLAtTus Gy].

H. bituberculatus Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 488 (1833).

HT, costatus Gyl. t. c. p. 489 (1833).

H., punctirostris Gyl. op. ¢. v. p. 787 (1840).

Long. 14-19, lat. 54-85 mm.

Head convex on vertex, dispersely and faintly punctured, fore-

head with a shallow impression on either side ; anteocular furrows

short but distinct. Rostrum about as long as prothorax, cut off

from head by a deep transverse basal incision, curved, gradually

dilated towards apex. Upper surface with five low strongly

punctured carine (sometimes the central one is less punctate than

the others) ; lateral sulci deep, about equal in length, the upper

pair uniting at base; scrobes broad and deep, lateral but oblique ;

inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape scarcely

reaching eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

distinctly transverse, apex rather narrower than base, sides strongly

rounded, broadest rather behind middle, dorsal anterior margin

truncate, ocular lobes slight. Upper surface convex, with a

40 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

shallow transverse impression behind apex, closely set with low

rounded tubercles, leaving a narrow but deep central furrow

containing no carina; tubercles bare, shiny, each with a short

depressed seta, the interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra

oblongo-ovate, narrower in 6, shoulders sloping, sides slightly

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes (in @2 only)

normally short, blunt and porrect, but variable and sometimes

entirely absent. Upper surface with shallow sulci containing

rows of ill-defined punctures separated by small granules; the

intervals all closely and evenly granulate, 3, 5, and 7 being usually

slightly more prominent than the others, but in some examples

this is scarcely noticeable ; in interval 3 with a small tubercular

prominence at the top of the declivity, which is variable in size

and sometimes absent; apices of granules bare, each with a ~

depressed seta, interspaces with fairly dense small brown scaling.

Legs distinctly thicker in ¢ thanin 2, with sparse brown scaling ;

posterior tarsi with the 3rd joint a little broader than the others,

2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist rather longer.

Cape Cotony: Port Elizabeth (Dr. H. Brauns), Uitenhage

(Rev. J. A. O'Neil), Willowmore (Dr. Brauns), Kowie and Kei

River [S. A. Mus.].

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

I can detect no difference whatever between the types of

costatus and bituberculatus. H. punctirostris appears to differ only

in its more even elytral intervals and in the absence of the apical

processes in the 9. These characters are, however, certainly

variable, and I have seen several intermediate examples which

render it impossible to regard the two forms as_ specifically

distinct.

Father O'Neil writes of this species that it is common at

Uitenhage and Grahamstown throughout the year, being gene-

rally found under stones on rich soil, but sometimes under dead

leaves and humus.

23. H. aneustus, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 5.)

Long. 11-123, lat. 4-5 mm.

Head convex, rugosely punctured, and with sparse depressed

pale sete, forehead not flattened, but plicate and with a deep

impression just above each eye; anteocular furrows almost

obsolete. Rostrum a little shorter than head and prothorax,

with a transverse dorsal incision at base, distinctly curved, rather

thicker in @. Upper surface convex, with five narrow smooth

carine, the central one being a little higher than the others, the

intervening sulci closely punctured and clothed with brown setee ;

lateral sulci deep, meeting at base, about equal in length ; scrobes

entirely lateral, subparallel with the sulci; inferior basal furrow

deep. Antenne with fine whitish pubescence ; scape just reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax as

long as broad in 6, slightly transverse in 2, apex narrower

than base, with a shallow constriction just behind apex, dorsal

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 4]

anterior margin almost concave, ocular lobes moderate. Upper

surface convex, closely granulate, except for avery narrow central

furrow containing no carina; granules bare at apex and with

depressed pale setae, interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra

elongato-ovate, very narrow in 6, being scarcely broader than

the prothorax, sides gradually rounded, broadest rather before

middle, apical processes minute tuberculiform and widely separated

in 9, absent in §. Upper surface convex, the striz with rows

of shallow punctures; intervals each with a regular row of

granules, those on 3, 5, and 7 being a little more prominent than

the others; imterval 3 with a single granule on the declivity

larger than the others; granules with their apices only bare and

with pale depressed sete ; scaling dense, uniform earthy brown.

Legs with fine white*sete, forming a denser ring near apex of

femora; posterior tarsi rather narrow, 3rd joint slightly broader

than the others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

Cars Cotony : Algoa Bay (Dr. H. Brauns).

Type in the British Museum.

This species, of which Dr. Brauns has kindly sent me five

specimens, is like a very small and narrow dbituberculatus, but in

addition to the differently shaped prothorax it may be distinguished

by the plicate forehead, which is not impressed as in that species.

24. H. capensis (L.).

Curculio capensis L. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 59 (1764); Herbst, Col.

vi. p. 286, t. 82. f. 3 (1797); Sparrm. Act. Holm. i. p. 48, t. 2.

f. 16 (1785); Ol. Ent. v. 83, p, 393, t. 5. f. 52 & t. 9. ff. 109, 110

(1807).

HT. capensis Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 483 (1883).

2 Curculio capistratus F. Mant. i. p. 120 (1787).

2 H. capistratus Gyl. op. c. v. p. 786 (1840).

Long. 14-20, lat. 5-84 mm.

Head closely and deeply punctured, with sparse brownish scaling,

vertex convex, forehead retuse; anteocular furrowsdeep. Lostrwm

separated from head by a deep dorsal incision, almost as long as

head and prothorax, thick, strongly curved, and scarcely dilated

at apex. Upper surface rugosely punctured and with thin pale

scaling, with five strong carine, the central one smooth and the

others coarsely punctured ; lateral sulci deep, of equal length, the

upper pair uniting at base ; scrobes deep, lateral and parallel with

sulci; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antennae with dense,

fine, grey scaling; scape barely reaching eye; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothoraw as long as broad in 6,

transverse in 92, apex narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest

about middle in g$, behind middle in Q, dorsal anterior margin

truncate or very slightly convex, ocular lobes well developed.

Upper surface convex, closely set with low rounded granules,

leaving a very narrow and often ill-defined central furrow ;

granules bare, each with a minute depressed seta, the interstices

with brown or greyish scaling. Hlytra ovate in 9, very narrow

42 MR. G. A, K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

in ¢, shoulders sloping, sides slightly rounded, broadest about

middle, apical processes absent in ¢, shortly conical, and often

rudimentary, in 2. Upper surface convex, with distinct sulci

containing rows of ocellated punctures, usually with small inter-

vening granules; each interval has a complete row of small

closely-set shiny granules, bearing very short depressed pale sete ;

the interspaces with dense brown scaling variegated with small

spots of white; in the 2 the first interval is more or less dis-

tinctly elevated on the declivity. Legs with fine grey scaling and

a narrow paler ring near apex of femora; the three basal joints

of posterior tarsi subequal in length and breadth.

Care Cotony: Willowmore (Dr. H. Brauns), Kenhardt and

Carnarvon [8. A. Mus.].

As I have been unable to examine the type of capistratus F.,

I cannot feel quite certain as to its identity with capensis L.

But so far as Gyllenhal’s descriptions of the two forms are con-

cerned, I am unable to find any valid specific differences between

them. In the general collection at Stockholm there is a single J

under each name, but the specimens are unquestionably con-

specific. Schénherr had only one ¢ capensis in his collection.

Gylenhal’s description of capistratus ¢ was made from an

example in Chevrolat’s collection, but I was unable to find the

insect in Chevrolat’s boxes at Stockholm. However, in his notes

Mr. Péringuey mentions having examined this very specimen,

and he considered it inseparable from capensis. ‘The form which

I attribute to capistr atus is a much bigger and broader insect than

typical capensis, the rostrum is more strongly curved, and the legs

are much stouter, especially in some ¢ examples. But these

characters all vary into those of capensis, and in a large series of

specimens which I have seen it has been impossible to draw any

dividing line between the two forms.

25. H. PERINGUEYI, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 4.)

Long. 20-22, lat. 7-8 mm.

Head very convex, with deep scattered punctures, forehead

strongly retuse ; anteocular furrows deep. ostrum very thick,

rather longer and narrower in 4, a little longer than prothorax,

distinctly curved and cut off from head by a deep dorsal incision.

Upper surface rather convex, with five broad carine of equal

height and width, the central one smooth, the others strongly

punctured, the intervening furrows filled with white scaling ;

lateral sulci deep and subequal in length and breadth; scrobes

lateral, deep, straight and almost parallel to the sulci; inferior

basal furrow very broad and deep. Antenne with fine pale

pubescence ; scape scarcely reaching eye; the Ist joint of funicle

a little longer than 2nd. Prothorax as long as broad, apex a

little narrower than base, sides moderately rounded, broadest

about middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes

strongly developed. Upper surface convex, very closely set with

low rounded tubercles, leaving a scarcely distinguishable central

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 43

furrow; tubercles bare, each with a very short depressed dark

seta, the interstices with sparse white scaling. Hlytra narrowly

ovate in 2, much narrower and more oblong in 6, shoulders

sloping, sides not much rounded, broadest before middle, a low

tuberculate intra-apical callus on each side, which is more promi-

nent in 9. Upper surface convex, the sulci with regular rows

of distinct punctures; the intervals all similar, each with a row of

large closely-set granules, which are shiny, each having usually a

very short dark depressed seta, the interspaces with scattered spots

of round whitish scales. Legs with sparse white scaling, forming

a denser ring near apex of femora; anterior tibie distinctly

sinuate externally in ¢, simply curved in 9, posterior pair not

denticulate internally in either sex ; posterior tarsi with joints of

equal width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist slightly longer.

NamaquaLann: O’okiep (ZL. Péringuey).

Tyre, ¢ in the British Museum, @ in the South African

Museum.

Probably the Namaqualand representative of A. capensis L.,

from which, however, it differs much in appearance, owing to its

large size and elongate shape; the external sinuation in the

anterior tibie of the ¢ is an unusual character.

26. H. tacunosus Gyl.

H, lacunosus Gy]. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 485 (1833), v. p. 789

(1840).

Long. 18, lat. 8; mm.

Head very convex, punctuation faint, close on vertex but

diffuse in front; forehead with a shallow central depression ;

eyes surrounded by a narrow impressed ring ; anteocular furrows

distinct. Rostrum cut off from head by a “deep dorsal incision,

thick and strongly curved, as long as prothorax only. Upper sur-

face with five smooth narrow carine, the interspaces indistinctly

punctured and with short pale setz ; lateral sulci deep, the upper

and lower pairs of equal length, the former uniting at base ;

serobes lateral, subparallel to the sulci; inferior [eee aeanorty

very deep. Antenne piceous, finely pubescent; the scape just

reaching eye; the Ist joint of funicle longer than 2nd. Prothorax

distinctly transverse, base and apex of equal width, sides strongly

rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate,

ocular lobes feeble. Upper surface rather convex, closely set with

low rounded tubercles, leaving a narrow central furrow without a

carina ; tubercles bare, each with a very short pale depressed

seta; interstices with dense yellowish scaling. lytra oblongo-

ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides scarcely rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface

convex, with shallow sulci containing faint punctures separated

by intervening granules ; intervals all similar, bearing single rows

of depressed granules, each having a short pale seta; the suture

strongly raised on the declivity only ; scaling fairly dense,

variegated light brown and whitish. Legs with sparse pale sete,

44 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

forming a denser ring near apex of femora; posterior tarsi with

joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist a

little longer.

Carr Cotony.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

27. H. crinicer Mshl. (Plate I. fig. 8.)

H. criniger Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 441 (1902).

Long. 16, lat. 6-7 mm.

Head very convex, punctuation on vertex close but shallow,

deeper and more scattered in front, forehead retuse and with a

more or less distinct impression; anteocular furrows deep and

complete. Rostrum about as long as prothorax only, cut off from

head by a deep dorsal incision, stout, strongly curved, sides sub-

parallel to beyond middle, then gently dilated to apex. Upper

surface convex, with five strong carine which are generally smooth

and shiny; lateral sulci broad and deep, the upper pair rather

longer and alone meeting at base; scrobes deep, lateral and

oblique ; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape

just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax distinctly transverse, the length about equal to the

width at base, apex scarcely narrower, sides strongly rounded,

broadest a little behind middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate,

ocular lobes moderately prominent. Upper surface almost plane,

closely set with round flattened tubercles, leaving a narrow central

furrow without a carina; tubercles bare and without setz, the

interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlyira oblongo-ovate, much

narrower in ¢, shoulders sloping, sides scarcely rounded, apical

processes absent in both sexes, the sutural part slightly raised on

the declivity in the 2 only. Upper surface slightly convex,

strize with regular rows of shallow punctures separated by small

granules, alternate intervals more prominent; intervals 1, 3, 5,

and 7 with elongate depressed shiny tubercles, each bearing a very

long erect black seta; intervals 2, 4, and 6 with rows of small

closely-set granules, each bearing a very short depressed pale seta ;

tubercles and granules bare, the interspaces with dense brown

scaling more or less variegated with small white patches. Legs

with close pale pubescence, slightly thicker near apex of femora ;

2nd joint of posterior tarsi shorter than Ist, of equal length to,

but narrower than, 3rd.

Carr CoLony.

Tyre in the British Museum.

Entirely resembling H. lacunosus Gy]. in general facies, but in

that species the intervals on the elytra are uniform and the

granules are subequal throughout, there being no elongate

tubercles ; moreover, the erect black sete are specially charac-

teristic of criniger.

28. H. pecertor Mshl. (Plate I. fig. 7.)

H, deceptor Mshl. 1. ec. p. 447 (1902).

Long. 13-15, lat. 6-7 mm. '

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 45

Head convex, with sparse punctures and squame, forehead with

a rounded impression; anteocular furrows distinct. Rostrum

separated from head by a deep dorsal incision, as long as head and

prothorax, thick, strongly curved and slightly dilated near apex.

Upper surface with five strong smooth narrow carinz of even

height; lateral sulci of about equal length, the upper pair rather

deeper and meeting at base; scrobes deep, lateral and oblique ;

inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape barely

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Pro-

thorax transverse, more distinctly so in Q, the length equal to

the width at base in 2, greater in ¢; apex rather narrower than

base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal

anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes moderate. Upper surface

rather convex, closely set with small elevated granular tubercles,

leaving a narrow central furrow without a carina; tubercles bare

and with very short depressed sete, the interstices with dark

scaling and three narrow pale lines. Hlytra ovate, much narrower

in d, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides distinctly rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes very small and contiguous

in both sexes. Upper surface convex, distinctly sulcate, sulci

with rows of shallow punctures separated by small granules;

intervals all evenly raised, subcostate, and with regular rows of

large shiny granules, each bearing a depressed dark seta, the

interspaces with uneven scaling, being variegated with small

patches of brown, fulvous, or white. Legs piceous, with fine pale

pubescence ; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint a trifle narrower

than the others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

Care Cotony: Port Elizabeth (Dr. H. Brawns)

Type in the British Museum.

From the allied AH. lacunosus Gyl. this insect differs in its

thinner, deeply sulcate and less curved rostrum; the thoracic

tubercles are not depressed; the sides of the elytra are more

ampliated, and in the 2 the suture is not nearly so much elevated

on the declivity.

29. H. sparsus Mshl. (Plate I. fig. 6.)

H. sparsus Mshl. 1. c. p. 448 (1902),

Long. 12, lat. 6 mm.

Head convex, bare, and with faint scattered punctures, forehead

with a slight central depression; anteocular furrows deep and

complete. Rostrum as long as head and prothorax, cut off from

head by a deep dorsal incision, distinctly curved and very

gradually dilated from base to apex. Upper surface nearly plane,

with three fine carine, the central one being the shortest and

vanishing beyond middle ; punctuation indefinite, scaling absent ;

lateral sulci broad and deep, separated by a strong costa bearing

a faint stria, the upper pair only meeting at base ; scrobes straight

and lateral, almost parallel to the sulci; inferior basal furrow

very deep. Antenne with scape just reaching eye ; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothoraa slightly transverse, the

46 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

length greater than the width at base, which is equal to the apex,

sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle; ocular lobes

moderately developed. Upper surface slightly convex, closely

set with small elevated shiny tubercles, leaving a very narrow

central furrow without a carina; tubercles bare, with short

depressed sete, the interstices with sparse brown scaling. lytra

oblongo-ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent, much broader than

the base of prothorax; sides not much rounded, broadest before

middle; apical processes absent in 2. Upper surface slightly

convex, with shallow closely-punctured striz ; intervals with small

rather distant tubercles, which are somewhat depressed dorsally

and near base, but conical towards sides and apex ; intervals 2,

4, and 6 with the tubercles more distant than on the others ;

interval 1 slightly raised on the declivity in the 2 and with the

tubercles there closely set; tubercles with a short apical seta ;

elytra bare except for a few small scattered patches of yellowish

scales. Legs with fine pale scaling; 2nd and 3rd joints of

posterior tarsi subequal in length.

Cape CoLony.

Tyre in the British Museum.

The larger and more distant tubercles on the elytra, as well as

the comparative narrowness of the prothorax, give this species a

very different appearance from its nearest ally, H. deceptor Mshl.

30. H. suTuRALIS, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 9.)

Long. 19, lat. 8 mm.

Head very convex, with shallow punctuation, which is close on

vertex but sparse in front, forehead with a shallow depression ;

eye surrounded by a deep impressed ring; anteocular furrows

distinct. Rostrum cut off from head by a deep dorsal incision, as

long as prothorax only, thick and strongly curved. Upper surface

convex, with five strong smooth carinz, all evenly raised, the

furrows coarsely punctured ; lateral sulci deep, the upper pair

meeting at base and much longer than the lower; scrobes lateral,

rather sinuate; inferior basal furrow distinct. Antenne with

the scape barely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax distinctly transverse, apex narrower than

base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal

anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes small but distinct. Upper

surface almost plane, closely set. with low rounded tubercles,

leaving a narrow central furrow without any carina; tubercles

bare and with scarcely perceptible sete. Hlytra obovate, shoulders

prominent but rounded, sides evidently rounded, broadest behind

middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface slightly convex,

strongly sulcate, the sulci with rows of shallow punctures separated

by distinct granules ; intervals all evenly costate, not tuberculate,

but transversely rugose, except close to apex, where they are more

or less distinctly granulate ; the suture distinctly raised on the

declivity in the 2 and set with a row of short erect black sete ;

scaling absent, being replaced by short depressed yellow sete,

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. AT

which are usually abraded at base and on disk, but dense towards

sides and apex. Jegs with sparse pale pubescence ; posterior

tarsi spongy beneath, the 2nd joint slightly narrower than the

others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist a little longer.

Cape CoLony.

Tyee in the British Museum.

In the first section of the genus the ouly species with setose, as

opposed to squamose, elytra are setiferus Gyl., sutwralis Mshl., and

granulatus Gyl. The former is at once separated by the uneven

intervals on the elytra. H. granulatus differs from H. suturalis

in having the lateral sulci on the rostrum of equal length; the

prothorax is much more transverse, with the sides more strongly

dilated, while the ocular lobes are almost obsolete and the tubercles

are more depressed and further apart; on the elytra the sulci are

less deep, the granules in them much larger, the intervals all

strongly granulate, and the general shape is more elongate. In

general facies this species most nearly resembles H. lacunosus

Gyl.

31. H. GRanuLAtTUS Gyl.

H. granulatus Gy]. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 792 (1840).

Long. 15-17, lat. 7-74 mm.

Head very convex, strongly punctured, forehead retuse and with

a shallow central impression; eyes surrounded by an impressed

ring ; anteocular furrows deep. Rostrum with a very deep dorsal

incision at base, scarcely shorter than head and prothorax, very

thick and strongly curved. Upper surface with five strong carine,

the central one being the highest and quite smooth, the outer ones

strongly punctured on their inner surfaces; lateral sulci deep,

subequal, the upper pair meeting at base, the lower pair rather

broader ; scrobes straight, entirely lateral and parallel with the

sulci; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with sparse pale

sete ; scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax very transverse, apex narrower than base,

sides very strongly rounded, broadest about middle,‘ anterior

margin rather concave, ocular lobes slight. Upper surface plane,

fairly closely set with low rounded tubercles, leaving a narrow ill-

defined central furrow containing a scarcely noticeable carina;

tubercles bare, with depressed pale sete, interstices with thin pale

hair-like scaling. Hlytra broadly ovate, shoulders roundedly promi-

nent, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes

in @ cylindrical, short and parallel. Upper surface rather

convex, sulcate, sulci with regular rows of small granules;

intervals all similar, each with a single regular row of larger

granules of about the same size throughout ; granules bare, with

short pale depressed sete, interstices with thin pale hair-likescaling.

Legs with sparse pale scaling ; posterior tarsi with the 3rd joint

broadest, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st distinctly longer.

CAPE CoLony.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

48 MR, G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

32. H. cranuxtosus Thunb.

H. granulosus Thunb. Nov. Act. Ups. vii. p. 120 (1815); Gyl.

Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 484 (1833), v. p. 792 (1840).

Long. 14—15, lat. 53-6 mm.

Head very convex, bare, closely and strongly punctured, fore-

head with a very deep longitudinal impression on each side ;

anteocular furrows present, but rather indistinct. LRostrwm cut

off from head by a deep basal incision, very short and thick, not

more than two-thirds the length of prothorax, distinctly curved.

Upper surface almost plane, very rugosely punctured, and with a

strong smooth central furrow ; upper lateral sulci broad and deep,

uniting at base, lower sulci very short and subtriangular; scrobes

lateral and oblique; inferior basal furrow broad and deep.

Antenne with scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, apex narrower than

base, sides very strongly rounded, broadest about middle, anterior

margin slightly convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper

surface almost plane, closely set with low rounded tubercles,

leaving a narrow indistinct central furrow without any carina ;

tubercles unipunctate but usually without setze, interstices with

only a very few widely-separated white scales. Hlytra oblongo-

ovate, rather broader in 9, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides

subparallel to beyond middle, apical processes absent. Upper

surface convex, sulcate, sulci containing rows of distinct granules,

but in some cases the granules join the intervals on either side, so

that the sulci then appear to contain rows of large subreticulate

fovere; intervals all similar, each bearing a single regular row of

low rounded tubercles, which are apt to become catenulate on

disk ; tubercles bare and without sete, interstices with very few

small and widely-separated white scales. Legs with a few sparse

white scales; posterior tarsi with joints of the same width; 2nd

and 3rd subequal in length, Ist a little longer.

Carr Cotony: Hex River, Constantia.

Its remarkably short rostrum will immediately distinguish this

species from any other in the genus. In some examples the

sculpturing of the head is much more rugose and the two longi-

tudinal impresssions are then not noticeable. One such example

in the South African Museum is much larger than usual, and the

reticulations on the elytra are also very much larger, giving the

insect a very different appearance. But without further material

it seems advisable to regard this as merely a varietal form.

33. TH. aurRivinir Per.

H. aurivilit Pér. Trans. 8. A. Phil. Soc. 1888, p. 171.

Long. 24, lat. 11 mm.

Head closely and finely punctured and covered with fulvous

sealing ; forehead broadly and deeply excavate ; anteocular furrows

distinct. Rostrum as long as head and prothorax, not incised at

base, distinctly curved, strongly dilated near apex. Upper surface

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 49

with a deep central furrow, which is narrow in the middle, dilated

towards apex, and still more so basally, where it merges into the

excavation of the forehead; scaling dense, fulvous, and with con-

spicuous large scattered punctures; upper lateral sulci absent,

lower pair shallow; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow present. Antenne short, scape scarcely

reaching eye ; the two basal jomts of funicle subequal. Prothorax

searcely longer than the width at base, apex narrower, sides

dilated before middle into a strong recurved spine, anterior margin

convex, ocular lobes moderate. Upper surface somewhat convex,

with a deep central furrow, bordered by a tubercular costa in its

anterior half and containing a strong smooth carina; the lateral

portions are rather sparsely set with small rounded tubercles ;

cost and tubercles bare, the interstices with dense fulvous scaling.

Llytra ovate, broadest about middle, shoulders roundedly promi-

nent, apical processes in 2 long, stout and sharp. Upper surface

convex, irregularly and transversely subreticulate, the intervals

3, 5, and 7 more raised than the others, subcostate, but more or

less distinctly tuberculate towards apex ; the remaining intervals

with interrupted and incomplete rows of depressed tubercles,

Tubercles bare and shiny, the interspaces densely covered with

small fulvous scales. Legs variegated with pale scaling ; posterior

tarsi broad, spongy beneath, the joints of the same width, 2nd

and 3rd of equal length, Ist rather longer.

TRANSVAAL: Rustenburg.

Tyre in Mr. Péringuey’s collection.

The sculpturing of the elytra differs very markedly from that

of the other large species which have lateral spines on the pro-

thorax.

34. H. severus Gyl.

Hi, severus Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 747 (1840).

Long. 23-29, lat. 9-12 mm.

Head convex, with close shallow punctuation and fulvous

scaling, forehead without fovea or carina; anteocular furrows

deep, subconvergent above. ostrwm not incised at base, as long

as head and prothorax, strongly curved and dilated from middle

to apex. Upper surface with a deep central furrow throughout,

dilated anteriorly and containing a distinct rounded impression

at base ; the furrow impunctate, but the adjoining costz coarsely

punctured and with scattered large white scales; upper lateral

sulcus absent, the lower one deep and distinct; scrobes deep,

directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow present.

Antenne with scape not nearly reaching eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, the length equal to

width at base, apex narrower, sides ampliated and armed about

middle with a sharp tubercular spme, dorsal anterior margin

convex, ocular lobes moderate. Upper surface somewhat convex,

with a tubercular callus along apex, sparsely set with large rounded

tubercles, leaving a broad central furrow containing a short low

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. IV. 4

DO MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

carina; tubercles bare, sometimes with minute setz, the interstices

with dense fulvous scaling, the central furrow and sides paler.

Elytra ovate, narrower in ¢, shoulders sloping, sides rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes short and sharply conical

in both sexes. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of distinct

granules which often vanish towards apex; the intervals with

rows of large, but variable, rounded tubercles which become

conical posteriorly; those on intervals 2, 4, and 6 usually more

widely separated than the others ; tubercles never cristate on the

declivity, bare, shiny, and with very short depressed setee, the

interspaces with dense fulvous scaling becoming paler laterally,

and sometimes with a large pale patch on the declivity. Legs

with scattered round white scales and depressed black setze ;

posterior tarsi broad, the joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd

of equal length, 1st longer.

Natat: Malvern (C. WV. Barker), Estcourt. TRANSVAAL :

Lydenburg (Dr. Gunning), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zout-

pansberg (Kaessner). ORaNncGe River Cotony: Kronstad [S, A.

Mus.]. Porr. E. Arrica: Delagoa Bay (H. Junod).

Typz in the Stockholm Museum.

A common arboreal species throughout the South-eastern

districts of South Africa. The typical form, which in most

collections stands under Boheman’s MS. name tzherculatus, has

the elytral tubercles more evenly distributed and approximately

of more equal size throughout, the colouring is also of a more

greyish brown and without paler patches; this form is most

prevalent on the coast and in the more low-lying inland localities.

The high veldt form has the scaling more markedly fulvous in

colour and usually with two large pale patches on the declivity,

the tubercles on intervals 3 and 5 are much smaller and more

closely set, those on 2 and 4 being larger and often widely sepa-

rated; this form is also of rather more robust habit, but the

differences mentioned are very variable and cannot be regarded as

of specific value.

35. TH. VARIEGATUS, Sp. Nov.

Long. 20, lat. 9 mm.

Head convex, obscurely punctured and with depressed fulvous

setze, base of rostrum produced acutely on to the forehead; ante-

ocular furrows very deep, approaching very closely above in an

oblique direction. ostrwm not incised transversely at base,

longer than head and prothorax, strongly curved and dilated at

apex only. Upper surface shallowly punctured and _ sparsely

setose, plane or slightly convex, with a shallow impression near

apex, a very deep elongate fovea at base, and a faint smooth

central carina; upper lateral sulci obsolete, the lower pair deep

and curved upwards at base; scrobes deep, directed beneath base

of rostrum; inferior basal furrow shallow. Antenne with scape

barely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax longer than its width at base, which is broader than

1904, ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS, D1

the apex, sides strongly ampliated and produced about middle

into a stout tubercular spine, dorsal anterior margin convex,

ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface somewhat convex,

fairly closely set with large rounded tubercles, leaving a deep

central furrow containing an abbreviated carina, anterior margin

with a low tubercular callus; tubercles bare, shiny, each with a

depressed dark seta, the scaling in the interstices fulvous, except

in the central furrow and on the sides of the prosternum, where

itis white. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent,

sides slightly ampliated, broadest about middle, apical processes

(in ¢) short and bluntly conical. Upper surface convex, with

regular rows of distinct separated granules; interval 1 with a

complete row of distant tubercles, becoming very much smaller

behind middle ; interval 2 with only an apical, subcristate row of

small conical tubercies; 3, 5, and 7 with rows of small separated

conical tubercles, that on 3 ceasing abruptly at the top of the

declivity ; 4 and 6 devoid of tubercles, or at most with one or two

isolated ones; tubercles bare, shiny, with depressed dark sete, the

interspaces with sparse fulvous scaling, which is denser and brighter

on the inflexed margins, and with a large transverse paler patch

at the top of the declivity. Legs with depressed pale fulvous sete

and a ring of white scales near the apex of the posterior pairs of

femora; posterior tarsi broad, the three basal joints subequal in

length and breadth.

SoutH AFRICA.

TyPE in the South African Museum.

This species is in some respects intermediate between H. severus

and H. pilularius. It resembles the latter in having the tubercles

on the second interval of the elytra distinctly cristate on the

declivity and also in the banding of the femora; but the rostral

characters are much nearer those of severus, especially the

anteocular furrows, which are long, deep, oblique, and dorsally

convergent.

36. H. pruunartius (F.).

Curculio pilularius F. Mant. i. p. 121 (1787); Ol. Ent. v. 83,

p-. 391, t. 15. f. 188 (1807); Herbst, Col. vi. p. 305, t. 84. f. 2

1797):

Jal. I nari Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 460 (1833), v. p. 746

1840).

Ge armillatus Sparrm. Act. Holm. (1785) i. p. 44 2

H. pastillarius Gyl. op. ¢. 1. p. 462 (18383).

FH. turpis Schh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 465 (1833).

Long. 20-27, lat. 8-12 mm.

Head convex, faintly and dispersely punctured, with thin greyish

scaling on vertex; forehead bare and with a fine central stria,

sometimes reduced to a mere fovea; anteocular furrows deep.

fostrum without a basal incision, as long as prothorax, distinctly

curved and gradually dilated to apex. Upper surface plane or

slightly convex in the basal part, broadly but shallowly excavate

52 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

anteriorly, smooth in the centre and with scattered punctuation

laterally ; upper lateral sulcus very faint and punctate, the lower

suleus much broader, deeper, and longer; scrobes deep, directed

beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow deep. <Antenne

with sparse grey sete; scape not reaching eye; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax rather longer than the

width at base, apex narrower, sides strongly dilated and produced

into an obtuse tuberculated spine, anterior margin convex, ocular

lobes well developed. Upper surface moderately convex, irregu-

larly set with large rounded tubercles, leaving a distinct central

furrow containing an abbreviated carina; the tubercles bare,

shiny, each with a very short depressed seta, the interstices with

dense greyish scaling. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, much narrower in ¢ ,

shoulders sloping, sides slightly ampliated, broadest about middle,

apical processes short, acute, and divaricating in both sexes.

Upper surface convex, with fairly regular rows of small granules

in lieu of punctures; intervals uneven, the first with a row of

small tubercles, becoming much smaller near apex; 2, 3, 5, and 7

with complete rows of larger tubercles, which are low and rounded

on the disk, but become conical towards the apex and sides, those

on interval 2 being strongly cristate on the declivity ; intervals

4 and 6 devoid of tubercles or with abbreviated or interrupted

rows; tubercles bare, shiny, with short depressed sete, the

interspaces more or less densely covered with small greyish scaling,

usually in patches and often much abraded. Legs finely punctured,

with sparse pale scaling, forming a denser ring near apex of

femora; posterior tarsi broad, the joints of about the same width,

2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist a little longer.

Cape Cotony: Port Elizabeth (Dr. Brauns), Grahamstown

(Rev. J. A. O’ Neil), Cape Town, George, and Beaufort West [S. A.

Museum].

I am not certain as to the whereabouts of the type; the type

of pastillarius is at Stockholm.

Of this species Father O’Neil writes me that it “is fairly

common in the neighbourhood of Grahamstown, where it is usually

taken on sandy roads and pathways. At Dunbrody | Uitenhage]

I have only taken it once, when I came across a whole family of

about twenty of these insects (all totally black) on bushes.” The

form described by Gyllenhal as pastillarius is merely a variation

in which the tubercles on intervals 4 and 6 of the elytra are

absent. Fabricius’ /. globifer “ var. thorace utrinque unispinoso ”

was referred by Schoénherr with doubt to condecoratus Gyl.; the

specimen is, however, in the Banksian Collection, with the type

of globifer, and is certainly referable to this species.

37. H. rurvus Fahr.

H. furvus Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh p. 205 (1871).

Head convex, obscurely punctured and covered with fulvous

sealing; anteocular furrows deep, subconvergent above. Rostrwm

not incised dorsally at base, as long as head and prothorax, stout,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 53

curved and dilated towards apex. Upper surface almost plane at

base, or with a faint central furrow which broadens and deepens.

towards apex, closely but shallowly punctured and with sparse

fulvous scaling; lateral sulci not uniting at base, of about equal

length, but the lower much broader and deeper than the upper ;

scrobes deep, directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal

furrow distinct. Antenne comparatively short, the scape not

nearly reaching the eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal

or with the first joint slightly longer. Prothorax a little longer

than the width at base, apex narrower, sides slightly dilated and

with a sharp spine before middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate,

ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface slightly convex and

with a more or less distinct transverse impression near apex,

moderately closely set with large rounded tubercles, leaving a

broad shallow central furrow containing a short carina; tubercles

bare, each with a very short depressed dark seta, the interstices

with dense fulvous or greyish scaling. Llytra oblongo-ovate,

shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle,

apical processes sharply conical and divergent in 2, blunt and

much shorter in ¢. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of

distinct granules instead of punctures, the intervals evenly raised ;

interval 1 granulate; 2 with an interrupted row of tubercles which

become larger and subcristate on the declivity ; 3, 5, and 7 with

complete, and usually duplicated, rows of rounded tubercles which

become more conical apically; 4 and 6 with only a few isolated

tubercles; tubercles bare, usually with depressed pale sete, the:

interspaces with rather thin tawny or greyish scaling and two.

conspicuous paler patches at the summit of the declivity. Legs

with sparse pale scaling and a denser ring near apex of femora ;

posterior tarsi with the joints of about the same width, 2nd

and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

Cape Cotony: Colesbergand Kimberley. Natau: Maritzburg.

TRANSVAAL: Johannesburg (J. P. Cregoe), Lydenburg and Rusten-

burg (7. Ayres). ORANGE River Cotony : Bothaville (Dr. Brauns).

BECHUANALAND: Vryburg. MaTAaBELELAND: Bulawayo (J. P.

Cregoe). MASHONALAND: Salisbury, Umtali.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

38. H. renunGRANOSUS Fairm.

HT, tenuegranosus Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1893, p. 35.

H, wiator Kolbe, Archiv Naturges. Ixiv. p. 257 (1898).

Long. 20—25, lat. 8-10 mm.

Head convex, obscurely punctured, and with thin scaling; ante-

ocular furrows very deep. ostrwm not incised at base, as long

as head and prothorax, strongly curved and dilated towards apex.

Upper surface obscurely punctured and with sparse scaling, almost

plane at base, broadly but shallowly excavate towards apex ;

lateral sulci not united at base, the lower one rather longer and

much broader and deeper than the upper; scrobes deep, directed

beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow absent. Antennae

o4 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

rather elongate, slender, scape nearly reaching eye ; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax a little longer than the

width at base, apex narrower, sides slightly ampliated and armed

with a sharp spine about middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly

convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface slightly con-

vex, with a shallow transverse impression near apex, moderately

closely set with large rounded tubercles, leaving a shallow central

furrow containing a short carina; tubercles bare, with depressed

pale sete, the interstices with thin brownish scaling. Hlyira

oblongo-ovate, much narrower in ¢, shoulders sloping, sides

searcely rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes short and

bluntly conical in 2, rather longer and sharper in ¢. Upper

surface convex, with rows of distinct granules instead of punctures;

interval 1 granulate ; 2 with a short subcristate row of tubercles

on the declivity and with small depressed tubercles continuing

interruptedly to base, though occasionally altogether absent ;

intervals 3, 5,and 7 with complete rows of small, closely set, sub-

conical tubercles; 4 and 6 entirely devoid of tubercles or with

a few isolated ones ; tubercles bare, with depressed pale sete, the

interspaces with thin brownish-grey scaling and two paler patches

at the top of the declivity. egs rather long, with sparse pale

scaling and a denser ring near apex of femora; posterior tarsi

with the 3rd joint slightly broader than the other two, 2nd and

3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

NyasaLanp (4. Whyte). British Hasr Arrica: Lagari (C. S.

Betton). ‘German East Africa: Mlalo, 1000 m. (/olst), Kil-

manjaro, 2600-3000 m. (Dr. Volkens)”—teste Kolbe. ‘‘ ABYSSINIA:

Sciatolit (Ragazzi) ”—teste Pairmaire.

Dr. Kolbe and Mons. Fairmaire compare this species respectively

with spectrum Gyl. and tuberculatus Boh. MS. (=severus Gyl.),

but it is still more closely allied to fwrvus Fahr., of which I at

first regarded it as a variety. However, the absence of the in-

ferior basal furrow of the rostrum is a good character by which

the species can be at once recognised, for this furrow is quite

distinct in all the three species mentioned above. /. tenwegranosus

differs further from HH. furvus in its longer and more strongly

curved rostrum, its longer and more slender antenne, and finally

the much smaller size of the prothorax in proportion to the elytra,

which is specially noticeable in the 2. This species has a wider

range than any other in the genus.

39. H. specrrum (F.).

Curculio spectrum F. Syst. El. ii. p. 537 (1801).

HT, spectrum Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 462 (1833); Labr. &

Imh. Gen. Cure. 11. no. 33 (1848).

Long. 25-29, lat. 103-112 mm.

Head convex, with close shallow punctuation, and brown scaling

on vertex, forehead with a faint rounded impression; anteocular

furrows deep, rather converging above. ostrum not incised at

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 55

base, as long as head and prothorax, strongly curved beyond

middle. Upper surface with a distinct continuous central furrow

(in some examples it is of nearly even width throughout, in others

markedly narrower in the middle), dilated at base into a large

rounded impression, finely aciculate and with sparse pale scaling ;

lateral sulci not meeting at base, the lower one much longer and

deeper than the upper and also strongly curved upwards at base ;

scrobes directed to beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow

present. Antenne with scape scarcely reaching eye; the two

basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax much longer than the

width at base, which is broader than apex, sides dilated about

middle into a strong tuberculate spine, dorsal anterior margin

slightly convex, ocular lobes distinct. Upper surface almost

plane, unevenly and sparingly set with low rounded tubercles,

there being usually a single much larger one about middle on each

side of the central furrow, which latter contains a low carina ;

behind the apex is a broad and deep transverse impression almost

devoid of tubercles; the apical portion is raised into a strong

callus, which is smooth and strongly punctured on its anterior

edge, but tuberculate behind; tubercles bare and with short

depressed pale sete, interstices with fairly dense light brown

scaling. Hlytra elongato-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides gently

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes very short but

broad, pointed, and divergent in 2, obsolete in ¢. Upper surface

convex, with rows of shallow punctures separated by minute

eranules : ; Interval 1 with a single regular row of small granules

vanishing near apex; interval 2 with a short, apical, slightly

raised row of closely-set granules; intervals 3, 5, and 7 slightly

raised and with rows of closely-set granules, generally more or

less duplicated; 4 and 6 plane, or at most with a few isolated

granules near base; granules bare and with pale depressed sete,

interspaces fairly closely covered with very small light brown

scaling variegated with lighter spots, and usually with a conspi-

cuous broad paler band across the top of the declivity. Legs with

Sparse pale scaling, forming a denser ring near apex of femora ;

posterior tarsi with the joints of about the same width, 2nd

and 3rd subequal in length, Ist rather longer.

Care Cotony: Algoa Bay (Dr. H. Brawns), Uitenhage (Rev.

J. A. O'Neil)

Father O’Neil finds this to be an uncommon species in his

neighbourhood, where it feeds on a conifer, the Bastard Yellow-

wood (Podocarpus elongata).

Mr. Péringuey has kindly drawn my attention to the fact that

Roelofs (Jorn. de Sciencias, Lisbon, 1887) has recorded this

species as having been taken by Welwitsch in Angola. Welwitsch’s

captures are in the British Museum, and there being only two

species of Hipporrhini, H. ovampoensis Pér. and H. angolensis,

sp. nov. (nos. 75 & 76, ifra), Roelofs’ record is probably

incorrect.

D6 MR. G. A, K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA (Jan. 19,

40. H. apruprecostatvus Gyl.

H. abruptecostatus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 463 (1833).

HH, spectrum Gy|. (pars) op. ¢. v. p. 748 (1840).

Long. 29, lat. 12 mm.

Head convex, closely but shallowly punctured and with dense

fulvous scaling on vertex, forehead with an elongate central fovea ;

anteocular furrows deep, convergent above. ostrwm as long as

head and prothorax, not incised dorsally at base, strongly curved

beyond middle, but straight near base. Upper surface almost

plane basally, broadly excavate anteriorly, with the edges obtusely

raised, with even shallow punctuation and fine brown scaling

throughout; upper lateral sulci very faint and not meeting at

base, the lower paix much longer and deeper; scrobes directed to

beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow shallow. <Az-

tenne with scape not reaching eye ; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax transverse, but the length greater than the

width at base, which isa little broader than the apex, sides dilated

into a strong tuberculate angular projection before middle, ante-

rior margin ‘yather convex and raised into a callus, ocular lobes

well developed. Upper surface almost plane, w ith a transverse

impression just behind apex, fairly closely but unevenly set with

low rounded tubercles, leaving a distinct central furrow contaiming

a low carina, and also a short curved bare space on each Sle:

tubercles with short depressed pale sete, they, as well as the

interstices, fairly closely covered with brown scaling. Hlytra

elongato-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides distinctly rounded, broadest

before middle, apical processes large, divergent, and sharply pointed

in 2, rather shorter and blunter in ¢. Upper surface convex,

with regular rows of shallow punctures separated by small

granules ; interval 1 with a row of granules vanishing behind

middle; interval 2 with only an apical row of small closely-set

granules which is strongly cristate on the declivity ; intervals 3,

5, and 7 with rows of agglomerated granules forming distinct

costee, all of which cease before apex; intervals 4 and 6 quite

smooth; granules bare, each with a depressed pale seta; scaling

small, rounded, fairly dense, dark brown variegated with small

paler spots and patches. Apical margin of fourth abdominal

segment in 2 with four very distinct sharp horizontal projections;

abdomen of g normal. JZegs with scattered fulvous scaling

forming a dense ring round apex of femora; posterior tarsi

broad, spongy beneath, the joints of about the same width, 2nd

and 3rd subequal in length, Ist rather longer.

CapPE Cotony (Sir A. “Smith).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Although Gyllenhal himself subsequently sunk this species as a

synonym of H. spectrum ¥., I cannot doubt that it is a distinet

species ; for apart from the remarkable abdominal character in the

2 and the compression of the elytra posteriorly, these latter are

more acuminate apically and the coste on them are much more

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. DT

strongly marked, especially that on interval 2; the tubercles on

the prothorax are smaller and more closely set, and its lateral

projection is much blunter and not spiniform as in spectrum.

4], H. spryirer Gyl.

H. spinifer Gyl. Schonh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 748 (1840).

Long. 74-10, lat. 33-5 mm.

Head convex, with grey scaling, forehead more or less distinctly

wrinkled longitudinally; anteocular furrows entirely absent.

Rostrum not incised at base, as long as head and _ prothorax,

scarcely curved and strongly dilated apically. Upper surface

densely squamose, with a deep central furrow throughout and a

distinct smooth costa on either side of it; lateral sulci deep, not

uniting at base, the lower one longer but narrower than the

upper; scrobes shallow and lateral; inferior basal furrow absent.

Antenne with scape not reaching eye; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, a trifle longer than the

width at base, which is equal to the apex, sides dilated and pro-

duced behind middle into-a sharp spine directed backwards,

dorsal anterior margin slightly emarginate in middle, ocular lobes

distinct. Upper surface convex, with a very deep central furrow

containing no carina, but flanked on either side by a broad elevated

and tuberculated costa bearing a sharply prominent tubercle

behind: the space between the costa and lateral spine is smooth

like the central furrow; tubercles bare, with short subdepressed

setee, the interstices clothed with fine grey setiform scaling.

Elytra very short, broadly ovate, scarcely narrower in 3, shoulders

roundedly prominent, sides ampliated, broadest about middle,

apical processes absent. Upper surface convex, with regular but

rather interrupted rows of distinct granules; interval | with a

row of small separated granules ; intervals 3,5,and 7 with narrow

elevated carine bearing rows of depressed and elongated granules ;

intervals 2, 4, and 6 plane; granules shiny and with depressed

pale setee, the interstices densely clothed with fine grey setiform

sealing. Legs elongate, with dense grey sete forming a narrow

paler ring near apex of femora; tarsi elongate, posterior pair with

the joints of about even width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length,

lst rather longer.

Care Cotony : Cape Town (Prof. Lloyd Morgan).

Type in Paris Museum (¢este Schonherr).

An isolated and aberrant form, yet presenting no definite

character which can be regarded as of generic value. It is the

only small species possessing a spined prothorax.

Tam indebted to Dr. Brauns for three examples from Drége’s

collection, which he obtained from Mr. J. L. Drége of Port

Elizabeth.

42, H. HUMERALIS, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 10.)

Long. 23-28, lat. 103-12 mm.

Head slightly convex, with scattered large punctures and pale

58 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

scaling, forehead with a small fovea near base of rostrum; ante-

ocular furrows distinct. Rostrum not incised at base, about as

long as head and prothorax, very thick and broadly dilated at

apex, very strongly curved, being porrect in the basal half and

then sharply deflected. especially in the ¢, in which the deflection

is almost rectangular. Upper surface convex near base, broadly

and deeply excavate apically, the sides being there raised into

prominent angulated ridges; punctuation deep, except along a

broad smooth central line; upper lateral sulci obsolescent, the

lower ones very shallow, not reaching base; scrobes directed

beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow present. Antenne

with dense pale pubescence; scape not nearly reaching eye; the

two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax longer than its

width at base, which is a little broader than apex, sides moderately

rounded, broader about middle, dorsal anterior margin distinctly

convex, ocular lobes very prominent. Upper surface almost

plane, set with large separated conical tubercles arranged in three

irregular rows on each side, central furrow large, containing a

long and distinet carina; tubercles bare, smooth, each with a

short dark seta, the interstices closely covered with large pale

round scales. lytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides sub-

parallel to beyond middle in ¢, slightly rounded in 9, broadest

about middle, apical processes short, conical and divergent in both

sexes. Upper surface convex, with uneven rows of shallow punc-

tures separated by small granules; interval 1 with a row of

granules vanishing behind middle; interval 2 with only an apical

row of six conical tubercles, those on the declivity very large ;

interval 3 with a complete row of tubercles, small on the basal

half, but large and conical on the declivity ; intervals 4 and 6

smooth; 5 with a very large boss-like tubercle at base, followed

by a row of 10 to 12 small subconical tubercles ; 7 with a complete

row of similar tubercles, those at extreme base and apex being

rather large. Tubercles bare, each with a short dark depressed

seta, the interspaces thinly clothed with large round pale scales.

Legs closely covered with elongate white scales, except the coxe,

which are mostly fulvous, the punctuation close but shallow ;

posterior tarsi with joints of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length, Ist a little longer.

NAMAQUALAND: O’okiep (L. Péringwey).

Type in the British Museum.

This very striking species was found by Mi. Péringuey in some

abundance in Little Namaqualand at an altitude of about 3500 ft.,

and always under dead Euphorbias or Mesembryanthemums.

43. H. nestor Mshl. (Plate IT. fig. 1.)

H. nestor Mshl. Ann. N. H. (7) x. p. 405 (1902).

Long. 20, lat. 8, apical spines 2 mm.

Head convex, with deep scattered punctures and large white

scales, forehead with a short central stria; anteocular furrows

faint, the lower half obsolete. Rostrum: not incised at base, as

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 59

long as head and prothorax, gently curved. Upper surface convex

in basal half and broadly excavate near apex, distinctly punctured

and with a broad smooth central line; lateral sulci not meeting

at base, broad and deep, separated by a narrow carina and filled

with large white scales; scrobes running beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow shallow. Antenne with scape not nearly

reaching eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothoras

slightly transverse, the length about equal to the width at base,

which is broader than apex, sides not much rounded, broadest

about middle, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface

convex, with distant rounded tubercles, which are flattened and

arranged in more or less regular rows on disk, but smaller, more

elevated and irregular laterally; central furrow very broad and

containing a short faint carina; apices of tubercles bare, shiny,

and with very short depressed sete, the interstices with dense

white scaling. lytra oblongo-ovate, sides scarcely rounded,

broadest before middle, shoulders rounded, apical processes very

long and sharp. Upper surface convex, striz with regular rows

of small granules, the alternate intervals more prominent; intervals

1, 4, and 6 entirely devoid of tubercles; interval 2 with only a

single very large and sharp tubercle on the summit of the declivity ;

interval 3 with three large, smooth, catenulate tubercles at base,

then with an irregular row of small rounded tubercles to beyond

middle, where they become larger and sharply conical, the largest

being at the summit of the declivity, this tubercle is of the same

size as, and adjoins, that on interval 2, soas to form a conspicuous

transverse row of four large tubercles; interval 5 with a very

large, rounded, boss-like tubercle at base, followed by two similar

but much smaller ones, then five or six small granular tubercles,

and finally two or three larger conical ones beyond middle ;

interval 7 with a complete row of small, closely-set, conical

tubercles. Legs with dense, even, white scaling; posterior tarsi

with the three basal joints of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length, ist longer.

CapE CoLony.

Type in the British Museum.

From the other three species which possess the boss-like humeral

tubercle nestor may be easily recognised by the very long apical

spines and the solitary large conical tubercle on interval 2 of the

elytra.

44. H. noputosus (F.).

Curculio nodulosus F, Syst. Ent. p. 154 (1775); Sparrm. Act.

Holm. i. 1785, p. 46, t. 2. f. 13; Hbst. Col. vi. p. 379, t. 90. £. 3

(1797); Ol. Ent. v. 83, p. 391, t. 15. f. 188 (1807).

Curculio notonchus Wiedem. Zool. Mag. ii. 1, 1823, p. 124,

H. nodulosus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 474 (1833).

Long. 12-15, lat. 5-6 mm.

Head slightly convex, densely clothed with grey scaling except

a broad bare central stripe on forehead; anteocular furrows

60 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

obsolete. ostrum not incised at base, about as long as head and

prothorax, comparatively slender and only slightly curved. Upper

surface convex in the basal two-thirds, broadly excavate near

apex, densely covered with whitish scaling except on a broad

smooth central carina and two narrow ones on either side; lateral

sulci not meeting at base, subequal in length, the upper pair

broader ; scrobes directed to beneath base of rostrum; inferior

basal furrow distinct. Antenne with thin pale scaling ; scape not

reaching eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

a little longer than its width at base, which is broader than apex,

sides obtusely angulated, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior

margin distinctly convex, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper

surface convex, with a broad and very deep central furrow (without

any carina) flanked by a row of small closely-set rounded tubercles,

with a similar incomplete row adjoining it; beyond this a broad

smooth space, followed by a single regular row of small tubercles

near the margin, with another similar row a little below it; the

central tubercles of this latter are a little larger than the others

and thus cause the lateral angulation; apices of tubercles bare,

each with a depressed dark seta, interstices with dense sandy-grey

scaling, that on sides of prosternum pure white. lyira elongato-

ovate, shoulders sloping, sides slightly rounded, broadest about

middle, apical processes very long and sharp. Upper surface

convex, with regular rows of shallow punctures; intervals 1, 2, 4,

and 6 devoid of tubercles; 3 and 7 each with a complete row of

long sharply conical tubercles, those on the basal half of the furrow

much smaller than the others; interval 5 with a very large

rounded boss-like tubercle at base, followed by two (sometimes

three) long conical distant tubercles; tubercles bare, except on

their anterior faces which are squamose, each with a single short

suberect black seta, except the boss-like tubercle which has two;

scaling dense, circular, uniform greyish white. Legs with dense

white scaling, the tibize mottled with bare spots; posterior tarsi

narrow, joints of the same width, Ist longer than 2nd and 2nd

than 3rd.

Care Cotony: Cape Town.

Tyre in the British Museum (coll. Banks).

45. H. occrpentaris Mshl. (Plate IT. fig. 2.)

H. occidentalis Mshl. Ann. Nat. Hist. (7) x. p. 406 (1902).

Long. 15, lat. 7 mm.

Head convex, obscurely punctured and covered with large brown

scales, except a short smooth line on forehead, which contains a

small puncture; a narrow ring of white scales round each eye ;

anteocular furrows practically obsolete. Rostrwm not incised at

base, as long as head and prothorax, very little curved. Upper

surface rather convex at base, but excavate towards apex, punc-

tured and covered with brown scales except along a broad smooth

central line ; lateral sulci not meeting at base, filled with large

white scales, upper pair very broad and deep, the lower narrow

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 61

and faint; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ; inferior

basal transverse furrow obsolete. Antenne with dense pale

sealing and black setee ; scape not nearly reaching eye; the two

basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothoraz as long as broad, apex

narrower than base, sides slightly dilated and with a small tuber-

cular angulation before middle, ocular lobes strongly developed.

Upper surface convex, with a broad lance-shaped central furrow

containing a low carina and flanked on either side by two rows of

closely but irregularly placed tubercles ; beyond these a smooth

longitudinal space, followed by a single regular row of tubercles

close to the lateral margin, and below this another similar row, of

which a single tubercle is rather larger than the others and forms

the lateral projection; scaling on disk brown, but greyish in

central furrow and on prosternum. Llytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders

roundedly prominent, sides very little rounded, broadest about

middle, apical processes long and sharp. Upper surface convex,

with regular rows of large deep punctures, the alternate im-

tervals dissimilar ; intervals 1, 2, 4, and 6 devoid of tubercles,

except a single small one near the base of the latter; intervals 3

and 7 with complete rows of conical tubercles, which become more

distant, larger, and sharper towards apex ; interval 5 with a very

large, rounded, boss-like tubercle at base, followed by six closely-

set conical tubercles, and a solitary larger and sharper one about

the summit of the declivity ; scaling dense, dark brown, except

the suture and inflexed margins, which are grey; the boss-like

tubercle is entirely bare, the others only so at their apices, which

occasionally bear short depressed sete. Legs with dense grey

scaling ; posterior tarsi narrow, the joints of about equal width,

2nd longer than 3rd and Ist than 2nd.

West Arrica (2).

Type in the British Museum.

46. H. rictitis Mshl. (Plate II. fig. 3.)

H. fictilis Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 407 (1902).

Long. 14, lat. 6 mm.

Head convex, with close shallow punctures and dense brown

scaling, forehead with an elongate central fovea; anteocular

furrows deep in their upper half, shallow below. ostrwm not

incised at base, as long as prothorax, slightly curved, dilated close

to apex. Upper surface convex at base, shallowly excavate

towards apex, finely and sparsely punctured, with a broad smooth

central line ; lateral sulci not wanting at base, upper pair broad

and deep, the lower obsolescent ; scrobes directed beneath base of

rostrum ; inferior basal furrow distinct. Atemiue with the scape

short, not nearly reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

short, subequal. Prothorax longer than its width at base, which

is broader than the apex, sides distinctly angulated, broadest

before middle, dorsal anterior margin very convex, ocular lobes

strongly developed. Upper surface rather convex, with a broad

and deep central furrow containing no carina and flanked by a

62 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

high narrow ridge composed of agglomerated tubercles ; beyond

this a broad smooth space, followed by a lateral ridge quite similar

to the dorsal one; beneath this are two or three scattered

tubercles, including a large compressed one which forms the

angular projection; all the tubercles smooth and without sete ;

scaling dense and brown, but paler in the median furrow, the

prosternum greyish. Hlytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides mode-

rately rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes short but

sharp. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of large shallow

punctures ; intervals 1, 2, 4, and 6 entirely devoid of granules or

tubercles ; intervals 3 and 7 with complete rows of small rounded

shiny tubercles, becoming rather larger and more conical towards

apex; interval 5 with a similar row but ceasing abruptly behind

middle ; intervals 1 and 2 very narrow, so that the space between

intervals 3 and 5 is about as broad as that lying between the

third intervals of the two elytra; scaling dense, uniform earthy

brown, the margins broadly greyish white. Legs with dense pale

scaling; posterior tarsi with joints of about the same width, Ist

longer than 2nd and 2nd than 3rd.

CAPE CoLony.

TyPk in the British Museum.

47. H. canaticutatus Mshl. (Plate IT. fig. 5.)

H. canaliculatus Mshl. 1. c. p. 408 (1902).

Long. 22, lat. 10 mm.

Head convex, closely but indistinctly punctured and covered

with dense brown scaling, forehead with an elongate central

fovea ; anteocular furrows deep and distinct in their upper half,

obsolete below. Rostrum not incised at base, as long as head and

prothorax, curved beyond middle. Upper surface with the edges

angular and subparallel throughout (the genx, however, dilated at

apex), plane at base, shallowly excavate towards apex, with fine

close punctuation and sparse scaling throughout, except along a

narrow smooth central line; upper lateral sulci shallow, not

meeting at baseand vanishing beyond middle, the lower pair deep

and distinct; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior

basal furrow shallow. Antenne with scape not reaching eye ;

the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax as long as its

width at base, apex narrower, sides angulated and with a small

but prominent lateral tubercle about middle, ocular lobes well

developed. Upper surface not very convex, with a broad deep

central furrow, containing a strong carina, and flanked on either

side by a high ridge of agglomerated tubercles ; beyond this is a

broad smooth space, followed by a sharply defined band of small

irregularly placed tubercles along the extreme edge; scaling

dense, brown above and turning suddenly to white on the pro-

sternum immediately below the lateral tubercles. lytra ovate,

shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest about

middle, apical processes short but sharp. Upper surface convex,

with regular rows of small shiny granules in lieu of punctures :

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 63

interval 1 granulate; interval 2 with four or five isolated low

tubercles; 3 and 5 with small contiguous and usually duplicated

tubercles forming an obtuse carina to beyond middle, after which

the tubercles become larger, separate, and sharply conical ; 4 and 6

devoid of tubercles ; 7 with a complete row of separated conical

tubercles, becoming larger towards apex; scaling dark brown,

suture grey, interval 4 wholly, and 6 partly, white, inflexed

margin entirely white. Legs with dense pale scaling; posterior

tarsi almost devoid of setz, joints of about the same width, 2nd

and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

CaPE CoLony.

Type in the British Museum.

48. H. nornt Mshl. (Plate II. fig. 4.)

H, horni Mshl. 1. c. p. 410 (1902),

Long. 19, lat. 8 mm.

Head convex, with dense light brown scaling on vertex ; forehead

bave, indistinctly punctured and with a central fovea; anteocular

furrows distinet. Rostrum not incised dorsally at base, about as

long as head and prothorax, slightly curved, dilated near apex.

Upper surface distinctly convex at base, shallowly excavate at

apex only, indistinctly punctured and with a broad, smooth, low

carina throughout ; lateral sulci not meeting at base, shallow, of

about equal length; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow shallow. Antenne with scape not nearly

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

transverse, the length rather greater than the width at base, which

is broader than apex, sides subangulate, broadest about middle,

dorsal anterior margin convex, ocular lobés strongly developed.

Upper surface slightly convex, with fowr fairly regular rows of

small closely-set tubercles, leaving three large smooth longitudinal

spaces ; the central space is closely and distinctly punctured and

contains no carina, whilst the others are indistinctly punctured ;

below the outer vow is a collection of four or five tubercles, which

form the lateral angulation; tubercles black, shiny and without sete.

Elyira ovate, shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest

about middle, apical processes long, sharp, divergent, and turning

rather upwards. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of

small granules, often separated by large shallow indistinct punc-

tures; intervals 1, 2, 4, and 6 planeand smooth; interval 3 with

a complete row of shiny brown tubercles; as far as the declivity

these are small, rounded, irregular, and often duplicated, but on

the declivity they are large and sharply conical; interval 5 with

a perfectly regular and closely-set row of small rounded brown

tubercles from base to about middle, where it terminates quite

abruptly; interval 7 with a complete row of small subconical

tubercles; tubercles bare, shiny and without sete. Legs with

pale scaling ; posterior tarsi rather narrow, the joints of about the

same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st much longer.

CAPE CoLony.

64 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Tyre in the British Museum.

Allied to H. rubifer (F.), which, however, lacks the lateral

smooth spaces on the prothorax ; the tubercles on its elytra are

larger and further apart, and the row on interval 5 is complete

and not abruptly interrupted.

49, H. ruBIFER (F.).

Curculio rubifer F. Syst. Ent., App. p. 822 (1775); Ol. Ent. v.

83, p. 389, t. 13. f. 159 (1807).

H. condecoratus Gyll. Schonh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 464 (1833).

HT, rubrospinosus Fahr. Schonh. op. ec. v. p. 750 (1840).

Long. 22-24, lat. 93-103 mm.

Head convex, finely and dispersely punctured, with fairly dense

brown scaling, forehead with a small central fovea; anteocular

furrows rather shallow. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as

head and prothorax, slightly curved and dilated in the apical half.

Upper surface squamose and more or less distinctly punctured

except along the median line, subconvex in the basal half and

broadly excavate towards apex ; lateral sulci of about equal length,

shallow and not uniting at base; scrobes deep, directed beneath

base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow present. Antenne with

dense pale scaling ; scape not reaching eye ; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax rather broader than long, the

length equal to the width at base, apex much narrower, sides

ampliated and angulated about middle, dorsal anterior margin

evidently convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface

convex, sparsely and irregularly set with low rounded tubercles,

leaving a broad deep lance-shaped central furrow containing a

faint carina, and an irregular and variable patch free of tubercles

on each side of the furrow; tubercles with depressed dark set,

the interstices with dense brown scaling except in the central

furrow where it is pale grey; the underparts are covered with

dense whitish scaling in sharp contrast to the upper surface.

Elytra ovate, narrower in ¢, shoulders sloping, sides rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes in both sexes sharp, conical,

and divergent. Upper surface convex, with more or less regular

vows of granules in lieu of punctures; interval 1 with a row of

minute granules ; intervals 3, 5, and 7 more raised than the others

and with complete rows of small rounded tubercles which become

conical towards apex ; intervals 2, 4, and 6 each with a few larger

and widely separated tubercles, those on 2 being most numerous

and those on 6 frequently absent ; apices of granules and tubercles

bare, the latter often of a reddish colour and with depressed dark

sete, the interstices with dense brown scaling, the inflexed

margins being white. Legs with uniform dense brownish scaling ;

posterior tarsi with the joints of the same width, the 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length.

Care Cotony: Cape Town and Stellenbosch (LZ. Péringuey),

Piquetberg, Kraaifontein [S. A. Mus.].

Type in the British Museum (coll. Banks).

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 65

Considerable contusion has occurred as to the identity of this

species, in spite of the passable figure of it given by Olivier. The

sree described by Gyllenhal under the name rubifer (Gen. Cure.

p. 468) is not this species, but a form of the very variable

Utifen BK. HH. condecoratus Gyl., the type of which I examined

at Stockholm, is a typical ¢ rubijer; and although I have seen no

authentic examples of rubrospinosus Fihr., the description leaves

no doubt as to its identity with the present species. In describing

the rostrum of condecoratus Gylenhal says “undique granulis

elevatis piliferis adspersum ”; this does not agree at all with his

type, which has the rostrum punctured and without a trace of

elevated granules.

50, H. EckLoNI Gy).

H, ecklont Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 756 (1840).

Long. (excl. apical processes) 24-25, lat. 11-14, apical processes

4—5 mm.

Head convex, with close shallow punctuation and brown scaling,

forehead with a shallow and indefinite impression ; anteocular

furrows distinct. Rostrum not incised at base, as long as head

and prothorax, comparatively slender and gradually curved.

Upper surface almost plane, very shallowly excavate near apex,

without any carina or smooth central line, but with close punctua-

tion and dense scaling throughout ; upper lateral sulcus obsolete,

the lower one deep and distinct ; scrobes directed rather beneath

base of rostrum, but not so markedly as in allied species ; inferior

basal furrow distinct but rather shallow. Antenne with scape

not nearly reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax as long as broad, apex much narrower than base, sides

moderately rounded, broadest before middle, dorsal anterior margin

convex, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface almost

plane, with a broad shallow transverse impression behind apex

which is almost devoid of tubercles, the rest of the surface fairly

closely set with low rounded tubercles, leaving a distinct central

furrow, which sometimes contains traces of a low carina; tubercles

bare, with depressed pale setze, interstices densely covered with

hight brown scaling. lytra elongato-ovate, shoulders sloping,

sides rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes very long

and thick but not very sharp, shghtly divergent in ¢ but usually

united to apex in 2. Upper surface convex, with regular rows

of small shiny granules in the very shallow sulci; all intervals

even, each with a single row of low granules except 3 and 5

which have double rows; the granules shiny and with strongly

depressed pale sete, interstices with dense rounded greyish-brown

sealing. Legs stout, densely covered with pale scaling and sete ;

posterior tarsi spongy beneath, the joints subequal in length and

breadth.

Cape Cotony: Algoa Bay (Dr. H. Brauins), Uitenhage (Rev. JA.

Neil).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vor. I. No. V.

66 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

This fine species appears to be of considerable rarity, and

Father O’Neil tells me that in seven years’ collecting he has

-found only nine or ten examples, most of which were captured on

the walls of his house in the early morning, and he thinks that it

must be entirely nocturnal in its habits.

51. H. Bonrmanit Faby.

HH. bohemanii Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. p. 206 (1871).

Long. 18-28, lat. 8-123 mm.

Head convex, closely and strongly punctured and with scattered

brown scaling, forehead often with a shallow central stria ; ante-

ocular furrows very deep and approaching closely above. Rostrum

not incised dorsally at base, about as long as head and prothorax,

strongly curved. Upper surface with a continuous broad but.

shallow central furrow, with rugose punctuation and brown

scaling throughout, sometimes containing a short smooth central

carina near base; upper lateral sulci short and shallow, not:

meeting at base, the lower pair much longer and deeper; scrobes

directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow deep.

Antenne with scape not reaching eye; the first joint of funicle

distinctly longer than second. Prothoraa transverse, apex much

narrower than base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle,.

dorsal anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes well developed.

Upper surface almost plane, with a shallow transverse impression

behind apex, closely set with low rounded tubercles, leaving a

distinct central furrow containing a strong low carina; tubercles

bare, each with a depressed pale seta, the interstices with dark

brown scaling. Hlytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides moderately

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes very short and

blunt in 6, longer and sharper in 9. Upper surface convex,

with broad shallow sulci, containing rows of large separated

granules ; intervals all similar, each with a row of granules which

are smaller and closer than those in the sulci; granules on the

intervals bare, those in the sulci mostly scale-covered, all with

depressed pale setz ; interspaces densely clothed with variegated

grey and brown scaling, the scales small and narrow, but not

setiform. Legs with sparse pale scaling and set forming a denser

ring near apex of femora; posterior tarsi with joints of the same

width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

Orance Cotony: Bothaville (Dr. H. Brauns). TRANSVAAL:

Lydenburg. MataBELELAND: Buluwayo (J. P. Cregoe). MasHona-

LAND: Salisbury, Umtali. Port. E. Arrica: Delagoa Bay

(ZZ. Junod).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

52. H. currinpensis Mshl. (Plate IT. fig. 6.)

H. chirindensis Mshl. 1. c. p. 449 (1902).

Long. 17, lat. 1 mm.

Head convex, with indistinct punctures and fairly dense brown

squame, forehead with a distinct central stria ; anteocular furrows

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 67,

very deep and approaching one another closely above. Hostrwimn

not incised at base, about as long as head and prothorax, distinctly

curved. Upper surface with a shallow central furrow, triangularly

dilated to apex and containing a faint central carina; lateral

sulci deep, the upper pair convergent at base, but not meeting,

the interval between the sulci carinate and rugosely punctured ;

scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow

shallow. Antenne with scape not reaching eye; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax broader than long, apex

narrower than base, sides strongly dilated, broadest about middle,

ocular lobes moderate. Upper surface almost plane, with a broad

transverse impression just behind apex, fairly closely set with

small rounded shiny tubercles, each bearing a short depressed seta ;

central furrow shallow, containing a very short but well-marked

carina; interstices with uniform brown scaling. Slytra ovate,

shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle,

apical processes in 9 very short, blunt, and divergent. Upper

surface convex, with regular rows of fovese separated by small

granules; interval 1 with a few indistinct granules; 2, 3, 5, and 7

subcostate and with regular rows of granules, which become rather

larger on the declivity, but on interval 2 ceasing abruptly at the

summit; intervals 4 and 6 plane and without granules; scaling

uniform earthy brown. Legs with sparse depressed pale sete on

femora and an ill-defined ring of light scales near apex ; tibize with

mingled light and dark sete, the former depressed, the latter erect ;

posterior tarsi with the joints of about the same width, 2nd and

3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

MASHONALAND: Mt. Chirinda, Melsetter District.

Tyre in the British Museum.

Nearly allied to the preceding species, from which it may be

distinguished by the absence of granules on intervals 4 and 6 of

the elytra and the long stria on the forehead.

53. H. suucrrostrris Fahr.

H. sulcirostris Fihr. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1871, p. 207.

Long. 20-25, lat. 8-10 mm.

Head convex, more densely squamose on vertex, and with the

punctures there fine and closely set, but larger and more scattered

in front; forehead with a very broad and deep central impression,

continuous with that on rostrum; anteocular furrows deep.

Rostrum not incised at base, as long as head and prothorax, the

upper outline straight to beyond middle, then sharply deflected,

dilated from middle to apex. Upper surface with a very broad

and deep central furrow throughout, edged on either side by an

angulated costa which is continued on to the forehead ; upper

lateral sulcus obsolete, the lower one long and distinct; scrobes

deep, directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne squamose, scape not reaching eye; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothoraz as long as broad, apex

scarcely narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest about middle,

68 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA | Jan. 19,

dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes well developed.

Upper surface slightly convex, unevenly set with rounded and

rather distant tubercles, leaving a distinct central furrow con-

taining a low carina and with a low tubercular callus just behind

apex; tubercles bare, with depressed sete, the interstices with thin

brown scaling. Hlytra ovate, narrower in ¢, shoulders sloping,

sides rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes sharply

conical and divergent in both sexes, Upper surface convex, with

fairly regular rows of granules in lieu of punctures; interval 1

with a row of distant granules becoming much smaller towards

apex ; interval 2 with a short subcristate row of smail conical

tubercles on the declivity, and occasionally one or two isolated

tubercles on the basal part; intervals 3, 5, and 7 with complete

rows of small conical tubercles ; 4 and 6 usually devoid of tubercles,

but sometimes with an abbreviated or interrupted row; tubercles

bare, sometimes with very short depressed sete, the interstices

with brown scaling. Legs clothed with thin white depressed sete ;

posterior tarsi broad, the 3rd joint scarcely broader than the

others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length.

Narau: Drakensberg Mts., 6000 ft. (J. 17. Hutchinson), TRans-

vaaL: Lydenburg.

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

This insect is most nearly allied to recurvus F. and albolineatus

Fahr., all three being characterised by the depth and continuity

of the rostral furrow. H. sulcirostris differs from the others in

lacking the basal dilatation of this furrow; the impression on the

forehead is much broader and deeper; the thoracic tubercles are

much fewer and more distant; the discal tubercles on the elytra

are more conical and further apart, and the apical processes are

not turned upwards.

The type specimens, as well as all others which I have seen from

the Transvaal, are of a brown colour owing to the dense scaling ;

but six specimens taken by Mr. Hutchinson and myself, on the

foot-hills of the Drakensberg, have the scales so minute and

widely scattered as to make them appear quite bare and black

to the unaided eye. These insects we found on the branches of

a Protea, and it was by no means easy to detect them upon the

black bark, with which thei rough elytra assimilated so well.

Possibly this is a local mountain form which has adapted itself to

special conditions.

54, H. recurvus (F.).

Curculio recurvus F. Syst. El. ui. p. 535 (1801).

H. sparrmani Gy]. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 471 (1833).

H, recurvus Fahy. Schh. op. c¢. v. p. 753 (1840).

Long. 20-23, lat. 83-93 mm.

Head convex, with deep scattered punctures and sparse white

scaling, forehead with a short central stria; anteocular furrows

rather shallow and scarcely visible from above. Rostrum not

incised transversely at base, about as long as head and prothorax,

1904. | JF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 6%

distinctly curved and dilated towards apex. Upper surface:

strongly punctured, with a deep continuous and impunctate central

furrow, more or less distinctly dilated into a broad impression near

base; upper lateral sulci obsolete, lower ones distinct but shallow ;

scrobes directed to beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne with scattered white setz; scape just reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax trans-

verse, apex rather narrower than base, sides distinctly rounded,

broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular

lobes not much developed. Upper surface slightly convex, set with

small elevated and separated tubercles, leaving a central furrow

containing a distinct carina; tubercles bare, each with a short

depressed dark seta, the interstices with dense large round white:

scales. Hlytra ovate, narrower in ¢, shoulders sloping, sides

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes long, sharply

conical, divergent and turned upward. Upper surface convex, with

regular rows of shallow punctures separated by small granules ;

interval 1 with a row of small depressed elongate tubercles, ceasing

behind middle; interval 2 with only a short apical row of small

conical and widely separated tubercles; intervals 4 and 6 quite:

smooth; 3, 5, and 7 with complete rows of small, subconical,.

closely-set, more or less depressed and elongate tubercles, which

become more conical, more distant, and rather larger towards apex;

tubercles bare, each with a short depressed dark seta, the inter-

spaces with large round white scales, which are rather sparse on

disk and much denser laterally; where the scales have been removed

a number of small white dots may be seen. Legs with sparse white

scaling; posterior tarsi broad, with the 2nd joint a little narrower

than the other two, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st somewhat

longer.

Cape Conoxy: Cape Town and the Table Mt. range.

Mr. Péringuey tells me that he has taken this species only

sparingly on heath-flowers on Table Mt.

55, H. ALBoLINEATUS Fahy.

H. albolineatus Fahy. Schénh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 754 (1840).

Long. 17-22, lat. 64-9 mm.

Head convex, with sparse shallow punctuation, forehead with a

broad central impression which is a continuation of the rostral

furrow; anteocular furrows deep. ostrwm not incised trans-

versely at base, as long as head and prothorax, curved and dilated

towards apex. Upper surface with large shallow punctures and

with a deep central furrow throughout which is broadened into a

distinct rounded impression at the base; upper lateral sulcus

obsolete, the lower one present but shallow; scrobes directed

beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne

with scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle sub-

equal. Prothorax almost as long as broad, apex scarcely narrower

than base, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal

anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper

v0 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [ Jan. 19,

surface almost plane, moderately closely set with low rounded

tubercles, leaving a shallow central furrow containing an abbrevi-

ated carina; tubercles bare, each with a setigerous puncture, the

interstices with three dorsal and one lateral line of white scales.

Llyira elongato-ovate, much narrower in ¢ , shoulders sloping, sides

slightly rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes in both

sexes Sharply conical and turned upwards. Upper surface convex,

with fairly regular rows of indistinct punctures separated by

granules; interval 1 with a row of small distant depressed tubercles,

diminishing posteriorly ; intervals 2, 3, 5,and 7 with complete rows

of tubercles, those on disk and nea: : base somewhat depressed and

elongated, but becoming sharply conical towards the sides and apex ;

intervals 4 and 6 plane, or at most with one or two isolated

tubercles; tubercles bare, usually with short depressed sete,

intervals 4 and 6 and the lateral margin with stripes of white

scaling. Legs finely punctured and with sparse sete ; the posterior

tarsi with the 3rd joint a little broader than the others, 2nd and

3rd subequal in length, Ist rather longer.

' Care Cotony; Knysna, Constantia.

The type of this species is missing, and not one of the 10 or 12

examples which I have examined exhibits the dorsal white stripes

mentioned by Fahreus, but these have probably been abraded or

discoloured. The species is very closely allied to recurvus F., from

which it differs, apart from the colouring, in having larger and

more prominent granules between the punctures on. the. elytra,

and especially in the much greater development of the ocular lobes.

56, H. GYLLENHALI Gyl.

J5 ke ea Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 753 (1840).

Long. 22, lat. 8 mm.

Head convex, with shallow scattered punctuation, forehead with

a faint sential stria ; anteocular furrows deep. Rostrum not

incised at base but evenly continuous with head, as long as head

and prothorax, almost porrect near base and deflected beyond

middle. Upper surface shallowly excavate near apex, plane and

slightly convex in the basal half, where there is a short central

stria continuous with that on forehead, punctuation strong and

deep but absent from the central line; upper lateral sulcus obsolete,

lower one well developed ; scrobes curved and directed beneath base

of rostrum; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenna with scape

barely reaching eye; 2nd joint of funicle a little longer than Ist

in @. Prothorax somewhat broader than long, apex scarcely

narrower than base, sides moderately rounded, broadest about

middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes prominent.

Upper surface almost plane, set with rather distant subconical

tubercles, which are sharper laterally and leave a distinct central

furrow containing a short low carina; tubercles bare, each with a

depressed pale seta, interstices with whitish scaling. lytra

elongato-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes in 2 long sharp divari-

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 71

cating and directed upwards. Upper surface convex with regular

rows of small granules separated by shallow punctures ; interval 1

with a complete row of depressed granules; intervals 2, 4, and 6

quite plane, or at most with one or two isolated tubercles ; intervals

3, 5,and 7 with complete rows of small tubercles, which are

depressed and closely set near base, but larger, more conical, and

more distant towards apex; tubercles with short depressed yellow

sete; scaling thin, light brown, variegated with white, especially

towards sides. Legs without scales, but with sparse white setze ;

posterior tarsi with the three joints nearly equal in length and

breadth.

Care Cotony: Table Mt. Range (LZ. Péringuey).

Very closely allied to recurvus F., from which it differs in having

a fine stria on the rostrum instead of a deep central furrow with

a basal impression; the rostrum is also more strongly declivous

near the apex; the eyes are less prominent; the ocular lobes on

the thorax are better developed; and the scales on the elytra are

distinctly smaller.

57. H. xivosus (Sparrm.).

Curculio nivosus Sparvrm. Act. Holm. i. 1785, p. 45, t. 2. f. 11.

Curculio nodulosus Hbst. (nec F.) Col. vi. p. 300, t. 83. f. 8

(1797).

H. vecurvus Gy]. (nec F.) Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 467 (1833).

H. wivosus Gyl. op. ¢. p. 470 (1833); Fahr. Schh. op. c. v. p. 752

(1840).

Long. 25, lat. 10 mm.

Head convex, with scattered shallow punctuation and fulvous

scaling forming a band across vertex, a ring round each eye, and

a central stripe on forehead : a deep fovea at base of rostrum ;

anteocular furrows distinct, rather convergent above. ostrwm

not incised dorsally at base, as long as head and prothorax, in

profile the upper outline is straight from base to far beyond

middle and then sharply deflected. Upper surface obscurely

punctured, almost plane in basal half, shallowly excavate and

dilated apically, its edges there carinate and sharply angulated

above the insertion of antenne; upper lateral sulci absent, the,

lower ones very faint and filled with yellowish scaling; scrobes

directed beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow shallow.

Antenne with dense yellowish scaling; scape scarcely reaching

eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax scarcely

broader than long, apex much narrower than base, sides strongly

vounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin convex,

ocular lobes moderate. Upper surface almost plane, fairly closely

set with rather large depressed tubercles, leaving a central furrow

containing a very short low carina and a narrow smooth line on

either side; tubercles with short depressed black sete, interstices

bare, except the three smooth lines and the sides of prosternum,

which are clothed with rounded creamy-yellow or white scales.

Elytra elongato-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides slightly rounded,

72 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [J an. 19,

broadest about middle, apical processes long, sharp and divergent.

Upper surface convex, with regular rows of small granules;

interval 1 with a row of small low tubercles, decreasing greatly in

size towards apex; intervals 2, 3, 5, and 7 with complete rows of

large, depressed, elongate and separated tubercles, which become

bluntly conical near apex, those on the declivity of interval 2

being larger than the rest; intervals 4 and 6 smooth, or at most

with a few isolated tubercles near base; tubercles bare, with short

black depressed sete, interstices (except on intervals 2 and 3)

clothed with dense or cream-coloured sealing. Jegs with dense

yellowish scaling variegated with bare black spots; posterior

tarsi with joints of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal

in length, Ist rather longer.

Carre Cotony ; DAMARALAND.

58. H. macuiatus Mshl. (Plate II. fig. 9.)

H. maculatus Mshl. 1. e. p. 412 (1902).

Long. 26, lat. 11 mm.

Head convex, closely shagreened on vertex, punctured in front,

with a broad band of elongate yellow scaling across forehead and

running down in front of each eye; forehead with a deep fovea

near base of rostrum ; anteocular furrows deep and complete, con-

verging somewhat dorsally. ostrwm not incised at base, as long

as head and prothorax, in profile the upper line is straight from

base to near the insertion of the antenne, then sharply deflected.

Upper surface broadly but very shallowly excavate throughout,

with its edges strongly carinate from base to insertion of antenne,

with punctures and yellow scaling at the sides, and a broad smooth

central line throughout ; upper lateral sulci obsolete, the lower

ones faint, filled with yellow scales, and quite hidden from above

by the lateral carina; scrobes directed benesth base of rostrum ;

inferior transverse basal furrow absent. dAndennw with dense

yellow scaling ; scape not quite reaching eye ; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, length equal to width

at; base, apex narrower, sides strongly rounded, broadest about

middle, ocular lobes moderately developed. Upper surface almost

plane, sparsely covered with large flattened tubercles, leaving a

central furrow containing a very short carina and a lateral smooth

line on either side ; prosternum and the three dorsal lines covered

with yellow scaling, the rest bare. Hlytra ovate, shoulders

sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle, apical

processes in female long and sharp. Upper surface convex, the

strie with more or less regular rows of large granules, the

intervals unequally tuberculate; interval 1 with elongate depressed

tubercles, becoming smaller behind and vanishing before apex ;

intervals 2,3, and 5 with closely-set, elongate, depressed tubercles

to beyond middle, after which they become sharply conical to

apex, those on interval 2 being most prominent; intervals 4, 6,

and 7 with smaller separated tubereles, depressed near base and

conical towards apex; tubercles and granules quite bare and

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 73

without setee, the interspaces with small patches of dense yellow

seales, forming more or less regular rows of spots along the

inter vals. Legs with dense yellow scaling variegated with

numerous bare black spots ; posterior tarsi br ‘oad, the. joints sub-

equal in length and breadth.

Narat (2 teste Jekel).

Tyre in the British Museum.

I have seen only the ee type of this species. It is most

nearly allied to nzvosus Sparrm., but also bears some resemblance

to insignis Fihr. From both these species it may be distin-

guished by the absence of the inferior basal furrow on the rostrum,

and in having the dorsal edges of the latter sharply carinate right

up to the base, but they are “not raised into a sharp angle in front

as is the case with nivosus. H. maculatus agrees with nivosus and

differs from insignis in having the tubercles on interval 2 more

prominent than those on 3.

59. H. GLoBIFER (F.).

Curculio globifer F. Syst. Ent. App. p. 823 (1775); Ol. Ent. v.

83, p. 388, t. A Ee 35 (1807).

H. tuberifer Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 466 (1833).

H, misumenus Gyl. 1. ¢.

H. vubifer Gyl. (nec F.) 1. ¢. p. 468 (1833).

H. tuberifer Fahy. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 751 (1840).

FH, misumenus Fahy. |. ¢.

Long. 21—29, lat. 9-122 mm.

Head convex, with close shallow punctuation and fine fulvous

scaling, forehead with a short stria; anteocular furrows deep.

Rostrum not incised at base, about as long as head and prothorax,

stout, carved and dilated apically. Upper surface plane or slightly

convex at base, shallowly excavate towards apex, with a broad

smooth central line, the sides being distinctly punctured and

scattered with fulvous sete; lateral sulci not meeting at base, the

upper pair faint, the lower long and deep; scrobes deep, directed

beneath rostrum ; inferior basal furrow distinct. Antenne with

scape not nearly reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. P7 othorax about as long as broad, apex narrower than

base, sides rounded, broadest about middle, dor sal anterior margin

convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface convex,

moderately closely set with large rounded tubercles, leaving a

distinct central furrow containing a faint carina, and also a

narrow smooth lateral line on each side; tubercles bare, with

depressed brown sete, the interstices with fulvous scaling, the

central furrow and lateral lines being paler and sometimes white.

Elytra oblongo-ovate, slightly broader in @, shoulders sloping,

sides rounded, br oadest about middle, apical processes in both

sexes stout, sharply conical and turned ‘slightly upwards. Upper

surface convex, with regular rows of small granules instead of

punctures ; interval | eranulate ; 2 with a row of widely-separated

depressed tubercles ; intervals 5, 5, and. 7 subcostate, with row

74 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

of small, closely-set, and often duplicated tubercles, which become

vather larger and conical towards apex ; 4 and 6 devoid of tubercles

or with a few isolated ones; tubercles bare, with depressed pale

sete, the interspaces with dense brown scaling, often variegated

with white spots. Zegs densely clothed with brown setiform

scaling, sometimes with a paler ring near apex of femora ; posterior

tarsi with the joints of about the same width, 2nd and 8rd sub-

equal in length, Ist longer.

Gare Cotony : Cape Town, Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey).

'Typr in the British Museum (coll. Banks).

As mentioned above, Schénherr misinterpreted this species as

being the rubifer of Fabricius, apparently disregarding Olivier’s

identification. The figure given by the latter is that of a large 2

which is now in the Chevrolat Collection at Stockholm, and which

closely resembles the type. This species shows considerable

variation in size, colouring, and the tuberculation of the elytra,

some of the extreme forms showing a noticeable approach towards

spiculosus Gyl. I consider saviswmenus Gyl., of which I have

examined the type, to be no more than a variety of the present

species, an opinion towards which Fahreeus evidently imelined.

Mr. Péringuey states that this insect is common on the flats

near Cape Town, but it seems nevertheless to be scarce in

collections.

60. 7H. sprcuLosus Gyl.

H. spiculosus Gy]. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 469 (1833); Fahr. op. c.

v. p. 751 (1840).

Curculio glandifer F. Ent. Syst. i. 2, p. 483 (1792) ¢

Curculio globifer Hbst. Col. vi. p. 299, t. 83. f. 6 (1797).

Long. 24, lat. 93 mm.

Head convex, with shallow punctuation and sparse scaling,

forehead with a faint stria; anteocular furrows deep. Lostrum

not incised at base, as long as head and prothorax, stout, curved

and dilated apically. Upper surface plane at base, shallowly

excavate towards apex, with a broad smooth central line, the sides

being distinctly punctured and scattered with fulvous setz ; lateral

sulci not meeting at base, the upper pair obsolescent, the lower

long and deep; scrobes deep, directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow distinct. Antenne with scape not reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax slightly

transverse, apex narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest

about middle, dorsal anterior margin convex, ocular lobes well

developed. Upper surface convex, moderately closely set with

large rounded tubercles, leaving a distinct central furrow con-

taining a faint carina and also a narrow smooth lateral line on

each side; tubercles bare, with depressed dark setz, the interstices

with fulvous scaling, the central furrow and lateral lines being

white. lytra oblongo-ovate, rather broader in 92, shoulders

sloping, sides rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes in

both sexes stout, sharply conical and turned slightly upwards.

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 75

Upper surface convex, with regular rows of very small granules ;

interval 1 with a row of small closely-set tubercles disappearing

before apex; interval 2 with a row of distant low elongate

tubercles, but those near apex very long and sharp; intervals 3

and 5 with single rows of smaller, rounded, and more closely-set

tubercles, becoming very long, sharp, and curved towards apex ;

4 and 6 devoid of tubercles, or with only a few isolated ones; 7

with a complete row of sharply conical tubercles, becoming longer

and more curved posteriorly ; tubercles bare, often of a reddish-

brown colour, with depressed dark sete, the interspaces with

fulvous sealing, the suture and inflexed margins being white and

the disk more or less variegated with white patches. Legs with

scattered narrow white scales; posterior tarsi with the joints of

the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

Care Cotony: Table Mt. (L. Péringuey), Koeberg.

Tyres in the Stockholm Museum.

This insect holds an intermediate position between globifer F. and

insignis Fahr., approaching very closely to some of the Eastern

examples of the latter. Indeed it seems doubtful whether the

examination of a long series would not render it necessary to

regard all three as forms of one very variable species.

61. tH. rstenis Fahr.

H. insignis Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. p. 206 (1871).

HH. zeyheri Boh. (inedit.).

Long. 25-32, lat. 93-12 mm.

Head convex, with shallow punctuation and scattered white or

fulvous scaling, forehead with a variable central stria; anteocular

furrows deep. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as head and

prothorax, thick, curved and dilated towards apex. Upper

surface plane or slightly convex at base, shallowly excavate near

apex, with a broad smooth central line, which is sometimes faintly

carinate, the sides being distinctly punctured and scattered with

dark sete; lateral sulci not uniting at base, the upper pair

obsolete, the lower pair long and deep; scrobes deep, directed

beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow distinct. Aitenne

with scape not reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle sub-

equal. Prothorax slightly transverse, apex narrower than base,

sides rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin

convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface convex,

moderately closely set with large rounded and rather elevated

tubercles, leaving a distinct central furrow containing a very faint

carina and a narrow curved smooth lateral line on each side;

tubercles bare, with depressed dark sete, the interstices with white

or fulvous scaling, in the latter case the central and lateral lines

white. Hlytra elongato-ovate, Q slightly broader, shoulders

sloping, sides not much rounded, broadest about middle, apical

processes in both sexes stout, sharply conical and turned slightly

upwards. Upper surface convex, with irregular, and often con-

fused, rows of large granules; interval 1 with a row of small

76 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

tubercles disappearing near apex; interval 2 with small rounded

distant tubercles, which are conical posteriorly; 3 and 5 with

more closely-set, but not smaller, tubercles, also becoming sharply

conical towards apex; 4 and 6 sometimes without tubercles, but

usually with several isolated ones; 7 with a complete row of

conical tubercles of almost the same size throughout; tubercles

bare, with depressed dark set, the interspaces with fulvous

sealing, largely variegated with white. Zegs with scattered large

round white scales; posterior tarsi with the joints of the same

width, 2nd and 5rd subequal in length, Ist rather longer.

Namaquatanp: O’okiep (Z. Péringuey). Care Conrony: Willow-

more (Dr. H. Brauns), Worcester, Fraserburg, and Swellendam.

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

My only example from Willowmore has the scape and also the

joints of the funicle rather longer than in the Namaqualand

specimens, and the carination of the rostrum is slightly more

pronounced, The other Cape Colony examples are characterised

by their less elongate form, duiler colouring, and the larger

tubercles on the elytra.

Mr. Péringuey states that this species is common in Little

Namaqualand, both on the coast sand-dunes and further mland

at an elevation of 3000 ft.

62. H. varer Fahr,

HA, vafer Wahr. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 755 (1840).

Long. 19-26, lat. 84-103 mm.

Head convex, with distinct scattered punctures and sparse

scaling, forehead not flattened and with a faint central stria ;

anteocular furrows deep, rather convergent dorsally. Rostrum

not incised at base, as long as head and prothorax, slightly curved.

Upper surface rather convex at base, shallowly excavate near apex,

strongly and closely punctured except for a low smooth central

carina; lateral sulci strong, the upper pair uniting at base ;

scrobes directed to beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow

almost obsolete. Antenne with scape almost reaching eye; the

two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothoraa a little broader

than long, apex narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest about

middle, apical margin convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper

surface convex, fairly closely set with low rounded separated

tubercles, leaving 3 narrow central furrow containing a fine

carina; tubercles bare, without set, interstices with pale brown

scaling. Hlytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides rounded, broadest

about middle, apical processes short and thick but sharply pointed

and directed upwards. Upper surface convex, with regular rows

of distinct granules; interval 1 granulate; 2, 3, 5, and 7 with

complete rows of small tubercles, low and rounded on disk, but

conical towards sides and apex, the tubercles on interval 2 set

much further apart than the others; intervals 4 and 6 without

tubercles or only a few low isolated ones; tubercles bare, usually

without setz, interstices with scattered brownish scaling. Legs

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 17

with sparse pale sete; posterior tarsi with the joints of same

width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st rather longer.

Cape Cotony: Table Mt.

‘Tyee in the Stockholm Museum.

63. TH. KNYSNA, sp. nov.

Long. 28, lat. 11 mm.

Head convex, closely shagreened, and with brown scaling on

vertex ; forehead witha shallow central stria, dispersely punctured

and with scattered white scales; anteocular furrows distinct, not

convergent above. ostrwn: not incised at base, as long as head

and prothorax, strongly curved and dilated from behind middle

to apex. Upper surface dispersely punctured laterally, and with

scattered isolated white scales, plane or slightly convex at base,

deeply and broadly excavate anteriorly, the edges there being

sharply carinate; lateral sulci shallow, the upper pair much

shorter than the lower and uniting at base; scrobes deep, directed

beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne

with dense black and white sete; scape scarcely reaching eye ;

the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax almost as long

as broad, apex rather narrower than base, sides slightly rounded,

broadest rather behind middle, dorsal anterior margin convex, but

emarginate in the middle, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper

surface convex, with a broad but very shallow and ill-defined

central furrow containing a low carina and with a row of large

depressed tubercles on each side of it ; beyond thisa broad smooth

space, followed by two or three irregular lateral rows of rounded _

and elevated tubercles ; tubercles bare, shiny, each with a depressed

dark seta, the mterstices with dense large round white scaling.

Hlytra elongato-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides not much rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes in 2 stout, sharply conical

and turned slightly upwards. Upper surface convex, with fairly

regular rows of small granules ; interval 1 with a row of tubercles,

becoming much smaller behind middle and vanishing before apex ;

intervals 2 and 3 with complete rows of large tubercles, which are

elongate and depressed on disk, but sharply conical and more

distant behind ; intervals 5 and 7 with complete rows of smaller,

more closely-set, conical tubercles; 4 and 6 with incomplete or

interrupted rows; tubercles bare, shiny, each with a depressed

dark seta, the interspaces with scattered large white scales. Legs

with sparse white scaling and black sete ; posterior tarsi broad,

the joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length

ist rather longer.

Cape Cotony: Knysna [S. A. Mus.].

TYPE in the South African Museum.

Very similar in general appearance to some examples of

H. insignis Fihr., but readily distinguishable owing to its very

different rostrum, which is much shorter and more strongly

curved, its dorsal margins sharply carinate and the upper lateral

sulci uniting at the base.

78 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA (Jan. 19,

64. H. sexvrrratus (F.).

Curculio sexvittatus F. Ent. Syst. i. 2, p. 478 (1792).

Curculio nycthemerus Sparrm. Act. Holm. i. 1785, p. 46, t.2. £.12.

Curculio sexvittatus Hbst. Col. vi. p. 314, t. 66. f. 1 & t. 84.

f, 12 (1787); Ol. Ent. v. 83, p. 386, t. 12. f. 149 (1807).

H., sexvittatus Gy]. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 472 (1833).

Long, 21, lat. 73 mm.

Head convex, with close but shallow punctuation and thin

scaling, which forms a transverse band on vertex and a line

running from it above each eye, forehead with a small central

impression; eyes very prominent; anteocular furrows deep.

Rostrum without a basal transverse incision, as long as head and

prothorax, moderately curved, strongly dilated at apex, the gens

being angulate externally. Upper surface plane in its median

half, with a deep rounded impression at base and another near

apex, finely but distinctly punctured except along the median line ;

upper lateral sulci almost obsolete, lower pair short but deep ;

scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne with the scape not reaching eye; the two basal

joints of the funicle subequal. Prothoras as long as broad, apex

narrower than base, sides very little rounded, broadest about

middle, anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes feebly

developed. Upper surface rather convex, with four broad lines

of closely-set depressed tubercles, leaving a central furrow con-

taining a low carina and a broad smooth space on either side ;

these two spaces and a broad stripe on the side of prosternum

densely clothed with round white scales, the rest of the surface

bare. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides subparallel

to beyond middle, apical processes short and rather blunt. Upper

surface convex, with regular rows of small shallow punctures ;

interval 1 subcostate to beyond middle only ; interval 2 with only

a short apical suberistate row of small agglomerated tubercles ;

intervals 3, 5, and 7 with subcatenulate rows of small, often

duplicated, tubercles, that on interval 3 ceasing behind middle ;

4 and 6 entirely plane ; colour black, with a broad stripe of dense

round white scales extending from the outer half of interval 3 to

the inner half of interval 7, broken only by the bare tubercles on

interval 5, on the declivity this stripe extends further inwards.

to interval 2; on the inflexed margin is another broad white

stripe, which does not quite reach the base and unites broadly

with the inner stripe at apex. Legs with sparse white scaling

forming a denser patch near apex of femora; posterior tarsi

broad, the 3rd joint rather broader than the others, 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length, Ist longer.

Care Cotony: Table Mt. Range.

65. H. TRANSVAALENSIS Peér.

H. transvaalensis Pér. Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. (1885) p. 142.

Long. 27-30, lat. 11-12 mm.

Head with vertex convex, closely but shallowly punctured an

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS, 19

with a band of dense brown scaling ; forehead bare, impunctate,

broadly and deeply impressed; anteocular furrows deep, but

invisible from above. Rostrwm continuous in the same plane as

forehead, as long as head and prothorax; in profile, the upper

edge is straight to beyond middle and then sharply declivous.

Upper surface with a broad but shallow central furrow throughout

(almost obliterated about middle), faintly punctured and with

short setiform scaling; upper lateral sulci faint, but evidently

uniting at base, lower pair rather shorter but much deeper ;

secrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne with scape not nearly reaching eye; the two

basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax as long as broad,

apex a little narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest rather

behind middle, apical margin truncate, ocular lobes well deve-

loped. Upper surface almost plane, with a broad discal, and

narrower lateral, row of low rounded tubercles on each side of

central furrow, which latter contains a distinct carina; tubercles

bare, each with a very short seta; among the tubercles the scaling

is brown, but greyish white in the smooth spaces. lytra ovate,

shoulders sloping, sides gently rounded, broadest about middle,

apical processes in 2 long, thick, and subcontiguous. Upper

surface convex, with regular rows of very small punctures ;

intervals 1, 4, and 6 devoid of tubercles; 3,5, and 7 with complete

rows of very small, closely placed tubercles, sometimes duplicated

and subeatenulate towards base; interval 2 with only a short sub-

cristate row of similar tubercles on the declivity ; intervals | to 3

and the upper part of inflexed margin with thin brown scaling ;

intervals 4 and 6 and the edge of inflexed margin with broad

stripes of dense greyish-white scaling ; the brown scales distinctly

narrower than the white. Zegs with sparse pale sete forming a

denser ring near apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the joints

of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist

rather longer.

TransvaaL: Lydenburg (Zutrzenka, coll. Distant).

Tyre in South-African Museum.

An apparently rare species, representing in the Transvaal the

Western sexvittatus F.; but the latter is a much narrower and

more parallel-sided insect, and its very prominent eyes, with the

correlated feeble development of the ocular lobes, constitute a very

distinctive character.

66. H. pELEcrANS (Hhbst.).

Curculio delectans Hbst. Col. vii. p. 47, t. 98. f. 5 (1797).

H. delectans Gyl. Schénh, Gen. Cure. v. p. 761 (1840),

Long. 17-22, lat. 7-9 mm.

Head very finely and sparsely punctured, vertex convex, fore-

head slightly flattened, but variable, being strongly retuse in

some examples, with a short central stria; anteocular furrows.

deep, converging dorsally. ostrum not cut off from head at.

base, as long as head and prothorax, thick, curved and strongly

80 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

dilated to apex. Upper surface elevated (more markedly so in

some specimens), almost plane, finely but distinctly punctured,

and with a narrow deep central furrow, vanishing anteriorly ;

lateral sulci distinct, both pairs uniting at base, the lower espe-

cially forming a very deep oblique impression just before base ;

serobes very deep, directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior

basal furrow absent. Antenne thinly squamose, scape just

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Pvo-

thorax transverse, apex narrower than base, sides slightly rounded,

broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular

lobes very feeble. Upper surface slightly convex, closely set with

elevated tubercles, leaving a central furrow sometimes containing

a faint carina; tubercles bare, with depressed pale sete, the inter-

stices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra ovate, slightly narrower

in ¢, shoulders prominent, almost rectangular, sides slightly

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes short and sharply

conical in 2, much reduced in g. Upper surface convex, with

rows of small shallow ocellated punctures ; intervals 1,5, 5,and 7

strongly costate and with catenulated rows of depressed granules,

which are more elevated and separated near apex ; intervals 2, 4,

and 6 quite smooth and devoid of granules; granules bare and

with depressed pale sete, the interspaces with uniform dense

brown scaling. Legs with very sparse pale scaling; posterior

tarsi broad, the 3rd joint rather broader than the others, 2nd and

3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

Cape Cotony: Algoa Bay (Dr. H. Brauns).

A very distinct and yet a variable species. In the British

Museum is an example bearing the name cylindrifer (Jekel, MS.)

which represents a very extreme form: the forehead is very

strongly retuse; the tubercles of the prothorax are much fewer,

eylindrical and spiniform, those on elytra are all separate and

distinctly conical ; and, finally, the elytra are markedly shorter

than in the typical form and subquadrate. With the exception

of the last, all these characters merge gradually into those of the

typical form; and the shortness of the elytra is probably only an

individual variation. Jekel’s specimen is labelled ‘“ Natal,” but

the locality is highly doubtful.

67. H. caupatus Fahy.

H, caudatus Faby. Ofv. K. Vet. Ak. Forh. p. 209 (1871).

Long. 15, lat. 63 mm.

Head convex, obscurely punctured and with fine brown scaling,

forehead without fovea or carina ; anteocular furrows distinct, but

invisible from above. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as

head and prothorax, strongly curved and dilated apically. Upper

surface with a broad complete central furrow and with thin

setiform scaling throughout; lateral sulci not meeting at base,

the upper pair rather indistinct, the lower longer and deeper ;

scrobes directed to beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne with fine fulvous setz ; scape not nearly reaching

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 81

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax rather

transverse, the length greater than the width at base, which is

broader than apex, sides strongly dilated, subangulated, broadest

rather before middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly convex,

ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface almost plane, set

with elevated rounded tubercles arranged in six rather irregular

rows and leaving a deep central furrow containing a strong

carina; tubercles each with a dark depressed seta, and thinly

clothed, as well as the interstices, with brown setiform scaling ;

below the lateral row of tubercles is a broad stripe of large round

whitish scales. Hlytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides gently

rounded, broadest rather before middle, apical processes long,

blunt and approximated. Upper surface convex, with regular

rows of shallow punctures separated by granules; interval 1 with

a vow of small tubercles disappearing behind middle; imterval 2

with only a very short subcristate row of small conical tubercles

on the declivity ; intervals 3, 5, and 7 each with a row of small

conical tubercles, more or less interrupted near base, that on 3

ceasing abruptly behind middle; 4 and 6 plane; tubercles scale-

covered and each with a depressed dark seta ; scaling dark brown,

each elytron with a large subquadrate paler patch at the shoulder

and another subtriangular one on the declivity. Legs with sparse

fulvous setiform scaling and a ring of broad whitish scales near

apex of femora; posterior tarsi with joints of equal width, 1st

longer than 3rd, and 3rd than 2nd.

Natat: Durban (C. WV. Barker’).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

68. H. SCABER, sp. nov.

Long. 16, lat. 7 mm.

Head convex, faintly punctured, forehead not flattened and with

a central stria; anteocular furrows very deep. Rostrum not

incised dorsally at base, as long as head and prothorax, strongly

curved. Upper surface convex at base, shallowly excavate towards

apex, coarsely punctured except for a smooth central line and with

its edges narrowly carinate ; lateral sulci not meeting at base, the

upper pair narrow and shallow, the lower ones absent ; scrobes

directed beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow obsolete.

Antenne with scape barely reaching eye ; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax as long as broad, apex rather nar-

rower than base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle,

dorsal anterior margin lobate, ocular lobes very strongly deve-

loped. Upper surface convex, set with large rounded tubercles,

leaving a very distinct central furrow containing a strong carina ;

tubercles bare and shiny, each with a very short depressed seta,

interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra oblongo-ovate,

shoulders rounded, sides very little rounded, broadest before

middle, apical processes very short but acute. Upper surface

convex, striz with very regular rows of deep punctures without

intervening granules; interval 1 with a row of granules which

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1904, Vor. I. No. VI. 6

82. MR. G, A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,,

become smaller posteriorly and vanish behind middle ; intervals 4

and 6 quite plane; interval 2 smooth to beyond middle, but with

a cristate row of six small tubercles on the declivity ; interval 3

with a very regular row of closely-set rounded tubercles ceasing

abruptly behind middle ; ingenvalls 5 and 7 with similar, but

complete, rows, the tubercles on 5 slightly increasing, those on 7

decreasing, in size towards apex ; tubercles bare, with very short

depressed setae, interstices with dense brown scaling. Leys with

rather denser pale scaling and setze ; the joints of posterior tarsi of

about the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

CaPE CoLony.

Type in the British Museum.

The very regular, closely-set, rounded tubercles on the elytra

give this insect a very distinct appearance from the other members

of the ferus-group.

69. H. tricostatus Mshl. (Plate IT. fig. 7.)

H, tricostatus Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 411 (1902).

Long. 13, lat. 6 mm.

Head convex, finely and dispersely punctured, forehead with a

small central fovea; anteocular furrows shallow and ill-defined.

Rostrum not incised at base, about as long as head and prothorax,

slightly curved. Upper surface w ithout any furrow or carina,

convex at base and faintly impressed towards apex, distinctly

punctured except along a broad smooth central line ; lateral sulei

not meeting at base, the upper pair narrow but distinct, the lower

pair almost obsolete; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow absent. Antennae with scape not reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax as long

as broad, the length much greater than the width at base, which

is about equal to that at apex, sides gradually but strongly dilated

from apex and suddenly narrowed near base, broadest far behind

middle, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface plane,

with a very high, narrow, central carina, and on each side of it a

broad, smooth, strongly raised costa, the cost uniting at apex so

as to form an elongate horseshoe, the ends of which are sometimes

interrupted near the base; outside the costa 1s a broad smooth

space followed by a lateral row of small closely-set single tubercles

forming the most prominent part of the lateral dilatation; tubercles

and coste black and shiny, the interstices with brown scaling.

Hlytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest

rather before middle, apical processes in 2 very short but sharp.

Upper surface convex, with rows of fovee, those in adjoining rows

often merging so as to give the elytra the appearance of being

strongly wrinkled transversely; intervals 1, 4, and 6 entirely with-

out tubercles; interval 2 with a short apical row of four or five

sharply conical tubercles; interval 3 with a row of five or six

larger subconical tubercles ceasing behind middle; intervals 5

and 7 with complete rows of conical tubercles, those on the

former much larger and sharper near apex; tubercles black,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 83

shiny, and occasionally with short depressed apical sete, the inter-

spaces with uniform brown scaling. Legs with sparser pale scaling

forming a denser ring near apex of femora ; posterior tarsi narrow,

setose, the three basal joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd sub-

equal in length, Ist longer.

CapE CoLony.

Type in the British Museum.

The peculiar structure of the prothorax will differentiate

tricostatus from every other species in the genus.

70. H. Ferus Gyl.

H. ferws Gy). Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 758 (1840).

HT, pollinarius Gyl. 1. ¢. p. 759.

Long. 14-16, lat. 53-7 mm.

Head convex, with indistinct punctuation and dense brown

scaling, forehead with a faint impression ; anteoculay furrows

distinct. Rostrum not incised at base, as long as head and

prothorax, thick, strongly curved and dilated towards apex.

Upper surface obscurely punctured and with dense brown scaling,

the structure variable ; in the typical form there is a deep and

continuous central furrow, but this varies much in depth and in

some examples it disappears almost entirely; lateral sulci not

very deep, not uniting at base, subequal in length, the lower pair

bemg rather shallower; scrobes deep, directed beneath base of

rostrum ; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne squamose, the

scape not reaching eye; the first jomt of funicle slightly longer

than second. Prothorax rather transverse, the length greater

than the width at base, which is equal to apex, sides strongly

rounded, broadest about cdl, dorsal anterior margin distinctly

convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface convex, irre-

gularly set with large elevated tubercles, leaving a broad central

furrow containing a distinct narrow carina, the tubercles adjoining

the central furrow often subecristate; tubercles and interstices

entirely covered with brown scaling, the former with short thick

white depressed sete. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, rather narrower

in ¢, shoulders subrectangular, sides scarcely rounded, apical

processes very short and conical in both sexes. Upper surface

convex, with rows of large indistinct punctures, separated by

scale-covered granules; interval 1 with a row of granules dis-

appearing behind ; interval 2 usually with only a short subcristate

row of conical tubercles from middle, or behind middle, to apex,

but sometimes there are small tubercles almost up to the base ;

interval 3 with a row of closely-set conical tubercles, which is

usually broadly mterrupted on the declivity, but is occasionally

continuous; intervals 4and 6 quite plane; 5 and 7 with complete

rows of elevated conical tubercles; the extreme apices only of

tubercles bare and each with a short thick depressed white seta,

the rest of the surface densely covered with uniform brown scaling.

Legs with dense greyish squame ; posterior tarsi with the joints of

the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist rather longer,

84 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Care Cotony: Uitenhage (Rev. J. O'Neil), Algoa Bay (Dr. H.

Brauns).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

The type of pollinarius Gyl. from Drége’s collection is in the

Stockholm Museum, and it certainly has not a granulated rostrum

as described by Gyllenhal. It differs from the type of jferus

in having the rostrum convex at the base, the central furrow

being there obsolete, and the tubercles on the prothorax are not

so regularly arranged. The distinction given by Gyllenhal that

the punctures on the elytra in ferus are replaced by granules in

pollinarius is unreliable, for it depends largely upon the incidence

of light upon the insect as to whether the striz be regarded as

coarsely punctured or granulate. The difference in the rostrum

in extreme examples of the two forms is certainly noticeable, but

in the series which I have examined there is so much variability

in this respect that I cannot regard the character as of specific

value.

71. H. mMamuinuatus Gyl.

H. mammillatus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 476 (1833).

Long. 17-19, lat. 81-9 mm.

Head slightly convex, indistinctly punctured, sparsely squamose

and with a central fovea near base of rostrum; anteocular furrows

deep. Rostrum not incised at base, about as long as head and pro-

thorax, thick, strongly curved. Upper surface convex at base,

shallowly excavate towards apex, strongly punctured and squamose

except along asmooth central line ; lateral sulci distinct, subequal,

not meeting at base; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with dense brownish

scaling; scape not reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax distinctly transverse, apex narrower than

base, sides strongly dilated, retuse, broadest about middle, dorsal

anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes strongly developed.

Upper surface almost plane, with a shallow transverse impression

just behind apex, set with small rounded distant tubercles, leaving

a central furrow containing a low carina; the tubercles are more

elevated laterally, have their apices bare and each with a depressed

pale seta; interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra broad,

oblongo-ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides subparallel

to beyond middle, apical processes short and blunt in both sexes.

Upper surface slightly convex, with rows of shallow punctures

separated by scale-covered granules; interval 1 with a row of

small shiny granules ceasing beyond middle; interval 2 with a

row of granules to beyond middle and thence with closely-set

conical cristate tubercles down the declivity, which is very steep ;

intervals 3, 5, and 7 with complete rows of small subconical

tubercles, but that on the first is sometimes interrupted on the

declivity ; intervals 4 and 6 without tubercles or at most with

one or two isolated ones; extreme apices only of tubercles bare

and each with a pale depressed seta, interstices densely clothed

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 8D:

with large round light and dark brown scales. Legs with dense

pale scaling and set ; posterior tarsi broad, the joints subequal

in length and breadth.

Carr Cotony: Uitenhage (Dr. 7. Brauns), Grahamstown.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

This species is very similar to the preceding one, but the

insects are distinctly larger and more robust; the prothorax is

much broader and has its sides more strongly rounded; the

tubercles on both prothorax and elytra are smaller and not

nearly so conical.

72. H. popatus Mshl. (Plate IT. fig. 8.)

H. lobatus Mshl. 1. c. p. 414 (1902).

Long. 23, lat. 10 mm.

Head convex, with scattered shallow punctures, vertex with

dense scaling, forehead bare and with a central fovea ; anteocular

furrows distinct and complete. Rostrwm not incised at base,,

about as long as head and prothorax, thick, gradually dilated to

apex, strongly curved, its upper edge in profile being in a con-

tinuous line with the forehead from base to middle, then strongly

deflexed at a sharp angle. Upper surface convex at base, deeply

excavate anteriorly, its edges being strongly raised in the form of

angulated carinz, with large diffuse and shallow punctures leaving

a broad smooth central line; lateral sulci shallow and indistinct,

the upper one obsolescent ; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne

with dense brown scaling: scape not reaching eyes ; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, the length about

equal to the width at base, the apex narrower, sides moderately

rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin convex,

ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface plane, diffusely

set with large elevated rounded tubercles, leaving a broad central

furrow containing a distinct short carina; tubercles bare, with

depressed seta, the interstices covered with round whitish scales.

LHlytra oblongo-ovate, sides subparallel to beyond middle, shoulders

roundedly prominent, apical processes in both sexes short but

sharp and divergent. Upper surface convex, strize with rows of

small punctures with more or less distinct intervening granules ;

interval 1 with a row of distant granules; interval 2 with an

abbreviated row of tubercles from before middle to apex, those on

disk small and rounded, those on the declivity much larger and

sharply conical; intervals 3, 5,and 7 with complete rows of small

subconical tubercles, which become larger and more conical near

apex ; intervals 4 and 6 quite smooth; tubercles bare and with

short pale depressed setz, interspaces with thin brown scaling

variegated with grey. Leg gs with dense pale scaling ; posterior

tarsi with the joints of about the same width, Ist a little longer

than 2nd, and 2nd than 3rd.

NamaQuaLanD: O’okiep (L. Péringuey).

Tyre in the British Museum.

Resembles H. mammitlatus Gyl. in general facies, but the

86 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

elytra are more elongate in shape, the posterior declivity being

more gradual and the ‘apical processes sharper. The elevation of

the margins of the rostrum and the obsolescent upper lateral

furrow are also distinctive characters.

73. H. BXILis, sp. nov. (Plate II. fig. 10.)

Long. 14, lat. 6 mm.

Head with close shallow punctuation and dense brown scaling,

convex; forehead not flattened, but with a central rounded!

impression ; anteocular furrows very deep, but not convergent

dorsally. Rostrwm not incised at base, as long as head and pro-

thorax, thick and strongly curved. Upper surface with a distinct

central furrow throughout but much broader apically, without

any central smooth line or carina, the shallow punctuation hidden

by brown scaling ; upper lateral sulci almost obsolete, lower ones

deep and distinct ; scrobes directed to beneath base a rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with sparse scaling ; scape

scarcely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothoraa transverse, apex hardly narrower than base, sides

strongly dilated but not acuminate, broadest behind middle, dorsal

anterior margin convex, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper

surface almost plane, with large, rather distant, elevated tubercles,

leaving a distinct central furrow containing a pronounced carina ;

apices ‘of tubercles bare and with very ¢ short pale depressed sete,

interstices with dense scaling. Hlytra ovate, shoulders sloping,

sides distinctly rounded, broadest before middle, apical processes

very short and blunt in ol Upper surface convex, the strizee with

rows of large granules; interval 1 with a row of small distant

tubercles ceasing behind middle; interval 2 with only an apical

row of conical tubercles on the declivity ; intervals 3, 5, and 7

with rows of subconical tubercles of nearly even height, that on 3

ceasing abruptly behind middle; intervals 4 and 6 without

tubercles ; apices of tubercles alone bare and with occasional short

sete, the rest of the surface clothed with brown or greyish scaling.

Legs with thin setiform scaling ; posterior tarsi with the joints of

the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal i in length, Ist longer.

GaBoon (?— teste Pascoe).

Type in the British Museum.

Very similar in appearance to asper Mshl., but differs in having

distinct rows of granules on the reflexed margins of the elytra,

in the faintness of the upper lateral sulcus on the rostrum and

the complete absence of the inferior transverse basal furrow.

74, H. NYAs#, sp. nov. (Plate IIT. fig. 1.)

Long. 16, lat. 7 mm.

Head convex, closely but shallowly punctured, forehead with a

broad central depression; anteocular furrows deep, but not

approaching dorsally. Rostrum about as long as head and pro-

thorax, not incised dorsally at base, distinetly curved. Upper

surface with a broad but shallow furrow thr oughout, which is

1904. OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 87

indistinctly punctured and covered with brown scaling ; upper

lateral sulci narrow, uniting at base, which has a small callus on

each side above the anteocular furrows, lower lateral sulci broader

and longer; scrobes directed to beneath base of rostrum ; inferior

basal furrow absent. Azetemnme with the scape just reaching eye ;

the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax about as long

as the width at base, apex rather narrower, sides dilated and

obtusely angulated about middle, anterior margin dorsally trun-

cate, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface almost plane and

with a transverse impression behind apex, fairly closely covered

with small rounded tubercles, leaving a distinct central furrow

contaming a short but strong carina; tubercles bare, with

depressed pale sete, interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra

oblongo-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides slightly rounded, broadest

about middle, apical processes very short and obtuse. Upper

surface convex, with regular rows of shallow punctures separated

by small granules ; intervals uneven, the tubercles all small and

subequal throughout ; interval 1 witha row of granules vanishing

behind middle; interval 2 with a few tubercles near base and a

short suberistate row on the declivity ; intervals 3, 5, and 7 with

complete rows of small closely-set tubercles ; intervals 4 and 6

plane, or at most with one or two isolated tubercles; tubercles and

granules bare and each with a depressed pale seta, interstices

clothed with elongate setiform brown scaling. Legs with sparse

pale scaling and sete, forming a denser ring near apex of femora ;

posterior tarsi with the joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length, Ist distinctly longer.

Brit. Cent. Arrica: Fwambo,

Type in the British Museum.

75. H. ANGOLENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate II!. fig. 4.)

Long. 16-19, lat. 73-93 mm.

Head convex, closely but shallowly punctured and with dense

brown scaling, forehead with a broad and deep depression ; ante-

ocular furrows deep, but entirely lateral in position. Rostrum

not separated from head by a deep dorsal incision, about as long

as head and prothorax, distinctly curved, Upper surface with a

shallow central furrow throughout, its edges carimate to beyond

middle, with close shallow punctuation and dense brown sete ;

lateral sulci deep, the upper pair meeting at base, where there is a

slight callus above the anteocular furrows, the lower pair rather

longer and broader ; scrobes directed to beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow absent. <Antenne with the scape not

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

transverse, the length about equal to the width at base, apex

narrower, sides dilated and bluntly angulated about middle,

dorsal anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes well developed.

Upper surface rather convex, with a transverse impression behind

apex, unevenly set with small rounded tubercles, leaving a central

furrow containing a distinct carina ; tubercles bare, with depressed

88 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

pale sete, interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra broadly

ovate, shoulders sloping, sides strongly rounded, broadest about

middle, apical processes short and blunt in both sexes. Upper

surface convex, with regular rows of shallow punctures separated

by distinct granules; intervals dissimilar, all tubercles small and

subequal throughout; interval 1 with a row of small granules

disappearing behind middle; interval 2 with a few tubercles at

base and a short suberistate row on the declivity ; intervals 3, 5,

and 7 with more or less duplicated rows of small tubercles which

are agglomerated so as to form strong coste ; intervals 4 and 6

plane; tubercles bare, with short depressed pale sete ; scaling

rather narrow, sparse and light brown in colour. Legs with

seattered pale scaling and sete, forming a denser ring near apex

of femora ; posterior tarsi with joints of the same width, 2nd and

3rd subequal in length, 1st longer.

Anoota: Huilla (Dr. Welwitsch).

Type in the British Museum.

The Angolan representative of H. wahlbergi Boh., but its very

short subglobose elytra (especially in the 9) give it a very

different appearance from any of its allies.

76. H. ovAMPOENSIS Per.

H. ovampoensis Pér. Trans. 8. Afr. Phil. Soc. 1892, p. 75.

Long. 17-22, lat. 8-104 mm.

Head closely but faintly punctured and with dense brown

scaling, vertex convex, forehead slightly flattened and with an

elongate central fovea; anteocular furrows very deep, strongly

convergent above, only separated from the central fovea by a

narrow costa. ostrwm not incised at base, about as long as head

and prothorax, distinctly curved. Upper surface coarsely

punctured and with suberect dark sete, a narrow shallow central

furrow throughout; upper lateral sulci narrow and evidently

united at base, lower sulci broader, deeper and longer; scrobes

directed beneath base of rostrum; inferioy basal furrow present.

Antenne with scape scarcely reaching eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax rather longer than the width at

base, which is broader than apex, sides dilated and with a sharp

tubercular projection about middle, anterior margin slightly

convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface convex, fairly

closely set with small rounded tubercles, leaving an indistinct

central furrow containing a short low carina; tubercles bare and

with depressed pale sete, interstices with dense brown scaling.

Elytra very short ovate in both sexes, shoulders sloping, sides

strongly rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes short

and acuminate in both sexes. Upper surface convex, striz with

rows of ill-defined punctures separated by granules; interval |

with a row of minute distant granules ; interval 2 usually smooth

to beyond middle, where there are one or two small isolated

tubercles and a subcristate row of larger tubercles on the declivity ;

interval 3 with a row of small subconical tubercles, usually ceasing

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 89

behind middle but sometimes continued to apex and more or less

duplicated and agglomerated in the basal half; intervals 5 and 7

with similar, but complete rows; 4 and 6 smooth, or at most with

a few small isolated tubercles; apices of tubercles bare and with

dark depressed sete, interstices with dense brown setiform scaling.

Legs with scattered brown scaling and sete, forming a denser ring

near apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the joints of about same

width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

AncGotA: Huilla, 3800-5500 ft. (Dr. Welwitsch). OVvAMPOLAND

(4. W. Eriksson).

Type in the South African Museum.

Allied to wahlbergi Boh., but differs in its strongly convergent

anteocular furrows, the narrow and shallow thoracic furrow, and

the presence of an apical row of tubercles on interval 2 of the elytra.

77. H. asper Mshl. (Plate IIT. fig. 2.)

H. asper Mshl. 1. c. p. 445 (1902).

Long. 11-12, lat. 44-5 mm.

Head convex, vertex closely and finely punctured and with

dense fulvous scaling, forehead bare, dispersely punctured and

with a distinct central fovea ; anteocular furrows distinct. os-

trum not incised at base, about as long as head and prothorax,

curved and dilated to apex. Upper surface with a distinct central

furrow, which is narrow at base and dilated anteriorly, its sides

being bluntly costate, distinctly punctured except on a smooth

narrow central line, the punctures bearing depressed setz ; lower

lateral sulci almost obsolete, the upper ones distinct and meeting

at base; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal

furrow shallow. Antenne with scape not reaching eye; the two

basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax broader than long,

apex about as wide as base, sides strongly dilated before middle

owing to the presence of several large lateral tubercles, dorsal

anterior margin convex, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper

surface convex, with large elevated tubercles, bearing depressed

sete and leaving a deep central furrow containing a strong carina

and with its margins subcostate; the interstices with fulvous

sealing. Hlytra ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides

slightly rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes short

and blunt in both sexes. Upper surface convex, with regular

rows of fovez separated by small granules; interval 1 with an

indistinct row of granules vanishing behind middle; interval 2

with only three to five prominent tubercles on the declivity ;

interval 3 with a row of seven or eight elevated tubercles ter-

minating abruptly just behind middle; 4 and 6 smooth; 5 and 7

with regular and complete rows of elevated tubercles; scaling

sparse, variegated brown and fulvous. Legs with scattered scales

and a denser pale ring near apex of femora ; posterior tarsi with the

joints of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length,

Ist longer.

Natau. TransvaAAL: Lydenburg.

Type in the British Museum.

90 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

78. H. WAHLBERGI Boh.

Hf, wahlbergi Boh. Schonh. Gen. Cure. viii. 2, p. 376 (1845).

Long. 13-21, lat. 6-10 mm.

Head shagreened, with moderately dense brown scaling, vertex

convex, forehead broadly and deeply excavate ; anteocular furrows

distinct. Rostrum not transversely incised at base, as long as

head and prothorax, distinctly curved and dilated near apex.

Upper surface finely punctured and with depressed brown sete,

with a central furrow, dilated towards apex and which in some

examples is deep throughout, in others shallower, or even almost

obsolete towards base ; lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair uniting

at base; scrobes deep and directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow distinct. Antenne with scape not reaching

eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax trans-

verse, scarcely longer than the width at base, which is rather

broader than the apex, sides dilated intoa sharp angular projection

about middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes well

developed. Upper surface almost plane, closely set with elevated

tubercles, leaving a deep central furrow containing a strong carina

and with its margins subcostate; tubercles bare, each with a

depressed fulvous seta, the interstices with thin brown scaling.

Elytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides rounded, broadest about

middle, apical processes short and sharp in 9, but often much

reduced and blunt, absent in ¢. Upper surface convex, with

regular rows of large deep punctures becoming shallower laterally;

intervals 1, 3,5, and 7 strongly costate and with rows of small

closely-set, or even agglomerated, tubercles, which are separated

and more conical near apex; the remaining intervals quite plane

and devoid of tubercles ; tubercles bare and with depressed ful-

vous sete, the interspaces sparsely variegated with light and

dark patches of scaling. Legs with very thin pale scaling and a

denser ring near apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the joints

of the same width, the 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

Narau: Durban (C. WV. Baker), Estcourt, Drakensberg. TRANs-

vAAL: Lydenburg (Dr. J. W. B. Gunning).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

A very common species in Natal and varying a good deal both

in size and appearance. In some examples the tubercles on the

elevated intervals of the elytra seem to be worn down so that

the intervals are almost simply costate, and owing to the deep

punctures the sculpturing of the elytra has thus a strongly

reticulate appearance.

79. H. serratus Mshl. (Plate IIT. fig. 3.)

H., serratus Mshl. 1. c. p. 446 (1902).

Long. 11, lat. 5 mm.

Head convex, with dense fulvous scaling on vertex ; forehead

bare, faintly punctured, and with a rounded central depression ;

anteocular furrows very deep. tostrwm not incised at base,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 91

about as long as head and prothorax, stout and slightly curved.

Upper piece convex in basal half, almost plane anteriorly,

without any central furrow or carina, with deep setigerous punc-

tuation leaving a narrow smooth central line ; lower ‘lateral sulci

faint, the upper ones much longer and deeper, meeting at base ;

scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow

deep. Antenne with scape not quite reaching eye; the two

basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax about as long as

broad, base and apex of equal width, sides strongly rounded,

broadest rather before middle, ocular lobes well developed. Upper

surface convex, with comparatively large, separated, subconical

tubercles, leaving a broad central furrow containing a_well-

developed carina; tubercles bare, shiny, each with a short de-

pressed seta, the interstices with fulvous scaling, paler laterally.

Llytra oblongo- ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides very

shghtly rounded, broadest just behind shoulders ; apical processes

very short and blunt in Q. Upper surface convex, with regular

rows of fovex occasionally interrupted by faint granules ; interval

1 without distinct granules; interval 2 with only a short apical

row of four or five sharply conical tubercles; interval 3 with a

basal row of rather smaller subconical tubercles terminating

about middle; 4 and 6 plane; 5 and 7 with complete rows

of sharp conical tubercles; the tubercles, which are of nearly

equal size throughout, are bare and shiny, and each with a de-

pressed apical seta, the imterspaces with dark brown scaling

variegated with lighter patches. Legs with dark scaling and set,

except for a ring of white scales near apex of femora; posterior

tarsi with the joints of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length, Ist rather longer.

TRANSVAAL: Lydenburg.

Type in the British Museum.

80. H. DEPLoRABUNDUs Fahy.

H. deplorabundus Fahy, Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. p. 209 (1871).

Long. 13, lat. 5} mm.

Head convex, with close shallow punctures and dense fulvous

scaling, forehead with an elongate fovea; anteocular furrows

deep. ostrum not incised dorsally at base, as long as prothorax

only, moderately curved, upper surface coarsely punctured, with

scattered pale scaling and a complete central furrow, which is

narrow near base but broadly dilated beyond middle, its edges

being there bluntly carinate; lateral sulci shallow and ‘indistinct,

the upper pair meeting at base which is slightly raised ; scrobes

broad and deep, directed beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal

furrow distinct. Antenne with scape not veaching eye; the two

basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax about as long as

broad, apex a little narrower than base, sides strongly rounded,

broadest before middle, anterior margin slightly convex, ocular

lobes very strongly developed. Upper surface rather convex,

with elevated rounded tubercles, not very closely set, leaving a

92 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

narrow but deep central furrow containing a faint carina which

is more or less hidden by scaling; tubercles bare at their apices

only, each with a depressed pale seta; scaling dense, fulvous,

except at the sides and in the central furrow where it is white.

Elytra ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides not much

rounded, broadest about or before middle, apical prominences

very short and blunt. Upper surface convex, with regular rows

of rather ill-defined fovez; intervals dissimilar, all tubercles

small, those near sides and apex subconical; interval 1 with a

row of small scale-covered granules terminating at middle ;

interval 2 with only a short apical row of tubercles; intervals

4 and 6 smooth; 3, 5, and 7 with regular and complete rows of

tubercles; tubercles bare at their extreme apices only, each with

a depressed pale seta ; scaling dense, dark brown, variegated with

three ill-defined patches on each elytron, viz. a large one at base,

another on the declivity, and a much smaller one about middle.

Legs with scattered pale sete and scaling, forming a denser ring

near apices of femora; posterior tarsi narrow, setose, the joints

of the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

TRANSVAAL: Lydenburg (Dr. J. W. B. Gunning).

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

81. H. crispatus F.

Curculio crispatus F. Spec. Ins. i. p. 194 (1781); Herbst, Col.

vi. p. 322, t. 85. f. 7 (1795); Ol. Ent. v. 83, p. 389, t. 13. f. 160

(1807).

Long. 15-19, lat. 7-93 mm.

Head convex, with deep reticulate fovee and sparse brown

sealing, forehead with a distinct longitudinal impression; ante-

ocular furrows obsolescent. Rostrum not incised at base, as long

as prothorax, dilated near apex, gently and evenly curved.

Upper surface with large reticulate fovee and thin brownish

scaling throughout, the lateral sulci being obliterated by the

fovee ; scrobes deep, directed beneath base of rostrum ; inferior

basal furrow shallow. Antenne with scape not reaching eye;

the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax slightly

transverse, apex narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest

about middle, dorsal anterior margin convex, ocular lobes well

developed. Upper surface convex, set with small agglomerated

tubercles, forming more or less regular rows and leaving a deep

central furrow containing an abbreviated carina; the tubercles

adjoining the central furrow forming a distinct ridge, each with

a thick depressed pale seta, the interstices with fairly dense

greyish or brownish scaling. lytra oblongo-ovate, narrower

in ¢, shoulders sloping, sides not much rounded, broadest about

middle, apical processes very short and conical in both sexes.

Upper surface convex, with regular rows of large subreticulate

punctures ; interval 1 with a row of small tubercles from about

middle to apex ; intervals 2, 4, and 6 usually plane, but occasionally

with more or less complete rows of low, widely separated tubercles ;

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 93

intervals 3, 5, and 7 with complete rows of small, closely-set,

conical tubercles, which become larger and sharper behind ; apices

of tubercles not bare, each with a depressed pale seta, the whole

surface fairly densely covered with brown or grey sealing. Legs

coarsely punctured and with sparse pale scaling; posterior tarsi

broad, setose, the joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal

in length, Ist longer.

UAPE COLONY.

Type in the British Museum (coll. Banks).

Fabricius’ type is larger than any other specimen which I have

seen and has the rows of. tubercles on the intervals 2, 4, and 6

unusually well developed. Schonherr was unable to recognise

this species, but I found three examples of it in the Stockholm

Museum. It appears, however, to be a rare insect.

82. H. inFAcetus Gyl.

H, infacetus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 480 (1833); Labr. &

hnh, Gen. Cure. ii. no. 34 (1848).

Long. 12-20, lat. 6—9 mm,

Head convex, with scattered coarse punctures and pale scales,

forehead with a broad and deep central furrow; anteocular

furrows shallow. ostrwm not incised at base, scarcely as long

as prothorax, distinctly angulated beyond middle. Upper surface

plane near apex, but with a broad shallow central furrow in the

basal half, sometimes containing a faint carina, with shallow

punctuation and sparse pale scaling ; upper lateral sulci very deep

and meeting at base, thus throwing into prominence the edges of

the central furrow, lower sulci curved and longer but very

shallow; scrobes lateral but oblique ; inferior basal furrow absent.

Antenne with scape scarcely reaching eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax longer than broad, apex narrower

than base, sides not much rounded, broadest about middle,

anterior margin convex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper

surface with a strong but abbreviated central carina contained in

a broad and deep furrow, the sides of which are formed by a row

of more or less agglomerated tubercles; the lateral portions set

with low rounded tubercles arranged in three irregular rows

leaving smooth narrow interspaces; tubercles bare and with

short depressed dark sete, the interstices with dense brown

sealing. Hlytra broadly ovate, shoulders sloping, sides not much

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes very short and

obtuse in both sexes, basal margin deeply sinuate, scutellum very

distinct and covered with pale scaling. Upper surface convex,

with regular rows of shallow punctures separated by large

granules ; interval 1 costate and with a row of small very de-

pressed and elongate tubercles ceasing behind middle; intervals

2, 4, and 6 plane and without tubercles; 3, 5, and 7 costate and

with complete rows of tubercles, those in the basal part of 3 and

5 more or less strongly depressed and elongate, the rest conical;

tubercles bare and usually with very short depressed dark sete,

94 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA | Jan. 19,

the interspaces evenly covered with brown and yellowish scaling.

Legs coarsely punctured and with sparse pale scaling; posterior

tarsi narrow, the joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal

in length, Ist much longer.

Care Cotony: Cape Town.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

In general facies this species is very similar to crispatus F.,

and the two appear to be generally confused in collections; the

rostrum, however, offers several good distinctive characters, as a

comparison of the descriptions will show.

83. H. FRONTALIS Sparrm.

Curculio frontalis Sparrm. Act, Holi. 1. p. 47, t. 2. f. 14 (1785).

H. frontalis Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 479 (1833); Fahr.

Schh. |. c. v. p. 757 (1840).

Long. 11-22, lat. 5-10 mm.

Head deeply and rugosely punctured, convex on vertex, fore-

head with a broad and very deep excavation; anteocular furrows

absent. ostrwm not incised at base, about as long as prothorax,

thick, not much curved and slightly dilated towards apex. Upper

surface rugosely punctate, usually with a shallow central furrow

in the basal half, which is sometimes absent ; upper lateral sulci

broad and deep, uniting at base, the lower pair obsolete ; scrobes

deep, lateral and oblique; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne

with scape barely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax transverse, apex narrower than base, sides

ampliated to behind middle and then more or less sharply con-

stricted, the ampliation thus often forming a distinct angular

projection, dorsal anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes

moderate. Upper surface almost plane, with a deep central

furrow, usually containing a faint trace of a carina, on each side

of the furrow a regular and often subcristate row of tubercles,

followed by a broad smooth space and then a less lateral row of

tubercles, some of which form the lateral angulation ; tubercles

bare, without set, the interstices with thin greyish or brownish

sealing. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, scarcely narrower in ¢, shoulders

subrectangular, sides scarcely rounded, apical processes very short

and conical in both sexes. Upper surface convex, with regular

rows of deep punctures, sometimes separated by low granules;

interval 1 very narrow, occasionally witha few granules; interval

2 with a row of distant tubercles from apex nearly to base, those

near apex much larger and more conical—very rarely this row is

entirely absent; intervals 3, 5, and 7 with complete rows of

closely-set conical tubercles; 4 and 6 devoid of tubercles, or at

most with one or two isolated ones; tubercles bare, without sete,

the interspaces with moderately dense brownish or greyish scaling.

Legs coarsely punctured and with sparse white scales; posterior

tarsi broad, the joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal

in length, Ist longer.

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 95.

Cape Cotony: Algoa Bay (Dr. H. Brauns), Cape Town and

Stellenbosch (L. Péringuey).

TyPE in the Stockholm Museum.

A very variable species both in size and sculpturing.

84. H, ruBeRosus Gyl.

H. tuberosus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 768 (1840).

Long. 15, lat. 7 mm.

Head convex on vertex, forehead impressed, with a short deep

central furrow and strong plications converging towards it, punc-

tuation coarse and close; anteocular furrows absent. Rostrum

not incised at base, short and thick, shorter than prothorax, not

much curved. Upper surface closely punctured, with a strong

smooth central carina, which is often bifid beyond middle, and a

less distinct strongly punctured carina close on each side of it ;

lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair broader and meeting at base ;

scrobes lateral, oblique; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne

with scape just reaching eye; 2nd joint of funicle longer than Ist.

Prothorax broader than long, apex and base of equal width, sides

strongly rounded, broadest about middle, ocular. lobes small.

Upper surface plane, thinly set with round flattened tubercles

(more conical at sides), which leave a broad central, and two

lateral, smooth bands, the. former containing a short but thick

carina; tubercles bare, unipunctate, but without sete ; imterstices

closely and deeply punctured, and with large grey scales, Hlytra

ovate, shoulders sloping, sides somewhat rounded, broadest about

middle, apices slightly but simply divergent. Upper surface

convex, with rather irregular rows of large shallow punctures,

without intervening granules ; intervals 3, 5, and 7 with complete

rows of shiny tubercles, rounded on disk, bluntly conical towards

the sides and apex; interval 1 with an incomplete row of

granules; intervals 2, 4, and 6 each with one or two isolated

tubercles; tubercles bare, shiny, rarely with apical setee, inter-

stices with rounded greyish scales which are denser on disk and

towards base. Legs thick, coarsely punctured, except the middle

part of femora which is almost smooth; tibiz with long black

setee ; posterior tarsi short and thick, joints of equal width, the

first a little longer than the next two, which are subequal,

CAPE COLONY.

A distinct species with no very close affinities.

85. 7H. PILosus, sp. nov,

Long. 15, lat. 7 mm.

Head convex on vertex and with dense depressed pale setze,.

forehead shghtly flattened, with a distinct central carina and a

few long erect black sete, anteocular furrows deep and conver-

gent dorsally. Aostrum not incised at base, as long as head and

prothorax, curved, parallel-sided almost to apex, with sparse

depressed pale sete and long erect black ones. Upper surface

96 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

coarsely punctured, with three prominent narrow smooth carine ;

lateral sulci deep, the upper pair uniting at base, longer and much

broader than the lower pair; scrobes deep, lateral and oblique,

inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with scape just reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle very short, subequal. Prothorax

comparatively small, somewhat transverse, apex rather narrower

than base, sides very little rounded, broadest rather before middle,

dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes feeble. Upper sur-

face convex, fairly closely set with low rounded granules, leaving

a shallow central furrow containing a short but strong carina;

granules shiny, bearing long erect black setz anteriorly, but with

short depressed sete behind, the interstices with dense brown

sealing. Hlytra ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides some-

what rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes absent

in ¢. Upper surface convex, with shallow sulci containing rows

of ill-defined punctures often separated by minute granules; all

the intervals with regular rows of closely-set granules, but 1, 3,5,

and 7 are more raised than the others, the granules also on them

are larger and bear long erect black sete, whereas the granules on

the alternate intervals have much shorter subdepressed sete ; the

apices of granules bare, the interspaces with dense brown scaling.

Legs coarsely punctured and with fairly dense depressed pale

sete ; posterior tarsi short and broad, the joints of about the

same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist rather longer.

Care Cotony: Fraserburg.

Type in the South African Museum.

86. H. tHorAcicus Fahr.

H. thoracicus Fahy. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 767 (1840).

Long. 10-12, lat. 4-6 mm.

Head closely but shallowly punctured and with dense fulvous

scaling, vertex convex ; forehead strongly flattened, with a short

deep stria near rostrum, dilating into a broad shallow impression

higher up; anteocular furrows narrow but deep. ostrwm not

incised at base, as long as head and prothorax, slightly curved,

dilated only close to apex. Upper surface punctate and with thin

sealing, with a shallow central furrow throughout containing a

faint carina, and with a prominent carina on either side of it ;

upper lateral sulci uniting at base, much longer and deeper than

the lower pair; scrobes lateral, deep in front and shallow behind ;

inferior transverse basal furrow absent. Antenne clothed with

pale depressed setze; scape just reaching eye; second joint of funicle

longer than first. Prothoraa distinctly transverse, apex and base

of equal width, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle,

dorsal anterior margin concave, ocular lobes well developed.

Upper surface convex, the anterior margin distinctly elevated,

with a broad smooth central furrow containing no carina, and on

each side of it three regular separated rows of long spiniform

tubercles, there being from 4 to 6 in each row, and those in the

lateral row being much shorter than the others; tubercles bare

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 97

and with rather long subdepressed pale sete, the interspaces with

dense greyish-brown scaling. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, very narrow

in 3, shoulders sloping, sides subparallel to beyond middle, apical

processes very short in 9, absent in ¢. Upper surface convex,

with regular rows of small shallow punctures ; interval 1 with a

row of depressed setz disappearing near apex ; intervals 2, 4, and

6 each with only a very short apical row of small tubercles, that

on 2 subcristate ; intervals 3, 5, and 7 with costate rows of small

closely-set_ tubercles, those on the two former ceasing abruptly

behind middle; only the extreme apices of tubercles bare and each

with a depressed pale seta, the interspaces with dense uniform

pale greyish-brown scaling. Legs with fine white pubescence and

scattered white sete ; posterior tarsi narrow, the 3rd joint rather

broader than 2nd, Ist joint longer than 2nd, and 2nd than 3rd.

CarE CoLony.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

87. H. acuteatus Mshl. (Plate III. fig. 7.)

H, aculeatus Mshl. 1. c. p. 455 (1903).

Long. 12, lat. 5 mm.

Head broadly and deeply excavated, densely clothed with brown

sealing, the vertex, a narrow central line, and a ring round the eye

paler and with a metallic reflection; a short fine central stria

between the eyes; anteocular furrows narrow but deep, approxi-

mated dorsally. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as head and

rothorax, slightly curved, its upper outline very strongly angu-

lated beyond middle. Upper surface convex, densely covered with

pale scaling, 5-sulcate, the carinz edging the central furrow being

gradually raised so as to form a sharp angular prominence beyond

middle; lateral sulci deep and distinct, the upper pair meeting at

base; scrobes straight and directed beneath base of rostrum;

inferior basal furrow present, but not strongly marked. Antenne

with scape barely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax as long as its width at base, very little

narrower at apex, sides not much rounded, broadest about middle,

ecular lobes moderately developed. Upper surface not very con-

vex, with a broad median furrow (without a carina) and on each

side of it three regular rows of long cylindrical spine-like tubercles,

each row containing five; the whole surface densely clothed with

brown scales, except the extreme apices of the tubercles, each of

which bears a long depressed seta, HJlytra elongato-ovate, sides

not much rounded, broadest about middle, apical declivity longer

and more abrupt than usual, apical processes absent. Upper

surface very convex, with regular rows of punctures, somewhat

obscured by the dense brownish scaling ; the intervals slightly and

equally costate, each with a regular row of small scale-covered

setigerous granules, those on interval 2 slightly eristate on the

declivity only. Legs elongate, with dense grey scaling and scattered

pale setz ; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint a little narrower than

the other two, 2nd and 38rd subequal in length, Ist slightly longer.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I, No. VII. i

98 MR, G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA (Jan. 19,

Carr Cotony : Grahamstown (coll. Pascoe).

Type in the British Museum.

Closely allied to the aberrant thoracicus Fahr., from which it

may be distinguished, among other points, by the dorsal angula-

tion of the rostrum, the inferior direction of the scrobe, the more

deeply excavate head, the more declivous and less strongly costate

elytra, and the shorter tarsi.

88. H. spinicouuis Gyl.

H, spinicollis Gy]. Schh. Gen, Cure. v. p. 766 (1840).

Long. 13, lat. 6 mm.

Head very strongly flattened, or even shallowly excavate, in

front, with a short but deep central stria near base of rostrum ;

punctuation close but faint, usually hidden by dense brown

scaling; anteocular furrows distinct. Rostrum comparatively

slender, rather longer than head and prothorax, not incised trans-

versely at base, distinctly curved. Upper surface with a con-

tinuous central furrow containing a fine smooth carina, which,

however, is variable, being sometimes almost obsolete, the edges

of the furrow are obtusely costate and set with distant granules ;

lateral sulci deep, the upper pair rather longer and uniting at

base, which is slightly raised, the lower pair curved strongly

upwards at base ; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum; in-

ferior basal furrow distinct. Antenne with scape scarcely reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax trans-

verse, apex a little narrower than base, sides moderately rounded,

broadest about middle, anterior margin truncate and distinctly

reflexed, ocular lobes not very prominent. Upper surface rather

convex, with six regular rows of four to six long cylindrical

spiniform tubercles and usually a smaller and abbreviated lateral

row; central furrow distinct, but shallow and without a carina;

tubercles bare, each with a pale depressed seta, interstices with

sparse scaling; sides of prosternum set withlow granules. Hlytra

oblongo-ovate, shoulders rounded, sides subparallel to beyond

middle, apical processes short, sharp, and widely separated. Upper

surface rather convex, with rows of large but shallow punctures,

often separated by intervening granules ; interval 1 with a row of

scattered granules; interval 2 with a short apical row of small,

but more or less strongly cristate, tubercles; intervals 3, 5, and 7

with rows of small closely-set subconical tubercles, those on the

two former vanishing behind middle; 4 with a few scattered

tubercles and a very short subcristate row on the declivity ; 6 with

a row of rather distant conical tubercles, abbreviated in the basal

half; apices of tubercles bare, each with a depressed pale seta ;

scaling dense, earth-brown. Legs with dense brown scaling and

scattered pale setee ; posterior tarsi rather narrow, the 2nd joint a

trifle narrower than the others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length,

1st a little longer.

Carge Cotony: Algoa Bay (Dr. H. Brauns).

The granulation of the rostrum is a very unusual character in

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 99

the genus, and this, in conjunction with the spiniform tubercles

of the prothorax, renders the species readily recognisable.

89. H. seriespinosus Gy].

H. seriespinosus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 477 (1833); Fahr.

op. ¢. v. p. 799 (1840).

H. perfunctorius Gyl. op. c. v. p. 763 (1840).

Long. 11-14, lat. 43-6 mm.

Head closely punctured and with dense brown scaling, convex

on vertex, forehead with a broad shallow impression ; anteocular

furrows deep, rather convergent above. ostrwm not incised

dorsally at base, slightly curved and dilated towards apex. Upper

surface densely squamose, with a deep central furrow throughout

containing no carina, and two narrow elevated carine on each

side, bearing rows of depressed pale setze ; upper lateral sulci long,

deep and uniting at base, the lower pair shorter and shallower ;

scrobes deep, lateral, but rather intermediate in character ;

inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne squamose, scape just

reaching eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

transverse, apex a trifle narrower than base, sides rounded,

broadest at middle, dorsal anterior margin rather concave, ocular

lobes well developed. Upper surface convex, rather sparingly set

with elevated conical tubercles, bearing thick depressed white

sete, and leaving a narrow central furrow which contains no

carina and is often indistinct; apices only of tubercles bare, tie

interstices with fairly dense greyish scaling. lytra ovate, a

little narrower in ¢, shoulders subrectangular, sides scarcely

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes obsolescent in ¢ ,

variable in 9, being sometimes short, sharply spiniform and sub-

parallel, in others twice as long and contiguous, with varying

intergrades. Upper surface convex, with rows of large shallow

punctures, separated by distinct scale-covered granules ; interval |

with a row of granules; 2 with only a short apical row of small

tubercles, that at the top of the declivity being larger than the

others; 3 and 5 each with a row of small, very closely placed,

conical tubercles, becoming more separated towards apex, and the

former having a single much larger tubercle at the summit of the

declivity ; 4 and 6 plane, or rarely with one or two isolated small

tubercles; 7 with a complete row of small, distant, conical —

tubercles; tubercles with only their extreme apices bare and each

with a thick depressed white seta, the interspaces with dense

brownish or greyish scaling. Legs densely and uniformly

squamose; posterior tarsi with the joints of about the same

width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

CapE Cotony : Uitenhage and Grahamstown (Rev. J. A. O'Neil),

Algoa Bay (Dr. H. Brauns), Mossel Bay [S. A. Mus. ].

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

After examining the typical specimens of perfunctorius Gy].

from Drége’s collection at Stockholm, I could not regard them as

specifically distinct from the present species,

100 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Father O'Neil states that this species is common in his neigh-

hourhood, being found under stones or heaps of dead leaves in

damp spots.

90. +H. carrirostris Gyl.

H. carinirostris Gyl. Schénh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 762 (1840).

“Very similar and closely related to 1. binodis, but half as big

again ; moreover there is a low carina in the central furrow of the

rostrum, and the central carina on the thorax is wanting.

“ Head rounded, closely and finely shagreened, black, with grey

scaling, the forehead broadly impressed ; eyes lateral, ovate, mode-

rately convex, without supra-ocular ridges. Rostrwin nearly twice

as long as head, thick, curved, subconstricted at the base, with

five sulci above, the central one broader anteriorly and contaiming

a low shiny carina, the lateral ones decreasing in length outwardly ;

colour black with fuscous scaling, obsoletely punctate. Antenne

of medium length, black, with dark sete. Thorax broader than

long, broadly emarginate anteriorly, sides strongly rounded, base

truncate. Upper surface slightly convex, set with numerous

elevated subconical tubercles, each of which bears a pale depressed

apical seta; there is no space on the disk free of tubercles and

containing a carina, as is the case with H. binodis; colour black,

with dark scaling in the cavities. Scutellum triangular, black,

squamose, lytra anteriorly half as broad again as the base of

thorax, shoulders almost rectangular, sides somewhat ampliated,

attenuated behind, the apices separately subacuminate or with a

small tubercular process, four times as long as the thorax, convex

above, declivous behind, with rows of large remote punctures, the

alternate intervals, viz. the second, fourth, and sixth from suture

[the third, fifth, and seventh in my terminology—G,. A. K. M.],

subcostate, set with numerous tubercles bearing depressed pale

sete, those on disk smaller and obtuse, the posterior ones more

elevated and conical, of which one on the second [third] interval,

behind middle, is larger than the others; on the interval next the

suture [second] may be seen towards the apex a row of six or

eight tubercles; colour black, with dark scaling in the cavities.

Body beneath closely but obsoletely punctured and granulate,

black, with grey and fuscous scaling. Legs of medium size,

obsoletely punctured, black with grey scaling.

“« Arrica (Lalande). Described from the Paris Museum,”

T have been unable to examine the type of this species, and I

have not succeeded in recognising it among the various collections

to which I have had access. The above is a translation of

Gyllenhal’s own description. The species is clearly a very close

ally of seriespinosus Gyl., and the only character given in the

description by which it can be differentiated is the presence of

the central carina on the rostrum.

91. H. arrrvis Fahr.

H. affinis Fihr. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak, Forh, p, 208 (1871).

Long. 13-16, lat. 6-7 mm.

1904.} OF THE GENUS HIPPORRUINUS. 10}

Head covered with dense brown scaling, convex on vertex, fore-

head broadly but shallowly depressed and with a small elongate

fovea near rostrum; anteocular furrows distinct. Rostrum not

incised dorsally at base, scarcely as long as head and prothorax,

slightly curved, dilated apically. Upper surface with a distinct,

though sometimes shallow, central furrow throughout, containing

a fine carina, its sides obtusely carinate and with variable seti-

gerous punctuation ; lateral sulci deep, subequal, the upper pair

mneeting at base, which is somewhat raised above the plane of the

forehead; scrobes deep, oblique, lateral but rather intermediate

in character ; inferior basal furrow very deep; mentum produced

into a sharp prominent point. Antenne with the scape barely

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

broader than long, apex narrower than base, sides distinctly

rounded, broadest rather before middle, dorsal anterior margin

truncate, ocular lobes feeble. Upper surface convex, set with

small rounded remote tubercles (sometimes arranged in four

rows on each side), leaving a broad but shallow central furrow

containing a distinct carina. Tubercles bare, shiny, each with

a depressed pale seta; interstices with uniform brown scaling.

Elytra ovate in 2, narrower and oblongo-ovate in 3, shoulders

rounded, sides very little rounded, broadest about middle, apical

processes very small in both sexes. Upper surface convex, with

regular rows of ocellated punctures ; interval 1 with a row of

granules, ceasing at the declivity ; interval 2 with only a short

apical row of granules including a large tubercle at the top of the

declivity; intervals 4 and 6 smooth, or at most with one or

two isolated granules; 3,5, and 7 with regular and complete

rows of closely-set granules, including a distinctly larger one

at the top of the declivity on interval 3, which is nearer the

base than the tubercle on 2. Granules (but not the four larger

tubercles) bare and shiny, each with a rather long depressed pale

seta, the remaining surface covered with small round brown scaling,

often variegated with lighter patches. Zegs with fairly dense

light brown scaling on the tibie and apical part of femora, the

remainder of latter much more sparingly scaled ; posterior tars

narrow, the joints of the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in

length, 1st rather longer.

Orance River Conony : Bothaville (Dr. H. Brauns). Nava:

Durban (C. V. Barker), Estcourt. TRANSVAAL : Lydenburg.

MasHonaLANp: Umtali (4. Bodong).

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

This is probably the commonest species of the genus in Natal,

being especially prevalent in the upland districts. The projection

of the mentum occurs in all the examples from Natal and the

Orange River Colony which I have examined; but JI have two

specimens from the Transvaal, one from Umtali, and an unlabelled

one from Drége’s collection in which this is lacking. Without more

material it is impossible to say whether this can be regarded as

a specific character. It is not present in any of the allied species.

102 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

92, H. srnopis Gyl.

H. binodis Gy]. Schénh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 478 (1833).

H. contortus Gyl. op. c. v. p. 764 (1840).

Long. 12-18, lat. 54-8 mm.

Head coriaceous, with fairly dense brown scaling, vertex convex,

forehead broadly but shallowly excavate ; anteocular furrows deep,

convergent dorsally. Rostrwm not separated from head at base,

stout, curved and gradually dilated to apex. Upper surface

punctured and sealed like the head, with a deep central furrow

throughout, containing no carina and edged on each side by a

prominent rounded costa ; lateral sulci deep, the upper pair much

longer than the lower and meeting at base; scrobes deep, lateral

and oblique; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with

scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal,

or with the second joint slightly longer. Prothorax strongly

transverse, apex a little narrower than base, sides strongly rounded,

broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin concave, ocular

lobes moderate. Upper surface almost plane, fairly closely set

with elevated subconical tubercles, leaving a distinct central

furrow containing a low abbreviated carina; tubercles bare at

apex only and with depressed pale sete, the interstices with dense

brown scaling. lytra oblongo-ovate, narrower in 3, shoulders

prominent, subrectangular, sides subparallel to beyond middle,

apical processes rudimentary or absent in both sexes. Upper

surface somewhat convex, with regular rows of shallow ocellated

punctures; interval 1 with a row of granules vanishing near

apex ; interval 2 with only a short apical row of small tubercles,

that at the top of the declivity being much larger than the others ;

intervals 3, 5, and 7 with complete rows of small, closely-set, sub-

conical tubercles, the former with a single rather larger one at

the top of the declivity, nearer the base than that on 2; 4 and 6

plane and devoid of tubercles ; apices only of tubercles bare and

with depressed pale setae, the interspaces with dense brown scaling.

Legs with uniform dense brown scaling; posterior tarsi narrow,

the 3rd joint slightly broader than the others, 2nd and 3rd sub-

equal in length, Ist rather longer.

Nata: Durban (C. V. Barker), Care Cotony: Grahamstown

(Rev. J. A. O'Neil), Algoa Bay (Dr. Brauns), Somerset Hast [S. A.

Mus.]. Port. E. Arrica: Delagoa Bay (H. Junod).

TypE in the Stockholm Museum.

93. H. FALLAX Fahr.

H. fallax Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak, Forh. p. 208 (1871).

Long. 15-16, lat. 6-7 mm.

Head closely but faintly punctured and densely squamose,

forehead broadly but shallowly excavate and with a short deep

stria near base of rostrum; anteocular furrows deep and distinctly

convergent above. Rostrum not incised dorsally at base, about as

long as head and prothorax, slightly curved. Upper surface

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS, 103

closely squamose, with a deep and continuous central furrow

containing no carina; lateral sulci rather shallow, the upper pair

much longer and meeting at base, where there is a low callus

before the eye; scrobes lateral and oblique; inferior basal furrow

present. Antenne with scape just reaching eye; the second joint

of funicle longer than first. Prothorax as long as broad in 6, @

httle broader in 2, apex narrower than base, sides not much

rounded, broadest about middle, anterior margin truncate, ocular

lobes moderate. Upper surface almost plane, fairly closely set

with small rounded tubercles, leaving a shallow central furrow

containing a low carina; apices only of tubercles bare, each with

a depressed dark seta, interstices with close brown scaling. Hlytra

oblongo-ovate, much broader in @ , shoulders roundedly prominent,

broader than prothorax in g¢, much more so in 9, sides sub-

parallel to beyond middle, apical processes very small and blunt

in both sexes. Upper surface slightly convex, with regular rows

of distinct deep punctures; interval 1 with a row of depressed

setz in lieu of granules; interval 2 with only a short apical row

of small granular tubercles, including one on the declivity much

larger than the rest; intervals 3,5, and 7 each with a single

complete and regular row of small closely-set tubercles, interval 3

with a single one at the top of the declivity larger than the others ;

intervals 4 and 6 smooth; the whole surface, including apices of

tubercles, densely covered with uniform brown scaling, the scales

being minute and round, tubercles with dark depressed apical

sete. Legs with dense brown scaling variegated with small

black spots; posterior tarsi with joints of the same width, 2nd

and 3rd subequal in length, Ist a little longer,

SoutH AFRICA.

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

I have seen very few specimens of this insect, none of which

were labelled; most likely it comes from the Transvaal. In

general appearance it is extremely like afinis Fahr., but its

rostrum lacks the central carina and quite resembles that of

binodis Gyl. From this latter its longer and more parallel-sided

elytra and much narrower thorax will distinguish it ; moreover

the punctures on the elytra aresmaller and slightly further apart,

thus causing a much smoother appearance than in either of its.

allies.

94. tH. quapRinopis Fahr.

H., quadrinodis Fahr. Schonh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 765 (1840).

Long. 10-11, lat. 5-6 mm.

Head closely punctured and with thin scaling, vertex convex,

forehead strongly retuse and flattened; anteocular furrows very

deep, convergent above. Fostrwm not separated from head at

base, as long as head and prothorax, thick, distinctly curved and

slightly dilated towards apex. Upper surface densely squamose,

with a broad very shallow central furrow and two faintly granulate

caring on each side of it; lateral sulci deep, subequal, the upper

104 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [J yoy. 19)

pair uniting at base; scrobes deep, lateral and oblique; inferior

basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape not quite reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax sub-

elobose, transverse, apex almost broader than base, sides very

strongly rounded, broadest. about middle, dorsal anterior margin

concave, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface convex,

fairly closely set with low rounded tubercles, leaving a distinct

central furrow containing an abbreviated carina; apices of

tubercles bare and with depressed pale sete, the interstices with

dense brown sealing. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, subquadrate in 9,

much narrower in ¢, posterior declivity very steep, shoulders

roundedly prominent, sides slightly rounded, broadest at middle,

apical processes absent in ¢, obsolescent in Q. Upper surface

convex, with regular rows of deep, subreticulate fovee; the in-

tervals very narrow, 3, 5, and 7 strongly carinate and with rows

of minute depressed granules, the former terminating at the top

of the declivity with a sharply prominent tubercle ; interval 2

with only a short apical row of small tubercles and a much larger

one at the top of the declivity, behind that on interval 3; in-

terval 1 with a row of depressed pale sete; 4 and 6 with at most

one or two isolated granules; granules bare at apex and with

very short depressed pale sete, the interspaces with dense uniform

brown scaling. Legs with similar scaling; posterior tarsi short,

the three joints subequal in length and breadth.

Carr Cotony: Grahamstown and Uitenhage (Rev. J. A. O'Neil).

Narau: Upper Tongaat R. (C. V. Barker).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

95. H. praunst Mshl. (Plate ITI. fig. 6.)

H. brawnsi Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 451 (1902).

Long. 11, lat. 5 mm.

Head convex on vertex, forehead flattened and with a deep

impression on each side, punctuation close and regular, but mostly

hidden by fulvous scaling : anteocular furrows deep, convergent

above and only separated by a narrow costa. Rostrum not in-

cised at base, nearly as long as head and prothorax, slightly eurved

and moderately dilated near apex. Upper surface with a broad

and distinct central furrow throughout, with its edges carinate

and bearing a regular row of depressed paler sete, the punctua-

tion hidden by uniform dense brown scaling; lateral sulci broad

and deep, subequal, the upper pair meeting at base, which is

much raised above the level of forehead ; scrobes deep, sublateral ;

inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne with scape not reaching

eye; joints | and 2 of funicle subequal. Prothorax a trifle broader

than long, apex and base of equal width, sides strongly rounded,

broadest before middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular

lobes well developed. Upper surface convex, with small rounded

widely separated tubercles, leaving a broad but shallow central

furrow containing a distinct carina; tubercles bare, with depressed

pale apical sete, the interstices with dense brown squamositv,

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 105

Elytra ovate, shoulders rounded, sides very little dilated, broadest

before middle, apical processes very small, tuberculiform and con-

tiguous in 9, absent in ¢. Upper surface convex, with regular

rows of large reticulate foveze without intervening granules ;

interval 1 without granules but with a single row of depressed

sete ; interval 2 with only a short apical row of three or four very

small tubercles, that at the summit of the declivity much larger

than the rest ; ‘interval 3 with a costa to beyond middle and con-

tinued to apex in the form of small separate tubercles, the largest

being at the top of the declivity (in a varietal form this costa is

replaced by a row of small separated tubercles); intervals 4 and 6

smooth or with a few isolated tubercles; 5 and 7 with complete

rows of small conical remote tubercles; scaling dense, uniform

brown, the tubercles bare at apex and each with a thick whitish

depressed seta. Legs thin, covered with dense brown scaling and

scattered white sete ; posterior tarsi narrow, the three basal joints

of equal width, 2nd and 3rd equal in length, Ist rather longer.

ORANGE River Conony: Bothaville (Dr. H. Brauns).

Type in the British Museum.

96. H. prrans Mshl. (Plate IIT. fig. 5.)

H., errans Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 443 (1902).

Long. 12, lat. 6 mm.

Head densely covered with brown squame, vertex convex, fore-

head flattened and with a short central stria; anteocular furrows

distinct in their upper half only. Rostrum not incised at base,

about as long as prothorax only, stout, not much curved, dilated

to apex. Upper surface almost plane, with a distinct carina

abbreviated in front, rugosely punctured, with dense scaling and

scattered sete; lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair rather longer

and broader, and meeting at the base which is a little elevated ;

scrobes shallow, lateral and oblique ; inferior basal furrow deep.

Antenne with scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax distinctly transverse, apex a little

narrower than base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle,

dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes moderate. Upper

surface convex, closely set with small granular tubercles leaving a

very narrow ill-defined central furrow containing no carina ;

apices of tubercles bare, shiny, each with a depressed seta, the

interstices with dense brown scaling and three narrow whitish

lines. lytra short ovate, sides moderately rounded, broadest

about middle, shoulders rounded, apical processes very short but

acute. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of deep punctures,

intervening granules sometimes present but hidden by the scaling ;

intervals unevenly costate, 3, 5, and 7 being more raised than the

others and with regular and complete rows of low granules ;

interval 1 has a similar complete row, but 2, 4, and 6 are very

variable, bearing anything from a complete row to none at all;

granules shiny and each with a depressed pale seta; scaling dense,

variegated brown and grey. Legs with sparse pale scaling which

106 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

is more dense towards the apex of femora; posterior tarsi with

the joints of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in

length, 1st longer.

Nata: Estcourt.

Tyrer in the British Museum.

97. H. squatipus Gyl.

H, squalidus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. 1. p. 490 (1833).

Long. 15, lat. 64 mm.

Head convex, closely punctured, forehead flattened and with

a faint central carina; anteocular furrows deep. Rostrum not

incised at base, slightly shorter than prothorax, thick, strongly

curved and dilated to apex. Upper surface rugosely punctured,

with a deep and broad central furrow containing no carina;

lateral sulci deep, the lower pair much shorter and subtriangular,

the upper broad and uniting at base; scrobes directed beneath

base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow shallow. Antenne with

scape just reaching eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax nearly as long as broad, apex scarcely narrower than

base, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal

apical margin truncate, ocular lobes distinct. Upper surface

convex, closely set with small elevated tubercles, leaving a narrow

central furrow containing a strong carina; apices of tubercles

bare and each with a depressed seta, interstices and sides of

tubercles with dense brown scaling. lytra ovate, shoulders

rounded, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle, apical

processes short but acute, in 2 only. Upper surface convex, dis-

tinctly and regularly sulcate, the sulci containing very faint

punctures separated by distinct granules; intervals evenly raised

and bearing regular single rows of closely-set subconical granules,

except interval 1, on which the granules are much smaller and

disappear behind middle; the granules become a little larger

and more conical towards apex, especially those on interval 2,

their apices only are bare and they have short pale depressed sete,

the remainder of the surface being densely covered with brown

sealing. ZLegs with uniform scaling; posterior tarsi with joints of

the same width, 2nd and 3rd of equal length, Ist a little longer.

Cape Cotony: Grahamstown (Rev. J. A. O’ Neil).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

98. +H. MODESTUS, sp. nov.

Long. 16, lat. 7 mm.

Head obscurely punctured and with sparse fulvous scaling,

convex on vertex, forehead flattened, but without fovea or carina ;

anteocular furrows deep. Rostrum not incised at base, as long as

prothorax, thick, not much curved and strongly dilated to apex.

Upper surface closely punctured and sparsely squamose, elevated

and with a deep central furrow throughout, containing a faint

carina and haying a strong costa on either side; lateral sulci

deep, the upper pair longer and uniting at base, the lower pair

1904.] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 107

subtriangular ; scrobes deep, directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne with scape just reaching

eye; the second joint of funicle longer than the first. Prothorax

transverse, apex and base of equal width, sides very little rounded,

broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular

lobes feeble. Upper surface convex, closely set with large rounded

granules, leaving a central furrow containing a short but distinct

carina; granules bare, with depressed pale sete, the interstices

with dense brown scaling. Jlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders

roundedly prominent, sides scarcely ampliated, broadest about

middle, apical processes in 2 short but acute. Upper surface

convex, with shallow sulci containing rows of indistinct punctures

separated by low granules; intervals evenly raised, each having

a single complete row of rounded granules, except interval 3, in

which the row is more or less duplicated; granules bare, with

depressed pale sete, the interspaces with moderately dense uniform

brown scaling. Legs with thin pale sete and a slight ring of pale

scaling near apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the joints of

about the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st longer.

TRANSVAAL (Brady).

TyPE in the South African Museum.

This species is most nearly allied to H. squalidus Gyl., but the

rostrum is much longer and thinner and not nearly so strongly

curved as in that species, the antennz are more elongate, the

prothorax is distinctly broader, the tubercles are more closely set,

and the ocular lobes are much Jess developed.

99. H. Granatus Gyl.

H, granatus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 769 (1840).

Long. 163-17, lat. 8 mm.

Head convex, with close shallow punctuation, forehead with a

very deep and broad excavation continued on to base of rostrum ;

anteocular furrows deep in their upper half but vanishing below.

Rostrum not separated from head by a deep dorsal incision, as

long as prothorax only, slightly curved and strongly dilated to

apex. Upper surface with a deep narrow central furrow, edged

by a broad rounded and finely punctured costa; lateral sulci deep

and distinct, the lower ones subtriangular, the upper pair narrower

and meeting at base; scrobes directed beneath rostrum; inferior

basal furrow absent. Antenne with scape just reaching eye; the

second joint of funicle a little longer than first. Prothorax a

little broader than long, apex narrower than base, sides slightly

rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate,

ocular lobes not pronounced. Upper surface almost plane, fairly

closely set with depressed tubercles, leaving a narrow central

furrow containing a broad flattened carina; tubercles with very

short depressed sete. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders prominent,

sides scarcely rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes

very short. Upper surface rather convex, with rows of very faint

punctures and occasional intervening granules; intervals with

108 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

rows of separate rounded tubercles, which do not increase in size

towards apex; the rows on intervals 2, 4, and 6 are often more

or less incomplete, especially towards base; tubercles bare, with

short depressed dark sete ; scaling very sparse and minute. Legs

with scattered short pale setee ; posterior tarsi with the three joints

subequal in length, the third rather broader than the other two.

CaprE CoLony.

100. H. partirus Gyl.

H. partitus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 481 (1833).

Long. 13, lat. 53 mm.

Head convex, closely and distinctly punctured throughout;

forehead with a broad and deep central impression continued on

to base of rostrum; anteocular furrows rather shallow, obsolete

in lower half. ostrwm not dorsally incised at base, as long as

prothorax only, scarcely curved. Upper surface with a deep but

narrow central furrow, the adjoining cost closely punctured,

broad and somewhat flattened ; lateral sulci deep and distinct, the

lower subtriangular, the upper pair narrow and uniting at base ;

scrobes slightly curved, lateral, though approaching rather to the

subrostral type; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenno with

scape just reaching eye; second joint of funicle a little longer

than first. Prothorax rather transverse, apex equal to base, sides

slightly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin

truncate, ocular lobes feeble. Upper surface almost plane, closely

set with small low tubercles, leaving a narrow central furrow

containing a faint carina; tubercles with very short pale depressed

sete. Hlytra oblongo- ovate, shoulders prominent, sides scarcely

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes very small and

contiguous. Upper surface rather convex, with shallow sulci

containing rows of granules; in the sulci near the suture these

granules often unite with the intervals so as to form subreticulate

fover - intervals all with single rows of small low elongate

tubercles, becoming rather smaller towards apex; tubercles bare,

with very short, pale, depressed seta; scaling very small and

scattered. Legs with sparse pale sete ; posterior tarsi with the

joints subequal in length, the third a little broader than the

others.

CapE CoLony.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Nearly allied to granatus Gyl., though having rather a different

aspect, owing to its smaller size, narrower build, and smaller and

closer tuberculation. Moreover the costa between the lateral

sulci on the rostrum is continued quite straight up the forehead,

whereas in granatus it is distinctly sinuate before the eye; and

the scrobes are lateral instead of distinctly subrostral.

101. H. permrixrvs, sp. nov. (Plate IIT. fig. 8.)

Long. 11, lat. 5 mm.

Head convex, rugosely punctured, and with dense brown scaling,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 109

forehead with a short central stria near base of rostrum; ante-

ocular furrows very deep. ostrwm not incised dorsally at base,

as long as prothorax only, gradually curved. Upper surface plane,

coarsely punctured, and with a low narrow undulating central

carina; lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair longer and meeting

at base, which is somewhat higher than forehead; scrobes directed

beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow present. Antenne

with scape just reaching eye; first joint of funicle a little longer

than second. Prothorax transverse, apex narrower than base, sides

rounded, broadest before middle, anterior margin truneate, ocular

lobes very feeble. Upper surface closely set with small granular

tubercles, leaving a narrow central furrow containing no carina;

tubercles bare, each with a depressed pale seta, interstices with

brown scaling. lytra ovate, shoulders roundedly prominent,

sides rounded, broadest rather before middle, apical processes very

short and blunt, in @ only. Upper surface convex, striz with

rows of shallow ocellated punctures often separated by small

granules; intervals all similar, each with a regular row of distinct

closely-set granules, which are shiny and each with a depressed

pale seta; interspaces with dense brown scaling, each elytron

having a paler patch at the top of the declivity. on intervals 2, 3,

and 4. Legs with scattered pale scaling, forming a denser ring

near the apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the 3rd joint rather

broader than the others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist

rather longer.

‘TRANSVAAL.

Type in the British Museum.

102. tH. atBicans Gyl.

H, albicans Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 770 (1840).

Long. 11, lat. 54 mm.

Head convex, with close shallow punctuation and dense pale

brown scaling throughout, forehead with a very short and low

central carina; anteocular furrows narrow and not very deep,

obsolete in their lower half, but closely convergent above.

vostrum not cut off from head by a basal incision, short, thick

and angulated, as long as prothorax only, gradually dilated to apex.

Upper surface almost plane, rugosely punctured, and with a dis-

tinct narrow, smooth, central carina; lateral sulci deep, the upper

pair rather longer, broader, and meeting at base, which is much

raised above the plane of forehead; scrobes lateral, broad and

shallow; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape

just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Pro-

thorax transverse, apex narrower than base, sides strongly rounded,

broadest about middle, anterior margin subtruncate, ocular lobes

well developed. Upper surface convex, closely set with large

rounded granules, leaving a scarcely distinguishable central furrow

without any carina; granules bare and with depressed pale sete,

» the interstices with dense light brown sealing. Flytra ovate, sides

rounded, broadest about middle, shoulders sloping, apical processes

110 MR. G, A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

absent. Upper surface convex, the striz with rows of ocellated

punctures; intervals even, subcostate, and each with a row of small

low rounded and widely separated tubercles, which are bare and

shiny, each having a depressed dark seta; the interspaces densely

and evenly covered with uniform light brown scaling. Legs with

moderately dense pale scaling and sete, but noticeably thinner on

the basal half of femora; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint a trifle

narrower than the others, 1st longer than 3rd, and 3rd than 2nd.

Nata: Estcourt.

103. +H. capicoua Gyl.

HH. capicola Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 771 (1840).

Long. 12, lat. 4 mm.

Head closely and strongly punctured, convex on vertex, forehead

slightly flattened and rugose; eyes prominent; anteocular furrows

obsolete. Rostrum not incised at base, about as long as head and

prothorax, gently curved, comparatively slender, gently dilated

from middle to apex. Upper surface with five narrow smooth

carine of about equal height and length, the three central ones

converging slightly towards base, the sulci closely punctured and

filled with pale scaling; scrobes entirely lateral and parallel to the

long axis of the rostrum; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne

slender, elongate; scape just reaching eye; second joint of funicle

much longer than first. Prothorax as long as broad, apex and base

of equal width, sides very little rounded, broadest rather before

middle, anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes well developed.

Upper surface slightly convex, unevenly set with small granular

tubercles, leaving an ill-defined central furrow containing no

carina; tubercles bare, each with a short suberect black seta,

interstices with smal] round white scales having an opalescent

reflection and arranged so as to form five ill-defined lines. lytra

very narrow and elongate, somewhat acuminate apically, shoulders

sloping, sides gradually rounded, broadest before middle, apical

prominences absent. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of

large shallow punctures usually separated by small granules; the

intervals all similar, with rows of low rounded distant tubercles

each bearing a long erect black seta; the spaces between the

tubercles are occupied by round spots of white scales having an

opalescent reflection, thus forming regular rows of spots on each

interval. Legs elongate, with sparse pale scaling, the femora more

strongly clavate than usual; posterior tarsi broad, the 3rd joint

shorter and broader than the other two, Ist very elongate, much

longer and slightly broader than 2nd.

CapE CoLony.

Type in the Oxford Museum ; the type of Gyllenhal’s var. ;3 is

at Stockholm.

A rare species. IJ have seen only four examples, all of which

must have been captured more than sixty years ago. It may be

easily recognised among its allies by its very elongate form and

distinctive coloration,

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. LH

104, H. cINEREUS, sp. nov. (Plate III. fig. 9.)

Long. 11, lat. 44 mm.

Head with scattered grey scaling and diffuse faint punctuation,

vertex convex, forehead slightly flattened and without fovea or

carina ; anteocular furrows broad but shallow, disappearing

inferiorly. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as prothorax

only, comparatively thin, slightly curved and dilated near apex

only. Upper surface slightly convex, with five narrow carine of

equal height, the sulci being rugosely punctured and having sparse

white scaling; lateral sulci distinct, the upper ones longer and

uniting at base; scrobes entirely lateral, straight and very little

oblique; inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne elongate, piceous

and finely pubescent; scape barely reaching eye; second joint of

funicle much longer than first... Prothorax slightly transverse, apex

narrower than base, sides moderately rounded, broadest about

middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes prominent.

Upper surface slightly convex, moderately closely set with small

granular tubercles, leaving a narrow central furrow without a

carina ; apices of tubercles bare, shiny, and with a depressed white

seta, interstices with dense grey scaling. Hlytra oblongo-ovate,

elongate, shoulders sloping, sides very little rounded, broadest

about middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface convex,

with rows of small punctures, often with mtervening granules,

intervals with more or less continuous rows of small granular

tubercles, which are subequal throughout; intervals 1, 3, 5, and

7 have the tubercles more numerous and nearer together than 2,

4, and 6; tubercles as on prothorax, the interstices with fairly dense

large round grey scales. Legs with scattered pale sete anda ring of

white scales near apex of femora; intermediate tibie of ¢ strongly

incurved at apex; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint narrower

than the others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st longer.

CapE Conony.

Type in the British Museum.

Somewhat resembling seriegranosus Gyl. in general facies and

the tarsal structure, but that species has the scape extending

beyond the anterior margin cf the eyes, which are nearly twice as

large as in cinereus, and the scales on the elytra are very minute.

The nearest ally to cinerews, however, 1s capicola Gyl.

105. H. serirerus Gyl.

H, setiferus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 770 (1840)

Long. 12, lat. 54 mm.

Head convex, coarsely and closely punctured, forehead flattened,

anteocular furrows absent. Rostrum not incised dorsally at base,

as long as prothorax only, not very thick and distinctly curved.

Upper surface convex, with five narrow but prominent carine, the

three middle ones parallel throughout, the interspaces rugosely

punctured and with fine scaling; lateral sulci distinct, about equal

in length, the upper pair coalescing at base; scrobes entirely

112 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

lateral and slightly curved; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne

with scape just reaching eye; second joint of funicle much longer

than first. Prothorax a little broader than long, apex almost as

broad as base, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle,

dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes well developed ;

upper surface slightly convex, closely set with erect granules,

leaving an indistinct central furrow, sometimes containing a faint

carina; granules with short suberect pale sete, interstices with

round yellowish scaling. Hlytra ovate, somewhat acuminate

apically in Q, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides distinctly

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes absent. Upper

surface with shallow sulci containing rows of indistinct punctures

separated by distinct granules; intervals all similar, each bearing

a somewhat irregular, and occasionally duplicated, row of granules,

each with a short suberect dark seta; scales brown, minute, and

thinly scattered. Legs with pale setiform scales; posterior tarsi

with the 2nd joint rather narrower than the others, 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length, ist longer.

CapE COLONY.

106. H. prnirer Fahy.

H. pilifer Fibr. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1871, p. 210.

Long. 10-12, lat. 47-53 mm.

Head convex, closely but shallowly punctured, with fine long

setee, mostly depressed, but some erect ; forehead slightly retuse,

without fovea or carina; anteocular furrows obsolete. ostrwm

as long as head and prothorax, not incised at base, very little

curved and distinctly dilated to apex. Upper surface convex,

with five narrow smooth carine, the centre one being the highest ;

lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair rather longer and meeting at

base, which is higher than the level of forehead; scrobes lateral

and shallow; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with sparse

pale sete; scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothoraw as long as broad, apex and base of equal

width, sides distinctly rounded, broadest at middle, anterior

margin truncate, ocular lobes moderate. Upper surtace convex,

closely set with low granular tubercles, leaving a very narrow

and indefinite central furrow without any carina; tubercles bare,

each with a long erect dark seta, interstices with dense scaling

which is brown with three varrow paler lines. lytra ovate,

much broader in 9, shoulders sloping, sides distinctly rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface

rather convex, the striz with small punctures separated by gra-

nules (both normally hidden beneath the scaling); interstices

all even, almost plane, each with a row of very small granules

showing through the scaling and bearing long erect black sete ;

the granules on the inflexed margins bear short depressed pale

sete ; scaling small, dense, almost uniform earthy brown, usually

with a small rounded white spot on interval 3 behind middle.

Legs vather thinly clothed with long white sete ; posterior tarsi

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 113

with the 3rd joint rather broader than the others, 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length, Ist rather longer.

Cape Cotony: Burghersdorp.

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

107. H. uaticers Mshl. (Plate ITI. fig. 10.)

HT, laticeps Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 453 (1902).

Long. 10, lat. 4 mm.

Head densely covered with brown scaling, convex on vertex ;

forehead broad, flattened and with a short central carina, eyes

prominent; anteocular furrows short and narrow but distinct.

Rostrum not incised at base, short and thick, about as long as

prothorax only, scarcely curved. Upper surface convex, closely

punctured and densely squamose, with five thin undulating carine,

which are black and shiny, the three central ones being of the

same height; lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair much broader

and converging at base, which is evidently raised ; scrobes lateral

but oblique ; inferior transverse basal furrow absent. Antenne

piceous, finely pubescent ; scape just reaching anterior margin of

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax trans-

verse, its length about equal to the width at base, which is

scarcely broader than apex, dorsal anterior margin deeply concave,

sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes very

slight. Upper surface convex, closely set with rounded granules,

leaving a narrow central furrow without any carina; granules

bare, each with a subdepressed seta, the interstices with brown

scaling and a paler central line. lytra elongato-ovate, rather

acuminate apically in 9, shoulders rounded, sides scarcely

ampliated, broadest about middle, apical processes absent. Upper

surface almost plane on disk, faintly sulcate, the sulci containing

small shallow punctures which are quite hidden by the scaling ;

all intervals similar, having single rows of minute black granules

bearing subdepressed setze; scaling dense, uniform grey-brown.

Legs with long whitish pubescence; posterior tarsi narrow, setose,

the 2nd joint rather narrower than the Ist and 3rd, 2nd and 3rd

subequal in length, 1st longer.

Care Cotony: Port Elizabeth (Dr. H. Brauns),

Type in the British Museum.

In my original description (loc. cit.) of this species I compared

it with arenarius Fahy. I had not then seen Fahrzeus’ type,

and the insect which I referred to his species is really permixtus

Mshl.

108. H. eunniner Msh]. (Plate IV. fig. 2.)

H. gunningt Mshl. 1. c. p. 442 (1902).

Long. 19-20, lat. 73-8 mm.

Head closely punctured and densely squamose, convex on

vertex, forehead flattened and with a central carina, eyes rather

prominent ; anteocnlar furrows obsolescent. /ostrwm not incised

at base, scarcely as long as prothorax alone, very little curved and

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. VIII. 8

114 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

dilated to apex. Upper surface with a shallow central furrow

throughout containing a narrow shiny carina; lateral sulci well-

marked, the upper pair uniting at base, which is not much raised ;

coste between the sulci obtuse, densely squamose, and each with

a single row of shiny black granules ; scrobes shallow, lateral and

oblique; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with scape just

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

as long as broad, apex and base of equal width, sides rounded,

broadest about middle, a faint transverse impression just behind

apex, dorsal anterior margin slightly sinuate, ocular lobes feebly

developed. Upper surface convex, closely set with small granular

tubercles, leaving a narrow central furrow without a carina ;

tubercles black, shiny, each with a depressed seta, the interstices

with brownish-grey scaling and three narrow paler lines. Hlytra

elongate, strongly acuminate towards apex in Q, scarcely so in 6,

shoulders sloping, sides rounded, broadest rather behind middle,

apical processes absent. Upper surface not very convex, with

regular broad shallow sulci containing single rows of small

granules ; intervals of equal height, subcarinate, with somewhat.

irregular, and often duplicated, rows of small closely-set granules ;

granules bare, each with a depressed seta ; scaling dense, fulvous,

variegated with small patches of dark brown and grey: Legs

with thin grey pubescence; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint.

narrower than the Ist and 3rd, but about as long as the latter.

TRANSVAAL: Lydenburg (Dr. J. W. B. Gunning).

Tyre in the British Museum.

This species, except for the depressed sete, has very much the

appearance of a large pilifer; its only near ally, however, is

constrictus Gyl., from which the characters given in the key will

sufficiently distinguish it.

109. tH. constrictus Gyl.

Ff, constrictus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 790 (1840).

Long. 22, lat. 9 mm.

Head closely and strongly punctured, with fulvous scaling,.

vertex convex, forehead flattened and with a low central carina ;

anteocular furrows obsolete; eyes rather prominent. ostrum

short and thick, about as long as prothorax alone, scarcely curved,

with the base very strongly raised above the plane of forehead,

but not separated from it by a real incision. Upper surface very

convex, with five strong carine, the central one being narrow,

smooth, and much raised above the others, which are broader

and rugosely punctured or granulate ; lateral sulci very deep, the

upper pair longer and uniting at base, the lower pair subtri-

angular; scrobes shallow, entirely lateral; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne with scape reaching eye; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax distinctly transverse, apex narrower

than base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle, a

shallow transverse impression just behind apex, anterior margin

faintly sinuated in the middle, ocular lobes well developed. Upper

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. . 115

surface convex, closely set with small flattened granular tubercles,

leaving a narrow shallow central furrow without any carina ;

tubercles black, shiny, each with a depressed seta, interstices with

dense brown scaling. Hlytra (2) ovate, acuminate posteriorly,

shoulders sloping, sides distinctly rounded, broadest rather before

middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface almost plane on

disk, with regular shallow sulci, containing indistinct punctures

separated by small granules, both disappearing behind middle and

normally hidden by the uniform dense brown scaling; intervals

all similar, slightly convex, with irregular rows of faint granules

which disappear towards apex, the granules bearing depressed pale

setee which are continued in rows where the former have dis-

appeared. Legs with scattered brownish sete; posterior tarsi

broad, spongy, and with the joints of equal width, the 3rd longer

than 2nd and almost as long as Ist.

“‘ CAFFRARIA.”

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Schonherr placed this species in the section of the genus

having the “rostrum ad basin quasi abscissum,” but although the

elevation of the base of the rostrum gives it somewhat this

appearance, its structural affinities are rather with those species

with which I have associated it. In the group typified by

verrucosus L. this incision separating the head from the rostrum

is caused by the dorsal union of the deep anteocular furrows ;

this is not the case with constrictus, in which those furrows are

entirely absent.

110. H. tncistrostris Mshl. (Plate IV. fig. 3.)

H. incisirostris Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 409 (1902).

Long. 24, lat. 10 mm.

Head convex, closely and finely punctured, forehead flattened

and with a very faint central stria ; anteocular furrows very deep

and distinct. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as head and

prothorax, stout, moderately curved, dilated apically, the genx

being produced into a sharp prominent point. Upper surface

divided into two portions by a broad and deep transverse incision

at about one-third from base; the whole of the basal portion is

strongly raised so as to form a broad thick rounded horn, which

is distinctly punctured throughout; the upper surface of the

anterior portion is broadly excavate, with its edges strongly

carinate, and punctured only along the sides and base; upper

lateral sulci deep, but narrow and short, ascending the sides of

the horn and meeting behind it, but not continued on to the

anterior portion; lateral sulci very broad and deep and continued

from base to the middle of the anterior portion ; scrobes directed

beneath base of rostrum; inferior transverse basal furrow absent.

Antenne with scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax rather broader than long, the length

greater than the width at base, which is a little broader than

the apex, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal

116 MR. G, A. K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes almost obsolete.

Upper surface almost plane, closely covered with small rounded

tubercles, leaving a very indistinct central furrow containing a

short but well-marked carina; a distinct transverse dorsal im-

pression just behind apex; tubercles bare, each with a pale

depressed seta, the interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra

elongato-ovate, shoulders sloping, sides slightly rounded, broadest

about middle, the posterior declivity laterally compressed, so that

the space between the second intervals on each elytron is distinctly

raised, apical processes moderately long and sharp in both sexes.

Upper surface convex, faintly striate, the strize with indistinct

punctures separated by small granules; intervals even and with

regular rows of granules except the first, which is smooth through-

out, and the lateral compressed portion of the declivity is also

almost free from granules; scaling rather thin, variegated brown,

with the inflexed margin and a broad sutural stripe much paler ;

setze pale, very small and much depressed. Legs long, rather slender,

with sparse pale sete; posterior tarsi broad, the joints of about

the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist a little longer.

CAPE CoLony.

Type in the British Museum.

A striking and quite isolated species, which may be readily

distinguished from all its congeners by the peculiar structure of

the rostrum—especially in the character of the basal horn, the

transverse dorsal incision, and the acuminate gene.

111. H. precer Gyl,

H. dreget Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 749 (1840); Labr. & Imh.

Gen. Cure. 11. no. 34 (1845).

Long. 22-25, lat. 8-10 mm.

Head convex on vertex, forehead flattened and without fovea

or carina, punctuation indistinct; anteocular furrows deep.

Rostrum not cut off from head by a deep dorsal incision, as long

as head and prothorax, strongly curved. Upper surface with a

stout basal tubercle, which is roundedly bifid at apex, broadly

excavate anteriorly, the edges there raised and dilated, without a

central carina and with shallow punctuation along the edges only ;

lateral sulci uniting at base, the upper ones narrow and rather

faint, the lower longer and deeper; scrobes directed beneath base

of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow distinct. Antenne with sparse

pale sete; scape not nearly reaching eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax as long as broad, apex a little

narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest about middle, apical

margin convex, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface

almost plane, fairly closely set with large subconical tubercles,

leaving a narrow central furrow containing a short but distinct

carina; tubercles bare, shiny, each with a depressed dark seta ;

the anterior half of central furrow, a broad lateral stripe, and

the whole of prosternum with dense large white scaling. lytra

oblong, sides subparallel in ¢, slightly rounded in @°, shoulders

1904.] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 117

distinct and rounded, apical processes shortly acuminate in both

sexes; just within the apex of each elytron a very large pro-

minence formed by the agglomeration of about a dozen tubercles.

Upper surface convex, with rows of shallow and _ ill-defined

punctures separated by small granules; interval 1 with a row of

granules disappearing behind middle; intervals 2 and 3 with rows

of small closely-set subconical tubercles as far as the summit of

the declivity, beyond this with 3 or 4 much larger and sharper

tubercles, which are subcristate on interval 2; intervals 4 and 6:

with only a very few small tubercles about middle; 5 and 7 with

rows of small conical tubercles as far as declivity only ; tubercles

with depressed dark sete; colour black, bare, except for several

large irregular patches of round white scales. Abdomen with a

lateral row of rounded impressions on each segment; 2 with

two sharp processes on the posterior margin of the penultimate

segment—resembling those in abruptecostatus Gyl. Legs with

dense white scaling and setz; posterior tarsi with the three joints

subequal in length and breadth. ;

Carpe Contony: Tulbagh, Ceres. NAMAQUALAND: O’okiep

(L. Péringuey).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

A very distinct species, and in spite of its wide range it appears

to be very uncommon.

112. H. pracnyceromes Mshl. (Plate IV. fig. 1.)

HI. brachyceroides Mshl. 1. c. p. 415 (1902).

Long. 22, lat. 9 mm.

Head convex, without any central fovea or carina, the punctua-

tion hidden by very dense brown scaling; anteocular furrows

distinct. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as head and

prothorax, strongly curved and dilated apically; at base a

large stout double horn the apices of which are obtuse and

divergent. Upper surface with a broad central furrow throughout:

and thickly covered with large greyish scales; lateral sulci not

uniting at base, of about equal length, broad and distinct, coarsely

punctured and filled with scales, the interval between them

narrowly carinate; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with scape not reaching

eye; first and second joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax as

long as broad, apex narrower than base, sides very little rounded,

broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin convex, ocular

lobes very strongly developed. Upper surface convex, irregularly

set with conical tubercles, leaving a broad central furrow con-

taining a short but strong carina; apices of tubercles bare and

with depressed dark setz, the interstices with dense variegated

sealing. Hlytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders prominent, sides sub-

parallel for three-fourths of the length, apical processes very short

and obtuse in both sexes. Upper surface convex, with regular:

rows of shallow foveole; interval 1 entirely devoid of granules

or tubercles ; interval 6 with a more or less abbreviated row of

118 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

small conical tubercles, sometimes wanting; the remaining in-

tervals with regular complete rows of small, conical, closely-set

tubercles—except that on interval 4, which ceases at the summit

of the declivity; the tubercles increase slightly in size towards

apex, being subcristate on the declivity of interval 2. The entire

surface, including the apices of the tubercles, is densely clothed

with variegated grey and brown scaling. Legs short and thick,

with dense pale scales and sete; posterior tarsi with the joints of

about the same width, 2nd and 3rd joints subequal in length, the

ist distinctly longer.

NAMAQUALAND: O’okiep (L. Péringuey).

Type in the British Museum.

A well-marked species, approaching the aberrant dregei Gyl.,

but apart from being smaller and of a different colour, the rostral

horn is much larger and its apices divergent ; the thoracic tubercles

are smaller, more conical and more closely set; the prosternum has

a strong conical projection just in front of the anterior coxe ;

while the large intra-apical tubercular prominence of dregei is

represented by a very slight elevation. The prosternal projection

is a unique character in the genus.

113. tH. armatus Fihr.

HT, armatus, Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1871, p. 217.

Long. 104-12, lat. 5-54 mm.

Bead coriaceous and with brown scaling, convex on vertex,

forehead flattened, but without any carina or fovea; anteocular

furrows distinct, approaching above. ostrwm not cut off from

head by a basal incision, as long as prothorax, stout, curved and

dilated towards apex. Upper surface rugose and squamose, with

five carine, the median one being narrower and sharper than the

others, which are more obtuse and unite apically on each side, the

three central carinzee converge towards base to form a stout erect

parallel-sided tubercle which is emarginate at apex; upper lateral

sulci broad and uniting at base, the lower pair much narrower ;

scrobes deep, lateral and oblique; inferior basal furrow very

deep. Antenne short and thick; scape scarcely reaching eye ;

the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax as long as

broad, apex and base of equal width, sides ampliated, broadest

rather before middle, dorsal anterior margin convex, ocular lobes

well developed. Upper surface convex, closely set with rounded

tubercles, leaving a very indistinct central furrow without any

carina; tubercles bare and with depressed dark sete, the inter-

stices with brown scaling. lytra ovate, scarcely narrower in 6,

shoulders roundedly prominent, sides slightly ampliated, broadest

rather before middle; apical processes absent. Upper surface

convex, with rows of shallow punctures separated by small

granules and scarcely visible through the scaling ; interval 1 with

a row of small rounded tubercles ; intervals 3,5,and 7 with rows

of large, smooth, elongate distant tubercles; intervals 2 and 4

plane ; 6 with two to four isolated tubercles; tubercles bare, shiny,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 119

and with dark depressed setze, the interspaces with dense uniform

brown scaling. Legs thick, with sparse ochreous scaling, forming

a denser ring near apex of posterior femora; posterior tibize

gently curved in both sexes; posterior tarsi broad, the joints of

the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal, Ist rather longer.

Narau: Estcourt.

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

The large elongate and distant granules on the elytra distin-

guish this insect from all the other small species having a rostral

horn.

114. 7H. monrror Fahr.

H. monitor, Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. p. 215 (1871).

Long. 14, lat. 54 mm.

Head closely punctured and densely covered with large fulvous

scales; vertex convex, forehead flattened and with a faint central

carina; anteocular furrows distinct. Rostrum short and stout, as

long as prothorax only, without any basal dorsal incision, slightly

curved and dilated to apex.’ Upper surface with a stout basal

tubercle, which has its sides parallel and its apex emarginate ;

anterior part rugosely punctured, with a shallow central furrow

containing a narrow sharp carina which ascends the basal tubercle,

the raised edges of the furrow subgranulate ; lateral sulci deep,

subequal, the upper pair meeting at base; scrobes rather inter-

mediate in position, but tending to an inferior direction at base;

inferior basal furrow very broad and deep. Antenne short, the

scape scarcely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle sub-

equal. Prothorax somewhat transverse, apex and base of equal

width, sides strongly rounded, broadest well before middle,

anterior dorsal margin subtruncate, ocular lobes moderate. Upper

surface convex, closely set with small granular tubercles, leaving

# very narrow central furrow without any carina; tubercles bare,

shiny, each with a depressed seta; interstices with dense brownish

scaling. Hlytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides gently rounded,

broadest before middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface

convex, with regular rows of indistinct punctures separated by

small granules; interval 1 with a row of granules increasing in

size towards apex ; intervals 2 and 4 devoid of tubercles; 3, 5,

and 7 with complete rows of small rounded tubercles, those close

to base being rather smaller; interval 6 with a row of four or

five similar tubercles, abbreviated both at base and apex. Legs

with scattered pale scaling, forming a denser ring near apex of

femora; posterior tarsi broad, spongy beneath, the joints of the

same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, lst rather longer.

TRANSVAAL: Lydenburg (Dr. J. W. B. Gunning).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

115. H. nasurus Fahr.

H. nasutus Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1871, p. 216.

Long. 9-11, lat. 44-5 mm.

120 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Head coriaceous, with dense brown scaling, convex on vertex,

forehead much depressed and sometimes with a faint central

carina; anteocular furrows absent. Rostrwm not incised at base,

as long as prothorax, thick, dilated at apex and somewhat curved.

Upper surface densely squamose, with five carime, the three

central ones converging towards base to form a stout erect

parallel-sided tubercle, which is bifid at apex, of these latter

carine the outer ones are distinctly angulated above the insertion

of the antenne ; both pairs of lateral sulci uniting at base, the

lower pair narrow, the upper broad and shallow towards base ;

secrobes very shallow, lateral; inferior basal furrow distinct.

Antenne with the scape sinuate and more clavate than usual,

just reaching eye; the two basal jomts of funicle subequal, not

much longer than the others. Prothorax strongly transverse,

apex scarcely narrower than base, sides much amplhated, broadest

about middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes

moderate. Upper surface convex, irregularly set with small

rounded tubercles, leaving a narrow central furrow containing no

carina and a broader smooth space on either side of it; tubercles

bare, with depressed dark setz, the interstices with dense fulvous

sealing. Hlytra ovate, subacuminate in 2, shoulders sloping,

sides somewhat ampliated, broadest rather before middle, apices.

separately rounded in Q only. Upper surface convex, with

regular rows of strong ocellated punctures, visible through the

scaling; intervals 1, 3,5,and 7 elevated and with rows of smooth

elongate tubercles, which are mostly contiguous so as to form

distinct costee ; intervals 2, 4, and 6 quite plane ; apices of tubercles

bare and with depressed pale sets, the interspaces with dense

fulvous scaling. Legs with sparse fulvous scaling, except on the

entire apices of femora which are densely squamose; posterior

tarsi with the 3rd joint rather broader than the others, 2nd and

3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

ORANGE River Cotony: Bothaville (Dr. 1. Brawns).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

The basal impressed line on the rostrum referred to by

Fahreeus in his description is caused by the junction of the lower

pair of lateral sulci (an unusual character in this section) and is very

different from that mentioned in the case of monitor, armatus, &e.,

which is due to the dorsal approximation of the anteocular furrows..

The entire absence of these latter furrows at once distinguishes

nasutus from all the other species having a rostral tubercle and a.

short scape ; indeed in its rostral structure it is more nearly allied

to the long-scaped species, such as talpa, &e., which also lack the

anteocular furrows.

116. tH. coronatus Fst.

H. coronatus Fst. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1891, p. 385.

“Long. 11, lat. 455 mm.

‘‘ Oblongo-ovate, black, subopaque, with dense ochreous scaling ;

‘‘ rostrum subtricarinate and armed with an erect horn which is

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 121

“bifid at apex; forehead depressed and with an obsolete furrow ;

“ prothorax transverse, set above with cylindrical spines which

“are truncate and bear a puncture at apex; elytra roundedly

“acuminate at apex, granulato-striate at base, simply striate

“towards apex, suture and dorsal intervals with a single row of

“* oranules.

“Apart from H. transvaalensis Péringuey and the present

“species no Hipporrhinus has been described in which the thorax

“is set with cylindrical spines as in Epichthonius. But Mr.

“¢ Péringuey’s species is 30 mm. long and has no rostral horn.

“Upper surface of rostrum plane, with two lateral carinee

“ uniting towards the base to form a bifid horn and enclosing a

“triangular space which is faintly carinate in the middle.

“ Anterior margin of thorax faintly bisinuate and with broad

“ocular lobes; the cylindrical spines become converted laterally

“into tubercles, which latter, as also the sharp tubercles on the

“elytra, bear a blackish depressed seta which is set in a puncture

“and directed backwards. The thorax and elytra closely set with

“round bare spots. The underside with very sparse hairs, squamose

“only towards the sides. Femora with a dense ring of scales near

“the apex.

“TRANSVAAL. (Described from a @ ).”

Tyre in the Dresden Museum.

Dr. Faust’s statement that no previously described species except

transvaalensis Pér. possesses cylindrical spines on the thorax is

incorrect, for both spinicollis Gyl. and thoracicus Fahr. exhibit

in a marked degree this character, which, moreover, is not present

in transvaalensis. However, coronatus is the only described species

which has spines on the thorax in conjunction with a rostral horn.

117. H. consors Mshl. (Plate IV. fig. 4.)

H. consors Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 444 (1902).

Long. 11, lat. 53 mm.

Head with dense brownish scaling, vertex convex, forehead

plane and without carina or fovea; anteocular furrows distinct

but not very deep. Rostrum not incised at base, shorter than

prothorax only, very little curved, dilated to apex. Upper surface

closely but faintly punctured, densely covered with greyish scaling,

with a large tubercular horn close to base, which is strongly bifid

and distinctly dilated at apex; the anterior part without furrows

and smooth except for a very faint central carina; both pairs of

lateral sulci almost obsolete ; scrobes deep, lateral and oblique ;

inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne short, thick and squamose ;

scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal,

not much longer than the others. Prothorax transverse, apex and

base of equal width, sides strongly rounded, broadest rather before

middle, with a transverse impression near apex, dorsal anterior

margin truncate, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface

convex, fairly closely set with small rounded tubercles, leaving a

narrow central furrow without a carina; tubercles bare and with

122 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

very short depressed pale sete, the interstices with thick grey

scalng. Hlytra short ovate, shoulders sloping, sides distinctly

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes absent. Upper

surface convex, with shallow strize containing very indistinct

punctures separated by small granules; these disappear towards

apex and are normally hidden by the scaling; intervals evenly

raised and with regular and complete rows of small separated

granular tubercles, those on intervals 3 and 5 being often more

distant ; tubercles rounded, bare and shiny, each with a very short

depressed seta, the interstices variegated with large patches of

pale scaling, the most conspicuous of which is a large transverse

patch at the summit of the declivity. Zegs with pale scaling

which is thicker near apex of femora; the posterior tarsi short

and broad, the three basal joints subequal.

TransyaAL: Lydenburg.

Tyre in the British Museum.

Alhed to monitor Fahy., from which it may be distinguished by

its different shape, the elytra being shorter and broader; its

intervals 2 and 4 are also regularly granulate; and the central

carina on the rostrum is almost obsolete.

118. H. cornicunatus Fahr.

H. corniculatus Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh, 1871, p. 215.

Long. 10-15, lat. 44-6 mm.

Head closely but shallowly punctured and with dense brown

scaling, vertex convex, forehead strongly depressed and with a

more or less distinct central carina; anteocular furrows deep,

approaching very closely above, being separated only by a narrow

carina. Rostrum not separated from head by a complete trans-

verse incision, as long as prothorax, thick, strongly curved,

gradually dilated to apex. Upper surface rugosely punctured

and densely squamose, with five narrow carine, the median one~

straight and distinct, the others undulating and sometimes

indistinct, the three central ones converging at base to form a

stout prominent tubercle, which is strongly bifid at apex. Behind

the tubercle is a short central carina continuous with that on

forehead ; lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair rather broader and

deeper and uniting at base ; ‘scrobes deep, lateral and oblique ;

inferior basal anaom very deep. Antenne short and thick, clothed

with fairly dense pale setz ; scape barely reaching eye; the two

basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax very narrow in

comparison with the elytra, as long as broad, apex scarcely

narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest well before middle,

dorsal anterior margin truncate or slightly convex, ocular lobes

prominent. Upper surface convex, moderately closely set with

small rounded tubercles, leaving a distinct but narrow central

furrow without any carina ; tubercles shiny, each with a depressed

seta, the interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra ovate, a

little narrower in ¢, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides slightly

ampliated, broadest about middle, apical processes absent. Upper

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. | 123

surface convex, the sulci containing rows of deep punctures clearly

visible through the scaling; the intervals of even height, each

with a row of large, rather distant granules, which are shiny and

bear depressed pale setze, the interspaces with dense brownish or

greyish scaling. Legs thickly clothed with brownish scaling,

forming a rather denser ring near apex of femora; posterior tarsi

with the joints all of the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in

length, Ista little longer.

ORANGE River Cotony: Bothaville (Dr. H. Brauns). TRANS-

VAAL: Pretoria (W. LZ. Distant), Lydenburg. MASHONALAND:

Umtali (4. Bodong).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

119. H. prorryquus, sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 5.)

Long. 12-14, lat. 55-7 mm.

Head covered with dense grey scaling, convex on vertex, fore-

head strongly depressed and with a distinct central carina ; ante-

ocular furrows deep, approximated above. ostrwm not com-

pletely cut off from head by a transverse incision, slightly curved

and dilated towards apex. Upper surface densely squamose, with

five carine, the central one being narrower than the others, the

three median carine converge near base to form a prominent

tubercle which is distinctly bifid at apex; behind the tubercle is

a short carina continuous with that on forehead ; upper lateral

sulci broad, deep and uniting at base, the lower pair much

shallower, shorter and narrower ; scrobes deep, lateral and oblique ;

inferior basal furrow distinct. Antenne short and thick, clothed

with pale sete; scape barely reaching eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, apex rather narrower

than base, sides rounded, broadest somewhat before middle, dorsal

anterior margin slightly convex, ocular lobes moderate. Upper

surface convex, moderately closely set with small rounded tubercles,

leaving an indistinct central furrow containing no carina; apices

of tubercles bare and with short depressed pale sete, the inter-

stices with dense grey scaling. Hlytra ovate, a little narrower in

3, shoulders roundedly prominent, sides slightly ampliated,

broadest rather before middle, apical processes absent. Upper

surface convex, with shallow sulci containing rows of small

punctures, which are normally quite concealed by the scaling;

the intervals of even height, each with a row of small, fairly

closely-set granules, bearing pale depressed setze, the interspaces

with dense grey scaling. Legs with sparse greyish scaling, forming

a denser ring near apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the joints

of about the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal, lst rather longer,

MASHONALAND: Salisbury.

Type in the British Museum.

Very closely allied to corniculatus Fahr., of which it is the

northern representative. It may be distinguished from that

species by the following characters: the rostrum is not nearly

so deep and much less curved, the inferior basal furrow much

124 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

shallower; the prothorax is distinctly broader; the sulci on the

elytra are shallower, and the punctures in them smaller and quite

hidden by the scaling; the granules on the intervals are smaller

and more closely set.

A common species at Salisbury, where it feeds on several low

herbaceous plants, but especially on a species of Pseudarthria.

120. H. srmacutatus Mshl. (Plate IV. fig. 6.)

HT. bimaculatus Mshl. |. c. p. 456 (1902).

Long. 103-12, lat. 43-53 mm.

Head convex, closely and distinctly punctured and with thin

yellowish scaling, forehead with a small bare smooth spot near

base of rostrum ; anteocular furrows absent. Rostrwm not incised

at base, as long as prothorax only, scarcely curved and slightly

dilated towards apex. Upper surface convex, with a fine smooth

central carina and two, much less distinct, on either side; lateral

sulci broad and shallow, uniting at base, where the central part of

the rostrum is slightly raised so as to form a rudimentary basal

tubercle; scrobes shallow, lateral and oblique; inferior basal

furrow absent. Antenne rather longer in the 3d; scape reaching

the posterior margin of eye; the two basal joints of funicle sub-

equal. Prothorax in the ¢ a little broader than long, the length

being equal to the width of both base and apex; in the Q dis-

tinctly transverse, the length being shorter than the width of

base or apex; sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle,

dorsal anterior margin sinuate; ocular lobes almost obsolete.

Upper surface convex, closely set with low granular tubercles,

bearing depressed pale sete and leaving a very narrow central

furrow without any carina; scaling brown, with three narrow

pale lines. Hlytra ovateand acuminate posteriorly in Q , narrower

and subelliptical in ¢, shoulders sloping, sides rounded, broadest

rather before middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface

convex, with shallow strize containing regular rows of small

punctures; intervals all equally raised, each bearing a single row

of shiny setigerous granules, which are largest near base and

rapidly diminish in size towards apex; scaling dense, variegated

brown and grey, with a small but conspicuous white spot at the

declivity on the third interval. Legs with fine grey pubescence ;

intermediate tibise curved internally just before apex, but much

more markedly so in the 6; this sex also has the posterior tibize

very strongly compressed laterally just before apex ; posterior

tarsi with the 2nd joint a trifle narrower than the others, 2nd

and 3rd subequal, 1st joint very long and broad in d, longer than

2nd and 3rd together, but normal in ?.

MASHONALAND: Salisbury.

Tyre in the British Museum.

The strong compression of the posterior tibie of the male is a

character which, so far as I am aware, does not occur elsewhere

in the genus; the striking difference in the posterior tarsi of the

two sexes is also very unusual.

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 125

121. H. cervinus, sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 7.)

Long. 10-12, lat. 4-55 mm.

Head deeply set, flattened on forehead, with close shallow

punctuation and dense fulvous scaling ; anteocular furrows absent.

Rostrum as long as prothorax, stout, thick, scarcely curved and

gradually dilated to apex. Upper surface punctured and scaled

like the head, with a very faint abbreviated central carina and a

stronger one on either side of it, which converge towards base to

form a low prominence (more strongly developed in 2); lateral

sulci rather broad and shallow, uniting at base; scrobes very

shallow, lateral and oblique ; inferior basal furrow present but not

well developed. ditemice piceous, with fine pale sete; scape

reaching posterior margin of eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax distinctly transverse, apex and base of equal

width, with a shallow constriction close to former, sides rounded,

broadest about middle, anterior margin truncate or slightly

concave; ocular lobes feeble. Upper surface convex, closely set

with small granules, and without any distinct central furrow ;

granules bare, shiny, each with a depressed fulvous seta, the

interstices with fulvous scaling, except for three narrow longi-

tudinal white lines. Hlytra ovate, much broader in 2, in which

they are distinctly acuminate apically, shoulders sloping, sides

rounded, broadest rather before middle, apical processes absent.

Upper surface convex, with broad shallow sulci, containing regular

rows of ocellated punctures which are almost hidden by the

scaling ; the intervals equally raised and very slightly costate ;

the extreme lateral intervals alone with faint traces of low

granules; the dorsal intervals entirely without granules, which

are replaced by regular rows of depressed pale setz ; scaling very

dense and even throughout, of a fulvous-grey or brown colour.

Legs thinly clothed with pale sete; posterior tarsi narrow,

elongate, the 3rd joint rather broader than the others, Ist joint

longer than 2nd, and 2nd than 3rd.

ORANGE River Cotony: Dewetsdorp (Dr. H. Brauns),

Kronstad {[S. A. Mus.]. Transvaau: Lydenburg.

TypEs— od in the British Museum; 9 in the’ Stockholm

Museum.

In addition to the 4 $d of this species kindly sent me by

Dr. Brauns, I have received a Transvaal example from Dr. Walter

Horn; there are 3 3 d in the 8. African Museum, but the only

2 I have yet seen is that at Stockholm.

The characters given in the key sufficiently distinguish this

species from bimaculatwus Mshl. Of the other species with

elongate scapes, talpa Fahr. is the only one which at all resembles

it. Apart from its rudimentary rostral tubercle, cervinus may be

separated from talpa by its much longer and narrower tarsi, in

which the joints are of different proportionate lengths; and also

by the apical constriction of the thorax, which causes the anterior

margin to have a slightly upturned appearance which is very

characteristic of the species,

126 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

122. +H. raupa Fahr.

HT, talpa Fahr. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1871, p. 217.

Long. 83-10, lat. 4-43 mm.

Head coriaceous, squamose, convex on vertex, forehead flattened

and with a short central stria; anteocular furrows absent.

Rostrum not cut off from head at base, as long as prothorax,

thick, curved and dilated towards apex. Upper surface squamose,

with five carine, the outer ones uniting apically and the three

central ones converging towards base to form a stout erect

tubercle, which is more or less strongly dilated to apex and there

emarginate ; the central carina abbreviated anteriorly; lateral

sulci shallow, especially the lower pair which is much narrower

than the upper, both pairs unite at base; scrobes lateral, very

shallow ; inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne with scape reaching

the middle of eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax as long as broad in 6, transverse in 9, apex almost as

broad as base, sides rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal

anterior margin truncate ; ocular lobes moderate. Upper surface

convex, closely set with small rounded granules, leaving a very

narrow central furrow without any carina; granules bare, each

with a depressed pale seta, the interstices with brown scaling

except for three narrow longitudinal white lines. Hlytra ovate,

subacuminate in @, shoulders sloping, sides rounded, broadest

rather before middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface

convex, with shallow sulci, containing rows of indistinct punc-

tures separated by minute granules; the intervals all of even

height, each with a row of small low granules, which are shiny

and bear depressed pale setae, the interspaces with dense brown

scaling variegated with grey; on the juxta-sutural intervals the

granules are not so distinct as towards the sides. Legs with grey

scaling; posterior tarsi with the joints of about the same width,

2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st longer.

TransvaaL: Lydenburg [don. Dr. J. W. B. Gunning]. Masona-

LAND: Marandella’s (6000 ft.). Porr. KE. Arrica: Delagoa Bay

(1. Junod),

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

This species appears to vary a good deal in the development of

the rostral horn. In my Mashonaland examples this horn is

comparatively small, almost parallel-sided and very slightly emar-

ginate apically. In the series taken by Wahlberg (presumably in

the Transvaal) it is distinctly longer and dilated apically, and in

one specimen the dilatation is much more strongly marked than

in the rest.

123. H. vicinus Mshl. (Plate IV. fig. 8.)

H. vicinus Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 452 (1902).

Long. 10, lat. 5 mm.

Head convex, densely covered with brown scaling, forehead

without fovea or carina; anteocular furrows absent. Rostrum

not incised at base, short and thick, shorter than the prothorax,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. ; 127

searcely curved, strongly dilated from base to apex, a little more

slender in ¢ than in @. Upper surface with a short basal

tubercle which has its sides subparallel and its apex sharply

bifurcated ; anterior portion almost plane, rugosely punctured,

and with a faint carina running from the middle back to the apex

of the tubercle ; lateral sulci indistinct, the upper pair uniting at

base ; scrobes shallow, lateral and oblique ; inferior basal furrow

very deep. Antenne with scape reaching to about middle of eye ;

the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax rather trans-

verse, apex about as wide as base, sides strongly rounded, broadest.

about middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate; ocular lobes very

feeble. Upper surface convex, closely set with small granules,

the central furrow being almost obsolete; granules bare, shiny,

and with depressed pale setz, the interstices with brown scaling

and three pale longitudinal nes. lytra short ovate, broadest

before middle, shoulders sloping, bluntly rounded apically in <6,

subacuminate in 9 ; apical processes absent. Upper surface convex,

distinctly sulcate, the sulci with rows of ocellated punctures, some-

times hidden by the scaling; intervals carinate, but especially

3, 5, and 7, which are rather higher than the others; intervals 1

and 2 with no granules, but with regular rows of recumbent

setze ; the other intervals have rows of minute setigerous granules,

which disappear near apex and are there replaced by depressed

setze; scaling dense, variegated brown and grey, granules bare and

shiny. Legs with scattered pale scaling and without a femoral

ring; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint rather narrower than the

adjoining ones, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st rather longer.

Nara: Estcourt.

Type in the British Museum.

A fairly common species in the uplands of Natal, where it

replaces its near ally talpa Fahr. This latter species differs in

having the intervals on the elytra less raised and of even height,

and it also has a fovea on the forehead.

124. H. previs Mshl. (Plate IV. fig. 9.)

HT, brevis Mshl. 1. c. p. 450 (1902).

Head convex on vertex, which is closely and distinctly punc-

tured ; forehead flattened, with fine convergent plications and a

short low central carina near the rostrum bearing a single fovea ;

anteocular furrows absent. Rostrwm not incised at base, short

and thick, as long as prothorax only, slightly curved. Upper

surface with a stout basal tubercle which has its sides rather con-

vergent and its apex sharply bifurcated; anterior part almost

plane, rugosely punctured, and with a very faint short carina;

lateral sulci broad and distinct, uniting at base; scrobes lateral

and curved-; inferior basal furrow very deep, <Antenne with

scape reaching to about middle of eye; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, the length equal to the

width at base, which is as broad as the apex ; ocular lobes distinct.

Upper surface convex, closely set with low granules, each bearing

128 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

a pale depressed seta; scaling brown, with three narrow and

indistinct paler lines. Hlytra very short, ovate, sides strongly

rounded, broadest before middle, acuminate behind ( ¢ ), shoulders

rounded, apical processes absent. Upper surface rather convex,

strie with rows of shallow subreticulate fove, intervals evenly

raised and with large, very depressed, shiny, distant granules,

which bear depressed pale sete ; scaling not very dense, yellowish

brown. Legs with scattered pale scaling, forming a denser ring

at apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the three basal joints of

about the same width, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st longer.

CaprE CoLony.

Tyre in the British Museum.

125. H.incertus Mshl. (Plate IV. fig. 10.)

H. incertus Mshl. 1. ¢. p. 454 (1902).

Long. 10, lat. 45 mm.

Head with dense brown scaling, vertex convex and closely

punctured, forehead strongly depressed, indistinctly punctured

and without a fovea or carina; anteocular furrows obsolete.

Rostrum not incised at base, short and thick, about as long as

prothorax only, scarcely curved and strongly dilated to apex.

Upper surface with a stout basal tubercle, which has its sides

subparallel and its apex sharply bifid; anterior part slightly

excavated, closely punctured, and with a narrow but distinct

central carina which ascends the tubercle ; lateral sulci meeting

at base, the upper pair broad and shallow, the lower narrower and

deeper ; scrobes lateral and curved ; inferior basal furrow broad

and deep. Antenne with scape reaching the posterior margin of

eye ; the second joint of funicle rather longer than first. Prothorax

transverse, its length equal to the width of both base and apex,

sides rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin

truncate, ocular lobes feeble. Upper surface convex, fairly closely

set with small separated conical tubercles, arranged in more or

less irregular longitudinal rows and leaving a narrow central

furrow without any carina; tubercles black, shiny, and each with

a depressed dark seta, the interstices with uniform brown scaling.

Elytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides distinctly rounded, broadest

before middle, @ more acuminate posteriorly than 6 3 apical

processes absent. Upper surface convex, with faint strie con-

taining rows of indistinct punctures, sometimes separated by

minute granules; intervals 1, 3, 5, and 7 with regular and com-

plete rows of granules ; intervals 2, 4, and 6 without any, or at

most a few isolated, granules; granules black, shiny, each with a

depressed dark seta; scaling thin, uniform brown. Legs black,

with sparse brownish-grey scaling and a paler ring near apex of

femora; posterior tarsi with the 3rd joint rather broader than the

other two, 2nd and 3rd subequal, 1st longer.

MASHONALAND: Salisbury, Marandella’s.

Type in the British Museum.

From the other long-scaped species having a rostral tubercle,

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 129

incertus may be distinguished by the sparser and more elevated

granules on the prothorax, the almost entire absence of granules

on intervals 2, 4, and 6 of the elytra, and the much larger and

more distant granules on the remaining intervals.

126. H. arenarius Fahr.

H. arenarius Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. p. 210 (1871).

Long. 12, lat. 55-6 mm.

Head convex on vertex, forehead flattened and usually with a

shallow central fovea, punctuation close and deep but hidden

beneath the dense brown scaling; anteocular furrows obsolete.

Rostrum not incised at base, about as long as prothorax only,

very little curved. Upper surface with three narrow and

slightly undulating carine converging towards base, which is

higher than the plane of forehead, punctuation coarse but

hidden by the scaling; lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair

broader and meeting at base; scrobes lateral but not very

oblique; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne piceous,

setose; scape curved, exceeding the anterior, but not the pos-

terior, margin of eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax in ¢ slightly broader than long, the length a little

greater than the width at base; in 2 more transverse, the

length less than the width at base; apex narrower than base,

sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior

margin truncate; ocular lobes feebly developed. Upper surface

convex, closely set with small rounded granules, leaving a narrow

central furrow without a carina; granules bare, interstices with

thick brown scaling. lytra ovate in ¢, broader and more

convex in @, shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded,

broadest about middle, apical processes very short in Q, absent

in ¢. Upper surface convex, sulcate, the sulci containing rows

of large shallow punctures with minute intervening granules ;

intervals all equally raised, each having a single row of granules

bearing short depressed pale sete; scaling dense, dark brown,

partly concealing the sculpturing of the sulci. Legs with dense

scaling except on basal half of femora which is finely setose ;

the legs are markedly thicker in the ¢ and the tibie are more

curved, the hind pair having a strong tooth before middle on the

interior edge ; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint slightly narrower

than the others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, the Ist longer.

MATABELELAND: Bulawayo (J. P. Cregoe & F. Hyles).

Typs (a 2) in the Stockholm Museum.

The peculiar structure of the hind tibize will enable the ¢ of

this species to be easily recognised; the Q has only a slight

indication of the tibial tooth. In size and general shape the

species has much the appearance of corniculatus Fahr.

127. H. seriecRranosus Gyl.

H. seriegranosus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 772 (1840).

Long. 11, lat. 4 mm.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. IX. 9

13 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

Head convex, closely and rather rugosely punctured throughout,

forehead flattened, but without fovea or carina; eyes unusually

large, the space between them narrower than the base of rostrum ;

anteocular furrows entirely absent. Rostrum rather shorter in 2,

not incised dorsally at base, as long as prothorax, comparatively

slender and almost straight. Upper surface with five narrow low

carine, the interspaces coarsely punctured and with fine suberect

setee ; lateral sulci deep and subequal in length, the upper pair

parallel, but each one running into the basal impression ; scrobes

lateral, sinuate; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne elongate,

with scape reaching posterior margin of eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothoraz as long as broad in ¢, shorter

and slightly transverse in 9, apex narrower than base, sides

slightly rounded, broadest behind middle, dorsal anterior margin

truncate; anteocular lobes feeble. Upper surface convex, fairly

closely set with small tubercles which are cylindrical on disk but

lower and rounded towards the sides; central furrow narrow,

ill-defined, and without a carina; tubercles bare, each with a

suberect dark seta, the interstices with brownish-grey scaling.

Elytra subelliptical in ¢, ovate in 2, shoulders sloping, sides

moderately rounded, more so in 9, broadest before middle in 2,

about middle in ¢; apical processes absent. Upper surface

convex, with regular rows of fine closely-set punctures; intervals

all similar, bearing complete rows of large, rounded and distant

eranules, each bearing a depressed pale seta ; scales greyish, very

small and thinly scattered. Legs slender, elongate, sparsely

clothed with white sete; posterior tarsi long and narrow, the

3rd joint broadest, being strongly lobate, Ist joint elongate,

vather broader than 2nd and almost as long as 2nd and 3rd

together.

Care CoLony.

128. tH. toneuLus Gyl.,

H. longulus Gy]. Schh. Gen, Cure. v. p. 773 (1840).

Head convex, densely and rugosely punctured, sparsely squa-

mose; anteocular furrows absent. tostrwm not incised at base,

as long as prothorax, slightly curved, sides almost parallel

throughout, very little dilated at apex. Upper surface with five

narrow carine, the three median ones being almost smooth and

continuous throughout, the lateral ones undulating ; upper lateral

sulci meeting at base and longer than the lower ; scrobes lateral,

shallow ; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with the scape

reaching posterior margin of eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothoraz longer than broad, base a little narrower

than apex, sides moderately rounded, broadest at, or a little

before, middle, dorsal anterior margin slightly emarginate; ocular

lobes moderately developed. Upper surface slightly convex,

closely set with rounded subdepressed tubercles, leaving a very

narrow central furrow without any carina; tubercles bare and

with setigerous punctures, the interstices with grey scaling and

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 131

three indistinct paler lines. Hlytra narrowly ovate, shoulders

very sloping, sides slightly rounded, broadest before middle, the

apices conjointly rounded. Upper surface convex, with shallow

sulei containing rows of granules, the intervals slightly convex

and set with rows of small remote tubercles bearing long black

sete, the interspaces with sparse grey and white scaling. Legs

rather long, with thin greyish sete; posterior tarsi with the

Ist joint elongate, 2nd and 3rd subequal.

APE OF Goop Hore (Drege).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

I have seen only the single example at Stockholm from Drége’s

collection. Fahreeus distinguishes this species from seriegranosus

Gyl., to which it is closely allied, by its much smaller size and

convex forehead, by the prothorax being ampliated at, or a little

before, middle, and its apex not being narrower than the base.

129. +H. sJOsTEDTI, sp. nov.

Long. 12, lat. 5 mm.

Head convex, bare, closely and strongly punctured, forehead

with a faint central impression; anteocular furrows absent.

Rostrum not incised at base, as long as prothorax, comparatively

slender, slightly curved and scarcely dilated towards apex. Upper

surface with five narrow straight carine; lateral sulci not uniting

at base, the upper pair very narrow and elongate, the lower pair

shorter, broader and deeper; scrobes lateral, shallow ; inferior

basal furrow absent. Antenne very long and slender, the scape

exceeding the posterior margin of eye; second joint of funicle

distinctly longer than first. Prothoraz slightly broader than

long, apex narrower than base, sides rounded, broadest rather

before middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate; ocular lobes

almost obsolete. Upper surface nearly plane, moderately closely

set with low rounded granules, leaving a very narrow and in-

distinct central furrow ; granules bare, with short depressed pale

setee, the interstices with only a few scattered white scales

towards the sides. Hlytra very elongate ovate, shoulders sloping,

sides moderately rounded, broadest before middle; apical processes

absent. Upper surface convex, with shallow sulci containing rows

of small granules, the intervals similar, slightly convex, and each

with a regular row of separate rounded granules, bearing very

short depressed sete ; the interspaces with very sparse minute

white scales. Legs very long and slender, piceous, and with

scattered pale sete; posterior tarsi elongate, the 3rd jomt much

broader than the others, 2nd narrower and much shorter than Ist,

but subequal to 3rd in length.

Cape Cotony: Gavios (Westring—coll. Schinherr).

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

Very similar in general facies to seriegranosus Gyl., from which

it differs among other points in the much longer and more slender

rostrum, in having the 2nd joint of the funicle longer than the Ist,

and in the greater dilatation of the 3rd tarsal joint.

132 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [J an. 19,

130. H. eranicoiuis (Gyl.).

Prypnus granicollis Gyl. Schénh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 496 (1833).

Prypnus cicatricosus Gyl. 1. ¢.

H. granicollis Wahy. op. c. v. p. 776 (1840).

Long. 11-12, lat. 5-6 mm. F

Head convex, with dense brown scaling, forehead not depressed,

usually with a short stria or fovea; anteocular furrows absent.

Rostrum not incised at base, as long as prothorax, slightly curved,

dilated to apex. Upper surface punctured and squamose, with

five smooth narrow undulating carine; lateral sulci distinct, the

upper pair meeting at base and much longer than the lower ;

scrobes not very deep, lateral and curved; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne with sparse pale sete; scape reaching posterior

margin of eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Pro-

thorax transverse, apex and base of about equal width, sides

strongly rounded, broadest about middle, dorsal anterior margin

truncate; ocular lobes almost obsolete. Upper surface convex,

fairly closely set with rounded granules, leaving an indistinct

central furrow without any carina; granules bare, shiny, each

with a subdepressed pale seta; the interstices with brown scaling,

except the central furrow, a distinct lateral line and an ill-defined

line below it, which are white. lytra elliptical in ¢, broadly

ovate and acuminate behind in 9, shoulders prominent, sides

slightly ampliated, broadest about middle, apical processes absent.

Upper surface convex, with shallow sulci containing rows of large

ocellated punctures, normally almost hidden by the scaling; the

intervals evenly raised, the extreme lateral ones with rows of small

granules, which, however, are absent on the dorsal ones, where they

are replaced by duplicated rows of pale suberect sete; scaling

very small, circular, dense, of a brown colour often variegated

with greyish, and occasionally there is a small round white spot

at the summit of the declivity on the third interval. Legs longer

and thicker in ¢ than in 9, clothed with fine whitish sete and

with a trace of a white band near apex of femora; posterior tarsl

more elongate in ¢, the 2nd joint rather narrower than the other

two, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, Ist longer.

Care Cotony : Grahamstown and Uitenhage (Rev. J. A. O Neil),

Port Elizabeth (Dr. H. Brawis), Somerset East, Albany, and

Knysna [S. African Mus.].

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

Father O’Neil states that this species is found commonly round

Grahamstown under stones on the grass veld, but it is very rare

at Uitenhage.

131. tH. porcuLus (Sparrm.).

Curculio porculus Sparrm. Act. Holm. i. p. 49, t. 2. f. 20 (1785).

Prypnus porculus Gyl. Schoénh. Gen. Cure. i. p. 495 (18383).

Head convex, granulate, with dense brown scaling ; anteocular

lobes absent. ostrwm not incised at base, shorter than pro-

thorax, thick, slightly curved and dilated towards apex. Upper

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 133

surface granulate and with dense brown scaling and black sete,

with narrow smooth carine ; scrobes lateral and curved. Antenne

with scape reaching middle of eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax slightly transverse, apex narrower than

base, sides strongly rounded, broadest at middle, dorsal anterior

margin truncate; ocular lobes almost obsolete. Upper surface

shghtly convex, moderately closely set with rounded granules,

leaving a shallow central furrow containing no carina; granules

bare, shiny, with suberect sete; the interstices with brown scaling,

except the central furrow and two abbreviated irregular lines on

each side, which are white. Hlytra ovate, acuminate apically,

shoulders prominent, sides slightly ampliated, broadest rather

before middle; apical processes absent. Upper surface convex,

with shallow sulci containing rows of ocellated punctures almost

hidden by the scaling; the intervals even, faintly granulate, the

granules being more noticeable towards sides and base and bearing

long erect black setze; scaling dense, brown, variegated with grey

and with an ovate white spot at the summit of the declivity on the

3rd interval. Legs with fine white sete ; posterior tarsi with the

2nd joint rather narrower than the others, 2nd and 35rd subequal

in length, Ist longer.

Care or Goop Hore (Sparrman).

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

I have only seen the unique type, a 2. The species is very

closely allied to granicollis Gyl., from which it may be distin-

guished by its larger size, more acuminate elytra, its longer, more

erect and black sete, and more strongly granulate elytra.

132. H. varrus Fahr.

HT, varius Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1871, p. 211.

Long. 9-12, lat. 33-53 mm.

Head convex, closely and confluently punctured, with dense

greyish scaling, forehead without any distinct fovea or carina ;

anteocular furrows absent. tostrwm not incised at base, as long

as prothorax, slightly curved and dilated to apex. Upper surface

punctured and scaled like the head, with five narrow smooth

carine, the central one being rather more distinct than the

others; lateral sulci rather shallow, the upper pair a little longer

than the lower; scrobes lateral, very shallow; inferior basal

furrow absent. Antenne clothed with fine grey sete; scape

reaching posterior margin of eye; the joints of the funicle much

more elongate in ¢ than in 9, the two basal joints subequal in

both sexes. Prothorax slightly transverse in 3, more distinctly

so in Q, apex narrower than base, sides moderately rounded,

broadest behind middle, anterior margin truncate, ocular lobes

almost obsolete. Upper surface convex, closely set with rounded

granules, leaving a very narrow central furrow containing no

carina; granules with depressed pale sete, the interstices with

greyish and brownish scaling. Hlytra subelliptical in 3, broadly

ovate and acuminate apically in @, shoulders sloping, sides

134 MR. G. A K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

rounded, broadest before middle, apical processes absent. Upper

surface convex, with shallow sulci, containing rows of shallow

indistinct but ocellated punctures separated by small granules ;

the intervals of even height and bearing rows of faint depr essed

granules, which are more noticeable laterally ; granules more or

less bare, each with a pale depressed seta; the interspaces with

dense greyish scaling, sometimes uniform, sometimes variegated

with brown or black spots. Legs clothed with fine pale sete;

posterior tarsi with the 3rd joint distinctly broader than the

others and the Ist a little broader than 2nd, 2nd and 3rd subequal

in length, Ist longer.

Natau: Durban (C. W. Barker), Estcourt. TRANSVAAL.

MasHoNALAND: Umtali (4. Bodong).

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

I found this species fairly plentifully at Estcourt, most of my

examples having been taken in sweeping herbage or at the roots

of grass-tufts.

133. H. o’NEILI, <p. nov.

Long. 11-12, lat. 5-6 mm.

Head slightly ee closely and distinctly punctured and with .

dense brownish scaling, forehead finely carinate ; anteocular

furrows absent. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as pro-

thorax only, thick, slightly curved and dilated to apex. Upper

surface punctured and scaled like the head and with five smooth

narrow carine ; lateral sulci distinct, the upper uniting at base and

longer than the lower; scrobes lateral and shallow; inferior basal

furrow absent. Antenne with scape reaching, but not exceeding,

posterior margin of eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax transverse, apex and base of equal width, sides very

strongly rounded, broadest rather behind middle and constricted

at. apex, dorsal anterior margin sinuate; ocular lobes very feeble.

Upper surface convex, moderately closely set with small rounded

granules, leaving a narrow central furrow containing no carina ;

granules bare, with short depressed setz, the interstices with dense

brown scaling and three narrow paler lines. lytra ovate, broader

in 2 and str ongly acuminate apically, shoulders sloping, sides

rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes absent. Upper

surface slightly convex, scarcely sulcate, the strize with regular

xows of fine simple and closely-set punctures; the intervals plane

on disk, but slightly convex laterally, quite smooth and finely

aciculate; scaling dense, brownish or greyish (occasionally with

the appearance of faint striping ), the intervals with rows of short

depressed pale setze. Legs thinly clothed with fine greyish

pubescence ; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint narrower than the

two adjoining, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st much longer ;

in the 3 the Ist joint is longer and much broader than in the O's

Nara: Colenso [Oxford Museum], Ulundi (6000 ft.).

Tyrres— ¢ in the British Museum; 9 in the Oxford Museum.

A close ally of 1. varius Fahy., but apart from its larger size

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 135

and stouter legs, it differs in the smoother and more even surface

of the elytra and the fine simple punctuation of the strie; the

shape of the prothorax is also different owing to its much more

strongly rounded sides and the presence of the shallow, but dis-

tinct, apical constriction.

134. H. uiveatus Fahr.

HI, lineatus Fahr. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. p. 213 (1871).

Long. 14-16, lat. 54-7 mm.

Head convex, closely and finely punctured and with denser

whitish scaling ; forehead rather flattened and with a faint central

carina; anteocular furrows absent. Rostrum not incised at base,

as long as prothorax, scarcely curved. Upper surface with five

narrow carine, the central one bare and a good deal higher than

the others, which are more or less concealed by the denser scaling;

lateral sulci not very deep, subequal, the upper pair meeting ait

base, which is distinctly higher than the plane of forehead; scrobes

shallow, entirely lateral and scarcely oblique; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne very long,.with dense white pubescence ; scape

extending beyond posterior margin of eye; first joint of funicle

longer than second. Prothorax transverse, apex narrower than

base, sides strongly rounded, broadest behind middle, apical margin

truncate; ocular lobes almost obsolete. Upper surface convex,

closely set with low rounded tubercles, leaving a central furrow

(without carina) and an ill-defined smooth line on each side;

tubercles bare, without sete, interstices with dense white scaling.

Hlytra elliptical in g, ovate in 2 and acuminate at apex, shoulders

sloping, sides rounded, much more so in 9, broadest about middle,

apical processes absent. Upper surface convex, with finely

punctured striz which disappear before apex; the striz all bare

except the 6th, which is faintly visible through the scaling;

all intervals quite plane and with stripes of white scaling; the

stripes on intervals 4 and 6 broadest and most dense; those on

1 and 2 equally dense, but narrower; those on 3, 5, and 7 still

narrower, less dense and less well defined; the dorsal intervals

have each a row of minute dark dots in the white scales, taking

towards the sides the form of small and very depressed granules ;

inflexed margins of elytra and underside of body densely clothed

with white scaling. Zegs much longer and thicker in g, 1

which sex the posterior tibie exceed the apex of elytra by more

than 3% their length, whereas in 2 they do so by less than 7;

scaling dense, uniform white; posterior tarsi spongy beneath,

longer and thicker in g, 2nd joint rather narrower than the

others, 2nd and 3rd subequal in length, 1st rather longer.

TRANSVAAL; ZULULAND; PorTUGUESE E. AFRICA

Typs in the Stockholm Museum.

135. 7H. virratus Fahr.

H. vittatus Fihr. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. p. 213 (1871).

Long. 11, lat. 44 mm.

136 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA Jan. 19

Head closely and confluently punctured and with sparse whitish

scaling, vertex convex, forehead almost plane; anteocular furrows

absent. Rostrwm not incised at base, as long as head and pro-

thorax, very little curved, dilated towards apex. Upper surface

with five smooth narrow carine of about equal height; lateral

sulci distinct, the upper pair longer and uniting at base; scrobes

lateral, shallow and curved; inferior basal furrow absent.

Antenne with scape exceeding posterior margin of eye; the first

joint of funicle longer than second. Prothoraa slightly broader than

long, apex scarcely narrower than base, sides not much rounded,

broadest before middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate, ocular

lobes feeble. Upper surface convex, closely set with low rounded

granules, leaving a distinct central furrow containing no carina;

granules bare, with depressed pale sete, the interstices with greyish

scaling, the central furrow and a narrow lateral line being white.

Elytra narrowly ovate, broader in Q and subacuminate towards

apex, shoulders sloping, sides rounded, broadest before middle,

apical processes absent. Upper surface convex, with regular

shallow strize containing rows of deep closely-set punctures; the

intervals evenly raised, slightly convex and quite smooth on disk,

but with faint traces of granulation laterally ; each interval with

a row of depressed white sete ; the whole surface with moderately

dense small white scaling, which is more or less denuded on

intervals 3 and 7. Legs with fine whitish pubescence; posterior

tarsi elongate, the 2nd joint rather narrower than the other two,

Ist longer than 2nd, and 2nd than 3rd; in the ¢ the Ist joint is

longer and broader than in the @.

“Carrraria” (J. Wahlberg).

Tyre in the Stockholm Museum.

136. 7H. suBLryeatus Gyl.

H. sublineatus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 775 (1840).

“ Head rather large, subglobose, closely punctured, black with

“white scaling; eyes ovate, black, slightly prominent. Aostrwm

‘a little longer than head, very thick, curved, angulated, sub-

‘“oibbose above, and with a shallow central furrow divided by a

“small smooth carina, two lateral sulci adjoining on either side,

‘of which the upper ones are very deep, almost hidden towards

“apex under the very narrow carine which adjoin them internally,

‘Cand subconvergent towards base for the narrow dorsal elevation ;

“punctured throughout, black, sparsely squamose. Antenne

“medium, black. Thorax broader than long, a little narrower

‘anteriorly, apex broadly emarginate, sides ampliated posteriorly,

“base truncate. Upper surface slightly convex, scarcely or very

‘““obsoletely suleate, very closely set with low rounded tubercles

‘bearing depressed pale sete; black, the interstices with sparse

‘“orey scaling. Scutellum small, triangular, black. Llytra

“truncate anteriorly, a little broader than the base of thorax, sides

“ampliated in front, attenuate behind, apices jointly but sharply

“‘younded, four times longer than the thorax. Upper surface

“convex, remotely striato-punctate, the punctures containing

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS, ag

“small sete, the intervals faintly granulate; black, with alter-

“‘nating lines of dense white scaling. Body punctured beneath,

“black, with sparse white scaling. Zegs rather long, stout, black,

“‘obsoletely punctured, and with white scaling.

“Cape or Goop Horr. Described from the collection of

“Mr. Drége.

“Less than half the size of Hipporrhinus subvittatus, notably

“shorter, the rostrum differently constructed, the thorax short,

“densely tuberculate, &e.”

I have been unable to identify this species with any certainty,

and the above description is taken from Gyllenhal.

137. H. susyvrrratus Gyl.

H, subvittatus Gyl. Schh. Gen. Cure. v. p. 774 (1840).

HH. cinerascens Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. p. 212 (1871).

Long. 12-14, lat. 5-6 mm.

Head convex, closely and confluently punctured, with dense

brownish scaling, forehead rather flattened and with a faint

central carina ; anteocular furrows absent. Rostrwm not incised

at base, as long as prothorax, slightly curved and dilated towards

apex. Upper surface closely punctured and scaled, with five

smooth narrow carinz, the three central ones converging towards

base to form a distinct elevation; lateral sulci shallow, subtri-

angular in shape and of about equal length, the upper pair uniting

at base; scrobes lateral, rather shallow; inferior basal furrow

absent. <Antennce with scape just exceeding posterior margin of

eye ; the two basal joints of funicle subequal, Prothorax broader

than long, apex narrower than base, sides distinctly rounded,

broadest rather behind middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate ;

ocular lobes almost obsolete. Upper surface convex, rather

sparsely set with small elevated tubercles, leaving a distinct central

furrow containing no carina; tubercles bare, with depressed pale

setee, the interstices with dense whitish or greyish scaling. Hlytra

narrowly ovate in 6, broadly ovate in 2 and acuminate apically,

shoulders roundedly prominent, sides rounded, broadest about

middle, apices jointly rounded in 4, slightly divergent in 9°.

Upper surface convex, the strie with rows of obscure punctures

separated by minute granules, the intervals slightly convex,

coriaceous, with faint granulation laterally, and all with regular

rows of depressed pale setze; scaling whitish or greyish, usually

with the intervals 1, 3,5,and 7 more or less denuded. Legs with

moderately dense pale setiform scaling; posterior tarsi with the

2nd joint rather narrower than the other two, 2nd and 3rd sub-

equal in length, Ist longer.

Nara: Durban, Estcourt. TransvaaL: Lydenburg.

Tyre of cinerascens in the Stockholm Museum.

I can only regard cinerascens Fahy. as a colour variety of this

species, lacking the conspicuous striping, as I can detect no other

essential difference; moreover, I have found the two forms

inhabiting the same localities.

138 MR. G. A. K. MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

138. tH. potorosus Fahr.

HT, dolorosus Fahy. Ofv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. p. 212 (1871).

Long. 13-15, lat. 53-63 mm.

Head convex, coriaceous, and with dense greyish scaling; ante-

ocular furrows absent. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as

prothorax, scarcely curved, dilated to apex. Upper surface closely

punctured and scaled, with five narrow carine, the three central

ones converging towards base to form a distinct elevation ; lateral

sulci shallow, about equal in length, convergent apically, the

upper pair uniting at base; scrobes lateral, shallow; inferior

basal furrow absent. Antenne with the scape extending beyond

posterior margin of eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothorax transverse, apex narrower than base, sides rounded,

broadest rather behind middle, dorsal anterior margin truncate or

faintly sinuate; ocular lobes almost obsolete. Upper surface

convex, closely set with small low rounded tubercles, leaving a

narrow central furrow containing no carina; tubercles bare, with

depressed pale sete, the interstices with dense whitish scaling.

Elytra narrowly ovate in ¢, broader in 2 and subacuminate

apically, shoulders sloping, sides rounded, broadest behind middle,

apices conjointly rounded in <, slightly divergent in 2. Upper

surface convex, the striz containing rows of very shallow punc-

tures separated by minute granules; the incervals slightly convex,

smooth and finely shagreened, but with traces of faint granulation

on the lateral ones, and each with a regular row of white depressed

sete ; scaling dense, greyish or whitish, but darker and more or

less denuded on intervals 1, 3,5, and 7. Zegs with moderately

dense depressed white sete; posterior tarsi with the 2nd joint

rather narrower than the other two, 2nd and 3rd subequal in

length, 1st longer.

Natau: Durban.

Type in the Stockholm Museum.

A very near ally of subvittatus Gyl., and distinguished from it

only by the characters mentioned in the key. The narrower

shoulders make the prothorax appear proportionately broader,

especially in the @.

Species insufficiently described.

139. fH. quaprisprnosus (F.).

Curculio quadrispinosus F. Gen. Ins. p. 228 (1777); Ol. Ene.

Méth. v. p. 547 (1790); Herbst, Col. vi. p. 510 (1795).

Fabricius’ description is as follows :—

“Curculio brevirostris albidus, elytris 4-spinosis, rostro fusco.

“ Habitat ad Cap. B. Spei.

“Minor. Rostrum brevissimum, canaliculatum, fuseum. Thorax

rotundatus, albidus, iminaculatus, dorso plano. Elytra albida,

1904. ] OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 139

spinis quatuor erectis, validis, solitaria versus basin, duabus in

medio e quarta versus apicem solitaria.

“* Pedes albi, simplices.”

INDEX OF SPECIES.

The numbers indicate the order in which the species are

described. The names printed in italics are synonyms.

abruptecostatus Gyl. ...... 40 exilis¥spauoVvaeee een TS

aculeatus Mshl. ............ 87 fallax Fahr. 0. 93

enrages INEMIE, conteoopceoonsesa .. Ol ferus Gyl. oe ER SZ)

albicans! Greece eee Loo fictilis Mshl. ................ 46

albiemctus Gyl. 00.00.0000. 17 frontalis Sparrm. ............ 83

albolineatus Fahr. ......... 55 fuLVUS eH ahr eee OT

angolensis, sp. nov. .......... 75 glandifer: F.................. 60

angustus, sp. nov. ......... 2 globifer Be ..s:..5..000.....4.. 59

appendiculatus Gyl.......... 1 granatus Gy]. ......0.0...... 99

arenarius Fahr. ............ 126 granicollis Gyl................. 130

armatus Fahr. ....0.......... 113 granulatus Gyl. ............ 31

armillatus Sparrin. ...... 36 | granulosus Thunb. ......... 32

aSperp Mish laoreet 77 gravidus, sp. Noy. .............. 11

PHEMPVN JEAP, scoogocooboosones OB gunningi Mshl. ............ 108

bimaculatus Mshl. ......... 120 | gyllenhali Gyl. ............... 56

binodis Gyl. siseanosioe— "1 ed noe WISIN, | soe Aoecvecpaeacone 48

bituberculatus Gyl. paeea uy eee | humeralis, sp. nev. ......... 2

bohemanii Fahr. ............. 51 | incertus Mshl. ............... 185

brachyceroides Mshl. ...... 112 | incisirostris Mshl. ......... 110

bravnsy Mshly oc... 9D mmmacetus!Guylee |e. eee Oe

brevis Mshl. .................. 194 inflatus, sp. NOV. .........6.. 21

caffer Thunb. ............... 8 INSISMISHHA Eee ee nO)

Callus ENOSE ines 8 | janusp Mish haw eee ee ee lS

canaliculatus Mshl. ......... 47 knysna, sp. nov. ............. 63

Capensis 5S Wigs 2A lacunosusiGyla eee ee

capicola Gyl................... 103 laticeps Mshl. ............... 107

capistratus FB. ............... 24 lineatus Fahr. ............... 134

cavinirostris Gyl. ............ 90 lobatus Mshlt Se.) 02

caudatus) Haha e e essa eee ON jongulus Gyli ./.0../.......2 128

cervinus, sp. noy. ............ 121 maculatus Mshl. ............ 58

chirindensis Mshl. ......... 52 mammillatus Gyl. ......... rel

cicatricosus Gyl............. 180 misumenus Gyl. ............ 59

cinerascens Fahr. ......... 137 modestus, sp. nov. ......... 98

cinereus, sp. nov. ............ 104 monitor Fahr. ............... 114

condecoratus Gyl. ......... 49 namaquus, sp. nov. ......... 15

congestus Mshl. ............ 14 MEISUUHOS IOV, sobdcdne- cookon IULS

consors Mshl. ............... 117 nestor Mshl? \yyn.2 se 43

constrictus Gyl............. 109 nivosus Sparrm. ............. 57

contortus Gyl. occ. 92 TAOUROSUS 10, sposcsconese ons one 44,

corniculatus ah, caeteononer ae LILS) notonchus Wied. ............ 44

cornirostris Gyl. ............ 2 TUNVEISHEY, FOS WONG sooaccdcsonosna a

coronatus Fst. ................ 116 nycthemerus Sparrm. ...... 64

corpulentus Gyl. 19 oaxus Mshl. 4.

costatus Gtyl. 22 OMOHUS Ciyls ccacdasdosdoccduse’ 118)

criniger Mshl. D7, occidentalis Mshl. 45

OPTERAUS 105 | Godsssossbsnocess | felll Omellivsp anova yee OS

curtus Gyl. ... 20 ov ampoensis BEDE As lag aie O

deceptor Mshl. 28 wemrnnnuls Cank — sopscoscpcopace OO)

delectans Hbst. ............ 66 pastillarius Gy. Hadetenes Y3G

deplorabundus Fahr. ...... 80 perfunctorius Gyl.......... 89

dolorosus Fahr. 138 péringueyi, sp. nov. .......... 25

Ghineeyen (Caylls ceoccoavscdcdesces . IIL permixtus, sp. nov. .......... 101

ecklonin Gye nO pilifer Fahr. Pat aa 106

exramse Ms hiape ey eeoa OG pilosus, sp. nov. 85

140 MR. G. A. K, MARSHALL ON COLEOPTERA [Jan. 19,

pilularius F. .... 36 spiculosus Gyl................ 60

pollinarius Gyl. . 70 | Spimicollis Gye eee ee ees

porculus Spam. . ec oaread sn hint] ail SpimitensGiyleie ee eee ee ee

propinquus, sp. nov. ...... 119 Soquenbyohnis Endl, sosoccensccuces, . GH

punctirostris Gyl. 22 subcordatus Gyl. ............ 16

quadrilineatus Gyl. ......... 9 sublineatus Gyl. ............ 136

quadrinodis Fahr. ......... 94 | subvittatus Gyl. ............ 137

quadrispinosus F. ......... 139 sulcirostris Fahr............. 53

recurvus F, ... Soe ROA suturalis, sp. nov. ......... 30

rhamphastus G ae Fae yy 8 UENHORY JEWS. Gos abe ayopapeo poe 122

rubifer F, OU) tAVAO tenuegranosus Fairm. ...... 38

rubr ospinosus Réthr. oo... 49 thoracicus) Hallie eehece. eee SO

TUSIROSHTIS! Gylbene ee nee 5 transvaalensis Pér. ......... 65

scaber, sp. nov. Hi 68 tricostatus Mshl. ............ 69

seriatus Gyl. . Baa abe a tubenifer) Gyles wee OO

serlegranosus Gyl. eg eee 127 | tuberosus Gyl. ............... 84

serienodosus Gye See 6 turpis Schénh. ............... 36

serlespinosus Gy)... advaad | ee | WERE JOE Gagnueuesecassoces, | 2)

Serratus Mish] is ser anc variegatus, sp. nov. ......... 3d

SetiterusiGiyloy jn. s eee 108 AERP) JOE MRS kee cosoueecooos | a)

setulosus Gyl. ............... 10 verrucellus Gyl. ............ 12

SSCS Cape hohooo connonoseton GY) VELEUCOSUS MU Ny Ae ace eee ia: 3

sexvittatus PB. ..t... 64 QLACOTMCOUDE eee eS.

sjOstedti, sp. nov............. 129 vicinus Mshi. ............... 123

sparrmant Gtyl. ....ccceees 54 | vittatus Fahr. ............... 185

Sparsris Mish ey Veen saree 29 wahlbergi Boh). j.cc.36 8

Spechrumi she rene eee 39 Zeyhent sBohs DIS i weee. ee Ol

APPENDIX.

STRAMIA, gen. nov.

Head suborbicular, continuous with rostrum, anteocular furrows

absent ; eyes subdepressed, elongate and transverse. Rostrum

about as long as prothorax, comparatively slender, parallel-sided

throughout or even slightly subulate; scrobes deep, straight and

lateral, reaching the eye. Antenne inserted near apex of

yostrum, with the scape reaching about the middle of eye, sharply

clavate and strongly curved; funicle with seven joints, 1 and 2

elongate, the former subcompressed and much broader than 2,

3-7 short and subequal; club elongate and acuminate. Prothorax

transverse, its sides strongly rounded, the apical margin truncate,

ocular lobes feeble, sometimes almost obsolete, base truncate or

broadly rounded; upper surface convex and closely granulate

throughout. Hlytra ovate, about as broad as prothorax at base,

apices jointly rounded, shoulders prominent, occasionally produced

anteriorly into a sharp point; upper surface convex, shallowly

punctato-striate, the intervals regularly granulate. Abdomen with

segment | separated from 2 by a distinct curved suture, the latter

longer than 2 or 3 separately, but shorter than the two together ;

intercoxal piece broadly rounded. Zegs moderately long and

stout, femora clavate, tibie simple, the anterior pairs slightly

ineurved at apex and finely serrate along their inner edge; tarsi

spongy beneath, the 2nd joint shorter and narrower than Ist and

3rd, the latter deeply lobate; claws free.

The described species referable to this genus are Tanyrrhynchus

costirostris Boh. (= Hipporrhinus costirostris Kahr. = Tan. lati-

collis Fst.), Hip. pygmeus Gyl. (= Tan. biguttatus Boh. = Tan.

1904. | OF THE GENUS HIPPORRHINUS. 141

fahraei Fst.), Hip. alternans Fahyr., Tan. ellipticus Pase., Hip.

bertine Fst., and possibly some other species among the Janyr-

rhynchi described by Boheman in which the femora are unarmed.

ORIGENES, gen. nov.

Head deeply set in prothorax, continuous with rostrum, ante-

ocular furrows absent; eyes elongate, transverse and subdepressed,

with their upper edge strongly elevated above the level of fore-

head. Rostrum as long as head and prothorax, curved and

strongly dilated apically ; scrobes deep and continued to beneath

base of rostrum. Antenne inserted near apex of rostrum; scape

not reaching eye; funicle with seven joints, 1 and 2 longer than

the others and of equal length, 3-7 short and subequal ; club

large, elongato-ovate. Prothorax transverse, sides rounded, base

truncate, apex truncate dorsally and with very large ocular lobes

upper surface tuberculate and with a broad central furrow.

Llytra very short, ovate, apices jointly rounded in both sexes,

shoulders roundedly prominent ; upper surface convex, foveolato-

suleate, the intervals tuberculate. Abdomen with segment 2

about as long as 3 and 4 together and separated from 1 by a

distinct curved suture; intercoxal piece broadly truncate. Legs

rather short, femora slightly clavate, tibie simple, corbels of

posterior pair broad and open; tarsi short, spongy beneath, joints

of about the same width, 2nd and ord subequal, Ist longer ;

onychium rather elongate ; claws free.

This genus, which was ‘proposed by Mr. Péringuey, contains

only one described species, viz. Hipporrhinus callidus Gyl.; but

there are two or three undescribed species of similar facies which

will probably have to be included in it.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats I. Puate II.

Fig. 1. Hipporrhinus oaxus, p. 25. Vig. 1. Hipporrhinus nestor, p. 58.

ees 35 congestus, p. 33. on Be a occidentalis, p. 60.

Ss 3 Janus, p. 36. as al succiless ps ole

ee a péringueyi, p. 42. es 3 horni, p. 63.

oy os angustus, p. 40. yO Fr canaliculatus, p. 62.

op Gh, 99 sparsus, p. 45. rao: Bs chirindensis, p. 66.

eM ds s deceptor, p. 44. Sheds tricostatus, p. 82.

54 BE f criniger, p. 44. oj. Meh ut lobatus, p. 85.

9 1b suturalis, p. 46. 55 DS ss maculatus, p. 72.

LO: $ humeralis, p. 57. BO: # exilis, p. 86.

Puate If. | Prats IV. [p. 117.

Fig. 1. Hipporrhinus nyase, p. 86. | Fig. 1. Hipporrhinus brachyceroides,

pe 2s a asper, p. 89. sy eb 5% guuning?i, p. 1138.

ay es Ss serratus, p. 90. dee, YO 5 incisirostris, p. 115.

aed se angolensis, p. 87. Heeeewen Ass a consors, p. 121.

ay ati 5 errans, p. 105. | oy De 5 propinguus, p. 123.

#756. Fs brawnsi, p. 104. | Sart i bimaculatus, p. 126.

mie 3 aculeatus, p. 97. |» fo s cervinus, p. 127.

wy teh . permutus,p.108. | ,, 8. a vicinus, p. 126.

op Se es cinereus, p. 114. op SE p brevis, p. 127.

FLO: Bs laticeps, p. 113. 7 LO: 5 incertus, p. 128.

142 DR. WALTER KIDD ON PROPOSED ADDITIONS [Jan. 19,

2. On proposed Additions to the accepted Systematic

Characters of certain Mammals. By Dr. WALTER

Kipp, F.Z.8.

[Received October 9, 1903.]

(Text-figuie 3.)

There are certain modifications of the arrangement of hair m

many groups of Mammals which seem to be of sufficient import-

ance and constancy in regard to taxonomy to justify attention.

Those which are here brought forward are the most prominent of

their kind, but doubtless many others will also yield results under

further examination. No attempt is made to interfere with

accepted classification or to point out new affinities. Such

observations as there are tend to support rather than to challenge

the established views.

It is a fact that many different species have an arrangement

of their hairy coverings which is quite characteristic, and certain

genera, families, and orders also have their own plan, and within

these groups individuals may vary slightly from the normal type

of the group.

Two classes of phenomena are here chosen for a preliminary

study. First, the arrangement of hair on the head and face,

chiefly the naso-frontal region. Second, the distribution of whorls,

feathering, and crests on the neck, trunk, and limbs.

I. The Arrangement of Hair on the Head and Face.

In the first place, there are two types of the arrangement of

hair on the naso-frontal region. The hair may take that which

seems to be the primitive course and pass from the premaxillary

yegion, with slight modifications for different forms of skull,

towards the frontal and parietal regions. This is well illustrated

on the heads of Cervide and Canide, is far the more common

arrangement, and is found in the largest groups. In many

instances, as in Canide, there is found at the distal edge of the

hairy portion of the muzzle a whorl, from which the stream of

hair may be considered to take origin. In others, as in Cervide,

the non-hairy portion of the muzzle is broader and extends

further along the premaxillary region and no whorl is found.

A totally different arrangement of the naso-frontal hair-streams

is found ina smaller number of animal forms, all belonging to the

Ungulate order, its best development being seen in the Domestic

Horse. Here the starting-point of the stream is a whorl in the

frontal area situated at, or just above, or below, the level of the

orbits, from which two streams proceed, the larger and proximal

one to the ears and neck, the smaller and distal one to the pre-

maxillary region, diverging on eaeh side of the face. The whorl

on the frontal area thus divides the naso-frontal stream.

Under this type may be classed the arrangements of hair of

1904. | TO THE SYSTEMATIC CHARACTERS OF MAMMALS. 143

the Felide and Tapiride, In these two groups the frontal area

shows the primitive direction, but at the base of the nasal bones

or the level of the orbits a reversed slope of hair is found, and

thus the nasal stream is directed towards the premaxillary

region, starting in Tapiride from bilateral nasal whorls and in

Felidee without any whorl.

It is proposed to term these two leading types Prinvitive and

Derwatiwe.

Text-fig. 3.

Types of arrangement of Hair on the Naso-frontal Region of Canide (Primitive

type) and Felidz and Equide (Derivative type).

When the groups characterised by these two types are investi-

gated, it is found that those with the Primitive type are marked

off sharply from those with the Derivative arrangement by one

fact, viz., that the former possess pointed snouts which they

habitually carry high or in a direction approaching the horizontal,

whereas the latter have larger and longer heads and carry them

at an angle of somewhat less than 45° with the vertical line.

List of Animal Forms with Primitive type of arrangement of

Naso-frontal Hair.

MARSUPIALS.

Genus Macropus.

» Didelphys.

» Lhylacinus

Dasyuraus.

Phalanger.

Perameles.

» Peragale.

Tarsipes.

144 DR. WALTER KIDD ON PROPOSED ADDITIONS [Jan. 19,

INSECTIVORES.

Genus Tupaia.

Macroscelides.

» Gymnura.

» Hrinaceus.

Sorex.

Talpa (slope of hair in 7’. europea indifferent).

» Myogale.

Rovents.

Genus Sciurus.

ea VOLS

» Dasyprocta.

en (Castor

yy AKO OS.

we Eber:

» Lteronys:

me GCIs:

, Hystrix (spines representing hair).

CARNIVORES.

Genus Viverra

» Genetta.

, Herpestes

yl) ERITH

» Mephiiis.

» Mustela.

ny, wavileles:

Putorius.

Gulo luscus.

Ursus.

Alurus.

» Lrocyon.

Nasua.

i Canis, .. (C. vulpes:

C. lupus.

C’. aureus

UNGULATES.

SUID.

Genus Sus.

» Potamocherus.

Phacocherus.

Dicotyles.

CAMELID.

Genus Camelus.

» Auchenta.

1904.]

TRAGULIDA.

Genus

GIRAFFIDA.

Genus

CERVIDA.

Genus

Bovip&.

Genus Ovis

Genus Capra

Tragulus.

Giraffa.

Moschus.

Cervulus.

Hlaphodus.

Cervus.

Rangifer.

Alces.

Capreolus.

Pudua.

eee ewww teens

Genus Nemorhadus

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. X.

Budorcas ..

Gazella ...

B. taxicolor

G. euchore

TO THE SYSTEMATIC CHARACTERS OF MAMMALS.

ammon

N WDOOOD aeososcsaaceaus

.argali

. nivicola

. canadensis .........

vignet

gmelina

. musimon

. tragelaphus

CUZ Goes Aen ose ea

sibirica

Oe SUUEMBED coobesbooesc

C. walie

C. pallasi

C. cegagrus

LV, bubalinus

seem ener eer ec cee

i i ay

eee eee eee eae

ee eeee

assssssssss:

eee ecto ee

eee tere ee eee

eee ee ae e eens

GAG ORCUST aN ran pate ee

Gis OCHO. oc 00bshoceceas

Gio SUASOD Sos docenanddese

G. subgutturosa

G. thompsont

Gy soemmerring? ......

G’. leptoceros

G. apabica

G. gerenuk

G. nuscatensis

setae

145

146 DR. WALTER KIDD ON PROPOSED ADDITIONS [Jan. 19,

Bovip& (con.).

Genus Hippotragus ... Hl. niger) vir... ove 4

Jak, QULWOUIS Sanododncs <: 2

Ay TOONS easaonebeone: 6G GU ESU UPTO UE) 45 2

KOTO enn n ee 2

TEM CCH OR eS ses caet 2

K. vardont ..... became 1

TOSTROMUGSUD eee ee cee 2

EG lemcatis Meant exe ]

KG CefASSG | es I

Genus Strepstceros ~..... SS. KUAU vaccssce.e seo 1

Sp CUDOGRONS” os 40scccbase 3

» Cephalophus ... C.rujilata ............ 1

O. sylorculior......... 1

C. natalensis ......... 1

Co grimmt ........0 seta

C’. abyssinicus —...... 1

Cs COnt sess Gace eee cee 1

RCO Bespodoooeac 1

ANTULOCAPRIDA.

Genus Antilocapra ... A. americana ......... 1

List of Animal Forms with Derivative type of arrangement of

Naso frontal Hair.

Fenip”.

Genus eHelesiiaeecenaee ae LLCO sume aaien avons 5

LOS VOTUS Meese ene if

El, ar dus\ ens. jes eee dD

HN CONCOLOT At pre cn ere 1

JULLOWIG Soren areccnas: i

TUCO VGO ED soneconon scene: 1

VEOH OID Meeeina Ronee he 3: 1

HE VOUTO UICC Wola eee ]

F isabellina ....+.... i

He Mevelosaay iene 1

TI, GORGES co scasnecce 1

LE DOTOGS Vrs Heer 3

FF’, canadensis ......... ]

WACO NG: hots e eae 1

/ PASAROUP eo sea bareshoae ]

F bengalensis ...... if

GenuspCmalammetsepnnen ccc dsces olscbcetsrie errr 1

PROCYONIDA.

Genus Aluropus......... 4, melanoleucus ... 1

TAPIRIDA

Genus Zapirus ......... 7. rowlint.

T. bairdi.

EQuiIpé.

Genus Hquus ............ H. caballus.

E. asinus (domestic). Mule.

E. asinus somalicus.

1904.] TO THE SYSTEMATIC CHARACTERS OF MAMMALS. 147

Equip (con.).

GemuseHoasseasees EL. equuleus.

LE. hemionus.

H. onager.

EH. zebra.

LH. zebra burchelli.

Li. zebra grevyi.

H. quayga.

Bovip#.

Genus Bog tau nen. B. taurus

Domestic, 20.

Chillingham Wild Cattle, 1.

Corean Bull, 1.

IB GOQHUS. \eenosesoosse 2

Jo. SORMUGIGUIS 38 3bRAee 1

B. mindorensis ...... 1

J) GUYGR esobe estate Wal 2

IE RO GUANS Socbobasane 1

B. depressicoriis ...... 1

Tix, QUDGMIS Andsssneoece I

185: OCUWGUIS. sense ousbece i

BeGUUnntens ...8..0.: if

B. americanus ...... 2

Genus Ovibos ............ O. moschatus ......... 4

COmMochites) Va C. CAUnINUS) ee 3

ESTO ais a ees Noh 4

Bil OU ACU DIT ss SAN eR Sota ON aT 1

do SAUCLTTH ON che Seatac A. nasomaculatus ... 1

ig a GISCHIOLER cares etc Re [Sis UATHULBIR N abgohassodce Il

II. Whorls, Featherings, and Crests on the Neck, Trunk,

and Limbs.

Among the numerous modifications of the arrangement of hair

found in Mammals in different species, whorls with their attendant

featherings and crests are the most conspicuous. It is here pro-

posed to enumerate those among them which exhibit the greatest

degree of definition, and to suggest that some or all of them

should be dealt with in the description of the species and genera

in which they are found. It is not necessary here to enter into

the theory of the origin of these phenomena or their interpretation,

but only to take them as they are found on the pelage of hair-

clad mammals and to show their taxonomic value. Among the

large number of these phenomena found in various groups, many

are casual in their appearance, rudimentary, and uncertain. But

there are many the development of which is completed, and these

constitute the class here considered. Wide investigation of them

brings out the fact that a whorl is im process of further develop-

ment, wader conditions favourable to that development. Thus a

whorl found alone may be looked upon as about to be projected

into a feathering, and a whorl and feathering found together as

about to be terminated, in a later stage, by a ridge or crest, which

10*

148 DR. WALTER KIDD ON PROPOSED ADDITIONS [Jan. 19,

marks the obstacle, whatever it be, to the onward progress of the

feathering. Thus can one explain the fact that on the hairy

coverings of a very large collection of animal forms various

gradations are found, suchas whorls alone, whorls and featherings

alone, and whorls, featherings, and crests.

Tt is a fact worth noting, whatever the meaning of it may be,

that the animal which most of all exhibits these phenomena, both

as to variety and number, is Hgwus caballus. It may fairly be

taken for granted that many of these arrangements of hair are

fully evolved, and that others, both in wild and domesticated

forms, are in process of development. It may be permitted here

to use a geological term applied to ariver-bed, and to say that the

former have attained their “regimen” and that the latter are on

their way to that result. Evidence for most of these statements

is to be found in three papers published in the ‘ Proceedings’ on

kindred subjects *.

Whorls, featherings, and crests are found in ten different

regions—the Premaxillary, Nasal, Frontal, Cervical, Spinal,

Pectoral, Axillary, Inguinal, Gluteal, and Temporal. For the

sake of brevity these are indicated in the following list as follows:

Pr. N. F.C.8. Pe. A.I.G.T. Of these ten, T and G are rare and

of apparently little value to taxonomy.

In addition to the primary or major whorls which are held to

be characteristic of certain groups, some subordinate and common

instances are given in the list; the former are indicated in

ordinary, and the latter in ztéalic type.

No mammalian Order has been found possessing characteristic

whorls, featherings, and crests.

Whorls characteristic of the folowing groups ave indicated by

capitals as previously described :—

PROCYONIDA,

Ailuropus melanoleucus.. N... 1

Cervipa. PEC.

Genus Joschus.

» Cervulus.

» LHlaphodus.

3 5 Cervus.

il Lea ngusen.

by edlcess

» Capreolus.

» \Ludud.

Kquips, BO We a Ge No exception to this cha-

Haws caballus. 100examined — racteristic F has been found

in addition to a very in any Equide except the

large series observed. Domestic Ass, in which the

Li. asinus (domestic) ...... 20 whorl is changed in position

Mrale seinen rns: Se 20 and lies over the nasal bones.

* P, Z.S. 1900, p. 676; 1902, vol. il. p. 145; 1908, vol. i. p. 79.

1904. ]

EQuip& (con.).

TO THE SYSTEMATIC CHARACTERS OF MAMMALS.

149

E. asinus somalicus 1

PUP COUMULCUS esa scce sas: D

Be Remionws s.2. e265. 2

LON OGET NT Hoskins Sees 2

UZCOT UN CE Ey. descas ss 2

EH. zebra burchelli ...... 26)

Hi, zebra grevyi ......... 3

1B; CROUMETTG, Sabo cse8oo soc 1

GIRAFFID&. Pr C.

Genus Giraffa.

SuUIDA. PR.

Genus Sus,

» Potamocherus.

» Phacocherus.

» Duicotyles.

TAPIRIDA. INE

Genus Tapirus.

Bovip#.

Genera :— Bos.

Bi Ons) cereale

Domestic, 20.

B. taurus 3.0.65. Chillingham Wild Cattle, 1.

Corean Bull, 1.

JE YOOUPES sxxappcebsogeee 2

B. sondaicus ........- 1

B: mindorensis ......... 1

J, CDG. seecooce Gena 2

J5 is ROMUGIOS.. “adodosde ccc: 1

B. depressicornis ...... 1

Beibubalus 2: oe 1

1, (OCIIGOIS Bh ododbodobeoce 1

JE CPPUIUUAIS | ebpodoooe iL 5

B. americanus ......... 2

Ovibos moschatus ...... 4.

Kobus. S Pr.

K. ellipsipyrmmus ...... 2

ICBO PSR A ae ees 2

HEM ADIOS SeenON es 2

KOGA. OWN eee eer 1

KC hOmaste a cece 2

TE MPUCOWS Sedodabosose 1

TG LOfASSO Kneis. 3 -oeh: 1

Connochetes. N.

OMGUATEUM 3

C. gnu aoe terial 4

150 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Jan. 19,

Bovip& (con.).

Species!:=— OnyuiCersd awh ee eerepee rece ee: 3

Crapo Gjarealitis | 12 e500008006000s0000 2 young specimens

Addax nasomaculatus. F......

SUG ONCULORTCE an NIN ener ee 1

Genus Hquus. 100 examined specially

#. caballus. FC PEI AG +4 in addition to a very

large series observed.

EH. asinus (domestic) N Pel... 20

Ios ot) IN Biop baG e ae 20

HWequmeus. (Pm ye ee ce 5

E. asinus somalicus. F ......... 1

os TOG MOOC TOSS LY AL os oh ooasuaees 2

ITS OMOG Gs, rl well sas Sen obenoe shoe: 2

HC OTRGH | IR AG rennet ee 2

E. zebra burchelli. F AC......... 5

Is LORD GROW 1M) Oseacoosageseos 3

TE OUCOG Gs: RE Oy een tees 1

Some Observations on the Skull of the Giraffe. By W.

G. Ripewoop, D.S8e., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology

at the Medical Sahel of St. “Wises Hospital.

{Received November 30, 1903. |

(Text-figures 4-10.)

Since the time of Blumenbach* it has been known that the

paired horns of the Giraffe are formed in the young as separate

bony columns or ‘epiphyses,” which later fuse with the almost

smooth upper surface of the cranium; and shortly before the

publication of his memoir on the Okapit Prof E. Ray Lankester

learnt that a skin of the Okapi had arrived at Brussels with the

paired horns, or, as he proposes to call them, the “ ossicusps,”

separable from the skull £. A few weeks prior to the latter dis-

covery Prof. Lankester had caused a section to be made length-

wise down one of the horns of the skull of a well-grown male

Giraffe $, with the object of ascertaining to what extent the suture

between the bony pillar and the cranial roof might remain visible.

So far as the suture was concerned, the result was a little dis-

appointing, but the section showed that the great fronto-parietal

sinuses extend upwards into the bases of the horns (as described

* Handb. d. vergl. Anatomie, Gottingen, 1805, p. 36, footnote.

+ Trans. Zool. Soc. xvi. 6, 1902.

+ The matter is referred to in an appendix, dated May 27th, to Prot. Lankester’s

memoir, pp. 805 & 306. The ossicusps were described by Dr. Forsyth Major in

a Belgique Coloniale,’ Nov. 9th, 1902, p. 533, and are again alluded to in his paper

in the Proe. Zool. Soc. 1902, ii. p. 344,

§ Brit. Mus. Register No. 1.8.9.48. Presented by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B,

Locality—Guas Neishu Plateau, EK, of Mt, Elgon, Brit. E. Africa.

1904. | SKULL OF THE GIRAFFE, 151

in a footnote, dated April 30th, on p. 295 of the above-mentioned

memoir), and suggested that either the base of the primary horn

or ossicusp must have been hollowed out by the absorption of its

substance as the sinus extended upwards, or that the primary

ossicusp must have been lifted up bodily upon a hollow dome or

cone of the fronto-parietal bone, while a corresponding downgrowth

of bone occurred from the margin of the ossicusp so as to cover up

the lower parts of this conical eminence. On the former assumption

the layer of bone which in text-fig. 9 (p. 155) forms the boundary of

the uppermost part of the fronto-parietal vacuity would belong to

the ossicusp, and on the latter to the fronto-parietal bone. So

much of the suture as can be recognised in the section certainly

rises so as to run parallel to the margin of the sinus, and the

lamination and the density of the bone that forms the immediate

boundary of the vacuity also favour the second view.

Desiring to know more about the relations of the great fronto-

parietal sinuses, Prof. Lankester had the skull cut across into six

Text-fig. 4.

| | he

Skull of Giraffe, left side; key-figure, a little larger than one-sixth (linear) of the

natural size, showing the directions in which the skull was cut.

pieces along planes which he indicated, and the inclinations of

which are shown in text-fig. 4 by the lines 1—5, The appearances

presented by these sections being new to science, and the sections

promising to prove of greater interest in proportion as more

knowledge is obtained of the skull of the Okapi, Prof. Lankester

had drawings made, which he handed over to me with a request

that I should write a short description of them for publication.

My thanks are hereby tendered to Prof, Lankester for the use of

the drawings,

152 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Jan. 19,

As a matter of fact, the figures explain themselves so well that

only a very brief description of them is necessary. The first plane

Text-fig. 5.

ee nasal

Tae.

max. {fPs,

tur. fake

vor.

Outline sketch of a section through the nasal region, taken in the direction of the

line 1 in text-fig. 4. One-third (linear) of the natural size.

Text-fig. 6.

rasal

T1CLSCUL,

Va,

ad 2» prelach

/ront. ---#

[px

an HOS SOD

UCU Prea se ture,

Vac

TBOLR GUE EGE AE Ere

cay. te

Ws INGAX,

Vom,”

tT? molur

pea i.

Outline sketch of the view, looking forwards, of the skull cut through the pre-

lachrymal vacuity in the direction of the line 2 in teéxt-fig. 4. One-third (linear)

of the natural size.

of section, indicated by line 1 in text-fig. 4 (p. 151), passes nearly

transversely through the nasal region of the skull, slightly in

1904. | SKULL OF THE GIRAFFE. 153

advance of the cheek-teeth, and the view obtained is shown in

text-fig. 5 (p. 152). The whole of the bony envelope is formed by

the two nasals, which meet in the middle line above, and the

maxille, which meet one another below. The maxillo-turbinals

are cut through, and the front part of the vomer is also included

in the section.

_ The section shown in text-fig. 6 (p. 152) is taken through the pre-

lachrymal vacuity or fossa, as shown by line 2 in text-fig. 4 (p. 151),

and passes between the first and second molar teeth of each side.

The vacuities in the nasal bones are large, and the two nasal bones

Text-fig, 7.

_ median

horn

front.

Lae.

orbit

a pug.

Max.

3°* molar

plervg. spatat.

Outline sketch of the view, looking forwards, of the skull cut through the median

horn and through the middle of the orbit, as shown by the line 3 in text-fig. 4.

One-third (linear) of the natural size.

are in extensive contact in the median plane of the head, so that

the sagittal suture is of considerable vertical height; the sutures

between the nasals and the frontals are equally extensive. The

extreme anterior ends of the frontal vacuities are included in the

section, ‘The maxillary sinuses in the dried skull open laterally

154 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [| Jan. 19,

by the prelachrymal apertures, and except in their lower parts

show very little in the way of internal partitions. The two nasal

cavities appear as one large single cavity, presumably owing to

the septum nasi being unossified, and, therefore, missing in the

dried skull. The vomer in this region has the form of a deep

trough with a sharp keel below, and presents a Y-shaped section,

situated some distance above the palatine bones. The turbinal

bones seen are the posterior parts of the maxillo-turbinals.

Text-fig, 8.

ae. Pourect

hors

frontopar \

DALE =

basisph. pleryg.

View, looking forwards, of the skull cut in the direction of the line 4 in text-fig. 4.

One-third (linear) of the natural size.

The section shown in text-fig. 7 (p. 153) is taken through the

middle of the orbit and through the median horn (see line 3 in

text-fig. 4, p. 151), The view taken is that looking forward, so that

the third molar teeth, the hamular processes of the pterygoid bones,

1904. | SKULL OF THE GIRAFFE. 155

and the anterior margins of the orbits are seen in the distance.

Although in some Giraffes the median horn is fused with the

frontal bones, in the skull under consideration it is separable,

and its under surface is very concave considering the convexity

of the upper surface of the frontal bones upon which it is set.

Text-fig. 9.

paired Bees

OTE

SOQ

frontopw: A

Vac.

—_ TF, Ybded. LD

Outline sketch of the view, looking backwards, of the skull cut in the direction of

the line 4 in text-fig. 4. One-third (linear) of the natural size.

The frontal vacuity on each side is large, and is divided into a more

central part and a more lateral or supra-orbital part by a fenes-

trated partition. Both cavities communicate by means of fenestrae

in the bony partitions with the hinder part of the nasal cavity,

156 N THE SKULL OF THE GIRAFFE. [Jan. 19,

which is largely filled up by the ethmo-turbinal bones shown in

the centre of text-fig. 7 (p. 153). As in the two previous figures,

the vomer exhibits a trough on its upper surface; its lateral

projections enter into relation with the lowermost parts of the

frontal bones as well as with the upper edges of the palatines. A

small process of the maxilla extends backwards along the inner face

of the jugal, and this process, although concealed by the jugal bone

in text-fig. 4, is seen in section in text-fig. 7.

Two views are given of the skull cut in the direction of the line

4 in text-fig. 4, one (text-fig. 8, p. 154) looking forward, and the

other (text-fig. 9, p. 155) looking backward. The plane of section

passes obliquely down the front part of the paired horns, so as to

include the summit of the fronto-parietal vacuity on each side.

In text-fig. 8 are seen the bony partitions that incompletely divide

the great fronto-parietal sinuses, and it will be noticed that these

partitions are unsymmetrically disposed on the two sides. The

Text-fig. 10.

SY LLECM.

paranast For ~

for. meg. hasioc.

View, looking backwards, of the skull cut in the direction of the line5 in text-fig. 4.

One-third (linear) of the natural size.

relatively small cranial cavity shows the cribriform plates in the

distance. The section passes through the basisphenoid and

alisphenoid bones, and the pterygoid bones (not their hamular

processes) are seen in the distance flanking the inner surfaces of

the lower wings of the alisphenoid bones. |The zygomatic process

of the squamosal is cut immediately behind the hindermost part

of the jugal, but in the distance the jugal is seen rising behind

the orbit to enter into extensive sutural connection with the post-

orbital process of the frontal. The backward view seen in text-

fig. 9 (p. 155) differs from the forward view of text-fig. 8 (p. 154)

only in that in the distance are seen the upper parts of the paired

1904. ] ON BRAINS OF THE POLLO AND SLOW LORIS. 157

horns, and the glenoid portion of the zygomatic process of the

squamosal bone on each side.

The great vacuity beneath each of the paired horns occurs in

both frontal and parietal bones *, but in the hinder part of the

skull the cavity becomes smaller, and may be termed the parietal

vacuity, since it occupies the parietal bone only. The internal

incomplete partitions are not symmetrical, and the vacuity as a

whole is greater in the right side of the skull than in the left.

The view shown in text-fig. 10 (p. 156) is obtained by taking a

section parallel to the occipital surface of the skull, behind the

paired horns and just in front of the tympanic orifices: the

direction of section is shown by the line 5 in text-fig. 4 (p. 151).

The basioccipital bone is cut through, as also are the petrous

portion of the periotic bone of each side, the tympanic cavity, and

the part of the squamosal bone that les behind the zygomatic

process. In the distance are seen the foramen magnum and the

paramastoid processes.

4. Note on the Brains of the Potto (Perodicticus potto) and

the Slow Loris (Nycitcebus tardigradus), with some

Observations upon the Arteries of the Brain in certain

Primates. By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., E.R.S.,

Prosector to the Society.

| Received January 12, 1904. |

(Text-figures 11-14.)

Since my description of the brain of these two species of

Lemurs, the subject has received attention at the hands of

Prof. Ziehen t, of Dr. Eliot Smith §, and of others|/. Dr. Elliot

Smith has treated of the Lemur brain exhaustively and has

fully described both Wycticebus and Perodicticus. As, however,

so very few brains of both of these Lemurs have been examined by

anatomists, I do not think it unnecessary again to fix the attention

* The base of the horn rides equally, so far_as can be judged from the specimen

under consideration, on the parietal and frontal bones, and a statement to the same

effect is made by Owen in his‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates’ (ii. p. 476, and iii. p. 627). In

the young, however, the relations are different ; for Owen (Trans. Zool. Soc. iii. 1

[1842], p. 26) describes the separable epiphyses of a very young Giraffe as set upon

the frontal bones, while Lankester (Trans. Zool. Soc. xvi. 6, 1902, p. 293) firures a

skull, apparently not much older, in which the parietal bone of each side is markedly

domed, and supports the horn. The specimen of which Owen made use is still pre=

served in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, but the whole of the fronto-

parietal region has been cut away, so that it now gives no evidence on the subject.

Whether the paired ossicusps of the Giraffe originate in relation to the frontal or to

the parietal bones can only be determined by the examination of new specimens of

new-born individuals.

+ “On the Brain in the Lemurs,” P. Z.S. 1895, p. 142.

{ ‘‘ Ueber die Grosshirnfurchung der Halbaffen, &¢.,” Arch. f. Psychiatrie, xxviii.

1896, p. 898.

§ Cat. Phys. Ser. Royal Coll. Surg. vol. ii. (2nd ed.), 1902, and “ On the Morphology

of the Brain in the Mammalia, &c.,” Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. viii. (1903) p. 319

|| See references below, p. 158. ;

158 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON BRAINS [Jan. 19,

of students of the brain upon these Lemurs, since I have two new

brains of Vycticebus and one of Perodicticus to report upon, none

of which has been studied by any other person.

Of Nycticebus tardigradus eight brains* altogether have been

examined, one by Sir William Flower, one by myself t, four by

Ziehen §, one by Chudziaski ||, and one by Flatau and Jacobsohn 4].

The measurements of the cerebral hemispheres of my two new

brains are as follows :—

A. Length 30 mm., greatest diameter 26 mm., height 20 mm.

B. Bale) AS atabaay, ‘ 5 PASAT) YG LS) sont

T could detect no trace whatsoever of a distinction between an

upper supra-Sylvian sulcus and a lower pseudo-Sylvian sulcus

such as Dr. Elliot Smith describes and figures; nor could I see the

little forwardly projecting end of the Sylvian which he figures in

the lateral view of the brain. I observed in my brain A (the

larger of the two) that at the point where the Sylvian sulcus

becomes continuous with the lateral sulcus, the latter has a minute

forwardly directed continuation, which may be considered to

represent the anterior half of this fissure in Perodicticus; and I

may call attention to the interesting fact that Dr. Elliot Smith

has himself figured in the Potto** a feeble union between the

Sylvian and the lateral fissures. The lateral fissure exhibits a

slight difference in direction in the two brains which I have

studied. In the smaller one the two fissures are distinctly more

parallel to each other and therefore to the interhemispheral sulcus.

In regard to the relations between the lateral sulcus and the post-

lateral (= my “ parieto-occipital”) Dr. Elliot Smith writes :—

“Tt is interesting to note in these two casts [of the brain-cavity

of Vycticebus| that there is a definite post-lateral sulcus in all four

hemispheres, and in none of them is the caudal extremity of the

lateral suleus bent inward, as is invariably the case when the

separate post-lateral sulcus is absent. A comparison of the brain-

‘ase of my type specimen with the other cranium from Ghizeh

shows that the separate post-lateral sulcus occupies the same

position in regard to the skull as the mesially bent end of the

lateral sulcus of the otherspecimen” 77. In the two brains examined

by myself and reported upon here, the caudal extremity of the

lateral sulcus is bent inwards (more in one brain than in the other)

and the post-lateral sulcus is well developed. In both brains the

sulci are developed on both sides, and they just dip over the inter-

hemispheral margin lying there midway between the two parts of

the calearine fissure. The fissure which Dr. Elliot Smith letters “f”

is bracket-shaped in the smaller of my two brains, which appears

* One of these has been described both by Ziehen and by Elliot Simith.

+ “On the Brain of the Javan Loris,’ Tr. Z. 8. vol. v. p. 108.

< Loe. cit. p. 144. § Loe. cit. p. 902.

|| Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. 1895, p. 436. :

“| Handbuch d. Anatomie .... d. Centralnervensystems d. Saugethiere, Berlin,

1899.

** Cat. Phys. Ser. Royal Coll. Surg. p. 378, fig. 220.

++ Trans. Linn. Soe. loc. cit. p. 343.

1904. ] OF THE POTTO AND SLOW LORIS. 159

to be its typical form. It is quite different in the other, and the

difference is not without interest. As will be observed in the

accompanying drawing (text-fig. 11, /), the furrow in question is

really two furrows, one transverse, the other longitudinal, arranged

triradiately. 1 think it not unreasonable to regard the transverse

Text-fig. 11.

Dorsal aspect of brain of Nycticebus tardigradus.

d., see description in text; f., fissure of Rolando; s., Sylvian fissure.

portion as the fissure of Rolando (Sulcus centvalis), and the con-

ditions observable are distinctly more like those of the Potto (see

later, p. 160). These new facts account also, it will be observed,

for the somewhat anomalous bracket-like form of the fissure “ /.”

In both specimens and on both sides there was a small but very

clearly marked furrow (d, text-fig. 11) running across the interval

between the post-Sylvian and the post-lateral, and as nearly as

possible at right angles to both. Its direction is the same in both

specimens,

Text-fig. 12,

Lateral view of brain of Nycticebus tardigradus.

Letters as in text-fig. 11.

Of Perodicticus potio fewer brains have been examined than

of Nycticebus, apparently only four, of which but two have been

figured, that described by myself and that described by both

Ziehen and Elliot Smith. One matter of interest that I am able

to record is the existence of a shallow depression traversed by a

blood-vessel, which seems to me to correspond to the post-lateral

sulcus of WVycticebus. Dr. Elliot Smith thinks that the sulcus

160 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON BRAINS [ Jan. 19,

which he letters ‘ sce.,” and believes to correspond to the fissure

of Rolando, is ‘‘ obviously formed by a blending of the sulcus f

of the Lemurs with a suleus such as I called « in Vycticebus.”

That fissure (‘sce.”) is plainly visible in my specimen. I am,

however, a little inclmed to complain of the word ‘“ obvious” in

Dr. Elliot Smith’s phrase, and to amend his conclusion as to

homologies by suggesting that the fissure “sce.” of Perodicticus

is formed by a blending of “a” with the transversely running

portion of the fissure “/.”

Arteries of Brain.

I have been able to compare injected brains of the Potto, Lemur

coronatus, and a young Lemur macaco with those of a few species

of Apes. I have amassed a considerable number of injected brains

Text-fig. 13.

Base of brain of Perodicticus potto.

ca., additional posterior communicating artery; ca. points to both carotid and com-

missural artery uniting branches of basilar artery; ce., Junction of middle and

anterior cerebrals ; VI, sixth nerve.

of various mammals which I find to present certain differences in

the arrangement of the arteries. For the present, however, I

confine myself to noting the arrangement of the arteries in a few

Primates with special reference to the Lemurs. ‘Tandler has

studied these arteries in a few Primates (besides other mammals),

but not in the species studied by myself. He figures Lemur

1904. | OF THE POTTO AND SLOW LORIS. 161

varius *, which seems to resemble the two species of that genus

examined by myself in the early union of the anterior cerebrals.

In the first place, there is some variability in the length of the

basilar artery; I mean, of course, in proportion to the size of the

brain. Now the brains of the Potto, the Lemur, and Midas rosalia

are approximately of the same size, the Potto being if anything

the smallest of the series. The basilar artery measures in these

types in the order given 13mm.,7mm.,6mm. ‘The discrepancy

is too great to allow of a possible error in measurement at, all

serious. The increase in length is naturally of the artery alone,

as is shown by taking as fixed points the origins of the third and

sixth nerves. I find that the length of the basilar artery in

Lemur is proportionately equivalent to that of the same artery in

Macacus nemestrinus, Cercocebus collaris and C. fuliginosus,

Mycetes seniculus, as well as Midas rosalia. I may further

remark that a long basilav artery is found in the Carnivora and

Rodentia. The basilar artery gives off, at any rate in the Primates,

two cerebellar arteries, of which one is quite anterior and the other

arises not far from the union of the two vertebrals to form the

basilar. The figures in Gray’s ‘ Anatomy’ (10th ed.) and Quain’s

‘Anatomy ’ (8th ed. ) show the middle cerebellar artery (= ‘‘anterior

inferior cerebellar artery”) arising in front of the origin of the

sixth nerve. I find that in all the Monkeys mentioned and in the

Lemurs the artery in question arises behind the sixth nerve.

The circle of Willis is not precisely identical in the two Lemurs.

In the Potto the basilar artery divides into only two branches at

the anterior end, which continue for the space of about 2 mm.

without dividing. It bifurcates just before reaching the third

nerve into the anterior cerebellar and the posterior cerebral

arteries. The two posterior cerebral arteries are connected by a

commissure in front of the end of the basilar artery. The posterior

communicating artery has not the exact relations to the carotid

that it has in Man. In Man, the carotid reaches the circle of

Willis just at the optic chiasma, and divides at once into three

branches, viz., the anterior and middle cerebrals, and the posterior

communicating artery. In the Potto, the carotid reaches the

circle of Willis behind the origins of the anterior and middle

cerebral arteries and, as it were, along the course of the posterior

communicating artery. The anterior cerebral artery of one side

closely approaches its fellow of the opposite side before they turn

over the end of the brain and run along over the surface of the

corpus callosum. There is, however, no anterior communicating

artery at all; but the two anterior cerebrals fuse into one on the

upper sur face of the corpus callosum to separate again later. The

arrangement in fact is precisely that of Jacacus nemestrinus.

In Lemur macaco there are differences. The basilar artery gives

off on either side a slender anterior cerebellar artery before

* “Zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Kopfarterien bei den Mammalia,” Dexksehr.

k. Akad. Wien, Ixvii. 1899, p. 677.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No, XI. 11

162 ON BRAINS OF THE POTTO AND SLOW LORIS. [Jan. 19,

dividing into the two very stout posterior cerebrals. The dis-

proportion between these arteries 1s very marked; in the Potto

they are of about the same size. The posterior communicating

artery is much thicker than the posterior cerebral from which it

arises. It communicates, in the same way as in the Potto, with

the carotid considerably behind the point where the latter divides

into the middle and anterior cerebral arteries. Anteriorly there

is a stout anterior communicating artery, from which arises the, at

first, single anterior cerebral; two fused anterior cerebrals only

join fora brief space in the centre of the corpus callosum, separating

again almost immediately.

Text-fig. 14.

Base of brain of Lemur macaco.

ce, carotid. Other letters as im text-fig. 13.

Lemur coronatus resembles LZ. macaco; for the two anterior

cerebrals just before they disappear into the interhemispheral

fissure become fused, and after a short space of union separate

again. There is thus, as in Z. macaco, a more or less prolonged

union between the two anterior cerebrals instead of a short bridge

IPP Zi Sy SOE ollie ll. W/

West,Newman imp.London.

G.M Woodward del.ei lith

Bones of Mullerornis betsilei.

1904.] ON FOSSIL BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR AND EGYPT. 163

as In Man, but not so lasting a union between the anterior

cerebrals as in the Potto. Finally it may be noted that while in

the two species of Lemur the union of the two anterior cerebellar

arteries takes place just in front of the optic chiasma and also at

right angles to the subsequent course, thus resembling the anterior

communicating artery of Man, the junction of the same two

arteries in the Potto is invisible until the hemispheres are

separated, and is thus oblique, as it is in such Monkeys, Rodents,

and Carnivora that I have been able to examine.

5. On the Pelvis and Hind-limb of J/ullerornis betsilet

M.-Edw. & Grand. ; with a Note on the Occurrence

of a Ratite Bird in the Upper Hocene Beds of the

Fayum, Egypt. By C. W. Anprews, D.Sc., F.Z.8.

(British Museum, Natural History).

iReceived January 14, 1904. ]

(Plate V.* and Text-figure 15.)

Among the numerous bird-remains brought back from Central

Madagascar by Dr. Forsyth Major are some beautifully preserved

bones of the pelvis and left hind-limb of a small ratite bird rvefer-

able to the genus Mullerornis of Milne-Edwards and Grandidier *.

The femur, tibio-tarsus, fibula, and tarso-metatarsus, as well as

a considerable portion of the pelvis, were found in natural

association, but none of the phalanges were preserved. No

detailed description of any member of the genus having ever been

published, a brief account of these specimens may be welcome.

It may be said at once that these bones differ in no very striking

manner from those of Wpyornis, and that they do not appear to

throw any further light on the affinities of the Adjpyornithide as

a whole.

Of the three species of JMullerornis distinguished by Milne-

Edwards and Grandidier, the bird in question agrees very nearly

(in its dimensions) with WM. betsilei, and since, moreover, it is

from the same locality, it may be regarded as belonging t0 that

species.

The Pelvis (Plate V. fig. 1)—The pelvis, which seems to have

been very long and narrow, is very badly preserved ; of the ilia the

only portion in a tolerably perfect condition includes the acetabular

region and a short distance behind it, while the pubes and ischia

are represented by mere stumps only. In the preacetabular

region of the pelvis the upper edges of the ilia must have united

to form a strong iliac crest; just over the antitrochanter they

diverge, forming the supra-trochanteric crests which constitute

the anterior boundaries of the pelvic escutcheon, of which in the

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 171.

+ Comptes Rendus, t. exvi. 1894, p. 125.

i1*

164 DR. C. W. ANDREWS ON FOSSIL BIRDS [Jan. 19,

present specimen only the anterior end is preserved. The syn-

sacrum 1s represented by about fourteen vertebrae. The acetabulum

is large and nearly circular in outline; its ventral border les

above the ventral surface of the synsacrum. The acetabular

foramen is a large, roughly triangular opening through which the

arches of the vertebre of that region can be seen: the anti-

trochanter is very large. The region of the pectineal process is

much abraded. Only the pr oximal portions of the ischia and

pubes are preserved ; they are intimately fused with the centra of

the synsacral vertebree, which, as described below, there form a

ventral prominence. There is no very definite ridge uniting the

two ischia across the synsacrum as in some specimens of the pelvis

of Zpyornis, and therefore the postsacral furrow of Burckhardt

is scarcely at all developed.

In the syneracum there are eleven or twelve vertebrie in front

of the true sacrals. Of these the seven anterior lie in front of

the acetabulum and the point of origin of the pubes; the other

four or five are crowded together between the acetabula, and are

so closely fused with one another that they can only be distin-

guished from one another by the foramina perforating their fused

arches.

The first synsacral bears a facet for a rib-head, situated on the

side of the centrum close to the anterior articular surface: the

transverse process has been broken away. The base of the neural

arch is excavated by a deep pocket-like fossa. The neural spine

is broken away to a great extent, but it can be seen that its base

was strengthened by six buttress-like lamelle of bone, of which

two are placed longitudinally, two others run outwards and a

little forwards on to the transverse processes; the two remaining

ridges run midway between the last-mentioned plates and the

postero-median one. There is a small hypapophysis situated

immediately behind the anterior surface of the centrum.

The second vertebra has a broad transverse process the base of

which is excavated by a large pneumatic fossa divided into two

chambers by a vertical lamella of bone. There seem to have been

no articular surfaces for ribs, but the bone is somewhat incomplete

where they should occur. There is a very slightly marked hypa-

pophysis on the front of the ventral surface. The next vertebra is

ae except that there is no trace of a hypapophysis. In the

xt the transverse process is smaller and more backwardly directed,

ae itis not, as in_Apyornis, divided into a dorsal and ventral bar.

This division, however, occurs in the next (5), in which the ventral

bar is small and forwardly directed. The same is the case in the

following two (6 and 7). In none of these hinder vertebree (3-7)

is there any hypapophysis. The outer ends of the parapophyses,

which are separated by oval foramina, are intimately united with

the ilia.

The centra of the eighth to the eleventh (or twelfth) vertebre

are fused with one another and with the proximal portions of the

pubes and ischia. The united centra form a ventral prominence

1904. | FROM MADAGASCAR AND EGYPT. 165

convex antero-posteriorly, but this projection is not bounded

posteriorly by a well-marked groove as in pyornis. The centra

of the succeeding (post-acetabular) vertebrae do not run in quite

the same straight line as those in front, but slope somewhat up-

wards, so that the preacetabular region of the synsacrum makes a

slight angle with the post-acetabular, the two being separated by

the ventral prominence of the inter-acetabular centra.

In the thirteenth, fourteenth, and fifteenth vertebra there are

ventral processes, of which the anterior two are perhaps to be

regarded as the true sacral ribs; the outer ends of these processes

unite externally into a common mass which abuts on the ilium

immediately behind the acetabulum, and at the same time forms

the hinder wall of the cavum acetabulare. Of these processes,

that of the thirteenth vertebra is slender and directed backwards,

that of the fourteenth stouter and running directly outwards,

that of the fifteenth much the largest and directed forwards ; the

centra of these three vertebre are flat below.

The sixteenth vertebra bears a long and broad transverse

process, which runs outwards and backwards, and widens out

externally, joining the ilium immediately beneath the anti-

trochanter ; the upper edges of these transverse processes are con-

tinued upwards into thin cribiform plates which unite above with

the neural spine. The next transverse process is more slender

but bears a similar plate, and, judging from the pelvis of pyornis,

these plates were present in all the succeeding postsacrals, and are

so arranged that they divide the posterior portion of the pelvis

into a series of narrow chambers. In the present specimen all

behind the seventeenth vertebra are broken away.

The dimensions of the pelvis are :— em.

Length of synsacrum as far as preserved......... 26

Approximate width between outer ends of the

AMEUELOC MAMUEHS ee ati mn Meet eee creer ae 13

Width between ventral edges of acetabula ...... ie)

Vertical diameter of acetabulum .................- 4

Wwaiduheim teonmuoneceua Oullumis success ceeaiccte 6

The Femur (Plate V. figs. 2 & 3).—The femur is rather more

slender in proportion to its length than in dpyornis mullert, but

otherwise is not strikingly different. The neck is very short and

the head is shaped somewhat like the frustrum of a cone, the upper

end of which is represented by the smooth surface which fits into

the acetabular foramen. The trochanteric surface is continuous

with that of the head, and the trochanter itself is less massive and

projects less forwards than is the case in Wpyornis: its outer

surface is deeply marked by the attachments of muscles (glutei,

&e.). On the hinder face of the bone, immediately beneath the

edge of the trochanteric surface, there is a large pneumatic foramen

(pn,f.) partly closed by a eribriform plate of bone.

The shaft is slightly compressed owing to the flattening of the

anterior and posterior surfaces, and this flattening is especially

166 DR. C. W. ANDREWS ON FOSSIL BIRDS [Jan. 19,

marked towards the lower end, where the bone widens out towards

the distal articulation. The popliteal fossa is deep, and there are

several pneumatic foramina (pz.f.) opening into it; it is more

strongly defined and extends further up the bone than in Apyornis.

The trochlear surface is rather flattened, and is separated from the

intercondylar groove by a well-defined angle. The broad inter-

condylar groove is marked with two or three deep pits for the

attachment of ligaments. ‘The inner condyle is much as in

Hpyorms, but in the outer the fibular surface is broader and

the short ridge forming its supero-internal border is much more

prominent.

Near the middle of the shaft and on its postero-external border

there is a small nutritive foramen.

The Tibio-tarsus (Plate V. figs. 4 & 5).—The tibio-tarsus is

relatively more slender than that of Apyornis mulleri, and the

antero-posterior compression of the shaft is a little less marked.

The cnemial crests are well developed and rise high above the

articular surface. Immediately beneath the rim of the hinder

edge of the proximal articulation there is a deep concavity into

which several foramina, probably pneumatic (pz,f.), open.

The distal portion of the shaft is greatly flattened from before

backwards, and its anterior face is slightly concave from side to

side. This concavity is deepest at the groove for the extensor

tendons, which runs farther up the bone than in dpyornis and is

not quite so near the inner margin. The groove is bordered exter-

nally by a long and prominent ridge, and on the inner side by a

short projection (fig. 5, ¢), which is evidently the partially ossified

base of the otherwise tendinous bridge over the extensor tendons.

The distal articulation is almost exactly like that of the tibia of

Hpyornis mulleri. The so-called middle trochlea, a slight con-

vexity between the outer and inner condyles, is very slightly

developed. The post-condylar processes are sharply marked off

from the condyles, and the outer at least projects more than in

AG pyornis.

The Fibula (Plate V. fig. 6).—The fibula as far as preserved is

160 mm. long. Its upper end is large, and in correlation with

the large size of the fibular surface of the femur it bears a large

articular surface which extends a considerable distance down the

outer side of the shaft. The surface for articulation with the

fibular prominence of the tibia is oval and deeply concave. About

a third of the length of the bone from its distal end there is a

prominent tubercle for the insertion of the biceps cruris.

The Tarso-metatarsus (Plate V. figs. 7 & 8).—The tarso-meta-

tarsus 1s a comparatively slender bone, and in general structure

corresponds entirely with that of one of the smaller species of

Aipyorivis, e. g. 2, hildebrandti as described by Burckhardt. In

the proximal articulation the surface for the inner condyle of the

tibia is much the larger, and is much wider antero-posteriorly than

that for the outer condyle; there is no intercondylar process, but,

on the other hand, there is a slight median concavity for the

1904. | FROM MADAGASCAR AND EGYPT. 167

reception of the so-called middle trochlea of the tibia. The upper

part of the anterior face of the shaft is deeply concave owing to the

posterior position of the upper end of the middle metatarsal ; this

concavity runs about three-quarters of the way down the shaft,

and even below this the anterior face is slightly grooved for the

adductor tendons. The inter-osseous foramina open at the same

level anteriorly, and immediately beneath them is the single large

tuberosity for the insertion of the tendon of the tibialis anticus.

On the posterior surface of the bone, the upper end of the third

metatarsal forms the bulls of the large talon, consisting of a pro-

minent ridge on the outer side and a small tuberosity on the inner,

separated by a shallow groove for the tendons. The main ridge

of the talon is continued down the upper three-fourths of the

trihedral shaft, of which it forms the posterior angle. In section,

the middle portion of the shaft is triangular, the sides of the

triangle being concave and the concavity of the anterior face being

the deepest. A little above the distal articulation the shaft is

convex in front and slightly concave behind. The middle trochlea

is much the largest of the three and extends considerably beyond

the inner one, which in size and form closely resembles the outer,

much more nearly, indeed, than is the case in Mpyornis. Just

above the notch between the outer and middle trochlexw, the

bone is perforated by two foramina, one above the other but close

together : of these the upper one (add.) pierces the bone and opens

on the palmar aspect at the posterior end of the channel between

the two trochles, the other opens in the middle of the same

channel; the upper or posterior of these perforations probably

transmitted the tendon of the adductor digiti externi, but the

function of the other is unknown to me.

tn a note on some remains of W/pyornis in the Tring Museum

published some years ago*, I ventured to suggest that MWullerornis

rudis, the metatarsal of which is said to be perforated by the

tendon of the adductor digiti externi, should on that account be

referred to a new genus, Mlacourtia. If the presence of this

character were really of generic value taken alone, the present

species should likewise be referred to Flacourtia; but since the

presence or absence of this perforation seems to be of very variable

occurrence, it will be better to refer all the small, lightly built

AMpyornithide at present known to one genus, Mullerornis, at

least till some more valid distinctions are found, which may very

well happen when the skulls and skeletons of the various species

are known.

So far as can be seen, the thickening of the bones (pachyostosis),

though of course much less in degree than in Hpyornis, is of

precisely the same kind as that described by Burekhardt in

the case of Mpyornis hildebrandtii, and differs from the type found

in the Dinornithidee, in which the bones are much more solid and

heavier.

* Noyitates Zoologicie, vol. ii. p. 25. Tring, 1895,

168 DR. C, W. ANDREWS ON FOSSIL BIRDS [Jan. 19,

As already mentioned at the beginning of this paper, these

specimens throw no light on the relationships and origin of the

AXpyornithes, and it seems that in Madagascar we iene a group

of closely interrelated Ratites, varying enormously i in size and in

the degree of pachyostosis attained, but otherwise presenting few

differences of importance, just as in New Zealand all degrees of

size and massiveness exist between Dinornis parvus and D. maaxi-

mus or Pachyornis elephantopus. In Madagascar, so far as known

at present, the extremes are Mudllerornis agilis and dpyornis

hitan.

The dimensions of the limb-bones described are given below ;

those of the pelvis have already been noticed.

Femur: em.

Temiorthh heh so biewt. hee. cite eid cera NU Seema 239

Wadthi ofthe, proxamaljemd: (af y.aj.sereascseneeee 8-4

Antero-posterior diameter of the shaft ............ 2°9

lateralidimimeteronitmeshatin eee eee eee 3°D

Wiaaeithvonithe distalleerncdiy aM key enon alae PT

Tibia:

Length to top of articulation .......5..0s0.22.0-:: 40:5

Length to top of cnemial crest ....................- 43°5

Wadthi of ithe) proxamalsendiy 3.2 cerca: sae 6:2

Wadthvot thetanmcdlevonmisina ttm ceeeceeeee ae de ds 2°8

Whidithyorrclistalliemcnsey syne phe eur ahaa ean 6:2

Antero-posterior diameter of the shaft............ 2°0

Fibula :

TST, aed Nt cebit eel acmteuinle study upwards of 16-0

Antero-posterior width of proximal end ......... 34

ltateral width) of joxoxamel end) oe ass jeaser. acer 1°6

Metatarsus :

Beem ct lila ition cbc ait hla aefo asses ac elevaenias cde snl ojeuatancteraeamisietet 20:3

Wadth of the proximal end) 35.38). se2.:ceeensse ee 6°6

Width otshatu at marrowesti en. .acseeu ese niece OT

Wacdthvorsbinejdistalsemden seencecee seer Ee eeererner ne 6°5

Wradth ofthemmiddlestrochleawy 255s 23)

Note on a new Ratite Bird (Hremopezus eocenus, gen. et sp. nov.)

from the Upper Eocene of the Fayum District, Egypt.

(Text-figure 15.)

One of the most interesting specimens collected from the Upper

Kocene beds of the Fayum in 1902 is the distal end of the left

tibio-tarsus of a large ratite bird. The fragment consists of the

articulation and four or five centimetres of the shaft, and, except

for a slight abrasion of the inner condyle, is in a sufficiently good

state of preservation for it to ke possible to observe all the

important points in the structure of this highly characteristic

portion of the skeleton, In fact, although of course much more

1904. | FROM MADAGASCAR AND EGYPT. 169

material is necessary before the precise affinities of this bird can

be fully determined, probably from no similar fragment of any

other bone of the skeleton could so much information be derived.

The outer condyle, the upper angle of which extends some

distance up the antero-external border of the bone, seems to be

larger in proportion to the inner than in the other Ratites

except possibly Struthio. The condyles are very distinctly

separated by a very well-marked intercondylar groove, in this

respect more resembling the tibie of Caswarius and Rhea, and

differing from those of @pyornis and Struthio, in which the

sroove is very shallow. The post-condylar processes are not

nearly so prominent as in Struthio, but about as in Dromeus ,

the outer post-condylar process does not extend nearly so far up-

wards as the condyle does anteriorly, and is sharply separated from

it almost at a right angle (see text-fig. 15, B, a.) which forms the

most distal point of the bone. The consequence of this arrange-

ment is that the condylar articular surface looks more forward

than is usually the case, though some approximation to this con-

dition is seen in Sérwthio, and still more in Rhea. The surface

between the post-condylar processes is slightly concave and passes

gently into the posterior surface of the shaft, which, like the whole

articular end of the bone, is strongly compressed from before

backwards. The lateral faces of the condyles bear deep pits for

the attachment of ligaments (text-fig. 15, 5).

Text-fig. 15.

Distal end of left tibio-tarsus of Hremopezus cocenus.

A. From front. B. From side. C. From back.

a., angle hetween outer condyle and post-condylar surface; e.g., extensor groove;

i.c., ner condyle; o.c., outer condyle; ¢., tubercle marking position of

extensor bridge.

The figures are 2 natural size.

The posterior face of the shaft passes by a gentle slope into the

sharp antero-internal border of the bone, which is continuous with

the upper angle of the inner condyle, as in Casuarius and Dromeus.

The anterior face of the shaft near its inner border is deeply

170 ON FOSSIL BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR AND EGyPT. [Jan. 19,

channelled by the groove for the extensor tendons (text-fig. 15, A,

e.g.); this groove is closed at tts lower end by a strong ridge

running upwards and outwards towards the outer border, aod

forming a prominent rugose surface above the outer condyle.

There was no bony bridge over the tendons, but a slight ridge

along the inner side of the groove marks the insertion of a strong

tendinous sling (see text-fig. 15, A, ¢.).

Comparing this specimen with the tibio-tarsi of the other

Ratites, it may be said that to some extent it combines the

characters of several of them. In the depth of the extensor

groove it approximates to Lheaand Apyornis. The oblique ridge

which blocks the lower end of the groove occurs also in Struthio,

though in this case the groove itself is much shallower. In

Mpyornis, on the other hand, the ridge is entirely absent and the

groove runs nearly down to the condyles. The form of the outer

condyle and its relations to the post-condylar process are similar to

what is seen in Rhea and to some extent in Struthio also.

It seems clear that this bird differs widely from the other

Ratites, and certainly from any of the Carinatee, and I propose to

name it Mremopezus eocenus.

The dimensions of the type specimen are :—

Width of distal articular end ............... 4°8

Width of lower end of shaft (at highest

point preserved) cas wesc cece cttatcloer 3°5

Width from front to back of the outer

Gondyley wets secede st loucracies aan Werelst reel . oo

The occurrence in this region and in beds of Hocene age of

a Ratite bird is a matter of considerable interest; but until

sufficient remains are found to give a more definite idea of

the relationships of this form, it will be unwise to draw any

very wide conclusions. At the same time, it may be remarked

that the existence of a true Ratite so long ago as the Hocene

makes it at least possible that some of the main groups of

the Ratite may have had a common ancestry, and are not the

results of separate retrogressive modifications leading to the loss

of flight, with the various correlated changes. In the present

case the relationship between the Struthiones and the Aipyornithes,

referred to by Burckhardt*, is naturally suggested; and the

occurrence of Struthious birds (Séruthio and Ha Iypselornis) in the

Pliocene of the Siwalik Hills may possibly indicate some remote

connection between the present form and the Dromeus-Casuarius

group. There is, however, another possibility that must not be

lost sight of, and that i is, that after all Hremopezus may be merely

another instance of retrogressive modification leading to loss of

flight and increase of bulk in a group of Carinate birds, such as

has occurred in the case of the Stereornithes, the Gastornithes, and

* “Ueber Apyornis,’ Paleont. Abhandlungen, N. F., vol. ii. p. 145 (Jena, 1893).

wih Ab GUND IG: (SOUSPSteUaliiSk G “W@KeNGnS( 1S) ari Serer Seciel i

‘Guat: srg ure pay “UAT 3218p IRIS “P

IA Td [14"V061'S‘Z'd

1904. | ON MAMMALS FROM BRITISH NAMAQUALAND. 171

probably in most of the early so-called Ratite birds. These

questions can only be settled by further excavations in the Libyan

Desert and the discovery of more complete material.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Mullerornis betsilei M.-Edw. & Grand.

Vie. 1. Pelvis from side, p. 163.

2. Femur, posterior surface, p. 165.

» anterior 5

. Tibio-tarsus, posterior surface, p. 166.

Cass anterior

Fibula, p. 166.

. Tarso-metatarsus, posterior surface, p. 166.

“9 anterior

DIS ME Wh

bb}

All the figures + natural size.

February 2, 1904.

H.G. Tar Duxks oF Beprorp, K.G., President,

in the Chair.

Mr. R. Lydekker exhibited and made remarks upon a head of

the Alaskan Moose (dAlces gigas of American naturalists) which

had been obtained by Lord Hlphinstone in Alaska, and mounted

by Mr. Rowland Ward.

Mr. J. Hh. S. Moore, F.Z.S., exhibited a series of lantern-slides

illustrating the histology of cancer in animal tissues.

The following papers were read :—

1. On a Collection of Mammals from British Namaqualand,

presented to the National Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

By Otprisip Tuomas, F.R.S., and HaroLtp ScHWANN,

eZee

[Received December 15, 1903. |

(Plate VI.7)

By the generous help of Mr. C. D. Rudd, Mr. C. H. B. Grant,

who had previously collected at Deelfontein the fine series of

Mammals presented by Col. A. T. Sloggett, has been enabled to

continue in the Cape Colony collecting material for the British

Musewn.

* Diagnoses of the new forms published in Abstracts P. Z. S. 1904, no. 2, pp. 5, 6

(Feb. 9th).

+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 183.

hy2 MESSRS. O. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON | Feb. 2,

After a short stay in the Cape Peninsula, where he obtained

useful topotypes of several long-known species, Mr. Grant went

to Little Namaqualand in March 1903, and settled at Klip-

fontein, a place some 80 miles inland of Port Nolloth, at an

altitude of about 1000 metres. He also stayed for shorter periods

at Anenous, north of Klipfontein, 50 miles from the coast (alt.

600 m.), and at Port Nolloth itself.

So far as the British Museum is concerned, Namaqualand has

been hitherto almost entirely neglected, the few specimens

obtained there by Dr. Andrew Smith about 1830 (e. g. Petromys

typicus, Otomys brantsti, &c.) and the little set collected by Dr.

R. Broom at Port Nolloth in 1897 (including the type of Otomys

broomt) being the only mammals that the Museum has ever

received from that country. For the South African Museum

Mr. Péringuey also collected a certain number at Klipfontein, as

recorded by Mr. W. L. Sclater, but he does not seem to have come

upon any of the new forms we now find it necessary to describe.

This is the first occasion in the history of Cape zoology that

any considerable series of perfectly made modern skins have been

compared, species by species, with another such series as that

prepared by Mr. Grant at Deelfontein and the Cape; and we have

thus been able to see what is the influence on the mammal fauna

of the more northern and desert climate of Namaqualand. As

might be expected, this shows itself in a general pallor, which is

well exemplified in such forms as J/acroscelides melanotis, Cynictis

penicillata pallidior, Otomys broomi and brantsii, and Arvicanthis

pumilio cinereus. On the other hand, the two animals which we

have thought worthy to be distinguished as species instead of sub-

species, Herpestes ruddi and Bathyergus janetta, ave both darker,

especially on the back, than their Cape representatives.

Of these two the Mongoose is a very distinct and handsome

animal, easily separable from the Cape Herpestes pulverulentus by

its blackened back and tail-tip. Bathyergus janelta again is of

interest as being the second species of so peculiar and long-known

a genus as Bathyergus, otherwise confined to the Cape.

In all, therefore, the Namaqua collection, which numbers about

160 well-prepared skins, is a most valuable accession to the

Museum, and one for which we have every reason to be grateful

to its donor, Mr. Rudd.

The following are Mr. Grant’s notes* on the character of the

country :—

“The appearance of the country as we proceed inland by rail,

from the coast, strikes one as looking particularly dry and for-

bidding. Port Nolloth itself is on white sand which runs inland

for perhaps ten miles, dotted here and there with milk- and Ty-

bushes and a little grass in some of the water-courses. About the

ninth or tenth mile on the railway the white sand gives place to

* Mr. Grant’s notes on the character of the country and the habits of the animals

were received too late for reading, but have been inserted since.—Feb. 20, 1904,

1904. | MAMMALS FROM BRITISH NAMAQUALAND, 173

dry yellow or reddish-yellow sandy flats, stretching away on each

side towards low or high mountain-ranges. Most of these have a

yellowish appearance, the low stony rises or kopjes looking for all

the world like huge heaps of gravel.

“Water is very scarce and is found in natural springs, either

surface or by sinking ; frequently the water-holes are considerable

distances apart, and in the back country are almost impossible to

find without a guide.

“The rainfall during my stay at Klipfonteim was considered to

have been the best for some years, being as follows :—

priya yas G13) am

Ibe) a ea

I UUANS) aheicy cle OPO 55

A little fell in July and (at Port Nolloth during my short stay

there) in August.

ee Klipfontein, at an altitude of 3104 feet, 1s a wayside station on

the railway between Port Nolloth and O’ok kiep, 54 miles by rail

from the former place, situated on the top of the mountain-ranges

which run between the Orange River and the Kamiesberg.

“The country is a series of mountains and sinall flats cut

through with old water-courses, which either run down to the

small flats on the top of the mountain-range or the lower flats

running towards the coast. Often they for m huge kloofs or

canons, some hundreds of feet in depth and 200 or 300 yards

across, with enormous krantzes towering above and around the

outer edges.

“<The “principal vegetation consists of several species of milk-

bush and a small green bush some 2 or 3 feet in height, on which

the wild buck am domestic stock feed; the coven Species of

water- and rice-plants, a few scattered bushes and small trees on

the kloofs and mountains, thorns in some of the river-beds, and

the curious cookrerboom complete my rough list.

“ Within a few miles of Klipfontein, on both the high and low

ground, traps were set in every conceivable place, such as under

bushes or rocks on the open flats, in the dry river-beds and kloofs.

The most productive ground, howev er, was the dry river-beds,

the rocky slopes and Krantzes of the lar ger mountains, and the

small stony kopjes on the flats.”

1. RuiNnoLtopuus «rutors Peters.

6. 486a. 9. 420. Klipfontein.

NyYcTERIS CAPENSIS Smith.

©. 459. Anenous.

@. 429, 421. Klipfontein.

3, MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI Natt.

g. 451. Klipfontein.

174 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 2,

4, MACROSCELIDES RUPESTRIS Smith.

3. 510, 453, 501, 425. 9. 390, 468, 477. Klipfontein.

M. rupestris was first obtained by Smith from the “ rocky

mountains of Namaqualand,” so that these specimens are practi-

cally topotypes.

The same author’s J. edwardi is commonly considered to be a

synonym of MW. rupestris, but among Mr. Grant’s collection from

Deelfontein there is a series of a Macroscelides apparently distinct

from the latter and probably referable to edwardi. This animal

is darker and more greyish, its tail is less heavily pencilled, and

its eyes have scarcely a trace of white rings.

“¢¢Oliphant-muis’ or ‘ Klas-nese’ of the Dutch.

‘¢ Found only on the kopjes and in stony places. Remarkably

quick when disturbed in getting from rock to rock and disappearing

from view. It is curious to watch it dusting itself in some patch

of loose sand among the rocks, its actions reminding one very

much of a dog.”—C. H. B. G.

5. MAcCROSCELIDES MELANOTIS Ogilb.

3. 461, 393, 409. ©. 423, 484, 433, 435, 531,519. Klip-

fontein.

@. 555. Port Nolloth.

This good series enables us to make for the first time a reliable

comparison between J. melanotis and its ally JZ. proboscideus.

The former proves to be readily distinguishable by its much paler

colour throughout and by its blacker and more heavily tufted tail.

‘¢¢ Oliphant-muis’ or ‘ Klas-nese’ of the Dutch.

‘Found only ‘on the flats among the rocks and other cover.

When disturbed it dodges round bushes and across open places at

an amazing rate, with its tail in the air, frequently taking cover

in the nest of Otomys broom.

‘“¢ Often observed in pairs.”—C. H. B. G.

6. MyosorREX VARTIUS Smuts.

6. 438: Port Nolloth.

Quite similar in colour to a series from the slopes of Table

Mountain.

This specimen is abnormal in not having any trace of the

minute premolars, the fourth unicuspids, usually present just

anterior to the large p*. in the upper jaw. Out of about a dozen

examples from the Cape the same abnormality occurs on both

sides in one skull, and on one side in another.

“<¢Skearer-muis’ of the Dutch.

“One specimen was sent to me from Port Nolloth, but I could

not find out exactly where it had been caught.”—C. H. B. G.

7. Fevuis CAFFRA Desm.

3. 512, 456. 9. 492, 509, 479, 463. Klipfontein.

“¢¢ Wilde-kat’ of the Dutch.

‘“‘ Not particularly common, frequenting the kloofs and clumps

1904. ] MAMMALS FROM BRITISH NAMAQUALAND. 175

of rocks on the open flats. Occasionally seen in the daytime,

amongst the bushes on the flats, where they were sunning

themselves when disturbed.”—C. H. B. G.

8, GENETTA FELINA Thunb.

3. 450,534. 2. 440. Khipfontein.

‘“«* Misselyat-kat’ of the Dutch.

“ Not by any means common. Frequenting the deeper and

rougher kloofs, where large rocks and the thickest. bush prevails.

Never seen during the day : and trapped only at night. Apparently

feeds principally on beetles and other insects.”-—C. H. B. G.

9, Herpesres RuDDI Thos. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)

Herpestes ruddi, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) xii. p. 465, (1903).

6. 439, 508, 418, 507, 511, 406, 471, 474, 467, 527, 523.

®. 411, 407, 448, 494, 526, 533. Klipfontein.

This handsome animal has already been described, and we now

give a figure of it.

The discovery of so distinct a carnivore within the boundaries

of Cape Colony is a striking example of the incompleteness of our

present knowledge of mammals generally, and the value of such

systematic surveys as that which Mr. Rudd has enabled Mr. Grant

to carry on.

““*Commy-jee-baat muishond’ of the Dutch. ‘Tceep’* of the

Namaqualand Hottentots.

“Extremely common. Very diflicult to avoid trapping them,

as they are nearly always the first animals caught when traps are

placed in a new spot. Frequenting kloofs, mountains, and the

dry river-beds near clumps of rocks, in fact wherever there is

suflicient cover. Sometimes seen in the daytime on the hunt in

the big krantzes and larger kloofs. Food apparently consists of

beetles. &e., although I believe they destroy numbers of young

dassies. Often taken in pairs.” —C. H. B. G,.

10. CYNICTIS PENICILLATA PALLIDIOR Thos. & Schw.

Cynictis penicillata pallidior Thos, & Schw. Abstr. P. Z. S.

1904, no. 2, p. 5 (Feb. 9th).

3. 399,415, 419. 9. 404, 405. Klipfontein.

Similar to the typical C. penicillate but lighter throughout.

Central area of back “ buff-yellow” of Ridgway compared with

the ‘ochre-yellow” of the Cape form, the flanks rather lighter ;

under surface dull ‘* cream-colour ” = Trend like back, cheeks and

neck much lghter than in satcroitealllaies, grizzled whitish. Back of

ears In most specimens prominently dark brown, contrasting with

the general colour of the head; a postauricular patch hght

yellow, not grizzled ; fore limbs as in penreillata ; under surface of

hind limbs creamy white instead of ‘“ ochre-yellow,” hind feet

light creamy yellow. Tail about two-thirds as long as the head

* «Te” stands for a click.

176 MESSRS. O. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 2,

and body, broad rather than round, very bushy, the breadth

across the outstretched tail-hairs about 5 inches, its upper surface

coloured like the back; the terminal two inches pure white ;

under surface creamy proximally, becoming gradually whiter

distally. Individually the hairs of the under surface are cream-

buff basally and white terminally, with a dark brown subterminal

band. The tail of true penicillata is much darker, being

“ochraceous” above, pencilled with black, and nowhere lighter

than ‘ ochraceous-buft” below, except at the tip, the light part

of which barely exceeds an inch in length and is not so pure a

white as in pallidior.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh:—Head and

body 328 mm.; tail 269; hind foot 76; ear 35.

Skull—basal length 64 mm.; greatest length 70°5 mm.

Type. Male. Original no. 399. Collected 7 April, 1903.

This subspecies differs from the typical C. pencillata in the

general lighter colour of its upper surface and the much more

conspicuous white tip to its tail.

None of the names currently placed as synonyms of C. penieillata

appear to refer to the Namaqua Cyiictis.

“¢< Rooi-meerkat’ of the Dutch. ‘ Heryky’ of the Namaqua-

land Hottentots. Habits similar to those of Swricata suricatta.

Apparently not found in the low country near the coast.”—

Ci) HB. G:

11. SurrcaTa suRicarra Schr.

Viverra suricatia, Schr. Siug. i. pl. 117 (1776) (ea Buff.).

Viverra tet ad acta, id. ¢. ¢. p. 434 (1777).

3. 473, 536. 9. 475, 528, 472. Klipfontein.

“Meerkat? of the Dutch. ‘Heryky’ of the Namaqualand

Hottentots.

“They make their burrows in the open veldt and under the

clumps of rocks scattered about the flats. -Although they are

seldom found in great numbers, near Port Nolloth there are two

or three colonies of considerable size.

“In this part of the country they seem very restless, constantly

shifting their quarters.

“Exclusively diurnal. It is a pretty sight to see them sitting

perfectly upright outside them holes, sunning themselves in the

early morning.

‘“¢They apparently feed principally on beetles.”—C. H. B. G.

12. VULPES CHAMA Smith.

3. 410, 416, 470. ©. 424, 476, 396, 397. Klipfontein.

This pretty Fox has hitherto been almost unrepresented in the

Museum Collection, so that the present series—practically topo-

typical—forms a very welcome accession.

cee * omma yackal’ of the Dutch.

* Te stands for a click.

1904. | MAMMALS FROM NAMAQUALAND. 177

‘Very common, frequenting the more open country and

sleeping during the day in the dry river-beds and the stony

kopjes on the flats. They are very wary, and when disturbed usually

get up out of range.

“Trapped at night in their sleeping-places or near meerkats’

burrows, where possibly they were on the look-out for a late

straggler.

‘Their food consists of beetles, &c.”—C. H. B. G.

13. Icronyx CAPENSIS Kaup.

3. 490, 5380. 9. 497, 503. Klipfontein.

3. 937, 538. Anenous.

“¢ Vit-r6q (white-backed) muishond’ of the Dutch.

‘“* Frequenting both the kloof and the open flats. This animal

is very destructive to poultry, killing them for the sake of their

blood only. Usually found in pairs and often caught one after

the other in the same trap.”—C. H. B. G.

14, MELLIVORA RATEL Sparrm.

@. 464, 465. Klipfontein.

Indistinguishable from Cape specimens.

““¢ Ratel’ of the Dutch,

‘* Not uncommon. The two specimens were secured in an old

ant-bear hole on the sandy flats close to Anenous.”—C. H, B. G.

15. GRAPHIURUS OCULARIS Smith.

2. 417, 486. Klipfontein.

These specimens represent the Graphiurus elegans of Ogilby*, of

which the type was collected by Capt. Alexander in Damaraland.

The tail is rather whiter than that of the Cape form, and the

animals may perhaps hereafter prove subspecifically separable, in

which case they would bear the name of G. ocularis elegans.

“*¢ Gemsbok-muis’ of the Dutch.

“ Rare, possibly frequenting all rocky places, as in the Karoo.

Exclusively nocturnal. Where these two specimens were caught,

traps were kept set for some weeks, but yielded no further

results.” —C, H. B. G.

16. DESMODILLUS AURICULARIS Smith.

Gerbillus auricularis Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ, ii. p. 160

(1834).

Desmodillus (g. un.) auricularis Thomas & Schwann, Abstr.

P. Z.S. 1904, no. 2, p. 6 (Feb. 9th),

©. 458. Anenous.

A topotype of the species, which was described by Smith

from a specimen captured by him in “the mountains of Little

Namaqualand.”

This Gerbille has been variously regarded as a true Gerbillus

* P. Z.S. 1838, p. 5.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XII. 12

178 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 2,

and as a Pachyuromys, but after careful consideration we think

that it needs a special generic name. From Gerbillus it differs,

among other characters, by its shorter tail and very much iarger

bulle, in which respects it approaches Pachyuromys. But its

thin, unswollen tail, its narrow faintly-grooved incisors, normally

shaped palatine foramina, less exaggerated bulle, and widely

different geographical distribution prevent its being referred to

the latter genus, towards which, however, it may be regarded as

forming a link (deopos).

Mr. Grant also obtained an example of this species when

collecting for Col. Sloggett at Deelfontein.

“¢ This animal was reported as being very common, especially im

some of the old stone blockhouses along the line.”—C. B. H. G.

17. Oromys Broomt Thos.

Ann. Mag. N, H. (7) x. p. 313 (1902).

3. 466, 434, 462. 9. 437, 432, 460, 524. Klipfontein.

This species, the Namaqualand representative of O. unzsulcatus,

was discovered by Dr. Broom at Port Nolloth in 1897. The

Klipfontein series quite agrees with his two specimens as far as

regards colour and the great size of the ears, but the bulle are

perhaps less definably larger.

“¢Veldt-rot’ of the Dutch.

“ Frequenting the open flats and the lowest slopes of the

mountains and kopjes, where it makes a nest of sticks about

2 feet high in the bottom of a milk-bush, with a hole close

beneath the surface. Above ground regular runs connect one

nest with another.

“ Apparently not more than one pair inhabits each nest, and

when disturbed from it will run along their well-worn tracks to

another close at hand.

“A vegetarian.”—C. B. H. G.

18. OroMyYs BRANTSII Smith.

3. 446, 441. @. 400, 395, 403, 394, 455, 442. Klipfontein.

¢. 388. Port Nolloth.

©. 389. Anenous.

The original Huryotis brantsii of Smith was described from two

specimens, male and female. The former was “tinted strongly

with fulvous” and “pencilled freely with black”; the latter,

which the National Museum still possesses, is distinctly paler,

and agrees very well in colour with the above series from Klip-

fontein. As this locality is very near the one quoted by Dr. Smith,

“toward the mouth of the Orange River,” it would be advisable

to accept the female as the type and to ignore the darker male,

which may have come from quite another region. The Namaqua

series might therefore be treated as topotypes.

Compared with these the set collected at Deelfontein are

sufficiently different to require subspecific distinction.

The new form may be called Otomys brantsii luteolus, and may

1904. ] MAMMALS FROM NAMAQUALAND. 179

be distinguished by the brownish fulvous of its dorsal area, which

approaches Ridgway’s “ russet,” in strong contrast with the paler,

almost “ cream-buff” of O. brantsii. The back is also of a more

uniform colour, less markedly lightening on the sides. Under

surface like that of the typical form. Tips of the hairs on the

head, back, and sides black. Tail strong buffy yellow, darker

than in brantsiz, a line along the top and the whole of the tip

black.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—Head and

body 145 mm.; tail 76; hind foot 25; ear 16.

Skull—greatest length 34°7 mm.; basilar length 27:5; greatest

breadth 21.

Hab. Deelfontein, Central Cape Colony.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 2.9.1.47. Collected 8 April 1902.

Presented by Col. A. T. Sloggett.

__ The grooving of the incisors in O. brantsii seems always to have

been considered the same as in O. wnisulcatus, 7. e. with one

groove on the outer part of the upper incisors and none on the

lower. But we find a distinct groove on the inner edge of the

upper pair in addition to the larger groove on the outer half.

There is also an indistinct flattening, hardly amounting to a

groove, on the outer half of the lower incisors.

*©¢ Sand-rot’ of the Dutch.

“Very common; found all over the high and low flats, but not

observed within ten miles of the coast. They are gregarious,

living in colonies and digging their burrows in the open sandy

veldt. A diurnal animal only and a vegetarian. Numbers of

them are to be seen sitting on their haunches outside their

holes. On the appearance of danger they disappear at once, each

with a sharp squeak.”—C. H. B. G.

19. Mus Aauricomis de Wint.

3. 428, 401, 430, 497, 445, 457. 9. 504, 422, 498, 489, 496,

454, 447, 415. Klipfontein.

Very similar to the original series collected by Mr. Selous in

Matabeleland.

“Entirely a rock rat, very common everywhere on the flats and

mountains where there are rocks. Apparently entirely nocturnal

and vegetarian.”—C. H. B.G.

20. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO CINEREUS Thos. & Schw.

Arvicanthis pumilio cinereus Thos. & Schw. Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904,

no. 2, p. 5 (Feb. 9th).

6. 427, 493, 391, 431, 488, 426, 436. 2. 499, 514. Klip-

fontein.

6. 540. Port Nolloth.

General colour of the face and upper surface, in the majority

of specimens, ‘“smoke-grey,” compared with the buffy-yellow of

the true pumilio. Long hairs tipped with orange-yellow or

black, dirty white proximally; under-fur black at base. Flanks

12*

180 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON [ Feb. 2,

decidedly greyer than in 4. pumilio; ears bright tawny as in the

typical form, but more strongly contrasted owing to the greyer

colour of the head and neck.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—Head and body

118 mm.; tail 128; hind foot 28; ear 18.

Skull—basilar length 24 mm.; length of upper tooth-series 5.

Hab. Klipfontein.

Type. Female. Original no. 514. Collected 16 June, 1903.

This Namaqua representative of the common 4. pumilio may

be distinguished from its Cape ally by its paler, greyer colour,

and especially by its much greyer flanks.

‘“¢ Streep-muis’ of the Dutch.

‘“‘Inhabiting the heaps of stones along the railway and the

stone walls of the native gardens.

‘¢Common and exclusively diurnal. It may frequently be seen

sunning itself on some flat rock or sandy patch in the heat of the

day. Its food, so far as I have seen, is entirely vegetable.”—

C. H. B.G.

21. Baruyercus JANErta Thos. & Schw, (Plate VI. fig. 2.)

Bathyergus janetta Thos. & Schw. Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, no, 2,

p. 6 (Feb. 9th).

6. 551, 541, 562, 544. 9. 546, 548, 545, 552, 554, 564, 553.

Port Nolloth.

Much smaller than B. maritimus, the back with a dark median

band.

General ground-colour not materially different from that of the

Cape species, 7. e. ‘“‘drab-grey” ; but the whole dorsal area, for a

breadth of about 2 inches, is seal-brown, contrasting markedly

with the drab-grey of the shoulders and sides. Under surface

blackish-slaty, rather darker than in Bb. maritimus; chin with

a white sharply-defined patch. Head wholly blackish, except

that there is sometimes a narrow white line along the top of the

nose. Area round ear white, bright colour of flanks commencing

just behind ear. Proximal part of limbs dark slaty ; hands and

feet white. Tail broad, flattened, its central part pale brown, its

fringing hairs dull whitish.

Skull conspicuously smaller than in 6. maritimus, its shape, in

fully adult examples, more like that of young specimens of the

Cape species. Brain-case smooth and rounded, the ridges and

crestsat a minimum. Interorbital region broad, smoothly rounded.

Proportions of nasals as in B. maritimus. Palate less produced

backwards. Bullee rather more swollen.

Incisors deeply and simply grooved as in B. maritimus, their

breadth about as in half-grown specimens of that species.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—-Head and

body 181 mm.; tail 43; hind foot (s.u.) 34.

Skull—ereatest length 46°5 mm.; basilar length 40°5 ; greatest

breadth 28:7; nasals 3°6 x 15:4; interorbital breadth 9:5; least

breadth behind zygomata 18°8; greatest mastoid breadth 24;

diastema 14:4; palate length 14:5; greatest diameter of bulle

1904.] MAMMALS FROM NAMAQUALAND. 181

13°8 ; length of upper tooth-series (crowns) 8°4 ; combined breadth

of upper incisors 5.

Type. Female. Original no. 545. Collected 3 August, 1903.

This handsome and distinct Mole-Rat is widely different from

the only hitherto known species of the genus. A reference to the

occurrence of Bathyergus in Namaqualand is given by W. L.

Sclater*, but he tells us that he had not seen examples from

there, and his informant had no doubt mistaken B. janetta for

BL. maritinvus.

In this species there is a marked difference in size and in the

development of the cranial ridges between the skulls of males and

females, much more so, indeed, than appears to be the case in

B. maritimus. An old male skull of B. janetta measures 48°5 mm.

in basilar length, with a zygomatic breadth of 36 mm.

**¢ Mollee’ of the Dutch.

“Common on the white sands near Port Nolloth, where it

makes regular runs and mounds.

“Tt is a great nuisance to the platelayer on that section of the

line, undermining the sleepers and often causing a dangerous

drop in the metals when a train passes.”—C. H. B. G.

22. PETROMYS TYPICUS Smith.

6. 444, 517, 522,518. 2. 487, 480, 500, 443, 513, 529, 469.

Klipfontein.

The Museum now obtains for the first time a good series of this

uncommon animal, which was described by Smith in 1831 from

specimens collected by him “upon the rocky hills which occur

towards the mouth of the Orange River.” Dr. Broom also

obtained some examples at Port Nolloth.

The dimensions of an adult male, measured in the flesh, are as

follows :—Head and body 160 mm.; tail 160; hind foot 34;

ear 15.

“ ¢ Klip-muis’ of the Dutch. Nokit of the Namaqualand

Hottentots.

‘‘ Very common, frequenting the rocks on the kopjes and

mountains and the slides of loose stones thrown out of the

railway-cuttings. Each one seems to have his own hole, and can

be seen day after day lying in the sun on some favourite spot in

front of it. Often in the early morning several are to be seen up

a bush, feeding on the leaves.”—C. H. B. G.

23. LEPUS SAXATILIS Cuvier.

3d. 452,520. 9. 525. Klipfontein.

“« ¢ Rhebok-haas’ of the Dutch.

“ Frequenting the open flats on the top of the mountain-range,.

the lower slopes of the kopjes, and the dry river-beds.

‘“Common, but exceedingly difficult to find without a dog.

“ Weeds only in the early morning and late evening.” —C. H.B.G.

- * Mamm. §. Afr. ii. p. 73 (1901).

+ The “N” of Noki is sounded as a click.

182 ON MAMMALS FROM NAMAQUALAND. [ Feb. 2,

24, LEPUS CAPENSIS GRANTI Thos. & Schw.

Lepus capensis granti Thos. & Schw. Abstr. P. Z.S. 1904, no. 2,

p. 6 (Feb. 9th).

3. 506, 505, 557, 561, 558, 566, 547. 9. 543, 550,560, 542,

599, 565, 563, 556. Port Nolloth.

3. 535. Anenous.

General colour above of the head and back “ broccoli-brown,”

with a very faint mauve suffusion. Individually the long hairs

are black, becoming lighter terminally; the under-fur “‘ =french-

grey” at the base, “drab-grey” distally. Sides of the head,

shoulders, and flanks “ecru-drab.” A few scattered hairs about

14in. long bordering the flanks, black proximally, white terminally.

Head like back, margin of nostrils and upper lip and a ring round

eyes white. Ears distinctly larger than in the true capensis, fringed

with white hairs, the tips dark brownish black. Nape and base

of ears “ecru-drab.” Under surface, with the exception of a

white patch along the centre of the belly, deep ‘‘ vinaceous buff.”

Inner side of thighs and hind feet pinkish buff. Tail as in

capensis, black above, pure white below.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—Head and

body 454 mm.; tail 106; hind foot 115; ear 126.

Skull—greatest length 88 mm.; basilar length 67:5.

Hab. of type. Port Nolloth.

Type. Male. Original no. 561. Collected 12 August, 1903.

The common Namaqua Hare proves to be very similar below

to the Deelfontein form, while its general colour above is very

much that of the true capensis.

The four members of the present group may be distinguished

as follows :—

A. Nape grey or vinaceous.

a?, Back greyer; ear-fringes whitish.

GPS, INEVNS (AKNY. | Gecedsdosneddononesonacn Gnecen Govdopnopacaconsosons | Um CAH NGIRIS,

63. Nape vinaceous ... ceases ERE eccvse ee Ge uenie Seay tLe sRCS BO NCLILL x

62, Back and ear-fringes dull batty sie Asaaeedoouendodeabeeauduad ie Ob es CEARALASS

B. Nape yellow .. ; soBoasoondéodonboossoaoecs Lo OOLRO/DUR.

“«¢ Wlackte-haas’ of the Dutch.

‘“Very common on the white and red sand-veldt near Port

Nolloth, less so on the lower flats (1774 ft.) near Anenous, while

only one was seen on the flats on the mountain-range.”—C. H. B. G.

25, ORYCTOLAGUS CRASSICAUDATUS MELANURUS Riipp.

Lepus melanurus Rupp. Mus. Senck. iii. p. 137 (1845).

3. 515, 516, 521, 539, 5394. 9. 483, 491, 478, 485. Klip-

fontein.

This handsome black-tailed Rabbit, which is quite new to the

Museum collection, agrees well with the description of Riippell’s

Lepus melanurus, and may be safely identified with it. Our only

doubt is whether Smith’s rwpestris, dating from 1834, is not also

the same form, a point which can only be settled when series of

young specimens are available for examination.

1904. ] ON THE ARTERIES OF THE BRAINS OF MAMMALS. 183

‘¢¢ Klip-haas’ ofthe Dutch.

“ Frequents the kopjes and mountains, and is nearly always

seen among the thickest bushes and bigger rocks. The specimens

were mostly secured in the early morning while out feeding on

the more open places. The speed with which this animal can

get over the rocks and boulders must be seen to be believed.” —

C. H. B. G.

26. PROCGAVIA CAPENSIS Pallas.

©. 449. Klipfontein.

“©¢ Tassie’ of the Dutch.

“ Although many signs of this animal were seen on the krantzes,

very few of them were actually observed and seldom in the same

place twice. This may possibly be owing to the previous dry

season, which kept them constantly on the move to find food,

consequently they were very much scattered and extremely

wild.”—C. H. B. G.

27. RAPHICERUS CAMPESTRIS Thunb.

@. 502. Klipfontein.

©. 549. Port Nolloth.

28. OREOTRAGUS OREOTRAGUS Zimm.

¢. 495. Klipfontein.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Herpestes ruddi, p. 175.

2. Bathyergus janetta, p. 180.

2. On the Arteries of the Base of the Brain in certain

Mammals. By Frank EH. Bepparp, F.R.S., Prosector

to the Society.

[Received January 12, 1904.}

(Text-figures 16-22.)

There has recently been published a comprehensive memoir

upon this subject by Dr. Tandler*, in which previous observations,

referring for the most part to single types, are included. Before

becoming acquainted with this memoir, I had caused a number

of injections of the brain of various mammals to be made, with the

view of investigating the subject. I find on examination of my

material and notes that I have something to add to the facts and

conclusions made known inthe memoir of Dr. Tandler; for I have

had the opportunity of studying some genera which that anatomist

had not at his disposal, and certain parts of the arterial system to

which it was not his object to pay special attention.

* “Zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Kopfarterien bei den Mammalia,” Denkschr.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. 67, 1899, p. 677.

184 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ARTERIES [Feb. 2,

§ Circle of Willis and Basilar Artery.

Chinchilla lanigera.—Of this Rodent I have examined two brains.

One is so perfectly injected that it appears to me to be worth

figuring (text-fig. 16) and describing in detail, as a contribution

to the knowledge of the cerebral circulatory system in mammals.

Commencing at the posterior end, the two vertebral arteries unite

to form the basilar artery. Close to their junction two arteries on

the left and three on the right are given off, which appear to be

collectively the equivalents of the inferior cerebellar arteriesof Man.

Text-fig. 16.

Base of brain of Chinchilla lanigera.

a.sp., anterior spinal artery; ce., junction of middle and anterior cerebral arteries ;

op., ophthalmic arteries; v., vertebral arteries.

They are, however, mainly arteries for the supply of the medulla

and adjacent parts, and if they reach the cerebellum at all it is

only their most feeble twigs that do so. Close up to the junction

of the vertebrals rises by a root from each the minute and back-

wardly running anterior spinal artery. Further up the basilar

artery, but well behind the origin of the sixth nerves, arises

1904. | OF THE BRAINS OF MAMMALS. 185

symmetrically on either side a middle cerebellar artery. Each

artery has two main branches. Here again the blood-supply to

the cerebellum from this artery must be very small. In the

second and less perfectly injected brain a small branch on either

side arises behind the middle cerebellar, which may be one of the

branches of the posterior cerebellar advanced rather forward.

Between the middle cerebellar and the bifurcation of the basilar

artery to form the circle of Willis are three or four transverse

arteries, of which one pair are particularly well marked in both

specimens. Immediately after the bifurcation of the basilar

artery arise the anterior cerebellar arteries, which are stout

arteries and of as great calibre as any given off from the circle of

Willis. They constitute the main if not the only blood-supply of

the cerebellum. The third nerve separates this artery from the

posterior choroidal, which is of less calibre. Between this artery

and the posterior cerebral arises an artery of about the same di-

mensions which is an adjunct of the latter, and on the right side

of one specimen arises in common with it from the circle of Willis.

The posterior cerebral artery is of the same calibre as the other

cerebrals and the anterior cerebellar. The circle of Willis is long

and narrow, relatively speaking. About halfway between the

posterior and middle cerebral arteries, exactly on a level with the

pituitary body, the very slender ophthalmic arteries join the circle.

The dimensions of these arteries are not greater than those of some

of the more inconspicuous branches of the basilar artery; but as

both specimens were identical in this particular, I take it that the

state of affairs is normal. Just before the origin of the middle

cerebral arteries arises a small artery on either side supplying the

temporal lobes of the cerebrum. As this vessel occurred in both

brains, I take it to be of some little importance. The middle

cerebral artery supplies, as will be seen from the drawing (text-

fig. 16, p. 184), the greater part of the cerebral hemispheres.

The anterior cerebral arteries are unconnected by any anterior

communicating artery, but apparently pass into one in the region

of the corpus callosum, thus completing the circle.

In the allied Lagostomus trichodactylus the characters of the

brain arteries appear to me to be the same in all essentials. The

ophthalmics and the anterior spinal artery are minute. This

brain, however, enables me to ascertain one point which is very

possibly the same in Chinchilla, but which I was not able to

elucidate in that rodent. In Zagostomus the anterior cerebral

artery of the left side divides at once into two large and equisized

branches, of which the outer supplies the under surface of the

anterior lobe of the brain, whilst the other plunges into the inter-

hemispheral sulcus, and is the main anterior cerebral trunk. It

soon divides above the corpus callosum into two branches. In

Chinchilla it is also apparently the left branch only which supplies

the (in this case single and median) anterior cerebral artery; but:

a break in the right branch supplying the under surface of the

hemispheres does ‘not allow me to speak with absolute certainty.

186 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE ARTERIES [ Feb. 2,

In Myopotamus coypu I detected some characteristics of the

arteries not observable in the other rodents studied by me. The

carotids * appear to be absent and the ophthalmic arteries descend

(or rather, of course, ascend) to the circle of Willis in close contact

with, and bound by connective tissue to, the optic nerve. That

of the left side is, as 1s shown in the accompanying drawing

(text-fig. 17), much larger than that of the right side. Before

reaching the circle of Willis each artery gives off a strong branch

to the pituitary body, from which arise several small arteries

running forward to and over the tuber cinereum to the optic

Text-fig. 17.

Base of brain of Myopotamus coypu.

a., callosal artery; ce., junction of anterior and middle cerebrals ;

o., ophthalmic arteries.

chiasma. The anterior cerebellar artery divides very soon on the

left side, and a little later on the right, into two equisized branches.

Tn front of this the posterior choroidal and the posterior cerebral

arise by acommon stem. Nearly opposite to, but a little in front

of, the entrance of the carotid into the circle of Willis arises a

stout artery (quite as large as the posterior cerebral) which im-

mediately plunges beneath the pyriform lobe. I suppose that this

* The same state of affairs exists, according to Tandler, in Cavia cobaya.

1904. | OF THE BRAINS OF MAMMALS. ‘187

is possibly the equivalent of the anterior choroid artery of Man.

I did not find it in the other rodents. I, however, found in

Myopotamus an artery supplying the surface of the pyriform lobe,

such as exists in Chinchilla and Lagostomus, and rising just

behind the middle cerebral. The anterior cerebral is more

symmetrical than in those Rodents. Each divides into two equal

branches not far from its origin: of these the outer runs along

the olfactory region of the lower surface of the hemispheres; the

inner joins the corresponding branch of the opposite side, becomes

the single callosal artery, and before it reaches the surface of the

corpus callosum again divides into two.

Hyracx capensis.—The arteries at the base of the brain of Hyrax

show certain differences from those of other mammals referred to

Text-fig. 18.

Base of brain of Hyrax capensis.

ca., carotid artery ; ce., junction of middle and anterior cerebrals ;

op., ophthalmic arteries.

in the present communication. A noteworthy point is the great

length of the basilar artery, the point of formation of which from

188 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ARTERIES [ Feb. 2,

the conjoined vertebrals I was unable to see*, It is evidently

therefore longer than in some other forms. Another peculiarity

is that all three cerebellar arteries—not merely the two posterior

arise from the undivided basilar artery. A still more remarkable

peculiarity, again, is shown in a complete absence on the right

side of any connection between the basilar artery and the posterior

cerebral. The circle of Willis is thus incomplete posteriorly. On

the other side of the body the basilar artery, after passing straight

forwards under the pituitary body, bends sideways and is con-

nected with the left posterior cerebral artery. The anterior com-

municating artery is, however, present on both sides, as is shown

in the drawing (text-fig. 18, p. 187), and connects the anterior

and middle cerebral arteries. Quite posteriorly, in fact behind

the third nerve, the communicating arteries end in the carotid.

These arteries are large, and it is interesting to note that their

position, at the posterior end of the circle of Willis, is precisely

the same as it is in the Horse; and that so far, therefore, Tyra is

nearer to the Perissodactyle fT than to the Artiodactyle section of

the Ungulates, in which latter the carotid does not, as a rule,

reach the circle of Willis at all,

The ophthalmic arteries are of less calibre than the posterior

communicating arteries, which they join well behind the circle of

Willis. They are, however, by no means rudimentary in character.

Before giving off the middle cerebral, the anterior communicating

artery of each side gives off a well-developed branch to the

hemispheres, upon the presence of which I have commented in

Chinchilla and other mammals. The anterior communicating

artery is formed by a longish commissure uniting the two very

strong olfactory arteries, from the middle of which commissure

arises the slender and at first single anterior cerebral artery.

Tamandua tetradactyla——Hyrtl and Tandler= have dealt with

some of the cerebral arteries of this Edentate. But my own

results derived from the study of a well-injected brain supple-

ments those of the two anatomists mentioned.

The condition of the basilar artery appears to me to explain the

apparently abnormal length of the same in Hyrax. At first

sight there appears to be an exact correspondence. A closer

examination, however, shows that, at a distance of 17 mm. behind

the circle of Willis, the basilar artery divides into two branches,

which almost immediately reunite, enclosing a brief rhomboidal

space, as is clearly shown in the drawing (text-fig. 19, p. 189).

What has happened is evidently an exaggeration of the median

anterior spinal artery, and a reduction of the interval lying

between the anterior bifurcation of this artery and the posterior

bifurcation of the basilar artery. Ayrax, as it appears to me, is

* I may observe that the brains which are described here consist of the brain

itself and of the cord down to the atlas. Before the brains are extracted the cord is

cut as near to the atlas as possible.

+ Chauveau, ‘Traité d’ Anatomie Comparée des Animaux Domestiques,’ 2nd ed. by

Arloing (Paris, 1871), p. 618, fig. 241.

~ Who summarises previous observations.

1904.] OF THE BRAINS OF MAMMALS, 189

the extreme term in this same series. As I shall point out, some

other Ungulates agree.

In some of the Carnivora which I have had the opportunity of

examining there is, it must be admitted, a tendency in the same

direction. But in them the gap between the basilar and the

anterior spinal is never quite so inconspicuous as in Tamandua,

Text-fig. 19.

Base of brain of Tamandua tetradactyla. The small figure on the right shows

the plexus referred to in the text.

b., rhomboidal space enclosed by spinal artery; c., carotids; ce., junction of middle

and anterior cerebrals ; 0., ophthalmic artery; v., vertebral artery.

while, moreover, the vertebral arteries are much more conspicuous.

Tamandua is a little more Ungulate-like than Carnivore-like in

both of these pomts. At the same time it must be observed that

the vertebral arteries are larger proportionately than they are

represented by Tandler to be in bos taurus, but certainly not so

190 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ARTERIES [ Feb. 2,

large as I find* them to be in the following Carnivora :—Fels

tigris, I’. leo, Viverra civetta, Ursus syriacus, Arctictis binturong,

Canis occidentalis, Galictis barbara, Genetta pardina, Suricata

tetradactyla, and Herpestes auropunctatus. In view of conflicting

opinion as to the affinities of Edentates we cannot, I think, afford

to neglect even the smallest indications.

I may further point out that in the Carnivora generally, so far

as my experience allows me to state, the vertebral arteries enter

at the middle of the rhomboid formed by their union with the

anterior spinal. It is not the case, however, with Galictis, which

in this feature comes nearer to Zamandua than does any other

carnivore.

Immediately after the division of the basilar artery anteriorly

to form the circle of Willis, and behind the third nerves, two

arteries are given off on each side, and on the right side a third

which is represented by a small twig only on the left. They all

arise at appreciable distances from each other. The number is

obviously unusual; but, so far as I can ascertain, all these arteries

are cerebellar. In front of the third nerve arises the posterior

cerebral. Owing to the considerable antero-posterior length of

the circle of Willis, this artery is very greatly in advance of the

bifurcation of the basilar artery, and yet well behind the level of

the entrance of the carotids into the circle.

That portion of the brain-surface which lies within the circle

of Willis, behind the origin of the posterior cerebral arteries, is

covered with a plexus of blood-vessels derived from the anterior

side of the posterior arterial trunk which forms the circle of

Willis. I have observed a similar plexus in a Gazelle (@azella

rufifrons), but hardly venture to bring this fact forward as

evidence of Ungulate affinity in the brain of Zamandua. The

carotids are more slender than the circle of Willis into which they

debouch. About halfway between this point, which, as will be seen

from the drawing (text-fig. 19, p. 189), is about on a level with the

infundibulum, and the optic nerves is given off on either side

the middle cerebral artery. The circle of Willis is completed

anteriorly in a way often found among mammals, the junction

being effected before the single artery derived therefrom is lost to

sight in the interhemispheral sulcus.

The cerebral arterial system of Zragulus meminna presents

certain peculiarities of its own (text-fig. 20, p. 191). Concerning

the basilar artery and its lateral branches, there are at least two

important facts to be noticed. In the first place, the middle

cerebellar artery, so unimportant as a source of cerebellar blood-

supply in such Rodents as I have studied, is fully equal in size to

the anterior cerebellar artery, and can be easily traced into its

ramifications over the posterior half of the cerebellum. It gives

off on the way important branches to the roots of the fifth and

seventh and eighth nerves. The second and striking fact about

* Toe. cit. p. 775, woodcut, fig. IIT.

1904. | OF THE BRAINS OF MAMMALS, ron

this artery is that 7 arises i front of the siath nerve as im Man,

and not behind it as in at least many other mammals. The

anterior cerebellar artery has also a somewhat anomalous position

and character. It arises from the basilar artery before—but only

just before—the latter divides to form the circle of Willis. On

the right side the anterior cerebellar artery divides soon into two

equisized branches. On the left side there are also two branches,

but they arise separately from the basilar artery. Another

remarkable fact is that a strong branch arises on the left side

from the middle cerebral and joins the anterior cerebral after a

nearly straight course. This branch lies to the outside of the

third nerve. On the right side is a corresponding, but more

slender and perhaps even slightly imperfect anastomosis.

Text-fig. 20.

Base of brain of Tragulus meminna.

ce., middle cerebral artery ; mc., middle cerebellar artery ; 0., ophthalmic artery.

The posterior cerebral artery divides, as in other mammals,

and at once, into two main branches. The anterior (which on

the left side of the brain arises separately from the circle of

Willis) immediately buries itself below the lobus pyriformis. The

posterior branch divides again into several others, which run at

192 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE ARTERIES [Feb. 2,

first between the cerebrum and the cerebellum. It is remarkable

that from the most posteriorly situated of these branches a

considerable twig goes to the cerebellum.

The circle of Willis has an hourglass-shaped outline lke that

in Bos taurus as figured by Tandler*. But the “ waist” of the

hourglass, though marking the exit of the ophthalmic‘, is opposite

to the pituitary body and well behind the origin of the middle

cerebral artery. The circle of Willis gives off near to the origin of

the middle and anterior cerebrals a branch on each side to the

pyriform lobe, concerning the existence of which in the Rodentia

mention has already been made. The nature of the anterior

cerebral arteries is somewhat remarkable. On the left side this

artery runs forward and curves over the corpus callosum in

the usual way. As it bends over it gives off a branch running

upwards which bifurcates; from the point of bifurcation a twig

reaches the right anterior cerebral, or rather a more slender

artery running above the left anterior cerebral but not connected

with it except as just stated, which seems to me to be the olfactory

branch only of the right cerebral. I am inclined, in fact, to look

upon the right anterior cerebral as missing and as being repre-

sented by the olfactory branch of that artery only. In this case

the anterior connection between branches of the right and left

anterior cerebrals will not be the equivalent of the anterior

communicating artery of other mammals. Finally, I may call

attention to a small artery (text-fig. 21, A, 6, p. 194) which runs

from the middle cerebral artery to the anterior cerebral artery of

the left side.

Carnivora.—l| have examined a considerable number of brains

belonging to this order of mammals, which I shall not describe in

detail, but concerning which I shall attempt some generalities.

A most characteristic feature of the Carnivora, seen also in the

Seal (according to Dr. Tandler’s figure {), is the large size not

only of the vertebral arteries but of the anterior spinal. The

latter arises, as in Man, &c., by a branch from each vertebral,

which speedily unite to form a single trunk running along the

anterior face of the spinal cord. The result is a strong rhom-

boidal-shaped vessel from the lateral angles of which arise the

vertebrals. As a rule, that is to say, their origin is from the

lateral angle of this “circle,” but, as already stated, in Galictis

they lie much farther back close to the junction of the two

‘‘yoots” of the anterior spinal artery.

In these features the Carnivora contrast with such other

mammals as I have examined, the only type resembling them

being, as I have already said, Tamandua. So far as my experience

goes, the ophthalmic artery generally arises from the circle of Willis

anteriorly to the entrance into that circle of the carotid, and in

Tctonyx quite at the anterior “corner,” where the middle and

* Loc. cit. p.775.

+ I presume this artery to be the ophthalmic.

t Loe. cit. pl. v. fig. 19.

1904. | OF THE BRAINS OF MAMMALS. 193

anterior cerebral arteries diverge. This was also the case in a

brain of Mustela suhpalmata. On the other hand, in Rodents it

at least sometimes is the case that the ophthalmies arise farther

back along the circle of Willis; and when, as in the Poreupine

(Hystrix cristata), a carotid is present and reaches the circle of

Willis, it joins the circle at a point considerably anterior to the

emergence of the ophthalmic artery.

S Anterior Cerebral Artery.

Tandler, in the memoir referred to, does not pursue the course

of the anterior cerebral arteries far beyond their origin from the

circle of Willis. That is indeed not his object. I may therefore

direct attention to a few facts relating to the distribution of the

anterior cerebral artery and its branches. In Man the two

anterior cerebrals give off comparatively inconspicuous branches

to the anterior lobes of the brain, and themselves form entirely

the two arteries which run over the corpus callosum and supply

the hemispheres right and left. i

The opposite extreme appears to me to be shown in the brain

of Myopotamus and some other types. In J/yopotanwws (see text-

fig. 22, A, p. 195) the anterior cerebral of each side divides early

into two branches, of which the inner soon meet and fuse and are

continued forward as the at first smgle but soon double eallosal

artery. The circle of Willis is thereby completed. The outer

of the two arteries presently gives off a branch, on each side of

which, as will be seen from the drawing just referred to (text-

fig. 22, A, f, p. 195), I traced only one—that on the left side—from

beginning to end. ‘This artery joins the callosal after its division

into the two forwardly running arteries. The callosal arteries are

thus formed by two branches arising from the anterior cerebral in

Myopotamus, and by only one branch in Man. It is possible that

the anterior communicating artery of Man represents in a rudi-

mentary way the second and stronger tributary of the callosal

artery in the Rodent.

Both of these two types show modifications in other mammals.

In the brain of the diprotodont Marsupial Bettongia penicillata

the circle of Willis is quite incomplete anteriorly; there is no

communication between its two sides—no anterior communicating

artery as it is termed in human anatomy. The middle cerebral

(the artery running along the Sylvian fissure) joins at an acute

angle an artery running forwards, which is evidently the anterior

cerebral. This vessel runs on each side close to the interhemispheral

edge of the anterior lobe; the two arteries are thus nearly in

contact when the brain is undisturbed. These arteries run right

forward to the anterior end of the brain, and each gives off at any

rate two branches of importance. One of these runs towards the

outside of the brain in the furrow below the olfactory bulb. The

other branch, arising a little further on and at right angles to

the main trunk, passes over the commissural region and supplies

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XIII. 13

194 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE ARTERIES [ Feb. 2,

the internal face of the hemispheres as does the main trunk of the

anterior cerebral in Man.

In addition to these, a single artery from the left side,

arising from the olfactory just after the point where the middle

cerebral is given off, approaches and appears to go in the median

iter hemispheral arteries. The only other brains among the

many which I have examined which seem to agree with that of

Bettongia are those of a Ground-Squirrel (Xerus erythropus) and

of the Viseacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus). In the latter, how-

ever, I could find only one of the paired vessels arising far forward

along the olfactories and helping to constitute the median inter-

hemispher: al callosal ; and in the former I could not find either of

them. Jn both, the single inner branch of the anterior cerebral

arises from the left side. That it does so in specimens of three

species selected at random appears to argue that the condition of

asymmetry 1s normal.

Text-fig. 21.

Anterior cerebral system of (A) Tragulus meminna; (B) Viverra civetta;

and (C) Gazella rufifrons.

a., rudimentary callosal of right side (?); a@c., anterior communicating artery ;

b., branch connecting middle and anterior cerebrals; ca., callosal artery ;

me., middle cerebral; o., olfactory.

The human type of arterial distribution is to be seen in the

Carnivora, that is to say in the Aluroid division of that order.

In Viverra civetta * (see text-fig. 21, B) the only differences trom

* Tandler (loc. cit. Taf. iv. fig. 13) does not figure the anterior communicating

artery, but states it to be present. I can confirm his statement.

1904. | OF THE BRAINS OF MAMMALS. 195

the human arterial arrangement appear to be the long distance

from the middle cerebral artery of the anterior communicating

artery, and the fact that the two callosals fuse together immedi-

ately after their origin from the anterior cerebrals. Suricata

tetradactyla and Arctictis have a cerebral arterial system which is

constructed upon the same plan.

Tt will be remembered * that the cerebral arterial system of

Man differs from that of, at any rate, some Apes and Lemurs in

the fact that there is an anterior communicating artery and that,

apart from this connection, the two callosal arteries remain

separate. In the Apes and Lemurs, on the other hand, the two

callosal arteries are given off early and immediately fuse to form

a single callosal artery which, later, divides. This condition

seems to me to be simply an exaggeration of the anterior com-

municating artery. Now precisely the same thing occurs among

Text-fig. 22.

0. 0.

Anterior cerebral system of (A) Myopotamus coypu, (B) Lagostomu s

trichodactylus, (C) Tamandua tetradactyla.

For d and f see text, p. 196. Other letters as in text-fig. 21.

the Carnivora. In the genera Ursus, [ctonyx, Galictis, and

Mustela the disposition of the callosal arteries is as in the Apes ;

while, as already mentioned, certain Ailuroid genera agree with

Man. The classificatory significance of this cannot be passed

over; and I would specially direct attention to the fact that the

* See for example Beddard, supra, p. 161.

13*

196 ON THE ARTERIES OF THE BRAINS OF MAMMALS. | Feb. 2;

Binturong agrees with other Afluroids, and that its alleged

resemblances to the Arctoidea are not borne out by the facts put

forward in the present paper.

As to the Ungulata, my observations refer only to Zragulus

meminna, Gazella rufifrons, and Hyrax capensis. The general

plan appears to be that of the Carnivora; but, as will be seen in

the drawing (text-fig. 21, p. 194), the two former agree in that the

callosal gives off to the right side of the brain a supplementary

artery which forms a communication or communications with the

olfactory artery. It will be seen frem the figures referred to.

that—apart from details—there is a real correspondence in these

points between Gazella and Tragulus.

I may finally call attention to the anterior cerebral artery in

Tamandua. Whether the branch lettered “/” in the drawing

(text-fig. 22, O, p. 195) is really the equivalent of that similarly

lettered in drawings of other brains or not, | am unable to say,

since it was broken off. The arteries “ d,” again, may have their

counterpart in that similarly lettered in the figure of the brain of

Myopotamus (text-fig. 22, A, p. 195).

It is plain from the foregoing series of facts that the callosal

artery in those mammals which I have had the opportunity of

studying may have one or two sources of origin. In Man and

the Primates and in the Carnivora, the callosal artery or arteries

arise from the anterior cerebral by one branch on each side, which

is sometimes more anterior in position, e. g. Viverra civetta, Tiger,

or more posterior in position, e.g. Man, Apes, and Ursus syriacus.

The point at which the callosal artery splits off from the anterior

cerebral does not seem to be of importance. In the Marsupials

and Rodents there is this more anteriorly situated origin ; but it

is reinforced by a branch or branches (that is one on each side),

which arise from the cerebral artery further back, and join the

callosal anteriorly.

S Conelusions.

I may briefly state the main conclusions to which the above facts |

appear to lead.

(1) The much greater proportionate length of the basilar artery

in all lower mammals as contrasted with Man and the Primates.

(2) The large size of the anterior spinal artery in Carnivora and

in at least some Ungulates as compared with Rodents and

Primates. In Carnivora the anterior spinal arises by two trunks—

one from each of the vertebral arteries, forming thus a continuous

vessel of rhomboidal shape and of approximately equal diameter

throughout. In Ungulates there is not always such a connection,

but the anterior spinal is generally simply continuous with the

basilar, and the vertebrals are small. The existence of the rhom-

boidal area, of course, is not peculiar to Carnivora ; but the equality

in calibre of its several component tubes is characteristic.

(3) In Man the middle cerebellar artery arises in front of the

sixth nerve. In other mammals the general rule is for this

Net

Aus f

BEC HA

i) Bi

AOiay

‘ITTIO SQONANOHLVND @ “LLLGASCNE SHINASNOYVIN I

2 Guar: SOL Ute Fury WA }e'[ sp Usedy'?

Sila ie 706l SZ a

“SALLVNIGNSHU SILNOGONAS

AI: SO. TE Ute PUT, “THFIL Je [Op weeay pe

MOOT ES OSS Brel

1904. | ON NEW FISHES FROM THE NIGER. 197

artery to arise from the basilar behind the sixth nerve. I have

noted as exceptions only Tragulus meminna and Gazella rufifrons,

which in this point agree with Man *

(4) The circle of Willis is generally, but not always, entirely

Seine in itself and in its branches. When it is incomplete,

as e. g. Hyrax (posteriorly) and Lagostomus (anteriorly), or asym-

metrical (e. g. ophthalmic artery in J/yopotamus), the advantage

lies with the left side.

(5) A rete is occasionally (e. g. Tamandua) formed between the

circle of Willis posteriorly and the pituitary body in front.

(6) The brain of Hyrax has an arterial system constructed upon

the Ungulate plan, and is especially hke the Horse.

(7) Zamandua shows characters which are elsewhere found in

the Carnivora in respect of the rhomboidal area surrounded by

equisized vertebral and anterior spinal arteries.

(8) The Axctoid Carnivora can apparently be distinguished

from the Ailuroid Carnivora by the mode of origin of the callosal

arteries. In the former they arise nearer to the circle of Willis

and fuse to form a single artery. In the latter the arteries are

given off later and do not fuse; but there is a communicating

artery which joms the two cerebrals before they give off the

callosal. It is clear, therefore, that the circle of Willis may be

completed anteriorly by arteries which are not homologous.

Descriptions of Three new Fishes discovered by the late

Mr. J.S. Budgett in the Niger +. By G. A. BoULENGER,

MATa Shas cd ats ZS.

[Received December 17, 1903. }

(Plates VIL. & VIIL2)

MARCUSENIUS BUDGETTI. (Plate VIi. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 5 times.

Head a little deeper than long ; snout: rounded, 1 Jength of head ;

mouth small, inferior, its width + length of head: ‘teeth small,

notched, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; ; anterior nostril on

a line with the lower border of the pupil and equally distant from

* T do not suggest at present that this is an Ungulate character since my material

is obviously too scanty. Hyrawx does not agree with Tragulus and Gazella.

+ This note was intended to supplement an account by Mr. Budgett of his

expedition to the Niger in quest of the eggs of Polypterus, which was to have been

yead before this Society at the January meeting, In the meantime Science has had

to deplore the loss of this gifted and courageous zoologist, who died on Jan. 19, on the

very evening his paper was announced for reading, from fever contracted on his

e xpedition. —G. A. B.

+ For explanation of the Plates, see p. 199.

198 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Feb. 2,

the eye and from th end of the snout; eye longer than the snout,

a length of head, 2 interorbital width. Dorsal circa 32*, a

little shorter than its distance from the head, longest rays

2 length of head. Anal 25, originating below 11th ray of

dorsal, nearer base of caudal than base of ventrals ; longest rays

2 length of head. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than the

eee once and 2 the length of the ventral, and extending beyond

the vertical of the base of the latter. Caudal with pointed lobes.

Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep, as long as head.

67 scales in the lateral line, ni in a transverse series on the body,

On:

a in a transverse series between dorsal and anal, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Pale brownish above, silvery white beneath; head

closely dotted with dark brown; a pair of dark brown bars across

the nape.

Total length 190 millim.

A single specimen from Assay, Southern Nigeria.

This species is nearly allied to J. petherici Blgr., from the

Upper Nile, and to I. psittacus Blgr., from the Congo.

GNATHONEMUS GILLI. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 32 times in total length, length of head 52 times.

Head slightly longer than deep, with curved upper profile ; snout

+ length of head; mouth small, on a line with the lower border

of the eye ; chin with a globular dermal appendage ; teeth minute,

conical, 3 in the upper jaw, 4 in the lower; eye a little shorter

than snout, 43 times in length of head, once and 4 in interorbital

width. Dorsal 33, Hs origin corresponding to that of the anal,

its length once and 4 in its distance from the head. Anal 31,

equally distant from base of veraiceells and from base of caudal.

Longest rays of dorsal and anal ? length of head. Pectoral

pointed, as long as the head, once and 2 as long as the ventral,

reaching beyond the base of the latter. Caudal scaled in its basal

half, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 4 times as long as eeep,

slightly longer than the head. 85 scales in the lateral line, ~ 5a 10

a transverse series on the body, = in a transverse series between

dorsal and anal, 14 round caudal peduncle. Brown above, silvery

white beneath ; dorsal and anal fins greyish brown in front.

Total length 245 muillim.

A single specimen from Assay, Southern Nigeria.

This new Mormyr, named in honour of the founder of the

genus Gnathonemus, Dr. Theodore Gill, of Washington, occupies

an intermediate position between the species in which the anal

fin originates in advance of the dorsal (G. cyprinoides L., mento

Blgr., monteiri Gthr., &c.), and those in which the reverse is the

case (G. usshert Gthr., greshoffi Schilth.).

* The dorsal was injured during life in the specimen here described.

1904. | NEW FISHES FROM THE NIGER. 199

SYNODONTIS RESUPINATUS. (Plate VIIL.)

Depth of body twice and + in total length, length of head

4 times. Snout rounded, smooth, as long as the postocular part

of the head ; interorbital region very convex, feebly granular, its

width + length of head; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 4 times

in length of head; maxillary barbel slightly longer than the head,

its basal third eit a broad fringe and short obtuse branches,

some of which are knob-like ; mandibular barbels with long,

arborescent branches; outer sandler barbel 4 length of head,

inner +; lips strongly developed. Preemaxillary teeth ver y small,

villiform, forming a broad band ; outer mandibular teeth about one-

fourth the diameter of the eye, about 60 in number. Occipito-

nuchal shield obtusely tectiform, finely granulate like the back of the

skull, with obtuse posterior processes. Guill-opening not extending

below beyond the level of the pectoral spine. Humeral process

not keeled, obtusely pointed, finely granulate, not extending quite

so far back as the nuchal process. Dorsal fin I 7; spine as long

as the head, striated, not serrated, with a very long filamentous

prolongation. Adipose fin twice and 3 as long as deep, com-

mencing immediately behind the rayed dorsal. Anal fin IV 8,

pointed, Pectoral spine as long as the head, striated, feebly

serrated on outer edge, strongly on inner, not quite reaching the

ventral fin. Latter extending to origin of anal. Upper caudal

lobe much produced. Skin smooth, not villose. Pale greyish

brown above and on the sides, black beneath ; fins grey ; barbels

whitish.

Total length 260 millim.

This very remarkable species, of which a single specimen was

obtained at Lokoja, Northern Nigeria, agrees with S. membra-

nacevs Geoffr. and S. batensoda Riipp., in having the lower parts

darker than the upper; but it differs from them, as well as from

all other species, in having short branches on the maxillary barbels

in addition to the fringe.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate VII.

Fig. 1. Marcusenius budgetti, p. 197. 2 nat. size.

2. Gnathonemus gilli, p. 198. 2 nat. size.

Prater VIII.

Synodontis resupinatus, p. 199. ¥ nat. size; with view of open mouth, nat. size.

200 MR. G.. A. BOULENGER_ON THE [Feb. 2,

4. On the Type Specimen of a West African Fish, Clarias

leviceps Gill. By G. A. Bounenecrr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received January 9, 1904. |

The name Clarias leviceps was introduced by Gill in Proc. Ac.

Philad. 1862, p. 139, for a small fish in the Collection of the

Smithsonian Institution, bearing no indication of locality, but

regarded as probably from Liberia, The definition is given in the

following words :—*‘ Height at anus a tenth of length; head

(laterally) AY Sibel iS eendeh an eighth; the eines smooch:

maxillary barbels twice as long as head. D. 86. A. 61.”

Tn a genus represented in West Africa by so many closely allied

ee so brief a definition could hardly answer its purpose, and

Clarias leviceps has proved a stumbling-block to workers at

African ichthyology. Sauvage recognised the species In a specimen

from the Gold Coast; Giinther suggested its identity with C. bythi-

pogon of Sauvage ; and I myself proposed to regard it as a synonym

of CO. sale, described by Hubrecht from Liberian specimens.

But all this was mere guesswork, and lately, when describing

another close ally, under the name of C. pachynema, I felt it

imperative to settle the matter by an appeal to the type specimen

preserved in the U.S. National Museum.

1 am glad to say that my application was granted, in a most

courteous manner, by the Assistant Secretary of that Institution,

notwithstanding the rule that unique type specimens are not to

be sent on loan. I must add that the exception made in my

favour is greatly due to the kind advocacy of Dr. Theo. Gill, the

original describer of the specimen. I beg to tender my sincere

thanks to the authorities of the Smithsonian Institution and to

Dr. Gill for their great kindness.

I here give a description of the type of C. leviceps, followed by a

comparativ e description of three further specimens, viz. the types

of C. kingsleye Gthr., and the specimen from Assini, Gold Coast,

correctly identified by Sauvage.

CLARIAS LEVICEPS.

Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 139.

Depth of body 83 times in total length, length of head 5 times.

Head once and 4 as long as broad, smooth ; occipital process

pointed; frontal tontanelle sole-shaped, not quite twice as long as

broad ; occipital fontanelle smaller, in advance of occipital process ;

eye very small, 3 times in length of snout, 6 times in interorbital

width, which equals half length of head and a little exceeds width

of mouth; band of premaxillary teeth 5 times as long as broad ;

vomerine teeth conical, forming a curved band which is a little

narrower than the premaxillary band; barbels rather thin, nasal

nearly half length of head, maxillary once and 3, outer mandibular

once, inner mandibular not quite §. Gill- rakers few, about 20 on

first arch. Clavicles concealed under the skin. Dorsal fin 87, its

1904. | TYPE SPECIMEN OF A WEST AFRICAN FISH. 201

distance from the occipital process 3 length of head. Anal fin 70.

Dorsal and anal fins extending Mimoct to the very root of the

caudal, the space separating them from the latter being less than

the diameter of the eye. Pectoral fin nearly } length of head,

the spine feebly serrated on the outer side and ? the length of the

fin. Ventral fins once and 2 as far from the base of the caudal fin

as from the end of the snout. Caudal fin a little more than 3

length of head. Uniform brown in spirit (bleached).

Motal@leno tin. Ais taeeecers se seae ete tet 194 millim.

Depth of body ..... Siete MEUM seat hen ZOM ies

IL erayeqalny, Gyr JNEEVOL” © acaotmadecs@acneacseduec ase BO) op

Width of head aint ce tae ZOU

Diameter or every es ose stone ake aaa

Ibmwerore ont \RMlO\ Socpnacaeqowasodaoasooo IG nas

\WWVGGhG] od Cohe TeMOW A 0, chobagdhdcaaddpnpsasodecerd aes

INasalltbarbel te boat 7 eh mete at ke UG ata

Miawallllancy barbell eaecccs.00k seca es DD) op

Outer mandibular bar bel SARA DN a 3 .

Inner Pe Rng WMA AAR Me tern chin ta Net aeses ile ir.

From end of snout to ventral HOS eso5e. (AC ilies

From occiput to dorsal fin ............... ling Mies

Bechoralleiimyyes nee cae hoe tae eat ee oil eee anes

Weta tical liga aes se de einen erect oe as

@arndlaulshinimiye pera. sacs Nebulae ee ah se 2 OR ere

Description taken from three further specimens.

Clarias eutbens Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1882, p. 318,

pl. v. fig. 2.

Clarias kingsleye Giinther, P. Z. 8. 1902, 11. p. 334.

Depth of body 82 to 12 times in total length, length of head

5 to 54 times. Head once and ; to once and 4 as long as broad,

smooth ; occipital process pointed ; frontal fontanelle sole-shaped,

at least twice as long as broad; occipital fontanelle smaller, im

advance of occipital process ; eye very small, 3 to 4 times in

length of snout, 6 to 7 times in interorbital width, which equals

half length of head and a little exceeds width of mouth; band

of premaxillary teeth 4 to 5 times as long as broad; vomerine

teeth conical, forming a curved band which is as broad as or a

little narrower than the premaxillary band; barbels mnodleR nee

thick, 4 to § length of head, maxillary once and + to once and 3,

outer Snead tymllae once, inner mandibular : B Gill- rakers few, 15

to 20 on first arch. Clavicles concealed under the skin. Dorsal

fin 79-87, its distance from the occipital process 4 to $ length of

head. Anal fin 68-78. Dorsal and anal fins extending almost to

the very root of the caudal. Pectoral fin 2 length of head, the

spine feebly serrated on the outer side and } to ? the length of

the fin. Ventral fin once and § as far from the base of the caudal

as from the end of the snout. Caudal fin 3 to = length of head.

Uniform dark brown above, light brown beneath, in spirit.

Gold Coast.—The largest specimen measures 270 millim.

202 MR. R. LYDEKE ER ON THE | Feb. 2,

5. On the Subspecies of Giraffa camelopardalis.

By R. LyDEKKER.

| Received November 27, 1903. |

(Plates IX.-X VI.* and Text-figures 23-37.)

The bringing of the present communication to the notice of the

Zoological Society has been to some extent an almost involuntary

act on my part, and due rather to the force of circumstances than

to any desire to add to the burden of zoological nomenclature.

Some time ago the British Museum received the skins of a pair

of giraffes which had been shot by Major Powell-Cotton in East.

Africa, and are now mounted and exhibited to the public; and

it became my duty to give them names.

As is well known, the recognition of distinct forms of Girafie is

no new event. Mr.de Winton, in a communication to the Society 7

some years ago, recognised two species and one subspecies from

the northern, eastern, and southern districts of the African

continent, namely Giraffa camelopardalis, G. c. reticulata, and

G. capensis. Later on Mr. Thomas? regarded reticulata as a

distinct species, and relegated capensis to the rank of a race of

camelopardalis. Two other forms have also been described by

Dr. P. Matschie from East Africa.

I found myself unable to identify the Museum specimens with

any of these named forms, stricto sensw. Consequently a revision

of the whole group was necessary.

With some trouble I have succeeded in obtaining a collection

of paintings and photographs of these animals (which I intend to

present to the Museum) such as I think has never previously

been brought together. And I may here express my indebtedness

to our President for his liberality in defraying the cost of these

paintings.

I have previously given a preliminary account of some of the

new forms, now more fully described, in a popular journal §, but:

the acquisition of yet other specimens by the Museum has induced

me, largely owing to the advice of my friend Mr. Thomas, to lay

the results of my investigations before the Society.

I may add that whatever may be the general opinion as to the:

advisability or otherwise of naming local subspecific forms of

animals, there i .n instance precisely analogous to the present

one in the case of the Bonte-Quagga, or Burchell’s Zebra (Hquus

burchelli); and that if the local phases of the latter are thought.

worthy of recognition, most certainly the same recognition should

be accorded to the local forms of Giraffe. But I may go further

than this and add that, so far as I know, whereas the local forms

of the Bonte-Quagga are distinguished solely by colour and

markings, most, if not indeed all, of the subspecies of Giraffe are’

distinguishable by cranial differences. Nor is thisall, for one of the:

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 227.

+ P.Z.S. 1897, p. 277. + Ibid. 1901, vol. ii. p. 474.

§ *‘ Animal Life and the World of Nature,’ vol. ii. p. 78.

IP ZS, ISO: Voll. Jc JA IBK,

Andre and Sleigh, Limited.

Giraffa Camelopardalis Typica, g Jr.

PTAC,

PF hviFe

melee

Gas IO, VO, de Ile 2

Andre and Sleigh, Limited.

Giraffa Camelopardalis Typica, @ Jr.

IP. ZsS, 1904, vol. je I Xt,

Andre and Sleigh, Limited.

Giraffa Camelopardalis Antiquorum, g Jr.

—

Giraffa

PiLoSo IOLA, Wolk ils IP XCUk

Andre and Sleigh, Limited.

Camelopardalis Rothschildi, ¢

OES

oe ie

IP LoSs NO, Wolls lo lls 2K)00K

Andre and Sleigh, Limited.

Giraffa Camelopardalis Rothschildi, ?.

te Ae

‘ oe

Bees

‘ ; . py : hey : % Ff - Bee =:

IBoSo 1902; WoL: Is IIL, DIN,

Andre and Sleigh, Limited.

Giraffa Camelopardalis Angolensis, ¢

P.Z.S.-1904, vol. I. Pl. XV.

Andre and Sleigh, Limited.

Heads of (1) Giraffa Camelopardalis Cottoni and (2) G.C.Wardi.

3 eo

- a

v 3

PLeS> MIO VO 1 Jk AVA

Andre and Sleichy Limited.

Giraffa Camelopardalis Capensis, ¢

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 203

local forms of the Bonte-Quagga, which apparently grades imper-

ceptibly into the typical race, has been accorded (although I

think wrongly), in a late issue of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ *,

specific rank.

I should mention that I am much indebted to Mr. Rowland

Ward, of 166 Piccadilly, and his staff in connection with the

subject of this paper, which indeed could scarcely have been

written at all apart from their valuable assistance.

Before proceeding to the descriptive part of my subject, I may

take the opportunity of recording a few general remarks with

regard to the local races of Giragfa cumelopardali is, the geographical

range of which once extended from, or nearly from, the. Cape to

the ‘Egyptian Sudan and Abyssinia. Two features are noteworthy

in regard to these local forms, some of which probably intergrade.

Firstly, we notice as we proceed from south to north the

gradual passage of a two-horned animal into one (so far as the

males are concerned) with three horns. But the development is

by no means simply progressive, for we find in the eastern

districts of the continent a tendency to the formation of a five-

horned, and even of a six-horned, race.

Secondly, proceeding in the same direction, a transition 1s

observable from a blotched animal (that is to say, one with

irregular dark chocolate-coloured blotches on a tawny ground)

with dark legs spotted down to the hoofs, to one in which the

markings take the form of a white or buffish network on a chest-

nut or liver-coloured ground, while the lower portion of the legs

becomes unspotted white; the culmination of this type being

presented by the Somali G. reticulata. Here, however, as in the

case of the horns, the progression is by no means regular, since

we find in East Africa a strong tendency to the development of a

star-like type of coloration. Indeed, it would seem that in this

part of the continent Giraffes have, so to speak, got completely off

the line, and run riot, both in the ‘matter of coloration and horn-

development.

By no means the least noteworthy feature in regard to the

change of the type of coloration in Giraffes as we proceed from

South to North-east Africa, is that it is precisely the reverse of

that among the Quaggas and Bonte-Quaggas. That is to say, that

whereas among the various races of Giraffe the general colour

lightens and the legs pass from spotted to pure white as we go

from south to north, among the local forms of Hquus burchelli the

stripes on the legs, underparts, and hind-quarters, which are fully

developed in the northern types, such as 2. burchelli granti, have

disappeared more or less completely in the southern forms, the

supreme development in this respect being reached by the true

Quagga (LZ. quagga).

In the case of the Quagga-group, a satisfactory and sufficient

explanation of the reason for the colour-change has, I think, been

given by Mr. Pocock +. As regards the cause of the change in the

reverse direction presented by the Giraffes, | have not hitherto

* P.Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 503, pl. xxix. + ‘ Nature, vol. Ixvili. p. 356 (1903).

204 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [ Feb. 2,

been able to obtain any clue. It is, however, quite certain that

there must be some good reason for the change, and it is largely

in the hope that the facts recorded in this communication may

help to solve the problem that I have brought them to the notice

of the Society. As I have stated on previous occasions, the mere

description of local colour-phases of animals is, in my opinion, a

waste of energy unless it lead to some general conclusion in regard

to the reason for such modifications.

Another noteworthy feature in connection with coloration is

that whereas some of the northern forms of Giraffe have the front

of the face more or less feebly spotted, in the southern forms it is

always uniformly coloured.

At present [ am able to recognise the following forms of

Giraffe, the typical distributional areas of which are indicated on

the accompanying map :-—

AcNetteds Giratie: se cqca. Giratta reticulata *.

Bea blotchedige ory weaver ee » camelopardalis.

1. Nubian Giraffe...... G. c. typica.

2. Kordofan is .» antiquorum.

Se 1s ado ‘ . cottonr.

4, Baringo e » rothschildt.

5. Kilimanjaro ,, » tippelskirchi.

6. Congo % » congoensis.

7. Angola ‘ » angolensis.

8. N. Transvaal ,, » wardr.

9. Cape 5» capensis.

10. Nigerian be » peralta.

Text-fig. 23.

antiquorum

peralfiac Nukes ; reticulata

NR cottoni

} rothschildi

NK x C3—+— tippelskirchi

| 4

y ee

| WE. angolensis ne ) congoensis

} f Jp Bel

P \ wardi

Map of Africa, showing distribution of Giraffes.

* T reserve the point as to whether a transition between this and the next may

not exist.

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 2.05

A. With a large frontal horn.

a. Fore legs white and unspotted from below the knee ;

front part of face sometimes spotted.

1. Nupran GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS TyPICA. (Plates IX. & X.)

Cervus camelopardalis Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, vol. i. p. 98 (1766).

Hab. Upper Nubia and Abyssinia.

Sexes nearly or quite alike in respect to form and colour of

markings.

Spots large, apparently chestnut-coloured at all ages, more or

less distinctly ‘quadrangular in form, and divided by a coarse net-

work of comparatively narrow light lines, which are buftish white

in immature bulls, and nearly white in cows of same age. Front

of face in bulls somewhat spotted, and sides fully spotted.

No prominent occipital (poster ior) horns.

In the immature male figured in Pl. IX. a notable feature is

a row of five large spots, of which the first is partially divided,

extending from just below the point of the shoulder in a curved

line to the middle of the back. “On the outer side of the fore-

limb the spots extend well down to the knee, and in the hind-

limb a considerable distance down the cannon-bone. The under-

parts are comparatively free from spots, as is the inner surface of

the upper segments of both limbs.

In the female (Pl. X.) the spots are smaller and more numerous,

this being especially noticeable on the hind- quarters and the

upper part of the fore-legs. Correlated with this is the greater

width of the light interspaces, which are nearly white on the

greater part of the body. Faint spotting occurs on the belly and

the fore part of the inner surface of the front legs.

It is important to notice that the general pattern of the

coloration is the same in both sexes.

There is at present living in the collection at Woburn Abbey

an immature male Giraffe from Abyssinia of about the same

apparent age as the younger of the two females from the Sudan,

which were purchased at the same time as the bull shown in

Plate IX. With the exception that the forehead is decidedly

lighter in colour, and that there are much fewer spots on the

sides of the face, this young male accords in general characters

and colour with the typical Nubian race, from which I see no

reason to separate the Abyssinian form. A male skeleton in

the British Museum shows that when adult the front horn in the

Abyssinian Giraffe is fully developed. A photograph of a pair of

Abyssinian Giraffes lately imported by M1. Menges shows the

type of coloration.

KOoRDOFAN GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS ANTIQUORUM. (Plate XT.)

Camelopardalis antiquorum Jardine, ‘ Naturalist’s Library,’

vol. xxi. p. 187, pl. xxi. (1838). ;

Hab. Kordofan.

206 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Feb. 2,

Nearly allied to the last race, from which it is easily distin-

guishable by the circumstance that in the fore-limb from just

above the line of the abdomen, and on the hind-limb halfway up

the thigh, the spots suddenly break up into a series of very small

spots of irregular shape, similar spots occurring on the underparts

and inner side of limbs. Horns as in the Nubian Giraffe.

Text-fig. 24.

Male Kordofan Giraffe. (From Jardine.)

‘The frontal horn is not shown.

Jardine’s type specimen (an adult bull), of which the figure is

reproduced in the accompanying text-fig. 24, and the young male

and female now in the Society’s Gardens* agree in the above-

mentioned feature.

%* See P. Z. 8. 1902, ii. p. 225.

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 207

[Since this paper was written, T have received a letter from

Captain Stanley Flower, of Giza, directing my attention to the

difficulty of defining the habitat of this race from that of the

typical form. Giraffes beg unknown in Lower Nubia, I can

only presume that typica comes from the Abyssinian, or Kassala,

side of Upper Nubia (Egyptian Sudan). A photograph of a

female Kordofan Giraffe sent by Capt. Flower agrees with the

specimens mentioned above with respect to the spotting of the

limbs. The spots on the shoulders and neck differ, however, from

those in the London specimens by their more jagged contour and

the wider intervals between them, this being doubtless due to

the greater age of the specimen. This specimen serves to confirm

the distinctness of this race from typica, although approximating

it to cottoni. |

3. Soursm Lapo GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS CoTront. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)

Hab. That portion of the interior of Uganda lying immediately

south of Lado, which is itself 5° north of the equator.

Major Powell-Cotton informs me that this Giraffe was shot on

March 15th, 1903, on Koten plain, at an elevation of 2550 feet.

Koten lies to the extreme south of the Topora (Doborsa of the

maps) country, and is about 3° 50’ N. by 34° 30' E. I might

have called it the Topora (or Doborsa) Girafte, but have preferred

to associate it with Lado as being a much better known locality,

despite the fact that the latter is generally connected with the

Congo side of the Nile.

Apparently very closely related to the Baringo race, from which

(judging from the single example available) the male differs in

the following points :—

The spots on the neck are deep chestnut-brown instead of black,

and show no tendency to split up into smaller spots by the de-

velopment of lighter lines radiating from the centre. Moreover,

the spots themselves are of more regular and more squared form,

those on the lower part of the neck being so arranged that the

fawn-coloured interspaces form continuous transverse bands. In

G. c. rothschildi, on the other hand, the spots on the neck of the

male are arranged somewhat alternately, so that no such trans-

verse light bands can be traced.

The spotting of the face is confined to an area lying con-

siderably below a longitudinal line drawn through the eye. The

spots between the eye and the ear are smaller, and do not extend

upwards on to the horns ; while the hind aspect of the horns and

the portion of the crown of the head below them are likewise

devoid of spots, although fully spotted in the Baringo race. The

white area on the side of the head is also much smaller and much

less conspicuous than in the type male of the latter. Moreover,

the spots on the under surface of the head (inter-ramine area)

are much less numerous, and (like the sides of the face) brown

208 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [ Feb. 2,

instead of black. There are also much smaller spots on the nape

of the neck.

So far as can be determined, the spots on the shoulder are very

much smaller than in the complete Baringo male, none of them

approaching in size the few large ones so characteristic of that

animal. On both sides of the upper part of the fore-leg the

spots are very markedly smaller and more numerous than in the

latter; while on the front and inner sides they are pale fawn,

instead of being, as on the outer side, black *.

The main horns are decidedly smaller than in the males of the

Baringo Giraffe, and the development of the posterior horns is

also somewhat less. In the skull of the type and only known

specimen, the right main horn is decidedly larger than the left

horn. A much more remarkable feature is the presence of a horn

projecting horizontally outwards from the middle of the frontal

border of the right orbit, this horn being apparently capped by

a distinct epiphysis. No trace of any such horn is observable

Text-fig. 25

Ny ~

BAN <7 pat yy!

ie ce >. Re oi as “Zh y

Right lateral view of skull of male South Lado Giraffe, showing azygous

orbital horn (a).

on the left orbit. I am informed by Major Powell-Cotton that

all the male Giraftes from the locality in question seem to be

furnished with a similar right orbital horn. The same gentleman

also tells me that in some specimens of the Baringo Giraffe a

similarly-placed horn occurs on the left side. There is, however,

no trace of any such horn in any of the skulls of that race in the

Museum.

The skull also differs from that of an old male Baringo Girafte

by its lower and narrower form, and more especially by the

_* Already the spots on the inner side of the right fore-leg of the male Baringo

Girafte in the Museum, which is exposed to the light, have faded from black to

grey or tawny.

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 209

absence of the marked lateral expansion of the premaxillaiy region

characteristic of the Baringo Giraffe; the borders of these hones

in the present form being nearly straight, instead of markedly

bowed.

Such appear to be the chief distinctive features of this Giraffe,

so faras Lam enabled to formulate them from the specimens at

present available. These comprise the skull, the mounted head

and neck, several pieces of skin from the fore-quarters, and the

mounted right fore-leg: all belonging to a fully adult bull shot

by Major P. H. G. Powell- Cotton, at the locality above men-

tioned, to the southward of Lado, in Northern Uganda, and by

him presented to the British Museum, where the head and neck

are now exhibited to the public.

As already mentioned, the general characteristics of this Givatte

attiliate it very closely to G. ec. rothschildi, and I have experienced

some difticuly i in deciding whether or no it should be subspeci-

fically separated from that form. Pr emising that my comparisons

are based only on a single specimen, and are therefore of necessity

somewhat provisional and liable to revision, I cannot identify the

South Lado with the Baringo Giraffe ; and I therefore propose to

regard the former as the representative of a distinct local race,

which may be appropriately named after its enterprising <lis-

coverer, Girafia camelopardalis cotton.

Apart from the peculiarities of the skull,—in regard to the

importance, or otherwise, of which, | am somewhat uncertain—

Tam disposed to consider this Giraffe as a distinct race mainly

from the general tone, form, and mode of arrangement of the

spotting, laying special stress on the absence of spots on the face

above (or in front of) a line connecting the eye with the angle

of the mouth, and also on the colour, s1ze, and number of ane

spots on the nape of the neck and on the fore-limb.

It is true that as regards the absence of spotting on the fronto-

nasal region of the face, this feature is paralleled in the mounted

head of G. ¢. rothschildi obtamed by Sir H. Johnston near Mount

Elgon. That head (text-fig. 26, p. 211), as mentioned below,

belongs, however, to a very ald amnieol and is remarkable for ane

very dark colour of the areas between the spots. And it is, I

think, perfectly clear that with this darkening the spots (of which

there ave still faint traces) have disappeared from this part of the

face. Moreover, there is no distinct light line marking the

cessation of the spotted area, which is so conspicuous in the present

animal. The bull in the inser from the Quashengeshu Plateau,

and the Mount Elgon bull of Gc. rothschildi, the sketch of which

by Sir H. Johnston is reproduced in text-fig. 27, p. 213, appear

to be of about the same age as the South Lado specimen ; and the

contrast between the fully- spotted faces of the two former and

the partially-spotted face of the last is, in my opinion, too great:

to permit of thei bemg regarded as referable to one and the

same subspecies.

It should, moreover, be borne in mind that we are at present

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XIV. 14

210 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON 'THE | Feb. Dh

unacquainted with the female of the South Lado Giraffe, and

that when this is known it may turn out that the difference in

the coloration of the two sexes may be much less pronounced than

in the Baringo race.

Indeed, the general type of coloration of the South Lado Giratte

is suggestive of a transition from the Baringo form in the direc-

tion of the Kordofan Giraffe (G. ¢. antiquorwm), 1 which both

sexes are coloured practically alike. In the absence of spotting

on the fronto-nasal region of the face, the South Lado Giraffe

approximates indeed to the Kordofan animal, as it does in the

small size of the spots on the legs. Not that I think there is much

likelihood of the South Lado animal proving to be identical with

the Kordotan Giraffe ; the colour and arrangement of the spots

being apparently somewhat different in the tw 0, while there is no

evidence (judging from that of its near relative, the Nubian

Giraffe) that the skull of the Kordofan race has either the rudi-

mentary occipital horns or the azygous right orbital horn of the

type specimen of the present form.

4. BARINGO GIRAFFE

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS ROTHSCHILDI, (Plates XII. & XIIT.)

Giraffa camelopardalis rothschildi Lydekker, Hutchinson’s

Animal Life, vol. 11. p. 122 (1903).

Hab. The Lake Baringo district and thence eastwards to

Mount Elgon, both of which localities he less than 1° north of

the equator.

A three-horned Giraffe in which the sexes, in the early adult

condition at least, are markedly different as regards both the

form and the colour of the spots, with the lower part of the legs

pure white and unspotted, a triangular white area in the ahaa

bourhood of the ear, the spots in acl bulls (Pl. XII.) large and

very dark-coloured, showing a tendency to spht up into stars, as

indicated by hghter tripartite radiating lines in the larger ones,

and the light inter: spaces yellowish fawn, forming narrow networ ke

lines on the body, but becoming much broader on the neck, where

the spots assume a more irregular and somewhat jagged contour.

Above the knees and hocks the spots are chestnut, these chest-

nut spots extending higher upon the hind than on the fore limbs.

Sides of face fully spotted with black.

In females (Pl. XITI.) the spots are much more irregular, jagged,

and star-like, reddish chestnut im colour upon a light orange-

fawn ground. The light areas om the neck very wide, and the

spots on the legs very Gaal. white area round ear small; sides of

face sparsely spotted *.

Five horns gener: ally or invariably present in old bulls, owing

to the development of the posterior, or occipital, pair.

* Capt. Flower has sent me the photograph of a female Giraffe, said to have come

from near Kassala, marked like this specimen. ‘The suggestion arises that it was

brought from further south.

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. DALI

The type of this race is the mounted adult bull in the British

Museum, shot by Major Powell-Cotton on the Quashengeshu

(pronounced Washengeshu) Plateau to the east of Lake Baringo,

from which it is separated by a forest-clad mountain-range.

The mounted head and neck (as well as the skull) of the “ five-

horned” bull Giraffe in the British Museum (text-fig. 26), brought

from Mount Elgon by Sir H. Johnston and already alluded to.

Text-fig. 26.

Head and neck of old bull Baringo Giraffe, showing the five horns.

(From the ‘Guide to Mammalia in British Museum.)

doubtless belongs to this form. It is true that the whole colour

is much darker, the white area below the ear smaller and less

distinct, and the spotting on the face much less developed ; but

in another specimen from the same locality, figured by Sir H.

Johnston in ‘The Uganda Protectorate’ and herewith reproduced

(text-fig. 27, p. 213), these features are much the same as in the

14*

212 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Feb. 2,

type. I attribute, therefore, these differences to individual varia-

tion and age, as I likewise do the more pronounced development

of the posterior horns. As already mentioned, some of the bulls

of this race, according to Major Powell-Cotton, show a protu-

berance above the left eye. I am informed by the same gentleman

that some full-grown bulls are decidedly lighter than the type.

and exhibit more distinctly star-lke and irregular spots.

When I described the type male I was of opinion that the

mounted female in the British Museum, killed by Major Powell-

Cotton near Lake Baringo, belonged to a distinct race. I am

told, however, by him that bulls precisely similar to the type

Quashengeshu specimen occur with the Lake Baringo herd; and

this statement is fully confirmed bya male skin from that district

I have had the opportunity of inspecting. The marked dis-

crepancy in the coloration of the two sexes is therefore a very

distinetive feature of this race of Giraffe at this age.

Sir Harry Johnston (to whom I am indebted for permission to

reproduce this illustration) tells me that the individual from which

the sketch was taken was a young animal, and that the mounted

head in the Museum is, as I have surmised, that of a very old

bull; the darker colour and disappearance of the spots in the

latter thus being due to age.

Sir H. Johnston further informs me that a very aged female,

shot in the same district by his assistant, the late Mr. Doggett,

was remarkable for its exceedingly dark colour. So dark, indeed,

was this animal, that at a distance it appeared quite a uniform

sepia-tint. This indicates that the mounted female in the Museum,

although full-grown, is a comparatively young animal. When

seen through field- classes by Sur H. Johnston’s party, both males

and females of this race of Giraffe were often so dark in colour

that they appeared to be nearly black, with white bellies and legs ;

this deepening of coloration being, as I have said, apparently

coincident with advanced age.

From the strong spotting of the face in young adult bulls, this

race might well be called the Spotted-faced Giraffe.

I may add a word as to the name given to this race. As the

first specimen received in England was brought home by Sir Harry

Johnston, the natural course would have been to name it after

that gentleman. Since, however, his specimens did not include

the entire skin, they did not afford sufficient characters for the

definition of this form. On the other hand, it would have been

somewhat invidious to name this form after its second discoverer,

Major Powell-Cotton. Accordingly it appeared advisable to name

it after the donor to the British Museum of the Quashengeshu

bull, which first afforded decisive characteristics.

It would not be fair to leave this part of the subject without

directing attention to the important service to zoological science

Major Powell-Cotton has rendered by collecting these and other

specimens of Giraffes from Hast Central Africa, under what I am

given to understand were circumstances of special difficulty.

1904. | SUESPECTES CF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 213

Text-fig, 27.

Head and neck of a younger male Baringo Girafte.

(From Sir H. Johnston’s ‘Uganda Protectorate ’—Hutchinson & Co.)

214 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [ Feb. 2,

b. The lower part of the legs—especially the hind pair—more

or less spotted and dark-coloured.

5. KImmMANJARO GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS TIPPELSKIRCHI.

Giratia tippelskircht | Matschie, SB. Ges. naturfor. Berlin,

Giraffa schillingst { 1898, p. 77.

Hab. Typically Lake Eyassi, to the south-west of the Victoria

Nyanza, but extending due westward to the neighbourhood of

Text-fig. 28.

Type skin (young female), from Lake Eyassi, of Kilimanjaro Giraffe

(G. tippelskirchi Matschie).

Mount Kilimanjaro, in about lat. 3° south of the equator. Also

the Masai country, a little further north. Probably extending

southwards into Portuguese East Africa.

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 215

An apparently lighter-coloured three-horned Giraffe than

G.c. rothschildi ; the sexes nearly alike in the form and colour of

the spots, the lower part of the legs (at least generally) more or

less spotted and either whitish or olive-coloured. The spots in

both sexes very irregular and jagged in contour, often displaying

a distinctly star-like shape.

Text-fig. 29.

Anterior part of skin of female Kilimanjaro Giraffe (type of G. schillingsi Matschie),

from Kilimanjaro district.

It is not known whether or no the posterior, or occipital, horns

are developed.

As regards the history of this form, it may be mentioned as an

216 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE | Feb. De

unfortunate circumstance that the type specimens of both tippels-

kirchi and schillingst have never hitherto been figured. Had this

been done in the first instance, much trouble and confusion would

have been saved.

The type of tippelskirchi is a young female skin (text-fig. 28,

p. 214) brought to Berlin by Mr. Tippelskirch from Lake Eyassi.

It is characterised by the dark forehead, olive-coloured and spotted

legs, and the very narrow and serrated white lines dividing the

spots—the latter feature being evidently due to immaturity.

Text fig. 30.

Hinder portion of skin of specimen shown in preceding figure.

A somewhat older skin, brought by Mi. Ramsay from German

Kast Africa, was regarded by Dr. Matschie as closely allied, but,

owing to the lower part of the legs being white, was not definitely

assigned to this form.

On the other hand, the type of schillingsi is an adult female

skin (text-figs. 29 & 30) obtained by Mr. Schillings from the

1904. | SUBSPECIFS OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 217

Kilimanjaro district. It is characterised by the white, unspotted

legs, the light forehead, sparsely-spotted cheeks, and the jagged,

irregular, and somewhat star-like form of the chestnut spots,

which are widely separated on the neck.

Text-fig. 31.

Female Kilimanjaro Giraffe at Karlsruhe *.

A female skin (text-fig. 31) from German East Africa, mounted

in the Museum at Karlsruhe, has been identified by Dr. Matschie

* In this figure the spots on the neck appear larger and less jagged than on the

opposite side of the neck, as shown in another photograph, where they are similar to

those in text-fig. 32.

218 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [ Feb. 2,

with schillingsi, and agrees with the type in all essential cha-

racters, except that the legs are distinctly spotted for some

distance below the knees and hocks.

On the other hand, a mounted skin (text-fig. 32) in the Stuttgart

Museum, brought by Mr. Schillings from Masailand, is assigned

Female Kilimanjaro Giraffe from Masailand ; at Stuttgart.

by Dr. Matschie to tippelskirchi. With the exception, however,

that the legs are more fully spotted below the knees and hocks,

and the sides of the face are likewise more spotted, while the

forehead may be darker, the specimen has all the characters of

schillingsi, and in my opinion cannot be separated from that form.

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS, 219

Decisive evidence of the unity of the two forms is, however,

afforded by the skin of the fore-legs and withers of a male from

Kilimanjaro presented, at my suggestion, to the British Museum by

Mr. Rowland Ward. In thisskin, which has jagged and somewhat

star-like chestnut spots of the character of those of the so-called

schillingsi, the lower part of the fore-legs is fawn-coloured, and

spotted almost or quite down to the hoofs, after the fashion of the

type of tippelskirchi. In other words, we have a tippelskirchi from

the typical schillingsi locality, which is, I think, sufficient to show

that the two are identical.

Hitherto we have had no evidence as to whether the male of

the present race has a third horn. That such an appendage was

present is, I think, demonstrated by sketches of a Giraffe’s head

and skull, together with certain notes, made some years ago by

Mr. Vaughan Kirby in Portuguese Hast Africa, for the oppor-

tunity of seeing which I am indebted to Mr. Ward.

These sketches show the head and neck of a male giraffe, having

the type of coloration characteristic of the present form, and

carrying a well-marked third horn on the forehead. At the

same time this third horn appears to be decidedly smaller than in

G. c. rothschildi ; and I gather from Mr. Kirby’s notes that some

of the bull giraffes from the same locality have little or no third

horn. This accordingly demonstrates that in Portuguese East

Africa a Giraffe, closely allied to and probably identical with

G. c. tippelskirchi, is tending towards the Cape type in the cha-

racters of the skull, as is the typical tippelskirchi in the coloration

of the limbs.

T may add that Mr. Vaughan Kirby regarded his Giraffe as

indicating an undescribed form.

That G. ¢. rothschildi grades into tippelskirchi, and the latter

into the under-mentioned North-Transvaal form, is, I think,

quite possible. It is somewhat curious that immediately south

of the equator the Giraffes on the eastern side of Africa tend to

become spotted and dark-coloured on the lower part of the limbs,

and at the same time to lose the third horn of the bulls.

6. Conco GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS CONGOENSIS.

Girafia camelopardalis congoensis Lydekker, Hutchinson’s

Animal Life, vol. 1. p. 83 (1903).

Hab. Katanga, Congo Free State.

A race typified by an adult mounted bull in the Congo Museum

at Tervueren, near Brussels (text-fig. 33, p. 220).

Specially characterised by the well-developed frontal horn,

coupled with the full spotting of the lower portion of the limbs

(especially the hind pair), of which the ground-colour is grey-

fawn, and the large size and subquadrangular form of the

body-spots, which show no tendency to split up into stars.

220 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [ Feb. 2,

From the presence of a well-developed frontal horn, this animal

is clearly allied to the northern and eastern forms of the species.

On the other hand, it resembles the South-African race (G. camelo-

pordalis capensis) in having the hind-legs spotted right down to

the hoofs; the fore-limbs also displaying the same feature, although

Text-fig. 33.

Male Congo Giraffe. (From the type specimen in the Tervueren Museum.)

less distinctly. The sides of the head are much more fully spotted

than in the Cape form, and the tail is remarkable for the great

fullness of its terminal tuft. In the spotting of the legs it

resembles the description of the type specimen of G. camelopardals

tippelskirchi, although the dark markings show no trace of the

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 221

ragged and star-like form characteristic of that race. As to the

possibility of the Congo Giraffe being identical with the imper-

fectly-known G'. camelopardalis peralta of Nigeria. it may be

remarked that the latter takes its name from the great length of

the cannon-bones of the legs, which indicate a very tall animal.

The Congo specimen, on the other hand, although apparently

adult, is a comparatively small animal.

B. Frontal horn rudimentary ; limbs more or less fully

spotted to the hoofs.

7. ANGOLA GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS ANGOLENSIS. (Plate XIV.)

Girafia camelopardalis angolensis Lydekker, Hutchinson’s

Animal Life, vol. 11. p. 121 (1903).

Tab. Angola.

Typified by a mounted male in Mr. [Rei celle Museum, at

Tring, from the Cunene River, 150 miles south-west of Humbe.

Markings more of the network type than in G. c. capensis.

Spots on face confined to an area lying below a longitudinal line

running beneath the eye to the angle of the mouth. A small and

indistinct triangular area below the ear in which the ground-

colour is white. Body-spots large, with ill-defined margins, and

brown in colour; a sudden break into smaller spots about the

middle of the thigh. Ground-colour white or whitish; legs

fully spotted to the hoofs, with the ground-colour of their lower

portion tawny. Frontal horn represented by a low tuberosity or

swelling.

This race differs from the Cape form, as represented by the old

bull formerly exhibited in the British Museum, by the lighter

eround-colour, the more net-like type of coloration, the browner

colour of the spots, and the greater degree to which the latter

extend on to the sides of the face.

Whether posterior horns were developed, I have not been able

to ascertain.

8. NORTHERN TRANSVAAL GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS WARDI, subsp. n. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)

Hab. Northern Transvaal.

Typified by the body-skin of an adult bull presented by

Mr. Rothschild to the British Museum, together with the skull

and mounted head and neck of the same fndeiradinall presented by

Mr. Rowland Ward.

A large and dark chocolate-coloured Giraffe, with the frontal

horn in old bulls represented by a low irregular boss,'the posterior,

or occipital, horns enormously developed, and the body-spots

broken up into irregular stars, 1ecalling those of G. ¢. tippelskirchi,

from which, together with G. schillingsi, the present form (apart

from the absence of a frontal horn) is broadly distinguished by

the dark chocolate-brown, instead of chestnut, colour of the body-

222 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [Feb. 2,

spots. The stellate character of these spots widely distinguishes

the race from the Cape Giraffe, between which and the East

African forms of the G. c. tippelshivehi type it constitutes, how-

ever, a connecting link.

Text-fig. 34.

Portion of body-skin of North Transvaal Giraffe.

So far as I know, the habitat of this Giraffe is quite isolated.

The skull of the N. Transvaal Giraffe is remarkable for the

extraordinary development of the posterior, or occipital horns, as

is well shown in the accompanying photograph. These horns are

very much larger than in the Baringo Giraffe ; and in possessing

these appendages the present race presents a marked contrast to

1904, | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 223

both the Lado and the Cape forms, in which they are wanting.

The presence of posterior horns, coupled with the abortion of the

front horn, is therefore a distinctive feature of the present form,

which might appropriately be called the Four-horned Giraffe.

Entering somewhat more fully into the details of the features

presented by the skull of this form, it may be mentioned that, in

addition to the great size of the posterior, or occipital horns, it is

characterised by its generally large dimensions, and more especi-

ally by the great length and massiveness of the main horns, of

which the extremities are expanded in a knob-like manner. The

length of the horns, measured from the surface of the skull

between their bases, is 7 inches, against 5} inches in a male

Text-fig 35.

Skull of male North Transvaal Giratte.

skull of the Baringo Giraffe collected by Sir H. Johnston. Ina

giraffe-skull from the Sudan in the British Museum the horns

are, however, nearly as long as in the present specimen, but are

much more slender. In the Transvaal skull the basal length is

25 inches, against 247 inches in the aforesaid specimen of the

Baringo race. It is thus larger than most, if not all, giraffe-

skulls from East Africa. On the other hand, it is exceeded in

this respect by the type, and only known, female skull of the

Nigerian G. c. peralta, of which the basal length is 26} inches.

This affords an indication of the very large dimensions presum-

ably attained by the last-named race.

224 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [ Feb. 2,

The aborted frontal horn in the Transvaal skull (text-fig. -

p. 223) forms an irregular nodular boss, measuring 6 anes in

antero-posterior length. In front are two much smaller bosses

placed one before the other in the median line. So far as I have

seen, no other Giraffe possesses such a large frontal boss.

Of course other skulls are required in order to ascertain whether

the large size of the posterior horns and of the frontal boss is

constant, and not due to age. | think, however, it will turn out

it is so; for although the present skull, as shown by the teeth,

belonged to a somew vhat older individual than the aforesaid skull

of the Baringo race, the difference in this respect is comparatively

slight, and quite insufficient to account for the wide diversity in

the size of the posterior horns.

As already mentioned, the distinctive characteristics of the

North Transvaal Giraffe were first revealed by the body-skin

presented to the British Museum by Mi. Rothschild, who sub-

sequently gave to that Museum a cast of the skull of the same

individual. Still later, Mr. Rowland Ward presented the Museum

with the mounted head and neck of this same bull, which afforded

additional material to demonstrate the distinctness of the present

race. I have accordingly much pleasure in naming the North

Transvaal Giraffe after Ma. Ward; its title thus being Giwaffa

camelopardalis wardi. I have especial pleasure in doing this,

since, in a letter to the ‘ Field, Mr. Ward was the first to point

out the distinctness of the Somali Girafte.

The general colour and arrangement of the spots on the head

and neck are much the same as on the body. Compared with the

Cape Giraffe the spots are much more irregularly formed and

star-like, there is more white in the neighbourhood of the ear,

and the occipital horns, each of which is capped by a black patch,

are very large, stead of inconspicuous.

In connection with this race, I may refer to a piece of girafte-

skin sent home by Sir Alfred Sharpe from the Loango River, in

Northern Rhodesia, westward of Lake Nyasa, which was exhi-

bited before the Society by Dr. Sclater * in 1899, and identified

provisionally with G. ¢. capensis. Not having seen the specimen,

T cannot attempt to determine the form to which it pertained,

although I think it practically certain that the true Cape Giraffe

does not range so far north.

Care GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS CAPENSIS. (Plate XVI.)

Camelopardalis capensis Lesson, Nouv. Tabl. Reg. Anim.

p. 168 (1842).

Giraffa australis Rhoads, Pr. Ac. Philad. 1896, p. 518,

Hab. Cape Colony and some of the adjacent districts. Typical

southern form probably extinct.

* P. 7. S. 1899, p. 985

1904. | SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 225

A large and very dark-coloured Giraffe, without posterior

(occipital) horns (text-fig. 36), displaying the “blotched type” of

coloration in the most pronounced form, with the two sexes alike

as regards the pattern of the spots, but the old bulls much darker

than the cows. As regards the distinctive features of the spots,

or blotches, it may be observed that the large chocolate-brown,

or almost black, body-spots of the old bulls are more or less

quadrangular in shape, without showing any tendency to split

up into stars, and form conspicuous dark blotches upon a tawny

evound. This type of coloration is thus the very reverse of the

one obtaining in the Nubian G. c. typica, and still more markedly

in the Somali G. reticulata, which may be called the ‘netted

type” and consists of a network of lines on a chestnut or liver-

coloured ground, The legs are fully spotted and dark-coloured

throughout, and the frontal horn is rudimentary.

Text-fig. 36.

SESS

Skull of male Cape Giraffe.

It appears, however, that the typical blotched coloration is

displayed in its most characteristic form only im the Cape repre-

sentatives of this race, which is probably now almost or | uite

exterminated. ‘To this ‘typical representative of the race belongs

the old bull presented by Lord Derby to the British Museum and

formerly exhibited to the public, but now relegated to the store

series; it is from this specimen that Plate X VI. has been drawn,

In the head and neck of a somewhat younger, and therefore

lighter-coloured, bull from the North Kalahari, presented to the

Museum by Mr. Bryden, there is a decided tendency towards

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XV. 15

226 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE [ Feb. 2,

the netted type; and this tendency is still more marked in the

female Southern Giraffe now living in the Society’s Gardens,

which came from the Sabi River in Portuguese territory, con-

siderably to the north of Cape Colony (¢f. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 161).

Compared with G. c. capensis, the light lines between the spots

are much narrower and more sharply defined, while the spots

themselves tend on the lower part of the hind-quarters to become

serrated on the margin. The starring and splitting-up of the

spots characteristic of the North Transvaal Giraffe are notice-

wble in the living animal. Unlike the typical form of the Cape

vace, the lower part of the legs is not completely spotted, the

spots on the hind pair not extending to any great distance below

the hocks.

Although this cannot be determined without comparison of

the skulls, | think it probable that this Giraffe may belong to

G. c. wardi.

The young male Giraffe from the Transvaal, probably near the

borders of Portuguese East Africa, purchased by the Society in

the spring of 1899*, also appears, according to the excellent

photograph by Mr. Dando exhibited to the Meeting, to approach

the type of G. ¢. wardi.

A coloured figure of the true Cape Giraffe is given in plate x1.

of Sir Cornwallis Harris’s ‘ Portraits of the Game and Wild

Animals of South Africa,’ which, judging from the other plates

in the same work, may be considered a fairly correct, although

perhaps somewhat too highly coloured, portrait of the animal.

According to this picture, the ground-colour of the skin is bright

orange-fawn (or almost flesh-colour), upon which are large widely

separated blotches, with ill-defined borders and the centres

markedly darker (deep chestnut) than the periphery. On the

upper part of the limbs the spots tend to become somewhat

irregular and jagged in outline, and they gradually decrease in

size as the hoofs are approached. A white area is shown on the

sides of the head and neck below the eav.

C. Incerte sedis.

10. NIGERIAN GIRAFFE.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS PERALTA.

Girafia camelopardalis peraltia Thomas, Proc. Zool, Soc. London,

1898, p. 40.

Hab. Nigevia, in the neighbourhood of Lokoja, at the junction

of the Niger and Benue rivers.

Since this form was described only on the evidence of the

skull and limb-bones, it is at present impossible to assign it to its

true position in the series. The limb-bones indicate an animal

of great bodily height. The skull (text-fig. 37, p. 227), although

* See P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 595.

1904. ] SUBSPECIES OF GIRAFFA CAMELOPARDALIS. 227

unfortunately that of a female, apparently indicates a three-

horned race.

Text-fig. 37,

Type female skull of Nigerian Giraffe.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate IX.

Giraffe camelopardalis typica, 3, p. 205.

Pate X,.

G. c. typica, 2, p. 205.

PratE XT.

G. c. antiquorum, 8, p. 205.

Puate XII.

G. ec. rothschildi, 3, p. 210.

PuatEe XIII.

G. c. rothschildi, 2, p. 210.

PuatE XIV.

G. c. angolensis, 6, p. 221.

PratTE XV.

Fig. 1. Head of G. c. cottoni, p. 207. Vig. 2. HeaLof G. c. wardi, p. 221.

Pratt XVI.

G. c. capensis, p. 224. From Lord Derby’s specimen in the British Museum.

OCCURRENCE OF THE OKAPI IN THE CONGO FoREST. [ Feb. 16,

February 16, 1904.

Herpert Drucs, Esq., F.L.8., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that

had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1904 :—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the

month of January were 57 in number. Of these 26 were acquired

by presentation and 4 by purchase, 1 was born in the Gardens,

and 26 were received on deposit. The total number of depar-

tures during the same period, by death and removals, was 124.

Among the additions special attention may be called to the

following :—

1. A fine specimen of the Hainan Gibbon (Hylobates hainanus),

deposited on Jan. 25th.

2, A specimen of a Philippine Hornbill (Penelopides affinis),

presented by Mis. Johnstone on Jan. 26th, and new to the

Collection.

The Seeretary read the following letter addressed to Sir Harry

Johnston, K.C.M.G., K.C.B., by the late Mr. W.G. Doggett,

dated Anglo-German Boundary Commission, Uganda, November

3rd, 1903 :—

“Since writing last I have collected more information as to the

‘Okapi’ from a ‘Mububa’ native of the Mboga country, who is

travelling with our Sudanese escort. Tam doing my best to get

this man as a guide to his country, where he says the ‘Okapi’ is

to be found in large herds. He also says that there 1s another

large Antelope like the ‘Okapi’ which they call ‘Shaw-le,’ and

which lives in the more open country. He goes on to say that the

‘Okapi’ found in ‘Mboga’ has horns about 18 inches long with

two curves (only in males),

“So if I get a permit I shall certainly go and see what can be

got there. i hope by the next mail I shall be able to send you a

photograph of Lake ‘ Ruakatenge’ and a few notes, for the African

Society's Journal. It’s within two hours of our present camp.”

The Secretary remarked that since his journeys into this part

of the Congo Forest (to the west of the Semliki River) Sir Harry

Johnston was of opinion that the reports of the natives, made to

himself, to Stanley, to Doggett, and to such other travellers as

had recorded them, pointed to the existence, possibly, not only of

the Okapi which has now been made known, but of two other

mammalian types in this north-eastern fringe of the Congo Forest.

If the reports about these other creatures are as well based as were

those of the Okapi, they would indicate the existence in North-

east Congoland of another large ruminant, possibly a Trage-

laphine, and a large pig-like animal. He was informed by

1904. ] THE HON. W. ROTHSCHILD ON A NEW ANTELOPE. 229

Sir Harry Johnston that Doggett’s ‘Shaw-le’ Antelope was also

described to him by Balega people from the west of Lake Albert,

and struck him from the description (if there is any fact at the

bottom of these stories) as being very similar in appearance to a

Nilghai. Sir Harry also thought that the large Forest ‘ Pig’ of

which Sir Henry Stanley had heard, and which was also mentioned

to himself, might possibly be the Dwarf Hippopotamus which

occurs in the forests of West Africa.

Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

a specimen of the Spider //eteropoda regia (Fabr.), which had

been captured at University College, London. This Spider had

a very wide distribution, which was probably due to its being

earried by the wind during its younger stage and also by ships.

The following papers were read :—

1. Description of a new Antelope.

By Hon. W. Roruscninp, D.Se., F.Z.S.

[Received February 15, 1904. |

CEPHALOPHUS NYAS DEFRIEST.

This small buck is evidently a local representative of C. nyase

(described by Mr. O. Thomas in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7, vol. ix. p. 58), and is, like that form, at once distinguish-

able from all others of the C. monticola-group by the extreme

length and attenuation of the skull, and the produced hoofs

necessary from the marshy ground forming its habitat.

It differs from C. nyase in the greater extent of red on the

flanks and thighs and more intensely rufous legs. The belly is

much more extensively white, the greyish brown of the upper

surface 1s paler, and the light streak on the side of the face and

over the eye broader and more rufous.

Described from 2 $ and 1 2 procured by Mr. Louis de Fries,

after whom it is named.

Hab. Northern Rhodesia. 1 ¢ from Itambe, between Lakes

Mweru and Tanganyika; 1 3, 1 2, Kafue River, near borders of

Barotse-land.

Mr. de Fries gives me the following notes:—“ This small

Antelope is called Kampalanga by the Swahili and Walamba

natives. It lives in the swamps in company with Situtunga

(Tragelaphus selousi). Its food consists chiefly of the leaves of

the rubber-vine, and I have never found examples weighing

more than 9 lbs. When pursued these animals take refuge in

the swamps and even deep water.”

230 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

2. Another Contribution to the Knowledge of African

Phytophagous Coleoptera. By Marvin Jacosy, F.ELS.

[Received January 9, 1904. |

(Plate X VIL.*)

The following descriptions are based on new species from

different parts of Africa and contained in my collection, which

were sent to me for identification by Mr. Cecil Barker of Malvern,

Natal, the Rev. J. A. O’Neil of Cape Colony, Dr. Brauns of the

same place, and Mr. Sheppard of Beira. The present paper deals

with the first groups as far as the Chrysomelinw; the rest of the

Phytophaga will form the subject of another contribution.

CRIOCERINA.

LEMA WEISEI, sp. n.

Underside and antenne and legs black, upperside dark brown ;

thorax with several rows of very fine punctures at middle of disc,

otherwise impunctate ; elytra with a sutural depression at the

base, deeply punctate-striate, the interstices costate posteriorly.

Length 7 millim.

Head constricted behind the eyes, with two highly raised,

deeply divided, and sparingly pubescent tubercles, dark brown,

the anterior portion black; eyes large and prominent, deeply

notched ; antenne not extending to the middle of the ely tra, the

third and fourth joints equal, terminal joints shghtly thickened ;

thorax scarcely longer than broad, the sides not strongly con-

stricted, with the usual deep fovea which gradually diminishes

towards the disc, the base deeply transversely sulcate, the surface

with three or four rows of fine punctures at the middle, anterior

angles slightly tuberculiform ; elytra with a more or less deep

depr ession below the base near the suture, strongly punctate-

striate! the first row of punctures double at the anterior portion,

the interstices near the apex strongly costate and closely approached ;

below finely pubescent.

Hab, Lambarem, Fr. Congo (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own).

This is another and no doubt quite distinct species belonging

to the group of Z. armata Lac., L. hottentota Lac., and L. macro-

dera Weise. The sculpturing of the thorax is quite different,

inasmuch as there is scarcely any punctuation excepting the

median rows, and these are very fine; there is also an entire

absence of any transverse wrinkles, and the :antenne are much

longer than in Z. cephalotes Lac.” I have received several specimens

of this species from M. Clavareau.

LEMA CYANEOPLAGIATA Jac.

Var. Elytva metallic blue, the apex, in shape of a triangular

spot, testaceous.

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 270,

PZ SIO saol el OW,

W.Purkiss del.et hth, Mintern Bros. Chromo.

NEW AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA.

1904, | AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 231

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

The type of this species was described by me (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1898, p. 214) from a specimen which had the ground-colour of

the elytra testaceous, the suture, a small humeral and a larger

subapical spot metallic blue. Since then I have received two

specimens from Mr. Marshall, which agree in every detail except-

ing the colour of the elytra as given above. This will probably

prove to be the normal form; the rather flattened thorax and

the black head spotted with fulvous are the principal characters

which distinguish this species.

LEeMA MALVERNENSIS, Sp. Nn.

Reddish fulvous, the antenne, apex of the tibiz, and the tarsi

black ; thorax very closely punctured; elytra metallic blue, the

extreme lateral margins and the apex fulvous.

Length 6 millim.

Head distinctly punctured, with highly raised, posteriorly

divided tubercles, the labrum black; antenne not very long, the

basal joint fulvous below, the second and third very short, equal,

the fifth and following joints of equal length, black ; thorax not

longer than broad, strongly constricted at the sides below the

middle, the anterior angles rather pointed when seen from above,

the basal sulcus very deep, connected with the lateral fovea,

the surface closely and finely punctured, with two longitudinal

shallow grooves placed at the anterior portion near the sides ;

secutellum fulvous; elytra with a small fovea below the base near

the suture, closely and strongly punctured, the interstices but

slightly raised near the apex, the latter fulvous to a small extent

as well as the thickened lateral margins; underside fulvous,

clothed with fine yellow pubescence ; legs fulvous, the apex of the

tibiz and the tarsi black.

Hab. Malvern, Natal.

This Lema is evidently closely allied to LZ. kolbei Weise (Wiegm.

Arch. 1901, p. 156), but, according to the description, the thorax

of that species is longer than broad and devoid of the two lon-

gitudinal grooves, and the elytra are entirely blue.

LEMA GERSTAECKERI, sp. n.

Below, the head, antenne, and legs black, above metallic dark

blue; thorax nearly impunctate, deeply sulecate and bifoveolate

anteriorly ; elytra with a sutural depression, moderately strongly

punctate-striate, the interstices at the sides and apex convex.

Length 5 millim.

Head bluish black, impunctate, with two highly raised elevations

of elongate shape and divided by a deep groove, eyes deeply notched,

clypeus finely punctured ; antennze about half the length of the

body, black, the third and fourth joints equal, the eighth to the

tenth joint twice as long as broad, terminal joint more elongate ;

thorax rather broader than long, the sides with a deep transverse

fovea, bounded above by a longitudinal short ridge, immediately

232 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [Feb. 16,

followed by the deep transverse sulcus, anterior angles tuberculate,

the sides from the middle to the tubercles obliquely diverging, the

surface impunctate, with the exception of a few minute punctures

at the middle of the disc, the latter with two fovee, one at each

side before the middle, and joined at the latter place by a feeble

curved groove, only visible in certain positions; elytra sub-

cylindrical, feebly depressed below the base near the suture, the

shoulders rounded, the punctures closely placed and moderately

strong, much finer towards the apex, the ninth row entire, intei~-

stices flat and impunctate except near the apex where they are

raised ; below and the legs black, finely pubescent.

Hab. Mashonaland (my collection).

This is another of the smaller-sized blue species, closely allied

to LZ. azurea Lac., but differing in the curved antemedian

depression of the thorax which ends in a fovea at each side; from

LL. suahilorum Weise, the absence of the deep elytral depression,

the frontal tubercles of the head, and the larger size will separate

the species. JL. acutangula Weise has the antenne and the tibize

and tarsi more or less testaceous, also a punctured thorax, and

I. fugax Weise has likewise a closely-punctured thorax and is of

smaller general size.

LEMA GRAMINIS, sp. n.

Below, the head, antennz and the tarsi black, above testaceous,

antennee short; thorax subcylindrical, scarcely constricted, im-

punctate; elytra closely punctate-striate ; scutellum black.

Length 33 millim.

Head flat, black, sparingly pubescent, the eyes prominent,

entire; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, the

terminal joints widened, black, the lower four joints more or less

fulvous; thorax subcylindrical, but slightly constricted near the

base, with a very feeble transverse groove near the same place,

preceded at the middle by a short longitudinal depression, im-

punctate, with the exception of some extremely minute punctures

at the middle of the disc ; scutellum black ; elytra testaceous, with

deep punctures placed in closely approached rows, the interstices

near the apex costate; legs flavous, the breast, abdomen, and the

tarsi black.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on root of grass (G. Marshall).

This little species is of the same Salpinguws-like shape as L. brevi-

cornis Jac., but differs in the colour of the antenne and in the

black underside ; the thorax above also is of more convex shape

than in the allied species and the head is black.

LEMA NIGROFRONTALIS, sp. n.

HKlongate and narrow, testaceous, the antenne and a spot on

the top of the head fuscous, the latter pubescent; thorax with a

fovea at the sides, impunctate ; elytra closely punctate-striate, the

suture and a spot on the shoulder black; tarsi stained with

fuscous; breast black,

1904. | AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 233

Length 5 millim.

Var. Klytra entirely testaceous.

Head constricted behind the eyes, pale fulvous, the eyes large

and round, the intermediate space as well as the anterior portion

clothed with short golden pubescence, the middle of the vertex

with a round blackish spot; antennz short, fuscous, the base of

the intermediate and following joints fulvous, the basal joint

entirely of that colour; thorax not longer than broad, constricted

near the base, the sides with a slightly-curved not deep groove

and a deeper round fovea placed higher and anteriorly, the sur-

face entirely impunctate, testaceous ; scutellum black; elytra with

deep round punctures placed in closely approached rows and of

smaller size posteriorly, the shoulders not very prominent and

bounded within by a black spot, the extreme sutural margin of

the latter colour; legs testaceous, the apex of each joint of the

tarsi fuscous ; breast black, closely covered with golden pubes-

cence ; abdomen fulvous.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (4. Marshall).

A species of narrow shape, and distinguished by the colour of

the head in connection with the pubescence of the latter. The

variety agrees in every way with the type, except in the absence

of the elytral black markings, which may perhaps vary to a

greater or less extent in other specimens.

LEMA #THIOPICA, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)

Reddish fulvous, the antenne (the first joint excepted) and the

tarsi black; thorax very closely and strongly punctured, deeply

transversely sulcate and bifoveolate; elytra metallic blue, the

apex fulvous, strongly punctured, the interstices transversely

wrinkled.

Length 7 millim.

Head sparingly but distinctly punctured, strongly bituberculate,

constricted behind the eyes, the latter deeply notched ; clypeus

extending upwards into a broad but anteriorly pointed prolon-

gation between the antenne ; labrum black; antenns: compara-

tively short, slightly and gradually thickened towards the terminal

joints, black, the basal joint fulvous ; thorax not longer than broad,

anteriorly widened, the angles tuberculiform, the lateral fovese

deep, bounded above by a perpendicular ridge, the basal sulcus

very deep, the surface with a round fovea at each side anteriorly,

extremely closely and rather strongly punctured throughout, the

punctures of different sizes; scutellum fulvous; elytra convex, not

depressed below the base, the punctures closely placed and strong,

the interstices scarcely raised, transversely wrinkled, the apex to

a short distance fulvous; below and the legs fulvous, the tarsi

black.

Hab. Mashonaland (my collection).

A very distinct species of rather large size, well distinguished

by the very closely punctured and bifoveolate thorax and the

coloration of the elytra.

234 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

LEMA HUMERONOTATA, Sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)

Black ; head and thorax dark sneous, closely punctured ; elytra

deeply punctate-striate, blackish eeneous, the shoulders with a

subquadrate fulvous spot; base of the tarsi and of the antennz

testaceous.

Length 3 millim.

Head with a deep longitudinal central groove, obscure seneous,

finely punctured, eyes very large and subglobular; antenne

eradually thickened towards the apex, the second to the fifth joint

gradually lengthened, terminal three joints shorter again, the base

of each joint fulvous ; thorax not longer than broad, the sides only

slightly constricted near the base, obliquely widened towards the

apex, anterior angles not prominent, the base with a shallow

transverse sulcus, the surface finely and closely punctured ; scu-

tellum black; elytra with a deep depression below the base,

strongly and closely punctate-striate, the ninth row of punctures

entire, the interstices raised at the sides and apex, dark seneous,

the shoulders with a subquadrate fulvous spot, extending inwards

to the fourth row of punctures; tarsi slender, pale testaceous or

fulvous, darker at the apex of each joint ; anterior tibize obscure

fulvous.

Hab, Malvern, Natal (C. Barker).

Of this pretty little Zema Mr. Barker sent a single specimen; its

system of coloration and the shape of the thorax will distinguish

it from every other except L. pauli Weise, with which I should

have identified it but for the following differences. Weise describes

the therax of his species with a distinct transverse ridge in front

of the basal stripe (I suppose by the latter is meant the sulcus) ;

of this no trace can be found in the present species ; the general

shape of the thorax is not given nor the structure of the antennee ;

the elytra are described as blue and the humeral spot as beginning

very narrowly at the base; the opposite is the case in the species

described here, where the humeral mark is of nearly equal width,

except at the lateral margins, where it is slightly lengthened. In

Weise’s species the elytral depression is also described as obsolete ;

in the Malvern species it is deep.

Lema tctericaA Weise.

Three specimens obtained at Malvern, Natal, and kindly sent

by Mr. Barker, I ree for the present, refer to this species

(Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1901, p. 160), as the insect is evidently a

most variable one. The structural characters and the sculpture

agree very nearly with Weise’s description, but not the coloration ;

in the type the clypeus and labrum are described as black. In

the Malvern specimens these parts are flavous, all three varying

in coloration as follows :—

No, 1. Flavous ; antennz black, the basal joint flavous; thorax

with a greenish-black lateral stripe at each side; elytra with the

greater “portion of the dise dark seneous, only a ‘basal Spot and a

narrow lateral stripe remaining flavous,

1904. | AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 235

No, 2. The antennz fulvous, joints 2 and 3 darker; elytra

flavous, a sutural spot below the scutellum and the lateral margins

dark eeneous.

No. 3, Like No. 2, but each elytron with a small elongate spot

below the scutellum.

In all the specimens the legs are flavous (not black or partly so

as in Weise’s specimens) ; the breast and abdomen are more or

less piceous and finely pubescent.

As the typical specimens were obtained in the Transvaal, it is

of course quite possible that the Malvern examples represent

another allied species.

LEMA HIRTIPENNIS, sp. 0.

Elongate, pubescent, dark violaceous, the antenne and legs

black; head rugose; thorax subquadrate, strongly and closely

punctured, head and thorax pubescent ; elytra closely and strongly

punctate-striate, the interstices finely transversely wrinkled and

clothed with grey stiff pubescence.

Length 7 millim.

Closely allied to Z. celestina Klug, but differing in the following

respects :—The eyes are much smell: and less prominent than

in that species, the thorax is shorter, not longer than broad,

and instead of being finely transver: sely wrinkled, is strongly and

irregularly punctured, with a feebly-raised middle space or line ;

the ‘sculpturing and the pubescence of the elytra are similar to

those of LZ. cwlestina.

Hab. Mashonaland (a single specimen in my collection).

MEGALOPODIN &,

MaAcroiorHa Weise.

This genus, as well as Sphondylia, has been established, a and

rightly so, by Weise for the reception of several species formerly

placed in eceilonver ‘pha Hope, from which they principally differ

in the shape of the thorax. So far as I know at present, uills

following species must likewise be placed in Macrolopha, viz.

P. lacordairei Westw., P. murrayi Baly, P. centromaculata J ac.,

and P. mashonana Jac.

CLYTHRINA.

MIOPRISTIS BRAUNSI, sp. n.

Metallic dark blue or greenish, finely pubescent ; thorax strongly

transverse, rugosely punctured, the anterior margin fulvous at

each side ; - elytra finely transversely rugose,a basal spot, a narrow

transverse band at the middle, another near the apex, and the

lateral margins flavous.

Mas. Mandibles very prominent and curved, the anterior legs

very elongate.

Fem. Mandibles normal, the thorax less transverse, anterior

tarsi shorter.

236 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

Length 5 millim.

Elongate and parallel, clothed with very short grey pubescence,

the head irregularly punctured with a rather deep central groove,

metallic blue ; eyes entire, round; antennz slender, the first joint

elongate, curved, the second moniliform, the third scarcely longer

but thinner, the following four joints triangularly dentate, the

rest of rain shape; thorax more than twice as broad as long,

the sides widened and strongly rounded at the posterior angles,

the entire disc closely rugose-punctate, the anterior margin with

a narrow short transverse band at each side, posterior margin

sinuate at each side; scutellum broad, punctured, with a feeble

middle ridge ; elytra rather narrower at the base than the thorax,

finely transversely wrinkled throughout, subopaque, a round spot

near the scutellum, a narrow transverse band (strongly constricted

at the sides) at the middle, another one near the apex, and the

lateral and apical margins flavous.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Town (Dr. H. Brauns).

Of this pretty little species Dr. Brauns kindly sent me three

specimens, one male and two females; the anterior tibise of the

male are strongly curved and the tarsi very elongate.

MIoPRISTIS O’NEILI, sp. n. (Plate X VII. fig. 8.)

Black; thorax impunctate, fulvous, with two large black spots ;

elytra testaceous, finely punctate-striate, the sutural margins very

narrowly and a broad longitudinal stripe at the sides black ; legs

flavous, marked with black.

Length 5 millim.

Head rugosely punctured between the eyes and pubescent ;

mandibles broad, robust, obscure flavous; antenne black, the

lower four joints fulvous, the first jot subquadrate, short, the

second and third joints short, the fifth and following joints tri-

angularly widened; thorax of equal width, strongly. transverse,

the sides strongly rommulel the dise with a triangular strongly-

punctured depression at the middle of the anterior margin, fulvous,

impunctate, the sides with a large subquadrate black spot, another

small spot is placed at the middle of the posterior margin ; scu-

tellum narrow, raised ; elytra subopaque, with fine irregular rows

of punctures, obsolete near the apex, the shoulders with a broad

longitudinal stripe not extending to the apex, the suture also very

narrowly black, excepting at the base; the anterior femora strongly

incrassate, black as well as the tibie, the apex of both shghtly

stained with fulvous; the rest of the legs pale flavous, the femora

more or less, the apex of the tibiz and the tarsi black.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (fev. J. A. O'Neil), on mimosa.

Miopristis (ATELECHIRA) ZAMBESIANA, Sp. 0.

Metallic green, the basal joints of the antenne, the thorax, and

the tibize cri areal fulvous; thorax impunctate ; elytra very closely

punctured, fulvous, a subquadrate spot at the base and another

near the apex metallic green.

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. N37

Mas. The lett mandible abruptly curved and ending in a long

point.

Length 6 millim.

Head with three small fovee, placed triangularly, metallic

green, distinctly and subremotely punctured and sparingly clothed

with short hairs, the anterior margin of the epistome feebly

concave; labrum and palpi fulvous, mandibles metallic green at

the base, the strongly curved apex fulvous ; antenne not extending

to the base of the thorax, the lower four joints fulvous, the others

black, the second and third joints very short, the fourth but

slightly longer, the following joints transverse but feebly dentate;

thorax strongly transverse, the anterior margin straight, the

posterior angles rounded, the surface convex, impunctate, fulvous ;

scutellum black, pointed, obsoletely ridged ; elytra closely, strongly,

and somewhat rugosely punctured, fulvous, with an elongately

subquadrate metallic green spot at the base, extending nearly to

the middle but not quite to the suture, and another more trans-

versely shaped spot near the apex, with its posterior margin

concave, this spot does not extend to either margin ; underside

metallic green, closely covered with silvery pubescence, the femora

likewise green and pubescent, the base of the anterior femora and

the tibiz and tarsi fulvous, the anterior tarsi elongate, the first

joint longer than the second.

Hab. ZLambesi (Bradshaw) (my collection).

This little species almost resembles J/, wulica Lac., but is at

once distinguished by the fulvous not metallic-green thorax, and

by the position of the first elytral spot, which is placed close to

the base instead of below it. I only know the male of this

species.

MiIopRIStISs BREVITARSIS, Sp. N.

Black, the thorax flavous, with two large black spots, coarsely

punctured ; elytia very closely punctured, testaceous, with three

black spots near’ the lateral margins and another near the suture

below the middle.

Mas. The anterior legs elongate, their tarsi rather short.

Length 5 millim.

Very closely allied to I. subrugosa Jac. and of exactly similar

colour and pattern, but evidently a distinct species; the head

finely rugose and pubescent, black, the antenne with the second

and third joints fulvous, the rest black; thorax with the sides

very slightly widened and rounded near the base, punctured,

and with two large black spots as in W/. subrugosa; elytra very

closely and irregularly punctured near the base, more regularly

and less closely so near the apex, the sides with three black spots

near the lateral margins, placed in a vow, another spot is situated

near the suture below the middle; legs black, the base of the

intermediate and the posterior tibize testaceous.

Hab. Grahamstown, on mimosa (fev. J. A. O'Neil).

The differences between this species and JL. subrugosa ave as

238 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON | Feb. 16,

follows :—The entire head in the present insect is black instead

of having the epistome flavous, the basal joint of the antenne is

likewise black, not fulvous; the thorax, instead of having the

sides rounded and widened at the middle, has these portions

nearly straight except near the base; the anterior legs are

entirely black, and thei tarsi have the joints distinctly shorter ;

lastly, the entire underside is black, without a testaceous abdomen.

I received a single male specimen from the Rev. J. A. O'Neil.

TrrUB@A UMTALIENSIS, Sp. h.

Black, the head pubescent; thorax very closely punctured, the

anterior and part of the lateral margins flavous; elytra sem1-

regularly punctured, pale fulvous, a transverse band before the

middle, extending to the shoulders, another band below the middle

and a spot near the apex black.

Mas. Anterior legs very elongate as well as the tarsi.

Length 10-1] milli.

Head finely rugose and pubescent, the anterior margin of the

epistome straight ; antenne black, the lower four joints fulvous,

the fourth joint triangularly dentate ; thorax transverse, the sides

nearly straight, the posterior angles rounded, the surface strongly

punctured anteriorly, more closely and finely so near the base,

with a longitudinal groove at the middle of the latter, the anterior

margin flavous, in shape of a narrow band extending to the

anterior portion of the sides, the median lobe of the basal margin

broadly rounded and produced ; scutellum black, the apex rounded ;

elytra rather closely and semiregularly punctured, the imterstices

obsoletely costate near the apex, the lateral lobes below the

shoulders rather pronounced, the ground-colour flavous, the first

black band placed before the middle and consisting of two elongate

connected spots, of which one is placed at the shoulders, the other

at the disc; the second band below the middle is of more regular

shape, but also sinuate at the margins, another transverse spot

is placed near the apex.

Hab. Umtali, Mashonaland (G. Marshall) ; also Zanzibar.

There are four or five very closely allied species of Titubwa

known from Africa, and this one seems to differ from all of them ;

the very elongate anterior legs and tarsi place the present insect

in Titubea. It differs from 7’. abyssinica Lefev. in having a much

more transversely-shaped thorax and in the uninterrupted fulvous

band of the latter, also in the entirely different sculpturing of the

elytra and the shape of their black bands. 7. pubsfrons Jac.

(sub Camptolenes) 18 & narrower insect, with fulvous mandibles

and similarly coloured tibie, the thorax is much more finely and

sparingly punctured, and the elytral bands are narrower and of

more regular shape; 7’. thoracica Jac. has a differently shaped

thorax with discoidal depressions on that part, the elytra have

no apical spot, and the tibiz are fulvous; lastly, 7. rugosa Jac.

differs in having a very closely punctured and almost entirely

fulvous thorax, more closely and irregularly punctured elytra, and

1904.] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 239

isolated spots instead of bands. This species is also found in

South Africa instead of in the interior, so far as is known at

present. The penis is very peculiar, of robust shape, with a

central ridge above, the apex broadly widened and divided into

an upper and lower acute transverse ridge, the first-named tri-

dentate, the lower ridge triangularly pointed at the middle, the

sides likewise produced into a broad triangular downwardly

directed tooth. The female has, as usual, normal anterior legs

and is very strongly and closely punctured, but agrees in all other

respects with the male.

TIrTUB@A PARVULA, Sp. 1.

Black, the head and thorax nearly impunctate ; elytra fulvous,

with a broad black transverse band near the apex.

Mas. The anterior legs and tarsi very elongate, the elytra very

obsoletely punctured in indistinct rows.

Fem. Anterior legs normal, the elytra shining, very closely

punctured in irregular rows.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate and without pubescence, the anterior portion

finely longitudinally strigose, the epistome narrowed in front,

ending in two points ; mandibles robust ; antenne black, the lower

three joints fulvous, the basal joint black above ; thorax short and

transverse, black, shining, the sides straight, the posterior angles

rounded, the dise with an oblique transverse depression anteriorly,

impunctate ; scutellum black, pointed ; elytra opaque in the male,

with very obsolete rows of fine punctures, fulvous, a transverse

broad band near the apex, extending to either margin and

narrowed at the suture, black; anterior legs very elongate, the

first joint of their tarsi half the length of the tibia, apex of the

latter not mucronate.

Hab. Zambesi.

A small species, quite unlike most of its allies in coloration,

and with a smooth, shining, black thorax.

DAMIA STRIGATIPES, Sp. n.

Testaceous ; the head, antenne (the basal joints excepted), the

breast and abdomen black; thorax narrowly margined, impunctate;

elytva very closely and distinctly punctured, anterior femora black

above,

Var. Head fulvous.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, black, the vertex with a fulvous spot at each

side, transversely sulcate between the eyes; intraocular space

rather deeply triangularly depressed, the anterior margin of the

epistome deeply emarginate, labrum flavous; antenne compara-

tively slender, black, the lower three joints flavous; thorax

distinctly narrowed in front, the anterior margin concave, the

sides with a narrow reflexed margin, posterior angles obtusely

rounded, the surface impunctate, with an obsolete short transverse

240 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

depression near the basal lobe; scutellum broad, the apex carinate;

elytra not very strongly convex, very closely punctured, the ex-

treme apex nearly impunctate ; underside black, finely pubescent ;

legs rather elongate, the first joint of the tarsi as long as the

following two joints together, the anterior femora more or less

streaked with black above.

Hab. Algoa Bay, Cape (Dr. Brauns).

Of the two, apparently female specimens, kindly sent by

Dr. Brauns, one has the head black, the other fulvous; on account

of the rather slender tarsi and shape of the thorax, Damia seems

to be the most suitable genus for the reception of this species.

DAMIA TRIFASCIATA, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 9.)

Flavous; head and thorax fulvous, nearly impunctate, the

latter with a central black spot; elytra extremely finely punctured

near the suture, flavous, with a narrow transverse band at the

base, another at the middle, and a third near the apex, black.

Length 6 millim.

Head extremely finely punctured, with a rather deep central

fovea, fulvous; anterior margin of the epistome subquadrately

and deeply emarginate; eyes large, oblong; antenne flavous, the

fourth and following joints strongly transversely widened ;

thorax transverse, the sides but feebly depressed, rounded,

anterior margin straight, basal lobe of the posterior margin very

slightly produced; the disc impunctate with the exception of

some punctures near the base, fulvous, with a rather large central

black patch ; scutellum fulvous, its apex truncate; elytra very

minutely punctured in indistinct rows near the suture, the sides

nearly impunctate, flavous, with three narrow transverse black

bands, the first at the base, extending to the shoulders, the second

at the middle, broader and nearly regular in shape, and the third,

of somewhat oblique direction and constricted at the middle, near

the apex, the lateral margins are likewise black and connect all

the bands ; underside pale fulvous, finely pubescent ; legs flavous,

robust, the anterior pair rather elongate in the male; tarsi

broad, the first joint shorter than the following two together.

Hab. Beira, E. Africa (A. Sheppard).

IT received three specimens of this distinct species from

Mr. Sheppard; in the pattern and coloration it much resembles

certain African species of Monolepta.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA SALISBURIENSIS, Sp. Nn.

Subcylindvical, dark blue; sides of the breast closely pubescent ;

antenne and tarsi black; head and thorax remotely punctured ;

elytra with a few punctures at the suture and the sides only.

Length 4 millim.

Head with three depressions between the eyes of rather irre-

gular shape, the vertex impunctate; clypeus transverse, nearly

impunctate, its anterior margin concave; antenne nearly ex-

tending to the base of the thorax, black, the second joint obscure

1904. | AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 241

fulvous, the fifth and following joints strongly transversely

widened ; thorax strongly transverse, slightly narrowed anteriorly,

the posterior angles obtuse; the disc with an oblique depression

on each side near the base, finely and sparingly punctured except

within the depressions, where the punctures are stronger ;

scutellum triangular, the apex convex, subtruncate; elytra sub-

cylindrical, only visibly punctured at the middle and near the

suture; underside nearly black, the sides of the breast rather

densely pubescent.

fab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G!. Marshall).

Smaller than G. placida Lac., and of quite different sculpturing ;

also entirely dark violaceous-blue.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA SCUTELLATA Weise (Wiegm. Arch. 1902,

p. 127).

T cannot separate this species from G. bicolor Jac. (Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1898, p. 217), according to Weise’s description. I have since

received specimens from Mr. Barker, of Malvern, Natal, in which

the basal third of the elytra is black and the remaining portions

rufous. The species seems very variable in regard to coloration,

and is probably identical with G'. basipennis Lae.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA VARICOLOR, Sp. n.

Head black with a fulvous band; thorax rufous, very minutely

punctate ; elytra finely punctate-striate, black, the extreme

basal and lateral margin at the shoulders and an apical spot

flavous; legs and abdomen fulvous; breast black.

Length 4 milli.

Head black, with a transverse fulvous band between the eyes,

the vertex with a few punctures only, the lower portion rugose-

punctate and sparingly pubescent, anterior margin of the epistome

concave ; antenne short, entirely fulvous, the fifth and following

joints strongly transversely widened ; thorax of normal shape, the

posterior angles obtusely rounded, the sides nearly straight, the

dise extremely minutely punctured when seen under a strong

lens ; scutellum black, triangular; elytra subcylindrical and

parallel, distinctly punctate-striate at the anterior portion, the

punctures nearly obsolete below the middle, black, the extreme

basal margin, the lateral margins at the shoulders, and the apex

flavous ; abdomen and legs fulvous; breast black.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. A. O'Neil).

I received a single specimen of this species, which is probably

subject to great colour-variation like so many of its allies, but is

well distinguished by the distinct punctate-striate elytra. The

insect was obtained on mimosa-plants.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA ELONGATA Jac.

The Rev. J. A. O'Neil has sent me several specimens of a Gynan-

drophthalma obtained at Dunbrody which I cannot separate from

this species ; in spite of the breast being black, I cannot find any

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XVI. 16

242 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON | Feb. 16,

structural differences whatever from the typical form from Sierra

Leone, which varies enormously in size.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA HIRTIFRONS, sp. ni.

Testaceous; the head pubescent with a transverse black band,

terminal joints of the antennz fuscous; thorax impunctate ;

elytra finely punctured in indistinct rows, the shoulders with an

obscure fulvous spot; breast and abdomen black.

Length 4 millim.

Head broad, clothed with yellow pubescence, fulvous, with a

broad transverse black band between the eyes, the latter very

large; anterior margin of the epistome straight at the middle, the

angles produced ; antennze dark fuscous, the lower two or three

joints flavous, second and third very short, fifth and followmg

joints transversely widened ; thorax of even shape, slightly nar-

vowed in front, the posterior angles rather rounded, the surface

convex, testaceous, impunctate, with a rather deep depression at

the basal margin at each side; elytra subcylindrical, slightly

narrowed posteriorly, testaceous, with traces of punctures arranged

in rows, when seen under a very strong lens, the humeral callus

obscure fulvous; legs flavous ; breast and abdomen black.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. A. O'Neil), on mimosa,

A single specimen.

This is a very distinct species on account of the colour and the

pubescence of the head; it is possible, however, that specimens

occur which have the elytra more or less marked with fulvous,

CRYPTOCEPHALIN A,

_ CRYPTOCEPHALUS SHEPPARDI, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 6.)

Fulvous; the breast and abdomen black; thorax extremely

closely punctured ; elytra short and broad, finely punctate-striate,

the interstices finely transversely wrinkled, the suture very nar-

rowly, a humeral and subapical spot dark blue, apical joints of

antenne black.

Length 33-4 millim.

Head closely punctured, light fulvous, labrum and palpi black ;

antenne short, the lower five joints fulvous, the others black,

thickened ; thorax with feebly rounded sides, extremely closely

punctured and minutely granulate, the extreme basal margin

black; scutellum black, broad, foveolate at the base and im-

punctate; elytra short and broad, very convex, finely punctate-

striate, the interstices flat, finely wrinkled and sparingly punctured,

fulvous, the sutural margin slightly widened posteriorly and two

elongate spots on each elytron dark blue; of the latter, one is

placed on the shoulders and the other of more elongate shape

below the middle, occupying the spaces between the fifth and

seventh row of punctures ; pygidium black, margined at the apex

with fulvous; underside black ; legs and prosternum fulvous, the

latter subquadrate, the posterior angles pointed.

1904. | AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 943

Hab. Beira, EH. Africa (A. Sheppard).

Very closely allied to C. sacchi Jac. (Ann. Genoa Mus. xxxix.

p. 523, 1899), but I think a distinct species; the system of

coloration is exactly similar, but the present insect is larger, of

more robust shape, the thorax is still more closely punctured, the

spots and elytral suture are blue not black, and the pygidium is

margined with fulvous; the claws.are also more distinctly appen-

cdiculate, not simple; the posterior elytral spot is of more elongate

shape and placed less closely to the suture than in C’. sacchi. In

my description of that species I have given the colour of the

antenne as fulvous, but I find that in one specimen the lower

joints only are of this colour, as is the case in the present species.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS O’NEILI, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 7.)

Head black at the vertex ; the lower portion, the basal joints

of the antenne, and the abdomen and legs fulvous; thorax flavous,

with two broad black bands, impunctate ; elytra finely punctate-

striate, black, each with five flavous spots (1.2.2.1).

Length 5 millim.

Vertex of the head black, in shape of a transverse band,

remotely punctured, the lower portion fulvous, eyes broadly

emarginate; antenne slender and filiform, the lower five joints

fulvous, the rest black, basal joints gradually lengthened ; thorax

greatly narrowed anteriorly, the sides feebly rounded, the surface

entirely impunctate, flavous, this colour confined to the sides, the

anterior margin, and a central narrow band, the rest, in shape of

two broad longitudinal bands not extending to the anterior margin,

black; scutellum black, broad, its apex pointed; elytra with

rather fine rows of punctures, the latter not very closely placed,

the interstices, with the exception of the outer two, flat, the latter

slightly convex, each elytron with five fulvous spots, divided by

black bands and placed as follows—a narrow elongate spot at

the base of the lateral margin, a large obliquely-shaped one from

the middle of the base to the suture, two spots placed transversely

immediately below the middle, and a fifth at the apex of some-

what transverse shape ; pygidium, underside, and legs fulvous, the

sides of the breast black.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. A. O'Neil), on Huphorbie.

This Cryptocephalus closely resembles the Kuropean C. 6-pasta-

latus Rossi, and also C. pustulatus Fab. from Africa, but the

number and position of the spots are different, also their shape

and the pattern of the thorax differ.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS SUBCONNECTENS, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)

Fulvous, the vertex of the head and the underside black ; thorax

impunctate, with two black bands; elytra flavous, the suture, a

humeral spot and another one near the apex, partly connected

with the suture, black, punctuation strong and regular.

Length 5-53 millim.

Head entirely impunctate and without depressions, the vertex

244 MR, MARTIN JACOBY ON | Feb. 16,

black, the entire lower portion, in shape of a large subquadrate

patch, fulvous, eyes triangularly emarginate, labrum and palpi

fulvous ; antennee short, black, the lower four joints fulvous, the

terminal ones short ; thorax subcylindrical, narrowed at the sides,

the surface entirely impunctate, fulvous, with two longitudinal

black bands, widely separated and not extending to the anterior

margin; scutellum flavous, raised posteriorly, impunctate; elytra

very strongly and closely punctate-striate, the interstices trans-

versely wrinkled, the punctures distinct to the apex, flavous, a

narrow sutural band, slightly widened at each end and not

extending to the apex, and two spots on each elytron, black, the

anterior spot placed on the humeral callus, the posterior one, near

the apex, of more elongate shape and sometimes connected with

the sutural band at its wider portion; pygidium closely punctured

and pubescent, black, margined broadly with flavous; breast and

abdomen partly black, the first segment flavous at the middle;

femora black above, flavous below ; tibize flavous at the base only,

otherwise black as well as the tarsi; prosternum strongly narrowed

anteriorly, the base straight.

Hab. Salisbury, Lesapi River, Mashonaland (@. Marshall).

Larger than C. africanus Jac. (= wnicinctus Jac.), the thorax

much longer, without the lateral small spots, and with a sutural

band, the pygidium differently coloured and the elytral spots

placed differently.

CrYPTOCEPHALUS SOBRINUS, sp. 0.

Pale fulvous, the elytra testaceous, the terminal joints of the

antenne black; head closely punctured; thorax impunetate ;

elytra very closely and deeply punctate-striate, the interstices

longitudinally costate.

Length 4 millim.

Head very closely and strongly punctured, pale fulvous; antennz

black, the lower five joints fulvous, terminal joints widened but

much longer than broad; thorax of normal shape, entirely im-

punctate, fulvous, the extreme basal margin black; scutellum

slightly elongate, dark fulvous; elytra slightly narrowed poste-

riorly, diverging at the apex, the latter separately rounded, the

punctuation deep and strong, the punctures and the rows very

closely placed, the interstices longitudinally costate; below and

the legs fulvous, the latter robust, the breast and abdomen

sparingly and finely punctured, the prosternum longer than broad,

the posterior angles produced into a point.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Amongst the unicolorous African Cryptocephali the present

species may be known by the strong and closely punctured elytra

and their costate interstices; the punctures are for the most part

transverse in shape and partly confluent at the sides.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS BEIRAENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 5.)

Flavous; thorax reddish fulvous, the sides and a central spot

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 245

flavous, the dise with two black bands; elytra finely punctate-

striate, an oblique band from the shoulders to the suture and the

apex dark brown, margined with black at the sides and apex.

Length 4 millim.

Head strongly punctured and sparingly pubescent, with a dark

reddish triangular spot; antenne short, only extending to the

base of the thorax, fulvous, the terminal six joints slightly

widened; thorax not very widened at the middle, the sides

rounded, the surface very finely punctured, flavous, the anterior

middle portion reddish fulvous, the sides with a short black

curved band not extending to the anterior margin, these bands

separate the flavous portion into three parts, two lateral spots

and one medial spot at the base; scutellum flavous; elytra with

rather fine rows of punctures, the interstices flat, the flavous

ground-colour is confined to a transverse band surrounding the

scutellum and a large transverse patch near the apex of each

elytron, an oblique dark brown band from the shoulder to the

middle of the suture and the similarly coloured apex limit the

flavous portion, the dark bands are also margined with black,

which at the sides forms a short longitudinal stripe, leaving the

extreme lateral margin, however, of the flavous ground-colour as

far as the middle; the pygidium and underside are fulvous, the

prosternum is subquadrate, with its posterior margin furnished

with two short acute points.

Hab. Beira, E. Africa (A. Sheppard).

A rather curiously marked species of which I received three

specimens from Mr. Sheppard; it is somewhat allied to C. comoedus

Suffr., but the shape of the elytral bands and their colour are

quite different.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS CAPENSIS, sp. 1.

Black, with greenish or bluish gloss; thorax impunctate; elytra

moderately strongly punctate-striate, flavous, with two deeply

dentate transverse bands, the second including a fiavous spot, and

the suture at the middle black.

Length 5 millim.

Head with some irregular depression and an obsolete central

groove, sparingly punctured, blackish blue; antenne slender,

entirely black; thorax rather short, the sides nearly straight, the

surface impunctate, coloured like the head; scutellum blackish

blue, the apex bluntly rounded; elytra finely punctate-striate

near the suture, more strongly punctured at the sides, the inter-

stices flat, flavous, with a transverse black band before and another

behind the middle, these bands are strongly dentate and connected

at the suture and at the outer portion so as to include a round

flavous spot at the middle near the suture; underside and legs

bluish black.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (my collection).

Somewhat similarly marked to C. polyospilus Suffr. and allied

species, but from these and from the other banded African forms

246 MR. MARTIN JACOBY. ON [Feb. 16,

this species is distinguished by the entirely bluish-black head and

thorax, underside, and legs. I possess two exactly similar spe-

cimens, but have never seen any others from the Cape or other

parts of Africa. My specimens were obtained as long ago as 1874.

CrYPTOCEPHALUS SEMIREGULARIS, Sp. n.

Fulvous, the breast and abdomen partly black, pubescent ;

thorax impunctate, with two black spots; elytra irregularly .

punctate-striate, the interstices partly punctured, each elytiron

with 5 black spots (1.2.2).

Length 7 millim.

Head closely punctured, fulvous, the vertex with a black spot,

eyes broadly emarginate; antennz slender, black, the lower five

joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal, smaller than the fifth ;

thorax about one half broader than long, with an obsolete oblique

depression at each side near the base, the surface impunctate for

the greater part, a few minute punctures only are visible near the

base, the sides with a somewhat transversely-shaped black spot ;

scutellum rounded at the apex, blackish ; elytra with irregularly

placed punctures arranged in rows which are often doubled, the

interstices with smaller punctures placed here and there; of the

spots, one is placed on the shoulders, the others transversely, of

these, the first two are situated before the middle, the outer one

rather lower than the other, the fourth and fifth spot below the

middle are in the same line, one near the lateral, the other near

the sutural margin; the pygidium, the legs, and the last abdominal

segment are fulvous, the rest of the underside is black, clothed

with short grey pubescence.

Hab, Dar-es-Salaam, E. Africa.

The position and number of the elytral spots is the same as in

C. 16-punctatus Suffr., but the thorax has only two spots and the

punctuation of the elytra is quite different. C. 5-plagiatus Jac.

is of very nearly similar coloration and elytral markings, but is

double the size, and flavous in colour above; the thorax has two

black bands, and the elytral punctuation is more regular and

stronger; the prosternum is also black, not fulvous.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS SEXPLAGIATUS, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)

Black, the head greenish, rugose-punctate ; thorax reddish

fulvous with two large black spots, sparingly and finely punctured ;

elytra finely punctate-striate, the interstices finely wrinkled at

the sides, an elongate spot at the sides, a large oval spot below

the scutellum, and the apex bright flavous.

Length 3 millim. ,

Head greenish black, closely rugose ; antenn black, the lower

four or five joints fulvous, the basal one black above, the terminal

three joints widened; thorax distinctly narrowed anteriorly, with

a few very fine punctures near the base, reddish fulvous, the basal

margin very narrowly black, the disc with a large irregular shaped

black spot on each side; scutellum black; elytra black, rather

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 247

strongly punctate-striate anteriorly, much more finely so poste-

riorly, the interstices with a few fine punctures and very finely

wrinkled at the sides, the humeral callus not prominent, each

elytron with three bright flavous spots, an elongate one at the

sides from the shoulders to the middle, a large oval spot opposite

the first near the suture and below the scutellum between the

first and sixth row of punctures, and the third spot near the apex,

of slightly transverse shape; underside and the legs black, the

tibize and tarsi more or less fulvous; prosternum subquadrate,

the base straight, the surface with an obsolete longitudinal ridge.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Not unlike C. mirabilis Suffr., but the head green and rugose,

the elytra with three not four yellow spots, and the legs partly

black.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS FLAVOFRONTALIS, Sp. Nn.

Black; the head, the anterior and lateral margins of the thorax

flavous, the latter impunctate; elytra finely punctate-striate, the

interstices flat, black, each elytron with four flavous spots (1.2. in);

the legs fulvous.

Length 4 millim.

Allied in the markings of the thorax and elytra to C. gemmatus

Suffr., but deep black, not blue; the head entirely flavous, with a

short central longitudinal groove at the vertex sparingly but

distinctly punctured ; antenne long and slender, biack, the lower

six joints fulvous, the second to the fifth joint gradually lengthened,

terminal joints elongate; thorax strongly narrowed anteriorly,

the sides rounded, the surface very convex, black, very shining

and impunctate, the anterior margin broadly, the lateral ones very

narrowly flavous; scutellum broadly trigonate, black, impunctate ;

elytra with fine and regular rows of punctures, the interstices flat

and with a row of very minute punctures here and there, the

punctures near the base and the sides stronger than the posterior

ones, each elytron with a transverse flavous spot at the base, an

elongate, medially constricted one at the sides, extending to the

middle downwards, a round spot near the suture and a transverse

one at the apex; pygidium and underside black, the upper margin

of the breast flavous; legs robust, fulvous ; prosternum broad, the

sides raised, the base slightly emarginate.

Hab. South Africa.

The only specimen contained in my collection without precise

locality is apparently a male, and is somewhat similarly marked to

C. mashonanus Jac., but that species has much shorter and robust

antenne, no flavous thoracic margins, and the elytral spots are of

different shape.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS MANDIBULARIS Suffr.

Tam almost certain that this form is only a colour-variety of

C. polyhistor Suffr. (Achenops mandibularis Jac.). I have received

both species, taken 2 coitw, from Myr. C. Barker of Natal, and

248 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

the female I cannot separate from that of C. polyhistor as

described by Suffrian. The female of C. mandibularis was not

known to Suffrian, who suspected it to be of similar coloration to

his C. polyhistor, a surmise in which he was perfectly right; this

sex has a fulvous thorax with an angulate black band and black

elytra, the legs being fulvous. The only differences which Suffrian

mentions between the two species are the more narrow shape of

C. mandibularis, the differently marked elytra, and the legs which

are partly black in the male. I am, however, almost sure that

C. polyhistor is only the dark and spotted form, and the other

species the paler one in which the elytral spots are reduced to

two at the sides; traces of the other markings can be seen in some

specimens; and, as I said above, the female cannot be separated

from that of C. polyhistor. The name Achenops mandibularis

must be omitted altogether on account of a mistake on my part.

IsnUs SUTURALIS, Sp. n.

Black, basal joints of the antennz and legs flavous; thorax

closely and strongly punctured; elytra very closely punctate-

striate, flavous, with a broad, sutural, posteriorly pointed black

band, extending to below the middle.

Length 14 millim.

Head piceous or black, remotely punctured, the labrum fulvous,

eyes but slightly notched, not very closely approached ; antennze

very short, the last six joints broadly widened, black, the lower

four or five joints flavous; thorax obliquely narrowed in front,

the basal margin pointed at the middle, the disc closely, evenly,

and comparatively strongly punctured, black; scutellum narrowly

elongate, black ; elytra short and broad, distinctly punctured in

very closely approached rows, the punctures stronger near the

suture than at the sides, the outer two interstices broad and

shghtly convex, finely punctured, the outer portion flavous, the

rest occupied by a broad blackish band which extends to the

shoulders at the base and gradually narrows at the suture, where

it ends in a point below the middle; pygidium piceous, strongly

punctured; underside nearly black, the prosternum scarcely longer

than broad, flattened, its base truncate; legs flavous.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (C. Barker),

This very small species agrees in all structural details with

Weise’s genus /snws (Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1898, p. 216); it may

be at once known by its coloration.

CG@:NOBIUS MELANOCEPHALUS, Sp. n.

Pale fulvous, the head black; thorax impunctate, the sides

with a transverse depression; elytra strongly punctate-striate,

the interstices convex, the apex black; below and the legs fulvous,

the abdomen black.

Length 23-3 millim.

Head black, the lower portion strongly punctured, the upper

1904.] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 249

part entirely occupied by the eyes; labrum flavous; antennz

with the last six joints thickened, black, the basal joints flavous ;

thorax narrowed in front, the sides nearly straight, the anterior

margin accompanied by a deep transverse groove, the sides with

another very obsolete transverse oblique groove, the entire sur-

face impunctate, very shining, fulvous, the base produced into a

short point at the middle; scutellum narrowly elongate; elytra

strongly and closely punctate-striate, the seventh row interrupted

below the shoulders, the interstices longitudinally convex, light

fulvous, the extreme apex of each black; pygidium closely punc-

tured, black; underside fulvous, the last four abdominal segments

black, closely punctured; prosternum subquadrate, remotely

punctured, fulvous, the posterior margin concave,

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (6G. Marshall).

Whether a rather larger sized specimen sent by Mr. Marshall,

having the elytra finely punctured, the interstices broad and

flat, and the entire apex black, also the pygidium and underside

fulvous, represents the female of this species or is specifically

distinct, I am unable to say at present.

ACHENOPS O’NEILI, sp. 0.

Underside more or less black; head and thorax pale fulvous,

the margins of the latter and two spots at the base yellowish

white; elytra pale yellow, extremely finely punctured, the suture,

a small humeral spot, and a more or less developed sutural spot

or band near the apex black ; antenne and legs fulvous.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, flavous, sometimes with a small central

fulvous spot; eyes widely separated, not very deeply emarginate ;

antennx short, pale flavous or fulvous, the terminal six joints

widened ; thorax narrowed in front, short, the sides nearly

straight, the surface impunctate, fulvous, the lateral margins

rather broadly, the anterior margins more narrowly, and a trans-

verse band at the base pale yellow (the basal band is divided by

an extremely narrow fulvous stripe) ; scutellum short, triangular,

testaceous, margined with black; elytra with obsolete and fine

punctures arranged in rows, yellowish white, the basal margin

and the suture, a small spot on the shoulders, and a transverse

band near the apex black, the band sometimes only indicated by

a spot; underside black, the abdomen more or less and the legs

pale fulvous; prosternum longer than broad, the base concave,

the angles produced.

Hab. Danbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. A. O'Neil).

Of this pretty little species I have received three specimens

from the Rev. J. A. O'Neil, who states that they were obtained

on mimosa-plants.

EUMOLPINA,

KURYDEMUS NIGRICEPS, sp. n.

‘Black; above and the basal joints of the antenne fulvous;

250 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

thorax strongly and irregularly punctured; elytra deeply punctate-

striate, the interstices longitudinally costate.

Length 6 millim.

Head remotely but strongly punctured, the clypeus distinctly

separated, punctured; eyes large, oblong, rather closely approached ;

antenne long and slender, black, the lower three joints fulvous ;

thorax rather long, distinctly narrowed anteriorly, the lateral

margins subangulate near the base, nearly straight anteriorly,

the dise strongly and irregularly punctured, with a narrow smooth

central space; scutellum longitudinally depressed; elytra wider

at the base than the thorax, very strongly and closely punctate-

striate, the punctures transverse in shape, the interstices strongly

longitudinally costate, eighth and ninth row of punctures ab-

breviated and joined before and below the middle; underside

and legs black; femora with a small tooth.

Hab. Benito, Fr. Congo.

Allied to #. holubit Jac., but with differently coloured antennze

and legs and a strongly punctured thorax.

KURYDEMUS QUADRIMACULATUS, Sp. n.

Fulvous ; thorax strongly punctured; elytra deeply punctate-

striate, the interstices longitudinally costate, the fourth interspace

with a black spot before and another below the middle; femora

dentate.

Length 54 millim.

Head closely punctured, the epistome well separated, trans-

verse, closely punctured ; eyes large, closely approached ; antennz

entirely fulvous; thorax but slightly broader than long, narrowed

anteriorly, the disc strongly and rather closely punctured (in one

specimen much more finely so); elytra with a distinct basal

depression, sculptured as in #. nigriceps, immediately below the

depression a small black spot is placed and another below the

middle, all the femora with a small tooth.

Hab. Zambesi.

Of this species I possess two apparently female specimens ; it

is evidently closely allied to #. raffrayi Lef. in coloration, as there

are likewise two small black elytral spots in that species; but

Lefévre describes the thorax as ‘‘ much broader than long,” which

is certainly not the case in the present insect, and says nothing

about the sculpturing of the thorax, nor does he mention any

elytral costee.

EURYDEMUS GENICULATUS, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 11.)

Above pale fulvous; thorax closely punctured, with two large

black spots; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the suture and a

discoidal stripe, abbreviated posteriorly, black; knees, base of

tibie and tarsi, as well as underside black.

Length 5 millim.

Head coarsely punctured, with a central narrow ridge; clypeus

very closely rugose-punctate, intraocular space narrow ; eyes very

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 251

large; antenne long and slender, flayvous, the seventh joint

generally piceous; thorax scarcely one half broader than long,

shghtly narrowed anteriorly, the sides feebly rounded, anterior

angles slightly produced outwards, the disc rather closely and

strongly punctured, fulvous, with two longitudinal large black

atches ; scutellum impunctate; elytra scarcely perceptibly de-

pressed below the base, strongly punctate-striate, the punctures

distinct to the apex, the suture narrowly and a broader discoidal

stripe, occupying the third to the sixth row, black, this stripe 1s

abbreviated at some distance from the apex; femora robust,

armed with a strong tooth.

Hab. Beira, E. Africa (A. Sheppard).

Evidently closely allied to H. nubiensis Har. and of nearly

similar coloration, but the underside black, the elytra without

black margins, the thorax equally strongly punctured. In some

specimens the discoidal stripe is separated anteriorly into two

spots or only indicated; these specimens are very pale in coloration

and probably immature. 7. semivittatus Jac. has a greenish and

very closely and finely punctured thorax and entirely fulvous

legs. WL. vittatus Gestro has differently coloured antenne, an

unspotted thorax and black legs, the base of the femora rufous.

MENIUS BREVICORNIS, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 11.)

Dark fulvous ; the apical joints of the antenne black, the latter

short; thorax transverse, rather remotely punctured; elytra

oblong, strongly punctate-striate, the interstices more or less

convex; femora dentate.

Length 4 millim.

Head very sparingly and finely punctured, with a short central

groove, eyes surrounded by a deep sulcus, clypeus separated from

the face by a shallow groove, palpi flavous; antenne short, the

lower seven joints flavous, the rest black, the second joint as long

as but thicker than the third joint, terminal joints slightly

thickened ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, of equal width,

the sides rounded, the angles acute, the disc convex, strongly and

remotely punctured ; scutellum smooth; elytra oblong, subcylin-

drical, deeply punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally

convex; femora dentate; prosternum broad, without sulcus.

Hab. Beira, E. Africa.

Of more oblong shape than is the case with most other species

of the genus; the thorax not narrowed or deflexed anteriorly to

any extent, and the antenne shorter than usual,

SYAGRUS FULVIMANUS, sp. n.

Subcylindrical, dark greenish zneous; the basal joints of the

antenne, the knees, tibie, and the tarsi (partly) fulvous; head

remotely, thorax finely punctured ; elytra very strongly punctate-

striate, the interstices at the sides costate.

Length 4 milim.

Head strongly and remotely punctured, with a short central

252 MR. MARTIN JAUOBY ON 1) a HebemG.

longitudinal groove ; clypeus not separated from the face, punc-

tured like the head; antennz black, the lower three joints

fulvous, second joint as long as the third, terminal joints thick-

ened; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides strongly

rounded and deflexed anteriorly, the surface more finely and

irregularly punctured than the head, the sides nearly impunctate ;

elytra with deep and strong rows of punctures, the interstices at

the sides longitudinally convex; underside metallic green, im-

punctate; femora with a small tooth, the knees, tibize, and the

tarsi fulvous, the last partly stained with piceous.

Hab. Zambesi (my collection).

Of this species I possess three specimens, one of which is pro-

bably a male; in this sex the clypeus is feebly separated from the

face, more closely punctured and broader and the femoral teeth

are more pronounced, otherwise there is no difference of im-

portance. I cannot identify the insect with S. rufipes Weise

(Deutsche ent. Zeit. 1883, p. 355), since the author describes his

species as “short and ovate” and the thorax as strongly punc-

tured; it belongs probably to Meniws Chap. S. minutus Jac. is

much smaller and has a strongly rugosely punctured thorax.

SYAGRUS TRISTIS, sp. n.

Elongate, subcylindrical, piceous; head closely rugose-punctate ;

thorax opaque, densely punctured, the sides finely serrate; elytra

deeply punctate-striate, the imterstices at the sides strongly

costate ; femora strongly dentate.

Length 4 millim.

Head strongly rugose throughout, the vertex strigose, opaque,

eyes surrounded by a very narrow sulcus; antenn piceous or

dark fulvous, rather long and robust, the second joint distinctly

shorter than the third; thorax one-half broader than long,

moderately convex, slightly narrowed at the base, the lateral

margins feebly rounded and finely serrate, the surface crowded

with shallow round punctures, opaque, of leathery appearance ;

scutellum subpentagonal, smooth ; elytra subcylindrical, wider at

the base than the thorax, slightly depressed below the base,

piceous or nearly black, shining, very deeply and closely punctate-

striate, the punctures mostly transverse in shape, the interstices

at the sides strongly longitudinally costate; underside piceous,

impunctate ; legs robust, femora strongly dentate; prosternum

longer than broad, strongly rugose.

Hab. Beira, EK. Africa; also Malvern, Natal (C. Barker).

Whether this species is distinct or not from S. opaca Jac. is

somewhat doubtful; at any rate it is very closely alhed; but the

thorax in S. fristis is more closely and strongly punctured, and

the same is the case with the elytra, which in S. opaca have the

punctures shallow and nearly obliterated towards the apex; in

the present species they are more shining, the punctures are

deep and large and scarcely finer posteriorly; but these seem to

be the only differences. Of each species I have three and four

1904. | AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 253

specimens before me and no intermediate forms. S. rugiceps

Lef. is described as having the head and thorax confluently rugose-

punctate; in the present species these parts are very closely

impressed with round, shallow punctures.

SYAGRUS INSIGNITUS Jac. (sub Rhembastus).

This species, described by me in the Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist.

1898, vol. 1. p. 353, must find its place in Syagrus as at present

understood ; it is closely allied to S. allwaudi Lefev., but in that

species the head and the clypeus are entirely impunctate, the

elytra have a deep basal depression and their interstices are

rather convex. ‘Typical specimens named by Lefévre are in my

collection. L. insignitus seems, however, a rather variable species,

of which the type was probably a unicolorous form. In other

specimens which I have received since from the Transvaal the

thorax has a central black mark, the elytra have the suture

black at the base and a central spot near the middle of each ;

structural characters I cannot find any differences.

NopostoMA CAMERUNENSE, Sp. Nn.

Black or fulvous; the thorax very strongly and remotely

punctured, subangulate at the sides; elytra deeply punctate-

striate anteriorly, the punctures diminishing towards the apex;

legs fulvous.

Length 2 millim.

Head remotely but distinctly punctured, the clypeus obsoletely

separated ; antennze rather slender, piceous, the basal joints more

or less flavous; thorax scarcely one-half broader than long, the

sides angulate below the middle, the surface very strongly and

remotely punctured, black; elytra with a distinct transverse

depression below the base, deeply and strongly punctate-striate,

the punctures diminishing in size posteriorly, the rows widely

separated and the interstices flat, piceous, the base more or less

fulvous; femora with a minute tooth, the intermediate and

posterior tibie emarginate at the apex, claws appendiculate ;

prosternum broad, only slightly narrowed between the coxe,

strongly punctured.

Hab. Cameroons (my collection).

This is the first species of the genus from Africa and entirely

typical. Weise has described another closely allied African genus

Aphthonestis, but states that the prosternum is greatly nar rowed)

which is not the case in the present species. The two specimens

before me differ greatly in coloration, one being nearly black,

stained with fulvous on the elytra, and the other entirely of the

latter colour. The angulate thorax and the strong punctuation

will assist in the recognition of the species.

PSEUDIVONGIUS APICICORNIS, Sp. Nn.

Nearly black below, above dark metallic blue; the basal six

joints of the antennz, the base of the tibie, and the tarsi fulvous ;

254 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16, |

thorax finely and moderately punctured; elytra distantly punc-

tate-striate.

Length 2-24 millim.

Ovate, very convex, pointed posteriorly ; the head finely and

rather obscurely punctured, with a short central obsolete groove ;

labrum fulvous; antenne widely separated at the base, long and

slender, the lower six joints fulvous, the rest black, second joint

nearly as long as the third, but thicker; thorax transverse, of

nearly equal width, the lateral margins straight, the surface finely,

remotely, and irregularly punctured, the sides nearly impunctate

near the margins; scutellum blackish, trigonate; elytra widened

at the middle, very convex, pointed at the apex, finely punctured

in distantly placed rows, with other punctures here and there on

the interstices; femora thickened, unarmed, dark blue, the apex

fulvous; anterior tibie entirely fulvous, the others of this colour

at the base only, the apex obscure zneous; tarsi fulvous.

Hab. Upper Tongaat, Natal (C. Barker).

This is the third known species of the genus (Proc. Zool. Soe.

1897, p. 546, 1898, p. 228). It differs from P. natalensis Jac. in

the colour of the antenne and legs, and in the much more finely

punctured thorax and elytra; from P. enews Jac. in having the

basal six, instead of four, joints of the antennz fulvous, and in the

much more slender and elongate legs. In regard to P. natalensis

in which the elytra have two short humeral costz, this character

is only peculiar to the female sex; of the insect described here

Mr. Barker has sent two specimens, evidently also females, in

which the first joint of the tarsi is rather elongate. All the

species of the genus are of somewhat spider-like appearance and

resemble the genus Pallena, which, however, belongs to the first

civision of the Eumolpide, with a concave, not convex, anterior

thoracic episternum.

LINISCUS INTERSTITIALIS, Sp. n.

Piceous with eneous gloss; antennez and legs dark fulvous;

thorax very closely punctured; elytra, obscure eeneous, regularly

punctate-striate, the interstices with a fine row of punctures,

Length 3 millim.

Narrowly subcylindrical, the head very closely and strongly

punctured, the clypeus feebly separated from the face, eyes oblong,

slightly sinuate ; antennz dark fulvous, the terminal five joints

strongly widened, third joint one-half longer than the second,

basal joint subquadrately widened; thorax scarcely one-half

broader than long, the sides rounded, rather strongly widened at

the middle, the dise punctured like the head ; elytra of slightly

puler colour than the thorax, with more or less eneous gloss,

rather strongly punctate-striate anteriorly, the interstices with a

single row of very fine punctures; legs robust, obscure piceous or

dark fulvous; femora unarmed; claws very finely bifid at the

base only.

Hab. Beiva, BW. Afvica (A. Sheppard).

Readily distinguished from the other species of this genus by

the punctured elytral interstices,

1904. | AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA.

» PAUSIRIS O’NEILI, sp. n.

Cupreous, closely covered with white patches of pubescence,

apical joints of the tarsi and the tibiee sometimes obscure fulvous ;

head very finely, thorax and elytra strongly and closely punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Oblong, parallel, the head finely and rather remotely punctured,

clothed with white hairs: ; antennz with the terminal five joints

strongly widened, the lower two joints cupreous, the others

obscure fulvous or piceous; thorax about one-half broader than

long, the sides widened and rounded at the middle, obsoletely

margined, the surface closely and strongly punctured, of a brassy

cupreous, closely covered with white adpressed hairs; scutellum

subquadrate, closely pubescent; elytra wider at the base than

the thorax, subcylindrical, parallel, sculptured and pubescent

like the thorax, the hairs arranged in small patches forming

irregular transverse bands; legs rather slender, tibize more or

less fulvous.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. A. O'Neil).

Of more parallel shape than P. swhfasciatus Jac. from the same

locality, the punctuation of the thorax and elytra much stronger,

the pubescence differently arranged and denser and the punc-

tuation extremely close, almost rugose.

PAUSIRIS LONGICOLLIS, sp. n.

Dark eneous, the tibiz and tarsi fulvous; thorax rather long,

closely punctured, sparingly pubescent; elytra closely punctate-

striate, pubescent.

Length 2 millim.

Head strongly punctured, the epistome not separated, carinate

at the sides, its anterior edge nearly straight; antenne dark

fulvous, the joimts more or less zneous above, the terminal five

distinctly thickened; thorax proportionately long, widened at the

base, the sides Pomaed the anterior margin accompanied by an

obsolete transverse sulcus, the disc closely punctur ed, the punctures

of elongate shape, the interstices sparingly clothed with white

hairs; scutellum subquadrate; elytra wider at the base than

the thorax, obsoletely transversely depressed below the base, more

strongly punctured than the thorax in closely approached rows,

sparingly furnished with white hairs; femora zeneous, tibie and

tarsi fulvous.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony, on Huphorbie (Kev. J. A. O'Neil).

Of metallic-bronze colour; the thorax more elongate than in

the other species of the genus and obsoletely grooved anteriorly ;

the pubescence may have been rubbed off partly, as the insect is

more shining than most of its allies; the underside and the pro-

sternum are strongly and closely punctured. The two specimens

which I received from the Rev. J. A. O’Neil are probably females,

as the anterior tarsi are not broad.

PAUSIRIS FEMORALIS, sp. n.

Dark cupreous, clothed with white pubescence ; antenne and

256 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [Feb. 16,

legs dark fulvous; thorax transverse, finely punctured; elytra

more strongly punctured, the pubescence arranged in rows ;

femora with a very small tooth.

Length 2 millim.

Head closely and rather strongly punctured, cupreous, clothed

with long white pubescence; labrum fulvous, anterior margin of

the epistome triangularly emarginate; eyes oblong, rather large ;

antennee with the terminal four joints strongly dilated, the pre-

ceding joint triangularly elongate, all fulvous, the last ones

slightly darker; thorax about one-half broader than long, the

sides rounded, slightly widened at the middle, sculptured and

pubescent like the head; scutellum subquadrate, pubescent ;

elytra wider at the base than the thorax, more strongly punctured

than the latter, the punctuation close, the base with an obsolete

transverse depression, the surface pubescent like the other parts ;

underside darker neous, finely and closely punctured; pro-

sternum subquadrate, strongly punctured ; femora with a minute

tooth, fulvous like the tibie and tarsi or stained with eneous.

Hab. Lower Tugela, Natal (C. Barker).

This species, although possessing all the structural characters

of Pausiris, differs from the other members of the genus in

having the femora armed with a small tooth and in the rather

broader prosternum. Iam not certain as to the sex of the two

specimens which I received from Mr. Barker, but they are

probably both females,

PavusiRis SEMIRUGOSUS, Sp. n.

Dark eneous, finely pubescent ; antenne black, head strongly,

thorax extremely closely punctured ; elytra strongly and closely

punctate-striate, the interstices at the sides transversely rugose.

Length 3 millim.

Head strongly and closely punctured, the interstices minutely

granulate, the lateral margins of the epistome carinate, the

anterior margin nearly straight; antenne nearly black, the basal

joint obscure fulvous below, the terminal five joints thickened,

the last more elongate and pointed ; thorax about one-half broader

than long, the sides strongly rounded and widened at the middle,

the surface crowded with elongate punctures and clothed with

fine white pubescence ; scutellum transverse, subquadrate ; elytra

distinctly broader at the base than the thorax, very obsoletely

depressed below the former, with regular and closely placed rows

of strong punctures, which are finer but distinct towards the apex,

the interstices at the sides transversely rugose (when viewed side-

ways) and covered with fine pubescence like the thorax; legs

black with eneous gloss; prosternum strongly punctured, femora

unarmed,

Hab, Grahamstown (Ledouc).

This little Pawsiris may be known from its allies by the

sharply rounded sides of the thorax and its strong and close

punctuation, by the regular and closely punctate-striate elytra

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA, 257

and their rugose sides, in connection with the dark eneous colour

and black antenne. I received two specimens of this species from

the Rev. J. A. O'Neil, who obtained them from M. Ledoux, the

discoverer of the species.

MACETES RUGICOLLIS, sp. n.

Cupreous, clothed with white pubescence ; apical joints of the

antenne black; head and thorax finely, confluently rugose ; elytra

with a few fine punctures and white pubescence arranged in

longitudinal bands.

Length 5 millim.

Subquadrate, ovate; the head entirely longitudinally strigose,

the strige confluent, the interstices finely pubescent, anterior

margin of the epistome semicircularly emarginate; labrum

metallic green, alutaceous; antenneze extending to the base of

the elytra, the lower six joints cupreous, the others black, strongly

incrassate ; thorax transverse, slightly constricted at the base and

apex, the lateral margins distinct, the surface sculptured like the

head ; scutellum subpentagonal; elytra with a short but distinet

depression below the base, the latter with a few fine punctures,

the rest of the disc scarcely perceptibly punctured, with four

more or less distinct bands of white hairs; anterior and posterior

femora dentate, thickened ; underside and legs clothed with short

white pubescence.

Hab. Lower Tugela, Natal (C. Barker).

Quite distinct, on account of the sculpture of the head and

thorax, from any other species of the genus. JI have received a

single specimen from Mr. Barker.

MACETES PUSILLA, Sp. Nn.

Greenish eneous, pubescent, the labrum, antenne, tibie, and

tarsi fulvous; thorax transverse, closely and finely punctured and

pubescent; elytra with basal depression, more strongly punctured

than the thorax, clothed with white pubescence; anterior and

posterior femora dentate.

Length 3 millim.

Of oblong, subquadrate shape; the head closely and rather

strongly punctured, clothed with longish white pubescence ;

epistome triangularly emarginate at its anterior edge; labrum

and palpi fulvous; antenne rather long, fulvous, the terminal

five joints dilated, the last one longer than broad; thorax about

one-half broader than long, the sides rounded, anteriorly deflexed

when viewed from above, the lateral margins obsolete, the surface

rather convex, with an obsolete transverse groove near the

anterior margin, finely and closely punctured and clothed with

white hairs, which, at the middle, form a more or less distinct

stripe; scutellum subquadrate, pubescent; elytra wider at the

base than the thorax, with a distinct depression below the raised

basal portion, the shoulders prominent, closely and irregularly

punctured, the punctures larger at the anterior portion than

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XVII. 7

258 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON | Feb. 16,

posteriorly, the colour dark greenish eneous, all the punctures

provided with longish white hairs ; the femora eneous or cupreous,

the anterior and posterior ones dentate; tibie and tarsi fulvous.

Hab. Ifafa Mountains, Natal (C. Barker).

Of this, the smallest species of the genus, I received two, evi-

dently female, specimens from Mr. Barker; from Pausiris the

tooth of the anterior and posterior femora and the shape of the

Jast joint of the antenne distinguish the genus Wacetes.

EURYOPE BARKERI, sp. n.

Above reddish fulvous, below and the legs black; head and

thorax with a central black spot, finely and closely punctured ;

elytra ovate, an angulate short transverse band at the base and

two elongate spots near the apex black.

Length 7 millim.

Head finely punctured, very closely so at the anterior portion,

with the interstices finely rugose, the vertex with a black spot ;

antennee with the basal six joints black (the rest wanting), lower

two joints fulvous at the apex; thorax more than twice as broad

as long, the sides straight, anterior angles obliquely thickened,

the surface strongly convex, very closely and finely punctured at

the sides, with the interstices slightly rugose, the middle with a

nearly smooth, narrow space and a small black spot ; scutellum

black; elytra short and ovate, strongly convex, widened towards

the apex, the shoulders strongly swollen in shape of a short ridge

which gradually diminishes posteriorly, the disc very finely

punctured in irregular rows, a short band extends from the base

to below the shoulders, where it turns at right angles towards the

suture without extending to it, this band is strongly constricted

at the middle, below the latter are two elongate spots placed side

by side; underside and legs black.

Hab. Lower Tugela, Natal (C. Barker).

Allied to #. terminalis Baly, but with the lower parts and legs

black, the thorax with a single central spot only, the humeral

stripe of different shape and position, and the elytra more sparsely

and finely punctured, the latter also shorter and widened below

the middle. I received a single specimen from Mr. Barker ;

others are in that gentleman’s possession.

CoLASPOSOMA SHEPPARDI, sp. 0.

Dark eneous, the basal joints of the antenne fulvous; thorax

very strongly and closely punctured ; elytra with basal depression,

very strongly transversely rugose at the sides, closely punctured

like the thorax, each elytron with a short transverse ridge near

the apex ; anterior femora with a tooth.

Length 5 millim.

Head strongly punctured, with a central longitudinal groove,

the latter and the base of the antenne reddish cupreous, rest of

the surface dark eneous; clypeus punctured like the head ;

antenne slender, the six lower joints fulvous, the others black,

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 209

basal joint piceous above; thorax with the sides rounded at the

base, narrowed in front, the dise closely and strongly punctured ;

elytra with a deep transverse basal depression, punctured like the

thorax, the entire sides strongly transversely rugose, the inner

dise with a costa near the suture at the posterior portion which

near the apex curves round at right angles and runs parallel to

the lateral margin; underside and legs dark neous, the anterior

femora with a short tooth.

Hab. Beira, K. Africa (A. Sheppard).

I have received from Mi. Sheppard two apparently female

specimens of this species which I cannot identify with any hitherto

known Colasposoma. At the base of the elytra traces of other

cost are visible; the coarse elytral punctuation, the very strong

rugosities, and the subsutural and apical coste are the principal

marks of distinction of this species, also its dall eneous colour,

CoLASPOSOMA PUSILLUM, sp. n.

Obscure cupreous o1 «neous below, above metallic green;

antennee obscure fulvous ; thorax short and convex, crowded with

larger and smaller punctures; elytra oblong-ovate, semi-regularly

punctured in rows, the interstices at the sides finely transversely

rugose, femora metallic green.

Mas. Tibie slightly curved, cupreous,

fem. Thorax very short; tibiz straight, fulvous as well as the

tarsi.

Length 4 millim.

Mas. Head rather closely and finely punctured, the epistome

very feebly separated from the face by an obsolete groove, its

anterior margin often narrowly cupreous, very slightly emarginate

at the middle; labrum dark fulvous; antenne long and slender,

dark fulvous, the third joint distinctly shorter than the fourth ;

thorax short and very strongly transverse, the sides strongly

rounded, the surface crowded with small and larger punctures ;

anterior angles produced into a short tooth; scutellum broad,

subpentagonal, impunctate; elytra with a shallow transverse

depression below the base, more strongly punctured than the

thorax, the punctures arranged in closely approached rows,

the interstices slightly rugose on the disc, more distinctly and

transversely so at the sides; femora robust; prosternum finely

rugose, broad, more or less cupreous.

Hab. Upper Tongaat, Natal (C. Barker).

I would have referred this little species to C. parvulum Lefeéy.

(Trans. 8. Afr. Philos. Soc. 1890, p. 42), to which, at all events, it

must be very closely allied; but the author describes the thorax

as extremely short, and rather strongly and subeonfluently punc-

tured, and the legs as fulvous, with the knees metallic green ;

the sex of his specimen is not given. In the present species the

female has a shorter, less transverse and convex thorax and

straight tibie, also less robust femora ; in the elytral punctuation,

however, there is scarcely any difference,

17*

260 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

COLASPOSOMA PICEITARSE, Sp. n.

Pale fulvous with strong metallic green lustre, the antenne

and legs entirely fulvous, the tarsi piceous; thorax very closely

and finely punctured, with rounded sides; elytra closely and

strongly punctured anteriorly, much more finely so towards the

apex.

Length 5-6 millim.

Head closely and slightly rugosely punctured, metallic green,

the sides of the clypeus in the male rather strongly raised, its

anterior margin but slightly concave; labrum and palpi fulvous,

the apical joint of the latter piceous; antennz long and slender,

entirely fulvous, the third and fourth joints equal, one-half

longer than the second joint; thorax of even width, the sides

strongly rounded, narrowly marginate, all the angles acute, the

dise convex, closely and finely punctured ; elytra with a distinct

transverse depression below the base, strongly punctured within

the depression and at the sides only, the rest more finely and

somewhat regularly punctate; legs pale fulvous as well as the

underside, the latter with strong metallic green gloss, the tarsi

piceous.

Hab. Upper Tongaat, Natal (C. Barker).

Closely and more nearly allied to C. fulvipes Lef. than to any

of its other numerous allies, but I think a distinct species, of

which I have seven specimens before me; the principal distinctive

characters are the pale ground-colour (especially when held im

certain positions), strongly shot with metallic green, and the

nearly black tarsi; the elytral punctuation also is much finer from

the middle downwards than in C. fulvipes. C. bonvouloiri ef.

has likewise black tarsi, but is of different general colour and is

described as having longitudinal striz at the sides.

COLASPOSOMA CUPRICOLLE Fairm.

I refer, not without doubt, two specimens, which I received

from M. Clavareau, and which were obtained at Mozambique, to

this species; they agree in most respects, but the elytra are

purplish with a bluish tint, and the underside and legs are

violaceous blue ; the elytra are not dilated at the base as Fairmaire’s

description says. As to the sex, the author, as usual, makes no

mention, and as both sexes in Colasposoma are often quite dif-

ferently sculptured, it is impossible to know with which of his

species to compare a particular form; Fairmaire describes his

species from Madagascar (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1902, p. 262).

CoLASPOSOMA ANTENNALE Jac.

Of this species I have received several specimens from Mr.

Barker with the locality Ifafa Mts., Natal; they differ slightly

from the type in having the terminal joints of the antennz more

or less piceous. In my description of the species (Proc. Zool. Soc.

1881, p. 444) I stated that the elytral interstices are transversely

rugose throughout, but this is scarcely correct ; I should have

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 261

said ‘‘at the sides,” as the space near the suture is scarcely visibly

rugose ; some specimens are of an eneous colour above with the

interior of the punctures metallic green.

COLASPOSOMA BALYI, sp. n.

Dark blue or violaceous; thorax with fecbly rounded sides,

extremely closely and strongly punctured ; elytra of nearly similar

sculpture, the sides scarcely rugose.

Length 9-10 millim.

Mas. Head strongly punctured, the sides rugose, clypeus rather

more finely and closely rugose-punctate, labrum black ; antennz

entirely bluish black, the terminal joints strongly widened ;

thorax not very strongly convex, the sides feebly rounded, the

anterior angles acutely pointed in shape of a small tooth, the disc

extremely closely evenly and strongly punctured, the punctures

round and deep, the interstices very slightly wrinkled at the sides ;

scutellum broader than long, punctured at the base; elytra

punctured like the thorax, the punctures very closely placed, the

interstices slightly rugose. at the sides; penis rather slender,

strongly curved, the apex triangularly pointed; anterior tibize

dilated and curved at the apex.

Hab. Dar-es-Salaam, E. Africa.

Allied to C. kraatzi Jac., but less shining, the upper surface

strongly and much more closely punctured, the punctures

of the thorax and the elytra equally strong. The female does not.

seem to differ from the other sex excepting in the straight and

not dilated anterior tibie. In C. variabile Jac. the male has a

strongly convex and rather dilated thorax and the elytra are

strongly transversely rugose at the sides.

CoLASPOSOMA ASPERATUM Fairm. (Ann. Soc. Eni. Belg. 1902,

262).

This name has long ago been used by Lefévire for an Indian

species (Catal. Humolp. 1885, p. 104): I therefore alter it to

C. perrieri, nom. n.

COLASPOSOMA BEIRAENSE, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 10.)

Dark blue below, above cupreous, the anterior portion of the

head and two basal spots on the thorax dark blue; head and thorax

densely punctured ; elytra finely punctured, the sides finely trans-

versely rugose, the sutural and lateral margins metallic blue.

Length 6-7 millim.

Mas. Head opaque, finely and closely punctured and granulate,

flat, without depressions, cupreous, the lower portion in shape of

a triangular patch, dark blue, this colour dividing in a narrow

line the cupreous portion; labrum piceous; antenne with the

lower five jomts dark fulvous, the basal joint above and the

terminal joints piceous, all the joints with the exception of the

first slender; thorax strongly transversely convex, the sides

strongly rounded, narrowed anteriorly, the angles not produced,

262 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

the disc crowded with small punctures, which at the sides are some-

what confluently rugose, cupreous, more shining than the head, all

the margins narrowly dark blue, the base with two large transverse,

irregular blue patches; scutellum dark blue, finely punctured at

the base; elytra without basal depression, cupreous, moderately

shining, the suture and the lateral margins dark blue, the disc

finely punctured in rows near the suture, more irregularly so at

the sides, where the interstices are finely transversely wrinkled ;

underside and legs dark violaceous blue, finely pubescent, the

anterior tibie slightly curved ; femora unarmed.

Hab. Beira, KE. Africa (A. Sheppard).

This species is not difficult to recognise on account of its system

of coloration and the opaque, non-impressed head; the elytyral

lateral rugosities are very fine, extend to the apex, and are finely

pubescent near the lateral portion; the female has much shorter

antenne and straight tibie, but does not differ in any other respect.

CoLASPOSOMA MIRABILE, sp. nN.

Cupreous below, above metallic green, sides of the head dark

purple; thorax finely and subremotely punctured, with six

purplish bands; elytra strongly and closely punctured, the sides

transversely rugose and with a longitudinal costa, each elytron

with two purplish, broad, longitudinal bands.

Length 5 millim.

Fem. Head rather closely punctured and minutely granulate,

‘without depressions, the sides reddish cupreous, a central narrow

line at the vertex and the clypeus metallic green ; labrum black ;

antenne with the terminal joints thickened, black, the lower

three joints fulvous, the following two greenish; thorax rather

short, the sides moderately rounded, slightly narrowed anteriorly,

the disc finely and rather remotely punctured, metallic green,

the sides and four longitudinal bands dark cupreous; scutellum

finely punctured, cupreous ; elytra strongly punctate-striate near

the suture, the sides strongly transversely rugose, with an acutely

raised longitudinal costa from below the shoulders, the suture

narrowly and a broad lateral band metallic green, rest of the

surface dark cupreous; below cupreous, finely pubescent, the

anterior femora with a small tooth.

Hab. Luitpoldkette, E. Africa.

In its coloration this species much resembles C. wiridivittatum

Baly, but is of much less convex shape and smaller, the punc-

tuation of the thorax is totally different and also its coloration ;

this different sculpturing distinguishes the species likewise from

C. variabile Jac., which is also more than twice as large. J unfor-

tunately know the female sex only; the male is probably devoid

of the elytral costee.

CoLASPOSOMA CYANEO-CUPREUM Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. ser. 6,

vil. p 352 (1887).

C. junodt Péring. Ann, 8. Afr. Mus. i. p. 556 (1899).

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 263

LEFEVREA FULYICOLLIS, sp. n.

Fulvous, the thorax closely and strongly punctured; elytra

black, closely and regularly punctate-striate, femora with a minute

tooth.

Length 4 millim.

Head strongly punctured, fulvous ; epistome not separated, its

anterior margin but slightly emarginate; antenne filiform, pale

fulvous, the apex of the terminal joints piceous, the last four

joints slightly thickened and shortened, thorax about one-half

broader than long, fulvous, the sides rounded and obliquely

narrowed anteriorly, the anterior angles in shape of a small tooth,

produced outwards, the posterior ones placed rather inwards, the

lateral margins forming an obscure angle at the base, the surface

very closely and strongly punctured; scutellum fulvous; elytra

subcylindrical, parallel, black, the base without depression, the

dise strongly and closely punctate-striate, the interstices at the

sides rather strongly longitudinally costate; underside and legs

fulvous, the breast sometimes piceous, the femora with a small

tooth.

Hab. Umtali, Natal (C. Barker).

At once distinguished from any other species of the genus by

its coloration in connection with the strongly punctured thorax.

The sexes were taken in coitwu by Mr. Barker; the female does

not differ from the male except in being slightly larger.

EUBRACHYS O’NEILI, sp. n.

, Sp

Obscure violaceous or purplish, the basal joints of the antenne

and the tibiz obscure fulvous or piceous; thorax subglobular,

very finely punctured and pubescent ; elytra of similar sculpture,

clothed with short silvery pubescence arranged in lines.

Length 24-3 millim.

Head closely punctured at the sides, finely strigose at the

vertex, the interstices sparingly pubescent and minutely granu-

late; antenne with the lower seven joints fulvous, the rest black ;

thorax strongly rounded at the middle, the apex and the base

constricted, the disc sculptured like the head and clothed with

very short silvery pubescence; elytra with the shoulders pro-

minent, the apex rounded, the punctuation much finer than that

of the thorax, nearly obsolete, the interstices clothed with short,

stiff, silvery hairs, arranged in closely approached rows; femora

strongly toothed, tibize obscure fulvous.

Hab. Grahamstown, 8. Africa; on Chrysocoma tenuifolia

(Composite) (Zev. J. A. O'Neil).

A pair of this species taken “in coitu” were kindly sent to me

by the Rev. J. A. O'Neil. The insect is perhaps more nearly allied

to H. chrysitis Gerst. than to any other, but it is devoid of the

longer stiff silvery pubescence peculiar to that species, and well

distinguished from that and several other closely allied species

by the scarcely perceptible punctuation of the elytra in connection

with the sombre, obscure purplish or violaceous coloration. Weise

264 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

has lately pointed out, and rightly so, that) most of the species

described under Pseudocolaspis belong to Hubrachys Baly, on

account of the concave, not convex, anterior margin of the thoracic

episternum. The genus therefore requires revision when the types

can be compared.

ECHTRUSIA CAPENSIS, sp. n.

Ovate, eneous, antenne piceous, apex of the tibie fulvous ;

head and thorax finely punctured, punctures of the latter

elongate ; elytra sparingly pubescent, finely punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Head rather flattened, finely and closely punctured, apex of the

epistome triangularly emarginate, the lower joints of the antennz

obscure cupreous, the terminal five joints piceous, strongly

thickened; thorax about one-half broader than long, strongly

narrowed anteriorly, the sides nearly straight, the margins distinct,

the disc closely and finely impressed with elongate punctures,

which are more crowded at the sides; scutellum transverse, its

apex rounded ; elytra ovate, convex, the sides strongly rounded,

the lateral margins below the shoulders oblique, the surface finely

and closely punctured and sparingly pubescent; femora strongly

thickened, unarmed, prosternum very broad, claws bifid.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (fev. J. A. O'Neil).

I have received a single specimen from the Rev. J. A. O'Neil,

the sex of which is uncertain. It is the second species of the

genus established by Lefévre, and differs from the type in being

smaller, in having differently coloured antenne and legs, and the

thorax impressed with elongate punctures; it is possible that

the elytra in the specimen before me are partly rubbed as regards

the pubescence. The broad and rounded scutellum, very broad

prosternum and mesosternum, and the strongly narrowed thorax

separate the genus from Pallena and allied genera.

SCELODONTA RUGIPENNIS, sp. Nn.

Dark cupreous, the apical joints of the antenne black; thorax

finely transversely wrinkled ; elytra confluently rugose-punctate,

the interstices finely costate at the apex with single white hairs,

sides of the breast densely pubescent.

Length 4 millim.

Head strongly rugose, the vertex with a central groove, supra-

ocular sulci very deep; antenne with the lower joints cupreous,

the last five black, strongly widened ; thorax scarcely wider than

long, the sides widened at the middle, the whole surface finely

transversely wrinkled; elytra transversely depressed below the

base, narrowed at the apex, closely confluently punctured through-

out, the punctures stronger at the base than posteriorly, the

interstices at the apex with a few short coste and sparingly pro-

vided with single whitish hairs; parapleure of the breast clothed

with dense white pubescence.

1904. ] AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 265

Hab. Vafa Mountains, Natal (C. Barker).

Very closely allied to ist sexplagiata Jac., likewise from Natal,

but without any elytral spots and their sculpturing entirely

irregular, not arranged in rows, the flanks of the thorax also

without the band of dense pubescence so prominent in the other

species. I received three specimens from Mr, Barker,

SCELODONTA LEFEVREI, sp. n.

Dark cupreous, pubescent, the antenne (the basal joint excepted)

black; thorax densely transversely strigose; elytra strongly

punctured in rows, the interstices rugose and pubescent, each

elytron with five fuscous spots 2.2.1; femora dentate.

Length 4 millim.

Head finely rugose- punctate and sparingly pubescent, the vertex

convex without groove, ocular sulci very deep and broad ; antennze

black, the lower three joints cupreous; thorax transverse, of

usual shape, strongly transversely strigose, the interstices

sparingly punctured and furnished with single white hairs,

cupreous, the sides with a very obscure fuscous band; scutellum

pentagonal, with a few hairs; elytra obliquely shaped at the

shoulders, deeply and closely punctured in rows, the interstices

transversely rugose, the shoulders, an elongate spot at the middle

of the base, two roundish spots placed transversely below the

middle and another more elongate one near the apex at the sides,

fuscous, interstices at the apex costate, sides of the thorax below

and of the breast densely pubescent; femora with a very short

tooth.

Hab. Beira, KE. Africa (A. Sheppard).

Nearly allied to S. vicina Har. and S. maculosa Lefev., but

the position and the shape of the elytral spots quite different, the

pubescence also much longer; the longitudinal elytral depressions

in S. vicina are also absent in the present species, of which I

received three specimens from Mr. Sheppard.

CHEIRIDELLA, gen. n.

Body oblong, pubescent ; antenne filiform, the third joint twice

as long as the second; thorax one-half broader than long, not

widened, with distinct lateral margins, the angles dentiform,

surface pubescent; elytra finely punctured in rows, closely

pubescent, femora thickened, the anterior and posterior ones with

a strong tooth, tibiz simple, claws appendiculate; prosternum

very narrow between the coxe, elongate, anterior margin of the

thoracic episternum concave.

There is no group of Humolpide into which the present genus

can be satisfactorily placed, since the pubescent upper surface

agrees with that of the Heteraspine, in which the posterior tibiz

are, however, emarginate and the claws bifid; in the Odontiono-

pine the claws are appendiculate, but the intermediate tibie are

266 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [Feb. 16,

emarginate and the upper surface is glabrous; the genus is there-

fore transitional between these and allied groups.

CHEIRIDELLA ZAMBESIANA, Sp. n.

Fuscous or fulvous, underside black; head and thorax clothed

with fine grey pubescence; elytra similarly pubescent, finely

punctured in closely approached rows.

Length 5 millim.

Head finely rugose, the epistome not separated; eyes ovate,

entire; antenne slender, fulvous, the basal two joints thickened,

the third slightly longer, shorter than the following joints, ter-

minal ones scarcely thicker ; thorax twice as broad as long, of

very nearly equal width, the sides rounded at the middle, slightly

constricted at the base and apex, the angles not produced, the disc

rather convex, black, closely covered with greyish pubescence, the

interstices finely granulose ; scutellum scarcely broader than long,

its apex obtusely rounded ; elytra not wider at the base than the

thorax, slightly widened posteriorly, convex, opaque, closely and

extremely finely punctured in rather ill-defined rows and clothed

with long greyish pubescence; underside slightly more shining ;

the femora rather thickened, the anterior ones with a distinct

tooth, the others very minutely dentate.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal.

In one specimen the legs are black, with the exception of the

base of the femora which is fulvous and the tarsi are feeble

and slender; but in another, probably the male, they are slightly

broader. 5

CASMENELLA, gen. n.

Subelongate, convex, pubescent; antennz filiform, the second

joint shorter than the third; thorax twice as broad as long,

slightly constricted anteriorly and posteriorly, with distinct lateral

margins; elytra finely punctured in rows, pubescent ; femora

thickened, the anterior with a distinct tooth; tibie scarcely sul-

cate, the intermediate slightly emarginate at the apex, claws bifid ;

prosternum very narrow, the anterior margin of the thoracic

episternum concave.

This genus will enter the Heteraspine of Chapuis’ arrangement,

and is very nearly allied to Casmena Chap., but differs im the

strongly transverse thorax, the much shorter femora, and the

absence of the long tooth with which the posterior femora are

provided in Casmena. In Casmena the thorax is scarcely one-

half broader than long. In Casmenella the intermediate and

posterior femora have a very minute tooth, but that of the anterior

femora is well developed.

CASMENELLA NATALENSE, Sp. 0.

Black, opaque, clothed with fine white pubescence; antennz

fulvous, thoracic punctuation finely rugose ; elytra with very fine

rows of punctures and adpressed whitish hairs; legs fulvous.

1904.] — AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 267

Var. Legs black, the base of the femora fulvous.

Length 3-33 millim.

Head broader than long, the epistome not separated from the

face, eyes large, entire, the surface finely rugose, clothed with

whitish pubescence, labrum fulvous; antenne long and slender,

fulvous, the basal joint short and thick, the second and third

subequal, short, the others elongate, terminal joints slightly

tipped with piceous; thorax short, quite twice as broad as long,

the sides feebly rounded, the surface sculptured and pubescent

like the head; scutellum subquadrate, densely pubescent; elytra

convex, subcylindrical, black, opaque, closely and finely punctured

in rows, pubescent like the thorax ; legs fulvous.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal.

NERISSELLA, gen. n.

Oblong, pubescent ; head elongate ; the epistome not separated ;

antenne short, the terminal joints transversely widened; thorax

narrowed anteriorly, with distinct lateral margins; scutellum sub-

quadrate, its apex nearly truncate; elytra irregularly punctured,

closely pubescent; femora thickened, unarmed, tibize dilated at

the apex, claws bifid; anterior margin of the thoracic episternum

concave ; prosternum broad.

The species for which this genus is proposed will best find its

place amongst the Pseuwdocolaspine on account of the structure of

the antenne, pubescent upper surface, non-emarginate tibia, bifid

claws, and the shape of the thoracic episternum. The genus differs

from Pseudocolaspis proper in the distinct and entire lateral

margins of the thorax and unarmed femora, from Palesida Har.

in the entirely different shape of the head and thorax, these

differences also separating the genus from the other members of

the group.

NERISSELLA CURCULIONOIDES, Sp. n.

Greenish zneous, clothed with white pubescence; antennex

blackish, head and thorax closely punctured ; elytra subelongate,

punctured like the thorax, clothed with long whitish pubescence.

Length 4 millim.

Head elongate and narrowed in front, convex, without any

depressions, closely punctured, with short pubescence ; the epistome

not separated, its anterior margin semicircularly emarginate ;

eyes rounded, entire; antenne widely separated, inserted below

the eyes, not extending to the base of the thorax, the terminal

five joints bluish black, transversely thickened, the other joints

obscure fulvous, the second joint thickened, longer than the third

and following joint; thorax about one-half broader than long,

narrowed anteriorly, closely and strongly punctured, and clothed

with rather long, adpressed, white hairs ; scutellum broad, its apex

nearly truncate; elytraslightly wider at the base than the thorax,

oblong, nearly parallel, sculptured and pubescent like the thorax ;

268 MR. MARTIN JACOBY ON [ Feb. 16,

underside and legs of similar sculpturing, the first joint of the

anterior tarsi rather strongly dilated ( ¢%); the lower surface of

the tarsi covered with fulvous pubescence.

Hab. Zambesi.

The general appearance of this small species is not unlike that

of a species of Curculionid on account of the narrowed and

convex head without the slightest division or groove; the general

colour is a greenish and very metallic lustre in spite of the white

pubescence.

CHRYSOMELINZ.

ALGOALA, gen. n.

Body ovate, pointed posteriorly, apterous; antenne filiform,

palpi slender; thorax transverse, narrowed anteriorly, the sides

oblique, straight, not thickened ; scutellum triangular; elytra

slightly wider at the base than the thorax, punctate-striate, their

epipleure very broad, impubescent; legs rather feeble, claws

simple ; prosternum narrowed between the coxe; mesosternum

short, quadrate ; metasternum short and transverse ; anterior coxal

cavities closed.

In the shape of its thorax this genus resembles MZelasoma, from

which it is at once separated by the filiform antenne ; the closed

anterior cavities and the absence of wings as well as the general

shape will further assist in the recognition of the genus, of which

I received a single species from Dr. Brauns.

ALGOALA FULVICOLLIS, Sp. n.

» SE

Fulvous, thorax strongly punctured at the sides, the middle

finely punctate; elytra greenish wneous, strongly and closely

punctate-striate.

Length 5 millim.

Head rather closely punctured, fulvous, the space in front of

the eyes strongly thickened, the clypeus more finely and closely

punctured, more or less distinctly separated from the face;

antenne scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous,

the basal joint subquadrate, the second small, the third joint

longer than the following ones, terminal joint elongate ; thorax

of somewhat variable shape, according to sex, the sides rounded

in the male, more straight and obliquely narrowed in the female,

the disc sparingly and finely, the sides closely and strongly

punctured ; scutellum triangular; elytra with about twelve rows

of strong punctures, obscure greenish «neous, a narrow space in

front of the lateral margins impunctate and slightly convex ;

underside and legs fulvous.

Hab. Algoa Bay, Cape Colony (Dr. Brawns).

TIMARCHELLA, gen. n.

Ovate, apterous; palpi elongate, cylindrical, the last joint sub-

conical, shorter than the preceding one; antenne elongate, robust,

1904. | AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 269

the basal joint thickened, subquadrate, the second short, third

and following joints nearly equal; thorax transverse, convex, the

sides strongly rounded and widened at the middle, slightly con-

stricted at the base, the basal margin with a depression at each

side, anterior margin straight, anterior angles obtuse, posterior

ones distinct but not produced, the surface irregularly punctured

and rugose ; scutellum trigonate; elytra widened at the middle,

pointed at the apex, with closely arranged rows of punctures, the

interstices more or less convex, their epipleure broad, non-pubes-

cent; legs slender, the tibiz gradually widened and suleate, third

joint of the tarsi scarcely lobed, claws simple; prosternum

narrowly elongate; mesosternum short; metasternum transverse

and very short; anterior cotyloid cavities closed.

As will be seen by the above-given details, the insect for which

this genus is proposed is allied to Zimarcha and Strwmatophyma

and partly to Colaphus and Cyrtonus, but with the last two

genera it has only a somewhat similar appearance in common, as

the closed anterior cavities remove the species from these groups.

The shape of the palpi, narrow prosternum, and general differences

in shape, &c., separate the genus from the two first-named genera.

Potaninia Weise is certainly also very closely allied, but is

winged, the thorax is of different structure, and the prosternum

is much wider; the legs also differ. (The insect upon which

Weise founded his genus had been previously described by

Baly as Entomoscelis assamensis.) Semenowia Weise agrees with

Timarchella in the wingless body, but as the author says nothing

about the state of the coxal eavities and places the genus near

Chrysomela, these parts are presumably open.

TIMARCHELLA BRAUNSI, sp. n.

Obscure sneous, opaque, the antenne and legs dark fulvous,

thorax coarsely punctured; elytra closely punctate-striate, the

interstice longitudinally convex.

Length 6 millim.

Head finely punctured, with an elongate triangular fovea, more

or less fulvous with zneous gloss ; antenne dark lous extending

to about the middle of the elytra : thorax transverse, convex, con-

stricted at the sides near the base nel toa less extent anter iorly, the

surface unevenly and coarsely punctured, with a broad but rather

obsolete depression at the base near the posterior angles, the lateral

margins slightly thickened ; elytra with twelve rows of closely

placed and distinct punctures, the interstices slightly ( 3) or

more strongly and interruptedly (Q ) convex ; below and the legs

fulvous.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Colony (Dr. Brauns).

I received both sexes from Dr. Brauns; the male organ is

slender, subcylindrical, and strongly pointed, with a longitudinal

sulcus above; in the female, the elytral interstices con short

elongate tubercles near the suture and the others are more

distinctly convex than in the male ; the general colour is a dull

270 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE Feb. 16

eeneous shaded to fulvous on the head and less distinctly so on

the thorax.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Lema ethiopica, p. 233. Fig. 7. Cryptocephalus o'neili, p. 248.

2. L. humeronotata, p. 234. 8. Miopristis o'neili, p. 236.

3. Cryptocephalus subconnectens, 9. Damia trifasciata, p. 240.

p. 243. 10. Colasposoma beiraense, p. 261.

4, C. sexplagiatus, p. 246. ll. Menius brevicornis, p. 251.

5. C. beiraensis, p. 244. 12. Hurydemus geniculatus, p. 250.

6. C. sheppardi, p. 242.

3. The Polycheta of the Maldive Archipelago from the

Collections made by J. Stanley Gardiner in 1899.

By Cyrin Crosstanp, B.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S., the Gatty

Laboratory, St. Andrews.

[ Received December 15, 1903. }

(Plates XVIII. & X1X.* and Text-figures 38-42.)

CHATOPTERID# and part of the Hunrcipa.

Norr.—It was at first intended to publish these results as part of Gardiner’s

‘Fauna and Geography of the Maldive Islands,’ as indicated by the references in my

paper on Phyllochetopterus from East Africa (P. Z. 5. 1903, vol. i. p. 169). Since,

however, it is now evident that a great simplification of the literature of the group

can be made by publishing the two accounts together, they will henceforth appear

under the one title shown at the head of Part ILI. of the East-African Polycheta

(cf. below, p. 287).

Genus CHATOPTERUS.

The species of this genus are difficult to determine on account

of the numerous very imperfect descriptions published and the

variability common apparently to all the Chetopteride. Only

the European species has been at all fully described (by Joyeux-

Laffuie). His revision of the species is for the above reason con-

fined to a consideration of the variations of the European form

and the conclusion that they all belong to one species, C. vario-

pedatus. Differences in the number of the segments comprised

in the three body-regions are given, but possible variations in

other respects, which from a consideration of the numerous exotic

species seb up may be important, are not worked out.

Marenzeller’s description (5) of a Chetopterus from Japan does

not figure in Joyeux-Laffuie’s literature list, nor does the latter

work out the differences in the sete and uncini of different parts

of the body as Marenzeller does for his species C. cautus. I have

followed Marenzeller’s method with C. variopedatus, and find that

his deseription of the setz of C’. cautus serves perfectly for those

of C. variopedatus, except that the uncini differ slightly in size, in

correspondence with the sizes of the worms (C. cautus is about

80 mm. long, C. variopedatus about 115), The numbers of the

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 286.

. : PZ.S.1904, voll. PIXVII.

C.Crossland del. 5. x70. Huth sc.etamp.

l2CHATOPTERUS LONGIMANUS.

37 PHYLLOCHA TOPTERUS ACC GUE GE EWU or

PZ.5.1904 voll PLXIX.

A) Dy

C.Crossland del. Huth sc.et imp.

a. Oia TOP TE RS LONE IPES.

oS PHMnOCh ALOR TE RUS CARINE RL,

S-ll HYALING CIA GAMIGUINA.

1904, | POLYCHATA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO, 271

teeth borne by the uncini differ slightly, but are also variable.

Uncini from the hind body of C. variopedatus which Marenzeller

examined bore 11 or 12 teeth, whereas in my specimens of the

same species the corresponding uncini, though larger, bear but

8 or 9, variation thus affecting not only the uncini of different

parapodia but those of entire individuals.

Slight differences in the form of the long sete are not a certain

distinction between species. Their broad ends are more properly

compared to leaves than to spear-heads, for they are thin and

flexible and would yield to, not pierce, the surface of the wall of

the tube. Their appearance may therefore be altered during

examination by pressure and bending.

Only well-marked differences in the sete are admissible there-

fore as a specific distinction, and Marenzeller’s C. cautws would be

regarded, so far as the description given is concerned, as a variety

of C. variopedatus but for its peculiar tube, which has three or

four narrow openings at either end, instead of the simple ending

of the tube of C. variopedatus. As this peculiarity was found in

the half-dozen or so specimens examined, I conclude that we have

here a true species whose tube only is as yet described.

Joyeux-Laffuie recognises the following exotic species :—

C. afer Quatref.

C. australis Ofe.

C. capensis Stimpson.

C. hamatus Schmarda.

C’. macropus Schm.

2 6. C. pergamentaceus Cuv.

| Described from tubes alone.

Marenzeller adds to these :—

7. C. appendiculatus Grube,

8. C. lutews Stimpson,

9. C. antarcticus Kbg.,

and remarks that 1, 3, and 4, and 2,5, and 8 are evidently the

same species, and that C. antarcticus = C. variopedatus, a fact

lately verified by Ehlers in the ‘ Magalhaensischen Sammelreise.’

De St. Joseph gives C. pergamentaceus as a synonym of C. vario-

pedatus*. American authors, however, continue to use the

former name.

We obtain thus a much shortened list as follows :—

1. C. afer-capensis-hamatus.

2. C. australis-luteus-macropus.

3. C. appendiculatus.

4. C. cautus.

5. C. variopedatus.

Apparently, in former days, zoologists considered a remote

locality a complete justification for describing a specimen as new

without any comparison of its structure with that of already

known species. For instance, Schmarda describes together

* A recent examination of a specimen from Woods Holl, Mass., U.S.A., gives

indications that this may be a distinct variety or species. See note on p. 276.

272 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE. [ Feb. 16,

C. hamatus and C. macropus without contrasting them in any

way, and, indeed, the parts he described in the one species he

altogether passed over in his description of the other, and vice

wersa. Such descriptions as are given by this author are so

obviously inexact, and ‘his figures without explanations so

unintelligible, that the whole can only be ignored. Nos. 1 and 2

are therefore struck off the above-given list.

This circumstantial evidence for the identity of the above-

named species with that of European seas has been completed by

my examination of a specimen, undoubtedly of the latter species,

from the Cape of Good Hope. I owe this opportunity to the

kindness of Prof. McIntosh.

Grube’s description of C. appendiculatus is exceedingly short

and without figures. The differences from C. variopedatus are

(1) only 8 parapodia in the first body-region ; (2) the uncini of

the tori of the first body-region “are armed with about 20 very

short denticles.” As Joyeux-Laffuie shows, C. variopedatus

sometimes has only 8 parapodia in the anterior region, and

“about twenty” teeth to the uncinus is too slender a distinction

for the creation of a new species. Whether or no C. appendi-

culatus is a synonym of C. variopedatus cannot at present be

stated.

We conclude, therefore, that the genus Chetopterus as at

present known contains four species, including the two new

species from Gardiner’s collection, distributed as follows :—

1. C. variopedatus. European seas, the Straits of Magellan,

the Antilles, North-American coasts, Cape of Good Hope.

. OC. cautus. South of Japan.

. C. longimanus. |

_ ©. longipes. f The Maldive Archipelago.

H G9 bo

In addition are many species partially described, which may

or may not be identical with C. variopedatus or may be as yet

unknown species. The former is the more likely explanation,

and in that case C. variopedatus has been recorded from almost

the whole of the Northern and Southern hemispheres.

CH#TOPTERUS LONGIMANUS, sp.n. (Plate XVIII. figs. 1, 2.)

With eleven “thoracic” parapodia, of which the 1st is longer

than the 2nd and \\th and nearly as long as the longest, the

9th. Hind body short, of about twenty segments. The sete of

the notopodia of this region have fleaible ends. Uncini large, dark

brown in colour, with few teeth.

Otherwise the species resembles C. variopedatus.

Locality. Suvadiva Atoll, the Maldive Archipelago, 30 fathoms.

Rough stony bottom.

The single specimen is a male, sperm-morule rendering the

hind body and its parapodia an opaque white. It is therefore

probably near to its full size, though its total length is but

76mm. The length is made up thus: A, 15 mm.; B, 24 mm. ;

1904.] POLYCH&ZTA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO, 273

C, 37 mm.* The size of the fore body, exclusive of the parapodia,

is nearly that of C. variopedatus, viz. 15 mm. x 11 mm., while

the total length of the latter species is about 115 mm.

The numbers of segments composing each region are 13, 5, and

22 respectively, the thirteen segments of A bearing eleven para-

podia t. The cephalic segments and their eyes and tentacles are

exactly as in C. variopedatus. The parapodia differ, however, in

being longer, and, as they are slender, their length is exaggerated

in appearance. In C. variopedatus the 1st is the shortest and

the 7th (sometimes the 6th) the longest, the 9th or last being a

httle longer than the Ist. In C. longimanus, on the other hand,

Text-fig. 38.

I. gm.m. Ie 5°-5m.m.

1.4-3m.m.

W. 5 m.m..

IV. 3 m.m.

2516)

Vil. 7m.m. IK.6 mm.

Vil. 6-7m.m.

XI. 5 m.m.

IK. 6-5 mm. rae

C. variopedatus. C. longimanus.

Diagrammatic representation of lengths of parapodia of the body-region A

in C. variopedatus and C. longimanus.

Roman numerals are the numbers of the feet whose lengths are given in mm.

The inner curved lines represent the outline of the side of the body, the outer

angulay lines the curves made by the tips of the parapodia. Five times the

natural size, but the whole length of each parapodium is not drawn, only its

excess over that of the shortest being represented by the horizontal lines.

the Ist is almost as long as the longest—the 9th, the 4th being

the shortest and the 11th slightly shorter than the 9th. This

difference between the two species may be shown graphically by

the diagrams of text-fig. 38.

» The first parapodium is thus longer than the last, which is

* T follow Joyeux-Laffuie in his definitions of the three body-regions which I

designate A, B, and C as being more convenient and better than writing their names

in full, and avoiding such terms as “ thoracic” and ‘‘ abdominal.”

+ This is possible in an extreme variation of C. variopedatus, but it is unlikely

that the only specimen found in this large collection should be such a rare

abnormality.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XVII: 18

274 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [Feb. 16,

never the case in C. variopedatus, a fact not alluded to by Joyeux-

Laffuie, though noted by Marenzeller for his C. cautus. The above

Text-fig. 39.

x 700.

Sete of hind body of notopodia: a, of C. longimanus,

6b & e, of C. variopedatus.

measurements are slightly larger by about 0°5 mm. each than

those given for C. cautus.

1904, | POLYCHETA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO, 275

The neuropodium of the last segment of A is a low straight

ridge, thus differing from the semicircular flap found in C. vario-

pedatus. Each extends about one-third across the body (as in

C. variopedatus), and its uncini are conspicuous by their brown

colour.

The parapodia of the regions B and C are exactly similar to

those of C’, variopedatus.

I have examined in detail the sete of C. variopedatus, but, im

preference to repeating what is there stated, refer to Maren-

zeller’s description, which applies equally well to C. variopedatus

and to C. cautus.

In C. longimanus the long sete of A correspond exactly to

those of C. variopedatus, which differ from those figured by

Marenzeller in C. cautus only in that the more slender-bladed

sete of the last notopodium are less bent at the junction of the

leaf-like expansion and the shaft. This difference, as explained

above, is probably accidental. Their shafts ave striated longi-

tudinally, and their thin expansions transversely by two sets of

fine lines, as described by Marenzeller and Schmarda.

The long sete of the hind body are more slender than those of

C. variopedatus, and whereas those of the latter terminate in a

definite, more or less blunt point, those of the former have slender

flexible prolongations as in text-fig. 39 (p. 274). Though at

first sight this flexible ending appears likely to be accidental, I

find it to be a constant distinction. It is figured clearly by

Sechmarda in both his C. macropus and CO. hamatus, though in

the text he describes the sete as hooked. This is not so, the

flexibility of the ending causing it usually to be bent im a

preparation.

In all three species these sete are of two kinds (a fact not

hitherto noted in C. variopedatus): the first sort, with blunt

proximal ends, extending from the body into the notopodium ; the

second, much thinner, with pointed proximal ends which overlap

the tips of the first kind, and extend into the very point of the

notopodium.

The strong sete of the fourth segment of A number 16 on each

side. They differ slightly in shape from those of C. variopedatus

(see Plate XVIII. fig. 1a, 6). In both species, however, these

sete differ among themselves. ‘Their number in my specimens of

C. variopedatus is from 18 to 20, while Joyeux-Laffuie gives 15

as the number most frequently met with*.

The variation of the uncini is as described by Marenzeller in

C’. cautus and as I have found it in C. variopedatus. In C. longi-

manus they are remarkably conspicuous owing to their dark

colour, except in the ventral halves of the neuropodia of C, where,

as In C’. variopedatus, they are invisible to the unaided eye *.

* Tt does not seem to have been noticed by earlier authors that the sete of para-

podium 4A are not merely strengthened but that shafts as wellas heads are flattened

in C. variopedatus, as also in C. longimanus and C. longipes.

+ In Joyeux-Laffuie’s monograph it is not stated that uncini occur in the neuro-

podium of the last segment of A. Marenzeller describes them in C. cautus and I

find them in C. variopedatus. In C. longimanus they are visible to the naked eye.

276 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [| Feb. 16,

The following table gives the sizes of the uncini in the four species

known * :—

C. variopedatus C. variopedatus

Crossland. Marenzeller.

ae AG ; |

: gi ea No. of Sse No. of

Position on body. ee free + he an free + |

; teeth. ee teeth. |

Be eee AAS ee Betees | (Us AU eer oe Yee CNS

( : » 4 |§ 711605 | usually 8, : re |

1. Last neuropodium of a 2 110-046 | sometimes 6 111 x 048 a |

| |

| 2. 1st neuropodium of B...) —......... liitat gaseaneks le, Sesegunsee «9.7 Mh ene

3. Lateral tori of C ......... 110X046 | 7 or 8 | *081°045 | a

'4, Ventral tori of C......... 08026 | 8 or 9 | °051°021 | ; is 5)

| 'Crarely 12

; ; C. cautus

| C. longimanus. || — C. longipes. é

Marenzeller.

pate No. of eeu INOMOL manus No. of

i Position on body. Sucan free} Bue te | free + | pean free +

j teeth. | teeth. | : teeth.

eS Sa | =

| 1. Last neuropodium of A.) *131X°06 | 6 or 7 || Absent. || (084:x "036 ee 7

Io, 1st neuropodium of B...| ‘11x:045 | 6 || 05-026] 4 ||-084x-036 aa :

| GTO era a i ere

| 3. Lateral tori of C rere) 9X 05 6 |) 046 x -024) 4 or 5 ||

| | | | :

|4. Ventral tori of C .........) °06X*025 | 7 or 8| 032X012) 7 | smaller i rarely

| | 9 or 10

The deep brown uncini of the last segment of A in C. longi-

manus are thus larger, and the remainder are as large as the

corresponding ones of C. variopedatus in spite of the smaller size

of the body of the former species. The numbers of the teeth are

smaller. In 4 of the table above their shape is the same for both

* In the only American specimen I have been able to examine, uncini of lateral

tori of C have 10-12 teeth, of ventral tori 15-18. Perhaps this species, C. perga-

mentaceus, may be shown to be distinct when more material is examined.

+ Following Marenzeller in leaving out of the reckoning the last rudimentary

tooth which may or may nct be developed.

Although the uncini of different individuals are variable (cf: my measurements

and those by Marenzeller), the variations are in all specimens of the four species im

the same direction, the sizes in all the coluinns getting smaller towards the bottom,

the numbers of the teeth greater. De St. Joseph, who examined only three speci-

mens, also gives an incomplete list of measurements of uncini, which measurements

are all slightly different from my own and those given by Marenzeller.

1904. ] POLYCILEDA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO. 200

species, but in 1 and 3 of the table the back of the uncinus is

more curved than in (. variopedatus (see Pl. XVIII. fig. 2), being

thus very like Marenzeller’s figure for that of C. cautus.

The tube of C. longimanus is exactly like that of C. vario-

pedatus in its material. Its shape &c. cannot be determined from

the fragment available.

CHATOPTERUS LONGIPES, sp. n. (Plate XIX. figs. 1, 2.)

Of small size. No neuropodium to the last parapodium of the

jirst body-region. Third body-region of few segments, which bear

large and peculiarly shaped notopodia.

Otherwise the species is like C. variopedatus in its main lines.

Locality. Fadiffolu, Maldive Archipelago, 15 fathoms. Bottom

of coral and stones.

The body-regions are made up as follows :-—

A. 3mm. x 2 mm. (exclusive of parapodia), with 9 parapodia,

the fourth pair of which bear stronger sete.

B. 4 mm. long, with wings, sucker, and 3 fans as usual.

C. 22 mm. long, with 9 parapodia.

The specimen is, for a Chetopterus, very small, being only

9-5 mm. long (exclusive of the last pair of notopodia, which add

about 1 mm.), and the shortness of the region C may be due to

immaturity.

Unfortunately the tube was not obtained.

The cephalic region is as in C. variopedatus.

The first and last parapodia of A are very short, being 0:5 and

0:75 millimetre long respectively, the first being thus shorter

Text-fig. 40.

Diagrammatic section of hind body of C. Jongipes, showing proportions

of the parapodia.

than the last, as in C. variopedatus. They increase regularly in

length up to the sixth, which is 2 millimetres long. The last has

no trace of a neuropodium, and there is no ridge-like rudiment

of the neuropodia of the preceding segments.

The notopodia of the region C are remarkable, They are very

278 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

long (up to 2°5 mm. anteriorly), narrow at their bases, and broad

distally. In correspondence with this the outer division of the

neuropodium is found on the body-wall, not on the basal part of

the notopodium as in the other species (text-fig. 40, p. 277). The

neuropodial cirri of C. variopedatus are not present in C. longipes.

The notopodia project vertically upwards, each in contact with

its fellow above the back, giving this region of the body a striking

appearance. ‘The first six are long, but posteriorly they become

short and directed in a line with the axis of the body. The ventral

halves of the neuropodia are as usual.

The setze of A resemble closely those of C. variopedatus, but

are fewer and stouter in proportion. Each notopodium contains

about 20, as against 60 in C. variopedatus. Their variations in

shape and stoutness, in correspondence with their positions, are

also as in this latter species. ‘The nine ventral setee of the fourth

notopodium of A are broadened, but remain of a light brown

colour. Their ends are of the usual shape, but they are all more

strongly striated and roughened than are those of C. variopedatus

or even of C. longimanus, in spite of their very much smaller size

(Pl xe tie, 2)

For the description of the uncini I refer to the table given

(p. 276) and to the figure 1, Pl. XTX., and its explanation,

PHYLLOCHHTOPTERUS ACICULIGERUS, sp. n. (Pl. X VIII. figs. 3-7.)

Definition.— Of large size. Gill-region of two (or three) segments

only. With eight strong sete in 4th foot, and numerous slender

sete in the conical notopodia of the third body-region.

Closely allied to P. major Clap.

The species is of large size for a member of this genus, being

7mm. broad. The greater part of the hind body is unfortunately

missing. It is thus, at any rate, as large as, if not larger than,

P. major Clap.

The head is, as usual in Cheetopterids, mainly formed by the

peristomium, besides which the prostomium, though distinct, is

insignificant. Fig. 3, Pl. XVIII., gives its shape and relation-

ships. I do not find eye-spots developed. The peristomial collar

is well developed, though low on the dorsal side, and the second

smaller pair of tentacles are seen to be continuous with it. The

long tentacles are lost. In all Phyllochetopterids they are very

readily thrown off, and special precautions are necessary to ensure

their preservation.

The region A is 11 millimetres long by 7 broad, including Ale

parapodia, of which there are nine pairs. They are longer and

more tapering than in the other species, more like those of the

same region in Chetopterus. The fourth notopodium contains

eight thickened sete of a brown colour, proximally strongly striated

but without other markings. This number is very remarkable,

P. gracilis being the only species formerly known which pos-

sesses more than one. No other species has more than three, or,

1904. | POLYCHEZTA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO, 279

abnormally, four. Their shape is shown in PI. XVIII. fig. 4, the

end being slightly hollowed out between the two points. The

sete of this region vary considerably in form and strength, The

figure (Pl. XVIII. fig. 5) shows the shapes found in the fifth and

in the last feet of this region. The majority are like “ a,” but in

the fifth foot are found dorsally a few of a more slender kind (6).

In the last foot most of the sete are more slender (c), and some

have narrow and slightly bent heads (d).

The region B consists of two * segments, both of which bear

the usual type of “ gill,” which are here proportionately small,

directed horizontally and outwards, and flattened against the dorsal

surface of the body (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6, not.). Each gill consists of

a dorsal part, bifid at the tip, and a more laterally placed mem-

branous triangular flap (Pl. X VIII. fig. 6, gill). The median half

of the bifid notopodium contains about 40 capillary setee which do

not project, this large number being unusual in the genus, The

whole gill is delicately membranous, and white in colour, in

contrast to the darker (in spirit) glandular and muscular portions

of the body. The neuropodial tori are very large and muscular

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 6, neawr.d.), and only in the case of the left neuro-

podium of the second segment does its characteristic division into

a dorsal and a ventral part occur. In this case the two parts

lie directly one above the other, as also throughout the region C

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 6, neurd. & neur.v.); cf. also P. gardinert

(Pl. XIX. fig. 5) and the other species of the genus.

In all the species of this genus the anterior part of the body is

very glandular, but not usually conspicuously so beyond the limits

of the region A. In this species, however, we have (1) glandular

ridges in front of the first gills (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6, gl.); (2) from

the centre of each semicircular neuropodial torus springs a long

glandular cirrus which arches over the back. The second segment

appears to be without these glandular appendages, which are, I

believe, unique in the genus.

Of the region C only twelve segments are present, but probably

they are very numerous, as in P. major. In all the species of

this genus this region is muscular only on the ventral surface.

Dorsally there is but a very delicate membrane between the large

cavity of the gut and the exterior, the region being thus of a dense

black colour dorsally and laterally, in consequence of the pigmen-

tation of the gut-walls. This very fragile dorsal surface is usually

ringed by narrow bands of muscle at each pair of parapodia, but

in this species these muscles are scarcely visible externally. The

very: small notopodia are conical, and contain about nine long,

bent sete (text-fig. 41, p. 280), the leaf-like ends of which project

* Asin P. major Clap. perhaps a third, gill-less, segment should be reckoned as

belonging to this region, but whether Claparéde’s contentions in favour of so doing

apply to P. aciculigerus I am unable to say, the worm being broken at this point.

The matter is of very small importance in any case, the parapodia of this third

segment being hike those of the region C in both species.

280 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

(Pl. XVIII. fig. 6 and text-fig. 41), the presence of this number

being a peculiarity shared only by P. claparedi. In all the other

species the notopodia of C are, as in P. gardineri, clavate papille

containing a single seta,

Text-fig. 41.

Side view of a notopodium of Phyllochetoplerus aciculigerus.

s=sete; m=muscle.

The neuropodia are of fair size, though much smaller than

those of the gill-bearing region. Their uncini are as shown in

PIG Xv ties 7,

Although the tube is unfortunately missing, the facts of the

large size of the worm and that but one specimen was collected

make it almost certain that it is straight and occurs singly.

Locality. Mamaduvari, South Mahlos Atoll, the Maldive Archi-

pelago. From the reef.

PHYLLOCHETOPTERUS GARDINERI, sp.n. (Plate XIX. figs. 3-7.)

This species is too closely related to P. eliott (P. Z. 8. 1903,

vol. i. p. 172) for a concise definition to be possible. It is readily

separable, however, by its much larger size.

The collection contains a single complete and _ beautifully

preserved specimen, but the tube is missing.

The species is of rather larger size than the majority of this

genus, measuring 2°5 mm. across the anterior body-region.

The head is of the same breadth, or nearly so, as the succeeding

segments, the peristomial collar being but shghtly developed.

The prostomium is large and bears two very distinct eye-spots

(Pl. XIX. fig. 3). The region A bears 15 stumpy dorsally-

directed parapodia. Their sete are like those of Chetopterus,

but their ends, as in the other species of Phyllochetopterus

examined by me, are thicker and more strongly striated. The

fourth notopodium contains three strong light brown setz, the

flattened shape of which (Pl. XIX. fig. 4 a) recalls that of the

corresponding sete in Chetopterus. These are straight, but some

of the ordinary slender sete of this parapodium are bent (Pl. XTX.

fig. 46). The majority of the sete of this region are of the usual

form, but the last segment carries some which are bent at the

head as shown in fig. 4c, Pl. XTX.

' The first three segments of the region B are muscular even

1904. ] POLYCHEZTA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO, 281

dorsally, but the remainder, like all those of the region C, are

very delicate dorsally, black, and annulated by the rings of muscle

which surround the body at each pair of parapodia, as mentioned

above.

This region consists of 24 segments. Its parapodia are pro-

portionally much larger than are those of the former species.

The gills are of the usual structure, the lower flap being large

and continuous with the ventral part of the neuropodial torus

(Pl. XIX. fig. 5, gill, v.neur.). The dorsal ramus of the noto-

podium contains six slender sete, with delicate club-shaped ends

which do not project.

In the first segment of this region the gill-flap is not develoned

nor 1s the neuropodial torus divided. In the remaining segments,

however, the dorsal part is small and placed in front of and below

the upper edge of the ventral part (Pl. XIX. figs. 5 & 6). The

uncini, as in the region C, are triangular, with very minute teeth,

which are, however, distinctly visible under a }-inch objective

(Pl. XIX. fig. 4 d).

The notopodia of the region C are small, projecting vertically

from the dorsal surface. Hach is a clavate papilla containing one

striated seta, the leaf-like head of which half projects (Pl. XIX.

fig. 7). The figure is of an optical section, showing the prolon-

gation of the celom round the seta, which is covered by the

delicate coelomic epithelium.

As in the case of the preceding species, its size and the fact

that but one specimen was collected indicate that it inhabits a

straight tube occurring singly.

Locality. Dredged off Minikoi Atoll, the Maldive Archipelago.

Genus HyALinacta.

HYALINGCIA CAMIGUINA Grube. (Plate XIX. figs. 8-11.)

This species, first described by Grube from Semper’s Philippine

collections, was dredged from the following localities in the

Maldives.

North Malé Atoll... 27 fath. Sand, shell, and rubble. 2 large specimens.

‘3 See eee SAO) rhs Broken shells. 2 smaller.

ss 55 ee 2OY as Dead coral and sponge

Sa Noland sees 30) og Hard. 5 large.

RUGS it, Let eererts B19 55 Hard sand. Numerous, small.

Kolumadulu......... Bi 5 Weed and sand. 2 large, 2 small.

WIENGES sadaccacosoo: | 20) a, Sand and rubble. 1 large.

TSANG edison ocbeedou SS Coral rubble. 1 large.

HWadiftoluy see... 22s; Weed, sand, and stones. 65 large.

Miladumadulu ...... PAS) op Be edt tao gts 1 large and 1 small.

The smallest tubes measure 3 cm, xX 0°15 em., the largest

4-5 em. x 0°25 cm. They are slightly curved and a little thinner

MR, CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

Text-fig. 42.

i\\

N\\\

ANN

Aut

A.—First (and modified) foot of Hyalincecia camiguina, shewing ringing,

modifications of setz and seta-sac, lip, &c. 59.

B.—A foot of Hyalinecia camiguina, from about the middle of the body.

x 6d :

1904, | POLYCHETA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO, 283

at that end to which the worm’s head is directed. Their resem-

blance to quills is increased by the presence of delicate membranous

rings inside at intervals.

Grube’s figures give the general appearance of the body, though

the peristomial segment is not, in these specimens, so incon-

spicuous, nor do the palps show themselves anteriorly below the

frontal tentacles. His figure of the dental apparatus is not quite

accurate, especially in the peculiar bending of the mandibular

forceps. The figure (Pl. XIX. fig. 8) gives their shape, which is.

that usual in this group. The darker shading indicates the

restriction of brown chitin to small portions, the main mass of

the plates being caleareous. The end-plates of the lower jaws are

in young specimens a regular oval, in the older notched as in

Pl. XIX. fig. 9, and later the two distal points become still more

prominent.

The modifications of the feet and setee are those typical of this

group and genus (see text-fig. 42), the only features characteristic

of the species being (a) the acicular setze, whose ends curiously

resemble a miniature machinist’s key ; (6) the comb-setz, whose

teeth are shortened and rounded as shown in fig. 10, Pl. XIX.

This appearance is not due to wear, being found invariably in all

the numerous combs of both anterior and posterior feet.

Pl. XIX. fig. 11 represents three of the special setz of the first

three parapodia. Only one of the three shows the characteristic

“incomplete articulation,” and hoods over the hooked points may

or may not be present.

The dorsal cirrus is well developed until the gill-region is

reached, when it somewhat suddenly decreases in size (cf. text-

fig. 42, A & B).

Genus ONUPHIS.

ONUPHIS HOLOBRANCHIATA Marenzeller *,

Three well-preserved but very small specimens (1 mm. wide)

were collected (1) by breaking up stones on the reef of Minikoi

Atoll; (2) from 5-7 fathoms in the southern part of the lagoon

of the same atoll; (3) dredged off Mahlos Atoll, from 23 fathoms,

bottom rubble and sand. This distribution, from shore to

20 fathoms, coincides with that found in Kast Africa.

The hind end of all the specimens is wanting, as is the case in

all others hitherto collected.

These specimens are now colourless, and so show the small

reddish eyes in the lateral position given by Marenzeller, which

are hidden by the general body pigmentation in the African

specimens.

The gills here begin on the first segment, as is normal in the

species.

* “ Stidjapanische Anneliden,” Denkschr. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, xli. (1879).

284 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

As in all previous collections the tube was not obtained, an

interesting fact seeing that the modifications for the tubicolous

habit are as well marked here as in any species of this group.

Tt is remarkable that this widely-ranging species, occurring as

it does between tide-marks and down to 23 fathoms, should be

absent from Semper’s Philippine and from the ‘Challenger’

collections. Since its collection in the south of Japan in 1876 L

find no mention of its occurrence until Gardiner brought it from

the Maldives in 1900 and I from East Africa in 1902,

~ Lately Prof. McIntosh has published an account of a form from

70-200 fathoms off the Canadian coasts, which he doubtfully

identifies with this species*, hinting that further researches may

prove its identity with O. grubei Marenz. and Nothria tenwisetis

MeL.

Genus LysIDIce.

LysIDICE COLLARIS Gr.

This very widely distributed form is here represented by only

two specimens, one from the reef of Manadu Atoll, the other

dredged from 25 fathoms, bottom hard rock, off 8. Nilandu Atoll.

Both specimens are of a fair size.

Ehlers remarks on the possibility that the Z. collaris of the

Indian Ocean may be the same as the Mediterranean species of

this genus. A comparison of all available Indian Ocean specimens $

with four European § of Lysidice ninetta shows that the species

are certainly very closely allied.

The proportions and form of the body are the same exactly,

viz. of nearly uniform diameter from the head onwards and flat

below, strongly arched above.

T am indebted to Prof. MeIntosh for the following description

of the colour of Z. ninetta when alive. It is strikingly like that

characteristic of the Indian Ocean form || :-—

‘Head is pale brownish, dappled with pale dots, the nuchal

border being rather darker. The first three segments are tinted

of a deeper brown hue than the rest of the body and dappled with

pale spots. The fourth segment is pale anteriorly, and this makes

a contrast with the preceding. In some the posterior border of

this segment is brownish and speckled with white dots, in others

it is white as is also half the succeeding (Hhlers). A specimen

trawled off Sark had only a white patch between the eyes instead

of the usual white belt on the 5th segment. The coloration

* Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xu. 1903, p. 152

+ ‘Challenger,’ vol. xii.

+ Viz. the above Maldiv an, five from East Africa, one brought from the Seychelles

by "Dr. E. P. Wright.

§ Two large specimens given to me by Prof. McIntosh and collected by him

between tide-marks in Guer nsey and two small ones purchased from Naples.

|| Crossland, “The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar,” LP. Z.S. 1903, vol. i. p. 169.

1904. ] POLYCHETA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO. 285

indicated (brownish with pale dots) stretches to the 20th or 25th

segment and fades into the general brownish iridescence of the

body.”

The prostomium is of characteristic shape and size in both, but

a constant difference is found in the median notch of its anterior

border, which is much less deep in LZ. ninetta. In that species

the short cone-shaped tentacles do not reach its anterior border,

while those of ZL. collaris which are more gently tapered extend

a little beyond it, and the characteristic crescentic or kidney-

shaped eyes of the Indian Ocean form are replaced by round or

oval ones in that of the Mediterranean and Channel.

The dental apparatus and especially the very characteristic

plates of the lower jaw form a striking feature common to both

species. The feet and setze also afford no distinction, as though

the articulated pieces of the compound setze appear a little longer

in the European form, this feature varies widely in specimens

from the Indian Ocean.

List oF LIreRATURE.

Genus Chetopterus.

(1) Scumarpa.—‘ Neue wirbellose Thiere.’ 1861.

(2) Jourparn.— Mem. de la Soc. nat. des Sci. nat. de Cherbourg,

xi. pp. 76-80 (1865).

(3) Lespks.—‘ Etude anatomique sur un Chétoptére ” (C. brevis).

Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) xv. 1874, Art. 14.

(4) GruBe.—Proc. Roy. Soc. 1874, p. 325.

GruBe.— Annulata Semperiana.” Mém. de lAcad. Imp.

de St. Pétersbourg, vile série, t. xxv. no. 8. -

(5) MareNnzELLER.—‘ Stidjapanische Anneliden.” Denkschr. d.

k. Akad. der Wissenschaften, Mathem.- naturwiss.

Classe, Bd. xli. (1879).

(6) JoyEux-Larrure.—‘ Monographie du Chétoptére.” Arch.

Zool. exp. et gén. 1890.

(7) Enters.—‘ Hamburger Magalhaensischen Sammelreise.’

(8) De Sr. Josepx.* Annélides Polychétés des Cotes de Dinard.”

Ann. Sci. Nat. 8° sér. t. xvil. (1894).

Genus Phyllochetopterus.

(1) Cuaparkpr.—‘ Annélides du Golfe de Naples.’ 1868.

(2) LANGERHANS.—“ Ueber einige Canarischen Anneliden.” Novy.

Act. der Leop.-Carol: Deutsche Akad., Bd. xliii. (1881).

(3) McInrosu.—‘ Challenger’ Reports, vol. xii. 1885, p. 374.

(4) Roune.—‘ Campagne du ‘Caudan’.” Ann. de ’Univ. de

Lyon, 1896.

(5) Lo Branco.—Ann. Pub. nel Golfo di Napoli. 1892.

286

i coro ID

CO Ne Coe OU

ON THE POLYCHETA OF THE MALDIVE ARCHIPELAGO. | Feb. 16,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

For lettering, see below.

Prats XVIII.

. Chetopterus longimanus (p. 272). Two of the thickened and flattened sete

of the 4th foot, showing the extreme forms met with in the same bundle.

x 70.

. Uncini (a) from inner half of neuropodial torus of C ; (6) from outer half of

the same; (c) from the neuropodial torus of last foot of A. All x 350.

. Phyilochetopterus aciculigerus (p. 278). Dorsal view of head and fore part

of body. The long tentacles are lost. X 10.

. The point of one of the acicula from the 4th foot. 70.

. Sete of the region A:—a & 5 from the 5th foot; ¢ & d from the last. 70.

ais the normal form in the 5th foot, but dorsally area few like 6. In the

last foot most are like c, others like d, and a few like a.

. The mid-body (region B) together with adjoining segments of A&C. X 10,

. An uncinus from the ventral division of the fifth neuropodium of C. 350.

Prate XIX.

. Chetopterus longipes (p. 277). Uncini from various feet :—a & b two

uncini situated near together on the first neuropodial torus of B; ¢ from

an outer and d@ from an inner torus of C. x 350.

. Strong setze from the 4th foot of A. x 70.

. Phyllochetopterus gardineri (p. 280). Dorsal view of head and anterior

segments. The specimen is a little contracted. 10.

Various sete :—a, from the 4th foot of A; 6,a bent seta from the same;

c, from the last foot of A; d, an uncinus from the first neuropodium of Bb.

a, 6, & ec, X 70; d, X 350.

. Drawing of an excised segment of the region B, as seen from in front,

showing parapodial gills, black gut, epithelium, &. X 10.

. Ventral view of three segments of mid-body, showing relative positions and

sizes of the parts of the neuropodia. 10.

. One of the clavate notopodia of the region C as seen in optical longitudinal

section. > 70.

. Hyalinecia camiguina (p. 281). Upper jaw-plates. The darker shading

represents brown chitin, the lighter calcareous matter. > 60.

. One of the lower jaw-plates of a larger specimen. 60.

. Group of four kinds of sete, from a parapodium near the hind end of the

worm. (The combs are often much more numerous.)

. Group of special sete in situ from the 2nd foot. X 320.

Explanation of the lettering.

cee.=ccelom.

d.cil.=dorsal ciliated groove.

g.=gut.

gill.=triangular membranous flap between the noto- and neuropodia.

gl.=glandular apparatus adjoining the gills.

m.=muscle.

neur.d.=

NeUr.v.=

not.=notopodium.

peri.=peristomial collar.

pro.=prostomium.

ppd.,=fourth parapodium.

s.=seta.

t.,.=second pair of tentacles.

2 dorsal and ventral parts of the neuropodia.

PZ.S.1904. vol. L PLAX.

Huth sc. et imp.

G.Crosslamd del.

1-5. BUINICE cA RES:

6.7, &. COCCINE:

PZS.1904,vol.]. PLXXL

Huth sc. at imp.

C.Crosslend del.

1-6.EUNICE TUBIFEX, full grown.

7,8, 4, TUBIPE XS youn: 9-272 UNDG A.

EZ. S 1904, voll PIPCae

ri)

Huth sc.et imp.

1-7 EUNICE ANTENNATA.. 8.9.E. SICILIENSIS.

C.Crossland del.

10, NICIDION GRAGILIS.

1904. |- ON THE MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 287

4. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Hast Africa,

from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years

1901 and 1902.—The Polycheta. Part III.* With

which is incorporated the Account of Stanley Gardiner’s

Collection made in the Maldive Archipelago in the

Year 1899. By Cyrm Crosstanp, B.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S.,

the Gatty Laboratory, St. Andrews.

[ Received December 15, 1903. |

(Plates XX.-XXIT.7 and Text-figures 43-66.)

Genus KuNICE.

The species fall into the following groups, of which A contains

the greater part of the genus :—

A. Generalised species with tentacles of moderate

length, jaws of normal form and constitution,

gills well developed in the adult, and setz of the

usual kinds. ;

a. Gills continue to hind end of the body.

1. Gills begin about feet 3 to 8, complex but

small in proportion to size of body.

a. Quadripartite prostomium, gills of up to

30 filaments, and characteristic sete... HZ. aphroditois, p. 288.

6. Bitid prostomium, gills of about 8 fila-

ments, and setz of quite general form. FH. grubei, p. 288.

2. Gills begin between feet 15 and 20, attain

to from 4 to 10 filaments anteriorly but

are simpler posteriorly. Sete of general

NOVHTT ss donne dondes ban Bd sugelbh Masao Rous Hae Hob uart meade ANANTH Rena Sarre

B. Gills occur only on the anterior third of the body.

1. Begin about 6th to 9th feet. Body-

fOrmycharacheristic), weceaac++seseaseeeeeece

B. Forming tubes of characteristic structure and

material, Otherwise very like members of

group A.

1. Compound set with sword-shaped articulated

pieces anteriorly, sickle-shaped posteriorly ... EH. tubifew, p. 303.

2. All compound sete of the latter form ............ LE. flovidana & HB. tibiana,

LE. conglomerans § & H. gunneri (= amphihelia, &c.).

(These are the remaining species of the group.)

C. With long tentacles, large gills beginning before

the 10th foot, three-hooked acicular seti, and

markedly asymmetrical jaws.

a. Head nearly as broad as the rest of the body,

tentacles deeply annulated, jaws strong

and chitinous.

1. Gills confined to anterior part of the

INXOYEby/ agape caspba gos nob oqnccousceyoadnebondacoose | Lan IDUMEARCIIA jh esl)

2. Gills continued to near anus ............... EH. antennata, p. 312.

EL. coccinea, p. 297.

* Wor Part I., see P. Z.S. 1903, vol. i. p. 169; Part IT., 1903, vol. ii. p. 129.

+ For explanation of the Plates, see p. 330.

£ It is not suggested that this grouping is necessarily of more than temporary

utility, but it is certain that in a natural system the larger groups cannot be

separated by one character alone, as has hitherto been attempted. Reasons for

laying less emphasis upon characters employed for the major divisions by earlier

workers are given among the notes on variation of the species described below.

§ These three species are from Ehlers’ ‘Florida Anneliden,’ 1887. #. con-

glomerans 1s very near to HL, tubifex, and is distinguished from all other Eunicids

by its compound sete.

@¢

288 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

3. Head small, tentacles smooth, iene delicate and

calcareous A cual .. HH. indica, p. 318.

The remaining species of this s group: are E. vittata*

EF. ornata }, BE. rubra ft.

D. Body of characteristic form, bearing gills of one

filament posteriorly ; jaw-apparatus highly

specialised. Comb and acicular setw absent ... I. siciliensis, p. 323.

In the absence of a complete account of H. schizo-

branchia Clp., this species (including F.

leucodon Khl. as a variety, see below) is the

only member of the division.

EK. Of generalised structure but gills absent.

Nicidion gracilis, sp. n.,

1. Jaw-apparatus of normal form ................. ‘ and others, p. 327

2. Jaw-apparatus somewhat resembling that of

LE. siciliensis .. N. edentulum Ehl., p. 826.

N. balfouriana Mel. (as E. 1) and W. brevis Eh. (loc.

cit.) are the remaining species certainly know n.

EunIcE APHRODITOIS Pallas.

Eunice uphroditois McIntosh, ‘Challenger,’ xu. p. 282; Gravier,

Nouv. Arch. du Mus. Paris, 1900, p. 224.

A single specimen, the posterior end of which is in process of

regeneration, from Goidu Reef, Maldives. The body is of very

nearly the same width throughout, viz. 2 em. inclusive of parapodia

and sete.

It should be noted that in spite of the large number of their

branches the gills are quite small, not covering any appreciable

part of the dorsal surface of the body. The articulated piece of

the compound setz has been nearly always lost, but when present

it bears two hooks, and, like the acicular seta, corresponds exactly

with MeIntosh’s figures from the Australian specimen obtained

by the ‘Challenger.’ The dorsal bundle of setz: corresponds with

Gravier’s account in the disproportionately small number and

the long slender points of the capillary setz, and in the number,

characteristic shape, and granular surface of the combs. Since

these two points were not given by McIntosh, and small variations

of the jaw-plates are not of systematic importance, the only

certain foundation for Gravier’s var. djiboutiensis is the third

very small tooth found between the longer two of the articulated

pieces of the compound and acicular sete. ‘This difference is

hardly sufficient to warrant the addition of a third name, especially

in view of the variation in the shape of these teeth noted in the

‘Challenger’ specimens.

EuNIcE GRUBEI Gravier.

Eunice grubei Gravier, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. de Paris, 1900,

p. 258.

Only three fragmentary specimens occur—two, small, 3 mm.

= HF. limosa Ehlers, Borstenwtirmer.

t adres PUES: Nat. Mus. xiv. 1891, p. 277.“ Annelids of N. Carolina.”

t Ehlers, « Blorida Amneliden.’ Results of dredging by U.S. Survey steamer

eC Blake,’ 1887.

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 289

wide, from 10 fathoms in Wasin Harbour, East Africa; and one,

larger, 6 mm. wide, dredged off N. Male Atoll, Maldives, from 35

fathoms, bottom sand.

This species is nearly related to the two following, but is readily

distinguished from /. afra by the early commencement of the gills,

and from #. coccinea by their persistence to the end of the body. |

The specimens correspond very closely and in detail with the

account given by Gravier.

The body is flat anteriorly, immediately behind the buccal seg-

ment, though arched dorsally behind. The shortness of the

segments immediately following the head is also a feature of note.

Jn the smaller specimens the annulation of the tentacles is not

so easily seen as in the larger. These also differ in the jaw-

apparatus, which in the younger are delicate and calcareous, in

the adult dark brown. The ends of the lower plates, however,

remain white, thus, as in their shape, exactly resembling those of

LE. flaccida.

The forms of the other plates call for no remark, and the

following are the formule of their teeth :—6—7 :6+4+8—8 and

5—5:74+7—9; the latter corresponding closely with that given

by Gravier.

The gills usually begin at the third foot, but in the two Kast-

African specimens rather later, viz. at the seventh or eighth.

It is impossible not to regard with great doubt the distinction

drawn by Gravier between this species and Grube’s Z. longicirris

from Suez. The annulation of the appendages varies in distinct-

ness in these specimens, in the largest of which it can be made

out in the anterior dorsal cirri as in Grube’s species. The length

of the tentacular cirri, which in Grube’s specimen reach to the

anterior border of the prostomium, may be abnormally great,

though in one of these the cirri reach well beyond the anterior

border of the buccal segment. When a complete specimen is

examined it is seen to be true for these, as for Grube’s example,

that most of the gills reach scarcely half the length of the dorsal

cirrus. The larger anterior ones anteriorly are of about the same

length, which, allowing for a reasonable amount of variation,

corresponds with both Grube’s and Gravier’s accounts.

However, the brevity of the latter gives enough uncertainty to

justify the creation of a new name for these specimens, until

Grube’s work can be verified and completed.

Eunick AFRA Peters. (Plate XX. figs. 1-5.)

Eunice collaris Grube, Annulata Semperiana; Gravier, Nouy.

Arch. du Mus. de Paris, 1900, p. 251.

Eunice perriert Gravier, loc. cit. p. 232.

Eunice mutabilis Gravier, loc. cit. p. 245.

For other synonymy see Ehlers, Nachr, zu Gott. 1897 *.

This species, among the least specialised of the genus, besides

* In a note on this species just received, Dr. A. Willey gives H. paupera Gy. as

yet another synonym.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XIX. 19

290 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

being of very wide geographical distribution, adapts itself to a

varied habitat.

In East Africa the specimens were collected as follows :—

Two large examples 280 mm. x 10 mm. over all, from the

interstices of coral, low spring-tide level, Chumbe Island,

Zanzibar Channel.

Nine, mostly of similar size, from the sand of Chuaka Bay,

Zanzibar.

One, 170 mm. x 4 mm., from muddy sand, lowest tide-level,

Prison Island, Zanzibar Channel.

One, incomplete but apparently originally of the same size,

dvedged from 10 fathoms, Wasin Harbour.

In the Maldives :—

Two of fair size and two smaller, with fragments, from the reef

at Hulule, Male Atoll.

Half a dozen small specimens and fragments of a larger from

breaking up stones on Minikoi reef, six fair-sized from the lagoon

sand, one from decaying beach-sandstone, and three dredged from

5-7 fathoms in the southern parts of the lagoon of the same

atoll.

Fragments, in some cases doubtfully identified, from Goidu reef,

off Mahlos Atoll, in 4 fathoms and 22 fathoms, the latter from

among Polytrema and stones; from 30 fathoms with a rough stony

bottom off Suvadiva; and on Minikoi reef specimens were found

in sand under boulders.

From Funafuti (collected by Gardiner) :—Two specimens, one

from the outer reef, the other from the mangrove-swamp.

From the Seychelles (collected by Dr. E. P. Wright, of Dublin,

in 1868. The specimens were kindly lent to me by Prof.

MeIntosh):—Two specimens of good size, 6 mm. and 4 mm.

wide.

The species is thus recorded from almost every part of the

Indo-Pacific area, from the Red Sea to the Philippines, and

occurs in almost every kind of habitat.

The examination of this large number leads to some modi-

fication of former accounts which were based on one or two

specimens only.

The colour of the living animals is somewhat variable, the round

or oval white spots and the collar on the fourth setigerous segment

(the origin of Grube’s name ‘“ collaris”) being often absent or but

partially and irregularly developed. The two specimens collected

together on Chumbe Island differ in this respect from each other,

and form the above arrangement which has hitherto been regarded

as specific. The ground-colour of both is a light yellow-brown,

interrupted in the one case by uniformly scattered minute white

dots alone, in the other irregular transverse blotches of white are

added. In neither is there any collar. The tentacles are banded

alternately with brown and white, and the feet &e. are white.

he specimen from Wasin is similar, but the white blotches are

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 29]

more clearly marked, and on (setigerous) segments three and four

entirely displace the brown pigment, thus forming a very con-

spicuous collar. An irregular, broad, longitudinal band extends

from the base of the median tentacle to the posterior border of

the first setigerous segment. The tentacles, nuchal and dorsal

cirri, feet, and ventral surface are white or nearly so.

The Chuaka specimens were described in my notes as having a

colour resembling that of cocoa, with small irregular marks of a

yellowish white. The tentacles are banded with white, and the

feet &e. are whitish as above.

The above contrast more or less markedly with the appearance

of the single smaller specimen from Prison Island. This had a

dark red-brown ground-colour, approaching that of chocolate,

which throws up vividly the white spots, which are here somewhat

Jarger and more definite in outline than in most specimens, and

the collar, which occupies segment five. The parapodia and their

appendages, the tentacles and the edges of the palps are yellowish

white. Gills bright red as usual. A white mark encircles the

base of the middle tentacle and thence extends to the back of the

prostomium.,

According to Peters, the original example of the species, like

those examined by Ehlers, was devoid of markings.

So far, then, from the collar being a principal distinction of this

species, it is more often absent than present *.

Jn all cases the colour dies out posteriorly or is retained only in

the intersegmental grooves.

In the Maldive specimens the pigmentation cannot be certainly

made out. A fragment of a specimen of this species has been

observed to emit a strong blue phosphorescence at night.

The general appearance and proportions of the body, which are

very approximately constant and fairly characteristic of the species,

have not yet been described in detail. The nearly cylindrical

anterior end is but slightly narrower than the broadest part of the

anterior half of the body, the position of which is from about the

eighth to the twelfth setigerous segmentsT. Further back still,

near its middle, the body expands again, becoming slightly broader

yet (see text-fig. 43, p. 292, and its explanation).

The segments immediately following the buccal are not markedly

longer than those composing the rest. of the anterior third of

the body (Pl. XX. figs. 1 & 2). The first four or five parapodia

are rather ventrally placed, so that a narrow, flat surface is

enclosed between them, and the body is strongly arched dorsally

(see side view of anterior end, Pl. XX. fig. 2 at about the twelfth

segment, the parapodia are ‘completely lateral, and the ventral

surface becomes more, the dorsal less arched. Further back still

both surfaces become nearly flat, the body sometimes being quite

* It is often absent also in Lysidice collaris, as noted above, and in Hunice

fasciata. Ehlers, Nachr. zu Gott. 1897.

+ In all cases “setigerous segment” is meant, a method of reckoning free from

ambiguity.

19*

292 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

ribbon-like throughout the posterior two-thirds of its length.

Text-fig. 43 represents sections of the body, drawn to scale and

illustrating these changes of shape.

Text-fig. 43.

Series of sections of the body of 2. afra, drawn to scale to illustrate the changes

of shape in passing from the anterior to the posterior end.

a. Section of buccal segment.

b » of fourth setigerous segment.

Cc. » at beginning of gill-region, 7. e. segment 22.

d », at the middle of the body.

e 5, about 2 inches before the anus.

Prepared from a good-sized specimen from Chuaka.

Gravier’s figure of the prostomium and anterior end of the

body is apparently from an abnormally contracted specimen. The

two lobes of the former always diverge more, the peristomium is

longer and less swollen, and the tentacular cirri do not take so

remarkably lateral a position (compare figs. 1, 2, & 3, Pl. XX.).

According to Grube’s tables * this species belongs to that sub-

division of the genus characterised by the possession of tentacles

devoid of jointing; but Gravier, while quoting this without

comment, figures indications of ringing. The fact is that though

in most specimens the tentacles appear smooth at first sight, more

or less ringing is sometimes quite obviousT and can always be made

out with care. The middle unpaired tentacle, which is from three

to four times the length of the prostomium, is considerably

longer than the other four, which are of about the same length.

Too great reliance on Grube’s tables in this matter and in the size

of the gills leads to the separation of these specimens into two

or three species, as was done by Gravier, the validity of whose

species will be considered later.

The jaws (text-fig. 44, p. 293) show no characteristic feature, and

* Grube, Mitth. tiber die Familie der Euniceen. :

+ Ine. g. two of the nine Chuaka specimens, and the Prison Island and Wasin

examples. It is clear too in one of those from the Seychelles, but not in the other.

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 293

further vary considerably in the numbers of the teeth they bear,

as evidenced by the following formule * :—

QO Ae Ged,

Oy Baie) (Geo,

(3) 225 6 eae

(Oy aR 8G)

(Oy Ca peat

The widely different formule (2) and (3) are both om the set

of specimens collected at Chuaka.

Text-fig. 44.

Jaws of #. afra, from a large specimen from Chuaka. In such every part is black

or dark brown, exeept a narrow border to the lower jaws. ‘The end-plates of

the lower jaws are partly calcareous. Contrast the same in a young specimen,

as shown in Pl. XX. fig. 4, and compare the latter with Pl. XX. fig. 7, which

represents these parts in H. coccinea.

The lower jaws bear oval caleareous end-plates whose cutting-

edges are almost always entire (Pl. XX. fig. 4 and its explanation).

The general shape of the various pieces, as shown by text-fig. 44,

is constant.

The feet are well developed throughout the body, and all bear

gills except the first fifteen to twenty and those of the last few

reduced segments. These attain their maximum development

only in the anterior third of the branchiferous region, where, in the

Maldivan specimens, they are composed of the usual numbers of

* See Grube, loc. cit. p. 19.

294 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

filaments, viz. four to six. In the larger specimens from East

Africa the number may rise as high as ten, though in no case are

the gills large enough to meet over the back. Posteriorly, over the

greater part of the body the gills, though remaining of nearly

the same length, are simpler, being usually composed of two or

three filaments only.

In the very small specimens from the Maldives the gills are

proportionately small, their degree of development depending

roughly upon the size of the worm. Thus the smallest, which is

incomplete and but 1 mm. broad, has only two pairs of gills

of three filaments, the others anteriorly being of two and pos-

teriorly of only one. Those of 2 mm. broad have gills of three or

two filaments anteriorly and of one posteriorly, while two of the

four which are 3 mm. broad attain to gills of four filaments in the

anterior part of the body.

The remaining Maldivan specimens are too uniform to afford

further evidence of this dependence. 'The following table describes

those from East Africa :—

Locality of | Breadth of |Commencement| Maximum no. Reduced |

specimen. | specimen. of the gills. of filaments. | posteriorly to |

——+ = |

Seement no. | |

| Chumbe 2... 10 mm. 20 8 — |

| |

| | | |

Pres SN aoe Nee | ss 22 10 SY

la@huallvayeee cee | 3 | 19—21 7—8 6

| | |

| j |

Seychelles... 6 mm. WY | 8 4—3 |

OUEST | cara 4mm. 8 | 5 2

Prison Island | 4 mm. | 15 | 4 3—1

There is here seen to be variation between specimens of the same

size, though, on the whole, gill complexity is correlated with increase

of the size of the body, a conclusion corroborated by a comparison

of the earlier descriptions of this species. The second Seychelles

specimen is distinctly abnormal in the early commencement of the

gills, but this may be connected with the fact that whereas in other

specimens these attain their full size three or four segments after

their commencement, in this case the increase is more gradual.

This variation is a great deal wider than is that commented

upon by Ehlers when comparing certain specimens from Kast

Africa with these originally named by Peters*. To explain the

fact that some specimens have gills of four filaments while others

attain to six, he propounds the theory that the species is sexually

dimorphic in respect to its gills. It is easy to imagine @ priort

reasons for such a dimorphism, but so far as this account 1s

concerned the grounds for the assertion are of the slightest, and I.

* Phlers, Nachr. zu Gétt. 1897.

1904. ] MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 295

am assured by Prof. McIntosh that the case of HL. norvegica

adduced as a parallel is quite unproved. The collection of nine

specimens together, all of which have large gills, makes the theory

so unlikely that it has not been thought worth while to resort to

microscopic examination to determine that all are of the female

sex. The correlation of gill-complexity with body size noted above,

mentioned by Gravier for his Z. perriert and common to most

species of the genus, affords a sufficient explanation without the

need of any special theory.

The compound sets vary in the shape of the articulated pieces,

which may be almost that of an equilateral triangle or, as is more

usual, somewhat elongated. Text-fig. 45 gives the extremes of

this variation.

Text-fig. 45.

See

x 350

The extremes of forms of the compound setx of FH. afira, from specunens from

Funafuti and from Hulule, Male Atoll. x 350.

It is well known that differences in the shape are usual between

the setee of anterior and of posterior feet, but such extremes as are

here figured are never met with on the same worm. Of ZH. afra

nine specimens were specially examined in this respect. Of these

two showed a distinct difference in the breadth of the end piece

of the compound sete of anterior and posterior feet, in the other

seven no variation in those of the same individual was noticeable.

We have to deal with a second variation of a distinct kind, between

individuals rather than between the metameric parts of the same

worm. Of fifteen specimens examined in detail, eight have sete

which approximate to the elongated type, four those which are

296 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

broad, two are rather less elongated, and one is somewhat less

broad. The acicular sete project more or less and so are subject

to wear in use, as a result of which the hooks and guard are not

often found perfect (when they correspond exactly with Gravier’s

figure) but usually more or less damaged, The larger and posterior

hook being the most exposed is seen to wear away the faster, so

that in many cases where attrition has gone furthest, the remnants

of both hooks are of nearly the same size, the whole then

resembling Gravier’s figure of this seta in #. mutabilis.

A consideration of the range of variability set forth above

enables us to estimate the grounds for regarding Gravier’s

two species, mutabilis and perrieri, as synonymous with afra Peters

(collaris Grube).

The former (J. c. p. 245) differs from the examples regarded as

typical in its uniform pigmentation, the position of the eyes, and

the complexity of the gills.

The eyes are placed on the swollen bases of the median pair of

tentacles, a condition found frequently in these specimens of

E. afra (Pl. XX. fig. 5). (From Gravier’s text and an exami-

nation of the present examples, it is evident that this appearance

is exaggerated in the fig. /. c. pl. xiil. fig. 71.)

The gills are unusually complex for a specimen of this size, but

agree in size and distribution with the above. ‘The setz figured

for E. mutabilis differ slightly from those given for /. collaris

(cf. figs. on pp. 247 & 253 1. ¢.), but, as explained above, such

variations are common in this as in other species of the Eunicide.

The jaw-apparatus calls for no remark, its formula bemg 4—4:

44+3—5. In his description of the buccal segment of both

E. mutabilis and E. perriert, but not in that of #. collaris (= afra),

Gravier mentions a projecting lobe laterally, which is present also

in all the specimens here dealt with and seems rather characteristic

of the species. For its appearance and proportions see the side

view of the head figured, Pl. XX. fig. 2.

As regards the supposed new species #. perriert, the arrangement

of the pigment in a mosaic so frequently met with is sometimes

artificial and due to the wrinkling of the skin, and a similar color-

ation of the tentacles (the distal part being uniformly pigmented,

not banded) is common, though not the rule.

The groove behind the middle tentacle, described here but not

mentioned in the cases of H. mutabilis or £. collaris, and figured by

Gravier on pl. xii. fig. 58, is more or less distinct in all the present

specimens. Often its sides are raised into distinct lips, which form

the white streak described above in the case of the Prison Island

specimen (see Pl. XX. fig. 5). The more ventral position of the

first few feet has already been remarked upon. The gills in large

specimens with their twenty filaments are much more complex

than any hitherto met with in East Africa or the Maldives. The

differences between the descriptions and figures (J. ¢. p. 234) of

sete given for /. collaris and H. perrieri are very trifling, even

more so than in the case of H. mutabilis.

1904. ] MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 297

KUNICE CoccINEA Grube. (Plate XX. figs. 6, 7.)

Eunice coccinea, Grube, Annulata Semperiana, p. 153, Taf. ix.

ime Ite

The facts that this species is one of those with few salient cha-

racteristics and is already recorded from the Philippines, Singapore,

and Kast Africa, make it probable that a still wider distribution

could be given were its synonymy fully worked out. Grube hints

at this in comparing his species with #. gwildingi Baird and

E. punctulata Gr. Orsd., both West Indian forms, the descriptions

of which, however, are too hasty to be of use. Much weight is

laid on the size of the gills, which is here, as in all other species,

found to be very variable. The proportions of the body and

distribution of the gills offer the most marked distinctions between

this species and #. afra, the pigmentation (as seen in spirit-

specimens), prostomium and tentacles, structure of gills and sete

being almost identical in both. The parapodia differ in being

smaller, especially posteriorly, and the dorsal cirri are better

developed in the anterior part of the body.

Full-grown specimens are of nearly the same size as those of

#. afra, but with a much greater bulk anteriorly though having

less behind. The following list * gives the sizes of the specimens

from the several localities in the Maldives :—

(1) Nairfaru, Fadiffolu Atoll, reef: one specimen incomplete,

11 mm. broad, and a fragment.

(2) Hulule, Male Atoll, reef: one specimen, 210 x7 mm. ; also

a fragment.

(3) Off South Nilandu, from 24 fathoms: one, incomplete,

7 mm. broad.

(4) Off Hulule, Male Atoll, from reef and sand-flats: one small

incomplete specimen, 3°5 mm. broad.

Fragments were also found in sand under boulders on Minikoi

reef,

The East African specimens, none of which attain to the size

reached by those from the Maldives and Seychelles, were collected

as follows :—

(1) Prison Island, Zanzibar Harbour, at low tide; two fair-

sized specimens, 7 mm. broad (at maximum).

(2) Ditto, in 3 fathoms off the north end of the island; one

specimen, 4 mm. broad.

(3) Kokotoni Harbour, Zanzibar, 5 fathoms; a very small

specimen, 2°3 mm. broad.

(4) Zanzibar Channel near its northern end, 10-15 fathoms ;

one specimen, 6 mm. broad.

(5) Mombasa Harbour, at low tide; two specimens, 4 mm.

(6) Wasin Harbour, 10 fathoms; one specimen, 4:5 mm.

(7) Seven large specimens collected by Dr. E. P. Wright in

the Seychelles in 1868.

* See also the table on p. 294.

298 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

The species is thus seen to be widely distributed, but usually

few in numbers.

The largest specimen shows an interesting abnormality of the

right nuchal cirrus, by which the structure of the first foot is

almost reproduced. If the supposition that nuchal or tentacular

cirri are the remnants of reduced parapodia be correct, it is not

surprising that variations should occur in which the ventral as

well as the dorsal cirrus is retained. Text-figure 46 gives a

comparison between this abnormality (a) and the structure of

the first foot (6), which is here, as in most species, somewhat

reduced,

Text-fig. 46.

AIG

Abnormal nuchal cirrus (a) and first foot (4) of a specimen of H. coccinea.

The very characteristic colour of the animal during life is sub-

ject toa small amount of variation. It approaches that described

as typical by Grube most closely in the specimens from Mombasa.

In one of these, which is in process of regenerating the head and

anterior segments, only traces of the colour remain, while in the

other it is but a little lighter now than in life. The head and

anterior part of the body, a little beyond the last rudimentary

gill, are of a brilliant red, of a tint between that of blood and

polished copper, the ventral surface being similar but lighter.

This colour spreads over tentacles, nuchal cirri, and feet, but the

gills and dorsal cirri, with the exception of the first few, are now

white, and nearly all colour dies out posteriorly. The sixth

setigerous segment is white, and a few similar transverse marks

occur behind this. In the posterior two-thirds of the gill-region

every segment has a white spot in the middle line and one ou

each side just above the foot.

This corresponds with Grube’s account, and, curiously enough,

especially exactly with that of his East African specimen. The

appearance in life * may, however, be altered by the presence of a

brilliant iridescent green colour covering the head, tentacles, and

nuchal cirri. The bases and tips of the latter are, however, white,

as are the dorsal cirri, though the longer anterior ones are banded

with green. The gills, though as usual red, have a greenish

tinge over this. The ground-colour of this specimen, now a dull

* This coloration was noted from the living specimen dredged off Prison Island.

The green pigment remains visible in two other African specimens and the brown

pigment and white dots in the remainder.

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 299

brown, was a dark coppery red plentifully besprinkled with lighter

dots.

Grube lays some stress upon the permanence of the colour of

his Z. coccinea in spirit, but this depends upon so many factors,

such.as exposure to light, condition of the spirit and even the

presence of other specimens in it, that great variation in this

respect is inevitable.

In only one of the Maldivan examples is seen the white collar

on setigerous segment number 3 which is usual in those from

East Africa. The pigmentation, which has now become brown as

in the above, is interrupted by more or less distinct white spots,

and the skin is covered by a close network of wrinkles giving the

mosaic appearance found in several species.

Text-fig. 47.

A series of sections of the body of H. coccinea, to show proportions in different

parts. From the largest Maldivan specimen. X 2.

a. Through second setigerous segment.

b. 3 middle of gill-region.

Gs sn the point where gills decrease in size. .

d. - any part of the posterior two-thirds.

The form of the body is a characteristic contrast to H. afra, e. g.

the body rapidly enlarges behind the head, becoming very bulky

in the branchiferous region and then slender again behind this.

The ventral surface is flattened, and may become concave in the

middle line, but the body is highly arched dorsally throughout

its length, the nearly cylindrical posterior portion having very

small parapodia. The sections figured (text-fig. 47) show the

usual proportions of the body in different parts, which are also

illustrated by fig. 6, Pl. XX. In some cases the body is flatter

anteriorly, but never so posteriorly.

The pro- and peristomia and their appendages vary widely in

appearance and proportions, not only on account of accidental

contractions but also varying with the size of the specimen, being

better developed in the smaller specimens from East Africa than

in the large ones collected from the Maldives and Seychelles.

The outlines given (text-fig. 48, a & 6, p. 300) are from specimens

which illustrate the extremes found in this respect. That the pro-

portions seen in fig. @ are not quite exceptional is shown by the

seven large Seychelles specimens, among which they are frequently

found together with conditions intermediate between this and

tig. b.

300 MR, CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

Compare also the shaded and outline figures of heads of #. afra

in Pl. XX. figs. 1 & 3.

Text-fig. 48.

se b.

Outlines of the heads of two specimens of H. coccinea.

a, Of the largest specimen, from Fadiffolu, Maldives.

6, A large, but not extreme specimen from Hulule, Male Atoll.

The tentacles are always ringed more or less distinctly distally

and sometimes for their whole length.

The upper jaw-plates exactly resemble those of #. afra both in

their shape and in the numbers of the teeth they bear, as shown

e. g. by the formula 5—4:6+44—9. The end-plates of the lower

jaws are, however, characteristically different, even on a first

inspection, being black and nearly round. When magnified they

show the peculiar markings given by Pl. XX. fig. 7. In some cases

a certain amount of white calcareous matter is developed here, in

others none at all, but in no case is a large calcareous end-plate

formed as in /. afra (text-fig. 49, p. 301). The double line at

the anterior border of the end-plates (marked cale. and chit.) give

the maximum development of calcareous matter. Seealso Pl. XX.

fig. 7, which represents the ends of the lower jaws of a younger

specimen and shows the characteristic concentric brown bands.

As mentioned above, the parapodia are proportionately small

even anteriorly, while shortly after the end of the gill-region

(which extends over the anterior fifth of the body, or thereabouts

they are so reduced as to project scarcely at all (see Pl. XX. fig. 6 -

and text-fig. 50 (p. 301)).

At the same time the dorsal cirri, which are long and thick

anteriorly, become mere slender little points. The ventral cirrus,

which though short and thick is finger-shaped in the first three

or four feet, becomes the usual secretory pad through the

branchiterous region, at the end of which it becomes cirriform

again, though only about half the size of the small dorsal cirrus.

Compare the 33rd and 50th feet in text-fig. 50 (p. 301).

In the smaller African specimens the gills begin at the 6th foot

in all but one specimen, where the first is on the 5th. In the

large examples from the Maldives and Seychelles the 9th foot is

more usually the first branchiferous. The number of full-sized

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR, 301

Text-fig. 49.

Upper and lower jaw-apparatus of H. coccinea.

Text-fig. 50.

The 33rd and 50th feet of H. coccinea,

302 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

gills varies between 24 in small examples and 110 in larger.

Though large, these gills do not normally cover the back, a con-

siderable bare space remaining in the middle except in two cases,

one from the Maldives and one from East Africa, where those of

either side mingle in the mid-dorsalline. The maximum number

of filaments varies between 6 in small to 17 in the larger, though

the single, very small specimen from Kokotoni has but three.

Posteriorly we find a very variable number of small and even

quite rudimentary gills composed of from three to one filament,

there being 12 or 15 in small specimens and about 50 in others,

their number again varying roughly with the size of the specimen,

See the figure of the whole worm (Pl. XX. fig. 6).

Text-fig. 51.

Sete of H. coccinea.

a, b, f, X 350; ¢, d, e, X 70.

a & b. Compound setz from 10th and 50th feet respectively.

ce. Aciculum (one of three) from 10th foot.

d. The single aciculum from the 50th foot.

e. Acicular hooked seta from the same foot.

f. A comb seta (the teeth are less distinct in nature than in this figure).

The setee are of the same type as those of H. afra described

above, viz. bent capillaries, triangular ending combs with very

fine teeth, and hooked compound setie. Of these latter, specimens

1904.]

MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR.

taken from anterior

posterior.

feet differ

303

somewhat from those from

Compare «@ and 6 in text-fig. 51, p. 302, which are from

the 50th and the 10th foot respectively of the same specimen.

The anterior feet may contain three acicula, some of which end in

peculiarly elongated points (text-fig. 51, c).

thicker aciculum (d@) accompanies a slender but black acicular seta

which ends distally in two small hooks.

markedly from posterior feet.

The subjoined table gives the principal variations observed in

the specimens from the Maldives and Seychelles.

Posteriorly a single

These latter project

}

aes Seale | terme eile Followed by | Maximum | Tener Length | How far

s eae aad a tae ee rudimentary | no. of | of pro- of these

EN Ver POnseee Mos.) | gills. | filaments. |stomium. tentacles.| jointed.

| | |

Hulule Male 2) "e- | = - ae: mun | mm. -|Over whole |

/ {— —4. Qs o

(dredged) $/| eee et) us | 2 length.

S. Nilandu —xX7 5—50 15 Lg 10 | ditto.

Hulule Male) 5 aR , ie 2) he Omiiy

(ject) } | 2tox7 | 6-60 | ~ 138 WW : 3 eis

| |

| | |

Fadiffolu ...... — X11 9—129 | about 50 13 | og 3 | Wrinkled |

| only.

Seychelles ......| «95 Always | about 50 10—17 2 3 or 4 | Distally

up to 11.| begin at 9 | according jointed.

and extend | | to size of

to 80-100. specimen.

EUNICE TUBIFEX, sp.n. (Plate X XI. figs. 1-8.)

One of the five = species which make stiff leathery tubes with

lateral openings. This is distinguished from all other species of

the genus except HL. depressa Schm.$ by the possession of both the

kinds of compound setz found in the family, viz. those with knite-

shaped and those with hooked sickle-shaped end-pieces. The

former occur in the anterior feet, then for a short distance both

together, and finally for the greater part of the body’s length the

ordinary ‘ Sichelborsten” occur alone.

The worms were first collected through the kindness of Capt.

Agnew, R.N.R., who allowed me to accompany the Zanzibar

Government Steamer when engaged in putting fresh chains to

the buoys which mark the southern approaches to Zanzibar. The

tubes, which are a foot or more long by about three-eighths of an

inch in diameter, were found attached singly to the chains, from

which they projected horizontally. All were overgrown with

hydroids, polyzoa, and aleyonarians, which, with the organisms

collected from the under surface of the buoys themselves, formed

% This is one of the specimens in which the gills overlap across the back. The

gills are not abnormally complex.

i The tentacles are abnormally slender distally and may have been injured.

+ See second note on page 308.

§ See first note on page 308.

304 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

a most important addition to my collection, since several species

of all these groups were here met with for the first time. Some

time later I came across specimens of this species at low spring-

tide on the west shore of Puopo Islet, Kokotoni Harbour,

Zanzibar. Here the tubes were attached at their bases to the

flat rock, and were stiff enough to stand vertically upright even

when the water had left them. Tubes were also dredged in

Wasin Harbour, whence also come three much younger speci-

mens, which show important differences from the full-grown ones

previously collected.

The openings of the tubes are arranged more or less alternately

on either side as in /#. tibiana Ehl., but are less numerous and

the tubes are straighter. The basal part of the tube is very like

the fragment figured by Ehlers (/. c. Taf. 22. fig. 1), which shows

well their character istic texture and surface. Although the tube-

wall is not thicker than ordinary brown paper and is free from

foreign material, it is perfectly opaque and so tough and elastic

that the tubes are cut or torn open with some difficulty.

The colour of the animal in life is uniformly blood-red, except

towards the hind end, where the body becomes blackish.

The head is broad and the peristomial segment, as usual,

cylindrical (Pl. X XI. fig. 1), but immediately behind this the body

flattens ventrally, and a little later dorsally also, becoming in

section a narrow rectangle. A slight increase in breadth takes

place for a centimetre or two behind the head, after which the

body is parallel-sided for the greater part of its ‘length, becoming

narrower and more cylindrical towards the tail. ‘The diagram.

matic sections explain these changes (text-fig. 52). The sesments

are very short throughout, though the six following the ea are

longer than the rest (see fig. 1 Bl yexoxct);

Text-fig. 52,

ah b. C. d

eo,

xe,

Diagrammatic sections of body of HL. tubifew, sp. n.

a. Just behind buccal segment.

b. In region of glandular feet, 7. e. about 24th segment.

c. In the branchial region.

d. Near hind end of body.

The prostomium (Pl. XXI. fig. 1) is short and broad, deeply

notched in front and covered by the anterior edge of the buccal

segment behind. The short and thick tentacles are indistinctly

ringed and have each a small thickened basal portion. The

middle one is about twice as long as the prostomium, the next

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 305

pair but very little shorter, while the outer are but half this length.

The median pair is inserted at the same level as the middle

tentacle, but at some distance laterally from it and close to the

outer pair, the insertion of which is more anterior. Immediately

beneath these last are the small but distinct eyes. The first

ring of the peristomium is of moderate length, the second very

short, and the nuchal cirri are small and smooth.

The jaw-apparatus is very powerful (text-fig. 53, p. 306), con-

sisting of thick black plates sparingly bosdered “with white matter.

The end- -plates of the lower Jaws axe small and but partially calca-

reous, being marked by dark chitinous rings, as shown in the

figure (text-fig. 53, B, p. 306). The upper plates are of the usual

for m, the great dentals being broad and bearing sharp closely-set

teeth. The formula is 6—7 :7+2—9; the small number of teeth

on the second left crescentic plate is due to its being toothless

over the greater part of its cutting-edge, a condition found less

prominently in many species, e. g. H. afra. Outside all are two

paragnaths on either side, the anterior and inner pair bearing one

triangular tooth each, the posteri lor being mere elongated chitinous

bands.

The feet project but little, though the setz stand out pro-

minently. The dorsal cirri are fair ly long, projecting well beyond

the sete, except in the first three feet and those near the hind

end of the body. The ventral cirri are highly modified, forming

secretory pads, in somewhat the same way as in Diopatra. The

first is thick and finger-shaped, but they rapidly become still

thicker until the twelfth is a conical knob as large as the setigerous

portion of the foot. The breadth continuing to increase dorso-

ventrally, at the 24th foot it is nearly three times as wide

as this. Since these pads are broader than the feet, they are

pressed together fair ly closely, forming an almost continuous “band

down the sides of this region of the “hese as shown in PI. X XT.

fio. 4. Ventrally they end in a free flap, dorsally in a little

point, the remnant of the true cirrus. The figures of the feet

(text-fig. 54, p. 307) explain the changes of form and arrangement

of these organs. The lower border and inner angle of the padsare

extremely vascular, and, at about the 120th foot, these surfaces

contain a close network of blood-vessels. Posteriorly, at the point

where the gills become conspicuous, the pads gradually decrease in

length, and when the former attain their full size about segment

120, fie latter become rapidly smaller, and for the rest of th body

beyond segment 130 are merely little conical points. One lip of

the seta-sac is pointed and projects a little beyond the other, which

is rounded,

The gills begin at foot 35 as a small papilla and do not become

at all conspicuous until about the 70th foot, where they consist of

two filaments somewhat larger than the dorsal cirrus. From this

point they increase uniformly, until, at the 120th foot, five long

filaments are found arising from a short rachis, a condition ond

seems to last to near the anus (Pl. X XT. EBs. 1, 2, & 3).

Proc. Zoou. Sec.—1904, Vou. I. No. XX. 20

MR. CYRIL GROSSLAND ON THE

Text-fig. 53.

UNIT TY

BE. tubifer.

A.—Upper jaw-plates of an adult specimen.

B.—Lower jaw-plates of the same.

Both X 18.

| Feb. 16

1904. ] MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 307

The sete are, anteriorly at least, in dense well projecting

bundles (Pl. X XI. fig. 5), and of characteristic strength, form,

and colour. The majority of each kind are of a yellow colour,

and have a more markedly granular surface than even those of

FE. aphroditois, and all except the combs are strongly striated.

These last are about as numerous as the capillaries posteriorly,

and thus, as in form, recall those of 4. aphroditois.

Tex

Feet of an adult specimen of E. tubifex.

The lower right-hand figure represents one from near the hind end of the body.

Both capillary and compound set are thick and strong, and

the former are shorter than usual, recalling those of Diopatra.

The acicula ave two or three in number anteriorly, but further

back only one, accompanied by one or two, more rarely three,

acicular sete. The former are densely black except at their

points, which are bevelled and slightly bent (Pl. X_XT. figs. 5 and

20*

308 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,.

8, ¢); the latter are yellow, more or less sharply bent towards

their end, which is two-hooked and normally covered by a guard

(Pl. XXI. fig. 6, a). The compound sete are of two kinds. In

the anterior feet are found setee whose end-pieces are knife-shaped

(Pl. XXI. fig. 6, 6). At about the 130th segment (at which point

the ventral cirrus has changed from a broad secretory pad to a.

conical form) those with two-hooked ends appear and shortly

thereafter are the only kind occurring. Groups of setee in which

all these forms occur are shown in Pl. X XT. figs. 5 & 6, ae.

Plate X XI. fig. 5 shows the setz of the 100th foot of an adult-

specimen, in which numerous combs, dark-coloured bordered and

striated capillary, and both kinds of compound setee are present.

Posteriorly the combs remain equally numerous while the number

of the other kinds decreases, and the knife-shaped compound sete

disappear and are replaced by the hooked form. One of these is

shown enlarged in Pl. X XT. fig. 6 (ce), while 6 and d show the knife-

ended form and combs. @ is one of the two-hooked acicular setz

from the tail-region of an adult, showing merely the remnant of

the broken guard. In all these setze the granulation of the surface

is well shown. As, however, this and the deep yellow colour are

not present in freshly formed sete, but only in those which have

been in use some time, | am inclined to believe the appearance

due to an accidental coating of a rust-coloured deposit which is

found inside the tubes, especially posteriorly, and on the bodies

of the worms.

This difference in the sete of anterior and posterior feet is quite

distinctive of this among all the species of the genus *. Another

member of the same group, 4. conglomerans Whi. (loc. cit. p. 93),

also shows a difference in the compound sete of anterior and

posterior feet; but those of the former, stead of being ‘“ Sibel-

borsten,” show an interesting intermediate stage between the two

forms (loc. cit. pl. 24. fig. 4). In examining the end-pieces of the

compound setee of Hunice indica, which are characterised by the

prolongation of the guard toa point beyond the hooks (see fig. 12, ¢,

Pl. XX1.), one is struck by the resemblance of the outline of the

whole to that of one of the ‘‘Sibelborsten ” so commonly found in

the species of Marphysa. The fusion of the hooks with the guard

and the strengthening of the latter in #. indica would form a

typical knife-like end-piece. In /. conglomerans this fusion and

strengthening have partially taken place, but the lack of a point

to the guard obscures the likeness in outline.

Of the four + other members of this group, Hunice conglomerans

* Except EH. depressa (Schmarda, Neue wirbellose Thiere, p. 127), the description

of which is so slight as to be practically useless. Grube (Mitth. tiber die Fam. der

Euniceen) gives the species as a Marphysa, upon what evidence except its possession

of these “ Sabelborsten ” is not known. Marphysa fallax is the only other Eunicid

in which these two kinds of sete occur in one worm, and Hunice impera Grube

(Annulata Semperiana) and FH. jeffreysii McIntosh (Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol. xii. 1903) are the only other species of Mwnice in which “ Sibelborsten ” occur.

* Roule (Comptes Rendus, tom. exxvi. p. 1167) includes Hunice amphihelie,

FE. floridana, and E. philocoraltia all under H. gunneri Storm, thus reducing the

eroup to four members in all.

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 309

shows a close relationship in other respects besides the compound

sete considered above. The general form of the body, insertion

and length of the tentacles, late commencement of the gills, form

of the ventral cirri, and details of the sete other than those men-

tioned above, are all points in which this species differs from both

H. tibiana and EL. floridana and approaches 1. tubifex. At the same

time the difference between the two species in all these characters

is perfectly distinct.

The smaller specimens are not at once recognisable as belonging

to the same species, striking and interesting differences occurring

between them and the full-grown examples,

Two of the fragments aon sist of a head and fifty segments each,

measuring 35 mm. in length by 4 mm. in breadth, the third of a

head and 35 segments measuring 13 mm. in length and 2°5 mm.

in breadth.

Fragments of two tubes were dredged with the above-named

specimens, and these differ from those of adults in being soft

and translucent. The proportions of the body, head and its

appendages are as above, though the sides of the body are not

so vertical because the secretory pecs are much less developed.

These are in proportion about one-third the size to which they

attain in the full-grown specimen, remaining conical in shape

and being without the free lappet ventrally. Their maximum

lev elopment i is shown in the figure of the 30th foot (text-fig. 55).

Thirtieth foot of a young specimen of H. tubifex, to show maximum

development of the secretory pad. 18.

The jaws of the larger of these fragments are in shape and pro-

portion like those described above, but the numbers of the teeth

are somewhat smaller, as shown by their formula 4—4: 84+2-—8.

Jn the smallest of all a great difference in the appearance of the

whole is brought about by a further lessening of the number of

teeth and by the delicate translucent brown material of the plates.

Fig. 7, Pl. XXI., represents this apparatus, and a comparison of

this with text-fig. 53, A (page 306), shows that in other respects

the jaws of young and full-grown examples are alike.

310 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

In this smallest specimen the gills begin at foot 21, and the

thirteen pairs present consist of one or two filaments, which

are only as long as the dorsal cirrus ; in the two larger specimens

they begin at feet 15 and 17 and Cong: of three or four longer

filaments attached to a short rachis as in the adult. Appar ently

in correlation with the early appearance of the gills, the knife-

ended compound setz are confined to a few of the anterior segments.

In the smallest example a single hooked seta is present in the

eighth foot and by the twelfth has replaced all but two of the

former kind, though one knife-ended seta still exists in the twentieth

foot. In the larger fragments hooked sete appear at about

the eighteenth seement, and a few knife sete continue in

decreasing numbers for about twelve segments more, after which

only the former are present. The ordinary sete are all nearly

colourless, and in the smallest specimen the acicula and acicular

sete are of a light brown tint. In the smallest the acicular sete

begin at the ceecenuh foot, in the larger at the thirtieth as against

the eightieth in those full-grown. Fig. 8, Pl. XXI., shows these

sete, } and © the two ade of compound, aand d two shapes of

the acicular sete, and e the aciculum. Contrast Pl. X XI. fig. 6.

The character of the tube-fragments found and the state of the

ventral cirri show that the modifications for the tubicolous mode

of life are not yet completed, and among these are to be reckoned

the later appearance of the gills and of the change in the sete.

The long row of rudiments of gills in front of those which are of

a functionally useful size in the adult are doubtless ve estiges of the

anterior gills of the young which atrophy when the worm attains

its full size and enters upon its peculiar tubicolous mode of life.

It is interesting to note that here, as in the case of Hunice indica,

structural immaturity is no bar to sexual ripeness, since one of

these fragments is loaded with large eggs.

The empty tubes, described by Whitelegge as resembling those

of LH. tibiana, brought from Fur rafuti, most probably belonged to

this species, and are evidence of its wide distribution through the

Indo-Pacific area.

Eunice mMurrAYI Mcl.

FE. murrayi McIntosh, ‘ Challenger’ Reports, vol. xii. p. 288,

pl. xxxix. figs. ( & 8, pl. xx. figs. 19 & 20.

Two large specimens, 6 mm. broad over all, from among coral

at lowest tide-level, Pungutiayu Islet, East Africa; two others,

very little smaller, from 10 fathoms in Wasin Harbour; one minute

specimen, incomplete, dredged from 2 or 3 fathoms in Chuaka Bay,

Island of Zanzibar.

From the Maldives are two large specimens from the reefs at

Hulule, Male Atoll, and Goidu Atoll.

Speaking roughly, the species is like Hunice antennata, but with

the gills confined to the anterior segments, the other differences

bemwecn the two species, though occurring in every part, being

inconspicuous. But in mode of life and appearance when alive,

the species is distinct from all others. The two specimens from

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 311

Pungutiayu were found inhabiting tubes made of comparatively

large fragments of shell and pebbles attached lengthwise to the

underside of a stone. This mode of tube- building is common

among e.g. the Terebellide *, but forms a contrast to the more

or less free tubes of most tubicolous Eunicidee. The apparent

absence of tubes in the case of dredged specimens is not surprising

in view of its lack in such a worm as Onuphis holobranchiata.

The ground-colour of the body is greenish, like that of verdigris,

in tint, mottled with light brown. The tentacles, nuchal and

dorsal cirri are annulated, the former being quite moniliform and

the constrictions are emphasised by lines of chocolate-red. The

large gills are blood-red.

These specimens correspond i in all details with the single example

dredged by the ‘Challenger’ in 18 fathoms off the Cape of Good

Hope, except that at first it seemed that the latter had fewer teeth

on its jaw-plates and differed in the distribution of its gills. These

differences are, however, accounted for by an examination of the

variation of the specimens before us.

The formula for the teeth given by the ‘Challenger’ Report,

viz. 5—6: 546—9, is different to that of the majority of these

specimens, which varyabout 6—7: 6+ 8—12, but is very near that

of one specimen, 5—6: 548—10. The largest number of teeth

found on the great dental plates is seven on each.

In these specimens the gills begin on the third foot, with one

Seep, where the first branchiferous is the fourth foot. In that

of the ‘Challenger’ they begin on the fifth or sixth. However, a

state approximate to this latter is found in three of the six speci-

mens, whose first two, three, or four gills are very short simple

filaments, mere vestiges of those found on the corresponding feet

in the remaining three specimens. The last gill-bearing foot is

usually about the forty-fifth, but may be between the twenty-

ninth and fifty-fifth in specimens of approximately the same size.

The maximum number of filaments found is twelve, and the gills

may or may not meet over the back.

Prof. McIntosh’s figures of the Cape specimen correspond

exactly with the parts they represent in these specimens also. As

he notes, the tentacles should be longer, as in #. antennata. Also

the trifid ends of the acicular sete are normally covered by a guard

in the usual way.

A résumé of the remaining differences between this species and

the two succeeding may be useful to future workers.

The form of the body is as in #. antennata, and though some-

what flatter anteriorly, is equally highly arched dorsally behind.

The prostomium and its appendages form another likeness, but the

tentacles are more distinctly moniliform than in the majority ot

specimens of H. antennata. The strength and size of the dental

apparatus, the shape ot its plates (especially the lower ormandibular)

and the numbers of the teeth they bear, are so closely alike in this

* Tt is possible of course that the worms were inhabiting the tube of a Terebellid

temporarily, but not likely that_two such tubes should have been left vacant and

occupied by the same species of Eunicid at the same time and place.

2 , MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

species and /. antennata that these structures afford no certain

means for their separation.

The size and distribution of the gills form a striking likeness

to H. indica.

The setze ave like those of #. indica in the bent, bluntly pointed

sermination of the acicula, absence of a third hook to the compound

setze of posterior feet, and the presence of three or even five of

the trifid acicular sete in each foot. But the guard of the

compound sete is not produced toa point beyond the hooks in the

way which is so characteristic of #. indica.

The young specimen, less than | mm. broad, referred to above

is but doubtfully identified as of this species. The prostomium is

quite undivided in front, but the tentacles are very deeply an-

nulated. Simple gills, as long as the dorsal cirri, occur on feet 6

to 10 only. The sete are of the antennata type.

A very nearly allied species is described by Ehlers (Florida

Anneliden), named #. xubra by Grube (Annulata Oerstediana).

The jaws, however, are delicate plates and the acicular seta is some-

times bidentate.

EUNICE ANTENNATA Sav. (Plate XXII. figs. 1-7.)

Eunice antennata Ehlers, Ostafricanische Borstenwurmer,

Nachr. Ges. Gott. 1897.

E. flaccida Grube, Anneliden des Rothen Meeves, Monatsb. d.

k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1869; Gravier, Nouv. Arch. du Muséum de

Paris, 1900.

E. torresiensis Mcl., ‘Challenger’ Reports, xii. p. 270.

E. elseyt Baird, McI. tom. cit. p. 286.

*KE, naucibranchiata Grube.

The identity of this common species with Grube’s #. flaccida is

vendered certain by the full description of specimens from the

same locality by Gravier. Although Ehlers does not give reasons

for his identification of the specimens from Zanzibar which he

examined with Savigny’s #. antennata from the Gulf of Suez, it

is evident that he is dealing with the same species again, so that

the circumstantial evidence for the identity of the two amounts

to a practical certainty. Savigny’s description taken by itself is

hardly sufficient, as he does not describe the setee nor the jaw-

plates with enough care. The figures of the head, feet and gills,

and general body-form can, however, hardly be surpassed.

The abundance of large specimens of this species in Hast Africa

forms a contrast with its comparative rarity in the Maldives,

whence only two full-grown specimens were obtained. This

difference is probably connected with the habitat (which, for the

African specimens, is given below), and it is conceivable that a

dwarf variety has been evolved in the latter locality. In Ehren-

* T owe the discovery of this synonym to the examination of a specimen lately lent

to me by Prof. McIntosh, which was labelled by Prof. Grube himself and recorded

from the Bass Straits. See note on FE. bassensis, page 318.

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 313

berg’s collection from the Red Sea but one fragment occurred, in

Gravier’s three specimens, all small, while only one specimen is

contained in the collections made by Semper in the Philippines.

The worm presents distinct variations in correspondence with

its habitat. The five largest specimens, measuring 100 mm. by

5 or 6 inclusive of the feet, were obtained by digging in the beach

of clean and rather coarse sand, just below the British Agency at

Zanzibar, which appeared to be habitable to them and to Diopatra

neapolitana alone. These were of a pink or flesh-colour with

sparsely scattered specks of brown pigment. Many specimens cf

all sizes up to that given above were found on the shore, and

dredged from among sponge and Alcyonaria &e., at a depth of

10 fathoms in Wasin Harbour. Of these some were similarly

coloured, but in many others the brown pigment was more or less

uniformly developed, so that the body was of a metallic brown with

white spots, of which one in the middle of each segment dorsally

was especially prominent. The gills were white even in life, but

this loss of colour may have been accidental owing to the de-

oxidation of the water in which they were kept before examination.

At low spring-tide level im Chuaka Bay the worm is very

common, living in the dense tufts of Halimeda which are

so abundant there, and in the cavities of sponges. All have

Text-fig. 56.

A. antennata, m the act of swimming.

developed more or less green tint, in some only about the head,

but in the majority the whole body is of a fine dark green colour

harmonising well with that of the Halimeda. None of the

specimens found here attain to the size of those from the sand at

Zanzibar, the largest of these measuring 80 mm. x 4. When

disturbed the worms swim by coiling the body in the way shown

in text-fig. 56, the coil passing down to the tail and being then

formed afresh at the head, a peculiar mode of motion also

314 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

observed in the Wasin specimens. On taking hold of the worm it

wrigeles violently, and if not promptly liberated into the collecting-

jar the free end breaks away and is lost among the seaweed.

Though it is necessary thus to use care and deftness in handling

the living specimens, the worm does not undergo autotomy when

dropped into spirit or corrosive sublimate solution, as would be the

case with e.g. some Nemertines. It seems very probable that both

colour and the possession of this faculty are protective, though

opportunity was lacking of testing this experimentally.

This variety appears to be sufficiently distinct to merit a name,

i. antennata var. viridis.

A fragment of a large specimen was collected on the shore near

Mombasa, concerning which, however, I have no notes.

The Maldivan specimens were collected as follows :—

One complete specimen, 65 mm. x 3 mm., from 5-7 fathoms

in the lagoon of Minikoi Atoll, a fragment of a rather smaller

specimen from 7—9 fathoms at the northern side of the same lagoon,

and a third from breaking up stones on the reef.

The remaining numerous specimens are very small, but one or

two millimetres in breadth.

Off Mahlos Atoll, from 23 fathoms, bottom of sand, stone, and

weed, one small specimen 2°5 mm. broad.

Off Fadiffolu, from 12 fathoms, bottom hard sand and sponge,

two small fragments.

Off North Male, two small fragments from 27 fathoms and one

from 20 fathoms, bottom broken shells and rubble.

From the reef at Hulule, Male Atoll, eight complete specimens

about 2 mm. wide.

Small specimens seem to be widely distributed in the Archi-

pelago and to be of varied habitat.

It would hardly be possible to re-identify this species as that

collected by Ehrenberg in the Red Sea, were it not that Gravier

(1. ¢. p. 255) in his examination of Polycheeta from the same locality

vedescribes it in a thorough manner, mentioning some of its

important variations. As in both cases the specimens examined

were very small, in spite of their sexual maturity, the presence in

these collections of numerous large examples enables me to

supplement Gravier’s account in some particulars.

In the first place, the form described by him as typical in having,

like Grube’s, smooth tentacular and dorsal cirri is exceptional, these

appendages being generally distinctly annulated and occasionally

quite moniliform. Of fifty African specimens of all sizes ex-

amined with special detail, 36 per cent. had these appendages

very distinctly ringed, as in both those from the Maldives and in

Savigny’s species. In none of these specimens have I seen the

peculiar prolongations of the eyes embracing the base of the middle

paired tentacles as figured by Gravier. The eye-spots are of a

characteristic form, like that of the half-moon.

The form of the body is characteristic, being almost cylindrica]

anteriorly, and though flattened posteriorly remains more or less

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 315

highly arched on its dorsal surface throughout (see text-fig. 57):

the long segments bear well projecting feet t distinctly separated

from one another, though many of the small Maldivan specimens

form an exception in this respect.

The prostomiuim, at least in adult specimens, is broad and usually

deeply notched in front in 72 per cent. of the specimens (compare

the figures 1 & 2, Pl. XXIT.), in contradistinction to the allied

species, H. indica (Pl. XXI. fig. 9). The palps are, in 46 per

cent. of those examined, grooved diagonally below, as shown in

Pl. XXII. fig. 3, and in a few cases so deeply as to make the

prostomium quadvripartite when seen from above, as in Kinberg’s

division of the genus. Ee which for this reason is roe

recognised in the preceding table of species. ;

Text-fie, 57

eas

Sections of body of H. antennata.

Sect f body of H. ant t

a. Through buccal segment. | 6. Position of largest gills.

Hind part of body remains as 6.

From a large specimen of var. viridis. 5.

Text-fig. 58.

Upper jaw-plates of H. antennata, a large specimen. 23.

The buecal and succeeding segments are nearly as thick as the

broadest in the body (PI. XXII. fig. 1), an important and constant

character of the species.

The jaw-apparatus in my specimens does not agree well with

316 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

Gravier’s figure, and as that of Savigny is not very intelligible, I

append a representation of it im text-fig. 58, p. 315, and fig. 4,

Pl. XXII. The most striking feature is the strong development

of the left unpaired lateral, which hes alongside the great dental

in a way which recalls the arrangement of these parts in the

Onuphidine. This arrangement, carried still further, is found,

however, in several species of the genus, e. g. H. indica. The

following are some formule of the teeth, which form a contrast to

the larger numbers found in /#. indica :-—

Resi) Meee. val) eer ed 18

Bey Hol 2 Bacall i ND Gi Dae eo)

In large specimens the plates are strongly made, dark brown

thr oughout, and but spar ingly bordered with white matter, except

the end- -pieces of the lower jaws, which are purely calcareous.

Even in small specimens, in which the lower plates are white

throughout, the chitin is well developed over the whole of the

upper, so that in all cases a marked contrast exists between these

and the feeble, almost completely calcareous plates of 4. andica.

There are no differences between the great dental plates of either

side which could amount to the ‘dissymmetrie frappante” described

by Gravier (/.¢. p. 257), whose description and figure recall rather

these parts in J. indica (see p. 320). As usual in “most species, the

left plate bears slightly fewer teeth, of which the uppermost is

better developed than that on the right, but this is all. The

maxillary forceps are very strong and broad, and in the older

specimens bear a ridge dorsally near their points, as indicated in

text-fig. 58 (p. 315).

Ido not find the two projections of the dorsal cirrus in the

anterior feet which Gravier describes.

The setee agree well with Gravier’s figures. All are smooth and

of a light acllonre The compound sobre show no, or but little,

Text-fig. 59.

K3sm

Two acicular sete of #. antennata in their natural relative positions.

Compare the shapes of their hooks.

striation, and the acicula are not black, though striated longi-

tudinally. There is, however, no joint in the acicular sete, which

are mvariably three- hooked, of a br ight yellow colour, and generally

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 317

considerably bent (text-fig. 59, p.316). In the posterior feet this

tendency to the addition of a third small hook often makes itself

apparent in the ordinary compound setee also, and even the acicula

are sometimes bifid at their extremity, though the form of the

projections they bear is not such that they could rightly be

described as hooked, Pl. XXII. figs. 5 & 6. (Compare the species

described below, and also £. elseyi, Baird, ‘Challenger’ Report,

ln PlecxiAn tos.) AY a5) Gs)

There are two acicula throughout, and only one or two acicular

sete posteriorly (cf. #. indica, where there may be as many as

four).

The gills are well developed, very regular in form, and of stiff

consistency, the name “flaccida” being equally a misnomer

whether applied to them or to the body of any of these specimens,

large or small. They vary in length and complication to some

extent independently of the size of the worm, but never quite

cover the back. The first appears with great regularity on the

6th foot, only in 16 per cent. being on the 5th, and only one case

each on the 3rd, 4th, and 7th. The largest gills, which may be

composed of 15 filaments, are only found anteriorly from the 7th

to-the 20th foot in small specimens, or as far asthe 40th in large.

Text-fig. 60.

Three feet of H. antennata (a small specimen of var. viridis), showing the pro-

portions of the gills in anterior, middle, and posterior parts of the body.

From this point to one approximately the same distance from the

tail a variable amount of reduction takes place, after which, in the

hinder third of the body, the gills again become large (see figure

of hind end of body, Pl. XXII. fig. 7 and text-fig. 60), though

never equal to those of the anterior end*. The reduction in the

middle region may be sufficient to cause a striking difference in the

appearance of the animal, or, in large specimens, be not apparent

until a close examination is made. In a few specimens the gills

are reduced to single filaments, or even disappear altogether in the

* A similar phenomenon is noted in the case of H. formesiensis by McIntosh:

‘Challenger,’ xi. p. 271.

318 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

middle region, reappearing as combs of three or more filaments

poster iorly. In very young specimens, 1 mm. or so wide, the gills

are all small and simple and not developed at all posteriorly. It

is thus sometimes difficult to determine a specimen of this species

whose posterior part 1s missing, but generally the distinct annu-

lations of the tentacles, and the breadth and deep notch of the

prostomium, form a sufficient distinction from the allied 1. indica.

This enlargement of the gills at the ends of the body is

evidently connected with the habits of the worm, by which the

head and tail, especially the former, are more frequently brought

into contact with the fresher water outside the burrow.

The relationships of this species to those next following are

shown in the table on p. 287. It is also nearly related to, if

not synonymous with, #. terresiensis Mel. (loc. cit. p. 270), with

which it agrees in every particular, except that in the latter, though

the jaw-apparatus is of quite similar form, the numbers of the teeth

are smaller, and the gills in all his specimens begin at the fourth

foot. These variations are not important, and by the inclusion

of these specimens the range of the species is extended to the

Torres Straits. The species which McIntosh doubtfully identifies

with #. elseyi Baird (loc. cit. p. 286) from the Arafura Sea, Noyth

Australia, agrees in every detail except the shape of the mandi-

bular or lower jaw-plates, which are here remarkably short i

proportion to the length of the upper. In the head and its

appendages, feet, setze, gills, and their distribution the species are

identical.

Similarly the fragment named by McIntosh Z. basseisis (loc. cit.

p. 298) has features peculiar to #. flaccida in its large posterior

gills, annulated anal and dorsal cirri, and golden thr ee-hooked

acicular sete. An extension of range ‘to include the Bass Straits

cannot, however, be held proven until better evidence than that

afforded by a single fragment can be adduced (but see note at

‘bottom of page 312 which gives the required corroboration).

EUNICE INDICA Kbg. (Plate X XI. figs. 9-12.)

Eunice congesta Mayrenzeller, “ Siidjapanische Anneliden,”

Denkschr. Akad. Wien, xli. 1879, p. 134.

This species, first recorded by Kinberg from Banks’ Strait *,

and later by Grube from the Philippines, Marenzeller from the

south of Japan, and Gravier from the Red Sea, is represented in

these collections by more numerous and larger specimens than in

any of the above mentioned. The largest measures 75 mm. x

4mm., and is one of the five of nearly equal size collected from

among sponges we. at low spring-tide level in Chuaka Bay. From

the western side of Zanzibar come two specimens, one nearly as

large as the large Chuaka Bay example and one smaller, while

* According to McIntosh, Joc. cit. Presumably Straits of Banca to the west of

Sumatra are meant, not the Banks’ Strait off the Canadian north-west.

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 319

Wasin Harbour yielded seven, of which four are quite small

(1 mm. or so broad) and the rest intermediate im size between

these and the specimens from Zanzibar.

In the Maldives six very small incomplete specimens (measuring

15 mm. in breadth) were dredged from 30 fathoms off Suvadiva

Atoll from a rough stony bottom. These are interesting im that

they ave sexually mature in spite of their size and the undeveloped

state of their gills, of which the largest consist of three or four

filaments and do not by any means cover the back. Three of

these specimens are distended with large ova and three with

sperm. é

Four, | mm. wide, from 20 fathoms off North Mahlos Atoll,

with small gills and an abu ndance of Sie brown pigment.

Another, still smaller and with gills of only two filaments, was

dvedged in the northern part of Minikoi lagoon from 7—9 fathoms

of water, and two very small fragments were dredged off Mahlos

from 23 fathoms, bottom sand, stone, and weeds, and off Fadiffolu,

12 fathoms, bottom hard sand and sponge

The form of the body is, as usual, characteristic, and notably

different from that of #. antennata and #£. murrayi in the smallness

of the prostomium and narrowness of the buccal and first two

Sections of body of #. indica.

a. Through buccal or succeeding two or three segments.

6. Middle of gill-region.

c. At ¢ length of body.

‘rom a full-sized specimen ; the smaller ones are rounder.

K I 3

abranchiterous segments. The only cylindrical portion of the

body being thus inconspicuous, the whole appears flattened. The

broadest and flattest part of the body is not far behind the

head, near the begmning of the branchiferous region. These

proportions are shown in Pl. XXII. fig. 9 and text-fig. 61, which

represent the condition of a preserved specimen*. It was noted

at the time of killing that the slender anterior end is especially

contractile in this species.

As regards colour, notes made from the living animals give the

following variations:—A fair-sized specimen from Chuaka was

* Tn comparing these figures with that given by Gravier (7. ¢. pl. xiii. fig. 70), i

must be borne in mind that ver y small specimens such as the one he examined are

tar less contractile on Jallng than are the adults.

320 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 16,

nearly colourless but for the red gills and blood-vessels and,

posteriorly, the gut. Others, including specimens from Wasin

Harbour, of nearly the same size, were of a light brown colour

anteriorly, somewhat darker in the intersegmental grooves, but

nearly all the preserved specimens are now practically colourless.

One specimen shows mottling of brown pigment anteriorly as far

back as the middle of the gill-region.

The prostomium is normally somewhat conical in shape, with a

very small notch in its anterior border, though it is deeply grooved

below (Pl. X XI. figs. 9 & 10 and text-fig. 62, 6). In two out of the

ten large African specimens specially examined it was, however,

as broad distally as at its base, and in two others, as in one of the

Heads of three specimens of EH. indica, two of which (@ and e) are of

abnormal shape.

The figure shows also variations in the peristomium and in the thickness of

the tentacles.

small Maldivan examples, its margin was quite entire. Compare

the drawings in text-fig. 62. The eyes are large and of the form

of a rounded triangle. The tentacles in all examples are quite

smooth, without trace of ringing. The smooth tentacular cirri are

remarkably long, extending usually beyond the anterior border

of the buccal segment, and in some cases even to the front of the

prostomium. These proportions are shown in text-fig. 62 and in

PIOOXGE fig. 9:

The jaw-apparatus is characterised by the small size, delicacy

and caleareous composition of its plates, and by the asymmetry of

the great dentals. As in #. antennata, HL. vittata, and certain

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 321

others, the posterior left crescentic plate lies alongside and

approximates to the size and shape of the great dental. The

numbers of the teeth are fairly large, they being especially small

and numerous on the crescentic plates. The followi ing formule

give their variation :—

9— 9: 2+ 7—2

10O— 8: 8+ 9-13

9—11: 114 10—13

J1—11: ¢+4+ 9-2

The asymmetry of the great dentals exists even when the

numbers of the teeth they bear ave the same, as was the case in

the specimen from which text-fig. 63 was prepared. The lower

jaws are almost entirely calcarecus in composition and their end-

plates are indented.

Text-fig. 63.

_ LE~

Upper jaws of a full-grown specimen of EF. indica.

Left anterior plates moved upwards from the natural position.

The feet are comparatively long and slender with long sete,

and are well separated from each other. The dorsal and ventral

ceinri are well developed, but not annulated. Large gills cover

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. X XI. 2]

322 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

the anterior third of the body (Pl. X XI. fig. 9), commencing in

all these specimens on the third foot, except in the case of three

small Specimens from the Maldives, in which the first branchi-—

ferous foot is the fourth. In fair sized specimens the gills extend

from the 34th up to the 50th foot, and in one case sixteen

pas of rudimentary gills followed this latter point. The maxi-

mum number of filaments is from ten-to twenty, this variation

being normal in large specimens, but one, also of fair size, had

gills ‘abnor mally sual and composed of only seven filaments. In

all the smaller specimens the gills are simpler, as mentioned above

and as in Gravier’s specimen. The sete are as described by

Gravier and other authors, the acicula being simple at the point

“Text-fig. 64,

50 fh

Feet of £. indica, showing maximum development of gill.

and slightly bent upwards. The acicular hooks are exactly like

those of #. antennata and FL. murrayi, but often occur in greater

numbers than ever in the former, the occurrence of four in one

foot being quite common. The compound sete never have a

third hook in this species, but the pointed ending of the wing

is very characteristic. Figs. 11 & 12, Pl. XXI., illustrate these

features and show the difference in the form of the compound

setee from the posterior feet (cf. @ and c).

The most distinctive features of this species are shared by

E. congesta Marenzeller, from the south of Japan. The differences

ave that the prostomium of the latter is ‘moderately deeply

indented,” the jaw-apparatus shows slight differences in having

fewer teeth, and the gills do not appear until the seventh or eighth

foot. Such differences are easily accounted for as individual

variations, and do not compare at all with the importance of thei

points of resemblance. The species are alike in the colowvand .

form of the body (so far as these are described by Marenzeller), ,

1904. | MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 323

the length and smoothness of the tentacles, and every detail of

the feet and sete. The jaw-apparatus shows characteristic

resemblances in its yellow colour, in the size and position of the

left azygos plate, and in the whole structure and composition of

the lower jaws, of which Marenzeller’s representation cannot be

surpassed as a likeness of the same parts in the present examples

of Hunice indica.

This extension of the range of the species from the Red Sea to

the south of Japan is striking but not without precedent.

KUNICE SICILIENSIS Gr. (Plate X-XIT. figs. 8, 9.)

Hunice valida, Gravier, op. cit.

This highly specialised and almost cosmopolitan species is

found apparently wherever limestone suitable for its borings

occurs, and so especially in the coral regions of the tropics, where

its abundance must be an important item in the list of causes

tending to the disintegration of living coral and coral-rock. In

Hast Africa it occurs wherever soll grows, and so is recorded

from every locality where I collected, including the shore of

Mombasa Island (one small Specimen), and from a depth of 10

fathoms in Wasin Harbour, with the notable exception of Chtiak:

Bay, where no coral oceurs. Dr. BE. P. Wright brought fragments

of a large specimen from the Seychelles in 1868.

In the J Maldives, as would be e3 xpected from the abundance of

soft reef-limestone and growing coral, the worm is very common,

being recorded from the following stations :—

Reef and sand-flats of Hulule, Male Atoll; seven specimens and

fragments,

North Male Atoll, 25 and 55 fathoms ; three specimens.

Minikoi Atoll, from the lagoon sand, threel; : and from the reef

under Theulliten s, two.

South Nilandu, 25 fathoms, hard bottom; one specimen.

Suvadiva, 28 fathoms, from dead coral; one specimen.

From Mahlos Atoll, 20 fathoms, were collected fragments from

among sand and rubble.

On splitting a block of growing coral, or blocks formed by recent

growth, in very many cases two or three dull green cords stretch

across the fissure. There are portions of a specimen of this

species, the burrow of which is so long and tortuous as to be cut

across two or three times by any split though the block. The

burrow hasa delicate parchment-like lining, at least in some cases.

The worm is also able to. burrow in the soft surface of the reef-

edge on the east coasts of Zanzibar.

It is remarkable that none of the Maldivan specimens attain

to the large size of several of those from East Africa, and the

majority of them are about half this size. The largest East

African examples measure 5 or 6 mm. in breadth, and such a

mallee

324 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

specimen would attain to a length of 600 mm. at least, though

accurate measurements were rendered difficult by the impossibility

of extracting a complete specimen from so long and tortuous a

burrow. An incomplete specimen in spat measured 3 mim, in

width and 150 mm. (comprising about 225 segments) in length,

and yet none of the gill-region is present.

The colour of the livi ing animal, but roughly noted by Claparede

and Ehlers, is somewhat variable. The first third or go of the

body-length is of a dirty opaque white, the gill-region is slaty-

blue or dull green, a tint which appeared to be due to that

of the gut, and finally the posterior part is white again. The

tentacles are white, but the prostomium and peristomium are

light brown, which tint usually soon-dies‘out. There is often a

band of opaque white pigment between the’ bases of the nuchal

cirri, and the brown parts may or may not be covered with small

white dots. Ina large specimen dredged in Wasin Harbour, the

brown coloration, in life, was quite uniform, and extended over

nearly the whole of that part of the body which is usually whitish.

In some specimens the prostomium and buccal segment are very

dark brown, almost black. As noted by Ehlers, the white body-

pigment becomes a yellow-brown in spirit; but some specimens,

large and small, are now nearly colourless.

A complete account of the anatomy and principal variations

of this form may be found in Ehlers’s ‘ Borstenwtirmer’ and

Claparéde’s ‘ Annélides du Golfe de Naples.” Grube, in the

* Annulata Semperiana, remarks on the variation in distribution

and size of the gills (which in some of the Philippine specimens

were longer than in those of the Mediterranean) and in the pro-

portions of pro- and peristomia, these facts being the same for

the specimens from the eastern side of the Indo-Pacific Ocean.

Finally, Gravier redescribes the species under the two names

siciliensis and valida; and Ehlers describes very fully a very nearly

allied species H. leucodon *, giving figures, of which nos. 1, 4, and

10, of the general body form and the lower jaws, serve excellently

for this species.

Gravier separates his Red Sea specimens into two species,

naming a single small example /. seciliensis, while for the rest he

institutes the new name /. valida. The differences upon which

this distinction is based are (1) the length of the gills, which is

proportionately about three times as great in the latter as in

the former; (2) the proportions of the head; (3) the presence

of pigment in the anterior part of the body of E. valida. All the

specimens seem to have been small, the single colourless siczliensis

individual having a maximum breadth of only 2mm. The feet,

sete, and jaws are absolutely identical in both. An examination

of the large number of specimens contained in these two collections

shows conclusively that these points are variable in the species,

** Polycheten des magellanischen und chilenischen Strandes, p. 128, figs. 1-10.

1904. ] MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 325

all stages occurring between the ‘valida’ and _ siciliensis types.

Indeed, this was noted long ago by Grube in the case of the

features (1) and (2), and var iations in the colour of living examples

are given above. In spirit, colourless specimens are not common,

but ‘shades of light and dark brown are numerous.

Gravier’s figures (pl. 13. figs. 71-82, and text 130 and 134) are

excellent illustrations of the species and the extremes of its

variation.

Ehlers’s South American species /. lewcodon differs in (1), as the

name implies, the broad white band surrounding the plates of the

upper Jaw and the almost completely calcareous composition of

the lower ; (2) the shortness and ringing of the tentacles. The

mottling of the body-pigment and other small differences may be

found as variations in /#. siciliensis; but I do not find in these

collections any specimens the tentacles of which are shorter than

one and a half times the length of the prostomium, or the upper

jaw-plates of which are not quite black with but a narrow and

inconspicuous white edging. Ringing of the tentacles may ox

may not be developed. The points of agreement between the two

species so preponderate over these small, but constant differences,

that it seems best to follow out Ehlers’s own suggestion and to

regard his specimens as belonging to a local variety of the cosmo-

politan species HL. siciliensis.

Claparéde and Ehlers (Borstenwiirmer) figure compound setz

with elongated articulated pieces, whereas Gravier’s figures (of

both varieties) show short triangular hooks as in Ehlers’s figures

of the lewcodon variety. These antes vary considerably, those from

anterior segments differing from those found poster iorly i in the way

shown by figs. 8, a & 6, PL. XXII, which represent the extremes

of the forms met with. Those of the hinder feet are much the

stouter, as here commonly one compound seta is found alone.

Comb and acicular sete are entirely absent from all these speci-

mens, even in cases where two acicula occur in a few feet. Their

absence forms a very cennite distinction between this and others

which have simple gills, e. g. H. schizobranchia Clap. * , H. maren-

zellert Gravier tT, and £. en obranchiata Mel. =. These three

species indeed show none of the other features of specialisation

which make /, siciliensis so well marked a form.

Several specimens, e. g. four from Hulule, Male Atoll, and one

from Minikoi reef, show remarkable papille distributed over the

three middle tentacles, as shown in fig. 9, Pl. XXII. Possibly

these are connected with the ‘“ papilles en forme de domes sur-

* Op.cit., Sapplement, 1870, p. 30, and pl. 1. fig. 6. This species has been regarded

as synonymous with H. siciliensis by later workers. Though Claparéde says nothing

about its jaw-apparatus and Jays emphasis upon probably variable features such as

colour and proportions of the buccal segment, the presence of these sets remains an

indubitable distinction of quite specific importance.

+ Op. cit. p. 230.

+ ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. xii. p. 277. It is remarkable that no specimen of so

common. and widely distributed a species as #. siciliensis occurred in the ‘ Challenger’

collection.

326 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

baissés ” which Claparéde mentions and figures (pl. 2. fig. 5).

Perhaps these organs are eversible, or have here become hyper-

trophied.

The means by which the long and tortuous burrows are made

are still unknown; the principal suggestions being (1) by aid of

an acid secretion, (2) by the mechanical action of the jaws. While

in the Maldives, Gardiner repeatedly tested the effect of the

bodies of boring annelids upon litmus-paper without finding any

acid reaction, a result identical with MeIntosh’s observations on

Polydora*. Indeed, it is not easy to see how an acidity of the

body could produce any effect beyond enlarging the diameter of the

burrow, which is never found larger than the body of the worm

it contains, The supposition that an acid secretion aids the action

of the jaws is negatived by the calcareous composition of the

lower plates, the only parts the action of which could conceivably

produce the results seen. The size and gouge-like shape of these

strongly suggest their use in cutting out the canal by a rotary

motion of the head. The softness of ordinary reef-rock and the

porous nature of coral make this hypothesis a possible one.

The mode of life of this species would, if known, be of great

interest. Is it usually possible for the head to come to the

surface to seek food, or does it, as seems physically necessary, and

as is indicated by the absence of gills anteriorly, remain usually

at the deep end of the burrow? Can the boring sponges and alge

parasitic in corals afford an appreciable amount of nutriment to

the worm ?

Genus Nicrpton Kbg.

As Kunice but without gills.

The species of this genus are but few in number, and several

of the names apply to species not yet properly described. Of

Kinberg’s three species upon which the genus was founded, two

are very probably, as Grube notes, specimens of H. siciliensis ; but

the third .V. cincta, which possesses acicular sete, is probably a

true Vicidion, and the shortness of its tentacles indicates the pro-

bable identity of this Pacific form with that from East Africa.

The species of which certain identification is possible are but

four in number, viz. :—

N. kinbergi H. KE. Webster, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 25, 1884.

N. balfouriana Mcl., ‘Challenger eee xii, 1885.

NV. brevis Ehl., ‘ Florida Anneliden,’ 1887.

NV. edentulum Ehl., Die Polycheten des magell. und chil.

Strandes, 1901.

{

Of these .. edentuluwm is distinguished from all the other species

* Annals & Mae. N. H. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 276 (1868).

1904. ] MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 327

in the character of its jaws, whose structure approximates to those

of Hunice siciliensis.

NICTIDION GRACILIS, sp.n. (Plate XXII. figs. 10, 11.).

Body slender, divided into two parts, which differ in the pro-

portions of their segments and the characters of the feet they bear.

Prostomium broad, slightly notched in front; tentacles short, the

middle one projecting very little beyond the anterior border of the

prosiomium. Hyes large, half-moon shaped. Jaws of the usual

Sform, great dental plates with about six teeth each.

Sete of the usual type. :

Allied to N. brevis HAL*, but differs in slenderness a body,

shortness of tentacles, and other characters.

Three specimens, of which the two lar gest want the. Tara end,

were dredged in Wasin Harbour.

The body HS ELST alone er in jong tion to Pig length, the longest

fragment measuring 15 mm. by 1°5 mm.,and consisting of sixty five

segments, The ae complete specimen is unfortunately under-

going regeneration of the hind end,and so is useless as a comparison.

‘All three are of approximately the same breadth.

In life the anterior half of the body is coloured red-brown by

dots of colour on a whitish or pink ground, the posterior part

being nearly colourless but for the black out, In one specimen

two white collars were formed by the per istomium and setigerous

segments three and four, and a white spot occurred in the middle

of each segment just behind the intersegmental groove. In spirit

the specimens are a uniform dull light brown, but one is darker

and redder anteriorly.

Two of the specimens were infested with a parasitic Syllid, the

first by one, the second by seven examples; this species was found

also on a Nemertine and a Polynoid, and will be described in due

course. The head of the Syllid is buried in the space between

two adjacent parapodia.

The head is nearly as broad as the rest of the body, the broadest

part of which is about 4 mm. behind it. Both rings of the

buccal segment are fairly long, the second being about half as

long as the first. These and the next four or five segments are

nearly cylindrical in section, but the next twenty-five ft are

flattened dorsally and especially ventrally, and become very snout

These thirty anterior segments form a contrast to the succeeding,

both in their own propor rtions and in the feet they bear (see text-

fig. 66, p. 529). The remaining segments are highly arched

dorsally, though the ventral flattening extends to the anus, and

are from two to three times as long as those of the anterior

region. The broadest part of the body is about the rhiddle of the

*.° Mlorida Anneliden.’ Results of dredging by U.S, Fish Comm. SS. ‘ Blake.’

Harvard, 1887.

+ This number is nearly constant im all three examples.

328 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE | Feb. 16,

first region, which narrows slightly to its posterior end, and the

vest of the body vetains this slightly decreased breadth to near

the anus. The figure of the worm (Pl. XXII. fig. 10) gives these

proportions and illustrates the differences between the two parts

of the body. As here shown, the change is quite sudden at the

point given.

he prostomium (Pl. XXII. fig. 10) is nearly as broad as the

bueeal segment and slightly notched anteriorly in the usual way.

The tentacles are smooth, short and thick, the longest projecting

but very little beyond the edge of the prostomium. The eyes are

large and densely black, of a half-moon shape, or slightly crescentic

from some points of view. The tentacular cirri are remarkably

small and slender.

The upper jaw-plates are of the usual type, the only noticeable

features being the bluntness of the teeth and the length of the

supports at the base of the great dental plates. As would be

expected from the small size of the worm, the plates are delicate

and of a light brown colour, but calcareous matter is not visible.

Text-fig. 65.

Upper and lower jaw-plates of Nicidion gracilis. X 60.

There are two black crescentic paragnaths, one on either side

above and exterior to the crescent plates. The lower jaws can

scarcely be called plates, they are so delicate and flexible. The

shapes of all these parts are shown in text-fig. 65.

1904. ] MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 329

The feet of the anterior part of the body project considerably,

those of the posterior very little. The former appear to be thicker

distally than at their bases, owing to the breadth and thickness of

the lips of the seta-sac and to the swelling of the ventral cirri to

an egg-shape, the broad end being the distal. The posterior feet

are as usual pointed at their tips and have small, scarcely visible

ventral cirri. In this way is caused the more striking of the

differences between the anterior and posterior parts of the body,

the change taking place quite rapidly at the point mentioned,

at which also a two-hooked acicular seta first appears. In the

anterior feet the dorsal cirrus is long, projecting beyond the end

of the seta-sac ; posteriorly it is very small (compare the figures

of the feet in text-fig. 66).

Text-fig. 66.

Anterior and hinder feet of Nicidion gracilis. 60.

The setze are numerous and project well anteriorly when not,

as 1s frequently the case, broken off level with the end of the

seta-sac. This is the case almost always posteriorly, where usually

only a few comb-setee are found projecting. All are of the usual

form and their details are given in fig. 11, Pl. XXII.

There is a single pair of short and slender anal cirri.

This species is very closely related to WV. brevis Ehlers, from

which it is distinguished at once, however, by the slenderness and

anterior compression of its body, the shortness of its tentacles,

and form of its teeth. The resemblances between the two species

are certainly more striking than the differences, comprising the

smallness of the tentacular cirri, broad features of the jaw-

apparatus (including apparently the remarkable delicacy of the

lower jaws), structure of the feet and sete, and the characteristic

differences between those of the anterior and posterior portions of

the body.

330

Fig. 1.

19 Oa

ON THE MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. [ Feb. 16,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PrADE XOX:

Buiice afi a (p. 289). Dorsal view of the anterior end of a medium-sized

Chuaka specimen. XX 375.

. Side view of the same, showing positions of the anterior feet and relations of

pro- and peristomia.

Outline of head and its appendages of a larger specimen showing the com-

paratively smaller size of these parts, to same scale.

Lower jaw-plates of a young specimen, which are transparent enough to show

the structure of the chitinous parts, the calcareous end- plates are well

developed. Of. text-fig. 44, p. 293, which is from an older specimen.

. The bases of the tentacles and eyes, as seen when the anterior border of the

peristomium is drawn back. =eye, gr.—=groove, ¢t.=tentacle.

. A large complete Maldivan specimen ot H. coccinea (p. 297), seen from the

side to show proportions of body &e. xX 2.

. Lower jaw-plates of a small Wasin specimen (p. 300), showing the character-

istic structure of the end-plates.

Prane XO.

. Hunice tubifex, adult (p. 303). Head and anterior part of body.

. About segment 85, region of small gills.

. Region of maximum development of gills.

. Ventral view of (2) showing secretory pads formed by ventral cirri of the

middle part of the body. All the above X 3.

. Set and lips of seta-sac of the 100th foot. 50.

. Sete in detail. a, acicular seta from hind body, the guard is broken away

as in the majority of cases; b, knife-ended compound seta from the 20th

toot; c, hooked compound seta ; d, two comb-sete.

. The jaw-apparatus of the young orest specimen. X 18.

. Sete of a young specimen.

a and d, two forms of acicular sete, from the 35th and 20th foot respectively.

6 and ec, compound sete.

é, an aciculum.

. Eunice indica (p. 318). Head and anterior end of a full-grown specimen. X 4.

. Ventral view of the head, showing grooves of the prostomium. Parts of the

end-plates of the lower jaws project from behind the border of the pro-

stomium.

. Group of sete of the 50th foot i site, showing the relative positions of the

difterent kinds. xX 37.

2, Isolated sete: a, compound seta from 80th foot; e, compound, and 6, comb-

seta from the 20th.

PratTEe XXII.

. Eunice antennata (p. 312). Anterior end of a large Zanzibar specimen which

was less contracted than usual. xis:

. Head of another specimen in which the prostomium and peristomium differ

in form from the above and the dorsal cirri are not moniliform. _ X 6.

. Ventral view of the head, showing the grooved palps (Chuaka specimen, var.

viridis). X 8.

. Lower or mandibular jaws, showing partly calcareous composition &c.

_ An aciculum with bifid distal end. °x 280.

. Compound seta from a posterior foot (the 80th), in which the end-piece has

three hooks. X 280.

. Posterior view of a Chuaka specimen (var. viridis), showing large posterior

> to) fo)

cills, annulated anal cirri, &e. x 10.

. Eunice siciliensis (p. 323). Compound sete, showing the extreme shapes

met with: a, from an anterior (5th) foot; 6, from a “posterior foot.

. A tentacle covered with papille distally.

. Nicidion gracilis (p. 327). The anterior and part of the posterior division of

the body.

. Sete of the same :—a, capillary; b, compound; c, comb; d, acicular hook-seta,

projecting from foot.

1904. ] ON THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 331

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Circulatory

System in the Ophidia. By Frank H. Brpparp,

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

"Received February 4, 1904. |

(Text-figures 67—78.)

So far as L am aware, the detailed accounts of the arteries and

veins in Snakes, which have been published by previous observers,

are comparatively few in number, though of course a great deal

has been ascertained about the more important arteries and veins

in a considerable number of types. I have therefore attempted

in the followmg remarks to embody, as briefly as possible, the

facts which I have verified in a number of different snakes which

have been specially injected with a coloured substance for my

purpose. My observations have chiefly been made upon the

arterial system, though I am able to add something to our know-

ledge of the details in the ‘venous system here and there. For

the most part the species of snakes which I have examined differ

from those studied by previous observers. I have, however, come

to the conclusion that a vast amount of work in this branch

remains to be accomplished before the knowledge of the circu-

latory system is at all adequately known in detail. For I find

thatin the summary given in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich’* the details

are not always fully stated, not indeed through omissions to report

upon existing literature, but through the absence of great detail

in that literature. Many of the older writers, for instance, have

only dealt with certain regions of the arterial system. ‘Thus

Rathke 7, writing upon the single or double condition of the

carotid, gives also much information upon the arteries of the head

and neck in general; and his account is the completest original

account known to me of these arteries, though in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-

Reich’ it is made still more complete by the incorporation of

other work. Brandt again has concerned himself with the

persistence of a ductus botalli joing the carotid and the left

arterial aortic arch ; while Hochstetter $ has figured and described

portal veins. The latter authority has compiled an excellent list

of previous memoirs dealing with the venous system. The list

given in Bronn is also most useful.

Tn the present paper I attempt to do for a number of different

Leipzig, 1890. The older and well-known works of Meckel, Cuvier, and Milne-

Edwards contain a good many facts.

pa " Bemerkungen tiber die Carotiden der Schlangen,” Denkschr. k. Akad. Wien,

xi. Abth. 2, p. 1 (1856). This memoir has no plates or figures.

* “Ueber einen eigenthtimlichen spiter meist obliterirenden Ductus Carotis der

gemeinen Kreuzotter Pelias berus,” Bull. Ac. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, ix. 1866,

p. 274.

§ Morph. Jahrb. xix. (1893)

332 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE | Feb. 16,

snakes what Hopkinson and Pancoat * and (nore recently as well

as more thoroughly) Jacquart + have attempted in the Python,

and Gadow in Pelophilus madagascariensis, at with more

descriptions of certain details.

Tasie or CONTENTS.

Zamenis mucosus, p. 332. Coronella getula, p. 352.

Zamenis flagclliformis, p. 338. | Ophiophagus bungarus, p. 3595.

Zamenis gemonensis, p. 341. Naia tripudians, p. 359.

Coluber catenifer, p. 342. Python spilotes, p. 362.

Coluber melanoleucus, p. 344. Lachesis gramineus, p. 366.

Tropidonotus fasciatus, p. 346. Some General Conclusions, p. 368.

ZAMENIS MUCOSUS.

Intercostal Arteries.—Snakes of this species show a more marked

disproportion between the right and left aorta than in the case

of Z. flagelliformis. The diameter of the left aorta at the point of

junction is as nearly as possible 6 mm.; the right aortic at its

junction with the left measures barely 2mm. The left aortic arch

gives off no intercostals ; from the right arise four, which correspond

to successive vertebree and are therefore close together, leaving a

gap posteriorly where there are no intercostals. The first of these

arises from the aorta just after it has left the common trunk; the

second divides early into two vessels which enter the body-wall

side by side; the same is the case with the fourth vessel, but its

two branches are here of unequal size. The third vessel at least,

if not the others, gives off a branch to the cesophagus. In their

bifurcation, and by reason of the fact that they give off branches

to the cesophagus, these intercostals resemble those which arise

from the anterior vertebral artery. Behind the junction of the

two aortas the intercostals are rather different. They may be

divided into an anterior and a posterior series, the difference being

that those of the anterior series are irregular while those of the

posterior series are regularly intervertebral. They are further-

more not concerned with the blood-supply of the cesophagus, the

latter being supplied from special trunks arising separately from

the aorta. There are 16 intercostals $§ belonging to the anterior

series, which ends at the level of the gall-bladder. The number

of vertebre lying between the points of entrance into the parietes

of the successive arteries is as follows :—

he UL sy) IO IN eye at ZL gues, wanul, ®, IX. 5,

OR OIE We OCU) OGULLe PON RN OAIE Oy OWT. 2,

NOVA 1 SVT: dl) ee ee.

Nearly all of these arteries enter the body-wall to the left of

** “On the Visceral Anatomy of the Python (Cuvier) described by Daudin as the

Bou reticulata,’ Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. v. 1837, p. 121.

+ ‘‘Mémoir sur les Organes de Circulation chez le Serpent Python,’ Ann. Sci.

Nat. (4) iv. p. 321.

* Incorporated in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich,’ Joc. cit.

§ Perhaps 17 should be assigned to the anterior series.

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 336

the dorsal median line. This is the case with the first fourteen ;

the next two are median in position.

The posterior series of intercostals at the middle and posterior

end of the series, where they are most typically developed, differ

in a number of characters from the anterior series that have just

been described, and agree in many points with the intercostal

branches of the anterior vertebral artery. They are (1) paired

arteries entering the body-wall to the right and left of the median

line ; (2) they are regularly intercostal, corresponding to the ribs ;

(3) they give off branches to the viscera.

There is not, however, by any means a sudden jump from one

type of intercostal to the other. The 17th, 18th, and some of

the following intercostals (of the whole series, counting from the

junction of the aorta) are like the preceding branches, save for

the fact that there is one for each vertebra. There are eleven of

these arteries, after which the intercostals become paired. The

first four of the eleven alternate regularly in their insertion into

the body-wall from left to right; the next two are inserted on

the right side; the next four again alternate regularly, beginning

with the left side; the last of the eleven perforates the body on

the right side. The origins of the arteries from the aorta vary in

accordance with the point of entrance into the body-wall. Then

follow the paired intercostals, of which there are rather over

60 pairs—one twig of the pair being occasionally absent. The

absence, however, is rare.

Anteriorly there are many corresponding intercostal arteries,

which are, of course, given off from the vertebral artery. Com-

mencing from the origin of the vertebral from the aorta, the

first ten trunks are perfectly regular, each one corresponding to

a vertebra. The first two branch immediately after their origin

from the aorta and enter the body-wall as two tubes; the rest do

not, and perforate the body-wall accurately in the middle line.

Each of these vessels gives off shortly after its origin a backwardly-

running and slender branch to the cesophagus.

In front of the ten regularly-arranged intercostals are two

which perforate the body-wall at some distance from each other,

so that room is left for six other arteries, which are, however, not

developed. Their former presence (¢) is indicated by the emerg-

ence here and there of an arteriolesupplying the cesophagus. The

last intercostal is formed by the vertebral artery itself, which

plunges into the parietes in the middle line at a distance of

72 inches from the tip of the snout.

Hsophageal and Gastric Arteries.—The cesophagus and stomach

are furnished with a very large number of minute arterial

branches, which I do not stay to characterise in detail. Later on

these branches become divisible into very minute and rather

larger trunks, but it is not until the end of the liver that there is

a regular series of fair-sized gastric trunks. None of these, how-

ever, nearly approaches in size the two ensuing mesenteric arteries.

The failure of large arteries is, however, compensated by the

334. MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | Feb. 16,

abundance of small ones. From the posterior end of the liver to

the mesenteric artery there are 14 gastric arteries, followed by

one which, at any rate, chiefly supplies the spleen. There are

thus altogether 13 belonging to this series. The first of them is

distinctly larger than any of the preceding hepato-cesophageal

vessels: These 11 vessels are r eally arranged in pairs, one of each

pair supplying one side, the other the other side of the stomach.

The arteries appear to be in reality all of them paired; but the

arrangement is lost here and there, owing to the dwindling or

total disappearance (¢) of one or other of the two arteries making

up the pair. Were these invariably present the total of the

large-sized gastric arteries would have had to be increased by

four. The actual facts of arrangement are these :—'The series

commences with a pair followed bya single artery, to which, how-

ever, corresponds on the opposite side of the aorta a very minute

branch. Then follows a pair, the peculiarity of which is that the

two vessels arise one in front of each other from the same (right)

side of the aorta. The next two are a pair, I believe; but the

two arteries arise rather further away from each other than in

the case of the previous pair. After this comes a single artery

with no fellow that I could see. The next pair also arise some

little way apart from each other, but én thesame level. Following

this is a pair of which the left-hand branch is very minute. The

next pair is remarkable for the fact that both trunks arise from

a common origin, but shortly after diverge ; the last two trunks

may be considered to form a pair, but they arise some little way

apart, as is the case with the earlier pair of gastric arteries. The

posteriorly arising vessel of this pair supplies, as has already been

mentioned, the spleen.

Arteries of Intestine—The Ist, and at the same time the

largest, of the arteries supplying the intestine (the shortest,

indeed, of all-the arteries arising from the aorta) is the superior

mesenteric. This artery arises exactly opposite the origin of the

7th of the posterior series of intercostals. It passes first of all

under * the 9th intercostal portal, and then gives off a forwardly-

running branch which very soon divides into. two trunks ; of these

the posterior is the artery of the fat-body, while the anterior runs

as far forward as the spleen and pancreas. The main trunk of

the mesenteric then passes over the 10th intercostal portal, and

gives off a forwardly-running branch, which passes under the

main portal trunk and then gives off three branches to the

intestine. The main trunk of the superior mesenteric continues

its course along the intestine, giving off branches at more or less

regular intervals. Ultimately it becomes. continuous with the

posterior mesenteric. This artery arises from the aorta between

the 34th and 35th of the posterior intercostals midway between

the two testes. It runs to the intestine without branching;

arrived at the intestine it divides into two main branches, one of

which is continuous anteriorly with the superior mesenteric. The

* T.e., as seen when the snake is dissected.

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 335

2nd branch is posterior, and passes back along the intestine to

join the first of the rectal vessels. It is perhaps noteworthy

that the point of origin from the aorta of the two mesenteric

vessels differs ; the superior trunk arises laterally from the aorta,

whereas the inferior mesenteric arises from that trunk in the

mid-ventral line. This conceivably suggests a previous state of

affairs (phylogenetically speaking) when the intestine coiled

ventrally in its middle and posterior regions.

MWemtiatOan OH.

Part of arterial system of Zaimenis mucosus.

F.B., fat-body arteries; Infimer., inferioy mesenteric; Int.; intercostal: arteries ;

Rece., rectal arteries; Ren., renal; Sr.V., suprarenal portal veins; 7, testis ;

Vei., vena cava.

The first of the rectal vessels, however, originates laterally like

the superior mesenteric. It springs from the aorta in a position

almost exactly between the two Taesies and about ? inch in

front of the inferior mesenteric. It has also, as will be men-

tioned, an intimate relation to one of the. arteries of the fat-

body (see p. 337). The trunk runs backwards, crossing the

inferior mesenteric dorsally, and reaches the intestine ata ‘point

about opposite to the end of the first third of the posterior testis.

Its behaviour when it reaches the gut is precisely that of the

mesenteric arteries ; 1t divides into ate branches, an anterior and

a posterior, so that. it aids in the formation of a continuous sub-

intestinal reat running from end to end of the gut.

The second Rectal le tery avises behind the posterior testis,

and also springs laterally from the aortic trunk. Moreover, it

has exactly the same relations to a fat-body artery arising at this

spot as has the anterior rectal.

The third Rectal Artery arises laterally (and on the same side

as the two anterior arteries) from the aorta just behind the origin

of the second of, the renal arteries supplying the left kidney.

Behind this there are, at any rate, four more arteries arising at

much shorter intervals. There may be more, but the injection

was deficient in this region of the body and rendered observation

difficult. It is noteworthy that the rectal arteries become more

crowded towards the end of the body ; the Ist and 2nd are

further apart than the 2nd is from the 3rd,

336 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 16,

Renal Arteries—The anterior (right) kidney commences at a

point about opposite to the middle of the posterior testis. That

it is the right kidney seems to be shown by the fact that the

renal arteries supplying it arise from the right side of the aorta.

Tt ends about an inch before the termination of the posterior

kidney, and is therefore much longer than it. The first renal

artery arises from the aorta between the first and second of the

testicular arteries ; after this follow seven arteries, which do not

arise at regular intervals from each other nor opposite to the

corresponding branches to the left kidney. The arteries of

the left kidney are at any rate eight in number, so that there

must be at least a fairly accurate correspondence in the blood-

supply of the two kidneys, though | am unwilling to state that it

is absolutely accurate.

Testicular and Supra-renal Branches.—The anterior testis 1s

supplied by only a single artery, which is slender and arises from

the aorta opposite to about the middle of the testis. It divides at

once, on reaching the neighbourhood of the testis, into two

branches, one of which runs forwards and the other backwards :

the former is the testicular artery, the latter becomes a longi-

tudinal and very slender vessel which runs along the supra-renal

body and vas deferens and is jomed by other arterioles arising

from the aorta. It gives off, however, first of all a branch to the

fat-body which has been already referred to. Whether it also

gives off small branches to the testis I do not know. This longi-

tudinal artery receives four branches from the aorta, and then

joins the main artery to the fat-body, which latter arises from the

aorta just behind the origin of the ‘first rectal artery (of. p. 335).

On the opposite side it is continued on by a branch arising from

this same artery. It isreinforced by a twig arising from the aorta

near to the inferior mesenteric and by a small twig beyond this.

This longitudinal artery has nothing to do with the blood-supply

of the posterior testis, ‘but passes underneath the arteries which

yun to the latter from the aorta. The blood-supply of the

posterior testis is much like that of the anterior generative gland,

but with some differences. As with the former gonad, “three

arterioles arise from the aorta in the region of the posterior testis

and join a longitudinal vessel ending anter lorly ; this longitudinal

vessel receives a branch from the aorta just in front of the second

rectal artery, and itself ends in the fat-body artery which comes

off from the aorta just behind this rectal artery. The longitudinal

vessel is, however, continued by branches of both the two divisions

of the fat-body artery as well as from a twig arising from the

longitudinal artery in front of the testis. There is, indeed, a kind

of rete mirabile among these various small twigs. At the com-

mencement of the kidneys both of the longitudinal arteries

accompanying the vasa deferentia end in the longitudinal trunks

of the kidneys. From this point, or rather from these points,

onwards the vasa deferentia are supplied by branches of the

kidney-vessels. Corresponding to the branch which arises from

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 337

the artery to the anterior testes for the supply of the fat-body,

two twigs are given off from the longitudinal vessel just in front

of the posterior testes which also supply the fat-body. This blood-

supply has been already referred to in writing of the arteries of

the fat-body.

Arteries of Fat-Body.— Kach fat-body, which is not particularly

well developed, is enclosed ina separate ccelomic space. It reaches

from just behind the liver to about the end of the first third of

the more anteriorly-situated kidney. The longitudinal artery

does not, however, so far as I can ascertain, run through the

entire length of the fat-body. The main artery of the fat-body

arises from the aorta far back, exactly between the posterior

testis and the anterior kidney, just in front and to one side of

the posterior rectal artery. 1t gives off a minute branch, which

runs forward and belongs to the system of vessels supplying the

vas deferens. It then divides into two equally stout branches,

which supply respectively the anterior and the posterior region

of the fat-body. The division of the artery takes place some

way before it reaches the fat-body itself. The posterior branch

ends posteriorly with the fat-body; the anterior branch extends

forwards to the superior mesenteric artery which it joins.

The longitudinal artery of the fat-body also receives another

strong branch from the aorta in front of the posterior mesenteric

and between it and the other testis*. A more slender tributary

arises from the first of the testicular arteries supplying the

anterior testis, and a second from the region of the posterior

testis. The fat-body artery has thus three main origins and

two less important ones.

The longitudinal trunk along its course gives off repeated

branches to the lobes of the fat-bodies on both sides and also

epigastric branches, the number of which will be referred to

under the description of the epigastric system. Anteriorly to the

origin of the fat-body artery from the mesenteric artery the fat-

body is supplied by a series of branches of the various visceral

arteries. The longitudinal vein of the fat-body (anterior abdo-

minal) closely accompanies the artery ; it finally joms the main

portal trunk in the region of the mesenteric artery.

Intercostal Veins of the Portal Systems.—In the anterior region

of the body, in front of the heart, there are a series of intercostal

veins which pour their blood directly into the heart through the

vertebral and jugular veins. In the thoracic and abdominal

regions are other intercostal veins, which are connected with the

portal system of the liver and of other viscera. The first few,

and they are indeed very few, belong to the hepatic portal

system. They vary, as do the intercostal arteries, as to the side

of the median dorsal line from which they arise. The first six of

these vessels arise from the left, the next two from the right side.

There are, in fact, only eight of them. The first arises between

* Tt is noteworthy that the two chief arteries of the fat-body arise on different

sides of the aorta.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1904, Vou. I. No. XXII. 22

338 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE. [ Feb. 16,

the Ist and 2nd intercostal arteries ; the second accompanies the

4th; the third and fourth the 7th and 8th respectively ; the fifth

arises between arteries 9 and 10; the sixth accompanies the 14th

and 15th. The next two intercostal hepatic portals correspond

to the 7th and 10th intercostal arteries of the second series *.

The ninth and tenth parietal veins arise respectively close to

the 25th and the 28th and 29th intercostal arteries; the tenth

vein is formed by the union of two trunks. These vessels are

connected with the testis. They arise from the right side. Some

way behind them are two veins for the posteriorly situated testis, |

which arise from the parietes on the left side of the dorsal middle

line.

Blood-vessels of ventral parietes—These vessels, which are

numerous, are of course the equivalents of those of the anterior

abdominal system in other Vertebrates. “The first of them arises

just opposite the 2nd intercostal artery 4 inches behind the

heart. Several are accompanied by an epigastric artery, and

along the ventral median line lies a continuous epigastric artery

and vein of which these are branches. The first 9 of these veins

open directly into the liver; they arise from the longitudinal

trunk by one root or by several. A strongish arterial twig

derived from the arterial plexus upon the esophagus accompanies

the first vein; but the remaining 8 have not at least a well-

marked arterial companion. The longitudinal epigastric arteries,

moreover, are slender in this region; there are two of them, one

running on either side of the median vein ; occasionally the artery

breaks up into a plexus. Just before the ninth vein the epigastric

artery of the right side increases in size and is shortly reinforced

by the first of a series of post-hepatic epigastric branches. This

first branch is the most prominent of the series, It is not asso-

ciated with a vein, and divides before reaching the middle line

into an anterior and a posterior branch. From the end of the

hepatic series to the cloaca I counted 35 veins, which should

possibly be reduced by 2, inasmuch as 2 of the veins im question

were formed by the junction of two veins each. As to arteries,

I counted 24 after the particularly well-developed one to which

attention has just been called, and these for the most part were

accompanied by veins. The number is probably understated,

owing to inefficient injection posteriorly. The agreement with

the corresponding veins is often very close, the artery bifurcating

at the same time that the vein bifurcates,

ZAMENIS FLAGELLIFORMIS.

The right aortic arch divides, of course, into the aorta and an

anteriorly running trunk, the anterior vertebral artery. Of these

two branches the vertebral is the more important, and the aortic

trunk joins it as if it were a branch entering it from behind,

rather than if the vertebral were itself a branch of the aorta.

* See p. 333.

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 339

Furthermore, this right aortic arch is a much more delicate vessel

than the left aortic arch, which it joins at a point about 10 mm.

behind the heart. Just after leaving the common trunk the

right aortic arch is crossed superficially by the vertebral vein,

The latter is formed of two branches, which emerge from the

thickness of the parietes in the middle lineand join before crossing

the aorta as a single trunk.

Neither the right nor the left aortic arch gives off any branches

to the parietes before their union. In the male specimen, how-

ever, there were two such branches. The origin of the anterior

vertebral artery has been already described. It rapidly ascends to

the median dorsal line and is lost to sight, becoming imbedded in

the neck 2 inches in front of the heart and 53 inches behind the

tip of the snout. It gives off no backwardly running superficial

posterior vertebral artery as in Python spilotes, but a number of

intercostals plunging at once into the thickness of the parietes im

the dorsal middle line arise from it. Of these the first is 5 mm.

from the junction with the right aortic arch, the next 10 mm,

from the first, and the third 18 mm. farther towards the head

than the second—. ¢., three in all. It also gives off a number of

small branches to the esophagus, which I do not further particu-

larise. In the second individual there were also three intercostals

given off from the anterior vertebral artery. It is important to

note that this anterior set of intercostals plunge into the parietes

exactly in the middle line.

The single aorta is not increased in calibre at the junction and

passes back in a more or less straight line ; it gives off a very

large number of branches, of which the following is, I trust, an

accurate account.

There is, in the first place, a series of unpaired intercostal

arteries which pierce the parietes along the middle line of the back.

Most of these arteries are slightly convoluted, so as to allow of

stretching. The first two are at regular intervals of 30 mm. from

each other or from the junction of the aorte; the third arises

further away, 40 mm. or so from the second. Closely associated

with this is the first of a series of veins emerging from the parietes

in a similar fashion, which will be dealt with shortly. The

distances separating the origins of the next six branches are 35,

25, 25, 30, 40, and 30 mm. respectively; the 10th is only 10 mm.

from the 9th.

The next two complete a series of 12 intercostals, all of which

enter the parietes on the left side of the median dorsal line.

After this point there is a more or less regular alternation in the

point of entrance into the parietes; some of the arteries pierce

the body on the right, some on the left. A few, moreover, are

strictly paired, and each artery of the pair pierces the parietes

either on the right or on the left. There were three such pairs

in the specimen examined, all of them towards the end of the

series. The total number of arteries which I counted was 46.

T do not particularise, since they differed somewhat in the second

DD*

nl md

340 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 16,

specimen. In this, however, the first 11 intercostals pierced the

body-wall to the left of the middle line, after which the alternate

and occasionally paired arrangement began. The greater distance

from each other of the anterior set of intercostals, and the fact

that they enter the body on the left side, seem to be distinctive

features in this Snake, as in some others.

Visceral Branches of the Common Aorta.—For the first part of

its course the aorta gives off a considerable number of minute

branches to the cesophagus and to the liver. Passing backwards

these gradually grow in importance. They repeatedly branch, the

branches become fused so that one may almost speak of a longi-

tudinal system running in the mesentery attached to the liver.

The first of the particularly strong branches arises opposite to the

eighth of the intercostal branches of the aorta, and also opposite

to the posterior end of the liver. The vessel differs from the pre-

ceding ones in the fact that it supplies the walls of the alimentary

tract and only sends a small branch to the liver, and also appa-

rently to the walls of the large blood-vesseis entering the liver ; it

is thus, so to speak, the first of a new series of branches. The next

of these vessels arises 32 mm. further on; it appears to supply

the stomach exclusively. The method in which its twigs are

distributed to the stomach is as follows :—The vessel when it has

reached the stomach immediately bends backwards and runs along

the stomach, becoming continuous with the next visceral branch

of the aorta. Side branchlets are given off from this common

longitudinal trunk. The next visceral vessel arises just opposite

to the gall-bladder ; when it has arrived at the stomach it divides

into three branches. One of these has been already referred to

as joining, or rather as in ending in, the previous gastric branch

of the aorta; the second branch runs along the surface of the

stomach on the opposite side, while the third and shortest branch

supplies at least the gall-bladder. The next branch, the superior

mesenteric, arises from the aorta 28 mm. beyond the origin of

the gastro-splenic. It runs to the stomach in close connection

with a vessel from the parietes to the portal vein. Just before

reaching the stomach this artery divides into two branches which

run in the same straight line; but one is directed forwards, the

other backwards along the surface of the gut; the latter runs

along the intestine in close association with the portal vein, gives

off branches, and finally returns to the aorta, being continuous

with the inferior mesenteric artery.

In a second specimen (a male) the gastric arteries are a little

different—superficially, at any rate, if not essentially. The last

artery occupies precisely the same position, reaching the gut just

at the gall-bladder. Although the snake is a rather smaller one,

the interval between the gall-bladder and the end of the liver is

greater than in the larger snake, about 5 inches to 4 inches.

Corresponding to this is a larger number of gastric arteries lying

behind the liver. I counted six of them. Each is, with the ex-

ception of the third and the sixth, accompanied by an intercostal

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. d4]

portal trunk. In both specimens a single intercostal portal arises

near to the penultimate artery of the series. It is plain, there-

fore, that there is no serious discrepancy of a real character

between the gastric arteries in the two individuals. Whether

such differences as these are sexual or not I do not know.

Between the superior and inferior mesenteric arteries lie the

ovarian arteries. The first seven of these, of varying sizes, supply

the fully developed (right) ovary and oviduct. Then follow two

arising from the opposite side of the body, which go to the left

ovary ; finally, a single artery is again concerned with the right

oviduct, after which rises the inferior mesenteric. Branches of

these genital arteries reach the fat-bodies; but, so far as I can

make out, no special arteries supply those organs. There is one

important rectal artery which arises shortly after the inferior

mesenteric. Between these two arteries arises the first of the

renal series, to be referred to immediately. Besides this im-

portant rectal artery I found five smaller vessels. The renal

arteries are four to the right, and three to the left kidney.

Iniercostal Portal Branches.—These are few in number, and I

have only mapped them accurately in one (the female) specimen.

I counted five altogether, of which four belong to the first series

of intercostal arteries. ‘These veins, like the arteries, vary as to

which side of the dorsal median line they enter or rather emerge

from the parietes. The first two emerge on the left side, the last

three on the right. Furthermore, these vessels differ among

themselves as to whether they pass below or above the aorta.

This position is in absolute correspondence with the point of

emergence from the parietes—that is to say, the first two veins

pass ventrally of the aorta, the last three dorsally.

ZAMENIS GEMONENSIS.

The anterior vertebral artery is much more extensive in this

species than in Z. flagelliformis. It extends more than halfway

along the neck before becoming lost by plunging into the parietes.

In this space a large number of intercostals are given off from the

main trunk. I counted 9 in one specimen and 6 in the other ;

in the latter, however, the vertebral artery itself was not so

extensive, only reaching halfway up the neck. In both specimens

the right aortic arch gave off three or four intercostals before

uniting with its fellow to form the dorsal aorta. It must be

noticed that here, as in the last species, these cervical intercostals

enter the parietes exactly in the middle line. The intercostals

which arise after the junction of the aorte enter to the parietes

either to the left or to the right of the dorsal middle line, or they

are paired. The first 20 in one specimen and the first 14 in the

other are given off on the left side, and enter the parietes on

that side. The difference in number is not great—ain one speci-

men 30, in the other 34 intercostals le in front of the superior

mesenteric. There are 15 intercostals up to the end of the liver

jn one specimen, 18 in the other.

342 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE | Feb. 16,

Visceral Branches of the Aorta.—There are a large number of

branches to the cesophagus and to the liver, which I do not

particularise. Between the posterior end of the liver and the

mesenteric artery there are in both specimens 6 branches of the

aorta, which I may term gastric arteries. Of these the last two

are the most important. As illustrative of the small range of

variation on the arterial system in individuals, 1 may mention

that the number of intercostal arteries arising from the stretch

of aorta which bears the six gastric arteries was 13 in one

individual and 14 in the other. Immediately after the origin of

the superior mesenteric, which branches similarly in both speci-

mens, two intercostal portals arise from the parietes and join

the main portal trunk. In both specimens these vessels he at

approximately the same distance from the origin of the superior

mesenteric, and of the two the more posterior is the larger.

The next artery which arises is the single artery of the anterior

testis; the posterior testis also has but a single artery. In both

cases the testicular artery is continued along the vas deferens,

where it receives a very slender branch from the aorta a little

way behind each testis. The vas deferens of the anterior testis at

any rate receives a second slender branch from the aorta, which

springs from that trunk some little way behind the point whence

is given off the anterior of the two arteries of the fat-body.

Moreover, this latter artery gives off a branch to the vas deferens

which joins the longitudinal artery running along that duct. <A

similar branch arises from the second fat-body artery. The fat-

body is supplied by two special arteries already mentioned, and

anteriorly by a strong branch of the superior mesenteric. They

form a longitudinal trunk running along the fat-body.

There are two well-developed intestinal arteries arising pos-

teriorly, of which one, springing just in front of the posterior

testicular artery and just below the second tat-body artery, may

be called the inferior mesenteric.

COLUBER CATENIFER.

In this species the left aorta is the larger of the two and con-

siderably the longer; it has therefore to follow a sinuous course

on its way to the junction with the right and smaller aorta, It

gives off several slender branches to the cesophagus. The right

aorta gives off two intercostals before its Junction with the left.

The common aorta from its origin up to the origin of the

superior mesenteric gives ofl 17 intercostal arteries. They are

distributed as follows in relation to the principal alimentary

viscera :-——_In front of the liver there is 1 imtercostal, 8 arise

along the course of the liver, and the remainder belong to the

stomachal region. Corresponding in some degree to these inter-

costal arteries are a series of accessory portal veins which run

from the parietes to the liver directly and of parietal affluents of

the principal portal trunk, As to.the arteries, they penetrate the

1904. ] CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 343

body-wall to one side or the other of the dorsal median line; but

there is no regularity in this arrangement—there is, for instance,

no regular alternation from right to left. The first 9 inter-

costals enter the body-wall to the left of the dorsal middle line ;

the tenth to the fourteenth (inclusive) perforate the parietes on

the right side; the fifteenth, sixteenth, and seventeenth revert

to the left side. The accessory portal veins are nine in number.

As a rule, they accompany somewhat closely the intercostal

arteries. ‘The first of them thus accompanies the second inter-

costal, but before entering the liver it is joined by a branch from

the body-wall which hes midway between the second and third

intercostals. The remaining vessels are close to their respective

intercostals, except the 6th vein, which lies between the fifth and

sixth arteries, and the ninth, which has a corresponding position

further on. As is the case with the intercostal arteries, the

intercostal portal veins are irregular in their origin from the right

or left of the mid-dorsal line.

All those, however, which are accessory portals, opening directly

into the liver, arise on the left side, as do the four following

intercostal affluents of the portal vem. The fourteenth vessel of

the whole series is on the right side. This vessel, moreover,

appears to be the last of the parietal portal system. It les well

in front of the origin of the mesenteric—in fact, a little behind

the commencement of the narrow pyloric region of the stomach.

The anterior vertebral urtery becomes lost in the parietes

A inches beyond the heart and 4 inches from the tip of the snout.

It gives off 7 intercostals at not regular intervals; these are

accurately median in position.

The artery of the fat-body receives from the aorta only one

important affluent which belongs almost entirely to itself. This

artery arises from the aorta between the two testes, and, after

giving off a very slender twig to the vas deferens of the anterior

testes, supplies the fat-body. Anterior branches of the gastric

artery supply the fat-body.

This Snake has an unusually extensive system of gastric arteries.

I counted 15 of them altogether. The first artery supplies one

side of the stomach and the second the opposite side. The

remaining arteries show with some irregularity the same alter-

nation. The tenth gastric artery sends off two slender twigs

backwards for the supply of the pancreas and adjacent viscera.

It also gives off a backwardly running branch which joins the

gastric branch of the superior mesenteric and also divides into

two trunks, one for each side of the stomach.

The next artery for the supply of the viscera which arises

after the gastric is the superior mesenteric. This artery has the

usual two branches ; but before it divides into these it gives off a

slender forwardly running branch to the pancreas and spleen.

This branch runs to the left of the portal vein, while the gastric

branch runs to the right of the same vein.

The spermatic and renal arteries have no definite relations to

344 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 16,

each other. They (the artery to the fat-body, the inferior mesen-

teric, and the first intestinal) arise in the following order :—

(1) anterior spermatic; (2, 3, 4) three arteries to vas deferens;

(5) fat-body artery; (6) first right renal; (7) posterior sper-

matic; (8) inferior mesenteric; (9) second right renal; (10)

artery to vas deferens; (11) first intestinal; (12) first left

renal (with branch to vas deferens); (13) third right renal ;

(14) second left renal ; (15) fourth right renal.

The left kidney has in all 8 arteries and the right much

the same, though I cannot be so precise.

CoLUBER MELANOLEUCUS.,

Anterior Vertebral Artery.—This artery is more extensive in this

species than it is In many Snakes. It runs up to the neck to

within an inch of the head, where it becomes lost in the thickness

of the parietes. It gives off a number of intercostal branches,

which are exactly median in their entrance into the dorsal

parietes. The nine anterior arteries of this series appear to me

to be regularly intercostal. and each to correspond to a vertebra.

After this point the arrangement is not so regular. Between

this point and the origin of the vertebral artery there were only

8 intercostals and 1 very minute one. It may be remarked that

where the intercostals are regular in their arrangement they are

to a large extent smaller than those arteries set at irregular

intervals.

Intercostal Arteries —The right aorta before it joins the left

gives off but a single intercostal, which perforates the body-wall

to the left of the dorsal median line. The intercostals which

arise after the junction of the two aorte are not so numerous

anteriorly as they become posteriorly ; and, furthermore, these

anterior arteries perforate the body-wall to the left of the middle

line. Only ten of these arteries arise from the aorta up to the

posterior end of the stomach, and they all of them enter the

parietes on the left side of the dorsal median line. From this

point onwards there is an irregularity and alternation in the

place of entrance of the intercostals. The 35 or so of them

which arise from the posterior section of the aorta are obviously

more crowded together than the anterior set. A few of them

are strictly paired.

Gastric Arteries—The arteries supplying the stomach are

apparently 11 in number, of which the first six are insig-

nificant in size, and the ninth is the largest. They are all

concerned with the feeding of two longitudinal trunks which

run along the surface of the stomach, and have a markedly

undulatory course with the loops closely approximated to allow,

of course, of the distention of the stomach without injury to

themselves. These arteries, which arise from the aorta, are given

off in alternating positions, according to whether they dcbouell

into the right or the left longitudinal trunks. The first of the

1904. ] CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 345

series supplies the right side and also sends back a large branch

to the liver. The alternation is kept up with perfect regularity

until the ninth and largest of the series, which, immediately

after its origin from the aorta, divides into two vessels, each of

which supplies one only of the longitudinal gastric trunks. The

same is the case with the tenth vessel, which is also concerned

with the blood-supply of the gall-bladder. The eleventh arises

opposite the gall-bladder and runs over it. Immediately after

the gall-bladder arises the very large mesenteric vein, which is

really almost as thick as the aorta. It runs down the intestine,

giving off branches to the same. ‘The first branch is much the

largest and supplies the gall-bladder, spleen, and pancreas.

I could not find any gastric branch to this artery and feel

assured that if such a branch exists, which might I admit be

expected, it is not large. It looks to me very much, in fact, as

if the superior mesenteric artery in this snake had retained its

original derivation from two separate trunks, one gastric and

one intestinal, and that therefore the last gastric which crosses

the gall-bladder really belongs to it.

Ovarian and Oviducal Arteries.—As is usual in the Ophidia, the

arteries to the gonads come between the superior mesenteric and

the remaining arteries of the alimentary tract. The first of this

series of arteries is the anterior ovarian artery, which opens into

a longitudinal artery running down the gonad. Separated from

this by five intercostal arteries is a much larger vessel which

supplies the oviduct belonging to that ovary and the fat-bodies ;

its mode of distribution to these two organs is rather curious.

It divides almost immediately into trunks, roughly equisized,

which pursue a tortuous course at right angles to each other, the

one anteriorly and the other posteriorly. The former reaches the

oviduct and forms a longitudinal vessel running along the oviduct

and giving off numerous branches to the lobules of the fat-body.

The posterior branch seems to be entirely concerned with the

blood-supply of the fat-body; it forms a longitudinal trunk and

gives off numerous branches right and left.

Very close to this trunk and behind it arises the second ovarian

artery. The oviducal artery lies much further back and is separated

from the ovarian artery by two intestinal arteries and two renals

belonging to the anterior kidney.

Intestinal Arteries.—I observed only two of these, but there

may be others posteriorly, where the injection had failed. It is

noteworthy that in this species, unlike what is found in some

others*, the first intestinal artery, which we may term the

inferior mesenteric, immediately follows the gonad arteries and

precedes the renal. The rectal artery lies next to the second renal

artery of the anterior kidney.

Renal Arteries.—Here, again, | am unable to give full details.

I can only say that two renalarteries of the anterior kidney arise

* E. g., Naia tripudians.

346 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 16,

in front of the first renal artery of the posterior kidney and that

the second of these arteries branches into three before entering

the substance of the kidney.

'TROPIDONOTUS FASCIATUS.

In this Snake the anterior vertebral artery is exposed for the

greater half of the distance which lies between the heart and

the posterior end of the head. In the two individuals I have

examined it gives off only three intercostals, which occupy about

the same position in both. Besides these, the larger—female—

(which is perhaps rather better injected) shows a few very minute

intercostals with imterspaces between the larger trunks. That

individual, moreover, possesses a vessel of rather peculiar origin

and distribution, which I could not find in the other snake—a

male—throughout its whole extent. The artery is a fairly large

one and arises from the dorsal side of the vertebral between the

last two intercostals, and passing along the wall of the esophagus

enters the parietes anteriorly to the left of the middle and some

way in front of the disappearance of the vertebral artery. It

may be added that the vertebral artery gives off branches to the

cesophagus, as do the carotids, and that some of these spring from

the intercostals.

Intercostal Arteries and Veins.—There is only a single vertebral

artery given off from the right aorta before its junction with the

left. Thence forward follows as usual a considerable series of

trunks, of which all enter the body-wall accurately in the middle line

as fixed by the disposition of the tendons in this region of the

body. There are nine of these up to the origin of the superior

mesenteric artery: the first hes in front of the liver; five arise

along the course of the liver, and three are posterior to it. The

corresponding portal veins do not invariably rise from the

parietes in the dorsal median line. The first of the portal series

accompanies the second intercostal, but arises from the left side

of the dorsal middle line; it receives a small branch which arises

from the parietes nearer to the head, and also much further away

from the dorsal median line. The second portal is the stoutest

trunk of the series; it arises to the left of the middle line between

the third and fourth intercostals. The next portal is a very fine

and slender tube arising in front of the fourth imtercostal and also

to the left side. Then follows a complex parietal portal consist-

ing of three trunks, of which two are in front of and one behind

the fifth intercostal. They all he to the left of the dorsal median

line at their point of origin, the third branch more so than the

rest. From the latter a slender twig is connected with an equally

slender tube arising in this case to the right of the median dorsal

line. The next portal trunk is a fairly important one; it arises

in front of the seventh intercostal and to the right side; ib is

formed by a slender anterior trunk which arises in a corresponding

position further forward. The next two portals are of fair size

and arise one a little in front of and the other a litle behind

1904.] CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 347

the eighth intercostal and again on the right side. The common

trunk formed does not enter the liver directly, but joins the portal

vein. This is also the case with the last of this series of portals,

which arises, also to the right of the median line, just behind the

ninth intercostal. ‘The following parietal portals are connected

with the suprarenal bodies.

In the second and male individual there are some differences in

the arteries and veins in question. There are two intercostals in

front of the junction of the aorta and twelve between this point

and the origin of the superior mesenteric. All the arteries, how-

ever, are exactly median in position where they per forate the

body -wall. There are nine or ten portals arising from the left

side which extend down to a point about opposite to the end of

the liver. I cannot give an accurate description of how some of

them join each other before entering the liver. After these, six

trunks arise on the right side, each three forming a single trunk.

The last of these vessels joins the portal vein before it reaches the

liver.

From the origin of the superior mesenteric artery to the cloacal

aperture there are 16 vertebral arteries, all of which, as before,

perforate the body-wall in the dorsal median line. The arrange-

ment of these is peculiar, in that they alternate in their points of

origin from the dorsal aorta. This obviously suggests an originally

paired series which have been pulled asunder in an antero-posterior

direction by the lengthening of the body.

Ysophageal Branches.—The cesophageal branches are all very

slender and fairly numerous. The section of cesophagus which

lies in the fork formed by the right and left aorta is supplied from

three distinct sources. There is, first of all, a slender artery which

emerges from the body-wall in company with a vein to the right

of the middle line. Anteriorly there are one or two silane

arteries which may emerge from the middle line. The chief

blood-supply, however, of this part of the cesophagus is from two

vessels arising from the right aorta, between which arises a third

branch supplying part of the cesophagus behind the junction of

the aorte. The left aorta provides two branches, one arising near

its commencement, and another which is very inconspicuous and

given off not far from the junction with the right aorta. After

the junction of the aorte and before the beginning of the liver

I counted four cesophageal arteries.

Jn the region of the liver the same arteries supply both liver

and cesophagus or stomach as the case may be. There are 8 of

these arteries, which increase in length and strength towards the

stomach. These 8 arteries are followed by one which serves the

stomach and the gall-bladder, spleen, and pancreas only. It is

the single gastric artery, and indeed it practically supplies the

stomach only, the twig to the other viscera being excessively

minute; these viscera are, in fact, cared for by the superior

mesenteric. This vessel, as usual, has two main branches—an

intestinal and a gastro-splenic. But before its division into these

348 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | Feb. 16,

two branches, just at its origin, in fact, from the aorta, a moderately

short branch is given off which very soon divides into two, one

running to the spleen, the other to the ovary. In the male

Tropidonotus fasciatus this branch was entirely absent. The

inferior mesenteric springs from the aorta in both sexes close to

the second gonad artery, in front of it in the male, behind it in

the female. There are 4 well-developed intestinal arteries in

the female, of which the last supplies the rectum; beyond this

are a few of less importance.

Ovarian and Oviducal Arteries.—There 1s no independent artery

to the anterior ovary; it gets 1t blood-supply from arteries which

also supply the oviduct; and from the same branches arise twigs

for the supply of the fat-bodies. Asis the case with other organs,

a longitudinal system of blood-vessels is developed, which are

fed by branches of the aorta. A longitudinal artery runs along

Text-fig. 68.

ff Aa

Ovarian and oviducal arteries of one side of the body in Tropidonotus

fasciatus.

Ao., aorta; F.B., fat-body artery; Od., oviducal arteries; Ov., ovarian arteries ;

Sr.V., suprarenal veins (left white), suprarenal body shaded.

the ovary and another of greater calibre along the oviduct. The

two are in communication by transverse branches. Of these

branches I have counted 7, the last four being the larger and

corresponding, together with branches arising behind the ovary,

to that section of the oviduct which contained no less than 10

mature ova. The middle artery of the seven is much the largest

and is a direct continuation of the artery arising from the aorta,

which in other Ophidia supplies mainly, if not exclusively, the

gonad. Here, as will have been seen, the main branch 1s to the

oviduct.

The longitudinal ovarian vessel is also in communication by

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 349

transverse trunks with the fat-body ; posteriorly to the ovum the

longitudinal artery of the fat-body is fed by branches of the ovi-

ducal artery. It is important to notice that anteriorly the three

longitudinal arteries, which have just been referred to, spring

from separate branches of the superior mesenteric*. What should

be, so to speak, the ovarian artery is, as usual, the first artery after

the superior mesenteric to spring from the aorta. The arrange-

ment of the arteries and veins in this region of the body is illus-

trated in the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 68, p. 348). The

ovarian artery, as we must callit, runs straight towards the middle

of the suprarenal body. Arrived at the edge of that body it

divides into two branches, of which the anterior forms the longi-

tudinal vessel of the ovary and almost immediately gives off a stout

branch to the fat-body. The posterior branch supplies the oviduct,

to which it gives off four branches, of which, as has been already

mentioned, the first 1s the stoutest. The next visceral artery to

arise from the aorta is the oviducal artery—of course, of the anterior

oviduct. It passes slightly backwards after its origin and then runs

forward to near the last of the oviducal branches of the ovarian

artery; 1t then gives off a minute branch which is continuous

with the Jongitudinal system of the ovary and bends sharply back

pursuing a posterior course. Immediately after bending it gives off

an artery to the fat-body, at least another arteriole to the ovarian

longitudinal artery, and divides into two equally sized oviducal

branches. Nearer to its point of origin from the aorta, the ovi-

ducal artery gives off two branches to the more posterior region

of the oviduct. The first of these gives off an artery to the fat-

body before dividing into two branches ; the second does not give

off such an artery. After the oviducal artery the aorta gives off

two vessels situated exactly opposite to each other.

The right-hand one of these runs parallel with the oviducal

artery and actually emits one or two arterioles which convey

blood to the oviduct. The main trunk, however, supplies the fat-

body. There are other trunks supplying the anterior oviduct

which will be dealt with in the order of their origin from the

aorta tT. The next trunk to be considered is the second ovarian

artery. This artery in many ways repeats the conditions observ-

able in the anterior ovarian artery. It arises from the aorta

exactly opposite to the fat-body artery just described, than which

it is of course much stouter. Arrived at the edge of the supra-

renal body it divides into an anterior and posterior trunk; the

former is the longitudinally running ovarian artery which gives

off numerous small branches to the ovary itself, as well as a

number of large trunks to the oviduct. The posterior branch

repeats almost exactly the conditions observable in the oviduct of

the anterior ovary. It gives off one branch immediately, which

is soon followed by three others; there are thus four in all, as with

the anterior oviduct. The main difference is that none of these

* See the description of that artery, p. 347.

+ In connection with the renal arteries : see p. 350.

350 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 16,

vessels gives off branches to the fat-body. The posterior supra-

renal body, I may remark, receives only one portal branch, in which

it differs from the anterior suprarenal.

The oviducal artery of the posterior oviduct arises after the

inferior mesenteric (which immediately follows the ovarian artery)

and the first renal artery. Its origin is distinctly from the left

side of the aorta, as is that of the ovarian artery; this position is

marked by the median ventral origin of the inferior mesenteric,

The first branch given off joins the | ‘longitudinally running ovarian

artery ; about halfway between its origin from the aorta, and the

oviducal walls a stout branch arises which goes, I believe, to the

fat-body *. The artery then passes straight to the longitudinal

artery of the oviduct, without giving off anything more than very

minute branches.

The second ovidueal artery arises at the same distance behind

the third + intestinal artery as the first oviducal artery is behind

the inferior mesenteric. The peculiarity about this artery is that

as it turns round the anterior end of the posterior kidney it gives

off a branch to that organ. Thereafter follows a series of arteries

which are the renal arteries, though they largely give off branches

to the oviduct ; they are dealt with below. Behind the kidney

a series of small vessels arises from the aorta to supply the walls

of the oviduct ; similar vessels arise on the opposite side of the

aorta and supply the other oviduct.

Spermatic Arteries —Of these there are only two, one for each

testis. The anterior testis is considerably the larger gonad. The

artery of the anterior testis is the first visceral artery after the

superior mesenteric. Before reaching the suprarenal capsule it

gives off a strong branch which runs dorsally of the testis to the

fat-body. It formsa longitudinal artery running along the supra-

renal and the testis, which is posteriorly continued along the vas

deferens. Anteriorly the spermatic artery branches into a few

slender tubes which are lost on adjacent mesenteries and possibly

also supply the fat-body. The suprarenal receives two portals,

one at each end—exactly as does the corresponding suprarenal of

the female snake. Similarly the posterior suprarenal has only a

single portal vem. The second spermatic artery does not give off

any well-marked branch to the fat-body; but there may be

slender twigs.

Renal Arteries—The renal arteries of the anterior (right-hand)

kidney are largely mixed up with arteries supplying the oviduct,

indeed all the renal arteries provide branches for that region of the

oviduct which hes opposite to the kidney. There are gigs Ther

altogether, of which the first is rather farther apart from the others

than they are from each other. ‘The first of these arteries springs

from the aorta between the inferior mesenteric and the ovidueal

artery of the posterior oviduct. Arrived at the edge very near to

* The fact that the artery had accidentally been broken does not allow me to speak

positively.

+ Reckoning the superior mesenteric as the first.

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. SoM

its anterior boundary, this artery divides into three. The outer

one bends round the anterior end of the kidney and, after giving

off two small branches to the kidney-substance, goes to the

oviduct ; the second branch crosses the kidney, gives off a

branch to the kidney-substance, and then passes on to the

oviduct; the third branch forms the longitudinal renal artery

which runs along the inner margin of that organ. The ureter

and the afferent renal vein which lie on the flat ventral sur-

face of the kidney receive a branch from a vessel which

arises from the longitudinal renal trunk between its first two

affluents from the aorta. The second renal artery divides into

two branches just before reaching the edge of the kidney which

form the longitudinal renal vessel; the anterior branch gives

off a vessel which crosses the kidney, and, after giving off a

branch to the longitudinal trunk running down the ureter,

Text-fig. 69.

Spermatic and neighbouring arteries of Tropidonotus fasciatus.

Ao., aorta; F.B., fat-body arteries ; I.M., inferior mesenteric artery ; Inté., intestinal

arteries; R!, renal arteries of right kidney ; R?, do. of lett kidney; Sp. 2

“y

spermatic artery of left testis; Sv., suprarenal body; S7.’, suprarenal portal

veins (left white); 7, right testis.

becomes an oviducal artery ; some little way before reaching the

oviduct it sends back two branches to the ureter. The third

renal artery as well as the fourth supply the kidney-substance,

the longitudinal renal artery, the ureter, and the oviduct. <A

little way beyond the end of the kidney the ureter receives a

special branch from theaorta. Beyond this, again, a special branch

supplies the oviduct. The left kidney is supplied by arteries

whose arrangement is much that of those of the opposite kidney.

There are four of them altogether. The first artery is, as has

been also mentioned elsewhere, mainly an oviducal artery. Arrived

at the kidney this vessel emits a strong branch which is the be-

ginning of the longitudinal artery of the kidney; a little farther

on, as it curves round the end of the kidney, it gives off one or

two small branches which plunge into the substance of the kidney.

The second renal artery arises from the aorta behind the third

renal artery of the opposite kidney. It is purely renal in distri-

bution and gives off no branch to the oviduct, The third and

352 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 16,

fourth renal arteries, on the other hand, both give branches to

the oviduct. I should add that in this kidney, as in the opposite

one, there is a longitudinal system running along the ureter as

well as along its inner border.

In the male, the first renal artery arises just in front of the

second spermatic artery and just below the inferior mesenteric;

the second artery of the anterior kidney arises next. Then follows

the first artery of the posterior kidney, which gives off a stout

branch supplying (I think) the fat-body. Each kidney has in all

five arteries.

CoRONELLA GETULA.

The anterior vertebral artery is extensive in this species and

does not plunge into the parietes until farther than halfway up

the neck. Exactly at its point of origin from the aortic arch,

where naturally an angle is formed—ain fact, exactly bisecting

the angle in its line of direction,—arises the first of the inter-

costal branches of the vertebral. The lymph-tube surrounding

Text-fig. 70.

Zamenis flagelliformis.

Origin of right aorta and other arteries, to illustrate mode of enclosure

within lymphatic sheath.

L.Ao., left aorta; R.Ao., right aorta; X, lymphatic vessel not containing

an artery.

the artery here dilates into a sac, which completely envelops

the intercostal artery in question. The structure is rather

different from that seen in an example of Zamenis flagelli-

Jormis. In the latter there is a dilatation at the junction of the

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 358

aorta and vertebral artery, but a special lymph-tube ensheathes

the outgoing intercostal artery, and beside it another lymph-tube

(see text-fig. 70, p. 352) which does not contain an artery, but

whose presence possibly indicates the former existence of such an

artery. Traced anteriorly, the vertebral artery gives off a branch

to every intervertebral space. Some of these, however, are

excessively fine and might readily be missed. There are

fourteen, however, which are stout arteries and could not be

missed, which lie between the origin of the anterior vertebral

and the point at which it disappears into the thickness of the

parietes. It is interesting to note that none of the intercostal

branches seem to be really missing; they are simply unequally

developed. All these arteries are exactly median in their point

of entrance into the parietes, and a clean-cut circular orifice in

the parietes considerably larger than the artery permits its

passage. The right aortic arch gives off two intercostals before

it joins the larger left aortic arch. As is the rule in the Ophidia,

the intercostals in the anterior region of the “thorax” are much

less numerous than they are posteriorly. But here there are not

indications, as there are in the cervical region, of missing inter-

costals. This suggests the length of the trunk is an older feature

of the Ophidia than the length of the neck.

This snake differs from some others in the fact that the bulk

of the intercostal arteries beginning quite anteriorly divide near

to the dorsal middle line, so that the entrance into the parietes

is on both sides of the vertebra. The very first of the inter-

costals, and after two others which are single and enter on the

jeft side, is another which bifurcates ; thereafter follows a series

which regularly bifurcates. Further back the usual and irregular

alternation of the arteries is to be noted. As this more or less

regular bifurcation of the anterior intercostal arteries occurs in

both specimens, it may fairly be regarded as typical of the species.

Gastric Arteries.—The gastric arterial system in this snake

shows certain broad differences from that of Coluber melanoleucus.

It is possible in the first place to distinguish two series of gastric

arteries, small and large. This is not simply a question of larger

posterior and smaller anterior gastric arteries, such as occur in

Coluber. In Coronella getula there are a few large arteries which

vary somewhat in size among themselves, and a host of minute

arteries of almost microscopic size. There is no series of tran-

sitions between the minute and the large arteries; the latter he

among the former. The minute arteries form a complex network

in the mesentery of the stomach, though with very large meshes,

and end upon the surface of the stomach. This network appears

to join the trunks of the larger gastric arches.

Of the large gastric arteries there are five, of which the first

and the last are not purely gastric but also supply other organs.

The first gastric artery arises just at the junction of the

cesophagus and stomach, and just at the end of the liver. It is

much larger than the preceding hepatic arteries, so that there is

Proc’ Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XX 23

B54 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 16,

here a distinct break. Ionmediately after its origin, this artery

gives off a branch to the liver. After crossing the portal vein,

the artery divides into two branches, one of which runs to the

cesophagus and the other pursues its course towards the stomach,

and when it reaches that organ again divides into two—an anterior

and a posterior branch. The latter is continuous with a trunk

running in a sinuous course along the left side of the stomach

from end to end, and which is connected (as will be mentioned

presently) with other gastric arteries arising from the aorta.

From where it crosses the portal vein this artery is accompanied

in all its branches by a portal trunk.

The second gastric artery is purely gastric. It runs straight to

the stomach, and there divides into an anterior and a posterior

branch. These together forma longitudinal gastric artery running

along the right side of that organ. ‘This artery is also accom-

panied by a portal vein; and as it arrives at the portal vein a

branch from the body-wall enters at a point nearly opposite. This

trunk from the dorsal parietes arises from two roots which unite

after passing the dorsal aorta. The third gastric artery is much

farther away. The interspace is occupied by a parietal branch of

the portal, which arises by a single root only, and by a gastric

branch of the same. This suggestsa missing gastric artery, as the

correspondence between the gastricsand portals is So great in this

species; but it is to be admitted that there is no further evidence

respecting it.

The third gastric artery 1s the most important of the series.

Unlike the preceding ar teries, it supplies both of the longitudinal

gastric arteries. It is accompanied by branches of the portal

system. The fourth artery is more slender ; it does not seem to

be connected with the longitudinal systems arising from the

preceding arteries. The fifth artery is not exclusively gastric. It

is, in fact, a branch of the superior mesenteric. This branch

immediately divides into two trunks, one for each side of the

stomach. The first branch, that given off nearest to the aorta,

joins the third gastric artery; the main branch contributes to

the longitudinal trunk of the stomach, which is connected with

the first and with the third gastric artery.

In the second specimen the arterial system of the stomach only

appeared to differ in the absence of the fourth gastric artery,

which is slender and unimportant in the first specimen. As in

that specimen, the third gastric is by far the most important

artery, and it supplies in the same way both sides of the stomach.

Intestinal Arteries —Of these, the first and most important is

the superior mesenteric. ‘The artery arises from the aorta just

opposite to the end of the stomach, as is usual. The next

artery, which I call the inferior mesenteric, is very much further

back, and arises from the aorta opposite to about the end of the

first third of the anterior kidney. It arises dorsal of the 2nd

testicular artery. After this I counted four rectal arteries in

one specimen (the female).

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDTA. 355

Genital Arteries —It is remarkable that both the ovary and

testes, in spite of the disproportion of their size, are each of them

furnished with a single artery only; that is to say, of course,

there is a separate artery to each ovary and to each testis. The

artery supplying the anterior testis is the first artery which

springs from the aorta after the superior mesenteric; it is

closely accompanied by a parietal portal vein. Then follow

six arteries which supply the vas deferens and the suprarenal.

But of these six, the first and the last but one are mainly

(perhaps really exclusively) fat-body arteries. After them arises

the artery of the second, posterior, testis; this is given off close

to the inferior mesenteric. | am uncertain how many arteries

supply the vas deferens of this testis. Three parietal portals le

among these vas deferens arteries.

The ovarian and oviducal arteries are very similar in their

arrangement. The artery of the anteriorly-situated ovary is also

the first artery to spring from the aorta after the origin of the

superior mesenteric, but it is placed farther forwards than in the

case of the testicular artery. It is closely accompanied by a

branch of the portal; it is followed by two oviducal arteries,

of which the second gives off a large branch to the fat-body.

Near to each of them is a parietal branch of the portal. Then

comes the ovarian artery of the posterior ovary. This is followed

by two oviducal arteries; after which comes the second fat-body

artery. This is again followed by two oviducal arteries, between

which lies a parietal portal vein. All these arteries lie in front

of the inferior mesenteric, which is the next artery to follow.

OPHIOPHAGUS BUNGARUS.

In this species the much shorter left aortic arch gives off five

quite slender vessels to the cesophagus before it joins the right

aorta. The latter, at the point of junction, is about one-third of

the diameter of the former.

The right aorta gives off four intercostals before it fuses with

the left arch. These intercostals agree with the entire series in

perforating the body-wall in the middle line. This state of

affairs is apparently without exception, and is thus characteristic

of the species, as 1t is of Lachesis gramineus. There are about

80 of these arteries* from the junction of the aorta to the

end of the body; they are, as usual, given off at irregular

intervals, sometimes closer, sometimes further apart. Below the

muscles each artery divides at once into a right and left branch.

The anterior vertebral runs up the neck to within an inch of

the head, giving off median intercostals; these are very nearly

one to each successive vertebra, but the arrangement is not

quite regular.

I counted 24 arteries supplying the esophagus and liver,

* T cannot be certain to two or three, as the injection was deficient posteriorly.

23%

356 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 16,

which arise at fairly equidistant intervals of about an inch.

The two lobes of the liver are served by different arteries, all of

which spring from a continual longitudinal hepatic artery which

runs between the cesophagus and the liver. The exact arrange-

ment of these branches in the case of one artery is shown in the

accompanying drawing (text-fig. 71), and the others do not differ

greatly.

Text-fig. 71.

OD. e5)

a a Ao

iif, \

Pp! RL

One of the hepatic arteries of Ophiophagus.

Ao., aorta; L.L., branches of hepatic artery to left liver-lobe; @s., esophageal

branches; .L., branches of hepatic artery to right line.

The superior mesenteric artery arises a little behind the gall-

bladder, and divides into the usual two branches—one gastric, the

other intestinal. The inferior mesenteric arises just behind the

anterior spermaticartery. It crosses the anterior kidney ventrally,

and gives off a branch to itonthe way. Afterthis artery there are

5 intestinal arteries. The next to the inferior mesenteric arises

behind the anterior kidney. The four following arteries are

somewhat crowded together. In addition to these, some of the

renal arteries give off branches to the intestine.

Gastric Arteries.—Six arteries arise from the aorta after the

end of the liver and supply the walls of the stomach, Five of

these are fairly close together and at the anterior end; the sixth

is much further away, though not quite halfway between the

fourth gastric artery and the origin of the gastric branch of

the superior mesenteric, which may be regarded as a seventh

gastric artery. These arteries combine to form two longitudinal

vessels running along the stomach, which practically commence

with the first of these arteries, though slender anastomoses exist

anteriorly. I call, in fact, that artery the first of the gastric

series which begins the longitudinal arteries and has at least no

marked branch to the liver. It may furthermore be pointed out

that the six purely gastric arteries pass ventrally of the portal

vein, while the gastric branch of the superior mesenteric lies

dorsally to that vein. The first two gastric arteries divide into

1904. ] CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. Bol

two trunks, of which one runs straight forward to the further

side of the stomach, while the other branch immediately divides

into two main branches which supply the nearer of the two

longitudinal gastric arteries; these also give off arteries to the

fat-body. Arteries 3 and 5 cross the stomach and pass at once to

the further of the two longitudinal arteries; there is no branch

to the nearer. The 4th and 6th are like the Ist and 2nd, in that

they supply both the gastric longitudinal vessels. The 6th artery

is not markedly larger than the 4th. The gastric branch of the

superior mesenteric divides into two trunks, each of which

supplies one of the two longitudinal trunks of the stomach, It

is to be noted that the spleen, gall-bladder, &e. are not supplied

with blood from the last gastric artery, but only from the superior

mesenteric. This contrasts with the condition observable in some

other snakes.

Spermatic Arteries.—There is but a single spermatic artery to

each testis. The first of these is the first visceral branch of the

aorta after the superior mesenteric. It reaches the testis at its

Right testis of Ophiophagus and its blood-supply.

Ao., aorta; F'.B., fat-body artery; Z.C., intercostal artery; Int., intestinal

artery; K., kidney; Sp.4., spermatic artery; Sr.p., suprarenal portal

vein; 7., testis; V.c.i., vena cava.

posterior end, where it is nearly in contact with the kidney. At

this point the spermatic artery gives off a branch to the kidney.

The spermatic artery runs along the kidney anteriorly on the

opposite side to the vena cava, giving off branches to its substance

(see text-fig, 72). It also gives off two branches, which supply

adjacent viscera : firstly, a stouter branch to the fat-body; secondly,

a more slender branch which supplies both fat-body and intestine.

Close to the spermatic artery runs a portal vessel to the supra-

renal, It emerges from the parietal on the right of the middle

line by three roots. The posterior testis, which is considerably

the smaller, has also one spermatic artery. This gives a branch

to the intestine before it reaches the testis, and later two branches

358 MR. F,. . BREDDARD ON THE | eb. 16,

to the fat-body, The accompanying advenal portal is formed by

the union of two tranks which spring from the left of the middle

line,

Text-fig. 73.

Loft tostis of Ophiophagus and blood-supply.

Letters as in text fig, 72.

Renal Arteries. —The anterior kidney receives altogether seven

branches from the aorta, of whieh, however, the first two f arise mM

common with obher arteries and are therefore practically branches

of them. 1 have already veferred to them as branches of the

spermatic artery and of the inferior mesenteric, The third artery

gives off, at about the middle of the diameter of the kidney, a

branch to the fat-body ; it also emits a very slender branch to the

intestine, ‘The third artery has also a fine intestinal branch,

Whether the four remaining arteries have or have not sueh a

branch, Lam unable to say,

The posterior kidney has fewer arteries. There are only four

of them, of whieh the last bifareates a little after its origin from

the aorta and arrives at the kidney as two arteries, The first

venal artery arises between the posterior spermatic artery and the

fourth renal artery of the lett kidney, The last renal artery

arises just behind the first of the intestinal arteries. The ureter

of the anterior kidney, ab any rate, derives some blood-supply

from branches of the intestinal arteries,

Nvigasbie Artery.— This artery runs along the median ventral

line of the body-wall, in close association with the anterior abdo-

minal vein, The close relationship of the two is shown by the

fact that they are both eneiveled by the same periangious

lymphatic vessel, Their branches, moreover, often coineide,

and they too ave apt to be ensheathed in a common lymphatic

trunk. ‘The epigastric artery is aaaeten (ater from one end of the

body to the other, and receives its blood-supplies, as if appears,

from any arteries that happen to be adjacent. Thus im the

neck the carotid artery sends branches thereto, while in the

region of the fat-body the longitudinal artery of that organ sends

twigs to the epigastric,

LOO, } CIRCULATORY SYSPEM IN THE OPLITDIA, 859

Parietal Portal Veins.-Vhe veins which arise fron the dorsal

region of the body-wall to be connected with the portal system

are, as usual, comparatively few in number, The first vessel

springs from the left side of the dorsal middle tine, not faa from

the beginning of the liver, Wive intercostals intervene before the

origin of the second vein, which has three roots and passes dorsally

of the aorta instead of ventrally, as is the case with the first vein,

There are only two more veins before the end of the liver, The

first of these springs, like the last, from the wight side of the

median line and passes dorsally of the aorta; it has two roots,

So has the fourth vein, which is left-hand in origin and passes

ventrally of the aorta, Behind the liver are five more veins,

which ave all right-hand and pass dorsally of the aorta, The last

of the series corresponds to the superior mesenteric artery 5 vb is

right-hand in origin, passes dorsally of the aorta, and arises from

at least six roots.

The next portal vein belongs to the anterior supravenal body,

Abdominal Portal Veins. — Vb is by no means always the case

that it is possible to observe these veins with clearness. They ave,

however, plain in the present specimen, and b counted nine veins

entering the liver ventrally, of which many were accompanied by

an affluent of the epigastric artery. The first two of these veins

enter the liver-substance separately, The next five or six combine

bo form a short longitudinally vanning trunk, and which, so faa as

I can ascertain, enters the liver at two separate points, Then

Text-fig, 74,

Ny vi)

Wpignatiie vein of Ophiophagus,

Mp,, opigastvie vein with branches to livers 2, liver; VLCL2, vena cava,

follow three vessels situated at approximately equicistant intervals,

each of which is formed by the union of either two or three trans.

All of these vessels enter the left liver-lobe, which ends shortly

behind the lash of them, being much shorter than the vight

liver-lobe, which is quite one-third longer, "Che partial union of

these before entering the liver seems to me to be a Liszard-like

character,

NATA 'TRIPUDIANS,

The anterior vertebral artery in this Snake has a long course in

the neck before it enters the parietes, I only becomes lost to

view about half an inch behind the head, The intercostal

branches of this artery form an absolutely continuous series

360 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 16,

corresponding exactly to the number of vertebre, and show but

the faintest traces of commencing disappearance. That is to say,

the arteries are of fair size and equisized; in only one case did I

observe an artery reduced to thread-like dimensions. Further-

more, the arteries are accurately median at the points where they

enter the parietes, and the foramina through which they enter

are larger than the arteries themselves.

Intercostal Arteries.—These arteries commence to arise from the

right aortie arch before its union with the left. But in this

region they do not form a continuous series; there were only

three. After the junction of the two aort the intercostal arteries

still retain the median point of entrance into the parietes, a

position which distinguishes them at once from the intereostal

veins—as also in Lachesis « gramineus. The arteries are very

numerous, and there are occasional stretches of ten or a dozen

which are continuously at regular intervals. In a very few

cases the arteries are so excessively slender as to suggest com-

mencing disappearance. I counted altogether 94 of these arteries,

to which I think 3 or possibly 4 are to be added. The total is

only just under the 100. As may be inferred from their median

position, none of these arteries are paired ; nor can an anterior

series be distinguished from a posterior, save that the first few

are rather farther apart than they become later.

Intercostal Portal Veins——These veins are, as is usual, few in

number when compared with the intercostal arteries. I counted

altogether 13 of them, of which the anterior 6 are less important

than those which follow. The first 6 lie opposite to the liver,

and are therefore not direct affluents of the main trunk of the

portal vein. The first arises after the 7th intercostal artery * ;

the next 5 are separated by fewer intercostal arterial trunks.

These first 6 veins spring from the body-wall to the left of the

median dorsal line. The 5 following intercostal portals spring

from the right side of the dorsal middle line. The first of this

series, 7. e. the 7th of the entire series, is a little beyond the end

of the liver. The next two, close together, accompany the pos-

terior gastric artery; the 10th in a similar way accompanies the

superior mesenteric, while the 11th and 12th correspond respec-

tively to the testicular arteries. The latter vein and the 13th,

which is in the kidney-region, emerge from the body-wall on the

left side of the dorsal median line. It will be noticed that some

of these veins spring from the middle line of the parietes.

The spermatic artery which supplies the anterior testis is a single

vessel which enters the gonad near to its posterior end. It there

becomes longitudinal and runs forwards as well as backwards

along the vas deferens. It is the first artery for the supply of the

viscera which is given off by the aorta after the superior mesen-

teric. This longitudinal testicular trunk gives off one branch

anteriorly and two branches posteriorly to. its origin from the

* Counting from the junction of the right and left aorte.

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 361

aorta, all of which supply the fat-body. The spermatic artery of

the posterior testes is actually the next artery to arise from the

aorta; it is immediately followed by a second artery. That the

posterior testis has two arteries, while the anterior has only one,

is remarkable since the posterior gonad is the smaller of the two.

The first artery enters the gonad at the posterior end, which is

also the case with the anterior spermatic artery ; it runs forward

and gives off two branches to the fat-bodies. The second

spermatic artery really supplies the vas deferens, and a little

farther back along the aorta a third vessel rises. All the arteries

of the gonads and their ducts are thus close together.

Text-fig. 75.

Yestis and blood-supply of Naia tripudians.

Ao., aorta; I°.B., arteries to fat-bodies; 7., anterior, T.', posterior testis.

Gastric and Intestinal Arteries.—Vhe gastric arteries are, as 1n

some other snakes, divided into two series of larger vessels and

minute vessels, between which there are none of intermediate

size. The minute vessels end upon the surface of the stomach,

but I am disposed to regard them rather as supplying the peri-

toneum. ‘There are three large gastric arteries, apart from the

gastric branch of the superior mesenteric. The first one is much

sminaller than the two which follow; these latter are about equi-

sized. The first two are closer together than is the second to the

third; the second and the third are about as far apart as is the

third from the superior mesenteric. They form, as is usual, two

longitudinal trunks running one on each side of the stomach.

The second and third are connected with both longitudinal

trunks, but the first appears to be connected only with that of

the left side.

The superior mesenteric artery avises at the commencement of

the coiled part of the intestine and some way behind the gall-

bladder. Behind this artery there are three which supply the

alimentary canal. They lie among the renal arteries, of which

two lie in front of the inferior mesenteric.

The renal arteries ave more numerous in the case of the pos-

terior than of the anterior kidney, thus exactly repeating the

362 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE | Feb. 16,

conditions observable in the spermatic arteries. The anterior

kidney has but two arteries, of which the first arises in front of

the first renal artery of the posterior kidney. The second artery

of the anterior kidney arises exactly opposite to the fourth renal

artery of the opposite kidney. The posterior kidney has six

arteries, which, with the exception of the first, lie between the

inferior mesenteric and the ensuing intestinal artery. There is

finally an artery to each ureter, of “which that to the posterior

kidney lies after the fourth intestinal artery.

PyTHON SPILOTES.

In this Snake the anterior vertebral artery is of much less

calibre than the right aortic arch, of which it is obviously a

branch, and not, as in Zamenis flagelliformis (see p. 338), prac-

tically its main continuation. It runs up very close to the head

before becoming imbedded in the body-walls. It disappears from

view only 3 inches behind the tip of the snout. Its branches

are regularly intervertebral, and therefore numerous; the most

striking difference which the artery in this snake shows from that

of Zamenis and many other snakes, is the fact of the existence

of a branch which may be termed the posterior vertebral artery.

This is the first branch of the vertebral artery, and is given off

immediately after the origin of the latter from the aortic trunk

at a distance of 1 em. from the aortic arch ; it has therefore very

nearly a separate origin from the aorta, This trunk passes back

along the middle line of the body, closely apposed to the parietes;

it receives on the one hand the intercostal arteries which arise

from the aorta and gives off, on the other, a series of branches

which run to right and left and which are, I take it, the equiva-

lents to the branches of the intercostals in many other snakes *

which run also right and left. The existence of this superficial

posterior vertebral artery is a further extension of the longi-

tudinal system of trunks which is so characteristic of the Ophidia’.

This longitudinal artery is not, however, limited to the ‘“ thoracic”

region; with interruptions it continues considerably farther.

The superficial artery ends at a point just about opposite to the

commencement of the liver, during which space (of 7 or 8 inches)

only two arteries from the aorta reach it. After this point and

from it to the end of the liver I counted seven intercostal arteries

arising from the aorta. Hach of these on arriving near to the

dorsal middle line of the body divides and runs forwards and

backwards as a superficial vertebral artery, giving off paired

branches as usual which penetrate the parietes; the successive

superficial arteries are so arranged with reference to each other

that they leave no vertebra unsupplied—that is to say, one com-

mences immediately after the end of another. <A variable number

* Hopkinson & Pancoats (Joc. cit.) do not figure intercostals at all, and Jacquart

does not represent the secondary connections as occurring in the species examined

by him.

}+ E.g., Hamadryad on p. 363.

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 363

of vertebre is supplied by each intercostal and its superficial

continuations; thus I counted from the beginning of the series

7, 7, 5, 3, 6, 3, 3 vertebrae belonging to the area of each inter-

costal. In one or two cases it is noteworthy that the superficially

running portion of an intercostal did not fork either anteriorly or,

it may be, posteriorly to supply both sides of a vertebra; in such

cases one side was supplied by the end of one intercostal and the

other side by the anterior end of the next intercostal. Immediately

after the liver is a stretch of nine vertebre served by branches

of a continuous superficial vertebral which has two intercostal

affluents. The rest of the body is supplied by more numerous

intercostals, which generally serve only two successive vertebre

and often only one vertebra.

Visceral branches of the Common Aorta.—In the region of the

liver a regular series of trunks is given off which supply that

organ and the cesophagus. They are closely associated with

branches of the portal vein which bring blood from the cesophagus

to the liver, so closely that it will be convenient to consider the

vessels together. Although the association between the portal

vessels and the branches o the aorta is close, there is not an exact

correspondence. The first hepatic branch of the aorta is situated

about 2 inches behind the anterior end of the liver. It runs

straight to the liver, and just before reaching it divides into an

anteriorly and posteriorly running branch. The former reaches

nearly to the tip of the liver, and takes the place of the two

missing hepatic branches of the aorta, About halfway between

its origin and its bifurcation a branch is given off to the

cesophagus, from which arises immediately a slender twig to

the walls of the lung. The portal branch which accompanies it

accompanies it closely; its main trunk is derived from the

cesophagus, and this hes in contact with the esophageal branch

of the aorta. There is also a branch from the lung-walls also

lying close to the lung-branch of the aorta, while the main

hepatic stem 1s accompanied by a portal branch which appears to

arise partly from the lung-walls and partly from the walls of the

aorta. In front of this first hepatic trunk are two portal vessels

arranged at regular intervals, which appear to be serially con-

tinuous with the portal branch already described. They are

not, however, collecting trunks from the cesophagus, and will be

described elsewhere. The next hepatic branch of the aorta arises

about an inch further on; it is accompanied by a portal branch

which, like the two last-mentioned, mainly collects blood from the

body-walls. This second hepatic artery divides into two much

earlier than does the first of this series of vessels. There are

altogether 8 of the hepato-cesophageal branches of the aorta which

arise at rather irregular intervals and have no relation in position

or number to the underlying intercostal arteries. Between the

first two hepatic branches there 1s an unusually wide interval,

almost suggesting a missing artery. So far as concerns its

cesophageal branch this artery is represented by a long descending

364 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE | Feb. 16,

branch from the posteriorly running branch of the first hepatic

artery. This descending branch also exists in some of the other

interspaces, particularly in that between the VIth and VIIth

hepato-cesophageal trunks. All the hepato- cesophageal trunks

resemble each other in plan, though differing in detail. They all

divide near to the liver into a Y-shaped fork, of which one

branch runs forward and unites with the posterior branch of the

Y in front. The point at which division occurs varies, but it is

generally near to the liver. It is much farther awe ay from the

liver in the second branch only, as has been mentioned. Each of

these trunks gives off at most three branches, which supply the

cesophagus and the walls of the lung. More generally there are

only two of these branches, and in the case of the 6th vessel I

could find only one. The point at which they are given off

varies.

Following the eighth vessel, which concludes the series that lie

between the cesophagus and the liver, is a ninth branch of the

aorta which supplies the same regions. It lies, however, 10 cm.

behind the liver and 35 mm. behind the eighth hepato-cesophageal

vessel. Between it and the latter are two vertically running

branches of itself and the eighth trunk precisely like that which

lies between vessels 6 and 7. This ninth vessel is at once the

last which supplies the liver and the first which supplies the

fat-body.

The gastric region of the alimentary tract is supplied by three

arteries, of which the third and last is very much the most

important. All of these arteries give off a branch or branches to

the fat-body. Both of the first two smaller gastric arteries come.

Text-fig. 76,

S TUB

Srf

Anterior testis and blood-supply of Python spilotes.

Ao., aorta; F’.B., arteries to fat- body ; ; Sr.V., suprarenal portal vein ;

DL. testis ; ; S.mes., superior mesenteric artery.

into direct relations with the third and largest artery. The latter

gives off two branches which run forward along the stomach ;

each of these ultimately ends in the main twig of gastric arteries

land 2. The third gastric artery before it divides into these two

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPIIIDIA. 365

gastric branches gives off two small branches to a couple of small

glands which lie at the anterior end of the anteriorly situated

testis. These glands resemble in a curious way the posteriorly

lying spleen and pancreas, and show the same differences in colour.

Contrary to what is usually found in snakes, and correlated

perhaps with the forward position of the testes, the first spermatic

artery arises between the last gastric and the superior mesenteric.

Arrived at the testis, which it reaches at about the end of the

first quarter, the artery divides into an anterior and a posterior

longitudinally running branch. The latter gives off shortly a

slender and ventrally running branch to the peritoneal sheets

envolving the portal vein &e. Further back, and just in front

of the superior mesenteric, a dorsally running twig supplies what

is, 1 presume, the mesorchium. Jmmediately after the superior

mesenteric arises the second spermatic artery of this testis, The

third spermatic arises a little farther on, close to the end of the

testis, and between them arises, from the longitudinal testicular

artery, a branch to the mesorchium. The third spermatic artery

gives off before reaching the testis a branch cn either side to

the mesorchium. Between the two posterior spermatic arteries

the adrenal portal vein lies, passing to the adrenal body from the

parietes on the right side of the aorta.

The left (posterior) testis has only two spermatic arteries,

which lie, relatively speaking, in the same position as the second

and third spermatic arteries of the right testis. The last of

these gives off before reaching the testes a branch to the mes-

orchium, which is the only branch of the kind that I could find,

Text-fig. 77.

[EIBh, eye

Posterior testis and blood-supply of Python spilotes.

Lettering as in text-fig. 76.

On the other hand, the longitudinal testicular artery gives off at

least four slender branches, ventral in direction, which supply

the fat-body. The most anterior of these joins a twig of the

superior mesenteric which also supplies the fat-body. The

superior mesenteric thus also contributes to the blood-supply of

the testes.

366 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Feb. 16,

The adrenal portal vessels are more numerous than those of the

right adrenal body. The anterior, made by the union of two

main branches, each of which recovers blood from three inter-

costal spaces, enters the adrenal body in front of the anterior

spermatic artery ; the second, gathering blood from three inter-

costal intervals, lies between the two spermatic arteries.

Renal Arteries.—In noting the most important fact about the

renal arteries, namely, that there is only one to each kidney, it

must be borne in mind that the kidneys are extraordinarily

small. They measure about 27 inches in length, and the posterior

is situated a foot away from the vent. Hach renal artery

enters the kidney at its anterior end, and between the two renal

arteries arises the inferior mesenteric, which is much more

important than any of the slender intestinal arteries which

follow.

LACHESIS GRAMINEUS.

The anterior vertebral is short in this species, only reaching to

a point 13 inches from the heart (and 6 inches from the snout)

before plunging into the parietes. It gives off but a single inter-

costal branch, which is not far from its origin. The right aortic

arch itself is much more slender than the left; it gives off two

intercostal arteries before joining the left aorta. The dispropor-

tion between the right and left aorta is so very marked that the

former when it joins the latter is not larger than one of the

intercostals. After the junction of the aortz to the posterior end

of the trunk there are only 22 intercostals; as is the rule, they

become more numerous posteriorly. For example, the region

lying between the junction of the aorte and the origin of the

superior mesenteric only gives off six of these arteries. Another

peculiarity of this species is the fact that all the intercostal

arteries, without a single exception, enter the parietes in the

middle line. This is associated with, though it can hardly be

caused by, two particularly projecting bands of muscle which lie

one on either side of the dorsal median line. That the strong

development of these muscular bands has no special relation to

the accurately median entrance of the intercostal arteries appears

to be shown by the relation to the same of the intercostal portal

veins.

Intercostal Veins.—There are six of these veins in front of the

point of origin of the superior mesenteric artery; but they have

no special correspondence to the six intercostal arteries which

arise In the same area, All of these veins emerge from the

parietes to the left of the longitudinal bands of muscle referred to.

Just at the level of the superior mesenteric artery a stout portal

vein emerges from the right side; thereafter follow two veins,

also emerging from the right side. The remainder of these

vessels (six in number) arise again on the left side of the dorsal

median line.

The liver commences very high up in the body. Its apex is

1904. | CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPIHIDIA. 367

practically in contact with the pericardium. At the opposite

extremity it ends but a very short way in front of the gall-bladder.

The blood-supply of the esophagus, stomach, and liver is there-

fore rather different to that of some other snakes. There are, as

is usual, series of hepato-wsophageal, hepato-gastric, and gastric

vessels. No arteries, however, supply the liver only to the

exclusion of other organs. Altogether the liver is supplied by

nine vessels, of which the last two are the largest and run longi-

tudinally and superficially for some distance. The last of these

arteries 18 very nearly converted into an independent trunk, for

the gastric branch is given off immediately after the origin of the

combined trunk. Between this hepatic vessel and the next one

pe Text-fig. 78..

ee Bboy,

CTT AS

(Esophageal and hepatic arteries of Lachesis gramineus.

Ao., aorta; 4Ao.', left aortic arch; L., liver; @., esophagus.

in front three arteries arise from the aorta, which only supply the

alimentary canal and send no branch to the liver. In front of

this again are seven branches of the aorta which supply both liver

and gut. The two anterior of these at any rate arise from the

left aorta before its union with the right. Apart from these

trunks already mentioned, which lie between the last two hepatic

arteries, there is only a single gastric artery, which arises from

the aorta some little way behind the last gastro-hepatic.

The superior mesenteric artery presents no remarkable features.

The arteries of the posterior part of the intestine arise in irregular

alternation with the arteries to the oviducts, ovaries, and kidneys.

A more exact description of some of these arteries 1s as follows :—

The first artery after the superior mesenteric is that to the

anterior (and in my specimen not fully developed) ovary. After

this arises the posterior mesenteric and, after a gap, two other

intestinal arteries; between the last of these and.the third

intestinal artery are two slender oviducal arteries. Then follows

the artery of the posterior ovary (which was full of mature ova).

Immediately after this are five oviducal arteries supplying its

oviduct, and on the opposite side an oviducal artery belonging to

the other oviduct, the first renal artery and the first of a rectal

series.

368 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE | Feb. 16,

Some GENERAL Concuusions.

The facts detailed in the foregoing pages permit of some general

conclusions as to the structure of the arterial system in the

Ophidia.

In this general survey of that system I have naturally compared

my results with the most complete recent comprehensive survey

of the vascular system in those Reptiles—that which is given

in Bronn’s ‘Thier-Reich. I am unable from my own observa-

tions to substantiate all that is said in that work, though in

many points I can add nothing to the general statements therein

contained,

In the first place, though this conclusion can hardly be con-

sidered a novelty, it is important to note the prevalence of

longitudinal systems which are developed in nearly all the organs

of the body. The various regions of the alimentary tract possess

longitudinally running vessels which are filled by several branches

of the aorta. The same is true of the liver, the fat-body, the

gonads, &e. This state of affairs has not been sufficiently fully

emphasised in such figures of the arterial system as have been

published.

The anterior vertebral artery enters the thickness of the

parietes at a variable distance from the head, varying—that is to

say—according to the species, and the number of intercostal

branches which it gives off upon its course is not, as might be

inferred from the general account given in Bronn, three or four

only. These numbers do indeed occur; but they are often

considerably increased. Moreover, these arteries are, as has

correctly been stated, always single—never paired; and it may

be added that they always perforate the body-wall exactly in the

middle line, which is sometimes, but not always, the case with

the intercostal branches of the common aorta. With regard to

the latter, it will have been noted that they present many

variations. In the first place, they are more or less numerous,

and there is no exact correspondence between their numbers and

the length of the snake. They may be single or arranged in

pairs; both arrangements occur in the same snake. When

single they may enter the parietes exactly in the middle line, as

is the case with the intercostal branches of the anterior vertebral

artery; or they may he to one side or to the other, in which

case there is an alternation in position which is now regular now

irregular,

The gastric arteries vary rather more widely than might be

inferred from the summary given in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich.’

There are as few as one in Lachesis gramineus, three in Vaia

tripudians, and as many as ten or eleven in the genus Coluber.

Their alternate arrangement to the right and left sides of the

stomach is a noteworthy point.

The hepatic arteries are sometimes more than ten to twelve in

1904.] CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. 369

number. There are, for instance, twenty in Coluber melanoleucus,

which has not, I may remark, a specially long liver.

The arteria epiploica, the longitudinal artery of the fat-body, is

fed from several distinct sources. Arteries arise independently

from the aorta, from the spermatic arteries, from the oviducal

(arterie uterine in Bronn’s ‘ Thier- Reich’), from the superior and

inferior mesenteric, from the renal and gastric arteries. But I

have not found all these origins to coexist in the same species.

It is clear, from the facts at present known, that the rule

among the Ophidia is that each gonad has but a single spermatic

artery. The extraordinary length of the testes in Python spilotes

may account for their richer blood-supply. It is noteworthy,

moreover, that the artery or arteries generally reach the testes at

their posterior extremity.

On the other hand, the ducts of the gonads, whether male or

female, commonly receive thei blood-supply from a number of

separate branches of the aorta. Exceptionally (as in 7'ropido-

notus fasciatus) both ovary and oviduct may be supplied by

branches of the superior mesenteric, in addition to their own

proper arteries. And this is the case with the testes in Python

spilotes.

The renal arteries appear to vary from a single one to each

kidney (Python spilotes) to eight such artevies in Coronella

catenifer. The close association of the arterial supply of gonad

and kidney in Ophiophagus bungarus (see p. 357) is quite ex-

ceptional,

Little attention seems to have been paid to the epigastric artery,

which, however, exists and has been chiefly studied by me in

Ophiophagus. It is a continuous trunk running from end to end

of the body in close association with the anterior abdominal vein,

and is fed by the carotid anteriorly and the fat-body artery

posteriorly. As to the venous system, I may chiefly remark upon

the epigastric vein, which I have most particularly studied in

Ophiophagus. It extends along the lower body-wall and sends

branches to the shorter lobe of the liver along its whole length.

The portal system of the dorsal parietes appears to exist in all

Snakes. The trunks which arise from the parietes appear never

to issue from the muscular walls exactly in the middle line; they

are always to the right or left of that line, and in this they differ

from the intercostal arteries. There is always, or nearly always,

a specially large trunk in the immediate neighbourhood of the

superior mesenteric artery. It is remarkable that the intercostal

veins of the trunk should be connected with the portal systems,

while those of the “thorax” and neck open into vertebral veins.

Tam able to confirm and extend Gratiolet’s discovery * of a

suprarenal portal system, which appears to be universally present.

I have given above a number of detailed figures showing the

number and position of these veins (pp. 358, 364, &e.) in several

Snakes.

* “Note sur le systéme veineux des Reptiles,” Journ. de ’Inst, xxi. 1853, p. 60.

Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1904, Vou, I. No. XXIV. 24

370 ON THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM IN THE OPHIDIA. | Feb. 16,

From a classificatory point of view the main result which I

have arrived at is the recording of certain facts which support

the general contention that the Boide occupy a basal position

among the Ophidia. This view has of course been partly based

upon the persistence of rudiments of the hind limbs and of the

paired subequal lungs. The fact that the two aortic arches are

equisized is another fact pointing in the same direction, as is also

the regular series (one to each interorbital region) of intercostal

arteries*. The dorsal body-wall, moreover, where these arteries

enter is more muscular and less tendinous in structure than in

many Snakes. It may, I think, fairly be held that the replace-

ment of muscle by tendon is secondary. In possessing a fairly

long azygous vein joining the vertebral vein on a level with the

anterior margin of the heart, Python spilotes differs from such

a form as Coronella getula, where the azygos is much reduced.

The latter condition seems to me to be in all probability the

derived one. Thesmall number of arteries to the stomach, though

met with in other Snakes, is at any rate not at variance with the

views here advanced ; and I am of opinion that the single renal

artery on either side—the absence, in fact, of reduplication so

common in the Ophidia—is decidedly a primitive character.

Gadow, however, found two such arteries in the Madagascar Boa,

Pelophilus madagascariensis *.

Tam unwilling at present to attempt any diagnosis of other

genera, though there are plain indications of the possibility of

utilising the arterial system for systematic purposes.

* The further connection between these by superficial trunks is possibly to be

regarded as a secondary modification.

+ See Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich,’ loc. cit. pl. exxxv. fig. 1.

ContTENts (continued).

February 2, 1904 (continued).

1. On a Collection of Mammals from British Namaqualand, presented to the National

Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd. By Oxprimip Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8S., and Haroun

SON WANNABE Zea (Ed aten Vile \ityercic ape latsrele)aisdoranele siateraie eemenn see tala ai aehadstaisrere) aniereraloec a

2. On the Arteries of the Base of the Brain in certain Mammals. By Franx E. Bepparp,

RY Se Ee ZS PPOSeCtON GO LNG: SOCLELY)J.cs'eckc. = corse) sinicia um ere ale alm als folate) cbiisus rod eloieisinns

3. Descriptions of Three new Fishes discovered by the late Mr. J.S. Budgett in the Niger.

aye A. DOU LPNGHR,: Klis... Vill: Z.e .Celabes: Vliet VEER) Ace vinhsatss © olaele'attalae

4. On the Type Specimen of a West African Fish, Clarias leviceps Gill. By G. A.

PVG UEENG ERE SIN PAZ Se arene agit ors it reese tecnica Oy ah SGU a tara Ciena aiee nian

5. On the Subspecies of Giraffa camelopardalis. By R. Lyppxxeur. (Plates IX.XVI.) ..

February 16, 1904.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1904 ....

Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.M.G., K.C.B., F.Z.S. Letter from the late Mr. W. G. Doggett

concerning the Okapi and a supposed unknown large species of Central Atrican

Antelope

ee ee ee PS esse POF ce te ee se HO ee ce FO OFS TTEL eo oo eo HH oo oR eH Bo oo oD Oooo oD

Prof, EB, A. Minchin, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a specimen of the Spider Heteropoda regia,

captured at University College, London

se ee OO ee eo ee es oe eo ee FO ee OF oe Pee Ee wee we oe

1. Description of a new Antelope. By Hon. W. Roruscurup, D.8c., F.Z.8. ....0......

2. Another Contribution to the Knowledge of African Phytophagous Coleoptera. By

MARTIN SACOBY,| Hebi Stay Cite exe Vleet snsicin otienei amare m atc) Jas eile cl ema linsyienyane

3. The Polychzta of the Maldive Archipelago from the Collections made by J. Stanley

Gardiner in 1899. By Cyrin Crossnann, B.A., B.8c., F.Z.S., the Gatty Laboratory,

Si. Amd rows.’ Ceilates: Xa [LI ap Xo NG as te ie ceecrceetetcaias Shc sie'a 6 o,n'c. 8 svataieraioemene aueces

4, The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British Hast Africa, from Collections made by

Cyril Crossland in the Years 1901 and 1902.—The Polychexta. Part III. With

which is incorporated the Account of Stanley Gardiner’s Collection made in the Maldive

Archipelago in the Year 1899, By Cyrit Crossuanp, B.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S., the Gatty

Laboratory, St. Andrews. (Plates XX.—XXIL.) -

20 ee es se OB ee OO se eee eso een es as Peeve

5. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Circulatory System in the Ophidia. By Franx

HE. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society

ee POOF se tesa sane PS oaae

Page

171

270,

287

LIST OF PGATES.

1904.—V OL. I.

PAT Dal

Plate oe Page.

L ‘ at

ue Coleoptera of the genus Hipporrhinus . . Seeiiee ape ieee 6

IV. | j

V. Bones of Mullerornis betsilet .......0.0.e+ess+ 0 hee eee elnns GLOe

VI. 1. Herpestes ruddi. 2. Bathyergus janetta..... mio ate ereesienee 171

VII. 1. Marcusenius budgetti. 2. Gnathonemus gilli.....+...++- \ 197

VIII. Synodontis resupinatus .....+ sleieis wee micieres Barnes arenas Soak

IX. Giraffa camelopardalis typica, J jr. +++---.- ‘yie's oa wiohetaretens \

X. Giraffa camelopardalis typica, 2 jr. oe.ccesesesenees, eaves |

XI. Giraffa camelopardalis antiquorum, S jr. -.++.coeccerscee J

XII. Giraffa camelopardalis rothschildi, G .. 1.00. ce eecese sees | Ry

XIII. Giraffa camelopardalis rothschildt, 9 ese e sseeereees ‘vee $202

XIV. Giraffa camelopardalis angolensis, G es.eee-. eee ee ee ne es

XY. Fig. 1. Head of Giraffa eens cottont. Fig. 2. Head

Of Gi. C. WaTdt oi... cewks cee sc His siicig. & diwiale sa ois SNe bees enee Tent |

XVI. Giraffa camelopardalis capensis, G ...-.+--6 aii lob seers Rae us

XVII. New African Phytophagous Coleoptera » 6 wel d'art eopnpaleset ea ae

XVIII. 1,2. Chetopterus Lnnanrs. 3-7. Phy eho sates !

gerus . 2Vain Se sielce 6b 00) sie vie e's bien ele eialeid yee ma nea

XIX. 1,2. Chhetopter 28 he 3-7. Ea ieee eee a gardineri.

8-11. Hyalineecia CAMIGUING +22. cree Dia esate inal tbl oearatamees ¥)

XX. 1-5. Hunice afra. 6,7. H. coccinea ...... aaah ee

XXI. 1-6. Hunice tubifex, full-grown. 7, 8. £. ‘tub few, young. |

QA12. Hi, indica oes aso s lvine «ieee jaw laine eas oe see

XXII. 1-7. Eunice antennata. 8,9. E. siciliensis. 10, 11. Nicidion Ne es

ORUGIIS Seas hau CaO Ee Hoe ae Gelb e s ais pate eke

a oe

NOTICE. TET SS

~The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, fore two vo mes,

as follows:—

VOL. I.

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, i in 3 w

II. Bs a », ,March and April, in August. ;

VOL. II.

Part i. containing papers read in May and June, in October.

10 “ > » November and December, in April.

——

‘ Proceedings,’ 1903, Vol. II. Part II. was panied on feel Ist, 1904.

‘The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Me

in January and February are contained in this Part. |

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1904, vol. I.

PART. TT.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MARCH anp APRIL.

AUGUST 1904.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,

. PATERNOSTER-ROW.

, a | [Price Twelve Shillings.)

LIST OF CONTENTS: hoN

1904.—Vot. |

Part II.

March 1, 1904.

/ Page

Mr. R. I. Pocock. Motion as to the hour of Meeting for Scientific Business............ 371

Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of hybrids between ~

a Reeves: and*a Silver Phieasarty ic: cis cee eis vcisis sister cise alo v/ sce oie fot sy olen fe (elas senate 871

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull of a new form

of Buttalo trom Uigandavcy << oa ccts ost Sect taemcsie) pee leeie Solan S71

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin and deseription of a new species oF

Fruit-Bat from Fernando Po

sn dhd ol aaiate a mbaeratec tae tGatansreseia laictoye seis alc eet ee aaa 371

Mr. J. ffolliott Darling, F.Z.S. Exhibition of some ee of, and fone upon, a

large specimen of the Woolly Monkey ............-+---+s2 ++ sees eeees PE Ss 373

Dr. Walter Kidd. Note on the arrangement of the hair on the nasal region of Alwropus

LOA LTOTAMELISS CPA BEAN Her aE SG Re ADAG Om OOM ooh OOH SOMO AS eo do suce 373

Myr. R. E. Holding. Exhibition of an abnormal head of a Dorset Lamb ...........-.. 373

Mr. R. E. Holding. Exhibition of a skull of a Four-horned Ram which had been fractured

mya ea ATTACH sass cyonenener dele « car chal p itederleycia' s/n le feet abeyese/olegs Qfetaieloiebl icles =p lin ett eee 374.

Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, pelages of the Grey Seal in

VWaAOUS SbAeOS OF BLOW. da cccle\s ole ee wie'ej x's ernieiaisaieiwiele le laa =/e/ieic) ste iris area a 374

1. On some Nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibar. Part IV. By Sir C. Extor,

K.0.M.G., late H.M. Commissioner for the East African Protectorate, F.Z.8.—Dorididz

Cryptobranchiate, II. (Plates XXIII. & XXIV.) ............ 0. e eee eee eee 380

2. On the Turbellarian Worm Avagina incola, with a Note on the Classification of the

Proporide. By Rosurt T. Lurrsr, Research Student, Glasgow University Cae

logical Laboratory). (Plate XXV.) 2.0.02. ewe nee oe anemia He eon eeie wenals 407

3. On Two Specimens of “ Riporre” with known Parentage. By Dr. Hinar Lonneure,

O.MZS, &e. (Plate XX VAY) sie ocpemicis cei: ridicieissta emo iene seca imeitonieets 411

March 15, 1904.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1904.... 416

Mr. Frank Slade, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Bantam hen with a claw on each wing ........ 416

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some dental peculiarities

in Mammals....

ah wie eee'e de Deeds ce Shoo den ae DOGG RUN. (eG ke eeu: teenie nem

Mr, G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a paddle of a new species

Of Mehthyosatr i 68s: oa nis lo ololsiciea wnictrietesuetere rile te tpietsieiciene © = © o'c «+ (sola saiaaiets oper 424

“Mr. A. E. Pratt. Exhibition of a series of skins of Paradise-birds from the Owen-Stanley

Range, British New Guineas calories oe cece ce ee eset sce Pee reesccccovace eee. 426. y

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

1904.] oN A NEW SPECIES OF FRUIT-BAT FROM FERNANDO PO. 371

March 1, 1904.

Dr. A, Gintuer, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following motion, of which notice had been given at the

Meeting held on February 16th, was put to the Meeting by

Mr. R. I. Pocock, seconded by Mr. R. H. Burne, and declared to

be lost by a very large majority :—

“That it is desirable to alter the hour of the Meetings for

Scientific Business from 8.30 p.m. to 5 P.M.”

Dr. A. Giinther, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

some specimens of hybrids between Reeves’ Pheasant (Phasianus

reevesi) 3 and the Silver Pheasant (Genneus nycthemerus) 9° .

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the skull of a Buffalo which,

with’ several others, had been obtained in Ankole, 8S.W. Uganda,

during Col. Delmé-Radcliffe’s delimitation of the Anglo-German

Boundary.

The horns of this buffalo were remarkably broad and flat in

the palm, and their bases diverged considerably from each other

in front, contrasting in these respects with those of the true

Bubalus caffer of South Africa, which were very convex on the

palm, while their inner edges (close to each other in old bulls)

were quite parallel.

The animal was of considerable size, the skull of the type-

Specimen measuring 505 mm. in basal length, while its horns

were 1106 mm. (= 433 in.) between the most distal points of

their outer convexity, and 295 mm. (= 114 in.) across the palm

ir a straight line, measured with callipers.

An old female skull was 455 mm. in basal length, with a

greatest horn-spread of 842 mm., the palms being 141 mm. broad.

All the specimens sent were closely similar, and Mr. Thomas

thought that a subspecific name should be given to the animal,

which represented a northern race of 3B. caffer, fully as large as

the latter, but tending in the flatness of its horns towards the

smaller Bubalus equinoctialis Blyth, of the Upper Nile.

Mr. Thomas therefore suggested for it the name of Bubalus

cater radcliffer (cf. Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, No, 4, p, 13, March 8)

in honour of its donor.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas also exhibited a Fruit-Bat which had

been obtained by the expedition to Fernando Po subsidised by

the Duke of Bedford and Mrs. Percy Sladen.

This Bat belonged to the rare genus Scotonycteris, but did not

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XXV. 25

372 ON A NEW SPECIES OF FRUIT-BAT FROM FERNANDO PO. [Mar.1,

appear to be referable to S. zenkert*, the only known species ;

and was therefore described as new, as follows :—

SCOTONYCTERIS BEDFORDI ‘7.

Scotonycteris bedfordi, Thomas, Abstr. P. Z.8. 1904, No. 4,

p. 14, March 8.

Near S. zenkeri, but ears much smaller.

Size rather less than in S. zenkeri. Fur close, fine and woolly,

the hairs of the back about 6 mm. in length. Fleshy part of

forearms, wing-membrane bordering flanks and hind limbs, upper

side of legs to ankles, and interfemoral membrane (except terminal

part near calear) well clothed with fur; the centre of the inter-

femoral quite buried in thick fur. Below, the fur was less extended,

only covering the proximal part of the wing-membrane and the

centre of the interfemoral.

General colour above mixed whitish and ochraceous buff, the

hairs dark brown at base, then silvery white, their tips pale

brownish buffy or ‘“clay-colour,” the peripheral hairs of membranes

and limbs wholly of the latter colour. Head rather browner than

back. Central white muzzle-patch present, as in the type species ;

eyes with dark rims, interrupted behind by small white postocular

spots, only about 2 mm. in diameter. Owing to the general light

colour, these patches are but little prominent. Ears very small

and narrow, conspicuously smaller than in S. zenkeri. Throat

and centre of chest creamy whitish, passing on shoulders, sides

of body, and inguinal region into brown.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 48 mm.

Head and body (original measure in the flesh) 71; ear (in

flesh) 11; thumb (c¢.u.) 23; first finger—metacarpal 34, Ist

phalanx 24, 2nd phalanx 30; fifth finger 63; tibia 20; calcar 6.

Hab. Fish Town, Fernando Po.

Type. Female. Original number 31. Collected 2 January,

1904, by E. Seimund.

This interesting Bat, which had been named in honour of its

joint donor, the President of the Society, was the first repre-

sentative of the genus Scotonycteris received by the National

Museum, and was therefore a most welcome accession. It

differed from S. zenkeri, of the Cameroons, by its conspicuously

smaller ears, which were only 11 mm. in length, while those of

S. zenkert were stated by Dr. Matschie to be 17 mm. long, a

measurement that quite agreed with their appearance in his plate.

S'. bedfordi also seemed to have smaller postocular spots and a

more hairy interfemoral membrane than its mainland ally.

* Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1894, p. 202; Flederm. Berl. Mus. Megachi-

roptera, p. 70, pl. 13 (1899). ;

+ [The complete account of the new species described in these communications

appears here; but as the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ such species are distinguished here by being underlined.—Ep1ToR. |

1904. | ON THE DOUBLE HEAD OF A DORSET LAMB. 373

Mr. J. ffolliott Darling, F.Z.S., exhibited some photographs of

a very large specimen of the Woolly Monkey (La GOH ix humboldti)

and made the following remarks :—

“This specimen, seen and photographed in Southern Califor “tin

last year, was a mele and weighed about 55 Ibs., and, when

standing erect, was about 3 feet in height. He was very fat and

much the largest example of this species I have ever seen.

He was not only remarkable for his immense size, but for his

partiality for standing and walking erect and the intelligent

manner in which he used his tail to assist him in that position ;

at times he supported himself by it somewhat after the manner

of a Kangaroo, and at others clung to an iron bar by it and so

helped to keep an equilibrium.

“T attribute the fact of such a delicate monkey having lived

for many years in confinement so far north of his regular habitat,

on the upper waters of the Amazon, Rio Negro, and Orinoco

rivers, to the extreme equability of the climate on the seaboard

of Mexico and to his spending every day in the open air.”

Dr. Walter Kidd, F.Z.8., read the following note on the

arrangement of the hair on the nasal region of the Parti-coloured

Bear (Zluropus melanoleucus) :—

“‘TIn the memoir of Professor Lankester, published last year in

the ‘ Transactions’ of the Linnean Society, on the Affinities of

Hluropus melanoleucus, no reference is made to the mode of

arrangement of the hair on the nasal region. This is of the

Derivative type (sketched on blackboard), in which respect

Hluropus differs from all the Urside as well as from Procyon,

and in which it resembles the Felide. It can hardly be claimed

that a character so superficial and intrinsically unimportant as

this can contradict the veiw of the affinities of this creature,

which are based on the more stable osteological and dental

characters. If it be not a character indicating affinity, this

arrangement of the nasal hair-stream may be held to have arisen

in one of two ways—either by being simply correlated with the

broad zygomatic region of Zluropus, or as the result of some

habit peculiar to it. Whatever the explanation may be, the fact

seems to be worth recording.”

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon the

double head of a Dorset Lamb. The heads were of unequal

development and united from the orbit to the base of the skulls.

In the longer head the palate was cleft along its entire

length, the lower jaw having a complete set of deciduous incisors.

The smaller head had also the palate completely cleft and a

small opening in place of the mouth; there was no trace of

either tongue or lower jaw. The upper or dorsal aspect of the

25*

374 MR J. G. MILLAIS ON THE SKIN OF THE [Mar. l,

specimen showed absence of the parietal and occipital bones, the

brain being absent with the exception of portions of the frontal

lobe. The cut end of the neck exhibited a well-formed spinal

cord, its anterior end being lost in the membranous lining of the

base of the skull; there were only two ears.

Mr. Holding also exhibited the skull of a Spanish Four-horned

Ram, showing complete dislocation and partial fracture of the

skull from base of nasal bones to occipital, due to a combat with a

rival ram. Boe ce

Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.S., exhibited some pelages of the Grey

Seal (Halicherus gryphus) taken from the animals in various stages

of growth from birth to maturity, and made the following

remarks :—

There is no European mammal, exclusive of the Whales, the

pelages and life-history of which are so little known as those of the

Grey Seal. If we look through the recorded history of the animal

we find only endless confusion with another large pinniped, namely

the Bearded Seal (Lrignathus barbatus), to which the Grey Seal

certainly bears a somewhat similar appearance in the adult state.

After various accounts suggestive of its rank, Fabricius, in 1791,

gave the first systematic name to the Grey Seal, and pointed out

many of its main characteristics; but even after this date little

was known of the animal, and to this day such experienced and

practical men as the Dundee and Newfoundland seal captains fail

to recognise any difference between the large Ice Seal and the

dweller on the rocks. Both species are known to them as the

Square phripper or Square flipper. Even, too, with all the strides

that have taken place in modern zoology, we find, on turning to

recent literature, but few references to the Grey Seal, little being

said of its habits and practically nothing as to its pelage, growth,

and the finer points of its life-history.

Dr. Edmonston gave us an admirable little paper on the Seals

of the Shetland Islands in 1837, which included many excellent

references to the Grey Seal; and Prof. Robert Collett a good account

of the breeding-habits of the species, taken from observations in

the Fros and the Vigten Islands in Norway, and published in the

Zoological Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ 1881; but Mr. Allen, in so

comprehensive a workas ‘ Pinnipeds of North America,’ confessed

that he was able to describe the species only from two skulls and

skins, whilst his general descriptions were taken from the writings

of many who knew the animal only slightly or from hearsay.

European museums, too, even our own admirable National Col-

lection, seem to suffer from a lack of specimens, and without the

examination of a very large series, it is lnpossible to describe

accurately this interesting animal,

It is this difficulty of obtaining skins, and the fact that the

animal must be hunted in dangerous and exposed situations, that

1904. | GREY SEAL AT VARIOUS STAGES OF GROWTH. 375

has caused our want of knowledge. Some years ago, when I began

to study the Seals inhabiting our coasts, I saw how necessary it

was to obtain a large series of skins before expressing any opinion ;

but now, after several expeditions to nearly all the British haunts

of this animal, and the examination of over a hundred and fifty

skins, I am able to come to some definite conclusions with regard

to the pelage and gradual life-growth.

In the first place, there is no mammal, not subject to a very

wide distribution, such as Ursus arctos, which evinces so many

types of pelage and intermediate forms, and this is all the more

remarkable because all these various colourings and modulations

may be found in a single colony of animals inhabiting one group

of rocks. These types are as follows :—

Adult Males.

Four distinct types are found, as well as every intermediate

form between them, that is, specimens may occur which are com-

posite of two, three, or even four types.

1. The Black Male.—Hair all over body very dark ash-grey and

sometimes jet-black. Commencing at the angle of the jaw and

extending round sides of neck are certain bands of hair usually

darker than the rest of the pelage and often curling*. In this

type the under parts are generally slightly lighter, with a brownish

tinge, and whole crown of the head light grey. However, I have

seen two complete melanie forms which were quite black all over.

The black type is somewhat rare, and occurs about one in twenty

individuals.

2. The Light Grey Male.—This form usually has dun-coloured

under parts and flipper-pits. All the upper portions are pale grey,

and black “ropes” of curling hair partially encircle the neck and

extend as far as the shoulders. Crown of the head silvery grey,

and muzzle slightly darker. An uncommon type.

3. The Blotched Male.—This is practically a composite form

of the two preceding types, but the belly shows generally a

white ground with heavy grey and black blotches superimposed.

The upper surface is light grey with large dark blotches of blackish

grey. Crown of head pale silvery grey and muzzle brownish black.

Occasionally this type has dun markings on the belly and flipper-

pits. A common type.

4. The Grey Spotted Male-—This pronounced type shows a

strong line of demarcation between the upper parts, which are a

pure grey, and the throat and belly, which are a pure white.

Over the whole of the upper and lower portions of the pelage are

scattered a number of large black spots. A few small spots are

sometimes seen on the sides of the head, the muzzle, and the flippers.

* When in full coat in October the old males frequently grow hair on the neck,

which is much longer than the pelage on the rest of the body, and in the case of

the light grey males these ridges of hair are often long lines of black, which, as

Edmonston has already noted, give the animal the appearance, when rearing his

head out of the water, as if several small ropes encircled the throat.

376 MR. J. G. MILLAIS ON THE SKIN OF THE [ Mar. I,

Crown of head pale grey. This is by far the commonest type of

adult male, and quite 60 per cent. belong to this form. The

“yope”-like markings on the neck are seldom seen in this type.

Although I have never yet examined a specimen, I have strong

reasons for believing that sometimes silvery grey-white adult males

may occur. These are probably not albinos, but simply extremely

light-coloured examples of the light type on which there are no

spots, and have been seen lying on rocks with the sun playing on

them. Mr. Sutherland, the keeper at Kintradwell, Sutherland,

who has seen and shot many Grey Seals, stated in a letter to me

that he had twice seen a big male that was pure white, and for

two seasons a large male has frequented the outer skerries near

Belmullet, and been seen several times by Philip Lovell, the

“kine” of Inniskeara, who has lived amongst these seals all his

life.

The pelage in the adult male and female is short and somewhat

rigid. In the late summer and autumn it is somewhat sparse,

but is close and pretty thick from February to May, when it is:

in best condition. Mr. Allen, and others who have since quoted

from his writings, say that the hair is often recurved at the tips,

but this is not my experience except in stuffed specimens subjected

to artificial heat.

The skin of the adnlt male emits a pungent odour resembling

coal-tar, and this scent is strongly retained after curing, as is the

case with petrels, &e. In the females this odour is scarcely

noticeable and is lost after death.

Adult Females.

Adult females are represented by two distinct types. They

are much paler in colour than the males, and vary less in their

pelages.

1. The Light Grey Female.—Quite 95 per cent. of female Grey

Seals conform to this pelage. A pure bluish grey is found over

all the upper parts, whilst pure white hair covers the belly and

throat, a few black spots are generally seen on the shoulders and

fore flippers, and the lower throat is well marked with black spots.

When in full coat these females possess a beautiful silvery sheen

over the whole coat, which, taking on the lights of the surrounding

sea and sky, gives the pelage an iridescence of many hues. The

crown of the head, although a very pale grey, is especially bright

as well as the flanks, and at a distance the Seal looks silvery

white*.

2. The Dark Spotted Female.—I have never seen a “black”

female, although I have reason to believe that such has occurred.

* The variation of the colour in a single specimen of the Grey Seal is most remark-

able when the light strikes it in different ways. An adult female, lying on a rock

with the sun directly overhead, looked almost silvery white, in a side-light sea-green,

and afterwards, in'a room without the influence of outdoor effects, a pure grey. The

reader must therefore feel some sympathy with the artist who has to reproduce such

chameleon-like changes in the coat of a single animal.

1904. ] GREY SEAL AT VARIOUS STAGES OF GROWTH, 377

The type of dark female had the usual demarcation of grey upper

parts and whitish under parts, but the whole is so suffused with

ashy grey and black spots and blotches that the whole pelage

appears to be blackish grey. The muzzle is dark, and the crown,

as usual, pale grey.

Tf there is one external characteristic which marks out the Grey

Seal for superficial identification, it is the pale-grey crown of the

head. This feature is present in nearly every example of both

male and female of whatever type, and, even when they were

swimming in the sea at a distance of half a mile, I have been able

with certainty to distinguish this Seal from the Common Seal, the

head of which always looks black, bullety, and glistening.

In adults the mystacial bristles are abundant, very stiff, and

curiously crenulated, which gives to certain old males a rather

‘“‘walrusy” look. The snout is unusually elongated, especially in

the old male, whilst the muzzle is very broad and fleshy, with the nose

aquiline. These characteristics are more subdued in the female, and

‘her eyes have a more benevolent expression. The eyes of the old

male are somewhat sunk, and, when angry, he has, like the big

carnivora, a most ferocious expression. In the fore feet the two

first toes are of equal length and have large nails, whilst the hind

feet are deeply emarginated, the outer toes forming long fingers

and only possessing small nails. In very old males these nails

become almost completely worn away, and the animals do not

seem capable of renewing them. The length of adult males varies

from 73 to 10 feet. From the measurements taken by myself of

27 adult males, I find 8 feet to 8 feet 6 inches to be the common

length. 9 feet 6 inches is that of the largest animal I have

handled; but I have little doubt that monsters of 10 feet and even

over are sometimes to be found, and I think that I once shot and

lost one as large as this. The statement that males of 12 and 13

feet have been captured must be accepted with reservation, and it.

must be recollected that the sportsman generally measures his seal

from the nose to the end of the hind flippers, and not from the

nose to the end of the tail, as he should do. The adult males vary

a good deal in weight, as some of them are long, lanky-looking

creatures, and others very short for their size and thickset.

A big male shot by Sir Reginald Cathcart on South Uist

weighed 50 stone, and in the ‘Vertebrate Fauna of Argyll and

and the Inner Hebrides,’ Harvie-Brown and Buckley state :—

“Mr. Henry Evans records the weight of one killed at 48 stones,

and he has known them to reach 9 feet in length. Weourselves,

we believe, have seen specimens exceeding this size in the Outer

Hebrides. One shot by Mr. M‘Neill, Jun., of Canna, as he

assured us, weighed 45 stones 5 lbs., and was the largest ever

seen or recorded there (1881).”

Dr. Edmonston, who had a long experience of these Seals in

Shetland, gives the weight as 639 pounds. The largest male he-

examined was “8 feet fromthe muzzle to end of tail; girth round

378 MR. J. G, MILLAIS ON THE SKIN OF THE [Mar. I,

the shoulders 6 feet. The hide weighed 55 lbs., the blubber

145 lbs.; weight of the whole body 6 hundredweight; whilst

Prof. Collett states that a full-grown male Grey Seal weighs from

250 to 290 kilogrammes, and contains blubber of the weight of

70 or 90 kilogrammes, a few extremely large ones perhaps reaching

100 kilogrammes. The females weigh from 180 to 250 kilo-

grammes, as a rule about 220. During the pairing-time the

males lose from 50 to 79 kilogrammes. The females, the blubber

of which, so to speak, is transferred through the milk to the pups,

lose much less, or from 30 to 50 kilogrammes. They do not —

regain their good condition before the summer.” I do not think

that this is quite correct, as three adults examined in March and

April were extremely fat.

An adult female shot by myself at Langasgeir, North Uist, in

August 1890, weighed exactly 21 stone 8 lbs., on some sheep

seales the accuracy of which I had previously tested. Length

from nose to end of tail 6 feet 1 inch, length from nose to end of

hind flipper 7 feet 1 inch; circumference immediately behind the

fore flippers 4 feet 7 inches. The usual length of adult females -

is from 52 to 64 feet. Mr. Ball, writing to Professor Bell in 1837,

describes how he captured an old female near Howth. The

skeleton measured 7 feet 2 inches*, and the estimated weight

over 500 pounds. I should imagine this to be the maximum size

of females. Another old female which I shot lying on some rocks

near the Holm of Gloup, Yell, Shetland, in August 1901, measured

6 feet to end of tail and 6 feet 11 inches to end of flippers. I had

no means of weighing the specimen accurately, as I had in the

first case, but should say it was about 20 stone.

The young are at first pure white, with sometimes a few grey

hairs on the top of the head, the coat being smooth and silky, but

in a few days becoming creamy-coloured and woolly. At the end of

a week the coat is dull yellow, with more blackish hairs on the

head, and blotched with pale grey on the nape. At birth the

hair is very white and silky, but soon grows rapidly, and slightly

curls as it turns yellow. About six weeks after birth this coat 1s

shed, and gives place to a shorter and closer covering of yellow

interspersed with grey and black. Some examples are also green,

and some reddish, with a”faint dappling of dark markings on the

back.

Pure melanisms of this Seal must sometimes occur, but are

without doubt of great rarity. One undoubted instance of a

baby Grey Seal, black from birth, has come under my notice.

Maj.-Gen. Sir John MacNeill and two other men, who are well

acquainted with this Seal in its feral state, were rowing past a small

island off the west coast of Colonsay when they passed close to 13

Grey Seals’ pups about 3 weeks old. One of these was jet-black all

over. All the young animals were plainly seen by the occupants

* This measurement was evidently taken from the nose to the end of the hind

flipper.

1904. | GREY SEAL AT VARIOUS STAGES OF GROWTH. 379

of the boat, who saw that they were of equal size and as yet too

small to take to the water *.

When the young Grey Seal is about 28 weeks old its pelage

begins to fade rapidly until, by the beginning of April, it is often

of a pale uniform straw-colour, with the back-spottings of undeter-

mined brown. At this stage it loses its second coat of hair, and

the third pelage commences to appear. This third pelage is more

pronounced in colour, and gives indications of the coat that the

animal will eventually assume when adult, but the old hair often

changes to most extraordinary colours just before shedding. I

have seen immature skins of 26 weeks old with hair of russet, dark

brown, green, yellow, blue-grey without spots, blue-grey heavily

spotted with black, neutral tint, and creamy white. The com-

monest type, however, of both males and females at this age is

pale grey back, turning darker towards the crown, yellow under

parts, muzzle and flippers, and with dark grey spots on the back.

Such a variety of tints is not to be found in any animal except

Ursus arctos. On reaching the third pelage most of these strange

colour-tints vanish, and we find the young Grey Seal about 4 feet

6 inches in length, and 90 to 100 lbs. in weight, and evincing the

dappled, grey, black, or light-grey types of adult males and females

respectively, although not yet in perfect completeness.

At one year old the young Grey Seal, when in third pelage, has

gained the white under parts with black spots, but has gained

little in size after the fourth moult to the fourth pelage ; however,

when the types become still more pronounced, they progress

quickly, so that at two years the length of males is usually about

5 feet 6 inches, and weight from 12 to 14 stone. In each suc-

ceeding year additional weight is put on. At three years males

measure 6 feet and over, and I do not think they are fully adult

until the fifth year, at which age they are capable of entering the

breeding-grounds and asserting their sex. Adults allow no

immatures except those of one year old to come close to the rocks

on which the females pup, and even these youngsters do not land

until the breeding-season 1s over.

The following papers were read :—

* The reader will at once put the question, ‘“‘ How do you know that the regular

black form, for it is a regular type of this Seal, is not always black from birth

like this melanic pup?” It is certainly a natural supposition, for without doubt

this abnormal juvenile would have become a pure black adult; but, on the other

hand, I must put forward the opinion that the black males must almost without ex-

ception have been once white pups, for I have seen two skins of 5 and 8 months old

youngsters actually in a state of change from the light second youthful coat to the

black adult. Moreover, such a thing as a black baby H. gryphus of a few weeks old

has only once been heard of in the big haunts of the Grey Seal, where hundreds of

pups were annually slaughtered and where adult males of the black type occur about

one in every 20 specimens.

380 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. 1,

1. On some Nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibar.

Part IV.* By Sir C. Extot, K.C.M.G., late H.M. Com-

missioner for the Hast African Protectorate, F.Z.S8.—

Dorididze Cryptobranchiatee, IL.

[Received January 23, 1904. |

(Plates XXIIT. & XXIV.7)

[The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but as the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ such species are distinguished here by being underlined.—Ep1rTor. |

In my last paper t I discussed the Cryptobranchiate Dorids

represented by such genera as Archidoris, Discodoris, Platydoris,

&e. These are oval flattish forms, mostly of sombre coloration,

with a dorsal surface rarely smooth but generally granulated, or

bearing papille, warts, or tubercles.. The branchie are usually

tripinnate. A labial armature is more often absent than present,

there is no central tooth, and the radula consists of uniform,

simply hamate teeth, rarely differentiated or denticulate. In the

present paper I propose to consider some forms belonging to

another group typified by Chromodoris and its allies. These

Dorids are often (but not always) elongated and lmaciform in

shape, brightly coloured, and smooth. The branchie are usually

simply pinnate. A labial armature is nearly always present

(absent only in Zhorunna and Aphelodoris). In the radula a

central tooth is rare, but sometimes occurs (in Cadlina, Tyrinna,

and Chr. scabriuscula), and rhachidian thickenings are frequent.

The teeth are generally denticulate, and the tooth next to the

rhachis is nearly always different in shape from the others. The

stomach is usually enclosed in the liver, and there is rarely any

armature in the reproductive organs. All these characters are

well seen in Chromodoris ; and I am inclined to think that the

following genera are more or less closely allied to it :—Casella,

Ceratosoma, Thorunna, Aphelodoris, Orodoris, Spherodoris,

Cadlina, Tyrinna, Halla §, Rostanga, and Audura. The common

character possessed by all these forms is in the mouth-parts :

* For Part III. see P. Z.S. 1908, vol. ii. p. 354.

+ For explanation of the Plates see p. 406.

{ Since writing the third part of this paper (cf. P. Z. S. 1908, vol. ii. p. 354) I have

read the last fasciculus by Prof. Bergh which has appeared in Semper’s ‘ Reisen ”

(Bd. ix. Th. vi. Lief. i. Nudibranchiata, January 1904), and it appears to me that

the genus Peronodoris is practically equivalent to that which I proposed to call

Sclerodoris, and as it has priority should take the place of the latter name. The

only difference in the generic characters is that for Peronodoris is given “ penis stylo

armatus.”’ I did not see this style in any of the forms which I have described, but

even if it is present in some species and absent in others, this variation would not in

my opinion necessitate the creation of separate genera.

Archidoris violacea Bergh seems nearly allied to my A. africana, and A, nanula

Bergh to my A. minor ; but the identity of the forms, though not impossible, cannot

be demonstrated from the descriptions.

§ (This name is preoccupied by a Polychete worm, Halla parthenopeia A. Costa,

Ann. Accad. d. Aspiranti Naturalisti Napoli, ii. p. 68 (1844).—C. CRossLAND.}

PZ.S.1904,vol.1. Pl. XXIII.

th, sc.et imp

5, CRUROMOIO ORS) IRANI WIL AGEN, (S)(G. (SNAIL SI,

C Crossland, del

8, C. CAVAS,

x PZ.S.1904,vol 1 Pl. XXIV.

C. Crossland,del.

Huth, sc.et imp

1-3. CHROMODORIS ANNULATA. 4.C. ELIZABETHINA.

1904. | FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 381

nearly all have a labial armature, and all * have teeth more or less

differentiated. I confess that I am afraid of attaching too much

importance to the radula: a case like Aldisa, where a Dorid with

otherwise ordinary characters has a unique dentition, certainly

shows that the teeth may vary without any corresponding change

in other characters; but in the genera here grouped together it

will be found that the buccal characters are usually accompanied

by some other feature which allies them to Chromodoris, such as

simply pinnate branchie or a long narrow shape. It may be said

that the teeth of Dorids are never really uniform, and in the

genera described in my previous paper are often denticulate at

the outer end of the row. This is true, but the outermost teeth

are less well developed and more exposed than the others. They

therefore have a natural tendency for purely mechanical reasons

to become smaller and more irregular, and a particular form of

this irregularity, due perhaps to some peculiarity of texture, is

seen when they split up and become jagged or denticulate. But

no such mechanical explanation will account for the innermost

teeth being larger and more elaborately formed than the rest.

Also this peculiarity is confined to certain genera, whereas the

irregularity of the outermost teeth is general among the Crypto-

branchiates and as noticeable in Chromodoris as elsewhere.

Casella and Ceratosoma are clearly closely allied to Chromodoris,

the former being perhaps not really a separate genus. Thorunna

is practically Chromodoris without a labial armature. Aphelodoris

has an elongate shape and narrow mantle-edge, but tripinnate

branchie and no labial armature. It seems, however, to be allied

to Chromodoris by the presence of an accessory denticle on the

innermost teeth. The remaining genera are of more or less oval

shape, with a fairly wide mantle-margin, and papille or tubercles

on the back, peculiarities which are found in some species of

Chromodoris. Spherodoris has simply pinnate branchie and a

radula which, though peculiar, is essentially of the Chromodoris-

type. Orodoris, which Bergh associates with Spherodoris and

Miamira, has the median part of the radula much as in Chromo-

doris. Hallat and Rostanga are allied to Chromodoris by their

simply-pinnate branchiz as well as by their buccal parts: indeed,

the former appears to me almost an aberrant Chromodorid akin to

such forms as Chr. sykesi described below. In Rostanga the

Mediterranean species perspicillata has denticulate inner teeth :

in coccinea they are merely bifid. The buccal parts of Tyrinna

and Cadlina strongly resemble those of Chr. scabriuscula, which

has also a somewhat oval form and tuberculate back. I somewhat

doubtfully refer Audura to the same group, in virtue of its radula.

This position is somewhat supported by its smooth skin and

scanty bipinnate branchie, but the structure of the foot suggests

other affinities.

* Except the very anomalous Miamira, which Bergh regards as allied to Sphero-

doris and Orodoris.

+ See note § on p. 380.

382 SIR C, ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [Mar. 1,

The following is a list of the forms noticed below :—

Chromodoris A. & H.

Chr. reticulata Pse.

Chr. sykesi.

Chr. cave.

Chr. annulata.

Chr. splendens.

Chr. tryont (Gar.).

. Chr. vicina.

Chr. elizabethina B., var. africana.

. Chr. runcinata B.

10. Chr. nigrostriata.

11. Chr. scurra B.

12. Chr. hilaris B.

13. Chr. lineata Souleyet.

dha Pas » var. nigrolineata.

15. Chr. ? magnifica Q. & G.

16. Chr. inconspicua.

17. Chr. flava.

Casella H. & A. Adams.

18. Cas. atromarginata (Cuv.).

CO OI TE Se BO

Ceratosoma Adams & Reeve.

19. Cer. cornigerum (Ad.).

Spherodoris B.

20. Sph. levis B.

Orodoris B.

21. O. mianirana B. | (From Willey’s New Britain

Miamira B. Collection.)

22, Mia. nobilis B.

Genus CHROMODORIS.

More than 100 forms are referred to this large genus, but are

by no means all equally certain. About 40 have been described

by Prof. Bergh, and may be regarded as well established. Most

of the remainder are known only from the external characteristics

often very superficially described, and many of the so-called species

are probably merely varieties.

The animals are as a rule soft, smooth, and brightly coloured.

The branchie are simply pinnate, the tentacles small and capable

of retraction. There is a strong labial armature and a charac-

teristic radula. The rhachis often bears thickenings: the first

tooth on each side of it is denticulate on both the inner and outer

sides, and thereby differs from the rest, which are denticulate on

the outer side only. The outermost are irregular and denticulate

on the apex only. There is no stomach outside the liver.

Within the limits of these characters there is such great

variety that it may be doubted if the genus should not be split up.

1904. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 383

The following notes on the principal divergencies presented have

no pretension to be exhaustive, but may perhaps prove useful.

1, Asa rule the shape is somewhat high, elongated, and limaci-

form, with a narrow mantle-edge, but some species are low and

distinctly oval, with the mantle-edge very wide and ample. Such

ave Chr. reticulata, sykesi, cave, and annulata here described ;

and it would appear from the published plates and descriptions

that Chr. albescens, theringi, punctilucens, histrio, propinquata,

splendens, albo-pustulosa have a similar shape. Some species (e. g

Chr. vicina) are capable of assuming two forms—one high and

narrow, the other flat and oval; so the distinction in shape may

perhaps not be absolute *.

2. The skin is usually soft and smooth, but the dorsal surface

bears tubercles in Chr. orsinii, sannio, pustulans, verrucosa,

lapinigensis, and the somewhat doubtful roseopicta of Verrill.

The very abnormal Chr. scabriusculais spiculate with hard lumps.

Chr. runcinata, pantharella, sannio, picturata, camena,

elegans, glauca, californensis, gonatophora, sycilla, have small

knobs, apparently of a glandular character, on the underside of

the mantle-margin.

4, The colour is hardly ever uniform. There is usually a

coloured border (sometimes double) round the mantle-edge, and

generally a pattern on the back formed of stripes or spots.

Although this pattern may vary considerably within the species,

the spotted and striped forms appear to be distinct. Sometimes,

however (¢. g. in Chr. runcimata), spots arranged in a line unite

to form a stripe, and Chr. semperi and nigrostr tata appear to be

the same, except that the first is spotted and the second striped,

It would be rash in the present state of our knowledge to make

any general statement as to the correspondence between these two

types of pattern and other characters, but in a considerable

number of species stripes are combined with an elongate form and

bifid teeth, with or without accessory denticles under the bifurca-

tion (e. g., Chr. cerulea, gracilis, messinensis, sycilla, carnea,

hilaris, lineata, marenzelleri, thalassopora, lapinigensis); while

another combination, of an oval form, spotted pattern, and teeth

bearing many denticles but not bifid, is presented by Chr. reticu-

lata, sykesi, cave, annulata, punctilucens, splendens, and histrio.

Elongated spotted forms are not uncommon, but none of the oval

forms with ample mantles as yet recorded are striped.

5. The branchie range from 5 to nearly 30 in number, and are

variously arranged in a complete circle, or a circle more or less

open behind or a double spiral (see Plates XXIII. figs. 2 & 8;

XXIV. fig. 2). Sometimes the plumes are uniform in size; some-

times those in front(more rarely those behind)are larger. Typically

they are quite simple, but frequently some are bifid and sometimes

several branches are developed (e. ¢. Chr. tryoniand striatella). But

when this occurs the ramifications are thin and irregular, and

* [I Weal ved this change of shape in some of the species here dealt with during

life—C. C

384 SIR C. ELIOL ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. 1,

the plumes do not resemble the ample and elaborate rosettes of

Archidoris, Platydoris, &c. Thearrangement and the approximate

(but not the exact) number of branchiz will probably be found

good specific characters in cases where a sufficient number of

individuals has been examined; but I think that the number of

plumes increases with age, at any rate in some species, and that

hence the data furnished by a single specimen may be misleading.

This is the case particularly in forms with a spiral arrangement,

where it seems likely that the small plumes in the spire are

developed later than the others. Thus in Chr. sykest the number

varies from 12 to 18 and in Chr. annulata from 9 to 16. In the

latter species a spire is present In some cases and absent in others.

The commonest number of branchize seems to be about 10

(varying from 8 to 12 in individuals). A distinctly smaller

number (3 to 7) is found in Chr. cardinalis, juvenca, elegantula,

itheringt, krohnii, virginea, gloriosa, scurra, luauriosa, albonotata,

inconspicuda, elegans, camenda, rudolphi, pantharella, and is indi-

cated in the drawings of many other species. In Chr. punctilucens,

lineolata, paupera, tryont, bennetti, splendens, crosset, dalli, reticu-

lata, godeffroyana, mollita, vicina, sykesi, and annulata the number

of plumes is more than 12 and often exceeds 20.

I have observed that in making a superficial examination of the

living animal one is very apt to under-estimate the number of

branchiz, inasmuch as the longer ones may project and the

shorter ones be hidden. Hence the plates and descriptions of

older authors cannot be considered as decisive on this point.

6. The labial armature consists sometimes of two plates and

sometimes of a continuous ring. The elements are hardly ever

straight, but are more or less bent or hooked. They are of very

varying shape and thickness, and sometimes swollen just below

the tip or terminal hook, so that they assume a mace-like appear-

ance. The shape usually affords a good specific character, but in

some species the elements are bifid in one part of the armature

and entire in another.

7. The radula offers many Rete Chr. scabriuscula has a

central tooth and Chr. juvenca a central plate which is called

“false” by Bergh, though it seems well developed. Rhachidian

thickenings, more or less distinct, are found in Chr. cewrulea,

theringi, morchii, gonatophora, porcata, carnea, mariana, hilaris,

sannio, lineolata, marenzelleri, cardinalis, reticulata, dalli, cave,

annulata, splendens. The radula is as a rule of moderate size,

but is very narrow in Chr. elegantula, krohnii, gloriosa, and rather

narrow in pustulans (75 x 28.0.28) and some other forms. In

scabriuscula it is 108 x 30.1.30. It is unusually broad in thalas-

sopora (71 x 162.0.162), and above all in sycilla (81 x 290.0.290).

The formule for the radula given in my descriptions are merely

the shortest way of describing the teeth of a given specimen, and

must not be understood as necessarily characteristic of the species.

The proportion between length and breadth is generally roughly

the same in different individuals, but the number of rows and of

1904.] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR, 385

teeth in them varies greatly and apparently increases with the

size (that is probably the age) of the animals.

As regards shape, the teeth present several types :—

(1) They are simply bifid in cwrulea, semperi, nigrostriata,

marenzellert, crossei, thalassopora, camena, lapinigensis. In

these species the innermost tooth bears a single accessory denticle

on the inner side and hence appears trifid.

(2) They are bifid with accessory denticles below the bifurcation

in gracilis, messinensis, sycilla, hilaris, bennetti, californensis, and

agassizi. In runcinata the accessory denticles are very small

and inconspicuous.

(3) In sewrra the apex of the tooth is three or five times cleft,

and a somewhat similar arrangement, by which the denticles are

all on the upper part of the tooth, appears to occur in pustulans,

gloriosa, and rudolphi.

(4) The commonest form of tooth is hamate, with several

(6-10) denticles on the outer side. These are generally fine and

minute, but in some forms (e.g., porcata, rosans, mariana, eliza-

bethina, paupera, tryont, and. godeffroyana) are large and strong.

Tn this class of radula the innermost teeth have generally several

denticles on each side, but sometimes (e. g., mdrehii and gonato-

phora) only one on the inside.

Of the species described below, the first four are closely related,

and form a group to which I am almost disposed to accord generic

rank, I have not done so out of deference to the high authority

of Prof. Bergh, as one of the animals appears to be identical with

the Goniobranchus reticulatus of Pease, examined by him and

referred to Chromodoris. All four forms agree in being oval and

flat in shape, with a very ample mantle-margin. The consistency

is very soft, and the dorsal pattern composed of spots, not stripes.

The innermost teeth of the radula bear a few denticles on both

sides; the rest 6-10 denticles on the outer side only. The

branchie are numerous, and the sides of the mouth are connected

with the upper lamina of the grooved foot. This latter peculiarity

was noted in the living as well as in the alcoholic specimens; but

J am not sure that it is of much morphological significance, for in

a very soft animal with ample flaccid integuments such folds may

easily be formed at the corners of the mouth without constituting

distinct structures.

Nos. 12-15, described as hilaris, lineata, lineata var., and

2? magnifica, are very likely all varieties of one striped species,

with bifid teeth bearing accessory denticles, and about 10 branchie,

but a larger number of living animals must be examined before

this identity can be established.

All my species which are not new have been previously found

in the Indo-Pacific, which appears to be the head-quarters of the

genus, though not enough is known of the Nudibranchs of the

tropical Atlantic to make any comparison as to numbers of

species. About half a dozen forms are reported from the West

Indies and the Gulf of Mexico. The genus is mainly tropical, and in

386 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [Mar. 1,

Europe is not found north of the Mediterranean, In the Pacific

it extends to Japan and Puget Sound.

1. CHROMODORIS RETICULATA Pease. (Plate XXIII. figs, 1-5.)

[See Bergh, “Neue Nacktschnecken, No, iy.,” Jour, Mus.

Godeftroy, Heft xiv. p. 9 ff.]

Four specimens, found at different times on both the Kast and

West Coasts of Zanzibar at low tide.

The colour and size vary considerably. The following is the

description of one living. specimen :—‘“‘23 millimetres long,

12 wide. Foot narrow, with the sides crinkled. Mantle-edge

fairly ample and undulated. The whole animal very soft and

almost gelatinous. The dorsal surface whitish, with numerous

red reticulations, which became closer at the edge and formed a

red border. Outside this was a yellow border, passing over to the

underside. The rhinophore and branchial openings were not.

vaised. The rhinophores were crimson-lake, with fine white lines

on the perfoliations. The branchie were of a transparent light

pink, with two lines of crimson-lake down the main axis. The

under surface of the animal was of a beautiful opaque white.

The foot projected behind the mantle.”

Another specimen (67 millimetres long and 30 broad) was

described as much lighter than that just noticed, but having

similar lines and reticulations ; there was no crimson-lake and no

red border; all the red and yellow markings were bright and light.

Tt was infested with violet-coloured copepoda.

On the other hand, two other specimens were of a much

darker colour. The general effect was reddish brown, due to a

close reticulation of that shade on a dirty-white ground. The

mantle-border was a dark reddish orange. The gills were of a

very deep colour, and in one specimen almost black. The pinne

were so thick and swollen that until closely examined each plume

appeared to be a simple column,

The alcoholic specimens are flat, smooth, and very soft. The

branchial openings are fairly large, but in the living animal were

capable of contracting and almost closing. The branchie are 22

to 24 in number, set in an incomplete circle with the ends turned

inwards ina spiral (Pl. XXIII. figs.2 & 3). The front plumes are

long and slender, while those behind in the spiral are very small.

Hence on a superficial examination only 10 or 12 are visible.

The foot is rounded and grooved anteriorly, and the upper lamina

is connected with the sides of the mouth (Pl. XXIII. fig. 1).

Near the points of junction appear to be two indistinct retracted

tentacles.

The labial armature is a dense mass of long rods, slightly

curved and bifid at the end. On the rhachis of the radula* are

transparent lozenge-shaped thickenings. The innermost teeth

* Only one preparation of the radula has been preserved from one of the darker

specimens,

1904. | FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 387

next to the rhachis bear 3-4 small denticles on each side, and

those nearest to them are somewhat similar but denticulate only

on the outer side; the others are Jong and hamate, with about

8 denticles on the outer side (PI. XXII. howAay bse). Dhe

outermost bear 3-4 denticles on the apex. <A drawing of the

alimentary canal is annexed (Pl. XXIII. fig. 5).

I think these animals can be referred to Chr. reticulata Pease,

with which Collingwood’s Chr. alderi seems to be identical. All

my specimens are flat, with ample mantle-margins, and this

agrees with Collingwood’s description and plate. Bergh, on the

contrary, says: ‘‘ Die Kérperform ist liinglich nicht sehr nieder-

gedruckt . . . der Mantelsaum ziemlich schmal.” But these soft

Chromodorids have great powers of changing their shape and

proportions. The branchie are much more numerous than in the

specimens previously described, but a multiplication of the small

plumes in the spiral does not appear to constitute a specific

difference.

2. CHRoMODORIS SYKESI. (Plate XXIII. fig. 6.)

Chromodoris sykest Eliot, Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, No. 4, p. 15,

March 8.

Numerous specimens from the Kast Coast of Zanzibar, obtained

both on the shore and by dredging. A few of the animals were

of a reddish brown with dirty yellow markings, but in the

majority the coloration was most gorgeous (Pl. XXIII. fig. 6).

The dorsal surface was bright orange, passing into light yellow

towards the edge of the mantle, round which was a double border

of reddish brown internally and bright violet externally. On the

back were numerous rings of opaque white, but otherwise the

whole body was translucent. The foot and underside of mantle

were of a rich light yellow. The rhinophores and branchize were

both of a deep brown-red with opaque white spots. The per-

foliations of the rhinophores were indistinct, and the pinne of

the branchize small though made conspicuous by white lines

drawn along them. The animal was rather flat and very soft.

The mantle was very ample.

The largest alcoholic specimen is 40 mm. long, 27 broad, and

10 high. The free edge of the mantle measures 7 mm. over the

head, 10 at the sides of the body, and 13 over the tail. In giving

the measurements, the breadth of the body is estimated as the

mantle falls in its normal position: the edge of the mantle is

taken as extended, but not stretched unnaturally. The openings

of the rhinophores and branchie are small and only slightly raised,

but the interior of the branchial pocket is a capacious and very

strong bag. The branchie are arranged as in Chr. reticulata and

vary from 12 to 18, according to the size of the spiral. They are

red and striped with white. The anal papilla is tall, red and

spotted with white. The foot is rounded and grooved in front.

Two rather strong folds connect the upper lamina with the

corners of the mouth. The oral tentacles were not distinctly

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. 1. No. XX VI. 26

388 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. 1,

developed in any specimen, but in some there were bulges which

may represent these organs in a state of contraction. The labial

armature is a strong, rough yellowish ring; it consists of fairly

long rods, hooked at the end. The radula is deep red; the

formula is about 55 x 50.0.50. The innermost teeth have a

moderately broad central cusp, with two or three denticles on the

side nearest the rhachis and five or six on the outer side. The

next two or three teeth are much like them, but are denticulate

only on the outer side. The other teeth are long and hamate,

with from six to ten minute but distinct denticulations on the

outer side only. The outermost teeth retain their form fairly

well, though they are smaller than the others.

This beautiful species is dedicated to my friend Mr. HK. R.

Sykes as some slight acknowledgment for the invaluable

assistance he has rendered me in seeing my papers on the Nudi-

branchiata through the press.

3. Curomoporis cAV&. (Plate XXIII. figs. 7 & 8.)

Chromodoris cave Eliot, Abstr. P. Z.S. 1904, No. 4, p. 19,

March 8.

Several specimens from the East and West Coasts of Zanzibar.

The following are the notes on the living animal :—‘ Colour

yellowish white, with indefinite large drab blotches laterally.

Edges of mantle and foot bordered with lght violet. On the

back are black spots surrounded by a white line and also irregular

dull orange spots. The foot is not very broad, white in colour,

with a row of dull orange spots and black spots below them.

The tip and anterior side of the rhinophores are purple; the

lamelle are reduced to fine striations. The margins of the rhino-

phorial and branchial pockets are not at all raised; the rhino-

phores and gills when retracted are not completely out of sight.

The mantle is ample. The skin is quite smooth and even. In

captivity the animals sometimes swim on the surface of the water,

foot uppermost.”

The measurements of the largest alcoholic specimen are :—

Length 60 mm., breadth 34 mm., height 14 mm., free edge of

mantle 10 mm. over the head, 9 mm. at sides of body. The

branchie (Pl. XXIII. figs. 7 & 8) vary from 12 to16. Ten are

fairly large and form a circle open behind. On the inside of this

circle are set on either hand from one to three smaller plumes. The

foot is grooved in front and the upper lamina is attached to the

side of the head. The mouth is a very distinct vertical slit, and

at its lower corners, just about the point where the lamina of the foot

terminates, area pair of fairly well-developed tentacles. The labial

armature is a not very compact mass of long bent rods, not bifid

at the end. The rhachis of the radula bears transparent lozenge-

like thickenings, which are, however, not very distinct. There

are about 60 rows containing about 70 teeth on each side of the

rhachis. The innermost are much as in Chromodoris sykesi, but

the central cusp is broader and there are about 5 denticles on the

1904. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 389

outer side. The second and third are much like the innermost,

but are denticulate on the outer side only. The rest are simply

hamate, of the ordinary shape, and bear about 10 minute denticles.

The outermost are, as usual, irregular, and the denticulations are

mainly on the apex.

4, CHROMODORIS ANNULATA. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1-3.)

Chromodoris annulata, Kliot, Abstr. P. Z.S. 1904, No. 4,

p. 15, March 8.

Many specimens found among Zostera off the mouth of the

Creek at Zanzibar and other places at low water during spring-

tides.

The living animal (Pl. XXIV. fig. 3) was very soft, with an ample

undulated mantle-margin. <A large specimen when in an extended

condition was 55 mm. long and 15 wide, but when contracted the

same individual was 45 mm. long and 25 wide. ‘The upper surface

was of a somewhat translucent white, studded with yellow spots.

Round the margin was a border of deep purple, and two rings of

the same colour were so placed as just to include the rhinophores

anteriorly and the branchiz posteriorly within their respective areas.

The underside was white, with yellow spots on the tail and the sides

of the foot. The rhinophores were deep purple, and so long that

they were rarely wholly retracted. The branchiz were white,

with a deep purple stripe down both the inner and outer edge, and

were kept waving from side to side. The animals were found in

conspicuous positions, and made no attempt to hide themselves

among the Zostera weed.

By a somewhat unusual change, which deserves to be noticed as

showing how preserving-fluids may alter colour, the alcoholic

specimens have become of a reddish purple with white spots, the

border and rings having disappeared * and apparently diffused their

pigment over the whole surface. Fortunately the notes on the

living animal were very full, and there appears to be no doubt

that the specimens are the same despite their transformation. The

body is very soft and the skin perfectly smooth. The mantle is

ample, the free edge measuring 7 mm. over the head and 6 at the

side in a specimen where the visceral mass is 10 mm. broad. The

openings of the rhinophores and branchiz are slightly raised in

some, but not in all the specimens, and vary in size. ‘They are no

doubt capable of contraction and expansion in life. The branchie

(Pl. XXIV. fig. 2) vary in number from 9 to 16 according as an

inner row is present or not, but on an average the smaller number

is more frequent in this species than in Chr. reticulata, sykesi, and

cave. The foot is narrow and rounded, grooved in front but not

notched. ‘Two small folds pass upwards from the foot, uniting it

with the sides of the head and with the mantle. The tentacles

are small and placed at the lower angles of the mouth. The labial

* [Their dark purple-blue became almost at onee a light red, which disappeared

gradually.—C. C. |

26*

390 SIR C, ELIOL ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. I,

armature is formed of two large strong triangular plates, almost

united into a ring, dark brown, and formed of a mass of long

hooks. The rhachis of the radula (Pl. XXIV. fig. 1) bears lozenge-

shaped thickenings, on each side of which are about 45 teeth.

The number of transverse rows isabout 70. The innermost teeth

have a large denticle on the inner side, and three small ones on

the outer; the rest are simply hamate, with 8-10 minute denticles ;

the outermost irregular and denticulate on the apex in the younger

rows, but in the older the denticulations seem to have been

worn. off,

5, CHROMODORIS SPLENDENS.

Chromodoris splendens Eliot, Abstr. P. Z.S. 1904, No. 4,

p. 15, March 8.

[¢ =Chr. splendida Angas, Journal de Conch. i. 1864, p. 55.]

Two specimens from Chuaka, East Coast of Zanzibar. ‘The

notes on the living animal are as follows:—‘ General colour

somewhat miscellaneous, being produced by thick collections of

purple and white dots, in different proportions in different places.

A vivid orange border round the whole body. Underside milk-

white. Mantle ample. Gill-pocket fairly large, gills purplish.”

The alcoholic specimens are of a uniform dirty yellow, and of

about the same size. Length 40 mm., breadth 13, height 10.

The free portion of the tail is 6 mm. long, but is entirely covered

by the mantle, the free margin of which measures 7 mm. behind

and 5mm.at the sides and head. The rhinophores are large.

The edge of the branchial opening is slightly raised. The total

number of branchial plumes is 27, but of these three seem to be

accessory ramifications and not independent branchize. The circuit

is open behind, and the two ends are turned inwards in a spiral.

The anterior plumes are large, and those in the spiral very small,

so that the living animal shows ten or twelve branchiz. The foot

is rather wide, with thin margins, and is dilated and deeply

grooved in front, The tentacles are distinct. The inconspicuous

labial armature consists of two small yellowish plates, composed

of fairly long bent rods, most but not all of which are bifid. The

radula is also yellowish, with about 70 x 60.0.60 for formula. On

the rhachis are indications of triangular thickenings, but the base

of the triangle is not distinct. The innermost teeth bear three or

four denticles on the inner and five on the outer side. The rest

are hamate, rather erect, with six denticles under the hook de-

creasing in size downwards. The outermost show less difference

from the rest than usual, and are long, erect, with about four

denticles on or near the apex.

I think it very probable that this is the animal described as

Goniodoris splendida in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie,’ and I

have indicated this probable identity in the name. The scheme

of coloration is very similar; and the ample mantle, large rhino-

phores, and numerous branchiz are also points of resemblance,

but the purple in the present specimen is distributed in the form

1904.] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR, 391

of small dots, and not collected into large spots. But it is possible

that the buccal parts of Chr. splendida, respecting which we have

no information, may present specific differences, and identification

is therefore at present not warranted,

6. CHRoMODORIS TRYONI (Gar.) var. (= Chr. aureo-purpurea

Collingwood).

”

[See Bergh, ‘Neue Nacktschnecken, No. iv.,’ Jour. Mus.

Godeffroy, Heft xiv. p. 14 ff.]

Two specimens from Chuaka, the larger of which was about

three inches long in life. The body was quite smooth and very

soft. The mantle and edge of foot bordered with light violet;

the back translucent, allowing a rough, broad, net-like grey

pattern to be seen beneath the surface; the whole surface covered

with opaque spots of bright orange-yellow. Foot broad and deep,

with white sides bearing orange-yellow spots. The rhinophores

with purple lamelle and a longitudinal white stripe behind. The

simply pinnate branchize white, with a deep purple stripe down

each edge*. The animal was lively in its movements, and the

branchie continually waved with a quick vigorous motion from

side to side.

The alcoholic specimen is 35 mm. long, 13 broad, and 15 high,

stoutly built, with a narrow mantle-edge of only 3 mm., and the

tail projecting 8 mm. behind. The edges of the rhinophore and

branchial pockets are slightly raised. The branchie seem to be

27 in number, the median anterior plume being the largest. The

circuit is interrupted behind, and the ends of the row of plumes

turned inwards in a spiral. Several of the plumes are bifid at

the tip. The anterior margin of the foot is slightly grooved but

not notched. The labial tentacles are very small and set some-

what above the mouth. The lips are large. The labial armature

consists of two strong, rough plates composed of a closely-com-

pacted mass of small thick hooks. The long white radula has 96

rows of colourless teeth, containing about 50 teeth on each side of

the rhachis, which exhibits folds and puckers. The teeth have

the characters usual in the genus; the innermost bear four

denticles on both sides, the others five large and distinct denticles

below the terminal hook on the outermost side only, the highest

being the largest. In the outermost the denticles move upwards,

till they are all on the apex of the teeth. The form of the teeth

and labial armature is accurately represented in Bergh’s plates.

I think this form may be safely identified with Chr.tryoni. It

differs from Bergh’s description only in the absence of ocelli with

black centres. It appears to be also identical with Collingwood’s

Chr. aureo-purpurea, though the latter is said to have only 10

branchie. The two varieties may be described as Chr. tryons

var. ocellata and var. awreo-purpurea.

* {T quote from the notes on the living animal, but must admit that this expression

is obscure. (Outer and inner sides, parallel with blood-vessels shown in fig. 3,

Pl. XXUI.—C. C.)

392 SIR C, ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. 1,

7. CHROMODORIS VICINA.

Chromodoris vicina Eliot, Abstr. P. Z.8. 1904, No. 4, p. 15,

March 8.

Twelve specimens from Chuaka.

The following notes were made on the living animal :—

“Mantle and foot bordered with light violet, the latter border

a row of dots. Middle of back drab-brown with bright violet

spots, the larger ones with a white centre. Near the edge of

the mantle a number of yellow spots with white borders, which

are often confluent. The foot deep and narrow, white with

some yellow spots near the lower edge. The rhinophores dark

brown with white tips. Each of the branchiz bore two black

bands.”

The alcoholic specimens are of a dull reddish brown and present

two very different forms: one long and narrow, measuring 37 mm.

in length and 9 mm. in breadth, and the other oval, being 27 mm.

long and 20 broad. Both are about 20 mm. high. The margin

of the mantle is about 6 mm. wide, and forms a sort of hood over

the head. The branchial opening is very small. Both it and the

rhinophore openings are slightly raised. The branchie are 16 in

number, the circuit is open behind, and the row of plumes turns

inwards ina small spiral. The foot is long and narrow. In the long

form of the animal it projects about 5 mm. beyond the mantle ;

in the broad form it is covered by it. The anterior margin is

rounded and grooved, but not notched. On each side of the mouth

is a small conical tentacle.

The labial armature consists of two yellowish plates composed of

rather long rods, bifid at the tip and generally bent into the form

of hooks, but sometimes straight. These are much like the same

organs in Chr. striatella (vide Bergh, ‘Challenger’ Reports). The

formula of the radula is about 50 x 45.0.45. The rhachis is bare

but exhibits in places a slight wavy fold. The innermost teeth

bear three denticles on each side of the central cusp. The next

two or three are of much the same shape, but denticulate only on

the outer side. The majority are tall and straight, bearing five

large and distinct denticles under the terminal hook, and some-

times two or three small irregular denticles in addition. The five

or six outermost are irregular in shape, and bear from three to

six irregular denticulations mostly on the apex.

This species is closely allied to Ch. tryoni, and will not im-

probably prove to be a mere variety of it. All the present

specimens, however, have a somewhat different coloration, fewer

branchie, and more numerous denticles on the teeth.

8. CHROMODORIS ELIZABETHINA B., var. AFRICANA. (Plate XXIV.

fig. 4.)

Two specimens from the East Coast of Zanzibar. The notes on

the living animal describe the dorsal surface as black and white,

black preponderating. The mantle had a double border, yellow

1904. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 393

outside and white inside, as had also the foot. In the middle of

the back were two longitudinal white lines uniting behind the,

branchie; on the tail, which projected well behind the mantle,

was one white line. The gills and rhinophores were yellow, and

the slightly raised pockets of both were fringed with the same

colour. The creeping-surface of the foot was narrow. The sides

of the body were black with a white stripe between the mantle

and the foot.

The alcoholic specimens are high and stout, with the colours

fairly well preserved. The largest is 26 mm. long, 13 broad, and

10 high. The mantle-margin is fairly ample, measuring about

3 mm. at the sides and head, 5 mm. over the tail. Of the

branchial plumes there is only one which can be ealled simply

pinnate in the strict sense, all the rest being more or less

bipinnate. Some are merely bifid, and some bear four or five

branches. It is rather difficult to say what is the number, as

when a small plume springs up at the base of a large one it may

be counted either as an accessory branch or asa separate branchia,

but they may perhaps be described as 10, set ina semicircle. The

foot is grooved and notched in front; the tentacles are close together

above the mouth, conical and larger than usual in the genus. The

labial armature is greyish and formed of a thick mass of bent rods,

some bifid but most simple. The formula of the radula is in one

specimen 94 x 90.0.90 and in the other 90 x 75.0.75. The inner-

most teeth bear three denticles on both sides; the remainder 3-4

minute denticulations on the outer side only, and some are quite

smooth and simply hamate.

I think these specimens may be referred to Bergh’s Chr. eliza-

bethina (S. R. xi. pp. 466-473). The difference in appearance,

though striking, is due to the relative preponderance of black in

one and of white in the other variety. The dentition and the

tendency to bipinnate branchie are strong points of resemblance.

On the other hand, the differences found in both the African

specimens are sufficient to constitute a well-marked variety.

1) Whereas the specimens from the Philippines are whitish

with black stripes, these are black with white and yellow stripes.

(2) The denticles on the teeth of the African specimens are fewer

and finer and many of the teeth are smooth.

9, CHROMODORIS RUNCINATA B,

[ Bergh, in 8. R. xi. pp. 479-481.]

One specimen from Chuaka on the East Coast of Zanzibar.

The general colour of the living animal was light blue with

many spots, some dark blue and some whitish yellow, on the back,

tail, and sides, but not on the foot. Some of the yellow spots

were arranged so as to form a rather irregular border at the sides

of the mantle and a line down the middle of the back. The

rhinophores and axes of the gills were a bright, light red. The

gills were kept in motion, .

394 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. 1,

The alcoholic specimen is high and stoutly built ; length 14 mm.,

breadth 5, height 6. The mantle is moderately ample; under its

posterior margin it bears eight conical protuberances, four of which

are very distinct and the rest smaller. There are none, however,

on the anterior portion of the mantle as in the specimens described

by Bergh. The branchie are 12 and exposed in the preserved

specimen. The foot is rounded in front and strongly grooved.

The labial armature and radula are much as described and figured

by Bergh. The formula of the latter is about 50 x 70.0.70. The

teeth are bifid; the innermost bear an accessory denticle on the

inner side and hence appear trifid. The others bear two or three

very fine denticulations below the two prongs. The outermost

have 5-7 rather larger denticles.

A second specimen subsequently examined has also only a few

conical protuberances behind and none in front, so that this

peculiarity is perhaps characteristic of Hast African specimens.

10. CHRoMoDORIS NIGROSTRIATA. (Plate XXIV. figs. 5 & 6.)

Chromodoris nigrostriata Eliot, Abstr. P. Z.S. 1904, No. 4,

p. 15, March 8.

One specimen from the mouth of Chuaka Bay, found among

the branches of growing coral at extreme low tide.

The living animal was 15 mm. long and 3 broad when fully

extended. The foot was broad and high; the mantle-edge was

narrow, and in the alcoholic specimen has become a mere low

ridge. The ground-colour was a violet-blue grey, with rather ill-

defined blotches of light primrose-yellow on the back, mantle-edge,

and sides of the foot. On the back and sides of the foot were also

very distinct curved black lines, one of which formed a horseshoe

round the gill-pocket, while the rest were arranged in a nearly

symmetrical figure. The edges of the rhinophore and gill-pockets

were not raised. The gills were seven and completely retractile

into a pocket which could close over them. The separate plumes

were orange-red, but the rather large basal part, where they

were all united, was of the same violet-grey as the body. The

rhinophores were of a rather deep red.

The alcoholic specimen is of a uniform bluish grey; the yellow

blotches have disappeared, but the black lines are very distinct

and vivid. The rhinophores are large, and of the seven gills

three appear to be much larger than the others, which is not

apparent from the drawings or descriptions of the living animal.

The tentacles are entirely withdrawn and only indicated by two

puckers, one on each side of the mouth. The front of the foot is

round, and no groove is visible. The anterior part of the body

has been torn, with the result that the buccal parts have been

injured. The labial armature is a mass of thick stout hooks,

shaped much as in Bergh’s figure of Chr. semperi, arranged in a

regular tessellated pattern. The radula, which seems small and

brittle, is much damaged. No rhachis or rhachidian teeth are

1904. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 395

discernible. All the teeth which I examined were hamate, with

bifid tips, exactly like those of Chr. semperi as figured by Bergh.

Another specimen captured at Chuaka, on the East Coast of

Zanzibar, seems to belong to the same species, though at first sight

is strikingly different from the individual described above, being

larger, stouter, and of another colour. The notes on the living

animal describe it as lemon-yellow, with very deep purple-black

stripes; the gills and rhinophores vermilion ; the foot purplish

underneath and at the edges.

The preserved specimen is pale yellow, with black lines arranged

much as already described, including a horseshoe round the

branchie, but shorter and more numerous. It is 30 mm. long,

15 high, and 13 broad. The mantle-edge is a narrow thick ridge,

measuring 1°5 mm. at the sides, 2°5 over the head, and 3 over the —

tail, which is 10 mm. long. The body is high and thick, but the

sole of the foot narrow (maximum 3 min.). The pockets of the

rhinophores and branchiz are small and very slightly raised.

The branchiz are ten, set in a complete circle, but the anterior

plumes are larger than the posterior. One of the latter is very

small and perhaps merely an offshoot. The foot is rounded in

front, grooved but not notched. The tentacles are retracted and

hardly visible.

The labial armature is yellowish and formed of short thick hooks.

The formula of the large and closely-packed but very fragile radula

is about 90 x 75.0.75. The teeth are mostly bifid at the tip and

otherwise smooth. Only the innermost have an accessory denticle

on the inner side, and are thus trifid. The outermost are serrulate

at the apex.

These two specimens seem to be merely colour-varieties of a

single species which is closely related to Chr. semperi B. Except

that the external teeth of the radula bear more numerous and

more distinct serrulations, the principal characters appear to be

identical. But whereas Chi. semperi is spotted, the animals here

examined are marked with exceptionally clear and narrow black

lines, which seem engraved on the surface. They must therefore

be accorded specific rank, at least provisionally. It is possible

that intermediate forms may be discovered, as the variety first

described bears some yellow blotches.

11. CuRromoporis scurRA B,

Chromodoris scurra Kliot, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

Dec. 1899, p. 518.

[ Bergh, 8. R. x1. p. 478, and Journal de Mus. Godeftroy, Heft vi.

1874. ]

Two specimens from Zanzibar Harbour.

The colours of the living animal are brilliant. Down the centre

of the back runs a white line, and on each side of it are borders

in the following order: (1) narrow deep red line, (2) broad orange-

yellow band, (3) narrow deep red line, (4) violet band, which

broadens out anteriorly and posteriorly, (5) white border running

396 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [Mian sa

round the mantle. The foot is of a light violet-blue ; the branchize

orange with deep violet tips ; the rhinophores uniform deep violet.

The animals are sluggish and not very sensitive to touch.

The buccal parts and other characters are as described by Bergh.

One specimen has six branchie, the other eight, of which one was

posterior to the others and very small.

12. CHRoMODORIS HILARIS B., var. (? =lineata Soul.)

[S. R. xvii. pp. 935-937. ]

Nine specimens from Tundaua, Pemba, found on a sandy shore.

The description of the living animals is as follows :—“ Creamy

white. Foot and mantle edged with violet. On the back four

undefined brown lines with three violet lines between. Foot

projects behind mantle. Gills and rhinophores vermilion. About

14 inches long.”

The preserved specimens are longish and not very stoutly built.

The measurements of the largest are: length 25 mm., breadth

10 mm., and height 9 mm. The colour is the ordinary alcoholic

yellow; on the back are traces of four brownish and three white

lines, the latter representing the violet of the living animal. Some,

but not all, of the specimens appear to have a similar white line

on the sides of the body between the mantle and the foot. The

branchial aperture is very small; the branchiz themselves not

very small and 10-12 in number. The foot is rounded in front

and slightly grooved. The tentacles are distinct. The mantle-

edge is of very varying shape, sometimes fairly wide and thin,

sometimes merely a thick ridge.

The labial armature and radula are much as represented in

Bergh’s plates. The former is a grey ring composed of mace-like

elements. The latter is small and transparent. Most of the

teeth are bifid, with four or five accessory denticles below the two

prongs. The innermost have one or two denticles on the mner

side. The rhachidian thickenings are small and not very

distinct.

Bergh’s specimen was in life “ hell ocker-gelb” with four bluish-

black lines on the back, but on the whole the colour and markings

are sufficiently similar to justify us in regarding the present

specimens as merely varieties.

13. CHRomoporIS LINEATA Soul. (? = Chr. hilaris B.) (Plate

DOV tie 22)

One specimen from the East Coast of Zanzibar.

The notes on the living animal are as follows :—“ Cream-

coloured. Gills and rhinophores vermilion. There were bright

violet lines on the cream-yellow ground, bordering the foot and

mantle: two along the sides of the body and five along the back.

The two outside ones encircled the rhinophore-pits and joined in

front; the median encircled the gill-pocket.”

The alcoholic specimen is yellow and the violet lines have

become white. Itis high and stout, the dimensions being—length

1904. | FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR, 397

15 mm., breadth 7, height 8. The mantle-edge is narrow except

over the head, where it is ample. The branchial opening is

minute ; the branchie are small, 10 in number, and apparently set

in a perfect circle. The foot is rounded and grooved in front;

the shape of the head is spatulate. The labial armature is a

yellow ring of mace-like elements. The radula is small and

transparent, the formula being about 35.0.35 x 80. The ordinary

teeth are bifid, and all appear to have four denticles under the

top hook. The innermost have one or two denticles on the inner

side. The outermost are irregularly serrate (vide Pl. XXIV.

fig. 7). No rhachidian thickenings are to be seen.

Although the published plates of Chr. lineata and Chr, hilaris

are remarkably different, the scheme of coloration is much the

same; and I think it probable that the two forms are really

varieties of one species.

14. CHROMODORIS ¢? LINEATA, var. NIGROLINEATA.

One specimen from Chuaka on the East Coast of Zanzibar.

The notes on the living animal are as follows :—‘“ Shape

spatula-like. Dorsal side whitish at edges, lemon-yellow medianly

with longitudinal black lines. Gills and rhinophores short,

orange-red, Underside colourless, but edge of foot and mantle

bright dark blue (not purple).” Size 18 mm. long, 6 mm. broad.

The alcoholic specimen is of a waxy white. There are only

faint traces of the blue borders, but there are five distinct black

lines on the back, two of which are divided again so as to form

long loops. The mantle-edge is thick and narrow. Jt measures

about 2 mm. over the head and tail, but is hardly distinguishable

at the sides. Theanterior end of the foot isrounded and grooved.

The small branchiz are set in a circle and exposed. The buccal

mass is small, The labial armature is transparent, and consists

of rather irregulor short hooks, some cleft. The small trans-

parent radula is as in Chr. hilaris.

15. Curomoporis ¢MAGNIFICA Q. & G., var.

One specimen from Zanzibar, dredged in 4 fathoms.

The following are the notes on the living animal :—“40 mm.

by 10mm. Elongate in form, fore end spatula-shaped. Colour

white and rather translucent. Mantle with a thin yellow border,

within which was a band of deep but brilliant violet, broadest in

front and behind but broken laterally. There was also a violet

line along the sides of the foot, and six longitudinal lines of deep

chocolate-colour and different lengths along the back. They were

surrounded by thin clear lines of opaque white. There was also

a line of chocolate blotches along the side of the foot just below

the shelf-like edges of the mantle. Branchie 10, simply pinnate,

with a band of orange-red along each side of each plume. Rhino-

phores a deeper tint of orange. The tail projected well behind

the mantle and bore chocolate blotches.”

The alcoholic specimen is of a pale yellow, with the above-

398 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS— | Mar. I,

described markings fairly well preserved but all white. The form

is high and stout. The tail projects 6 mm. behind. The mantle-

edge is narrow and very thick: it measures about 3 mm. over the

head and tail, and 2 mm. at the sides. The pockets of the rhino-

phores and branchi are not at all raised. The front of the foot

is rounded and grooved, the upper lamina being connected with

the base of the tentacles; but, as in many other cases, it is hard

to be sure that this feature is not due to contraction. The labial

armature consists of two yellowish plates composed of rather large

elements of varying size. The most perfect form appears to be a

short thick hook, but in many cases this degenerates into a

simple triangle. The formula of the radula is about 65 x 70.0.70.

The teeth are crowded over the small naked rhachis. They are of

the bifid type, and have usually 3-5 denticles under the two

prongs. These denticles are smaller in the inner half of the rows,

where many teeth are quite smooth, and larger in the outer half.

The innermost teeth have generally, but not always, a denticle on

the inner side: the outermost are irregular and jagged.

The buccal parts of this animal ally it to Chr. hilaris and

Chr. carnea, and its coloration is not altogether dissimilar to the

former. I think it is probably the Chr. magnifica of Quoy and

Gaimard, though identification is uncertain in the absence of

information as to the radula of that species.

16. CHROMODORIS INCONSPICUA.

Chromodoris inconspicua Kliot, Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, No. 4,

p. 15, March 8.

One specimen from Zanzibar Harbour, dredged in 5 fathoms.

The living animal was translucent white, with numerous opaque

white spots, and a few brown ones in the middle of the back; the

rhinophores black; the gills greyish. It was stiff and sluggish,

and somewhat resembled a Phayllidia.

The alcoholic specimen is of a uniform grey, 18 mm. long,

7 broad, and 6 high. The mantle-edge is narrow all round,

including the parts above the head and tail, and is somewhat

undulated. The pockets of the rhinophores and branchiz have

raised edges. The latter are small, 8 in number, and apparently

set in a complete circle. The anterior end of the foot is slightly

erooved. The tentacles are retracted. The labial armature is

colourless, and consists of small thick hooks, sometimes bifid. The

radula is also transparent. There are no rhachidial thickenings.

The innermost teeth are unusually broad and square; they bear

8 denticles inside and 7 outside. The next two or three are

also broader than the rest, which are slender, erect, slightly

hamate, with one or sometimes two almost vertical clefts, so that

they appear bifid or sometimes trifid. Below these clefts are from

3 to 5 long distinet denticles on the outer edge. ‘The outermost

teeth ave tall and slender, with 3 or 4 denticles on the apex, but

otherwise smooth,

1904.1] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 399

This form has many points of resemblance to Chr. albo-notata B.,

but the dentition seems different.

17. (?) CHRomoporis FLAVA. (Plate XXIV. figs. 8 & 9.)

Chromodoris flava HKliot, Abstr. P. Z.S8. 1904, No. 4, p. 15,

March 8.

One specimen dredged on the West Coast of Zanzibar.

The living animal was 11 mm. long and 3 wide. The colour

everywhere, including the rhinophores: and branchiz, was a bright

lemon-yellow. Round the mantle-edge ran a blood-red border of

irregular width. The branchiz were six, simply pinnate, and with

few pinne. ‘The mantle-edge was undulated and ample. ‘The

back was flat. The foot projected about 2 mm. posteriorly, and

was considerably expanded in front. (From the drawing it

appears to be grooved but not notched.) The animal adhered

very strongly. ‘The tentacles were hardly visible, being merely

two small blunt knobs on the snout.

The specimen has unfor tunately been lost, but I give the

figures.

Genus CASELLA (Cuv.).

This small group, though easily recognised by its clearly marked

and much undulated mantle-margin, is not distinguished from

Chromodoris by any features of importance, and there is no

sufficient reason, except convenience, to maintain it as a separate

genus. The chief character is the aforesaid undulation of the

fairly broad mantle-edge, and the outermost teeth of the radula

are smooth instead of being denticulate on the apex. Bergh

recognises three species, all from the Indo-Pacific.

CASELLA ATROMARGINATA (Cuy.).

[ Bergh, Jour. d. Mus. Godeffroy, vi. 1874, pp. 102-9; id. S. R.

xvii. p. 942. |

One specimen from the West Coast of Zanzibar.

The notes describe the living animal as long and tapering, with

a flat back and a mantle- edge only slightly projecting but

elaborately wrinkled at the sides. The foot hardly extended

beyond the dorsal area. The general colour was brown, with

numerous small grey spots, but towards the edge of the mantle

became first yellowish and then greenish. The mantle-edge itself

was defined by a very distinct black border. The rhinophores

were black, with a grey line on the edge of each lamella. The

gills were black and grey, set in a double spiral and kept in motion.

The animal was about two inches long, and, in spite of its sombre

coloration, a handsome creature.

These characters and colours are well preserved in the alcoholic

specimen. The mantle is narrow both at the sides and behind,

and somewhat expanded only over the head. The branchie are

arranged in a double spiral meeting in front but leaving an open

400 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [Mar. 1,

space behind. They are 24 in number: those in front are fairly

large, but the size diminishes backwards, and those in the spirals

are extremely small. The head and anterior portion of the foot

are much retracted, but the latter was apparently round and

grooved in life.

The mouth leads into an unusually large and spacious cavity,

but the buccal mass is very small, the radula minute, and the

esophagus extremely narrow. The labial armature is small but

strong, with rough projecting teeth; the elements are small,

yellowish, bent rods, mostly bifid. No rhachidian thickenings are

visible; the innermost teeth have three denticles on the inner

and about four on the outer side. The remainder have mostly

five on the outer side only. The number of denticles increases

towards the outside of each row, but the outermost teeth are

smooth. The teeth are very small, crowded, and extremely

numerous.

This specimen corresponds with previous descriptions of C. atro-

marginata, except that there are no thickenings on the rhachis

of the radula and that the gills are much more numerous than in

the specimens previously described. There seems to be some doubt

on this point (see Bergh, Mus. Godeffr. 1. c.), but the arrangement

in the present specimen is perfectly clear. Casella cineta from

Mauritius has 22 gills (Bergh, 8. R. xvi. 2, p. 839), but presents

differences in the coloration and buccal parts.

Genus Ceratosoma, Adams & Reeve.

This genus is rendered unique among Nudibranchs by its extra-

ordinary shape, but in its essential characters it is closely allied

to Chromodoris. Indeed, if one looks at one of the high, stout

Chromodorids (e. g. the figure of C. semper in 8. R. Heft xi. pl. lv.

fig. 2), it will be seen that one has only to somewhat prolong the

tail and to thicken and develop the mantle-edge in order to obtain

the characteristic shape of Ceratosoma. The large strong radula

is like that of Chromodoris, but the denticles are minute and

inconspicuous. The branchiz are much divided. Bergh recognises

nine species, but I have only seen the descriptions of those

examined by himself (cornigerum, gracillimum, trilobatum, orna-

tum, polyomma). In Zanzibar I have inspected more than forty

specimens which are apparently referable to one species, and are

connected together by numerous gradations in colour and shape,

though the extreme forms look remarkably different. As the five

species mentioned above are distinguished by their external

characters only, and offer no certain differences in the dentition or

other organs, I am inclined to think they are merely varieties and

that there is only one real species. It is to be noted, however,

that though many of my specimens resembled the figure of

Ceratosoma gracillimum (8. R. pl. xxv. fig. 8) the border was never

red as there depicted, but always violet, and in no case did ocelli

occur as in C, polyomma.

1904. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 401

CERATOSOMA CORNIGERUM *,

| Bergh, Semper’s Reisen, x. pp. 393 ff. ; id. ‘Challenger ’ Reports,

pt. xxvi. p. 80 ff.]

Numerous specimens of Ceratosoma, mostly found together and

apparently belonging to one species, were captured at Chuaka in

February 1901. About 40 of them were preserved.

The living animals varied greatly in coloration, the ground-

tint ranging from olive-green to deep chestnut-red, with grada-

tions in each shade. On this ground were numerous dark brown

spots and white mottlings in varying proportions, but it is to be

noted that the variations in the ground-colour were real and did

not depend on the markings. In all specimens there were a row

of violet dots round the foot, and violet lines or spots on the head

near the rhinophores, and generally near the branchiz as well.

The ground-colour near the edge of the foot was white. One

specimen was dark green with orange-yellow spots, and in all

cases there were a few yellow spots near the edge of the foot and

the genital orifices.

Many of the animals were found in shallow pools, crawling over

seaweed and in no way hiding themselves. ‘They were sluggish

in their movements, and had a peculiar, unpleasant, strongly

aromatic odour. In many specimens the tail or the posterior

dorsal process appeared to have been bitten off. Possibly the

curious shape may really be a protection to the animal by enabling

it to escape with nothing worse than the loss of an unimportant

part when it is seized by a carnivorous foe. No instances of self-

mutilation were observed.

The alcoholic specimens show considerable variation in size

and proportions. Some are stout, some slender with relatively

longer tails; in some the lobes are much thicker than in others.

Note was taken of one living specimen which had no lobes at all ;

another had two lobes ike horns near the rhinophores. It does

not appear that these variations in size and shape correspond

with any differences in the radula, branchie, or other organs.

The measurements of an average fine specimen are as follows :—

Total length 89 mm., tail 34 mm.; extreme height to tip of pos-

terior lobe 338 mm., extreme breadth across lateral lobes 26 mm.

The posterior lobe rises 10 mm. above the level of the back, and

the lateral lobes project 6 mm. from the line of the sides. The

pockets of the rhinophores and branchize have slightly raised

rims In some specimens, but not in all. The rhinophores are

rather large ; the club bears about 40 perfoliations on each side,

and is supported on a stalk about as large as itself. The branchiz

are long and string-like ; in nearly all the specimens they project

from the pocket and are not retracted. The arrangement is

* Tn my paper on Mr. Gardiner’s collection of Nudibranchiata, in the ‘ Fauna and

Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes,’ I inadvertently alluded

(p. 552) to Ceratosoma polyomma as common in East African waters. I should

have said C. cornigerum.

402 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS | Mar. ile

variable, and does not lend itself to expression in a formula.

In most of the larger specimens it is somewhat as follows :-—

All the branchie rise from a ring which forms the common

support; in front and behind (where it is united with the anal

papilla) it is about 4 mm. high. From it rise in front three

longish separate plumes, bifid or trifid at the tip. On each side

isa group of about five plumes, united together by a common

portion some 6 mm. high; each plume is divided into. three or

four subdivisions, and | cach of these subdivisions is branched

again,

The anterior margin of the foot is deeply grooved, but so

retracted in most specimens that it is hard to see. The tentacles

are also generally retracted. ‘The buccal mass is a large elongated

yellow cone, and the retractor muscles are very conspicuous.

The labial armature is composed of small slender hooks, rather

irregular in shape but not bifid. ‘The large radula is supported

by a stiff strong membrane, from which the teeth are not

easily detached. In the larger specimens the formula is about

150.0.150 x 70. There is a slight rhachidian fold. ‘The inner-

most teeth have one denticle on the inner side and 3 to 4 on

the outer. The rest bear 1—3 inconspicuous denticles on the

outer side only, of which the highest is the largest. The outer-

most teeth are degraded, but not much serrulated. In one

specimen a number oe irregular teeth, bifid and variously jagged,

occurred in the middle of several rows. The rest of the internal

organs appeared to be as described by Bergh. ‘There is hardly

any dilatation which can be called a stomach before the digestive

tract enters the liver.

Genus SPH#RODORIS.

This genus is characterised by its peculiar dentition, simply

pinnate branchie, and the external conformation of the mouth-

parts. In outward appearance the species differ greatly, for

whereas punctata, papillata, and verrucosa bear ridges and warts,

levis is smooth. Bergh classes the genus with “Orodoris and

Miamira, apparently on account of these warts and ridges; but

it appears to me to be more nearly allied to Chromodoris in

virtue of its simple branchiz and its dentition, which is sub-

stantially similar, although it has peculiarities of its own. The

teeth are straight, long, and thin, with a comb-like denticulation.

The innermost are broader than the others and divided into two

parts, one of which is smooth and the other denticulate—an

arrangement which is perhaps analogous to that of Chr. mérehiu

and Chr. gonatophora, where the innermost teeth have one large

smooth denticle on the inside and several small ones on the

outside, although in Spherodoris it would appear that the smooth

part of the tooth corresponds to the outside.

Four species are known, all from the Indo-Pacific.

1904. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 403

SPHARODORIS LH VIS, var, VARIEGATA.

[Bergh in Semper’s Reisen, Heft xvii. p. 924, 1890. ]

One specimen from Mnemba on the East Coast of Zanzibar,

found in the act of laying a ribbon of light violet-coloured eggs.

The body of the living animal was described as firm and shiny,

dark brown in colour above, with greenish and sandy patches ;

the underside was a lighter shade of uniform brown.

The alcoholic specimen is 31 mm, long, 20 broad, and 14 high.

The foot, which is nearly as large as the body, is 28 mm, long and

15 broad. The colour is mottled-brown of darker and lighter

shades. There are also bands formed of minute black spots, not

very conspicuous, and arranged in an irregular pattern, particu-

larly in the neighbourhood of the branchial opening. Though

the dorsal surface cannot be described as either tuberculate or

papillose, it is not, strictly speaking, smooth, but bears low irre-

gular excrescences which resemble a marine growth. Also, there

are about 10 shallow pits (?glandular) distributed at irregular

intervals round the mantle-edge. Like the bands, they are

inconspicuous, about 1 millimetre wide, with slightly raised edges

and a black centre. The edges of the rhinophore and branchial

pockets are not much raised and entire. There are 14 small but

stout, simply pinnate gills, set in a circle which is slightly open

posteriorly. The head is joined to the upper lamina of the foot

at the sides, and there are no distinct tentacles, though two small

prominences by the mouth may represent these. There is a very

narrow but strong labial armature, composed of minute hooks.

The radula is rather narrow, with a wide naked rhachis. There are

about 70 rows, each containing about 25 teeth on either side of

the centre, but the teeth mostly point towards the rhachis, and

the whole arrangement is very irregular so that the usual radula

formula hardly meets the case. The teeth present the form

characteristic of the genus, but the innermost are somewhat wider

than Bergh’s figures of S. levis (l. c. pl. Ixxxviii.) and bear 7 or 8

denticles. The denticles on all the teeth are extremely delicate.

and fine. There is no stomach apart from the hepatic mass.

The reproductive apparatus is unarmed,

This form is clearly a Spherodoris (as shown by the buccal parts,

head, and branchiz), and, equally clearly, neither S. punctata,

papillata, nor verrucosa. It undoubtedly comes very near to

S. levis, of which I provisionally describe it as a variety, but it

varies somewhat from the type specimen described by Bergh both

in the pits, which he does not mention, and in the teeth, and

may prove to be a new species.

I have also examined several individuals, apparently referable

to S. levis, captured by the Skeat Expedition at Pulau Bidang

near the Malay Peninsula. Their dentition is like that described

above, and they have a few (in one specimen only two) pits, but

the back is quite smooth and of an almost uniform bluish-olive

colour.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XXVII, 27

404 SIR C. ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. 1,

Since writing the description of this species I have examined

another specimen, found at Mombasa at low tide. It is strongly

arched, and of a sandy-brown colour with patches of darker brown.

Near the branchial opening are a few bands of minute black

spots, almost invisible except under a lens. On the dorsal surface

are 22 pits, scattered quite irregularly round the margin and in

the middle. The preserved specimen has a small ridge between the

rhinophores, not extending before or behind them, and possibly

due to contraction after death. Around the branchial pocket

is a circular area, marked off from the rest of the back by being

somewhat flatter and lighter in colour. This feature was not

found in any of the other specimens.

Genus ORODORIS.

This genus, which Bergh regards as allied to J/camira, has the

oval shape, wide mantle-margin, and tripinnate branchie of an

ordinary Dorid. The dorsal surface bears ridges and tubercles.

The mouth-parts show some affinity to Chromodoris. There is a

labial armature composed of bent rods, and the rhachis of the

radula presents thickenings. The innermost teeth are denticulate

on both sides, the next few on the outer side only, and the rest

are smooth,

ORODORIS MIAMIRANA B.

| Bergh, ‘“‘ Neue Nacktschnecken,” Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, Heft

vill. 1875, pp. 67—71.]

One specimen from New Britain, kindly given me by Dr. Willey.

It is, as preserved, of a uniform olive-green, with a few white

spots on the foot and underside. ‘The length is 58, the breadth 32,

and the height 26 mm. The foot does not project beyond the

mantle; it is deeply grooved in front and is broad, measuring

15 mm. across without counting the margins, which are turned

inwards. The dorsal surface is arched, and the greater part of it

is covered with composite tubercles. Over the head and round

the edge of the mantle are many smallish tubercles roughly

arranged in three rows. There is one large tubercle somewhat

resembling the terminal lobe of Miamira over the tail, but no

corresponding formation at the other end. Down the middle of

the back runs a thick ridge, in which is set the large branchial

opening. It bears six tubercles, one rather small one between

the rhinophores, then two more small ones, followed by two large

ones; then comes the branchial pocket, and behind it is another

large tubercle. From this central ridge three transverse ridges,

also composed of compound tubercles, run to the sides. The

branchial pocket has a raised rim roughly circular but wavy in

outline. Bergh gives the branchiz as 7; in this specimen there

are three on each side, an open space behind, and in front a very

broad plume with a small accessory plume at its side, The anal

1904. | FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 405

papilla is very large and connected with the front branchia by a

membrane, from which an accessory membrane runs to the

accessory branchia. The rhinophores are protected by raised

tubes about 4 mm. high and covered with tubercles. The external

opening of the mouth is unusually large. On each side of it isa

conical well-developed tentacle pointing laterally.

The internal organs correspond with Bergh’s description. There

is a moderately large stomach with membranous walls, almost

entirely enclosed in the liver, there being no dilatation whatever

in the digestive tract before it enters this organ. Within the

liver the cavity of the stomach measures about 6 mm. across, and

the intestine when it issues is nearly the same size.

Genus MIAMIRA,

This curious form is of very uncertain affinities. Its elongate

shape and labial armature seem to ally it with Chromodoris. But

the teeth are uniform and hamate, without denticulations, the

back bears ridges and tubercles arranged in a regular pattern, and

the branchie are tripinnate. A unique character is presented by

the lappets on the mantle-edge, with gill-like lamelle on their

underside.

MIAMIRA NOBILIS B.

[Bergh, “ Neue Nacktschnecken,” Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, Heft

vill. 1875, pp. 53-63. |

Two specimens from New Britain given me by Dr. Willey. In

one (hereafter called the first specimen) the tubercles and lobes

are much ampler and more elaborately divided than in the other

(or second specimen), so perhaps the two forms correspond to the

typical species and variety described by Bergh. But the colour

of both is the same—olive-green with a few white spots on the

lower parts, and there is no difference to speak of in size. The

length is 40 mm., the breadth 14, and the height 18. Down the

middle of the back runs a ridge which bears obscure indications

of being three ridges fused into one. It is about 6 mm. high in

the first specimen, and 2 mm. in the second, and in both bears

four tubercles. From the point where these tubercles arise,

transverse ridges run at right angles to the side of the body and

terminate each in a lateral lobe. The mantle-border is marked

by a double ridge. There is a veil-like lobe over the head, which

is trifid in both specimens, and another over the tail, which in the

second specimen is small and simple, but in the first very large

and studded with many accessory tubercles. At the sides of the

body are four lobes, three in front of the branchiz and one behind,

The lateral and terminal lobes bear lamelle on their underside in

both specimens, but in neither are there any under the head-lobes.

The branchial pocket is at the end of the dorsal ridge, raised and

irregularly tuberculate. In the first specimen there is a very

27*

406 ON NUBIBRANCHS FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. | Mar.1,

large posterior tubercle. The openings of the rhinophores have

slightly raised but smooth edges; the rhinophores themselves are

long, straight, and thin, and bear about 30 perfoliations. The

tripinnate branchiz appear to be nine in number, but are so

deeply cleft that it is hard to say how large a group should be

taken as the unit. The foot is narrow and not very clearly marked

off from the head; it is distinctly but not deeply grooved in front.

The internal anatomy is as described by Bergh. Both the labial

armature and the radula are bright yellow. The former consists

of small rods, straight or bent, but in all cases hooked at the end

and not bifid. The teeth of the radula are somewhat irregular in

shape, but no denticulations are discernible; the innermost teeth

close over the rhachis. The cesophagus widens out into a distinct

dilatation before entering the liver.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratr XXIII.

Fig. 1. Chromodoris reticulata (p. 386). Anterior end, showing relations and

proportions of head, foot, and mantle. a, ridge connecting head and foot ;

6, groove in anterior edge of foot; a, mouth.

. Diagram of the arrangement of the gills, the positions of which are shown by

transverse sections of their bases: a, anus.

. A single gill cut across, showing 7., rachis ; 5.v., blood-vessels ; and p., portions

of three of the pinne borne on the sides of the rhachis.

. Portions of the radula. a, central teeth; 6, the form of the majority of the

teeth ; and c, those intermediate in shape and position between a and b.

. The alimentary canal. The liver is cut away and the stomach laid open.

6. Buccal mass. sal. Salivary gland of right side.

g- Gills. st.c. Thin-walled anterior diverticulum of

l. Cut surface of liver. stomach.

id. Ducts of liver opening into st.m. Muscles in stomach-wall.

stomach.

. C. sykesi (p. 387). A living example.

C. cave, from life (p. 888). m, edge of mantle; f, edge of foot.

Diagrams of the arrangement of the gills. a, from an example which had

16 gills; 6, from one with only 12.

a -—& w

CIESIES

PuatTE XXIV.

. Chromodoris annulata (p. 389). Central teeth of radula.

. Diagram showing positions of bases of gills: a, anal papilla.

A living example. The purple border of the mantle is continuous all round,

ee is in this case hidden in places by the folding down of the free mantle-

ge.

. C. elizabethina, var. africana (p. 392).

. C. nigrostriata (p. 394), dorsal view.

. Side view of the same. (‘he number of branchiz was in reality seven, not

nine as here depicted.)

. C. lineata (p. 396). Teeth of radula: a, from outer, and 4, from central part.

. C. flava (p. 399). Living specimen. a. Anterior corners of foot, which may

or may not project beyond mantle-edge (cf. fig. 9).

. Ventral view of the same showing narrow foot with its prolonged anterior

corners and transverse groove, and proportions of head and mantle.

Tig.

i) ON AOA

R.T.L. del.

AVAGINA INCOLA.

(ean

_—\-

Mintern Bros .lith.

1904.] ON A RECENTLY DISCOVERED TURBELLARIAN WORM. 407

2. On the Turbellarian Worm Avagina incola, with a Note

on the Classification of the Proporide. By RoseErt

T. Lerper, Research Student, Glasgow University

(Embryological Laboratory) *.

[Received February 2, 1904. |

(Plate XXV.)t

The Turbellarian which forms the subject of the present paper

was briefly described by me at the Meeting of the British Associa-

tion for the Advancement of Science held at Belfast in 1902.

The chief characters were pointed out and the name of Avagina

incola gen. et sp. nov. given to it, in a report of that Meeting in

‘Nature’ (of. vol. Ixvi. p. 641, 1902).

It was observed by me to be present in the “accessory canal ”

of about five per cent. of the specimens of the common Heart-

Urchin, Hchinocardium cordatum Penn., collected from Kames

Bay, Cumbrae, N.B., in the summer of 1902, and is of interest as

being the only recorded example of distinct parasitism among the

Accelous Turbellaria (111.) ¢.

General Features (Plate XXYV. figs. 1, 2),

A. incola is whitish and moderately translucent in appearance,

leaf-like in shape, obovate in outline when contracted, lanceolate

when extended, the blunt end being anterior. It measures in

length 2°5 mm., in breadth transversely ‘6 mm., dorsi-ventrally

‘2 mm., and progresses by a slow creeping spiral movement.

Several examples are usually found in the same host.

Integument (Plate XXV. fig. 3).

The integument consists, as in other Accela, of (1) a muscular

network of single, circular, oblique, and longitudinal fibres abutting

on the superficial parenchyma, and (2) a granular cuticle uniformly

covered with cilia. Not unfrequently along the ventral surface,

but seldom on the dorsum, the cuticle is swollen by vesicular

structures which are sometimes surmounted by large granular »

projections (fig. 3, A, B). There are no rhabdites or sagittocysts.

Mouth (Plate XXYV., fig. 4).

The mouth is merely an opening in the cuticle exposing the

superficial parenchym. Its position on the under surface at about

the junction of the anterior fourth with the rest of the body is

recognisable in the living animal, even from the dorsal surface on

careful focussing, by the converging action of the cilia. There is

practically no pharynx.

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.

+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 411.

+ Roman numerals in brackets refer to the List of Literature given at the end of

this paper.

408 MR. R. T, LEIPER ON A RECENTLY [Mar. 1,

Parenchyma (Plate X XV. figs. 4, 6).

The parenchyma may be divided into two portions :—(1) A cellu-

lar layer, much thicker on the ventral surface than on the dorsal,

with oval nuclei lying for the most part at right angles to the

cuticle and staining faintly. This is knownas the ‘dermal layer”

and gives support to the integument which is immediately super-

imposed. (2) Fine protoplasmic strands passing inwards from the

dermal portion. These by their anastomosis form a meshwork

enclosing vacuoles in which various free cells lie. On reaching

the ovaries they unite to form a delicate capsule, whence still

finer strands pass to enclose the individual ova in follicle-like

spaces.

Digestive Vacuole (Plate XXV. figs. 1, 2, 4).

Immediately over the mouth the ovaries are separated by a

large vacuole extending between the dorsal and ventral layers of

the dermal parenchyma and traversed by protoplasmic strands only

at the periphery. The ovaries soon reunite ventrally, but the

space is continued a short distance further along the mid-dorsum

and roughly occupies the anterior middle fourth of the body. In

itare found particles of ingested material together with wandering

cells. It represents the digestive tract, but has not an epithelial

lining or any defined passage to the mouth. The food-particles

are in all probability caught in the mobile protoplasm presenting

at the mouth, and passed on into this digestive vacuole.

Frontal Organ (Plate XXYV. fig. 5).

The frontal organ differs from that of all other Accela save

Béihmigia maris-albi (Sabussow), and is here represented by

numerous large single-cell mucous glands lying in the paren-

chymatous strands and bulging into the vacuolar spaces above

and around the brain. Those lying immediately under the dermal

parenchym dorsally are perhaps the largest, but their ducts all pass

to open like those of the remainder, each by a separate aperture,

on to the ventral surface only. As it perforates the cuticle each

duct dilates to form a small ampulla. Both glands and ducts

stain readily and deeply with hematoxylin owing to the presence

of very fine granules. The secretion is adhesive and plays an

important part in locomotion.

Nervous System.

The nervous system, which is not well differentiated, consists

of two lateral masses situated at the anterior end of the body and

communicating with one another by a commissure in which lies

the otocyst. From each ganglionic mass a lateral and a posterior

nerve are seen to be given off. The tissue generally is finely

fibrillar, enclosing small clear cells with punctate nuclei. Hye-

spots are absent.

1904. ] DISCOVERED TURBELLARIAN WORM. 409

Reproductive System (Plate XXYV. figs. 6, 7).

A. incola is hermaphrodite and is found sexually mature at

Millport, N.B., in June and July.

The penis is situated on the ventral surface at the junction of

the posterior fourth with the rest of the body. It is conical and

carries a knob-like armature at its distal end. At its proximal

end its duct dilates to form a pyriform vesicula seminalis, the

walls of which are formed by a thickening of the surrounding

dermal parenchym and into which the testes open on either side

by no distinct or epithelially lined channels. The testes consist

of follicular masses extending forwards on either side in the

parenchym of the lateral parts of the body, outside the ovaries, to

beyond the mouth, and posteriorly also for a short distance into

the tail. The sperm-follicles near the vesicula seminalis contain

deeply staining chromatin figures.

The ovaries extend on either side of the middle line from

beneath the brain to within a short distance of the male apparatus.

They early unite, but are soon separated by the digestive vacuole,

joining again in the posterior middle fourth of the body (figs. 1, 2).

The ova increase in size as they pass backwards and are enclosed

in delicate parenchyma, each occupying latterly a separate “follicle.”

No accessory female organs are present. There is no vagina

through which the ova can be extruded, and it would appear from

a careful examination of ripe specimens that the cuticle simply

gives way before the ripe ovum owing to an ever-increasing growth-

pressure—this rupture taking place at a short distance in front

of the penis (fig. 7). In several examples the ova lying most

posteriorly had acquired a relatively dense capsule, stainable with

osmiec acid, and these not infrequently showed mitotic figures.

These facts, taken in relation with the armature of the penis, seem

to point to copulation being effected by simple perforation of the

cuticle.

SysTEMATIC PosITIoN.

The turbellarian now described differs along with all the species

of Haplodiscus from other Accela in that it possesses no female

accessoria. From Haplodiscus also it differs in the following

respects :-—

(1) Shape.

(2) Parasitic habitat.

(3) Mouth in anterior fourth.

(4) Paired lateral testes.

(5) No defined vasa deferentia.

(6) Penis with knob-like armature.

(7) Frontal organ well developed and opening by many

mouths,

(8) Large digestive vacuole.

These differences seem to be of sufficient importance to warrant.

the erection of a new genus, which I have called Avagina. Asan

410 ON A RECENTLY DISCOVERED TURBELLARIAN worm. [Mar. 1,

indication of its habit—this being the first recorded parasitic Accel

({111.)—I suggested incola as the specific name.

NOTE ON THE PROPORID.

V. Graff in his recent monograph (1.) divided the Proporidee—

Acela with one genital pore—into two genera: (a) Proporus,

(b) Monoporus. In both these the male and female ducts open

into a common atrium genitale which communicates with the

exterior by a single aperture. They are distinguished from each

other by the absence and presence respectively of a spermotheca.

Since then (1890) some further contributions have been made

to our knowledge of this family. In 1892 v. Graff (1.) drew

attention to the turbellarian characters of Haplodiscus piger

(Weldon). In 1895 Béhmig (1v.) described six new species of

this genus and corroborated Weldon’s observation of the absence

of female accessoria. The following year Sabussow (v.) recorded

another species, on which also Monticelli wrote (v1.). In 1899

Sabussow (v.) obtained from the White Sea an Accel to which he

gave the name Béhmigia maris-albi (vi1.).

Bohmig’s classification of the family is as follows :—

“ Genera—(a) JMonoporus—Proporide mit Bursa-seminalis, &e,

(b) Proporus—Proporide ohne Bursa-seminalis, &c.

Die Mundéffnung findet sich in oder hinter der

mitte der Bauchflache. Der Pharynx ist, wenn

vorhanden, kurz und wenig entwickelt. Der

Korperform ist platt scheibenformig.”

‘He thus distinguishes Proporus and Haplodiscus merely by the

position of the mouth, the size of pharynx, and shape of body,

while he ignores the absence in Haplodiscus of the “atrium

genitale ” in the other two genera.

Now it has been shown above (p. 409) that in Avagina the

female apparatus is incomplete, the ova being extruded through a

temporary opening which has no connection with that of the male

organ. As in Haplodiscus there is a similar absence of vagina, it

seems not improbable that a like method of ova-extrusion also

obtains.

The union of the male and female systems to form a common

genital atrium in the genera Proporus, Monoporus and Béhmigia,

and their total separation in Haplodiscus and Avagina, seem to

render desirable a subdivision of the family as under :—

Family Prororip#: Acca with one genital aperture.

Subfamilies I. Proporine: to include those Proporid

with a common genital atrium.

Genera: (a) Proporus, (b) Monoporus,

II. Avaginine : to comprise those Proporide

with male accessoria only.

Genera: (a)Haplodiscus, (b) Avagina.

P.Z.5. 1904, vol.1.P1.XXVI.

Bale «Danielsson Lt¢

aI NAS IE IID ~ ElROU Sih

(LAGOPUS LAGOPUS 6 X LYRURUS TETRIX 2)

1904. | ON TWO SPECIMENS OF HYBRID GROUSE. 411

In conclusion, I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr.

J. F. Gemmill for the privilege of working up my material in his

Laboratory at Glasgow University. To Dr. Teacher, of the

Hunterian Museum, also I owe and now tender my best thanks.

Papers referred to.

(1.) v. Grarr.—Die Organisation der Turbellaria Accela.

(11.) v. GraFr.—Zoologischer Anzeiger, 1892.

(1u.) v. Grarr.—Die Turbellarien als Parasiten und Wirte.

(1Vv.) Bommra.—Die Turbellaria Accela der Plankton-Expedi-

(v.) cea eau Haplodiscus ussowi, n. sp.” Mitth. zool.

(v1.) cece ye be del Haplodiscus wssowi.”

(vit.) Sinvsson.—" ilnigia mera u et sp. n.” Zool.

nzeig. xxii. p. 89.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.

All the figures except fig. 1, which is diagrammatic, were drawn from

photomicrographs of sections.

List of Reference Letters.

Br. Brain. ¢. Cuticle. d.p. Dermal layer of the parenchyma. d.v. Digestive

vacuole. F.d. Frontal ducts. Fg. Frontal glands. Fo. Orifices of frontal ducts.

m. Mouth. mus. Muscular layer. of. Otocyst. ov. Ovary. p. Penis. .a. Arma-

ture of penis. p.s. Parenchymatous strands. s. Cilia. ¢. Testis. vag. Adven-

titious ‘‘ vagina.” v.s. Vesicula seminalis.

Fig. 1. The general topography of Avagina incola shown diagrammatically. X 20.

. Median longitudinal section. x 20.

. Integument and dermal parenchyma. A xX 600. B xX 700.

. Mesial longitudinal section showing “ digestive vacuole.” 75.

. Longitudinal section of anterior end showing frontal glands. X 150.

. Longitudinal section through male apparatus. x 150.

. Longitudinal section of posterior extremity showing adventitious opening by

which ova are being extruded. X 45.

NI OD OVE Oo bo

3. On Two Specimens of “ Riporre” with known Parentage.

By Dr. H1nar Lonnpere, C.M.Z.8., &o.

[Received February 6, 1904.]

(Plate XX VI.) *

When the author of these lines last summer visited the town

of Pitei, in Northern Sweden, he had the opportunity of seeing

two fine specimens of Riporre, then in the possession of Dr. T.

H. Bjérkbomt. The great interest connected with these two

specimens is that their parentage is fully known. They are from

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 415.

+ They are now in the zoological collections of the Gothenburg Museum.

412 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON [ Mar. 1,

a small peasant village, Rasvik, situated in the country parish of

Pited, Government district of Norrbotten, thus not far from the

town mentioned. The mother bird of these Riporre specimens

was, undoubtedly, a hen of Lyrurus tetrix. She had laid and

afterwards hatched her eggs near a peasant’s house in a small

hamlet, consequently the hen and her six chickens were observed

almost every day during the summer and autumn of 1901.

As soon as the birds got scared they perched in trees as the

Black Game does, unlike the Willow-Grouse. When full-grown

they were shot, all of them the same autumn. The first four

were sold to an innkeeper in the town of Lutead, who, not

recognising their hybrid nature, had them plucked and eaten.

The last two, however, luckily fell into the hands of Dr. Bjorkbom,

who took care of them and had them mounted. Both these

specimens are males shot in the month of October, the one a

little earlier than the other, so that it was still in moult and

retained some of the feathers of the autumn plumage. These

feathers are situated in such a manner that they form a patch

behind the eye and on the sides of the occiput, and a broad band on

the sides of the lower neck, extending with some scattered feathers

on the fore-neck, and are almost exactly like those in the corre-

sponding situation of a young Blackcock just moulting to assume

its first black plumage. They are thus barred with light buff

and brownish black, the bars being, however, at least partly, a

little narrower in the Riporre than in the young Blackcock.

There is thus no trace of the rufous of the Willow-Grouse in these

feathers. A few scattered scapulars, which are mixed buff and

black, have an appearance which may be termed intermediate

between that of the corresponding ones of Lyrurus tetrix 2 and

that of Lagopus lagopus 2 , and differs from that of the males of both

species. With regard to the pattern, the axillaries of this Riporre

specimen approach perhaps more those of the female Willow-

Grouse than those of the Grey-hen. With the exception of these

feathers, almost every feather of the whole plumage of both

Riporre specimens is either more or less white, or is, with

slight modifications, like that of an immature Blackcock. The

description of the Riporre cock in winter plumage which Collett

has given * is quite correct for these specimens too, and need not

be repeated.

An analysis of the plumage, however, may not be without

interest. The white must, of course, be regarded as an

inheritance from the Willow-Grouse father, except in such

places where the Blackcock as well is normally white, as on the

under tail-coverts, on the wing, &c. The whole upper surface of

the Riporre is, with only slight modification, derived from the

Blackeock, and this modification consists only in the fact that the

fine brown sprinklings and vermiculations on the feathers of the

Blackeock (immature or in summer plumage) in the Riporre are

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 224.

1904. ] TWO SPECIMENS OF HYBRID GROUSE. 413

represented by white ones of the same kind, which become more

conspicuous through contrast with the black than the brown

is in the Blackcock. On the rump of the Riporre, however, the

brown of the feathers is substituted by white only at their edges,

while otherwise the fine wavy brownish lines remain. The upper

tail-coverts are black but have broad white edges, and so have,

although to a less extent, the middle rectrices. In the latter the

white edges are exaggerations of the conditions found in the

immature Blackcock ; in the former the white edges correspond

to the freckled edges of the same feathers in the Blackcock.

The tail of the Riporre is deeply cleft, so that the middle rectrices

are 24-34 cm. shorter than the outer. The wing-coverts look

almost all white, but a closer examination reveals that their

basal hidden parts are black, or at least densely sprinkled with

blackish. The white in these feathers has a distribution which

corresponds to the area of the same feathers of the Blackcock,

which is freckled with buff. The ends of the secondaries of the

Rippore are more broadly tipped with white than in the Black-

cock, But otherwise these parts are blackish, richly mottled

with white all over their middle and basal portion. This is the

more peculiar, as these parts of the secondaries are pure white in

the Blackcock as well as in the Willow-Grouse. Here is thus a

characteristic which is not inherited from either of the parents

as it appears at first, but it is nevertheless a tetricid characteristic.

The secondaries of the Blackcock are, between the white basal

half and the terminal narrow white edge, blackish, more or less

mottled with buff. This area has, in the Riporre, expanded over

the greater basal part of the feathers at the same time as the

mottling became white instead of buff. In such a way the Riporre

lost the, for the Blackcock, characteristic broad white band across

the wing, while the narrow terminal band became broadened. The

outer web of the primaries, which in the Blackeock is pale

brownish with whitish mottling, has in the Riporre become

wholly white, and the inner web has in the latter become mottled

with white and quite white at the tips, where the Blackcock

shows a mottled area.

A broad band through the eye of the Riporre is white. In

the same place the immature Blackcock, or that in summer

plumage, is mottled with white. Below this space the Riporre

has a black band in which the feathers are very feebly edged

with white. The same area is in the Blackcock glossy bluish

black, but immature males often show the same whitish edging,

although still less developed. The fore-neck and the sides of

the neck, as well as the chest and belly, of the Riporre are white,

although the invisible basal parts of the feathers are more or less

black. The upper part of the breast is black, but mixed with

broadly white-edged feathers. The feathers of the flanks are

black, with broad edges or outer halves white, whereby a spotted

appearance is produced. The lower parts have thus received

more white from the Willow-Grouse than the upper parts have.

414 DR. EINAR LONNBERG ON [Mar. 1,

The Blackcock inheritance, however, is conspicuous in the black

feathers or black bases of white feathers. From this analysis it

is apparent that the Riporre in winter plumage is unable to

produce the buff pigment which is found in the immature Black-

cock, so that therefore this coloration is substituted by white,

often in an exaggerated way. It is also obvious that areas that

in the Blackcock are mottled have a greater tendency to become

white in the Riporre than spotted black. The feathers of the

Blackcock which are more or less pale-edged become in the

Riporre more broadly white-edged or retain only a black base.

In the areas in the Blackcock which are quite black or glossy

black, the same coloration is most dominant in the Riporre as

well,

The tarsi and toes of these specimens are white with long

feathers, especially in the specimen which has assumed full winter

garb. The claws are very large and coloured as in the Willow-

Grouse, that is, paler than in the Blackcock. The length of the

middle claw is in one specimen 22 mm.; in the other, which was

shot earlier,20mm. The claws are, however, compared with their

length not so broad as in the Willow-Grouse, and distinctly

oblique as in the Blackcock. From the latter is also inherited

the toothed comb underneath the toes. The feet are thus quite

intermediate in structure.

The lengths of the wings are respectively 234 and 237 mm.

This measurement thus agrees with the smaller and medium-sized

specimens which Collett has measured.

A third male specimen of Riporre kept in the Upsala

Museum, and obtained from the province of Vesterbotten, is a

good deal darker than those just described. But its coloration

adheres to the same systematic pattern. The neck, except in

front, is quite black, with narrow white edges to the feathers.

The fore-neck looks white, but the concealed parts of the feathers

are black. The upper breast is wholly glossy black*. The

metallic lustre is not, however, blue as in the Blackcock, but

rather purple as in the Rachelhane (hybrid between Caper-

caillie 2 and Blackcock); and this is of interest, because it

indicates that the structure of the glossy feathers of the Black-

cock seems to be influenced in a similar way through hybridisa-

tion with Willow-Grouse as with Capercaillie +. The flanks,

wing-coverts, wings, &c. are also darker in this specimen, the

front of the tarsi is mixed with grey, and the claws are darker

than in the specimens described above. But in spite of this the

general arrangement of the coloration is the same, and this

seems to indicate that there is only one hind of Riporre-hybrids

produced in the same way by a Grey-hen mated with a male

* It is probable that this specimen is older than the others. It is in very fine

plumage, and somewhat larger in size, the wing measuring 245 mm.

+ The purple lustre of the Rachelhane cannot therefore be interpreted as having

originated by a mixing of the structures causing the green lustre in the Capercaillie

and those causing the blue in the Blackcock.

1904. ] _TWO SPECIMENS OF HYBRID GROUSE. 415.

Willow-Grouse, and that in these hybrids the tetricid inheritance

from the mother dominates, and probably becomes more so with

age.

A similar conclusion is deduced from a study of the female

Rippore specimens. The darkest specimen in Upsala looks

almost like a small Grey-hen* which has got white or white-

freckled edges to her feathers. The proximal secondaries are,

however, like those of the male Riporre just described, and the

distal ones are wholly white. Another difference is that the

outer tail-feathers are black. Towards the centre of the tail the

rectrices become more and more transversely (corresponding

to the rufous bars of the Grey-hen) mottled, first on the outer

web, then right across with whitish, then buff and rufous-buff,

so that the central tail-feathers are almost like those of a

Grey-hen, although the rufous bars are somewhat broken. The

white tips, absent in the outer tail-feathers, become larger

towards the centre. The outer tail-feathers are thus more like

those of a Willow-Grouse ; the central ones more like those of a

Grey-hen. In addition to the white edges, the feathers of the

back show another difference from those of the Grey-hen ; they

have, as a rule, only one or two rufous bars, the proximal

of which is more or less broken, while the Grey-hen has three or

more. ‘This difference in the Riporre is not, however, a charac-

teristic in which it approaches the Willow-Grouse, which has

numerous narrow wavy bars. The front of the tarsi is grey but

long-feathered. The claws are rather dark. The lightest of the

female Riporre specimens in Upsala has broader white-freckled

edges to the feathers on the back, but otherwise the same feathers

are almost similar to those of a Grey-hen with three complete

bars of buff. Wing and tail of this specimen are a little more

freckled than in the other. The one has the abdomen white,

and is a young bird, while the darker is old. We have here,

consequently, a condition parallel to that above-stated for the

cocks, viz., the female Riporre becomes darker with age, and

resembles more a Grey-hen, and there is only one kind of Riporre,

the origin of which must be as stated above.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

Hybrid Grouse, Lagopus lagopus X Lyrurus tetrix 2.

* The feathered toes, &c., prove the hybrid nature.

416 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON DENTAL [ Mar. 15,

March 15, 1904.

Dr. Henry Woopwarb, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that

had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1904:— -

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of February were 68 in number. Of these 31 were acquired

by presentation and 12 by purchase, 19 were received on deposit

and 6 by exchange. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 89.

Among the additions special attention may be called to :—

1. Two Asiatic Wapiti, presented by the President on Feb. 23,

probably representing a distinct subspecies.

2. A stallion Kiang (Zquus hemionus), obtained by purchase

on Feb. 26.

Mr. Frank Slade, F.Z.8., exhibited and made remarks upon

a living Bantam hen which had on each of her wings a well-

developed thumb and claw.

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.S., exhibited some dental pecu-

liarities in a Rodent (Hystrix leucura Sykes), a Springbok Ante-

lope (Antidorcas ewchore (Zimm.)), and a Tertiary Shrew (“ Sorea

pusillus H. v. Mey., var. grivensis Dep.”), and made the following

remarks :—The specimens exhibited have in common the peculiarity

of possessing additions to what is or is believed to be the normal

number of teeth in their respective groups; otherwise, however,

these peculiarities belong to very different categories. The

specimens aie :—

I. Cranium of an Indian Porcupine, Hystrix leucura Sykes, 2

(text-fig. 79, p. 417), showing in the maxillary five cheek-teeth,

four being the usual number.

The skull, which is of unusually large size (basal length=145°5

millim.), was placed in my hands by Prof. G. B. Howes, to whom it

had been presented by Captain Stewart R. Douglas. The locality

given is Datta Khel, Tochi Valley, Bunnu District, Punjab.

Variations in the number of teeth are exceedingly rare in

Rodentia, if we except one family, the Bathyergide. Almost

the only case recorded in literature of a supernumerary tooth in

another family is the one mentioned by Charles Darwin, in

the skull of the lop-eared variety of the domestic rabbit; in that

case “there was an additional molar tooth on each side of the

upper jaw, between the molars and premolars; but these two teeth

did not correspond in size.” *

* Charles Darwin, “The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication,”

2nd ed. vol. i. p. 125 (1875).—Only one similar case amongst Leporide has since

been recorded, curiously enough in the very same variety of the domestic rabbit ;

the supernumerary tooth was, however, present on one side only (H. v. Nathusius,

1904. ] PECULIARITIES IN CERTAIN MAMMALS. 417

In all the genera of Hystricidee we have normally four cheek-

teeth above and below on either side of the jaw, making sixteen in

all. Of these, the three posterior are true molars; the anterior

Text-fig. 79.

Hystrix leucura, left maxillary. Double nat. size.

one of each row is, in Hystrix, a premolar, having replaced a

deciduous tooth. The four teeth of the species of Hystria are

Uber die sogenannten Leporiden, p. 15, 1876).—An adult rabbit’s skull, now before

me, containing two left posterior incisors, situated side by side, was exhibited some

years ago at a meeting of this Society by Mr. Holding.—Complete absence of the

small posterior incisors, without any trace suggesting that they had ever been

present, was met with by H. v. Nathusius in the skull of a so-called “ Leporide,”

forwarded to him as the presumed descendant of a cross-breed between the Rabbit

and the Common Hare. The same writer records a communication to him from

Hensel, who had found that these posterior incisors were absent in several skulls of

the common domestic rabbit (Der Zoologische Garten, xx. p. 134, footnote (1879)).—

The last upper molar in Leporide, being much reduced, might be expected to be

frequently missing ; it is, however, remarkably constant. G.R. Waterhouse mentions

a case in a “ Lepus mediterraneus”’ where this sixth upper molar was absent on

either side (‘A Natural History of the Mammalia,’ ii. p. 44 (1848)). Although it has

been repeatedly asserted (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xx. p. 222 [1867]; (7) i. p. 157

[1898]) that Waterhouse was mistaken in making this statement, he was perfectly

right; the skull in question, from the Island of Kerkenna, off Tunis, is in the British

Museum (Zool. Dep.), No. 46.10.30.162. 2. At my request, Mr. O. Thomas was good

enough to have the skull taken out of a second hare’s skin from Kerkenna, No. 46.

10.30.161, and in this also the last upper molar is absent on both sides; in the case

of the Kerkenna Hare it seems therefore that we have to do with something more

than a mere individual variation. It would be interesting to ascertain whether this

character is constant in the Kerkenna Hare, which differs besides from the one on the

neighbouring continent (Lepus tunete de Wint.), with which it was united by

previous writers, in the much larger size of the cheek-teeth and incisors, as well as

in other characters.—The only other specimen of a Lepus in the Natural History

Museum showing the anomaly referred to, is a skull of a $ of Lepus europeus

occidentalis, from Merton Hall, Norfolk (No. 98.2.11.1); on the left side the last

upper molar is present, but there is no trace of either the tooth or its alveolus on

the right side—In Caprolagus hispidus (Pears.), the Assam Hispid Hare, the last

molar is more reduced in size than in any other member of the Leporide; but is

missing in none of the five skulls of the species in the Natural History Museum.

A second species of Caprolagus, C. furnessi Stone, obtained on the Liu Kiu Islands,

was described not long ago; in the only skull examined there was “no trace what-

ever of the small posterior upper molar” (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1900, p. 461).

418 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON DENTAL [ Mar. 15,

approximately of the same size; the premolar, however, 1s

slightly larger; a further feature being that, having come in

place after m.1 and m. 2, it is less worn than these two.

By the criteria just mentioned, it is possible to determine the

anterior tooth in our specimen as the unique premolar, the three

teeth following as the three true molars. So that it is the fifth

tooth, the last in the series, which is supernumerary. It is

distinguished from all the others by its much smaller size, and by

reproducing only part of the pattern common to the anterior

teeth. Length of the four anterior molars=35 millim., length of

the supernumerary =4 millim.

We have been told more than once that there are no individual

homologies in Mammalian teeth ; the reason, which apparently is

considered as the most weighty, being that ‘‘on the analogy of

what may be seen in the case of Meristic Series having a wholly

indefinite number of members, it is likely that the attempt thus

to attribute individuality to members of series having normally

a definite number of members should not be made.” *

The “definite number” is just what makes all the difference ;

now that order, differentiation, division of labour have been esta-

blished, as the gradual outcome of what before had been chaos, at

least for our short-sighted eyes, we can begin to speak of individual

homologies, while before we could speak only of collective homo-

logies. And it is precisely the variations that help us towards

making out the individual homologies: witness E. Rosenberg’s

researches on the variations occurring among the permanent

incisors of man 7.

The old truth that there is a common bond between all the

teeth of one specimen, does not invalidate their individuality.

They are all brothers, being children of one mother, the dental

lamina; some slight peculiarity in the enamel pattern, by which

different species may be distinguished from each other, is often

enough common to all or to several of the cheek-teeth of one

specimen. In this connection an interesting fact, pointed out by

Bateson, is worth mentioning. When a supernumerary tooth is

added to the posterior end of the series, the normally ultimate

tooth, which has become the penultimate, is not unfrequently

abnormally enlarged. This circumstance is considered by the

writer to favour his view of the non-existence of individuality,

for “the new member of the series seems, as it were, to have been

reckoned for before the division of the series into parts.”~ To

me the obvious explanation appears to be, that by the increased

activity of the dental lamina, which not unfrequently takes place

at the end of the teeth-series, and results in the production of a

supernumerary tooth, the normally last tooth has profited as well ;

so that, as in so many other cases, the variation, the exception,

confirms the rule.

* W. Bateson, ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation,’ p. 273 (1894).

+ Morph. Jahrb. vol. xxii. pp. 264-338 (1895).

t Proc, Zool. Soc. London, 1892, p. 111.

1904. | PECULIARITIES IN CERTAIN MAMMALS. 419

There are, of course, cases where we are at a loss to give the

proper explanation of a numerical variation—to state, that is,

which of the teeth is the supernumerary ; but that depends often

on particular circumstances inherent to the species, as in the case of

an Ateles marginatus in the Natural History Museum (No. 12148),

on which great stress has been laid. This specimen has four

premolars in each upper jaw instead of three. “There is nothing

in this specimen to indicate that any of these teeth should be

considered supernumerary more than any other; and in the

absence of such evidence it would, as I think, be best to regard

the four premolars in this specimen as collectively representing

the three premolars of the normal. For just asa stick may be

broken into three pieces or into four, so would it seem to be with

Multiple Parts.” *

The simile would be appropriate if Ateles marginatus, or the

other species of the genus, presented us with numerous instances

of four premolars; but among hundreds of examined specimens

this is the only one in which the “stick” has been broken into

four “pieces.” The reason why we cannot in this instance state

which of the four teeth is the supernumerary, depends on the

exceeding likeness in size and shape between the upper premolars

of Ateles. If instead of being acquainted with only one stage in

the life-history of this specimen, we had been able to watch it

from its childhood and follow the gradual development and

coming in place of the premolars, we would presumably not

have been left in the dark as to the individualities of the premolars

in question.

Il. Two fetal skulls of the Springbok (Antidoreas euchore Zimm.),

one undoubtedly female (text-fig. 80, p. 420), the other probably

male (text-fig. 81); both exhibiting calcified upper canines.

The dry skulls were kindly forwarded to me by our corresponding

member, Dr. R. Broom, of Pearston, South Africa, who previously

wrote to me that he had found small canines in male (?) and

female Springboks before birth, adding that he thought they never

cut the gum.

The female skull, which appears to be slightly younger than

the other, has a basal length of 47 millim.; the second deciduous

molar is about to cut the gum, the first and third being slightly

more retarded. The antero-inferior tapering termination of the

maxillary presents on either side a shallow furrow, in which is

imbedded a diminutive somewhat club-shaped tooth, in a_pro-

cumbent position, parallel to the long axis of the skull. The

anterior portion of the tooth, which is scarcely over 1 millim.

long, is thicker than the posterior ; the latter shows an open root, so

that the tooth may not have attained its full length. In the second

skull, which, according to what Dr. Broom informs me, is pre-

sumably that of a male, the shape of the teeth is the same as in the

* Bateson, op. cit. pp. 113, 114.

Proc. Zeon. Soc.—1904, Vou. 1. No. XXVIII. 28

420 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON DENTAL | Mar. 15,

female skull and their length is 2°5 millim. Basal length of the

skull=48 millim. The two posterior deciduous cheek-teeth

appear to have just cut the gum ; the anterior of the two (dm 2) is

slightly in advance of the posterior.

Text-fig. 80. Text-fig. 81.

Text-fig. 80.—Antidorcas euchore, 9, right maxillary. Double nat. size.

Text-fig. 81.—Antidorcas euchore (6 ?), right maxillary. Double nat. size.

Deciduous upper canines have not been often recorded in

Antelopes; I can find only five writers who make mention of

them.

In this Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1878, Sir V. Brooke gave,

side by side, in tabular form the characters which distinguish the

Cervidee from the Bovide. Under No. 6 he states :—

“* Cervide. Bovide.

Upper canines present in both Canines absent in both sexes.

sexes. Exceptions .... Exception, Nanotragus

pygmaeus [ = Neotragus

pygmeus| has sometimes

the upper milk-canine.” *

The writer was not aware that in 1836 Riippell had already

* Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1878, p. 884.

1904. ] PECULIARITIES IN CERTAIN MAMMALS. 421

described upper canines, which do not cut the gum, in the young

males of the Abyssinian Antelope, Ourebia montana (Riipp.).

Riippell stated expressly that the young females are destitute of

them *.

In a very young Saiga Antelope, A. Nehring describes and

figures a left-side canine lying in a shallow furrow of the maxillary.

It is supposed that somewhat later the maxillary would have

formed a regular alveolus; this is, however, unlikely. On the

right side there was equally a shallow furrow, but the tooth was

wanting Tt.

H. Nitsche describes in the macerated skull of a few months’

old female Chamois (Rupicapra rupicapra) a distinct alveolus,

8 millim. long, of the upper canine which apparently had not cut

the gum. The tooth had been lost during maceration ¢.

A. Nehring mentions in the skull of a young Indian Antelope,

Antilope cervicapra, ‘‘two well-developed canines in the maxillary” §.

No other particulars are given.

Two skulls of a few days’ old specimen of an Antelope from

Obock, unknown to the writer, M. Heude, showed each a pair of

small procumbent canines directed forwards. The skull of a half-

adult specimen had preserved the canine, enclosed in the borders

of the maxillary (‘‘encastrée dans les bords maxillaires”) |).

The same observer mentions that one of four skulls of Veotragus,

age not stated, showed the two canines broken at their “collet” ¥.

I append the result of a very cursory review of the Antelope-

skulls in the Natural History Museum, made with the intelligent

help of Mr. O. Thomas’s young assistant, Mr. E. C. Chubb :—

(1) Dry skull of Madoqua philippsi Thos. (No. 99.12.28.4).

No sex stated. Very young specimen; the three deciduous molars

and m. 1 are in situ, all four scarcely worn. On the left side of

the maxillary is present a somewhat laterally compressed upper

canine, which certainly had not cut the gum. The right-side

alveolus is empty.

(2) Dry skull of half-adult Q of Madoqua kirkii (Giinth.),

No. 1720 B (79.12.18.1), one of the types of Giinther’s Veotragus

kirkii, from South Somali. The much-worn deciduous molars

are in place, as well as the two anterior true molars. The partly

obliterated alveoli of the upper canines are visible on the anterior

tapering terminations of the maxillary.

(3) Dry skull of young Weotragus pygmeus (“ Nanotragus

perpusillus”) from Fantee, No. 73.6.22.11. Deciduous molars

and m. 1 in place. The upper canines are present; they are

placed almost vertically in the jaw and, being worn, had no doubt

functioned.

(4) Young 2 of Gazella picticauda (Hodgs.), the Himalayan

* P. Z.S. London, part iv. 1836, pp. 3, 4.

+ Sitzgsber. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 20 Febr. 1883, p. 13.

+ Tharander forst]. Jahrb. 1883, 2. p. 23 (of separate), footnote.

§ Op. cit. 21 Oct. 1884, p. 136.

|| Mémoires cone. Hist. Nat. de ’ Empire Chinois, ii. 4. p. 191, ftn.2 (1894).

{| Id. ib.

28*

422 DR, C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON DENTAL + [ Mar. 15,

Goa. Dry skull, No. 56.10.1.2.. The deciduous molars still im

place; m.3 had not yet cut the gum. Horizontally directed

alveoli of the lost upper canines are to be seen in the usual

place.

From this survey of what is at present known about these

rudimentary canines, it would appear that, with the exception of

Neotragus (p ygmeus), they never cut the gum, and are usually

dropped very early in hfe, so that in the great majority of

cases they are perfectly functionless. Although so few cases have

been recorded, they represent the principal groups of Antelopes ;

and I feel sure that calcified rudimentary milk-canines will be

found to be normally present in all feetal and most very young

Antelopes, and that it is only owing to the great scarcity of feetal

and very young skulls in our Museums that they have not been

observed more frequently.

In the earliest known undoubted Antelopes, from the Middle

Miocene, the anterior portion of the maxillary is never preserved.

Tn the same deposits occur detached upper canines of Ruminants.

These become much more numerous in the Oligocene, where they

are besides not unfrequently met with in place in more or less

complete skulls; and it has always been assumed as a matter of

course that all these remains are those of either Cervide or

Tragulide. Since, however, we may conclude, from the vanishing

rudiments present in recent Antelopes, that the early representatives

of the family were provided with functional upper canines, the

presence of the latter in remains of Tertiary Ruminants can

certainly no longer be considered in itself as a reason for excluding

the Antelopes. The Oligocene Gelocus, e. g., has been repeatedly

associated with the Tragulide ; ; but it ane more appropriately

been termed an ancestral Antelope.

The “Anlagen ” of the upper canine and the lateral (third) incisor

have been demonstrated and car efully studied in early feetal stages

of the domestic sheep and oxen (Goodsir, Piana, Pouchet et Chabr A

Mayo, A. Hoffmann, Rose und Bartels, and others); but I do not

know that calcified upper canines have ever been observed in

either Ovines or Bovines ; neither is there a trace of their alveoli

in a feetal Giraffe in the Natural History Museum.

Il. Additional minute cheek-tooth in the mandible of a Tertiary

Shrew, “Sorex pusillus H. v. Mey., var. grivensis Dep.”

(text-fig. 82 A, B, p. 423).

In the Shrew family (Soricidz) the number of the upper teeth

varies considerably according to the different genera and even

species ; it is, however, remarkably constant in the lower jaw of

recent Shrews, in which, with one exception pointed out by Dobson

(Myosorex varius Gray), there are invariably six teeth, viz. three

true molars, and two minute teeth, situated between the anterior

true molar and the large anterior procumbent incisor.

W. B. Scott bas deseribed a Shrew (Protosorex crassus Scott

1904. | PECULIARITIES IN CERTAIN MAMMALS. 423

from the Oligocene White River Beds of North America *, in

which there are four minute teeth between the molars and the

large incisor, making e?ght mandibular teeth. It was therefore to

be ihe fasaseem alney dl in fate Tertiary deposits would be found Soricidee

with the number of lower teeth intermediate between the number

occurring in the Oligocene and that in the recent Shrews, viz.

seven. In fact, I find that in the “ Sorex pusillus H. v. Mey.,

Text-fig. 82.

——a4

“Sorex pusillus, var. grivensis,’ anterior portion of left mandibular ramus:

A, outer; B, inner aspect.

var. grivensis Dep.,” which is not unfrequent in the Middle Miocene

of La Grive-Saint-Alban (Isére), a diminutive tooth was present

between the two minute intermediate teeth; it has in most’

specimens dropped out, but its alveolus is invariably present. The

specimen figured is a fragment of the left mandible containing:

five teeth, viz., from fore to back, the procumbent incisor (the

* Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1894, pp. 446-448 (1895).

424 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON A NEW [| Mar. 15,

anterior portion of which is broken away), the two intermediate

teeth, with between them the diminutive tooth which had up to

now escaped the describers of ‘“ Sorex pusillus,’ and the anterior

true molar.

The diminutive tooth in question is slightly larger than the

additional tooth occupying the same position in the recent

Myosorex varius. So long as more fossil forms are unknown, the

homologies of these intermediate teeth will remain doubtful ;

the diminutive one is presumably the homologue of the tooth

which M. F. Woodward found as a vanishing structure in an

embryo of Sorex (sp. ?), and which he considered to be the third

lower permanent incisor *.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., exhibited a remarkable Ichthyo-

saurian right anterior paddle (text-fig. 83) from the neighbourhood

of Bath, which he had received from Mr. H. E. Lansdown, of

Bath. The locality and horizon of the specimen, which had been

in the possession of the late Miss Mary Ashley, were unknown.

Text-fig. 83.

Right anterior imb of 4A. Mixosawrus cornalianus (after Repossi); B. Ichthyo-

saurus communis (after Lydekker); C. Ichthyosaurus extremus.

In having three facets to the distal extremity, the humerus of

this specimen, had it been found isolated, would have suggested

Ophthalmosaurus (from which Baptanodon can hardly be separated

on the evidence available at present); but, as shown by Seeley,

the three facets of the Ophthalmosaurus humerus are for articula-

tion with the radius, the ulna, and an ulnar sesamoid bone

* Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, p. 569.

1904. ] SPECIES OF ICHTHYOSAUR FROM BATH. 425

(pisiform), whilst in the present case the additional facet received

the -intermedium, which penetrates between the much reduced

epipodials, as is known to sometimes happen in the hind limb of

Ichthyosaurus communis and I. quadriscissus. Besides, the

compact arrangement of the phalanges shows a nearer relation to

Ichthyosaurus than to Ophthalmosaurus. In fact this paddle

appears to represent the extreme of the latipinnate group for

which the generic name Ichthyosaurus, sensu stricto, is to be

retained, and is characterised by the development of both radial

and ulnar sesamoid bones.

Mr. Boulenger pointed out that an evolutionary series could

be traced between the most generalised and geologically oldest of

Ichthyosaurs, the Triassic Mixosawrus, through the latipinnate

Ichthyosaurus (e. g. I. communis) to the type here described and

for which the name IJchthyosaurus extremus* (ef. Abstr. P. Z. 8.

1904, No. 5, p. 18, March 22) was proposed. Whilst the forms

in which a single row of carpals and of phalanges correspond

to the intermedium, instead of two (Leptochirus = Merrianna,

Toretocnemus, longipinnate Ichthyosaurus = Proteosaurus Home),

represent a distinct series, likewise extending from the Upper

Trias (California) to the Upper Jurassic (Solenhofen).

Ophthalmosaurus may be regarded as probably the terminal

form of a third series, as shown in the following diagram. The

paddles of Shastasaurus, from the Upper Trias of California, are

yet imperfectly known, but the genus is provisionally placed by

O. P. Hay in the Baptanodontide.

Jurassic (Dorsal ribs widely | Proteosawrus. Ichthyosaurus. Ophthalmosaurus.

and <4 forked; pelvis and

CRrEtTAcEovs. | ischium narrow.

; |

(Dorsal ribs widely |

| forked; pelvis and | Toretocnemus.

ischium plate-like.

TRIASSIC. ; ei Was

Dorsal ribs single-

headed or feebly | Merriamiat. Mixosaurus. Shastasaurus ?

forked; pelvis and yf!

L ischium plate-like. | /

Hypothetical forms connecting the |

Rhynchocephalia with the Ichthyosauria.

* [The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but as the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ the new species is distinguished by being underlined. —EDITOR. |

+ The name Leptochirus J. C. Merriam, 1903, being preoccupied, that of

Merriamia is here proposed to replace it.

426 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE SKULL [ Mar. 15,

The paddle exhibited measures 370 millimetres; a small piece

of the proximal extremity of the humerus is broken off, and a few

of the distal phalangeals appear to be missing.

The specimen has been presented by Mr. Lansdown to the

British Museum.

P.S.—Mr. Horace B. Woodward, F.R.S., has kindly examined

the matrix of the specimen, which called to his mind that of some

layers of the Lower Lias of Weston near Bath, and on comparing

it with samples collected at that locality he found it to agree as

closely as possible. The beds are noted in the Memoir on

Jurassic Rocks of Britain, vol. ii. p. 134.—G. A. B., 19.38.04.

Mr. A. EK. Pratt exhibited a series of skins of Paradise-birds

which he had recently collected in the Owen Stanley range,

British New Guinea; also a series of photographs taken by his

son during a two years’ residence amongst the natives near the

frontier of German New Guinea. ;

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Skull and Markings of the Quagga

By R. LYDEKKER.

[Received February 27, 1904. |

(Text-figures 84-86.)

Readers of the late Six William Flower’s excellent little volume

on ‘The Horse’ will not fail to remember how assiduously the

author endeavoured to bring into prominence all evidence of the

ancestral history of the family displayed by its existing members.

T shall therefore be only emphasising Sir William’s own line of

investigation if I direct attention to an oversight in regard to one

particular vestigial feature met with in certain living members of

the Hqwde.

On page 64 of the work in question, which was published in

1891, will be found a statement to the effect that although the

skulls of Hipparion and certain other extinct representatives of

the family display a preorbital depression for a face-gland com-

parable to the larmier of the Deer, yet that no traces of such a

pit are to be found in any of the existing species of the family.

From this presumed absence of any trace of the face-gland of

Hipparion in existing forms of Hquus, 1t has been urged that the

latter genus cannot be the lineal descendant of the former.

The fact that the late Professor Huxley* in 1870 indicated

the existence of a rudimentary preorbital pit in the skull of

Equus sivalensis might have been cited in disproof of the inference

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxvi. Proceedings, p. 1.

1904. ] AND MARKINGS OF THE QUAGGA. 427

in question. Nor is this all, for so long ago as 1880 Dr. Forsyth

Major* had actually pointed out the existence of a similar

feature in two living species of the family, in addition to noticing

its occurrence in the fossil Hquus stenonis of the Pliocene beds

of the Val d’Arno, and its somewhat later ally #. guaggoides.

In this connection I myself have to acknowledge a similar lack

of acquaintance with Dr. Major’s observations.

Last year, in the columns of ‘The Field, I directed attention

to the occurrence of a vestige of the Hipparion’s face-pit in the

skull of an Indian domesticated Horse in the collection of the

British Museum. A side view of this skull is given in the accom-

panying text-figure (84), from which it will be seen that the

Text-fig. 84.

Side view of skull (without lower jaw) of Domesticated Horse from India,

showing rudimentary face-pit.

lachrymal pit forms a very shallow and nearly circular depression

in the bone a short distance in front of the orbit, in just the same

position as the much deeper pit occupies in the Hipparion skull.

The only other skull of a domesticated Horse in which I have

noticed a similar depression is that of the well-known racer “ Bend

Or,” in which it is still shallower.

From the occurrence of the feature in question in these skulls,

both of which probably belonged to horses of Eastern origin, and

its entire absence in all the skulls of the Prehistoric EKuropean

horse, I have ventured to suggest that the ‘“ blood-horse,” unlike

the “cold-blooded horse ” of Western Europe, may possibly have

been the descendant of Hqwus sivalensis. Nor do I think this

suggestion In anywise weakened by Dr. Major's earlier discovery

of a rudiment of the face-pit in the European Z. stenonis, since it

had apparently disappeared in the Pleistocene horse of Western

Europe.

As regards the aforesaid observations of Dr. Forsyth Major,

which lead up to the main object of the present communication,

it is stated in the passage already cited that the figure of the

skull of the Quagga given in de Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie,’

genus Hquus, pl. ii., displays a distinct vestige of the pit for the

face-gland. Inspection of the plate fully confirms this statement.

Struck with this remarkable peculiarity, I examined the Quagga’s

* Abh. Schweiz. pal. Ges. vol. vil. p. 140.

428 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE SKULL | Mar. 15,

skull in the British Museum, belonging to a specimen formerly

living 1 in the Zoological Society’s Gardens, of which the mounted

skin is exhibited in the public gallery. As shown in the accom-

panying text-figure (85), this skull likewise displays a very distinct

vestige of the face-pit. Since this structure is thus shown to be

present in the only two skulls of the Quagga which have hitherto

come under my notice, the presumption is that, if not a constant,

it is certainly a very common feature of the species.

Text-fig. 85.

Skull of Quagga in the British Museum, showing vestige of depression

for the face-gland.

Apart from the interest attaching to the occurrence of this

vestige of the Hipparion face-gland in a second existing species of

the genus Hquwus, the feature in question has an important bearing

on the suggested identification by Mr. Pocock* of the Bonte-

Quagga T (LZ. burchelli) with F. HELGE T have examined all the

skulls of 4. bur and there are a good many

—and in not one of them have I found any trace of a depression

for the face-gland. And it would accordingly seem (so far, of

course, as the available evidence goes) that the presence or absence

of this feature forms a distinction between H. quagga and

E. burchelli ; and, I may add, a distinction which I think ought

to be regarded as of specific value.

In this connection I may mention that in the type-figure of the

Quagga given in Edwards's ‘ Gleanings in Natural History,’ as

well as in the photograph by York of a living specimen in the

Zoological Society’s Gardens, and in the mounted skin in the

British Museum, the pattern on the forehead forms a shorter and

more regular diamond than in the Bonte-Quagga. Moreover, in

the aforesaid three specimens of the former aninial there are eight

dark bars between the eyes, so that the centre of the diamond is

light. In the Amsterdam Quagga there are ten. On the other

hand, in all the specimens of the Bonte-Quagga that I have seen

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. x. p. 306 (1902).

+ I think this name, which is used Ne Cornwallis Harris, is far preferable to

“ Burchell’s Zebra.”

1904. ] AND MARKINGS OF THE QUAGGA, 429

the number of dark bars varies from five to nine, thus making the

centre of the diamond a dark line*. All this tends to confirm

my view of the specific distinctness of 1. burchelli from FE. quagqa.

I may here take the opportunity of referring to another point

in connection with the markings and coloration of the Quagga.

Both Mr. Pocock 7 and myself £ have suggested that the Quaggas

figured by Edwards in the work cited above, by Harris in the

‘Game Animals of South Africa, and by Hamilton Smith in

Jardine’s ‘ Naturalist’s Library,’ may be subspecifically distinct

from the one figured by York and the specimens preserved in

various museums; and I have even gone so far as to propose

separate racial names for two of the latter. Apparently

Cornwallis Harris was also of the same opinion, as at the end

of his description of the Quagga he gives an illustration of the skin

‘of an animal exhibited in the Zoological Gardens as a Quagga.”

Having obtained a considerable number of photographs, I am

now very doubtful whether the presumed division into races 1s

justifiable, although it is possible that the Vienna specimen §$ may

be distinct ; and, despite certain differences in regard to the width

and backward extension of the stripes and also the relative pro-

portions of the white and fawn areas, I am disposed to regard the

Quagegas figured by Edwards, Harris, and Smith as representing

the same type of animal. Incorrect drawing and colouring (which

is noticeable in many of Havrris’s plates) will, I think, account for

most, if not all of the differences.

All these plates represent a pale rufous or fawn-coloured

animal, with white limbs and underparts, and black stripes on

the head, neck, and fore-quarters; such stripes extending in

Edwards’s figure backwards on to the flanks and croup, where they

break up into lines of spots.

From this general type I am unable to separate the two Quaggas

drawn by Waterhouse Hawkins from specimens living at Knowsley,

and figured by Gray in his ‘ Knowsley Menagerie. It is true

that their ground-colour is very much less rufous than in the

specimens figured by Edwards, Harris, and Smith, but this may

perhaps be accounted for either by more accurate attention to

nature, or by the European climate having tended to darken the

Knowsley specimens. Be this as it may, the latter are distinctly

and unmistakably fawn-coloured animals with blackish-brown

stripes ; such stripes extending farther back on the quarters in one

specimen than in the other.

On the other hand, in the British Museum mounted specimen

and all the available photographs of Quaggas (whether from living

or stuffed examples) the head and fore-quarters display white

stripes separated by broader dark intervals which appear to be of

* This is shown in the figure of H. burchelli in Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1903, i.

p. 197.

+ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xx. p. 38 (1897).

+ ‘Knowledge,’ vol. xxv. p. 20 (1902).

§ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1902, i. p. 32.

430 ON THE SKULL AND MARKINGS OF THE QUAGGA. [| Mar. 15,

the same general colour as the unstriped hind-quarters. This type

of colouring is very conspicuous in the Quagga in the Amsterdam

Museum (text-fig. 86) *.

From the occurrence of these white stripes Mr. Pocock and

myself have been induced to regard all the mounted specimens of

the Quagga now remaining, together with the one represented in

York’s photograph, as racially distinct from the Quaggas figured

by the older writers. This, if true, would certainly be a very

remarkable circumstance ; and I have now come to the conclusion

that it is not supported by the evidence.

Text-fig. 86.

Quagga in the Amsterdam Museum.

I now believe, in fact, that the difference between the coloration

of the stuffed Quaggas and the figures taken from living animals

or fresh skins is entirely due to fading. On the head, neck, and

fore-quarters the original blackish-brown stripes have faded to a

brownish fawn similar to that of the hind-quarters; while the

fawn intervals between the black stripes have bleached to white.

The result of this is to produce a type of coloration quite distinct

* Mr. G. Renshaw (‘ Zoologist,’ 1901, p. 48) has stated that the Amsterdam

Quagga is one of the Knowsley specimens painted by Waterhouse Hawkins. This,

however, is denied by Dr. C. Kerbert, Director of ‘Natura Artis Magistra,’ who

wrote to me as follows :—* I beg to state that the Quagga bought by our Society at

Lord Derby’s sale, received Oct. 31st, 1851, died on January 2nd, 1853. The

mounted specimen in our Museum was an animal bought May 9th, 1867, which died

on the 12th of August, 1883.”

1, ZS) LOA sell ek. SORWIIL,

Mintern Bros.imp.

MALE CHIGETAI (EQUUS HEMIONUS)

J-Smit delet lith.

EZ. 1J04 vel 1 Pl OC,

Mintern Bros. imp.

BEMAEE KIANG (HOuUUS HEMIONUS KIANG)

J.Smit del.et lth,

1904.) ON THE WILD ASS OF MONGOLIA. 43]

from the original one—namely, a fawn-coloured animal with white

stripes.

A similar effect is produced in the living animal, as exemplified

in York’s picture, by photography.

I explain this by the supposition that the light fawn bands

between the dark bars of the Quagga, which evidently correspond

to the white stripes of Grant’s Bonte-Quagga, had a less stable

pigment than the fawn of the rump; and that in dead specimens

long exposed to the light these light areas (which were originally

of the same colour as the rump) faded to white, and also come out

white in photography ; while in both cases the more stable fawn

of the rump (the typical ass-colour) retained its original tint, or

approximately so.

Whether the very curiously marked Quagga in the Vienna

Museum figured in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1902 (i. p. 32)

indicates a distinct race I leave undecided, but, in any case, I

think that its coloration is due to the same cause as that above

mentioned,

Reverting, in conclusion, once more to Dr. Major’s observa-

tions, I have to notice the record of the presence of a vestige of

the pit for the face-gland in the skull of a young Ass. Apparently

a trace of a similar feature exists in one of two young skulls of

that species in the collection of the Museum, so that its occurrence

would seem to be only occasional. Nevertheless, this suttices to

allow the statement that vestiges of the pit for the face-gland

are now known to occur in the skulls of three existing species

(including the Quagga in this category) of the Horse family, in

one of which it appears to be constant.

2. Note on the Wild Ass of Mongolia.

By R. LypexKnr.

[Received March 10, 1904. |

(Plates XXVIT. & XOXGV AMIE)

My attention has been directed by the President to a Wild

Ass in his Grace’s collection at Woburn Abbey, which was

received with the Mongolian wild ponies, and is stated to have

been obtained as a colt in Kobdo, north-west of the Gobi Desert.

This animal, which is a male, is therefore about three years

old, and thus approaching its full stature. The sketch repro-

duced in the accompanying Plate XX VIT. was made in June 1903,

at a time when the summer coat was at its best.

In its make and actions—especially of starting when alarmed

with the head so elevated that the plane of the face is almost

horizontal—as well as in the general type of coloration, this Wild

Ass agrees essentially with the Kiang of Ladak and Tibet. Both

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 432.

432 ON THE WILD ASS OF MONGOLIA. | Mar. 15,

in the winter and summer coat it lacks, however, the distinctly

rufous-chestnut tint so characteristic of the latter, while it is

further characterised by the much less marked contrast between

the light and dark areas of the coat; the light areas on the

muzzle, buttocks, legs, and underparts being ‘“ isabella-coloured ”

instead of pure white, and thus much less sharply differentiated

from the fawn. of the rest of the body. The general colour is pale

sandy fawn, with the tips of the ears, mane, dorsal stripe (which

is continued down the tail) brown; and there seems to be but

ttle difference in this respect between the summer and winter

coats. The dorsal stripe is narrow, as in the Kiang, and thus

distinct from that of the Ghor-khar and Onager, which is broader

and bordered with white. In order to show the difference between

the present animal and the true Kiang, I give (in Pl. XX VIII.)

a coloured illustration of the latter, for which the Society is also

indebted to its President.

I take it that the Woburn animal is the true Hquus hemionus

of Pallas*, which came from Mongolia, and is known to the

natives as the Chigetai (Dziggetai). It is certainly entitled

to be regarded as subspecifically distinct from the Kiang of Tibet

and Ladak, and the latter should accordingly be known as Hquus

hemionus kiang Moorcroft. Judging from its coloration, the

Chigetai should be an inhabitant of more desert country than

that frequented by the Kiang ; and by comparing accounts of the

Gobi with what I know of Ladak, this would seem to be the case.

In separating these two forms I am in accord with Dr. Matschie

(SB. Ges. naturfor. Fr. Berlin, 1893, p. 208).

If the Chigetai and the Kiang are regarded as races of one

species, there would seem considerable reason for considering the

Onager and the Ghor-khar as subspecies of a second; for the

two latter certainly differ from the two former much more than

do the members of the two groups from one another. In their

tendency to a greyer colour, smaller hoofs, and possibly in a

greater length of ear, the two southern forms present an approxi-

mation to the true Wild Asses of Africa, which is quite what

we might expect from their geographical distribution. In colour,

and perhaps also in length of ear, as well as in their cry, the

Chigetai and the Kiang are more horse-like.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratrre XXVII.

Male Chigetai (Equus hemionus) from Kobdo, now living at Woburn Abbey,

in summer coat.

Pratt XXVIII.

Female Kiang (Equus hemionus kiang), from a Ladak specimen,

in the summer coat, at Woburn Abbey.

* Nov. Comm. Petrop. xix. p. 397, pl. 7 (1775).

1904. ] ON A NEW SPECIES OF SPOT-NOSED MONKEY. 433

3. Description of a new Species of Spot-nosed Monkey

of the Genus Cercopithecus*. By Kh. I. Pocock,

F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Gardens, formerly Assistant

in the Zool. Dept., Nat. Hist. Museum.

| Received March 15, 1904. |

(Text-figure 87.)

[The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but as the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the

Abstract, the new species is distinguished here by being underlined.—Ep1Tor. |

CERCOPITHECUS SCLATERI. (Text-fig. 87.)

Cercopithecus sclatert Pocock, Abstr. P. Z.8. 1904, No.5, p. 18,

March 22.

Naked integument round orbits blackish, probably bluish when

living; eyelids and upper lip a dirty greyish yellow, probably

flesh-coloured when living. . Nose covered with a large sub-

triangular patch of hair, extending almost from the interorbital

line, where it is acutely angular, to the extremity of the nose, from

which, in the specimen described, the hair appears to have been

worn away; laterally the patch is produced towards the cheeks

into an acutely angular point, the entire area being nearly twice

as wide as long ; the hairs composing it are for the most part white,

the extreme margin and the upper interorbital angle being tinged

with pale red. No black superciliary band, the reddish-white

bases of the backwardly inclined hairs of this region forming a

pale supraorbita! line. On each side from the corner of the orbit

backwards across the temple runs a black band which expands

towards the ear, reaching with its inferior edge the middle of the

base of that organ; while its upper edge, running above the ear,

is continued across the back of the head to meet at an obtuse

angle with its fellow of the opposite side; the area on the top of

the head, thus circumscribed, is covered with hairs banded alter-

nately yellow and black, those on the antero-lateral angles of the

area being longer than elsewhere. Beneath the temporal band on

the cheek there is a band of grizzly-yellow hairs, which extends

backwards beneath the ear on to the neck, and, increasing in

width and yellowness in front, runs downwards and forwards to

a point to meet the external angular extension of the nose-patch.

This yellowish cheek-band is bounded below by a band of black

hairs, which rises anteriorly upon the external area of the upper

lip between the corner of the mouth and the angle of the nose-

patch ; narrowing posteriorly it forms a sinuous curve, ascending

on the middle of the cheek and descending and becoming

* The spot-nosed species of Cercopithecus have been monographed of late years

by :—P. L. Sclater, P. ZS. 1893, pp. 244-247; Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde

Berlin, 1893, pp. 94-101; H. O. Forbes, Allen’s Nat. Libr., Monkeys, vol. ii.

pp. 44-54 (1894).

434 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A NEW [ Mar. 15,

Text-fig. 87.

Cercopithecus sclateri: front (A) and side (B) views of head.

1904. ] SPECIES OF SPOT-NOSED MONKEY. 435

evanescent towards the ear. The direction of the hairs of this

band follows its curvature. Beneath it the cheek is a dirty greyish

white, which gradually passes into the grizzly-yellow colour of the

sides of the neck. A scanty fringe of white hairs upon the ear.

Occipital area blackish. Nape of neck and shoulders speckled

yellow and black; between the shoulders and the root of the tail

the coat is speckled black and rich coppery yellow. Aim exter-

nally speckled yellow and black, becoming blacker upon wrist and

hands and upon the posterior side below the elbow. Leg externally

speckled yellow and black to the upper side of the foot; much

more sobre-tinted than the sacral region, but the tints of the two

areas blending imperceptibly, without any intervening line of

demarcation. The whole of the underside grey, whiter upon the

chin, where there are some black hairs, and upon the throat ; dusky

olive-grey upon the chest and belly, where the hairs are apically

annulate ; inner side of arms and legs also dark ashy grey. Upper

side of tail in its basal half speckled red and black, redder than

the sacral region, although the tints of the two areas pass gradually

into one another; posteriorly the upper side becomes gradually

yellower, then greyish black, with the terminal hairs quite black ;

underside of tail deep rusty “eal 3 in its basal half, passing into ashy

grey posteriorly, a sharp line of demarcation between the tints of

the upper and under side. Some rusty-red hairs upon the perineal

region and scrotum.

Measurements of dried skin :—From crown of head to root of

tail 144 inches (363 mm.); length of tail 243 inches (613 mm.).

Loc. W. Africa: Benin.

This species is based upon the skin of a young male specimen

with complete but unworn dentition, that was deposited in the

Gardens by Mrs. Pickering Phipps on July 12th, 1902, and died

on the 8th of August in the same year.

I have much pleasure in dedicating the species to Dr. P. L.

Sclater, who, recognising the importance of preserving material of

this genus, instructed Mr. Ockenden, the assistant to the Society’s

Prosector, to skin examples of the genus Cercopithecus that died

in the Zoological Gardens. It was largely upon material thus

obtained that Dr. Sclater based his monograph of this genus

published in the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1898.

The form of the nose-spot points to affinity between this species

and C. cephus and C.erythrotis. From C. cephus it differs mainly

in the following characters:—(1) The hairiness of the nose;

(2) the absence of moustache-band ; (3) the pallid upper lip and

chin ; (4) the sinuous curvature of the black cheek- band; (5) the

extension of the grey tint of the throat up to the level of a line

joining the nostril and lower edge of ear; (6) the presence of

a black occipital band as strongly defined ‘as in C. petaurista ;

(7) the shortness of the white ear-fringe ; (8) the presence of red

hairs upon the scrotum and all along the proximal portion of the

underside of the tail.

It is nearer to C. erythrotis, but may be at once distinguished

Prog. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No, XXIX. 29

436 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | Mar. 15,

by: (1) the absence of the black superciliary band ; (2) the white

colour of the nose-spot and of the hairs upon the ears; (3) the

presence of the occipital band; (4) the grizzled colour of the forearm ;

and (5) by the restriction of the red on the tail to the proximal

half of its under side,

The constancy of the above-mentioned characters in C. erythrotis

has been tested upon five skins, four of which, including the type,

are in the collection of the British Museum ; the other, belonging

to the Zoological Society, is that of a specimen that lived for four

years In the Gardens, and was mentioned by Dr. Sclater in his

monograph of the genus Cercopithecus (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 246).

This specimen is ticketed Fernando Po; and the same locality is

assigned to the type and to two other skins in the British Museum,

the remaining skin in that institution being labelled “‘ W. Africa,

G. Burton.”

The last-mentioned skin was taken from a small and presumably

very young individual. The length of the body from the occipital

interaural area to the root of the tail is about 103 English inches

(= 263 mm.), and the tail itself about 16 English inches

(400 mm.). It is thus a much smaller Monkey than the type

of C. sclatert, and proves beyond doubt that the coloration of the

young C. erythrotis is practically the same as the adult, except

that the back and tail are darker and less rufous. Hence it may

be inferred that the coloration of the type of C. sclateri would

not have altered appreciably had the specimen lived to maturity.

It is unfortunate that none of the British Museum skins of

C. erythrotis ave sexed. The one belonging to the Zoological

Society is a female; and since the only known example of

C. sclatert is a male, it is conceivable that the differences

pointed out above are sexual. But the analogy of C. cephus,

a nearly related form, in which the sexes are alike in colour,

affords no support to such a conception. Finally, it may be inter-

esting to point out that the principal points of difference between

C. sclateri and C. erythrotis may be ascribed to a deficiency of red

pigment in the hairs upon the nose, the ears, and the greater

part of the tail. In fact C. erythrotis might with some justice

be described as an erythristic form of C. sclateri, so far, at least,

as the areas named are concerned.

4, Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia——(1) On

the Venous System in certain Lizards. By FRanK BH.

Brvparp, M.A.,, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received February 23, 1904. |

(Text-figures 88-94.)

I have found that the best method of studying the venous

trunks of these lizards is to divide the anterior abdominal vein

and then to inject both anteriorly and posteriorly ; no valves stop

1904. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. PAST

the flow of the injected fluid, which passes freely into the system

of the vena cava as well as into the vessels of the various portal

systems. In this way I have found it possible to make accurate

sketches (as I hope) of the course of the veins in certain

Lizards, and to add something to the existing knowledge of the

subject. This knowledge is, however, already very considerable,

but refers mostly to Lacerta, of the venous (and arterial) systems

of which there are many excellent figures*. These sources of

information are, however, mainly concerned with the more general

aspects of the circulatory system, and many details are absent.

Thus Jourdain, in figuring = the vena cave and anterior

abdominal vein, omits the epigastric veins, and his figure $ of the

suprarenal portal system takes account of a few vessels only—

unless, indeed, Lacerta differs greatly from the type which I myself

have examined, ‘This criticism cannot be applied to the most

recent and the most important memoir upon the subject known

to me—that of Hochstetter

This memoir contains, in addition to embryological observations,

a number of facts relating to the venous system of the adult

Lacerta and some other genera of Lizards, together with a

bibliography. I shall refer to the facts detailed by Hochstetter

in the course of the following contribution to our existing know-

ledge of the venous system of the Lacertilia.

Iguana tuberculata.

Of this species I have dissected three examples, all of them

females.

The vena cava posterior les entirely to the left side of the

mesorectum, instead of on the right side as in 7%liqua. It arises

by two branches, one from behind the middle point of each kidney

and quite concealed by the pelvis. At about the middle of the

kidney the vein divides into the larger vena cava which runs on

the right side and a smaller left branch.

Anterior Abdominal vein.—The accompanying drawing (text-

fig. 88, p. 438) illustrates the detailed branching of the anterior

abdominal system, which is more complicated than that of Ziliqua

which I describe later. At its origm from the vena advehens

anterior the abdominal vein receives several branches from the

parietes both right and left. The veins from the two fat-bodies

do not only form their respective halves of the abdominal vein.

After the junction of the two vessels to form the median unpaired

anterior abdominal, three branches from the right and two from

the left fat-body join the anterior abdominal. The exact details

are shown in the drawing to which I have already referred.

Epigastric vein.—The median epigastric vein is constructed

* For instance, in Parker & Haswell, ‘'Text-book of Zoology,’ London, 1897.

+ “Recherches sur la veine porte rénale,’” Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) xii. p. 134.

t Loe. cit. pl. xi. fig. 1. § Loe. cit. pl. xi. fig. 2.

|| “ Beitrage z. Entwicklungsgeschichte des Venensystems der Amnioten, ii. Rep-

tilien,” Morph. Jahrb. xix. p. 428,

29%

438 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | Mar. 15,

more on the plan of the epigastric system of Tiligua than on

that of Varanus. Tt arises chiefly from the anterior abdominal,

some way before the entry of the latter into the liver, and

runs forward to the liver, which it enters in common with the

last of the three ventral parieto-hepatic veins. Posteriorly, I am

inclined to think, it is continuous with a slender vessel arising

from the bladder incommon with certain branches of the anterior

abdominal vein (see text-fig. 88). Its course, at least anteriorly,

Text-fig. 88.

Lat Aled.

att TL 78)

0 < L Ant Md

Anterior abdominal and median epigastric vein of Tguana tuberculata.

B1., veins of bladder ; Epig., median epigastric; L.Ant.Abd., left root of anterior

abdominal; Z.F.B., vems of left fat-body; Lat.Abd., lateral abdominal ;

R.Ant.Abd., right root of anterior abdominal; R.#.B., veins of right fat-

body.

is accurately along the ventral median line. The lateral epigastric

veins are well developed and are like those of Varanus; they

spring from the anterior abdominals nearer to the union of these

vessels in the middle line than do the posterior vertebrals, I

1904. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 439

have seen this vessel throughout its whole course only on the right

side of one specimen. In this specimen the vein bifurcates at

about the middle of the liver, and the one branch joins the first

of the ventral hepato-parietals; the other branch is prolonged

forwards and joins the brachial vein.

Lateral Abdominal veins.—These veins in /guana are short, and

perhaps this condition is to be correlated with the conspicuous

development of the lateral epigastrics*. Hach springs close to the

root of the anterior abdominal on either side in company with

two small parietal veins (text-fig. 88). I could trace them

forwards only as far as the level of the suprarenal bodies, where

they become continuous with the veins of the same.

Azygos vein.—Anteriorly the azygos vein is exposed on the

left side for a space of three or four vertebre. I traced it

beneath the subclavian artery and as far as the third following

intercostal artery. On the right side the vein disappeared from

view at the level of the origin of the right subclavian. Two

specimens were alike.

The gastro-intestinal branches of the Portal vein are either four

or five and they are as follows :— Posterior to the opening of the

Text-fig, 89,

Art.Add. Se.

Le.

Alimentary portal system of Iguana tuberculata.

Ant. Abd., anterior abdominal vein; G., gastric veins; G.Hep., gastro-hepatie ;

Ii., trunk from large intestine; Si., branches from small intestine; Spi.,

splenic vein; P., pancreatic vein.

anterior abdominal vein is a branch supplying the stomach and pan-

creas; this follows the curvature of the stomach, and is connected

anteriorly with the last of the gastro-hepatic veins. Then follows

another gastric vein which draws blood from the opposite side of

the stomach; in the second individual this vein joins the first

* According to Hochstetter this vein is absent in Uromastix.

440 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE | [Mar. 15,

gastric before entering the portal vein. The remaining veins are

similar in the two specimens. ‘The first to join the main trunk of

the portal is a vein from the small intestine ; then follows a much

larger trunk, which first of all receives a branch from the small

intestine and then divides into two—one splenic and the other

gastric. The main trunk is continued along the large intestine,

receiving blood from the latter and from the cecum. It will be

noticed, therefore, that the portal system of the alimentary canal

in /guana differs in several points from that of 7iliqua, notably

in the difference between the branches from the stomach and

from the small intestine. A last point in the portal system of

this Lizard to which I desire to call attention is a direct connection

between the portal system and the systemic veins. A minute.

vein, which would certainly escape attention in a specimen that

had not been injected, arises from the portal vein just at the

eecum, and passes along the mesentery to join the branch of the

inferior vena cava which supplies the left ovary.

Ventral Hepato-parietal veins.—These veins are either two or

three in number. The last of them, 7. e. that entering the

liver nearest to its posterior end, receives a vessel from the

anterior abdominal vein, to which reference has already been

made (on p. 438). It emerges from the body-wall in the middle

line. The middle vessel is formed by the junction of at least

three branches—two of these run anteriorly and _ posteriorly

respectively in the middle line, and the former receives a branch

from the right side. The most anterior of the three ventral

hepato-parietal veins arises from the left side of the ventral

median line. Where there are only two ventral hepato-parietal

veins, it appeared to me that the anterior of the two represented

the two anterior veins of the first specimen fused together. In

the third specimen which I dissected (which was not injected) the

anterior of the three veins has two important branches which I

did not observe in the other specimens. One of these joins the

epigastric, as has already been described. The second branch runs

forwards and downwards and traverses the middle line of the

sternum below the skin; it is exactly comparable to a vein

already described in 7%liqgua, of which the homologue also appears

to exist in Varanus.

Dorsal Hepato-parietal veins.—There are either one or two of

these veins on the right side, which enter the liver close to the

entrance of the vena cava. Where there are two the posterior

vein, as will be explained, is detached from the suprarenal system.

The more usual single vein in one of the two individuals arises from

the parietes and passes along two vertebre before entering the

liver, from which it receives two intercostal branches which are

hidden below the musculature. Corresponding to it on the left

side of the vertebral column another vein emerges from the

parietes and divides into two branches, which embrace the aorta

and become continuous with various branches on the stomach

which ultimately join the two gastro-hepatic veins. already

1904. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 44}

described. In the second specimen the conditions were a little

different. The hepato-parietal of the right side, just after leaving

the liver, gives off a superficial branch to the parietes which

belongs to the same series as those which combine to form the

additional hepato-parietal vein already referred to. It then

Text-fig. 90.

Oviducal veins of Iguana tuberculata.

A, parietal veins; K., kidney; O4:, oviduct; Odv., oviducal vein; Vei., vena cava.

442 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Mar. 15,

divides into two equally-sized branches, one of which plunges at

once into the parietes at the side of the vertebral column ; while

the other is continued forwards, and finally ends just opposite to

the emergence (on the left side of the vertebral column) of the left

dorsal hepato-parietal vessel, which passes to the liver by way of

the stomach.

The Oviducal veins (text-fig. 90, p. 441) are somewhat compli-

cated. A continuous vessel, much contorted to allow for necessary

stretching, runs along the oviduct. Into this open altogether eight

transversely-running veins in the case of both oviducts. These

may be divided into two series. The first six communicate directly

with the vena cava; the last two belong to the afferent renal system.

The six anterior oviducal veins seem, at least occasionally, to receive

branches from the suprarenal body which lies in close contact

Text-fig. 91.

Veins of kidney of Iguana tuberculata.

A, B, C, parietal veins; Ant.Abd., anterior abdominal; Ca., caudal vein;

K., kidney; Lat.Abd., lateral abdominal; Od., oviducal.

with the vena cava. In the case of the right oviduct the first of

the oviducal vessels which are connected with the renal system

has a rather complicated course. It is a very stout vessel, and

runs very nearly as far as the right vena cava, where it divides

into two branches (see text-fig. 91). The anterior of these branches

1904. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA, 443

gives off a very slender twig, which appears to enter the vena

cava and then plunges into the parietes to the right of the middle

line. The posterior branch runs over the kidney and becomes

continuous with the vena renalis advehens, which enters the

kidney at about the middle of its length. The last vein leaving

the oviduct is, as I believe—though I am unable to be quite

certain—continuous with the caudal affluent of the kidney.

Suprarenal Portal veins.—These vessels are more complicated

in Zguana than they are in Tiliqua or, according to Hochstetter’s

figure, in Lacerta viridis. There are two series of these veins,

distinguished by their greater or less length. One specimen

possessed five of the longer vessels and three of the shorter

on each side, The shorter ones correspond to the suprarenal

Text-fig. 92.

Od.

Ovarian and suprarenal veins of Iguana tuberculata.

Od., oviducal veins; Ov., ovary} Ov.v., ovarian vein of opposite ovary;

Sr.v., shorter, S7.v.’, longer suprarenal veins; Vci., vena cava.

portals present in Tiligua; and, as in that lizard, they arise from

the body-wall not far from the ventral median line. Of the longer

vessels, which emerge from the body-wall much further away from

the ventral median line, there were five in one specimen, of which

three, on the left side of the body, united before reaching the

suprarenal body. Some at least of these longer vessels are con-

nected, as already mentioned, with the posterior vertebral vein.

In the other specimen of /guwana there was an interesting modifi-

cation of this arrangement. The last three vessels of the longer

series, at any rate on one side of the body, instead of passing to

444 _MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE ° [ Mar. 15,

the suprarenal body became fused into a single trunk pouring its

blood into the liver between the entrance of the dorsal parietal

portal and of the vena cava posterior. In this specimen, more-

over, the left posterior vertebral vein emerges from the parietes

some way in front of the gonad, and, running superficially, forms

an additional blood-supply to the suprarenal body.

Tiliqua scincoides.

Of this lizard I have dissected two individuals, both of them

males; in only one was the venous system injected. The most

noteworthy character in the venous system of this lizard is the

great disproportion between the right and left vena renalis

revehens. As a rule there is an inequality in these vessels, the

right being larger than the left. In the present species (text-fig.

93, p. 445) the left is so small that it seems to be on the verge of

disappearance. I did not trace it in the injected specimen as

far as the kidney. The right vein lies to the right side of the

mesorectum, and the branch putting it into communication with

the left vein can be seen to perforate that membrane; the branch

is large; it is only after receiving the veins from the left gonad

that it dwindles and finally disappears. The right vena renalis

vevehens receives only one branch from the right testis.

The anterior abdominal vein arises on each side much as in

Iguana. There are, however, differences of detail. After the

origin of the ischiadic vein from two roots it divides into the

an aaor abdominal and the vena renalis advehens; the latter

reaches the kidney much more anteriorly than in /guana, and

instead of running over the kidney superficially it buries itself in

its substance well before reaching the inner border. The anterior

abdominal vein receives two intercostals and one parietal vein on

the outer side before becoming confluent with the posterior

vertebral. A long vein from the bladder and also branches

from the fat-bodies join the anterior abdominals before they

unite to form the median trunk. At the point of junction a

median vessel from the under surface of the pelvis joins the

anterior abdominal; this is composed of a branch from each leg

and a median backwardly-running branch. It is a curious fact

that these vessels show an asymmetry precisely similar to that

which I have observed in Varanus. In both lizards the vein to

the right. leg joins the median trunk anteriorly to that point at

which the vein from the left leg joins it.

Suprarenal Portal veins.—In one individual there were three of

these veins to each suprarenal body ; in another specimen (text-

fig. 93, p. 445) there were four on the right side and three on the

left. The veins lie between the intercostal arteries and follow the

ribs ; they emerge from the parietes at a greater distance from the

middle line than the arteries which enter the parietes.

Intestinal Portal veins.—Vhe portal vein is made up of seven

affluent veins. The first is the gastric; next to this is a vessel

1904. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 445

from the stomach and pancreas, which is followed by a small

duodenal. Then two important vessels debouch into the portal

vein opposite to each other, one from the small intestine, the

other from the spleen. A third important trunk from the small

intestine follows, and the vein of the colon completes the series.

Text-fig. 93.

orn

Sr V

Vena cava and spermatic veins of Tiliqua scincoides.

L.Vci., left vena cava or vena renalis revehens; R.Vci., right ditto ;

5] >, 3 D ’

Sp.D., sperm-duct ; Sr.V., suprarenal veins; 7’, testes.

Epigastric veins—These are not so fully developed as in

Varanus, and are somewhat different in other respects. The

vessel enters the liver anteriorly, as is the case with /guana, and

receives a few branches from the ventral parietes. The intimate

relation of the epigastric to the anterior abdominal contrasts

with the conditions obtaining in Varanus. Furthermore, it will

be apparent that this vein is equivalent to a vein in /gwana which

is lettered Hig. in the sketch of the anterior abdominal system

of that lizard (text-fig. 88, p. 438), and that therefore it represents

only a portion of the epigastric system of Jguwana. The paired

epigastrics of Jguwana I have been unable to find in either specimen

of Tiliqua.

Dorsal Hepato-parietal veins.—Only one vein, as is apparently

the general rule among Lizards, enters the narrow posterior pro-

longation of the right liver-lobe; where the vein enters it is quite

as thick as the vena cava posterior. It runs forward along the

right side of the vertebral column, and after giving off about four

intercostal branches, two to right and to left, disappears from

view. There is no communication with the cesophagus such as

exists in Jgwana. It agrees very closely with the corresponding

vein in Varanus.

446 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Mar. 15,

Lateral Abdominal veins.—These veins are seen at their

simplest in the present genus, as also in Jgwana. Each vein

arises from the femoral vein of its own side, and runs forward

within the body-cavity in close attachment to the parietes; the

vessel on each side lies in the angle formed by the bending of the

parietes to constitute the lateral walls of the body; they are thus

about equally far removed from the mid-dorsal and mid-ventral

lines. The veins give off branches to it where they perforate the

obliquely-running membrane which supports on each side the

bladder, and shuts off the fat-body from the front part of the

abdominal cavity. ‘The vessels are visible as far forwards as

the end of the lungs, where they become lost in the parietes.

There is no superficial connection between these veins and the

renal portal veins. The anterior region of the same vein, 2.e. the

azygos, runs from the jugular along the vertebral column, but on

the right side in both specimens, where eas in Jguana it 1s on the

left, It is note eworthy that such a difference in position occurs

also among mammals.

Text-fig

fold

94,

Ant: Ad, £4

Spe

Alimentary portal system of Tiliqgua scincoides.

For lettering see text-fig. 89, p. 439.

Ventral Hepato-parietal veins.—The regular number of these

veins in 7iliqua gigas appears to be three; but in one of the two

individuals examined by me there was a very slender additional

vein entering the liver just behind the anterior of the three.

The last of the three veins, as in /guana (see p. 440), joins the

median epigastric vein, not very far from the entry of the latter

into the liver; on its way it gives off one or two branches to the

ventral parietes in the middle line. Concerning the middle vein

there is nothing particular to be said. ‘The anterior vein is very

remarkable, and quite different from the corresponding vein in

Iguana. In runs straight from the liver to the ventral parietes,

which, however, it perforates in the middle line and behind the

1904.] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA, 447

sternum. The vein reappears just below the skin and just super-

ficial to the musculature, passing forwards along the ventral

middle line to the neck. Before terminating on the neck the vein

gives off a branch on each side, which runs down the neck among

the muscles a little anteriorly to the origin of the forelimb. I

traced the vein on one side to a point close to the auricles, and

I think that it communicates with the jugular vein. Since the

vessel showed no diminution of calibre up to the point where I

lost it (owing to the failure of the injection), I do not think that

it can arise from a capillary network on—for example—the heart.

As to the course of the blood in this vessel I have of course no

positive facts to offer; [I believe, however, that the blood must

flow towards the liver—that the vessel is, in fact, part of the

portal system, chiefly for the reasons that if the vein be regarded

as an hepatie vein its course would seem to be unnecessarily

erratic. A connection between the head-end of the body and the

hepatic or other portal systems is not common in reptiles; but I

shall presently have to refer to analogous cases in the Monitor

(see below, p. 449).

Gastro-hepatic veins.—This lizard has a well-developed system

of gastro-hepatic vessels, by which I understand those veins which

communicate directly between the stomach and the liver and do

not reach the latter indirectly via the common portal vein. J find

either three or four of these trunks, which are all of them situated

anteriorly, and are supported by one or other of the two (right

and left) gastro-hepatic hgaments. Anteriorly the two membranes

in question become joined, and this unpaired region bears two of

the veins; the next vein runs in the right and the last in the

left sheet of the mesentery.

Varanus griseus.

Of this lizard I have dissected two examples, both of them

males. The circulatory system has been described by Corti* ;

and Hochstetter + has added some details of value, which I have

confirmed.

The original of the anterior abdominal vein is correctly described

by Hochstetter, who figures the vessels =. I may remark that

each anterior abdominal receives before its union with its fellow

only two branches from the fat-body, which contrasts with the

larger number characteristic of Jguwana.

Mpigastric veins.—The right and left epigastric veins arise

from the outer, sciatic, veins of the legs immediately behind the last

of the branches which come from the fat-bodies. Each is closely

accompanied by an epigastric artery, the course of which is not

dealt with here. During their course along the ventral parietes

the veins receive many branches from the parietes, and they

finally end in the liver independently of each other. It is note-

* “Tle Systemate vasorum Psammosauri grisel,’ 1853. Iam not acquainted with

this work. + Morph. Jahrb. xix p. 464,

£ Loe. cit. pl. xvi. fig. 17.

448° MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Mar. 15,

worthy also that the entry of the veins into the liver is not

coincident; the right epigastric enters that organ a considerable

distance behind the entry of the left vein. Furthermore, each is

associated with its own liver-lobe, right or left, though the point

of entry into the same is only just right or left, as the case may

be, of the median sulcus. In the larger specimen of Varanus the

arrangement of these veins is slightly different in that the right

epigastric enters the liver anteriorly to the left. Both veins, the

right and the left, are continued forwards as well as backwards.

On the left side I have ascertained that the anterior prolongation

of the epigastric joins the mammary branch of the left jugular at

a considerable distance from the heart. This branch seems to me

to be quite comparable with the similar vein in 7'iligwa (see p. 445),

which arises, as [ thought, from the jugulars and independently

enters the liver; the main difference being that in Varanus the |

vein 1s double throughout, that it does not immediately underlie

the skin for the greater part of its course, and that it fuses with

the epigastric instead of entering the liver separately. Or this

vessel in Z%liqua may be homologous with the single hepato-

parietal ventral of Varanws, which I describe below. The

epigastric of the left side, at any rate, gives off a branch to the

fat-body of that side before joining the femoral vein.

Lateral Abdominal veins.—Occupying the same position as the

corresponding vein of TZliqua, the lateral abdominal veins of

Varanus have somewhat difterent relations. There were further-

more differences in the two individuals which I dissected*. In the

first place, the vein is more complete anteriorly than posteriorly,

while in Ziliqua and Jguwana the reverse is the case. In the latter

the vein arises from the leg vein and runs forward for a varying

distance. In Varanus the vein does not appear to be connected with

the veins of the hind limb, but it is connected with veins in the

anterior region of the body. It arises anteriorly from the jugular

in common with the mammary vein and branch of epigastric.

In one specimen there is a second branch from the jugular rather

nearer to the heart. In this specimen, however, there is not a

plain superficial connection between the lateral vessel arising from

the two branches of the jugular. However, the vessel passes

backwards, and after its second origin receives a branch from the

lung. It ends posteriorly in the suprarenal vessels, as has been

described in considering these veins. I thus confirm Hochstetter

in denying the existence of an anastomosis between this vein and

the anterior abdominals posteriorly.

Dorsal Hepato-parietal veins.—As in Tiliqua, there is but one

vein, that of the right side. It either emerges from the parietes

just below the point where it enters the liver or has a short

superficial course, emerging rather further forwards; it gives off

no branches to the left side such as are found in 7iliqua.

* Both specimens were entered on the books of the Society as belonging to the

same species, viz. Varanus griseus. I can find no reason from external characters

for criticising this identification.

1904. | ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 449

Ventral Parieto-hepatic veins.—These veins as independent

veins are poorly developed in Varanws ascompared with the other

types. There are at most three of them. The anterior corresponds

to a vein which seems to be a characteristic vessel and always

found in Lacertilia. But its distribution in Varanus is rather

different. In one specimen the vein is formed by two aftluents,

one from the ventral parietes and the other from the stomach.

Concerning the second specimen I am rather uncertain, but inclined

to believe that there is also a connection with the mammary

and epigastric branch of the jugular (see p. 448). In the second

specimen, moreover, this vein enters the liver in company with

the left epigastric. The second vein of this series is a medianly

situated vessel which does not enter the liver independently,

but is an affluent of the left epigastric. A third vessel enters

the anterior abdominal vein near to its entry into the liver.

Hochstetter observes* :—‘“‘ Dass die Venen der vorderen Brustwand

in der Sternalgegend nicht in dei Zweige miinden, die als V. portae

secundariae aufzufassen sind wie bei Lacerta, sondern in die

vorderen Hohlvenen, findet in der Lage des Herzens und seiner

grossen Gefasse bei diesem Reptil seine Erklirung.” I am

disposed myself to look upon the fact rather as indicative of a

resemblance to ZTiliqua and Iguana, which lizards, as has been

mentioned, also have communications between the anterior veins

and the portal system of the liver.

Summary.

Some of the more important new facts described in the fore-

going pages may now be briefly recapitulated.

(1) While there is generally (¢always) an inequality in size

between the two venz renales revehentes, Z%iliqua is remarkable

on account of the very reduced size of the left vein.

(2) While /guana possesses three epigastric veins, two lateral

and a median, the last only is developed in Viliqua. Varanus

has the lateral epigastrics which, as in /gwana, are connected

anteriorly with the jugulars, but (? in correlation with the absence

of a bladder) the median epigastric is at most rudimentary.

(3) The intestinal portal systems of /guana and Tiliqua differ.

In the former there are only two branches from the small

intestine, one of which joins the gastro-splenic trunk; in the

latter there are three veins, all of which open separately into the

portal trunk.

(4) In both /guana and Tiliqua there is a superficial vein

lying beneath the skin but above the musculature and along the

middle line of the sternum, which enters the liver posteriorly and

appears to be connected with the jugulars anteriorly.

(5) Varanus has but one vein running from the stomach and

esophagus directly to the liver (7. e. not by way of the intestinal

* Loe. cit. p. 467.

450 MR. PERCY I. LATHY ON | [ Mar. 15,

portal system). In Zguana there are two such veins and in

Tiliqua three.

(6) Iguana differs from both Tiliqua and Varanus in possessing

dorsal parieto-hepatic veins which arise from both sides of the

vertebral column. In Z%liqua and Varanus only the right vein

is present, which enters the liver close to where it is perforated

posteriorly by the vena cava. In 7Z%liqua this vessel receives

intercostal branches (?) from the left side as wellas from the right

which cross the vertebral column superficially; these are not

present in Varanus. The left dorsal parieto-hepatic vein of

Iguana reaches the liver by way of a venous plexus on the

stomach and the gastro-hepatic veins.

(7) The lateral abdominal vein, from where it joins the root

of the anterior abdominal to a point anterior to this where it

becomes defective, is very short in /guana as contrasted with

Tiliqua. In none of the types which I have examined is this

vein continuous from one end of the body to the other as it

appears to be (according to Hochstetter) in Lacerta.

(8) Iguana is to be distinguished from Z%iliqua (and possibly

from Varanus) by the more complex system of suprarenal portals ;

there are two sets of these vessels instead of only one.

(9) The two posterior of the oviducal veins in /gwana are con-

nected each of them with one of the afferent veins of the kidney.

5. A Contribution towards the Knowledge of the Lepi-

doptera-Rhopalocera of Dominica, B.W.I. By Prrcy

(Amen he ZS en ie.

{ Received March 5, 1904. ]

[The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but as the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

“ Abstract,’ such species are distinguished by being underlined.—Epiror. |

In the ‘Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society for 1884

Messrs. Godman and Salvin give a list of the Butterflies collected

in Dominica by Mr. G. French Angas. This list contains 27

species, three being described as new, one undetermined, since

described by the same authors (P.Z.8. 1896, p. 519), and one

treated as identical with a Cuban form through want of material.

In the present paper I am able to add 12 species to the list,

three of which are new to science, and to differentiate between

the Cuban and Dominican Hesperid.

Tam indebted to Messrs. Agar and Allport for the material

received,

PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui Linn. Syst. Nat.i. p. 774.

Two very bad specimens of this cosmopolitan species were

obtained.

1904. | BUTTERFLIES FROM DOMINICA, 451

DTADEMA MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 264.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin record this species. I have only

received a single female; it belongs to the form with the white-

banded apex, and has a rather faint discal white patch on hind

wings above.

MEGALURA PELEUS.

Papilio peleus Sulz. Gesch. Ins. t. 15. f. 4.

Three specimens in bad condition.

AGANISTHOS ORION.

Papilio orion Fabry. Syst. Ent. p. 485.

Three specimens of this common South American species.

They agree best with the mainland form, not with that found in

the Greater Antilles. In the same way all the specimens of

Anartia jatrophe Linn. are typical and do not belong to the

variety saturata Stgr.

ANZA DOMINICANA.

Anea dominicana G. & S. P. ZS. 1884, p. 316, pl. xxv. f. 1.

Two females. The female differs from the male only in being

somewhat larger.

LIBYTHEA FULVESCENS.

Libythea fulvescens Lathy, Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, No. 5, p. 19,

March 22.

Upperside. Fore wing blackish brown, with the following

fulvous markings: a wide fascia within cell and two below it, of

which the upper is the shorter; a minute spot on middle of costa ;

two large patches between thisand outer margin, the upper being

oval in shape, the lower square, and a small oval spot about

midway between the latter and outer margin; a minute spot

below this. Hind wing with ground-colour paler, especially

about inner margin; a discal wide fulvous band, a paler patch

midway along costa, and cell suffused with fulvous.

Underside. Fore wing with the fulvous markings all brighter

and more extended ; outer margin greyish, with brown striations.

Hind wing greyish, with brown striations, these becoming dense

so as to form a dark patch on costa one-third from the base; a

discal band and a wide dark outer margin.

Exp. 50 millim.

In Coll. H. J. Adams, 1 ¢ (type); W. J. Kaye, 1 o.

This species may be separated from LZ. carinenta Cram. and

L. motya Boisd. by the absence of any white markings above ;

and from L. terena Godt. by the greater extent of black above

and the unicolorous character of the fulvous markings. Mr. Kaye’s

specimen differs slightly from the type in having the subapical

fulvous spots somewhat diffused.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No, XXX. 30

452 MR. PERCY I. LATHY ON [ Mar. 15,

THECLA SIMETHIS.

Papilio simethis Drury, Il. Ex. Ent. 1. pl. i. f. 3.

A long series.

THECLA SUBOBSCURA.

Thecla subobscura Lathy, Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, No. 5, p. 19,

March 22.

Upperside. Both wings black, inner margin of fore wing and

inner marginal half of hind wing shining blue; hind wing with

an incipient tail at termination of second median nervule, and a

long tail from lower median nervule, this being faintly tipped

with white.

Underside. Fore wing blackish grey, paler on inner margin ; a

transverse obscure dark line beyond cell, angled on lower median

nervule and terminating before inner margin; a very obscure

dark line between this and outer margin. Hind wing blackish

grey, a transverse row of white spots and lines beyond cell, these

being inwardly edged with blackish; another row beyond, but

very obscure except at anal angle; a bright red patch between

middle and lower median nervules, with a black spot on its outer

edge, this patch is remote from margin; a black spot at anal

angle; a submarginal faint white line becoming obscure towards

apex.

Hep. 31 millim.

In Coll. H. J. Adams, 1 9.

Allied to 7’. vibidia Hew., but may be distinguished by much

darker ground-colour of underside and the larger red patch,

THECLA DOMINICANA.

Thecla dominicana Lathy, Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, No. 5, p. 19,

March 22.

Upperside. Both wings black-brown, the lower basal half of

fore wing shining copper-colour; hind wing with faint trace of

this on dise, anda minute red spot at anal angle; a minute tail at

termination of second median nervule, and a long one from lower

median nervule, both tipped with white.

Underside. Fore wing dull greyish brown, a transverse dark

line about midway between end of cell and outer margin, this line

extends from costa to lower median nervule; a submarginal dark

line. Hind wing dull greyish brown; a transverse dark lne

beyond cell sharply angled at submedian nervure, this line is

edged outwardly with white and inwardly with red from costa to

second median nervule; an irregular submarginal dark line, and

some obscure dark spots close to margin above second median

nervule; a triangular black spot on margin between tails, and a

round black spot at anal angle, the space between these two black

markings bluish grey; the triangular mark has a large reddish

1904. | BUTTERFLIES FROM DOMINICA. 453

patch on inner side, a very distinct marginal white line from

upper tail to anal angle, and a white spot on inner margin near

anal angle.

Eap. 23-31 millim.

In Coll. H. J. Adams, 15 ¢ ¢ (type); F. D. Godman, 2 go.

Allied to 7”. angelia Hew. from Cuba, but the smaller amount

of copper-colour above and the dark line of hind wings below

being partially edged with red at once serve to distinguish it

from that species.

THECLA ACIS.

Papilio acis Dru. Ul. Ex. Ent. i, pl. 1. f. 2.

A single specimen in Mr. Kaye’s collection.

TERIAS DEVA.

Terias deva Doubld. Gen. D. L. p. 78; G. & 8. P. Z. 8. 1884,

p. 317.

A long series of this species.was obtained, The hind wing in

both sexes is much more yellow than in specimens from the

mainland.

PIERIS MARGARITA.

Mylothris margarita Hiibn. Sammi, ex. Schmett. i. pl. exx.

Four specimens.

CALLIDRYAS AGARITHE,

C. agarithe Boisd. Spec. Gén. 1. p. 623.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin received this species but wrongly

identified it, recording it under the name of argante Fabr. All

the specimens received are small, as in the case of those taken by

Mr. Angas.

EupAmus BREVICAUDATA, Sp. Nov.

I have given a name to this form, which Messrs. Godman and

Salvin treated as santiago Luc.? I have had a large number of

specimens, and find that the differences these authors point out

are quite constant.

PROTEIDES GUNDLACHI.

P. gundlachi Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1882, p. 91.

The species described as P. angdsi, sp. nov., in the paper of

1884 by Messrs. Godman and Salvin is synonymous with this.

EPARGYREUS ZESTOS.

Proteides zestos Hiibn. Samml. ex. Schmett. p. 24.

A good series.

30*

454 ON THE DENTITION OF A ROCK-WALLABY. [Apr. 19,

TELEGONUS ANAUSIS.

T. anausis G. & S. P.Z.8. 1896, p. 519.

Recorded by Messrs. Godman and Salvin in 1884 as 7’, anaphus

Cram.

EANTIS PAPINIANUS.,

Hesperia papinianus Poey, Cent. Lép. Cuba, 1833,

Several examples.

PRENES NERO.

Hesperia nero Faby. Syst. Ent. Suppl. p. 433.

Recorded by Messrs. Godman and Salvin as Pamphila ocola

Edw.

PRENES ARES.

Hesperia ares Beld. Verh. zool.-bot, Ges. Wien, 1862, p. 477,

Several specimens,

April 19, 1904.

Dr. Henry Woopwarpb, E.R.S8., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1904 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of March was 133, of which 48 were by presen-

tation, 3 by birth, 17 by purchase, and 65 were received on

deposit. The number of departures during the same period, by

death and removals, was 134.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to :—

1, A young female Snow-Leopard (Felis uncia), from the

Pamirs, presented by Capt. Mackintosh on March 9th.

2. Two young female Cheetahs (Cyncelurus jubatus), from

Somaliland, presented by Capt. Barnard on March 2nd. ‘

3. Adult male and female examples of the Nisnas* Monkey

(Cercopithecus pyrrhonotus), from Uganda, presented by Mr. C. R.

Hall on March 4th.

4, A Potto (Perodicticus potto) and two North-African Crowned

Cranes (Balearica pavonina), from Lagos, presented by Dr.

Macfarlane on March 28th.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited some skulls of a small North

Australian Rock-Wallaby (Peradorcas concinna Gould), illus-

trating the recently discovered fact * that this animal, in common

* Novitates Zoologice, xi. p. 226 (1904).

1904. ] ON A NEW SUBSPECIES OF HARTEBEEST. 455

with the Manatee alone of all Mammalia *, had a continuously

renewed molar series, fresh teeth growing up and pushing forwards

from behind, pari passwu with the fall of worn-out teeth in front.

No evidence was available as to the number of successive teeth

produced in the course of the animal’s life, but a minimum of

seven 7 molars, that is three more than the normal, was certain.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas also exhibited the skin of a Hartebeest

which had been shot by Mr. F. J. Jackson in Uganda, and which

appeared to represent a new subspecies of Bubalis jacksoni, cha-

racterised by its very unusual markings.

It was proposed to be called :-—

BUBALIS JACKSONI INSIGNIS at;

Bubalis jacksoni insignis Thos., Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, No. 6,

p: 22, April 26.

Allied to B. jacksoni, but with a black dorsal stripe and black-

marked limbs.

General colour tawny, darker than in true jacksoni, the hairs

tawny throughout, not or scarcely ticked with lighter terminally.

Rump, flanks, and under surface lighter tawny, not conspicuously

contrasted with the dorsal colour. Centre line of back with a

prominent sharply defined black line, about half an inch broad,

commencing behind the occiput and running along the spine on

to the rump, but ceasing about a foot short of the tail. Head

much as in true jacksoni, but the tips of the ears edged with

black behind, the nasal region darker, and two black marks

present on the forehead between the eyes. Ground-colour of

limbs of the same light tone as the rump, but their anterior face

terminally with strong black markings, very much as in B. lichten-

stein. On the fore limbs there was a black patch on the knee,

the black beginning again lower down and extending to the hoofs ;

the posterior face of the pasterns, between the accessory and

main hoofs, also black. On the hind limbs the black markings

ascended from the hoofs about three-fourths the way towards the

level of the hock, the back of the pasterns being also black, as on

the fore limbs. Tail with the usual black crest on its terminal

half, but less developed than in other species.

Fur of back uniformly directed backwards, without any trace

of the whorl and reversed hairs on the withers found in B. jacksona.

Skull and horns as in B. jacksoni.

Dimensions about as in B. jacksoni. Frontal length of skull

* Of. Thos. & Lyd. P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 595.

+ Notation as in Brit. Mus. Catalogue of Marsupials.

t [The first complete account of Phe new species described in this communication

appears here; but as the name and preliminary diagnosis were published in the

‘ Abstract,’ it is distinguished here by being underlined.—EDITor. }

456 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Apr. 19,

452 mm.; basal length 410; length of horns on anterior curve

487 ; hace circumictenes 273.

Hab. (of type). Maanja River, about 30 miles west of Kampala,

towards the Albert Lake, Uganda.

Type. Old Male. Mounted head and skin of body. B. M.

No. 4.4.19.1. Presented by Mr. F. J. Jackson. Killed March

1902.

Mr. Jackson had only seen this one specimen, a solitary male,

which had possibly wandered out of the normal habitat of its

kind. The typical locality of B. jacksoni was Northern Kavirondo,

but the exact limits of its range were not as yet known, nor the

extent to which it graded into the B. lelwel of the Upper Nile.

The markings of the present specimen were so striking, and so

entirely unmatched within the genus, that, in spite of the nearness

of its habitat to that of the true jacksoni, Mr. Thomas thought

there was no alternative but to give it a distinctive name.

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8., exhibited some remains of

Anthracotherium magnum Cuv. (Plate XXIX.), obtained by

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., from a lignite-deposit in Majorca

(Balearic Is.), and made the following remarks :-—

When Mr. Oldfield Thomas informed me, some years ago, of

his intended visit to the Balearic Islands *, I requested him to

inquire at the lignite-mines of Majorca after remains of Axthraco-

therium and other mammals, having reasons for supposing that

remains of the genus just named had formerly been found there.

In the Museo Civico of Milan is, or was, preserved a Jaw of

Anthracotherium of the size of A. magnwm, with an undoubtedly

wrong label attached to it. The late geologist E. Spreafico, to

whom I pointed it out many years ago, thought it to be a specimen

brought back by Dr. Cristoforo Bellotti from an excursion to the

Balearic Islands, and presented to the Museum, but afterwards

believed to have been lost in some unaccountable manner.

The circumstance, although dating back over thirty years, had

not escaped my memory, because I found out afterwards that the

lignites in Majorca are generally ascribed to a much older horizon

than the one revealed now with certainty by the presence in them

of Anthracotherium magnum.

The island of Majorca, the largest of the Balearics, was at one

time occupied by an immense lake, the longest diameter of which

hag been estimated at 80 kilometres, almost equalling that of the

whole island (92 kilometres) 7.

About the geological horizon of this lacustrine formation, con-

* See Oldfield Thomas, ‘On the Mammals of the Balearic Islands,” Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, 1901, vol. i. pp. 35-44.

+ H. Hermite, “Etudes géologiques sur les iles Baléares,” prem. partie, p. 201

(1879).

PeZes: 1904" vole Pl XxX

Bale & Danielsson. Ltd.

JAIN Wal IRIAN Oana RW IME IMAG NTU IME.

1904. ] REMAINS OF ANTHRACOTHERIUM, ADT

taining lignite-deposits in various localities, very different opinions

have been held at different times. The Italian geologist General

Albert De La Marmora, who was the first to mention the coal,

ascribed it to the Lower Cretaceous (Neocomian)*, and was

followed in this determination by Bouvy ?.

The only writer who correctly guessed the age was Jules Haime,

who, from the examination of Molluscs in the lignite deposit, was

inclined to assign it to the epoch of the ‘“ gypses de Provence,”

which are of Oligocene age. He was positive in asserting that

the coal overlies the Nummulitic formation, adding that this

circumstance was well known to the miners themselves f.

All the subsequent writers, however—Bouvy $, Vidal ||, Her-

mite {, de Lapparent **—have considered these lacustrine beds

to be Lower Kocene, taking it for granted that the Nummulitic

(Middle Eocene) overlies the freshwater deposits. This must be

either an error of observation, or else the reputed Nummulites

were not Nummulites at all.

Mr. Thomas was successful in obtaining, in the house of a miner

at Inca, several remains of Anthracotheriwm, which, according to

information received, were from the upper part of a lgnite-mine

at Sineu, Majorea. A complete jaw, believed to be of the same

animal, was said to be in the ‘“ Academy of Madrid.”

The more important of these remains, here exhibited, are two

more or less complete right and left second upper molars, and

a beautifully preserved penultimate right upper premolar (p. 2)

(Pl. XXIX. fig. 1). It is on these teeth that the specific deter-

mination rests. The molars (Pl. XXIX. figs. 2 & 3) agree perfectly

in size and shape with a second upper molar described and figured

by G. Cuvier t+, and forming part of one of the type specimens

ot Anthracotherium magnum trom the lignite of Cadibona, near

Savona (Liguria). The premolar agrees with a similar tooth of

the same deposit figured by Gastaldi £2.

A. magnum is the predominant mammalian species in the lignite

of Cadibona; there remains little doubt, therefore, that the lacus-

trine deposit of Majorca is of the same age. The Italian deposit

is usually placed in the Upper Oligocene ; however, the mammals

* Albert De La Marmora, “ Observations géologiques sur les deux iles Baléares,

Majorque et Minorque,’ Mem. R. Accad. Scienze Torino, vol. xxxvili. p. 51 (1835).

+ P. Bouvy, “ Resena geognostica de la isla de Mallorca y descripcion de la situacion

y explotacion de la ulla del terreno secundario de esta isla,” Revista Minera, t. 111.

pp. 174, 204, 346 (1852). Quoted from Jules Haime’s paper.

*¢ Jules Haime, “Notice sur la Géologie de Vile Majorque,’ Bull. Soc. Géol. de

France, (2) xii. pp. 734-752 (1855).

§ Bouvy, “ Note sur les Lignites des iles Baléares,” Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, (2)

xiv. pp. 770-774 (1857).

|| Louis M. Vidal, “ Excursion geoldégica por la Isla de Mallorca,” Boletin de la

Comision del Mapa Geologico de Espana, vi. p. 9 (1879).

{ Op. cit. A translation of Hermite’s “ Etudes géologiques ” has been published

in vol. xv. (1888) of the Boletin de la Comision del Mapa Geologico de Espafia.

** A, de Lapparent, ‘ Traité de Géologie,’ fourth edition, p. 1436 (1900).

++ ‘ Ossemens fossiles,’ vol. iii. pp. 399, 400, pl. 80. fig. 1 (1822).

*¢ Mem. Acc. Seze. Torino, (2) xxiv. pl. vi. fig. 6 (1868).

458 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON AVIAN BRAINS, [ Apr. 19,

associated with 4. magnum at Cadibona, Gelocus and Propaleo-

cherus, ave somewhat older types. Moreover, the Upper Oligocene

deposits of St. Gérand-le-Puy (Allier) contain no Anthracotheres,

whereas in the nearly contemporaneous lignites of Pyrimont a

more modern type of Anthracotheres than A. magnum is repre-

sented, viz., Brachyodus porcinus (Gerv.)*. These views are

confirmed by the latest researches in the geology of the Limagne’,

where the deposits containing <Anthracotherium magnum are

referred to the Middle Oligocene (Stampian), even to its lowest

portion, so that we shali have to consider as Middle Oligocene

also the Lignites of Cadibona and Majorca.

Although remains of Anthracotheriwm are not rare in our

collections, the various forms are not very well known, and many

fossils have been called A. magnwm which have little to do with

the type species of Cadibona. In this respect also the remains

obtained by Mr. O. Thomas increase our knowledge, and this

discovery is certainly the most important result of his and

Mr. R. I. Pocock’s trip to the Balearics.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.

Anthracotherium magnum Cuv.

All figures natural size.

Fig. 1. Penultimate right upper premolar, from below. Fig. 1a, external; fig. 16,

anterior view. a = inner cusp.

Fig. 2. Incomplete second right upper true molar, external view. Fig. 2a, lower

view. pl. = anterior intermediate cusp, broken away in specimen fig. 3.

Fig. 3. Second left upper true molar, posterior view. Fig. 3a, lower view.

My. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

a series of Avian brains, of which the arterial system had been

injected.

The following papers were read :—

* Ch. Depéret et H. Douxami, “ Les Vertébrés oligocénes de Pyrimont-Challonges

(Savoie), Mém. Soc. Paléont. Suisse, xxix. p. 41 (1902).

+ J. Giraud, “ Etudes géologiques sur la Limagne (Auvergne),” Bull. Serv. Carte

Géol. de la France, vol. xiii. no. 87 (1901-1902).

{

1904.] THE MAMMALS OF THE UGANDA BOUNDARY COMMISSION. 459

On Mammals collected during the Uganda Boundary

Commission by the late Mr. W. G. Doggett, and pre-

sented to the British Museum by Col.C. Delmé-Radcliffe *.

By OuprieLp Tomas, F.R.S., and Harotp Scuwann,

F.Z.S.

[Received March 11, 1904. |

(Text-figure 95.)

During the delimitation of the boundary between the German

and British territories west of the Victoria Nyanza, Col. C. Delme-

Radcliffe, the British Commissioner, has caused collections to be

made illustrative of the fauna, and these he has now presented to

the National Museum. The actual collecting was done by Mr.

W. G. Doggett, who had already acted as zoological collector

under Sir Harry Johnston 7, and who was carrying on the work

in a most successful manner, when he was unhappily drowned by

the upsetting of a canoe while in pursuit of fish, so that his

death was directly due to his enthusiasm for his N. atural History

work.

The majority of the animals now described were obtained at

Burumba, Ankole, a locality on the Anglo-German boundary, and

in a region as yet practically unrepresented in our collections.

They form therefore very welcome accessions to the Museum.

Of the novelties special attention may be drawn to the local

form of the Buffalo (Bubalus caffer radeli fei), already exhibited to

the Society £, and to the fine striped Stoat which we have named

in honour of Mr. Doggett.

1. CERCOPITHECUS ®THIOPS CENTRALIS Neum.

Colour of iris russet § (IV. G. D.).

For geographical reasons we refer these specimens to Mr.

Neumann’s ‘“cenéralis,” without expressing any opinion as to

their relation to other members of the group.

2, CERCOCEBUS ATERRIMUS Oudem.

@.1; 2. Budzi, Uganda.

3. GALAGO DEMIDOFFI Fisch.

3.108. Dumo, Uganda.

* (The complete account of the new species described in this communication

appears here; but as the names and preliminary diagnoses were published in the

“ Abstract,’ such species are distinguished here by being underlined. EpiTor. |

on Oye VARS 1901, vol. 11. p. 85. The mammals there described were all collected

by. Mr. Doggett.

+ Supra, p. 371.

§ The colours of the iris have been shown by a patch of paint placed on the

label by Mr. Doggett, and we have determined the shades so given in Ridgway’s

“Nomenclature of Colors,’ 1886.

460 MESSRS, 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE = [Apr. 19,

4, MrEGADERMA FRONS Geoff.

3. 201; 202. Mulema, Uganda.

5. MACROSCELIBES DELAMEREI Thos.

3. 109. Demba, Uganda.

@. 540; 575 (in spirit). Burumba, Ankole.

Colour of iris black (IV. G. D.).

6. CRocrIDURA NYANS&® Neumn.

3. 468; 511. Burumba, Ankole.

7. P@CILOGALE DOGGETTI.

Pecilogale doggetti Thos. & Schw., Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904, No. 6,

p. 22, April 26.

go. 942. 9. 543. Burumba, Ankole.

Colour of iris clove-brown (IV. G. D.).

Allied to the southern form, P. albinucha, but considerably

larger.

General colour and arrangement of stripes as in the type

species described by Gray *, but the lateral stripes are longer in

proportion to the median one, being fully two-thirds of its length.

Head, neck, and upper half of ears white, passing into “ buff-

yellow” at the commencement of the median line. Black stripes

sharply defined, about 10 mm. broad in the centre of back,

tapering off gradually at either extremity. Chin and a patch on

the throat dirty white.

Under surface, sides of head, flanks, shoulders, and limbs

black. Tail white, the long hairs white to their bases, but close

to the skin there is a fine black down which gives the appearance

of an indistinct black line down the tail.

Skull conspicuously larger and more strongly built than in

P. albinucha, but apparently similar in form. The male skull

much larger than the female.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 356 mm.; tail 242; hind foot 46; ear 25.

Comparative skull-measurements :—

P. doggetti. P. albinucha.

3 (type). 2 3.

mm. mm. mm.

Greatest length ............... 60°5 DDD D1-4

Basal aU gra pcrenta sar Aenea 58:0 52-0 48-0

Zygomatic breadth ............ 33°5 31-0 28°5

Mastoid ealirsanty. nese. ce 31:4 27°0 25:0

imterorb ital 77a: steele ee 11°5 9-2 9-0

Palate emg, (cer estates 27-4 24°3 23°0

Length of upper carnassial ... 6°6 6:2 6:2

Bs lower es SHO ora) 6:2 6:2

* P. Z.S. 1864, p. 69.

1904.] MAMMALS OF THE UGANDA BOUNDARY COMMISSION. 461

Hab. Burumba, Ankole.

Type. Male. B.M. No. 4.2.6.7. Original No. 542. Collected

September 1903.

8. LurrA CAPENSIS Schinz.

2.4. Victoria Nyanza.

9. HERPESTES GALERA ROBUSTUS Gray.

@ (in spirit). Burumba, Ankole.

10. HELOGALE UNDULATA Peters.

3. 641. 9. 573; 574 (in spirit). Burumba, Ankole.

Colour of iris “ tawny olive” (W. G. D.).

ll. ScrurRUs RUFOBRACHIATUS NYANS Neum.

2. 88. Msozi.

12. GRAPHIURUS MURINUS Desm.

so. 514. Burumba, Ankole.

Colour of iris “seal-brown” (IW. G. D.).

Herr Neumann has given the varietal name of swbrufus* to a

Dormouse of this group from Tanga, on the coast opposite Pemba,

but its character, a strong reddish suffusion on the chest, is one

often due to a glandular staining of the hairs and may be found

in examples from all localities. A. Smith’s Myoxus erythro-

bronchus” + was founded on a similar aberration.

13. TATERA FALLAX.

Tatera fallax Thos. & Schw., Abstr. P. Z.S. 1904, No. 6, p. 22,

April 26.

3. 902 (juv.). 9. 512; 513. Burumba, Ankole.

Colour of iris black (W. G. D.).

A large Tatera with a white-tipped tail and indistinct grooves

on the upper incisors.

General colour above dark sandy, brighter on the sides, where

it is almost ‘ochraceous buff.” Individual hairs of back about

15 mm. in length, slate-gray for their basal half, buff-yellow sub-

terminally, with a black tip. Under surface dull white, sharply

defined ; the hairs white to their bases. Top of head like back ;

muzzle and forehead rather darker; area between eye and ear °

whitish, with a dark patch below. Ears slightly larger than is

usual in this group; dark, nearly naked, with a white patch at

thei posterior bases. Upper and outer surfaces of fore limbs

buffy yellow; fore and hind feet pure white. Tail considerably

longer than the head and body; its proximal half indistinctly

bicolor, pale brown above, white below ; distal half white through-

out; tip not tufted.

Skull strongly built, larger than in any of the allied species.

* Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xiii. p. 547 (1900).

+ Zool. Journ. vol. iv. p. 438.

462. MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND H. SCHWANN ON THE _[ Apr. 19,

Bulle unusually large. Upper incisors each with one indistinct

median groove.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 160 mm.; tail 219; hind foot 43; ear 24.

Skull: greatest length 45 mm.; basal length 36; zygomatic

breadth 24; brain-case, breadth 18; interorbital breadth 7 ;

nasals 19°4% 3:5; diastema 12°3; length of palatine foramina

8°8; length of bulla 12; upper molar series 7.

Hab. Burumba, Ankole. Alt. 5000 feet.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 4.2.6.13. Original No. 513, Col-

lected August 1903.

This asain: species appears to be allied to 7’. valida Boc. and

T. liodon Thos., sharing with them the unusual shallowness of

the incisive grooves * but it is easily separable by its much

larger skull and white-tipped tail.

Externally it has a close resemblance to Gerbilliscus boehmi

Noack, to which Dr. Matschie appears to have referred itt, but

its single incisive groove and much larger bull readily distinguish

it from that animal.

14, OroMYS TRRORATUS TROPICALIS Thos.

Colour of iris black (IV. G. D.).

15, LopHuromys Aaquiuus True.

¢ (in spirit). Burumba, Ankole.

16. ARVICANTHIS ABYSSINICUS Riipp.

§. 519. 9, 455; 456; 457, Burumba, Ankole.

Colour of iris aa (IK, Gi. D2).

17. TACHYORYCTES SPLENDENS IBEANUS Thos.

. 6. 461; 462; 463; 464; 503; 504; 507; 508. &. 465;

505; 506; 509. Burumba, Ankole.

Three specimens in spirit and several skeletons.

Colour of iris “seal-brown” (W. G. D.).

18. Lepus crawsHAyi de Wint.

Colour of iris raw umber (W. G. D.).

19, PROCAVIA STUHLMANNI Matsch.

6. 510. 2. 469; 470. Burumba, Ankole.

6 and 9 im spirit.

Colour of iris black (W. G. D.).

These specimens have enabled us to make the interesting

discovery that there is a third mammary formula found in the

* See Thos. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) ix. p. 442 (1903).

+ Siug. Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, p. 54 (1895). Specimen from Bukoba, Victoria

Nyanza.

1904. | MAMMALS OF THE UGANDA BOUNDARY COMMISSION. 463

group besides those already recorded. The typical Procavie of

the hypsodont section have 1—2=6 mamme, while the Dendro-

hyrax section were supposed to have im all cases only 0—1l=

mamme. Now, however, we find that the two adult females of

the present series (one of them in spirit) have a pectoral pair of

mammz combined with a single inguinal pair, the formula being

therefore 1—1=4.

On communicating with Dr. Matschie, the describer of P.

stuhlmanni, he informs us not only that a fresh examination of

the typical series confirms our numeration of the mamme, but

also that the same formula obtains in P. arborea and P. scheelet,

while his P. newmanni has the more usual 0—1=2

Of other species recently described, P. crawshayi Thos. has

0—l1=2 mamme, while the large woolly-haired P. ruwenzorit

Neumann * has again 1—1=4.

Now that representative specimens of P. stuhlmannit are

available for comparison, we are enabled to describe as new tho

following Dassie, which had hitherto been provisionally assigned

to Dr. Matschie’s species :—

PROCAVIA BETTONI.

Procavia bettont Thos. & Schw., Abstr, P. Z, 8S. 1904, No. 6,

p. 23, April 26.

Most closely allied to P. stuhlmanni, but darker coloured and

smaller.

Fur long, soft and fine, not woolly; hairs of back about

33 mm. in length, intermixed with longer bristles. General

colour above pale abel brown,- washed with a warmer tone along

the dorsalarea. Individual hairs dark chocolate-brown, darkening

to black for their basal seven-eighths, ringed with pale drab sub-

terminally and tipped with black. Face brown, a spot on each

eye whitish. Ears thickly haired, brown outside, white internally.

Lips white. Chin brown, throat drabby white ; rest of under

surface and inner side of limbs creamy white, the hairs white to

their bases. Outer side of limbs like body ; hands and feet pale

buffy. Dorsal spot small, oval, its hairs wholly pale yellowish

white.

Skull, as compared with that of P, stwhlmanni, markedly

smaller, the type, in stage V, smaller than that of a P. stuhi-

rae, 8 stage IV. Nasals small, with less projection over the

nasal opening. Orbits not closed in behind, though talne processes

approach each other closely. Interparietal sutures , In stage V,

closed behind but open in front, as is also the case TO, Ji stubl

mann, but the breadth of the interparietal appears to be greater

in the new form, and its anterior edge, instead of being strongly

arched forward, is nearly directly transverse. Dostecion nares

very narrow. Molars conspicuously smaller in all dimensions

than in P, stuhlmanni.

* P, Z. S, 1902, ii, p. 143.

464 THE MAMMALS OF THE UGANDA BOUNDARY Commission. [ Apr. 19,

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :-—

Head and body (c.) 400 mm. ; hind foot 50.

Skull (stage V): greatest length 81 mm.; basal length 75:5 ;

zygomatic breadth 45: nasals 18 x 16°5 ; diastema 13°5; combined

length of four pr emolars and two anterior molars 26° 7: breadth

of m' 5:1; length of anterior lower premolar 3°3.

Hab. Rogoro, Kikuyu (Mile 346 of Uganda Railway), British

East Africa.

Type. Male. B.M. No. 0.1.3.5. Collected 24 June 1899 and

presented by Mr. C. 8. Betton.

20. BUBALUS CAFFER RADCLIFFEL Thos., Abstr. P. Z. 8. 1904,

No. 4, p. 18, March 1;, P. Z. 8. 1904, vol. i. p. 371.

Five skulls, three males and two females. Burumba, Ankole.

Text-fig. 95.

Skull and horns of Bubalus caffer radcliffei.

The description of this fine Buffalo has been already published

(Wl. cc.) ; we now give a figure of the typical skull*.

21. KGocERUS EQUINUS LANGHELDI Matsch.

3. 593; 594,

Coloux of iris walnut-brown (IV. G. D.).

This animal was described on the same day () (Nov. 15, 1898) by

Dr. Matschie in Berlin as Hippotragus langheldi t, and ‘by Dr, O.

Neumann in London as H. rufopallidus =. Fortunately, however,

** Some imperfect skins, presumably of B. c. radeliffei, have since arrived. They

are uniformly black, and are remarkable for the unusual number of the hair-whorls

upon the shoulders and haunches (May 9, 1904).

+ SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin 1898, p. 181.

{£ P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 850

1904. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 465

there is no doubt as to which name should stand, for since no

diagnosis was given by Herr Neumann in the Abstract (as

published in ‘ Nature’ and elsewhere), the delay in the issue of

the November part of the ‘ Proceedings’ until April 1, 1899,

allowed abundant time for the German ‘Sitzungsberichte’ to be

published.

With regard to the generic name now used, it may be pointed

out that Hippotragus (Sundevall, 1846 *) is antedated by Ozanna

(Reichenbach, 1845), and that the latter name should be used by

those who contend that Hgocerws (Desmarest, 1822) is invalidated

by goceros (Pallas, 1811).

But since the last-mentioned term is not in use, being a synonym

of Ovis, and the alternative to Hgocerus is the very objectionable

name Ozanna, we are of opinion that this is one of the cases

where a name need not be considered preoccupied unless its

spelling is identical with that of its earlier rival.

2. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia—(2) On

some Points in the Structure of Zupinambis. By Frank

E. Bepparp, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received March 14, 1904. |

(Text-figures 96-98.)

The principal recent memoirs known to me which deal with the

visceral anatomy of Z'upinambis are those of Butler +t, Hoch-

stetterf, and Milani§. The two former deal almost entirely

with the diaphragm, whilst the last-mentioned author describes

the lungs and refers to previous observations (those of Meckel)

upon the same organs. J myself deal in the following pages with

a few anatomical facts which, so far as I am aware, are new.

Aortic trunk.—The heart of Zupinambis resembles that of

Iguana more than that of Ziliqgua in its closeness to the liver.

Moreover, the right and left aorte trace a longer course before

they joi to form the common aorta. There are, in fact, in 7'wpt-

nambis and Iguana three pairs of intercostals arising from the

right aortic arch between the origin of the subclavian and the

fusion of the aorte, while there are only two pairs in Tiliqua.

In the last-named genus the subclavians are concealed beneath the

musculature for a considerable distance after their origin from

the aorta; in Zupimambis, as in Jguana, these vessels are super-

ficial and visible from thei origin until where they plunge into

* References to all these names will be found in Palmer’s invaluable ‘ Index

Generum Mammalium,’ 1904.

+ “On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Lizards, Crocodiles, and Birds,”

P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 462.

t “Ueber partielle und totale Scheidewandbildung, &c.,” Morph. Jahrb. xxvii. 1899,

p. 263.

§ “Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Reptilienlungen,”’ Zool. Jahrb., Anat. Heft vii.

p. 545. .

466 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Apr. 19,

the muscles of the fore limb. In both Zupinambis and Tilhqua

the aortic arches and their branches can be plainly seen from the

interior of the body-cavity. In Zgwana, on the other hand, the

branching of the carotid takes place partly in the thickness of

the parietes owing to the narrowness of the “chest” of this Lizard.

There are, moreover, slight differences in these branches, as is to

be seen in the annexed drawing (text-fig. 96).

Text-fig. 96.

A.—Right carotid and aorta of Tupinambis nigropunctatus.

B.— Ditto of Iguana tuberculata.

A, aorta; c, connection with carotid; C, carotid; D, branch of carotid to dorsal

musculature; H, lingual artery; V, branch of carotid (or lingual) to ventral

musculature.

The ductus botalli between the carotid and the aorta is distinctly

larger in Zupinambis, as is also the branch of the carotid which

supplies the dorsal musculature of the neck and shoulder. The latter

1904. ] ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 467

branch in /gwana arises further back upon the carotid stem and

has a shorter course before dividing into its several branches.

The Lungs and their attachment.—Mr. G. W. Butler* has

pointed out that “the Telide are the only family in which I

have met with the condition in which the lung of each side

is suspended freely by its more dorsal ligament, with a con-

sequent absence of pulmo-hepatic recess.” + In an accompanying

diagram the absence of any pulmo-hepatic ligament is shown

and contrasted with its presence in such a type as Jguana. As

a matter of fact, Tiliqua scincoides agrees with Tupinambis in

the free suspension of the right lung; but in both of them the

difference from Jguana &e. is only a difference of degree. In

both of the former genera there is a short membrane attaching

the right lung to the anterior part of the liver; it is obvious,

though rudimentary. A difference which J’upinambis shows

from some other types in the attachment of the right pulmonary

membrane is this: in the Teguexin the suspensory ligament is

attached up to the very tip of the lung and extends considerably

beyond the lung, ending, as it does, upon the posthepatic septum.

Anteriorly the “membrane is attached to the hepato-cesophageal

ligament ; it is then attached to the cesophagus at its dorsal border

and so continues to the end. In Z%liqua the pulmonary ligament

does not extend to the tip of the lung ; it is inserted at first on to

the cesophagus, and more posteriorly, where the cesophagus bends

to the left, to the ligament, continuous with the hepato-cesophageal

ligament, which binds the liver to the mid-line of the dorsal parietes.

On the left side the pulmonary ligament again extends to the very

tip of the lung in 7upinambis. The membrane is attached first

to the gastro-hepatic ligament ; it then becomes inserted on the

stomach and is continued backwards through the large foramen in

the posthepatic septum on the left side, whence it may be traced

as far as the spleen and the left gonad. The spleen and the left

gonad, it may be remarked, lie aaeen closer together in this lizard

than they do in either Tguana or Tiliqua. “In the two latter

genera the pulmonary ligament of the left lung does not quite

reach the end of that Fens moreover, from the very first there

is an attachment to the cesophagus, a separate fold of membrane

in both these types binding the left lung to the gastro-hepatic

ligament. Posteriorly the left pulmonary ligament may be

observed to reach the spleen but not the gonad.

The Liver, its Suspensory Ligaments and Veins.—The liver of

this reptile is figured by Butler {in several aspects ; but the shape

of the liver in the example studied by myself is not quite identical.

It must be borne in mind, however, that we are dealing with

different species. The falciform ligament suddenly bends to the

left and lies in a cleft of the left lobe of the liver into which enters

* Toc. cit. p. 465.

+ Later, however (P.Z S. 1892, p. 481), he finds that certain skinks agree with the

Teiidze more or less.

* Loe. cit. pl. xlvii. figs. 31, 33, 34.

Proc, Zoot, Soc,—1904, Vou, I, No, XX XI, 31

468 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | Apr. 19,

the median epigastric vein; the cleft runs obliquely forward a

little further than the point where the reflexed falciform ligament

ends. The left lobe of the liver is furthermore marked by a

longitudinal furrow extending nearly as far forward asa transverse

seam running across the liver. This seam supports a very short

and delicate membrane which does not reach the ventral parietes.

It is figured by Butler as running obliquely, which is not the case

in my specimen. Butler does not discuss the homology of this

membrane. It seems to me to be a vestige of the left half of the

double falciform ligament that occurs in Seps and Tiliqua. The

liver as a whole is considerably narrower than that of either

Iguana or Varanus. The prolongation along the vena cava of

the lateral lobe of the right liver perforates the “ diaphragm.”

The falciform ligament of the liver is single save for the rudi-

ment of the left ligament already referred to. Posteriorly it is

continuous with the posthepatic septum. Anteriorly it can be

seen (see text-fig. 97) to be continuous with a fold of membrane,

Text-fig. 97.

Dissection of thoracic cavity of Tupinambis nigropunctatus, to show relations of

prehepatic and posthepatic septa.

A, aorta; a, prehepatic septum continuous with falciform or umbilical ligament;

H, ventricle of heart; DZ, left lung; Liv, liver; a, esophagus; S, post-

hepatic septum ; Sc, subclavian artery of left side; S¢, stomach ; U, falciform

or umbilical ligament which has been cut longitudinally and the liver pushed

to the right. The thick black line represents the line of the ventral

parietes cut longitudinally to the right of the attachment of the umbilical

ligament; U1, rudimentary left umbilical ligament; V, median epigastric

vein.

especially well developed on the left side of the body, which curves

upwards and reaches the middle dorsal line of the parietes. This

lies well behind the heart and at the level of about the middle of

the lung. In its course it curves backwards both dorsally and

ventrally, and its line of attachment to the parietes is therefore

convex anteriorly.

1904. | ANATOMY OF THE LACERTILIA. 469

This septum, furthermore, lies well behind the artery and vein

supplying the fore limb. It cannot, therefore, be confused with

the transverse membrane found in this and other Lizards running

from the base of the heart and other parietes in front of the

vessels which supply the fore limb.

This anterior transverse septum carries in the neighbourhood

of the liver the two epigastric veins, which differ in some particulars

from those of other Lizards. As is shown in the accompanying

drawing (text-fig. 98), the two epigastric veins, right and left, join

Text-fig. 98.

Kpigastric vein of Tupinambis nigropunctatus.

a, median vessel formed by junction of two epigastric veins; 6, branch running

along gubernaculum cordis to heart; c, branch from liver to vena cava;

d, epigastric trunk ; ¢, epigastric artery; e’, its branch to heart; f{ vena cava;

H, heart ; L, liver.

to form a common trunk, which opens into the vena cava close to

its emergence from the liver. Exactly opposite to the point of

entrance of the conjoined epigastrics a small vein from the liver

enters the vena cava. This vein is of the same calibre as the epi-

gastric, and the two are exactly in the same straight line. I can-

not but think that what has happened here is that the conjoined

epigastrics have secondarily acquired an opening into the vena

cava, and that they were originally, as in other Lizards, directly

connected with the hepatic portal system. Posteriorly, as in other

Lizards, the two epigastric veins reach the two halves of the

anterior abdominal, The heart of this lizard, as is generally but

not universally the case among Lizards, is tied down to the peri-

cardium by a gubernaculum cordis. Along this run to the walls of

the heart a small vein, which is a branch of the two epigastric

veins just where they join, and an arterial branch from each of

the epigastric arteries which run down the body-wall in close

proximity to the epigastric veins. Another epigastric artery

accompanies the anterior abdominal vein. It is double in the

region of the liver; but further back the two arteries fuse to form

one.

The liver in this Lizard has only one gastro-hepatic vein, which

31*

470 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Apr. 19,

runs across the gastro-hepatic ligament at a point about opposite

to the entrance of the median epigastric vein, which latter has

already been referred to.

The remaining structural features to which I call attention are

only two. As in Tiliqua*, the meso-rectum divides the two venz

renales revehentes from each other.

The position of the kidneys resembles that of Varanus rather

than Tiliqua or Iguana, inasmuch as they are not hiddes by the

pelvic bones.

3. On the Characters and Affinities of the Triassic Reptile

Telerpeton elginense. By G. A. Bouncer, F.R.S.,

V.P.Z.S.

{Received March 22, 1904. |

(Plates XX X.-XXXII.f and Text-figure 99. ea

Of all the principal types of Reptiles the fossil remains of which

have yet come to light, no one stood in more urgent ‘need of

re-investigation than ‘the little ‘Saurian’ from the Tri ias of Elgin,

first described by Mantell in 1852 under the name of Telerpeton

elginense =. Notwithstanding the detailed description of a more

perfect specimen entrusted ‘to Huxley by the late Mr. James

Grant some years later §, it was impossible, from the data avail-

ble, to form any opinion as to the position in the system of the

genus Telerpeton, which by later writers is referred, with doubt,

either to the Rhynchocephalia or to the Lacertilia ||. iy

Fortunately for the elucidation of this question, further speci-

mens have been obtained at Lossiemouth during the last few years

by my friend Mr. William Taylor, in whose hands the specimen

described by Huxley had also fallen after the death of Mr, James

Grant, and I gladly availed myself of his kind offer to look over

this meted: consisting of the following specimens : ss

A (Plate XRG, ).—A. nearly complete specimen, the bones

mostly represented by casts, the original bony substance having

disappeared, in a block of sandstone from Lossiemouth broken

irregularly into five pieces. The reptile must have measured

about 240 millimetres (skull, 45). As observed by Husk y, who

gave a description of this specimen, the body is curved towards

the right side, and the head and neck are bent dorsad ima plane

different from that of the skull, Wax and gutta- percha casts

have now been made for me by Mr. Hall, Which render the

outlines of some of the bones much clearer, and which enable

* Beddard, “ Contributions to eS Anatomy of the Lacertilia.—(1) On, ‘the Venous

System in certain Lizards,” P. Z. S. 1904, vol. i. p. 436.

+ For explanation of the Plates, see p. 481. CHE “a

f Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, viii. 1852, p. 100, pt. iv. Poy i

; Op. cit. xxiii. 1867, p. 77, figs.

|| Lydekker, Cat. Foss. Rept. i, p. 294 (1888); Zittel, THERae Pal. iii. p. 597

(1889) ; F. von Huene, Pal. Abh, x, 1502, p-8; Broom, Rec. Albany Mus, i, 1908, p-1,

AS), Me) Oar vrere Iie

TON

ileeled

aver

CXXT.

NOVA youl, Ie TEAL

eth Sc

Macb

1904. ] TRIASSIC REPTILE TELERPETON ELGINENSE. 471

me to supplement and correct the original description. Further

information might doubtless be Shenned by developing some parts

of the fossil—the region of the shoulder-girdle for instance; but

from the great historical interest which attaches to the specimen,

it was deemed advisable to preserve the condition in which it left

the hands of its original describer.

B (Plates XXX. & XXXI. fig. 1).—A nearly complete speci-

men, minus the tail, from the Fast Quarry, Lossiemouth, found

in 1898, in two slabs. This specimen, lying perfectly flat in the

sandstone block, with very little distortion, is important as show-

ing the general proportions, and the exact shape of the skull as

seen from above. Part of the left fore limb is exposed, and by

chiselling the matrix both hind limbs were brought to light,

without the feet unfortunately, the block terminating in a line

with the base of the tail. Much of the bone is preserved in

this fossil, but in a very friable condition. The skull measures

50 millim. in length, and the precaudal vertebral column 13.

oxide of iron, showing the left orbit, the greater part of the

fronto-parietal region, of which very little of the osseous sub-

stance is left, and the pulp-cavities of most of the upper teeth.

This very important specimen was obtained in the West Quarry

at Lossiemouth in 1902.

These three specimens have now come into the possession of

the Geological Department of the British Museum, and have

kindly been placed at my disposal for study by Dr. A. Smith

Woodward, who has besides granted me the valuable services of the

excellent preparator, Mr. Richard Hall, by whose skill specimen

B has been further developed. And in order that I should have

before me all the material known to exist at present, Dr. Traquair

consented to send on loan to the British Museum the type

specimen of Telerpeton elginense now in the Museum of Science

and Art, Edinburgh *.

I beg to express my sincere thanks to Mr. Taylor, to Dr. A. 8.

Wioodkanel to Dr. Traquair, and to Mr. Hall for having enabled

me to prepare the account now published.

A rapid first inspection of the new material showed that the

skull was characterised by enormous orbits, bordered behind by a

narrow, lnperforate supratemporal roof, a very large pineal fora-

men, and transversely enlarged, bilobate lateral teeth, characters

which at once suggested to my mind special affinity with the

South-African Permo-Triassie Procolophon (Plate XX XI. fig. 3),

whilst the dentition at the same time recalled the figures given

* The statement in the British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Reptiles, i. p. 295,

that this type 1s preserved in the Museum at Elgin i is the result of misinformation.

It formed part of the Powrie Collection, which was acquired for the Edinburgh

Museum in 1891.

472 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Apr. 19,

by Cope of Diadectes and Hmpedias, from the Upper Permian of

Texas. It will be shown hereafter that a detailed study has sub-

stantiated this first impression, and that Telerpeton, far from

being related to either the Rhynchocephalia o1 Lacertilia, is to

be assigned to the Order Cotylosauria, established by Cope for

Diadectes, and which would include also Procolophon. The repre-

sentative of another order is thus added to the varied reptile

fauna of the Elgin sandstones *.

THE SKULL.

Huxley regarded Velerpeton as a true Lacertiliany, and this

opinion evidently influenced him in the restoration of the lateral

aspect of the skull, given in outline on p. 78 of his paper.

In the light of the specimens now available and of our present

knowledge of fossil Reptiles, the faults of this restoration are seen

to lie in the omission of the temporal roof, the part identified as

a free quadrate being merely an impression of the mner side of

the quadrato-jugal, a break in the stone having been taken for a

* Until 1844, no remains of animals other than bones and teeth of fishes, which

proved to be of Old Red Sandstone [Devonian] age, were known from the Elgin

sandstones. In that year Patrick Duff discovered scutes near Lossiemouth which,

after having been described as of a Devonian fish, were shown by Huxley to have per-

tained to a Triassic Parasuchian Reptile—Stagonolepis robertsoni. Shortly atter,

Patrick Duff discovered in Spynie Quarry the little reptile which was described as

Telerpeton elginense. Other types were successively brought to light, establishing

beyond question the Triassic age of the beds, however great the difficulty of distin-

guishing them from the underlying Old Red. Mr. Taylor has kindly furnished me

with a list of the localities which have yielded the principal Reptilian remains :—

J. STAGONOLEPIS BEDS.—Fine-grained sandstones without pebbles ; bones nearly

always preserved.

¢ Stagonolepis robertsoni Agassiz.

Hind taste Quant y ea, U Dasyguathus longidens Huxley.

Stagonolepis robertsoni Agass.

Ornithosuchus woodwardi K. T. Newtou.

Hyperodapedon gordoni Huxley.

Telerpeton elginense Mantell.

Spynie Quarry ...............

( Stagonolepis robertsoni Agass.

! Ornithosuchus woodwardi KH. 'T. Newt.

ae Bsa) Erpetosuchus granti Ki. T. Newt.

Dossiemouth) Quamies . Stenometopon taylori Boulenger.

Hyperodapedon gordoni Huxley.

Telerpeton elginense Mantell.

II. GorponiA BEDS.—Rough-grained sandstones with pebbles; bones never

preserved, only casts being found.

Gordonia traquairi K. T. Newt.

45 huxleyana HK. T. Newt.

yin : duffiana EK. T. Newt.

4 ye ak orev 2”

Cutties Hillock Quarry..... ” juddiana B. T. Newt.

Geikia elginensis HK. T. Newt.

Elginia mirabilis EK. T. Newt.

For the position of these quarries, ef. a map given by Dr. G. Gordon in Trans.

Geol. Soc. Edinb. vi. 1893, pl. x.

+ “Tt is Saurian in all its characters ; and if we enquire to which division of the

Sauria Telerpeton belongs there appears to be no doubt that it must be referred to

the true Lacertilia, and among them to the suborder Kionocrania of Stannius,

which contains all the modern Lizards—though I cannot make sure, from the

present specimen, that it possessed a columella.”’—Huxley, J. c. p. 83.

1904. | TRIASSIC REPTILE TELERPETON ELGINENSE. 473

suture between ‘squamosal’ and ‘quadrate,’ and in the exagge-

rated length of the anterior mandibular tooth, owing to the root

being made to project beyond the bone, the thecodont nature

of the Reptile not having been recognised. As to the side teeth,

Huxley only described them from their lateral aspect, without

mentioning that on the right side of the specimen the fourth

maxillary tooth may distinctly be seen, in a transverse section,

to have been transversely expanded and molar-like.

The skull is seen on Mr. Taylor’s specimen (B) from the Hast

Quarry, Lossiemouth, to have been much depressed, about as long

as broad, obtusely pointed in front, with enormous pear-shaped

orbits separated from the posterior border by a narrow supra-

temporal roof; these orbits are twice as long as broad, and twice

as broad as the least interorbital width, which equals the least

width of the supratemporal roof. The nasal bones are large, sub-

triangular, and the nostrils nearly terminal. All the bones are

paired, and the sagittal suture is interrupted by a very large,

round pineal foramen, which, instead of being bordered entirely

by the parietal bones, as in Procolophon, is situated between the

frontals and the parietals. The posterior part of the upper

surface of the skull and the interorbital region are also well

shown by the imperfect skull, C. The posterior outline of the

skull is strikingly as in Procolophon, there being a shallow notch

in the posterior border on each side, and the supratemporal

(eptotic of Seeley, sguamosal of A. 8. Woodward) forming a

poimted process above the deep lateral notch which probably

formed the border of the large auricular meatus. No vacuity

could be detected representing a latero-temporal fossa. The

annexed restoration of the upper surface of the skull is based on

Myr. Taylor’s two specimens, some of the sutures, in dotted lines,

being hypothetical.

An accident to specimen B, in the course of preparation, has

resulted in the fortunate exposure of a part of the dorsal aspect

of the palate, which is seen to have been extremely similar to that of

Procolophon, at least so far as the basisphenoid and the pterygoids

are concerned, but the vacuity between these three bones was

broader than long, instead of longer than broad. I can see no trace

of a parasphenoid, any more than in the specimen of Procolophon

described by Seeley *. .

Each maxillary bore six large bilobate teeth, the roots hourglass-

shaped in horizontal section, their transverse diameter at least

double the longitudinal, and with large pulp-cavities; the teeth

were implanted in sockets, not acrodont as believed by Huxley.

Three conical teeth were present in each preemaxillary, the first

the largest. The circular roots of a few vomerine teeth are visible

in specimen C,

The dentition therefore bears a close resemblance to that of

* On the skull of Procolophon, cf. Seeley, Phil. Trans. clxxx. B, 1889, p. 269,

1. ix.; A. S. Woodward, Vert. Palzont. p. 148, fig. (1898); Broom, Rec. Albany

Mus. 1. 1908, p. 9.

474 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [| Apr. 19,

Procolophon™, differing, however, in the molar teeth being wider

still, in this respect agreeing with Diadectes and Empedias, as

figured by Cope 7.

THe VERTEBRAL CoLUMN.

I have very little to add to our previous knowledge of the

vertebral column. Having had gutta-percha and wax impressions

made of the specimen described by Huxley, and also from exam-

ination of the type specimen, I can state that imtercentra were

absent between the dorsal vertebre, that these were rather

strongly biconcave, and that transverse processes did not exist.

The number of presacral vertebree in specimen B was twenty.

The long and slender presacral ribs were but slightly thickened

at the base.

The length of the tail is still unknown; but it was probably

not much longer than in the type specimen figured by Mantell.

THE PEcroRAL ARCH.

This was inserted tnmediately behind the skull, as in the

Stegocephala, Pariosaurus, Procolophon, and Sclerosaurus t.

Although the fossils at hand do not show the characteristic

T-shaped ‘inter clavicle, I have no doubt the shoulder-girdle agreed

essentially with that of Procolophon. ‘This part of ‘the skeleton

is best shown by Huxley’s specimen. But for the anterior ex-

pansion of the glenoid cavity, which seems to me doubtful, the

scapula has left a cast which agrees well with Huxley’s restoration.

But the latter is to a great extent fanciful as regards the coracoid,

part of which, it is true, is indicated in the figure$ by a dotted

line. The large fenestra does not appear to have existed, its

supposed presence being due to matrix which, | think, could be

easily removed were it not that the historical interest attaching

to the specimen precludes its further development. The im-

portant point, overlooked by Huxley, is the presence of a straight

transverse suture, extending from the glenoid cavity, which

divides the bone into two, the przecoracoid and the coracoid, the

former being only a trifle shorter than the latter. Cleithra were

certainly not present.

THe Petvic ArcH.

This has been described very shortly by Huxley, and the

outline figure given by him indicates a very Lacertilian state of

things. [agree with his representation of the ilium, but Tam

convinced that the supposed impressions of the pubis and ischium

* Of. Pl. XXXI. fig. 3.

t Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xix. 1881, pl. v.

{ The restorations of Sclerosawrus by von Huene, Geol. Pal. Abh. x. 1902, p. 29,

and of Pariosaurus by Broom, Ann. S. Afr. Mus. iv. 1903, pl. xvi. , appear to me both

incorrect in representing these reptiles with a distinct neck. Fossils ix situ show

the clavicular arch to have been under the anteriormost cervical vertebre. These

reptiles had no more neck than a Salamander.

§ Loe. cit. p. 78.

1904. | TRIASSIC REPTILE TELERPETON ELGINENSE. 475

ave a fallacy, as I have satisfied myself that the two bones have

left perfectly defined impressions on the counterpart of the fossil

from which Huxley drew up his description and diagram. A

figure is given of this impression, or rather of a gutta-percha

cast of it*, by which it will be seen that, as we now know to

be the case in Procolophon t and in Triassic Rhynchocephalians,

Plesiosaurians, and Ichthyosaurians, the pubis and ischium were

plate-like; these two bones were in contact with each other and

with their fellows, whilst the former was pierced by a foramen

near the antero-external side, this foramen appearing as a knob-

like elevation of the sandstone on the fossil, and most distinctly on

the wax and gutta-percha impressions taken for me by Mr. Hall.

Both the bones were thickened on their acetabular border and at

the symphysis; the outer border of the ischium was strongly

notched, the greatest width being at the line of the acetabulum ;

the length of the ischium was once and three-fifths that of the

pubis. I may add that a perfectly distinct impression of the

pelvis as here described may be seen on the type specimen =.

The position of the ilium on Huxley’s specimen shows it to have

slanted slightly backwards from the sacrum to the acetabulum, and

that of the pubis and ischium also indicates the iliosacral attach-

ment to have been preacetabular, although to a but slight extent

by no means comparable to that reached by Pariosaurus §.

Tue Limes.

I have a little to add to the information to be gathered trom

Mantell’s and Huxley’s descriptions.

By careful chiselling of the lower block of specimen B, Mv. Hall

has succeeded in exposing the outline of the right humerus. This,

in its widely expanded proximal end and narrow shaft, is seen to

be extremely similar to that of Procolophon |). Length 26 millim. ;

greatest proximal width 14; least width of shaft 3. The femur

of the same specimen measures about 30 millim.

The hind limb is well shown in specimen A, and the penultimate

phalanx of the fifth toe, which has been overlooked by Huxley,

appears clearly on the gutta-percha impressions which have now

been taken. The phalangeal formula is, therefore, 2.3.4.5.3.

* Pl. XXXII.

+ Cf. Broom, Rec. Albany Mus. i. 1903, p. 22, pl. 1. fig. 5.

= Cf. Mantell, 1. c. pl. iv. fig. 8. The representation of the impression by the

lithographer is, however, very incorrect.

§ Far too little attention has been paid, in defining groups of Reptiles, to what

Gadow calls the “ crucial features” of the prwacetabular and postacetabular position

of the iliosacral connexion (Zeitschr. f. Morphol. iv. 1902, p. 361). Whilst Batrachia

generally (excluding the Ecaudata) are indifferent, the Pariosauria and Anomodontia

are “ prwacetabular,” and lead to the Mammalia, and all other orders of Reptiles

are “postacetabular,” or show a tendency in this direction. This, in my opinion,

speaks against the attempt which has recently been made by Osborn (Mem. Am.

Mus. i. 1903, p. 456) to derive the “ postacetabular ” Chelonia and Plesiosauria from

the Cotylosauria and Anomodontia, in his subclass Synapsida, to which I shall again

refer later on.

|| Cf. Seeley, 2. ¢. pl. ix.

476 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [| Apr. 19,

Procolophon, according to Broom*, has 2.3.4.5.2 phalanges in

the hind limb. Huxley restored the foot as with one large

proximal and four small distal tarsals tr. Broom, in Procolophon,

has found two proximal elements—tibiale fused with inter-

medium, and radiale—and four distals. In Telerpeton there

appears to me to have been two bones in the proximal tarsal row,

or if there was but one it shows a distinct trace of the fusion of

two. The difference between the foot of Zelerpeton and that of

Procolophon would therefore be restricted to the shape, the former

being longer and more slender than the latter.

In concluding this review of the characters which can be safely

ascertained on the material with which I have been entrusted, I

must add that I have failed to find any traces of ‘abdominal

ribs,” and I feel certain that if any vestiges of a plastron existed

these must have been extremely slight. Broom, however, has

found impressions of a series of plastral bones, apparently in the

posterior abdominal region, on one specimen of Procolophon =.

AFFINITIES OF 'TELERPETON.

Having reached the conclusion that 7elerpeton is closely related

to Procolophon, it is of course unnecessary to consider its supposed

Lacertilian affinities. Nor should I have thought it worth while

to give reasons for its not being a Rhynchocephalian, had not

Dr. Broom § recently revived the opinion once held || but since

abandoned by Seeley, that Procolophon should be referred to that

order, or at least ‘‘ somewhere among the primitive Rhyncho-

cephalians,—possibly not far from Palwohatteria,” a view which

has been endorsed by Prof. H. F. Osborn 9, in whose Classification

a new Superorder, Diaptosauria, is established to include the

Rhynchocephalia ot Zittel, the Pelycosauria of Cope, the Progano-

sauria of Baur, and the Procolophonia and Mesosauria of Seeley **.

The thecodont dentition, the absence or great reduction of the

plastral bones, and especially the presence of ossified preecoracoids,

are characters which are opposed to an association of the Procolo-

phonia with the Rhynchocephalia, whilst in these characters, as

well as in the general structure of the skull, they agree with

Pariosaurus and Sclerosaurus t+, which, together with LHiginza,

constitute the group Pariosauria, united by Cope and by Osborn

with the Cotylosauria.

The Order Cotylosauria was proposed by Cope in 18802 as a

division of the Theromorpha, to include the Diadectide, on the

* Tc. p. 22, pl. i. fig. 6. + L.c. p. 78, fig. C.

ABIES Gb a Pale ; , § L.c. p. 24.

|| Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxxiv. 1878, p. 803.

4| “The Reptilian Subclasses Diapsida and Synapsida and the Early History of

the Diaptosauria,’ Mem. Amer. Mus. i. p. 451 (1903).

** Prof. Osborn’s arguments have failed to convince me of the soundness of his

view that the Mesosauria have nothing to do with the Nothosawria. Neusticosaurus,

which he places in the latter group, certainly shows. decided affinity to Mesosawrus,

and I cannot see any fundamental difference in the rib-articulation of the two types.

+7 Aristodesmus Seeley (Labyrinthodon ruetimeyeri Wiedersh.).

te Amer. Natur. xiv. p. 304.

1904. } TRIASSIC REPTILE TELERPETON ELGINENSE, 477

Text-fig. 99.

fe \

Al Qi

Restoration of Telerpeton elginense, upper aspect, with side view of skull and lower

view of pubis and ischium. ‘The manus is entirely hypothetical.

478 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE - [Apr. 19,

ground of the articulation of the skull with the atlas by a pair

of cotyles in the basioccipital bone, corresponding in position with

the Mammalian occipital condyles, whilst the median part of the

bone, which forms the floor of the foramen magnum, is produced

in the position occupied by the median occipital condyle of

Reptiles. Cope alludes at the same time to an “ enormous fronto-

parietal foramen.”

In Cope’s classification of 1889 * the Cotylosauria are defined

as Theromora with the coracoid reduced, not meeting the

sternum, the ribs single-headed, the temporal fossa ‘‘ overroofed,”

the dentition “abundant,” and intercentia present. The Pario-

sauride are included in addition to the Diadectidee ; and in his last

contribution, ‘The Reptilian Order Cotylosauria,” 7 the Elginidee

and Pariotichideet are also added, the former of which appear,

from our present, imperfect knowledge, to be close allies of the

Pariosauride, without any special affinity to the Diadectide.

The restoration of the very imperfect upper part of the skull

of Diadectes and allies, as originally given by Cope §, is not to be

relied upon, since the illustrious American palzontologist, in. his

later writings, defined the Cotylosauria as with the temporal

region entirely roofed over by bone, That a small supratemporal

fossa might have existed appears from the following brief state-

ment recently made by Case ||:—‘‘It is of interest to note that

the author discovered perforations in the roof of the skull of the

Diadectidee in the Cope Collection in the position of the superior

temporal vacuities; the forms are too specialised to make the

interpretation of this occurrence certain, but it may well be the

first step towards the Proganosaurian type.” Dr. Case, has how-

ever, since written to me (Dec. 12, 1903) that these vacuities do

not occur in a second specimen from the same region in the Cope

Collection. He kindly adds :—‘The skull of the Diadectids is

very rugose and the sutures are very obscure ; there are certainly

no distinct temporal arches and the position and limits of the

bones of the temporal region is uncertain. ‘The whole region was

covered by a complete roof in all the specimens but the one

noticed, and the quadrate is closely connected with the roof-bones,

so that the ae, region has a strong superficial resemblance to

the turtles.” . Case has ascertained, moreover 4], that the

pectoral arch of ae Diadectidee consists of scapula, coracoid, pre-

coracoid, clavicle, and interclavicle. Cope** has given a very

brief descr iption of a Diadectid pelvis, which agrees in all

essential characters with that of Procolophon and Telerpeton.

* Amer. Natur. xiv. p. 304. In this classification, the Procolophonide are placed

in the incongruous assemblage Proganosauria.

i Op. cit. xxiii. p. 866.

+ E. T. Newton, Phil. Trans. clxxxiv. B, 1893, p. 473; E.C. Case, Zool. Bull.

ii. 1899, p. 231.

§ Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xix. 1880, pl. v.

|| Amer. Natur. 1903, p. 99, footnote.

4 Amer. Journ. Geol. xi. 1903, pp. 397 & 400.

** Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xx. 1882, p. 448.

1904. ] TRIASSIC REPTILE TELERPETON ELGINENSE. 479

It is extremely regrettable that our knowledge of the American.

Cotylosauria should still be so meagre, but what we know shows

them to be a type closely related to the Pariosaurians, though

differing from them in at least one important character, the

absence of the cleithrum. The same may be said of the Proco-

lophonia (Procolophon and Telerpeton), and therefore these must

be regarded, in the light of our present knowledge, as pertaining

to the same group, for which the earlier name Cotylosauria should

be used.

The order Cotylosauria may be defined as thecodont Reptiles

with the temporal region roofed over (without or with a single

temporal foramen), with clavicles and interclavicle, with coracoids

and precoracoids (epicoracoids), without or with a very vestigial

plastron, and with the number of phalanges as in typical Reptiles.

The absence of cleithra and the presence of more than 2.3.3.4.3

phalanges * distinguishes them from the Pariosauria ; the second

character and the roofing over of the postorbital ‘part of the

skull distinguish them from the Anomodontia; whilst the

presence of ossified praecoracoids and the absence or extreme

reduction of the plastron separate them from all the other

primitive orders, such as Rhynchocephalia, Plesiosauria, Theco-

dontia, &c., with the possible exception of the Pelycosauria, which

likewise flourished in Permo-Triassic times.

The order Cotylosauria would comprise four families, the

definition of the American types being derived from the contribu-

tions of Cope? and of Case §.

A. Supratemporal roof broad, orbit small, nearly in the middle of the length of

the head; no latero-temporal vacuities ; upper surface of skull more or less

sculptured.

Teeth small, not transversely ae in two rows in the

posterior part of the jaws.. : .. 1. Pariotichide.

Lateral teeth large, with the ¢ crowns expanded transver sely to

the axis of the j jaw, In a single series. eee eee ee ee eadecuudee.

B. Supratemporal roof narrow, orbit very large; skull smooth; lateral teeth

expanded transversely to the axis of the jaws.

No latero-temporal vacuity ............0.....ccceceeeecteeeeecresseeeeee 8. Delerpetide.

A small latero-temporal vacuity ................00.:0ceeeeeeeesseeeee 4. Procolophonide.

In his important memo quoted above, Prof. Osborn has

proposed a diphyletic arrangement of the Reptilia with which I

would be disposed to agree but for the inclusion of the Chelonia

and Plesiosauria in the Synapsida, which comprise the Pariosauria,

Cotylosauria (exclusive of the Procolophonia), and Anomodontia,

and of the Procolophonia in the other subclass, named Diapsida.

Both subclasses were evidently derived from Stegocephala with

the temporal region completely roofed over. The Pariosauria

were probably connected with the Labyrinthodontia and led to

* T cannot understand what can have induced Dr. Broom to restore Parviosaurus

with 2.3.4.5.4 phalanges in the manus and in the pes. The formula is 2.3.3.4.3 in

the specimen in the British Museum.

+ Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. xxxiv. 1895, p. 436.

{ Zool, Bull.ai, 1899, p. 231.

REPTILIA

THEROMORA,

480 ON THE TRIASSIC REPTILE TELERPETON ELGINENSE. [ Apr. 19,

the Mammalia through the Anomodontia, the Cotylosauria being

a side-branch issued from the Pariosauria. The Rhynchocephalia

may have been evolved out of the Microsauria, and branched off

into many phyla, one of which culminated in the Birds. My

objection to the Chelonia and Plesiosauria being placed with the

Pariosauria or Anomodontia rests on the ground that it cannot

be conceived that these two orders could have been derived from

forms in which the quadrate is more or less reduced, the plastron,

or system of ‘abdominal ribs,” has disappeared or at any rate

become extremely reduced, and in which the pelvis slants back-

wards, all features which are the opposite of those characteristic

of the Chelonia and Plesiosauria.

The following diagram expresses what I regard as the probable

phylogenetic relations of the orders of Reptiles with which we are

at present acquainted :—

MAMMALIA. AVES.

ane XV. Ornithosauria. XIV. Orthopoda.

| \ 7 XIII. Dinosauria.

t Sie

XVI. Squamata. NY | oni

= | /

mo XII. Emydosauria. | XI. Ichthyosanria.

<5 | A

aS \ X. Plesiosauria.

HO \

Qe \ cane

Be : Wis Nh aes ee

Te VI. Acrosauria. \ | / 1X. Placodontia. ~

ae fan X VIT. Thecodontia. / VIII. Chelonia.

| IT. Anomodontia. NY | / Se

| V. Pelycosauria. \ | ye

| II. Cotylosauria. ae 4s

| , a

| 1. Banivsancia a IV. Rhynchocephalia.

Tiabyringhodontia: Microsauria. y)

BATRACHIA STEGOCEPHALA.

For obvious reasons, I cannot accept the names Synapsida and

Diapsida for the two phylogenetic series. I will designate the

first subclass by the name Theromora of Cope, in a restricted

sense, and suggest for the second that of Herpetomorpha. ‘The

Theromora may be divided into three orders, the Herpetomorpha

into thirteen.

P.Z.5 1904 voll Poor

W.Purkiss del.et hth. Mintern Bros.imp.

NEW SPECIES OF TROPICAL SOUTH

AMERICAN ERYCINIDA.

P.Z.S 1904 vol 1. Pl. XXXIV.

W.Purkiss del.et Lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

NEW SPECIES OF MAROC ML, SOU Ws!

AMERICAN ERYCINIDA.

1904. | ON NEW SPECIES OF SOUTH-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 481]

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuatE XXX.

Slab showi ing dorsal aspect of specimen B (p. 471) of Telerpeton elginense.

Reduced to +.

Puate XXXI.

Wig. 1. Boe (anterior part) of specimen B of Telerpeton elginense. Reduced

2. Pent skull, specimen C (p. 471), of Telerpeton elginense. Reduced to +.

3. Lower aspect of imperfect skull of Procolophon trigoniceps (Brit. Mus.

no. 794), to show dentition. Reduced to 4.

Pratrt XXXII.

Gutta-percha casts of specimen A (p. 470) of Telerpeton elginense, from the

two principal pieces, natural size.

4, Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies belonging

to the Family Hrycinide from Tropical South America.

By Herpert Druce,.V.P.Z.S8., F.LS.

[Received April 18, 1904. |

(Plates XXXII. & XXXIV.*)

EURYGONA OCALEA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 1.)

Male. Head and antennex black, collar, tegule, thorax, and

abdomen yellowish brown. Primaries dark pro with a large

spot, from the base to the middle, reddish brown, chrome- -yellow

beyond ; fringe dark brown. Secondaries reddish brown, shading

to chrome-yellow near the apex, the costal, outer, and inner margins

bordered with dark brown. Under side. : Primaries pale brown,

crossed beyond the cell from the costal to the inner margin by a

curved dark brown line, the wing on the outer side of the line being

white near the anal angle; a submarginal row of minute black

dots extends from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe reddish

brown. Secondaries: the base and outer margin pale brown, the

other part of the wing white; a waved brown line crosses the

wing beyond the cell from the costal to the inner margin ; a sub-

marginal row of black spots with white points from the apex to

the anal angle; a marginal yellow line extends from the anal

angle almost to the apex of the fringe. Expanse 1,% inch.

Hab. Bolivia: La Paz, 3500 feet (Zus. Druce).

This species is allied to Hurygona eucerus Hew, from Brazil.

It is very distinct on the under side.

HURYGONA CANDARIA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 2.)

Male. Head and palpi white; antennae, Bre thorax,

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 489,

482 MR. HERBERT DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES [ Apr. 19

and abdomen black. Primaries and secondaries black glossed

with dark blue. Under side: thorax, legs, and both wings deep

chrome-yellow ; a black spot on the outer margin of the secon-

daries and two small black points close to the anal angle.

Expanse 1,35 inch.

Hab. Colombia: Bogota (lus. Druce).

Allied to Hurygona gelanor Cram., but much blacker on the

upper side and without any lines crossing the wings on the

under side.

EURYBIA CHRULESCENS, sp. n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 3.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

brown, palpi pale yellow. Primaries brown, glossed with eee

blue from the base to beyond the middle; a large black s

edged with yellow, and with a bright blue point in the middle, =

the end of the cell; two white dots on the costal margin beyond

the cell; a submarginal row of very indistinct dark brown spots

edged with paler brown extends from the apex to the anal angle,

the fringe dark brown. Secondaries bright blue, the costal and

outer margin edged with brown; a submarginal row of spots

edged with yellow extends from the apex to the anal angle.

Under side greyish brown, the spots on both wings similar to

those of the upper side but more distinct ; the legs greyish brown.

Expanse 27 inches.

Hab. Peru: Rio Perene (A/us. Druce).

This species is allied to Hurybia lycisca Doubl. & Hew., but

it is at once distinguished from that species by the bright blue on

the primaries and the two white spots on the costal margin ; the

shade of blue on the secondaries is hghter and brighter in colour

than in 4. lycisca.

KURYBIA SINNACES, sp. n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 4.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs

dark brown ; ‘palpi orange- red. Primaries dark brown, a large

round black spot edged with orange-red at the end of the cell ;

beyond the end of the cell close to the costal margin two white

spots, the one nearest the margin considerably the smaller. A

submarginal row of very indistinct dark brown spots edged on

the inner side with reddish brown extends from the apex to the

anal angle. Secondaries dark brown, with the marginal spots

larger and much more distinct, the fringes of both wings dark

brown. Under side very similar to the upper side, but the

marginal spots are very indistinct. A black dot edged with

orange-red at the end of the cell on the secondaries. Expanse

23 inches,

Hab. Peru: Upper Rio Toro, Las Mercedes (dus. Druce).

Also in Mr. Godman’s collection from Canellos, Ecuador.

This species is not very closely allied to any described Hurybia,

1904. } OF SOUTH-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 483

MESOSEMIA AXILLA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 5.)

Female. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen dark brown.

Primaries dark brown, crossed beyond the cell from the costal to

the inner margin by a wide curved white band; a large black

spot at the end of the cell edged with yellow, three small white

dots about the middle of the black spot. Secondaries brown, the

central portion of the wing white from the costal margin to nearly

the anal angle, the fringe of both wings dark brown. Under

side :—-Primaries similar to the upper side, but with the veins

yellow and a submarginal row of white spots, the spot at the end

of the cell more distinct and a yellow line between it and the

base. Secondaries similar to the upper side, but with four white

spots on the outer margin nearest the apex and a yellow line on

the costal margin. Expanse 27 inches.

Hab. Bolivia: La Paz (Mus. Druee).

This species is allied to Mesosemia marsidia Hew., but it differs

from it in the very much wider white bands on both wings and

the entire absence of the white submarginal spots on the

primaries.

MESOSEMIA ANICA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 6.)

Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark

brown. Primaries dark brown, crossed beyond the cell from the

costal to the inner margin close to the analangle by a rather wide

slightly curved white band ; a large black spot at the end of the

cell with three white points in it, the white point nearest the

inner margin of the black spot twice the size of the other two

white points. Secondaries dark brown, crossed from the costal

to the inner margin by a white band almost filled up with fine-

waved dark brown lines, the fringes of both wings dark brown.

Under side of both wings very similar to the upper side, but paler

im colour. Secondaries with a black spot about the middle edged

with white. Expanse 2 inches.

Hab, Peru (Mus, Druce).

This species is allied to Mesosenia thymetus Cram., but it

differs from it in the white band of the primaries | being much

narrower and that on the secondaries crossed by fine waved

dark brown lines.

MBESOSEMIA PARAMBA, sp.n. (Plate KX XIII. fig. 7.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, thorax, abdomen, and legs brown.

Primaries dark brown, a round black spot edged with yellow at

the end of the cell, a blue spot with a white point in the middle

of the black spot, a yellow line near the base of the cell and one

beyond the cell; the inner margin from the base almost to the

apex dark blue, the fringe dark brown. Secondaries dark blue,

the outer margin from the apex to the inner margin broadly

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1904, Vou. I. No. XXXII. 32

484 MR, HERBERT DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES [Aipr: 119;

bordered with dark brown ; a short brown line partly crosses the

wing from the costal margin to the end of the cell. Under side

pale brown. Primaries: the black spot as on the upper side, below

which is a small black spot edged with yellow, both spots enclosed

by several dark lines ; a reddish-brown band crosses the wing from

the costal margin beyond the cell to the inner margin, beyond

which is a submarginal narrow black line. Secondaries very

similar to the primaries, with a small black spot at the end of the

cell. Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. N.W. Peru: Paramba, 3500 feet (Rosenberg, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Mesosema lamackus Hew., but without the brown

lines on the secondaries.

MESOSEMIA CANDARA, Sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 8.)

Male. Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen black, the

under side of the thorax, abdomen, and legs pale brown, Antenne

black ringed with white. Primaries bright blue, the apex and

outer margin black ; a narrow white band partly crosses the wing

from the costal margin nearly to the middle of the outer margin ;

a large round black spot with white points in it at the end of the

cell, on each side of which a narrow black line crosses the wing

from the costal to the inner margin. Secondaries bright blue, the

costal, outer, and inner margins edged with black. Under side

pale greyish brown, the white band on the primaries about three

times the width as above and extending to the anal angle; the

black spot the same as above, but edged with yellow ; asmall black

spot just below the larger one, the lines very similar to those on

the upper side. Secondaries: a black spot at the end of the cell

with one white point in the middle, the wing crossed on both sides

of the black spot from the costal to the inner margin by a dark

brown line edged with paler brown on the inner side; a rather

wide very indistinct submarginal band extends from the apex to

the anal angle. Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Peru: Chanchamayo (Mus. Druce).

This butterfly to some extent resembles J/esosemia loruhama

Hew. from Ecuador, but it is of a darker blue colour and has only

one black spot on the primaries instead of two as in J, loruhama,

and on the under side it differs in several small details.

MESOSEMIA CARDERI, sp, n. (Plate XX XITT. fig. 9.)

Male. Head, antennz, collar, abdomen, and legs black ; thorax

metallic dark blue. Primaries black, the base, costal margin, and

two bands crossing the wing beyond the cell dark blue; a black

spot at the end of the cell with three white points, the spot

partly edged with blue on the costal side, the fringe black.

Secondaries black, broadly bordered with dark blue from the apex

to the anal angle, the base blue. Under side: primaries and

secondaries pale greyish brown, both crossed by a number of dark

1904. ] OF SOUTH-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 485

brown waved lines; a black spot with white points at the end of

cell of both wings; the fringes blackish brown, Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Colombia, near Bogota (Jfus. Druce).

Allied to Mesosemia meeda Hew., but very distinct on the

under side.

MESOSEMIA PARISHI, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 10.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen dark

brown. Primaries dark brown, crossed beyond the cell by three

darker brown lines, the submarginal line waved, the second the

widest ; a round black spot with three white points at the end of

the cell edged with yellowish brown, Secondaries dark brown,

crossed about the middle from the costal to the inner margin by

two narrow very dark brown lines; a waved submarginal line

extends from the apex to the anal angle. Under side very similar

to the upper side but very much paler in colour, the fringes of

both wings dark brown. Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. British Guiana: Bartica (Mus. Druce).

Similar to Mesosemia ibycus Doubleday, from the Amazons,

CREMNA AzA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 11.)

Male, Head, antenne, collar, tegulz, thorax, and abdomen pale

greyish brown. Primaries pale greyish, crossed from the costal

to the inner margin by a series of uneven white lines broken

into spots ; fringe alternately brown and white. Secondaries: the

base pale greyish brown spotted with white, the outer half of the

wing white, crossed by indistinct greyish waved lines. Under side

similar to the upper side but whiter. Hxpanse 14 inch.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Cremna ceneus Cram., but it is at once

distinguished from it by the white hind wings; it is also near

Cremna malis Godman.

ERYCINA MENDITA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

black. Primaries black, crossed about the middle from the costal

to the inner margin by a bright crimson band, widest on the

inner margin, the fringe black. Secondaries black, crossed from

the apex almost to the inner margin just above the anal angle by

a bright crimson band, below which a second broad, short, crimson

band extends from the anal angle partly round the outer margin ;

the fringe alternately black and white. Under side :—Primaries

bright dark glossy blue, the apex, base, inner margin, and a wide

central band crossing the wing from the costal margin to the anal

angle all black ; a large red spot on the inner margin nearest the

anal angle. Secondaries bright dark blue, with a wide central

black band ; the inner margin is black edged with blue, a bright

32*

486 MR, HERBERT DRUCE ON NEW. SPECIES [ Apr. 19,

red band above the anal angle extending partly across the wing,

a small white spot at the angle. Expanse 2 inches,

Hab. Bolivia: La Paz, 3000 feet (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Hrycina etias Saunders, but it differs

from it in having a much broader hind wing.

SISEME PECULIARIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 9.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

black. Primaries black, crossed at the end of the cell from the

costal to almost the outer margin by a cream-coloured band which

becomes widest near the outer margin; a faint cream-coloured

line extends from near the apex and joins the central band on the

outer margin; the fringe black. Secondaries black, with a large

eream-coloured spot extending from the end of the cell almost to

the outer margin; a faint greyish submarginal line extends from

the apex to the anal angle, two small yellow spots at the anal

angle; fringe black, excepting a short space which is white about

the middle of the outer margin. Under side similar to the upper

side, but with all the cream-coloured markings much larger.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. N. Peru: Huancabamba, 6000-10,000 feet (Afus. Druce).

This species has no near ally that I am acquainted with.

CHARIS CANDIOPE, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 5.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

blackish brown. Primaries and secondaries blackish brown, both

wings crossed by a number of indistinct black lines broken into

spots; a submarginal and marginal metallic line crosses both

wings from the apex to the anal angle; a row of minute black

dots edged with reddish brown extends from the apex to the anal

angle of the secondaries ; the fringes alternately dark brown and

white. Under side reddish brown, thickly streaked with fine short

black lines. Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce).

CHARIS MANDOSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

black. Primaries and secondaries blackish brown, with indistinct

lines crossing both wings; a marginal row of spots extends from

the apex to the anal angle; the fringes black. Under side very

similar to the upper side, but with a greenish gloss over both

wings. Expanse 1} inch.

_ Hab. South Brazil: Rio Janeiro (Mus. Druce).

CHARIS MYRTIS, sp. n, (Plate XXXIV. fig. 7.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

black. Primaries and secondaries dull brown crossed by waved

1904. | OF SOUTH-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. . 48%

black lines; the outer margins of both wings streaked with

metallic lines. Under side similar to the upper ‘side, but paler in

colour and without the metallic lines on the margins. Expanse

1} inch. oy

Hab. Argentine Republic: Salta (Reeve, I/us. Druce).

LEMONIAS AURIA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4.)

Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown ;

antenne black. Primaries brown, the apex and outer margin

reddish brown, crossed by a number of black dots and streaks ; a:

marginal row of black spots extends from the apex to the anal

angle; the ends of all the veins metallic lead-colour; the fringe

dark brown. Secondaries almost identical with the primaries.

Under side very similar to the upper side, but light yellowish

brown, with all the spots as on the upper side. Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Bolivia: La Paz (Mus. Druce).

NYMPHIDIUM CANDACE, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

reddish brown. Primaries and secondaries reddish brown; a

row of very indistinct small brown dots crosses both wings beyond.

the middle ; an indistinct bluish-white submarginal line extends,

from the apex to the anal angle of both wings ; the fringes brown..

Under side :—Primaries dark brown, irrorated with greyish scales;

at the base along the inner margin and near the anal angle; a

dark brown row of spots edged with grey on the inner side crosses

the wing beyond the cell from the costal to the inner margin ; a

marginal row of small greyish-white dots extends from the apex

to the anal angle. Secondaries dark brown, thickly irrorated with

greyish-white scales ; the bands of spots very similar to those on

the primaries; the under side of the abdomen greyish white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. 8.E. Brazil: Rio Janeiro (Jus. Druce).

This species is nearest to Vymphidiuwm arctos How from the:

Amazons.

NYMPHIDIUM MINUTA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig, 10.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax black; abdo-

men white, the three anal segments black.. Primaries white,

broadly bordered with black on the costal and outer margins; a,

marginal row of bluish-white rings extends from the apex to the

anal angle; the fringe alternately white and black. Secondaries

white, the base and outer margin black; the marginal white

rings the same ‘as on the primaries. ° ‘Under side very similar to

the upper side, but whiter, and the markings round the outer:

margins much plainer. Expanse 1 inch. i

Hab. British Guiana: Bartica (Mus. Druce). PO Ie NiO

488 MR. HERBERT DRUCE ON NEW SPECIES { Apr. 19,

NYMPHIDIUM AUGEA, sp.n, (Plate XXXIV. fig. 11.)

Female. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax black; ab-

domen and legs yellowish white. Primaries yellowish white, the

base, costal margin, apex, and outer margin broadly bordered with

dark blackish brown ; some minute black streaks along the costal

margin edged pale grey; a marginal greyish-white waved line

extends from the apex to the anal angle; a submarginal orange-

red streak close to the anal angle. Secondaries yellowish white ;

a submarginal wide orange-red band, bordered on both sides with

dark brown, extends from the apex to the analangle; a marginal

bluish-white waved line follows the orange band round the outer

margin ; the fringes of both wings black and white. Under side

similar to the upper side, but the dark margins to the wings broken

mto spots. Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Bolivia: La Paz (Mus. Druce)..

NYMPHIDIUM MEDUSA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.)

Male. Head, collar, tegule, and thorax black; antenne black,

ringed with white; abdomen white, the anus black; legs. white.

Primaries white, the base, apex, and part of the outer margin

black ; a zigzag white line crosses the black apex and continues

partly down the outer margin. Secondaries white, with three

black spots round the outer margin ; a chrome-yellow streak at

the anal angle. Under side the same as the upper side. Expanse

13 inch.

“Hab. Peru: Chanchamayo, Rio Colorado (Mus. Druce).

Near Vymphidium leucosia.

ARICORIS STRIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 12.)

Female. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

black ; under side of thorax and legs brown. Primaries black,

crossed beyond the cell from the costal margin to the anal angle

by a wide white band; the fringes black. Secondaries black,

streaked with blue near the anal angle. Under side pale brown,

the veins all yellowish brown; the white band on the primaries

as on the upper side; the secondaries with a marginal row of

white spots. Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Ecuador (Mus. Druce).

Nearest Aricoris jansoni Butler, but with no blue gloss on the

upper side, and a white band instead of a yellow one.

STALACHTIS CANIDIA, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 8.)

Male. Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and legs dark brown ;

palpi black above, white on the under side; abdomen black, the

three anal segments white on the upper side, the anus black, a

row of four white spots on each side of the abdomen, the under

1904.] OF SOUTH-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 489

side reddish brown. Primaries dark brown, the costal margin

and half the base of the wing reddish brown to the end of the

cell; a white point in the cell and a larger one at the end of the

cell; beyond the cell a curved line of seven white dots crosses the

wing from the costal to the inner margin ; a submarginal reddish-

brown band extends from near the apex almost to the anal

angle; the fringe alternately brown and white. The secondaries

very similar to the primaries. Under side: both wings very like

the upper side, but the reddish-brown band brighter in colour

and rather wider, the white spots larger and more numerous;

also a marginal row of small white dots on both wings extends

from the apex to the anal angle; the fringes as on the upper side.

Expanse 17 inch.

Hab. N. Brazil: Matto Grosso, Chapada (#7. H. Smith) (Mus.

Godman).

Allied to Stalachtis sontella Schaus, from Castro Parana.

IXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTeE XXXITII.

Fig.1. Hus«ygona ocalea, d,p. 481.

2. H. candaria, 6, ). 481.

3. Hui ybia cerulescens, ¢, p. 482.

4, EH. sinnaces, 6, p. 482.

5. Mesosemia axilla, 2, p. 483.

6. M. anica, p. 483.

7. M. paramba, 2, p. 483.

8. M. candara, 6, p. 484.

9. M. carderi, 3, p. 484.

10. M. parishi, J, p. 485.

ll. Cremna aza, 3, p. 485.

PraTE XXXIV.

Fig. 1. Nymphidium candace, 3, p. 487.

2. Erycina mendita, g, p. 485.

3. Nymphidiwm medusa, 6, p. 488.

4, Lemonias auria, p. 487.

5. Charis candiope, 3, p. 486.

6. C. mandosa, 6, p. 486.

7. C. myrtis, $, p. 486.

8. Stalachtis canidia, 3, p. 488.

9. Siseme peculiaris, 3, p. 486.

10. Nymphidium eee d, p. 487.

11. WN. augea, 9, p. 4

12. Aricoris striata, of p. 488.

490 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE [Apr. 19,

5. On the Structure of the Theriodont Mandible, and on its

Mode of Articulation with the Skull. By R. Broom,

M.D., B.Se., C.M.Z.S., Victoria College, Stellenbosch,

S. Africa.

[Received March 25, 1904.]

(Plate XXXV.* and Text-figure 100.)

As there are very strong reasons for believing that all mammals

are descended from a Theriodont ancestor, all new light on the

structure of the Theriodonts must be welcomed by morphologists.

Only a very limited number of good Theriodont skulls have

been discovered, and these have almost all been already described

by Prof. Seeley. The majority of the types arein London, where

they are readily accessible to European and American students,

but in the museum at Grahamstown, 8. Africa, there are two or

three important specimens that seem worthy of more minute

study than has yet been given to them.

Recently, through the kindness of Dr. Schénland, I made a

careful study of the Grahamstown specimens, with a view to

getting more definite information about the structure of the lower

jaw and its mode of articulation.

Perhaps the most valuable specimen in the collection is the

skull which forms the type of Cynognathus platyceps. It is an

almost perfect skull, slightly crushed, and wanting only the snout.

The mandibles are in position and the matrix has been beautifully

cleared away. The specimen has been figured by Prof. Seeley

and described at considerable length (1). The figure of the under

surface unfortunately has been executed in such a manner that

the student cannot readily determine what is matrix and what is

bone, while there are no letters given to indicate the position of

the different elements.

The mandible is formed mainly by the dentary bone, which is

so largely developed that when the jaw is viewed from the outer

side all the other elements are completely hidden except in the

articular region.

The dentary has a very large coronoid process, which extends

almost as far back as the plane of the articular region. The

fractured anterior part of the bone shows the small splenial lying

in a shallow groove on the inner side of the bone. Posteriorly

the dentary received on its inner side the angular and articular

bones. The surangular lies on the inner side of the bone near

the base of the coronoid process. The specimen does not show

very satisfactorily the structure of the posterior part of the

dentary.

The articular is fairly well seen in the specimen. It forms a

broad articulation with the quadrate and possibly with a small

* Wor explanation of the Plate, see p. 498.

IP, Ss) ISO4E voll I Jel 200.

z se Dent--<p

7 Art Jing

R.Broom del. M.PParker lth. Mintern Bros. imp.

ARTICULATION OF MANDIBLE IN THERIODONTS.

1904. | OF THE THERIODONT MANDIBLE. 491

part of the squamosal. The whole of the mandibular articulation

is formed by the articular bone. The exact size of the bone is

not seen in the specimen as it is largely once yaseal by the

angular.

The angular is seen between the posterior and under border of

the dentary and the articular bone. As seen in the specimen, it

appears to be a thin flake of bone lying on the outer side of the

articular. A good deal of the bone has, however, been removed

while the specimen was being developed, and the angular should

extend as far back as the groove which is seen on the outer side

of the posterior part of the left jaw.

The surangular is not very well seen in this specimen.

The splenial, except on the fractured surface at the front of the

specimen, is also imperfectly displayed.

The quadrate is well shown on the left side and fairly well on

the right. In the development of the specimen this region has been

to some extent ground down, but this has resulted in the rela-

tions of the quadrate to the articular and to the squamosal being

well shown. In fig. 1 (Pl. XX XV.) the quadrate is seen inter-

digitating with the squamosal, almost exactly as in Cynognathus

crateronotus. On the outer side of the articulation, the articular

comes almost in contact with the squamosal, and it seems not

improbable that the articulation of the mandible is here directly

with the squamosal. On the right side, only a part of the middle

and of the inner end of the quadrate i is seen.

Passing directly inwards from the inner end of the quadrate

there is seen on both sides a very remarkable elongated bone. As

it is now seen in the specimen, it appears to be a somewhat

cylindrical bone, hollow in the centre, and from which part of the

thin wall has been removed during the removal of the matrix.

Its outer end evidently articulates with the quadrate, and the

inner end with a part of what may be the periotic. Seeley

recognises that this bone is evidently the homologue of the dumb-

bell-like bone in the similar situation in Dicynodon—the bone.

which, when dealing with the Anomodonts, he believed to be the

malleus. In his paper on Cynognathus (1895) he says: “I now,

incline to regard it as a rudimentary straight cochlea.”, In

describing the skull of Udenodon in 1901. (2), I expressed the

opinion that the bone in the Dicynodonts was the homologue of

the mammalian tympanic, and I still: incline to this opinion. In

Udenodon the bone is solid, so that it cannot have lodged any

part of the inner ear. In Dicynodon the columella. auris' lies in

the hollow formed by the bone and the exoccipital. In Cyno-.

gnathus there is likewise a hollow between the exoccipital (“ opisth-,

otic” of Seeley) and this supposed tympanic, and in this hollow

there lie one or two tiny bones or portions of bones which may

represent the auditory ossicles. —

Two other specimens probably of. one individual, and Relanise

to a species of Cynognathus (either C. berryi or a new species),

492 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE [ Apr. 19,

throw a considerable amount of additional light on the structure

of the jaw.

One of the specimens includes a large part of both mandibles

and shows two sections of the jaws—one through the angle and

the other considerably further forward. These are shown in

figs. 9 & 10, Plate XXXV. Im fig. 9 the section is through the

anterior part of the coronoid process. On the inner side of the

large dentary near the middle is seen the small surangular, with

below it two other bones which I believe to be the articular and

the angular respectively. In the more anterior section (fig. 10)

the surangular has almost disappeared, and below it there are three

bones seen on section. The upper twoare probably both articular—

the inner of the two almost certainly, while the lowermost element

istheangular. The detached portion of the dentary at the bottom

is due to a very short process at the angle.

The other specimen is the almost perfect articular region of the

jaw. It is represented in Pl. XXXV. figs. 4, 5, &6. The broad

articular is seen to be also fairly deep, and on passing backwards

it is seen to divide into an upper and a lower process. It is

supported on the outer side by the angular. Above the articular

is the dentary. Though in the specimen there is a slight gap

between the bones, it is probable that the dentary rested on the

articular. It will be seen that the dentary has a posterior process

which comes very near to the articulation.

With regard to the mandible of Gomphognathus kannemayert,

IT am unable to accept as conclusive the first two of the text-

figures that accompany Seeley’s paper (3). Iam of the opinion

that in the first figure the drawing does not distinguish between

the delicate coronoid itself and plaster that has been added to

the specimen. In figure 2 the drawing does not adequately

represent the back part of the actual specimen, on account of the

omission of the angular bone. The specimen is especially valuable

in that the jaws are open wide, and a view is thus obtained of the

anterior surface of the quadrates. Fig. 2, Plate XX XV., represents

the appearance of the articular region, the posterior part of the jaw

being seen from above and the articular region of the skull from

thefront. Fig. 3 is the corresponding region of the opposite side.

(When the specimen was first described by Seeley, the back part of

the left jaw was broken off and apparently believed to be lost.

Fortunately this portion is still preserved, and is now united with

the rest of the specimen.) In the lower jaw is seen the back part of

the dentary, consisting of the flat part which rests on the articular

and the thin coronoid process (ef. fig. 6). Beyond the dentary

and to the outer side is seen the articular end of the articular

bone. The whole structure of the articular region of the jaw is

very similar to that in Cynognathus. The articular is, however,

developed more outwards, and the angular, which passes slightly

further back on it, is rather more strongly developed.

On both the right side and the left the quadrate bone appears

1904. | OF THE THERIODONT MANDIBLE. 493

to be somewhat displaced inwards and forwards. On the right

side it is displaced very considerably, and lies a little in front of

the articular. As preserved, it is a moderately flat little bone

which probably lay on the front of the inner part of the squa-

mosal. Jt has probably formed the greater part of the articulation

for the articular, though at its outer corner the articular not

improbably also formed a small articulation with the squamosal.

Both mandibles show the presence of a supporting plate of bone

lying against the inner side of the anterior part of the base of the

coronoid process. This is the bone which Seeley believes to be

the ‘‘coronoid,” but which I believe to be the surangular. It is

present in all the Theriodont jaws in which this region is exposed,

though it is not so well seen in any of the Albany Museum

specimens as in some of those in London.

The type skull of Zrirachodon kannemeyeri shows the articu-

lations of both jaws fairly satisfactorily (3). On each side the

articular and angular bones are seen to be almost exactly similar

to those in Gomphognathus, though the back part of the dentary

is relatively more largely developed in Zvrirachodon. The splenial

is seen to lie on the inner side of the dentary from the symphysis

to near the middle of the jaw.

The quadrate, though not very perfectly displayed, is apparently

fixed to the squamosal behind in the same way as in Cynognathus,

and though the articular is fairly broad, the geen appears to

form the whole of the articulation.

The bone which I regard as the tympanic is present as a delicate

bony rod of about the thickness of a pin. It exactly corresponds

in situation with the tympanic in Cynognathus.

A rather badly weathered skull of Trirachodon kannemeyert,

also in the Albany Museum collection, shows a tangential section

through the articulation. This is represented in fig. 11, P]. XX XV.,

and though the bones are slightly displaced, a good idea is obtained

of the way in which the plate-like quadrate lies in front of the

squaniosal.

Another specimen of Z’rirachodon shows the fractured sections

of the mandible. These are shown in figures 7 and 8, the one

being reversed for more ready comparison. Figure 7 is through

the anterior part of the coronoid process, and probably through

the most developed part of the surangular. On the inner side of

the dentary are three bones which I believe to be the surangular,

articular, and angular respectively. Figure 8 represents a section

through the jaw a little behind the angle of the dentary. The

small bones on the inside of the dentary here are the angular and

the two posterior processes of the articular.

From the five sections of the Theriodont jaw given from the

different specimens, a fairly good idea of the relations of the small

bones can be obtained. If they are arranged in the following

order, 7, 9,10, 8, 6, we have a series of five sections from the front

of the coronoid process to near the posterior part of the dentary.

494 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE [ Apr. 19,

Though the known Theriodont genera differ greatly in their

dentition, it will be observed that in the structure of the lower

jaw and quadrate region they agree with each other very closely,

and form by themselves a very distinct order. Much confusion

has been caused in the past by there having been placed with the

Theriodonts a large number of other forms which are not at all

nearly related to them. I refer to such forms as Hlurosaurus,

and probably the majority of Owen’s types with a similar dentition.

While very little was known of these forms except that they had

the dentition specialised as incisors, canines, and molars, it was but

natural to place them with Galesaurus; but since the structure of

the skull of these “‘ primitive Theriodonts”” has become known, it

has been necessary to place them in a distinct order, which J

have named Therocephaha (4). The Therocephalians differ from

the Theriodonts in having, besides a large number of other

distinctive features, a palate of the Rhynchocephalian type and a

single occipital condyle. In the lower jaw the dentary, though

possessed of a large coronoid process, is relatively much smaller than

in the Theriodonts (see text-fig. 100, p. 496), while the angular

is of large size, and the surangular and articular moderately well-

developed. The Theriodonts are probably direct descendants of

the Therocephalians, but the gap between the groups is very

considerable. J

In Dicynodon and Udenodon the lower jaw is essentially similar

to that in the Therocephalians, though the coronoid process is

quite rudimentary. As the Dicynodonts are probably, like the

Theriodonts, also descended from the Therocephalians, the loss of

the coronoid process is probably, as in the Monotremes, connected

with the loss of the incisor teeth.

The only other group to which the Theriodonts are closely

related is the Mammalia. In the present paper I shall avoid any

lengthy discussion of the question of the origin of mammals, but

I wish to point out how nearly related the Theriodont jaw is to that

of the mammal. :

The mammal differs from the reptile in having the jaw formed

entirely of one bone—the dentary, and in the dentary articulating

with the squamosal with apparently no quadrate. What has been

the fate of the quadrate is a question which has received a number

of very different answers. Owen regarded the tympanic bone as

the mammalian equivalent of the quadrate, and this view has the

support of Gadow (5) among others. Huxley and many others

have argued in favour of one or other of the auditory ossicles

being the mammalian quadrate, and the view that the incus is

the quadrate appears to be the one chiefly supported by compara-

tive anatomists at the present day. This latter view, though

having the strong support of Kingsley (6) and Gaupp (7), has

recently been very severely criticised by Gadow (8). Gadow not

only shows that the mammalian auditory ossicles are together

homologous with the columella and extra-columella of the Sauro-

psida, but has shown how impossible it would be for an animal to

1904. | OF THE THERIODONT MANDIBLE. 495

exist in the intermediate stage when the quadrate was being

modified into the incus. ‘Let us examine,” he says, ‘“ what

terrible intermediate stages this would imply. A lever-bar, the

mandible, supported at two places, one behind the other in the

long axis. Such a thing would not be able to move; the animal

could not use its jaws, and this intermediate stage would also

imply the giving up of hearing through the tympanum, and

through the columellar or stapedial apparatus, until the quadrate,

relieved of its suspensorial function, had slipped in with the

articulate [malleus] and had re-established the connection between

stapes and tympanum !”

While there can be little doubt that Gadow is right in holding

that the mammalian auditory apparatus is: homologous with the

auditory apparatus of reptiles, his view that the mammalian

tympanic corresponds to the reptilian quadrate is very question-

able. It is impossible in the present paper to enter into the

discussion of the question, but it may be pointed out that the

view, though free from the fatal objections that can be urged

against the ‘“incus” view, receives no support from either embry-

ology or paleontology, and the support which it seems to get from

comparative anatomy is in my opinion the result of misinter-

pretation of one or two of the facts.

The examination of the Theriodont jaw and of its mode of

articulation shows that the condition is already so nearly mam-

malian that only a very slight modification, and that very easily

understood, is required to convert the Theriodont jaw into that

of the mammal.

In text-figure 100, A, p. 496, we have a representation of the

jaw of a Therocephalian, with the quadrate and squamosal: The

large size of the angular is well shown and also the well-

developed quadrate. The mouth is supposed to be open.

Text-figure 100, B, p. 496, is a view of the jaw of a Theriodont

with the squamosal and quadrate. In this figure also the mouth is

open to show the whole of the dentary. The small relative sizes

of the articular and angular are manifest, but the most striking

feature is the great development of the dentary. It will be seen

that though the dentary does not -form part of the articu-

lation, very little modification would be required to convert the

jaw into one in which the dentary formed the articulation. When

the articular surface was transferred to the dentary, the articular

element and with it the angular would rapidly degenerate.

Let us now examine the condition of the jaw in a young

mammal. Meckel’s cartilage is continuous with the malleus, but as

the malleus is a hyomandibular element it may be removed, and

we have then, as in text-figure 100, C, in addition to the dentary,

the posterior portion of Meckel’s cartilage. .It will be observed

that this portion of the cartilage is in close relationship with the

condyle. Gadow figures Meckel’s cartilage as if it entered the jaw

near the angle, but in all the mammalian embryos that J have

examined the cartilage lies by the side of the condyle, and where

496 DR. R. BROOM ON THE STRUCTURE [Apr. 19,

the angle is well-developed as in Marsupials, the cartilage is always

much in front and above it. Whether the splint bone that forms

round the under side of the back part of Meckel’s cartilage and

the processus gracilis is to be regarded as the remains of the

Text-fig. 100.

A.—Mandible of Therocephalian (Lycosuchus vanderrieti).

B.—Mandible of Theriodont (Cynognathus platyceps).

C.—Mandible of young Maminal.

Ang., Angular; Art., Articular; Dent., Dentary; J£.C., Meckel’s Cartilage (omitting

Malleus, which is Hyomandibular) ; Men., Meniscus or Interarticular Cartilage ;

Qu., Quadrate; Sq., Squamosal; S.Ang., Surangular.

angulare, or whether a tiny little additional splint seen in the

foetus of Ornithorhynchus is to be so regarded, is.at present doubtful.

But there is pretty good reason for regarding the posterior part of

1904. ] OF THE THERIODONT MANDIBLE. | OT

Meckel’s cartilage as the degenerate remains of the articular.

When the quadrate became rudimentary and the dentary took up

the articulation, Meckel’s cartilage would be brought into line

with the malleus, and the two elements, though morphologically

quite distinct, ever afterwards would develop as one continuous

structure. In the development of Z'richosurus we find an ana-

logous case of two distinct structures developing as one. Here

the coracoids and sternum develop as a single cartilage, though

the sternum is a costal structure and not part of the shoulder-

girdle.

There remains to be considered the question of the fate of the

quadrate. In the Theriodont it is a small bone fixed to the front

and lower end of the descending process of the squamosal. When

we look in this region in the mammal, we find either the mandible

directly articulating with the squamosal, or indirectly owing to

the intervention of a thin plate of cartilage. In the large majority

of mammals this small cartilage—the interarticular cartilage or

meniscus—is present: in only one or two—the Monotremes,

Dasyurus, Dasypus—is it absent as a cartilage: occasionally it

is ossified, as in Pedetes. Some years ago, | suggested the

possibility of this cartilage being the quadrate (9), and all the

paleontological evidence which has since been discovered seems

but the more strongly to confirm the view. It has been said that

if this were so we should expect the cartilage to be most strongly

developed in the Monotremes—just where it seems to be entirely

absent. It must be remembered, however, that the Monotremes

are extremely specialised and in some respects very degenerate.

The vertebrz other than the axis are much less like those of the

Theriodonts than are those of the Hutheria: in the carpus the os

centrale is absent, though still retained in many higher forms ;

and the mandible in both Monotremes extremely degenerate and

very unlike that of the Theriodont, while in the Eutherians the

lower jaw resembles the Theriodont jaw very considerably. It

does not seem therefore so very strange that the quadrate by

taking on a special function in the mandibular joint should be

retained in the higher forms though lost in the lower. On the

other hand, it is quite possible that the quadrate is entirely absent

in all mammals; yet the presence of a cartilaginous structure in

a situation exactly corresponding to that of the quadrate in

Theriodonts seems strongly to favour the view that in the meniscus

we have the modified equivalent of the reptilian quadrate.

REFERENCES TO LITERATURE,

(1) H. G. Szuney, “On the Skeleton in new Cynodontia from the

Karroo Rocks.” Phil. Trans. vol. 186 (1896) B, p. 59.

(2) R. Broom, “On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon.”

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. ii. p, 162,

498 ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE THERIODONT MANDIBLE, [Apr.19.

(3) H.G. Seezey, “On the Gomphodontia.” Phil. Trans. vol. 186

(1895) B, p. 1.

(4) R. Broom, ‘“‘On some new primitive Theriodonts in the

y _ 8. African Museum.” Ann. 8. Afr. Mus, vol. iv. pt. 2,

p. 147.

(5) H. Gapow, “On the Modifications of the first and second

Visceral Arches, with especial reference to the

Homologies of the Auditory Ossicles.” Phil. Trans.

vol. 179 (1888).

(6) J. S. Kryestey, “The Ossicula auditus.” Tufts College

Studies, no. 6, Feb. 1900.

(7) E. Gaurp, “ Ontogenese und Phylogenese des schallleitenden

Apparates bei den Wirbeltieren.” Anat. Hefte, Ergeb-

: nisse, Bd. viii. 1899.

(8) H. Gapow, “The Evolution of the Auditory Ossicles.” Anat.

‘ Anz. Bd. xix. 1901.

(9) R. Broom, ‘‘ On the Fate of the Quadrate in Mammals.” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi. p. 409 (1890).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Fig. 1. Articular region and posterior part of base of skull of Cynognathus

platyceps. Nat. size.

Figs. 2. & 8. Articular region of Gomphognathus kannemeyeri—tfrom the front.

Nat. size.

Fig. 4. Articulation of mandible of Cyxognathus sp.—from below. Nat. size.

Figs. 6 & 6. Articulation of mandible of Cynognathus sp.—from the outer side

and in section. Nat. size.

7 & 8. Sections of mandible of Trivrachodon kannemeyeri. Nat. size.

9 & 10. Sections of mandible of Cynognathus sp. About 3 nat. size.

Fig. 11. Tangential section of articulation of mandible of Trirachodon kannemeyeri.

Nat. size.

Ang., Angular; Art., Articular; B.o., Basi-occipital; Dent., Dentary; H.o., Ex-

occipital; F.M., Foramen magnum; Ju., Jugal; P¢., Pterygoid; Qw., Quadrate ;

Sq., Squamosal; Suwrang., Surangular; Ty., Tympanic.

Achzenops

mandibularis, 247, 248.

oneili, 249.

Addax, 147.

nasomaculatus, 147,

150.

Aigoceros, 465.

/Eluropus, 146.

melanoleucus, 146, 148,

373.

/élurosaurus, 494.

/Elurus, 144.

ZEpyornis, 163, 164, 165,

166, 167, 169, 170.

hildebrandti, 166, 167.

mulleri, 165, 166.

titan, 168.

Aganisthos

orion, 451.

Alces, 145, 148.

gigas, 171.

Aldisa, 381.

Algoala, gen. nov., 268.

fulvicollis, 268.

Ansa

dominicana, 451.

Anartia

jatrophe, 451.

Anthracotherium

magnum, 456, 457,

458.

Antidoreas

euchore,

420,

Antilocapra, 146.

americana, 146.

Antilope

cervicapra, 421.

Aphelodoris, 380.

Archidoris, 380, 384.

africana, 380.

minor, 380.

nanula, 380,

violacea, 380.

416, 419,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1904, Vou. 1, No, XX XIII,

INDEX.

Arctictis

binturong, 190, 195.

Arctomys, 144.

Aricoris

jansoni, 488.

striata, 488, 489.

Aristodesmus, 476,

Arvicanthis

abyssinicus, 462.

pumilio, 179, 180.

— cinereus, 172, 179.

Ateles

marginatus, 419,

Auchenia, 144.

Audura, 380, 381.

Avagina

incola, 407, 411.

Balearica

pavonina, 454.

Baptanodon, 424,

Bathyergus

jonetta, 172, 180, 181,

183.

maritimus, 180, 181.

Bettongia

penicillata, 193, 194.

Boa

reticulata, 332.

Bohmigia

maris-albi, 408, 410,

411.

Bos, 147, 149.

americanus, 147, 149.

bubalus, 147, 149,

caffer, 147, 149.

depressicornis, 147, 149.

Jrontalis, 147, 149.

gaurus, 147, 149.

grunniens, 147, 149.

indicus, 147, 149.

mindorensis, 147, 149.

sondaicus, 147, 149.

Bos

taurus, 147, 149, 189,

192,

Brachycerus

congestus, 38.

Brachyodus

porcinus, 457,

Bubalis

Jacksont, 455, 456.

— insignis, 455.

lelwel, 456.

lichtensteint, 455.

Bubalus

equinoctialis, 371.

caffer, 371.

— radcliffei, 371, 459,

464,

Budorcas, 145.

taxicolor, 145,

Cadlina, 380, 381.

Callidryas

agarithe, 453.

argante, 453.

Camelopardalis

antiquorum, 205.

capensis, 224,

Camelus, 144.

Canis, 144.

aureus, 144,

lupus, 144.

occidentalis, 190.

varius, 144,

Capra, 145.

egagrus, 145,

ibex, 145.

pallasi, 145.

sibirica, 145.

sinaitica, 145,

walie, 146,

Capreolus, 145, 148,

Caprolagus

Surnessi, 417.

500

Caprolagus

hispidus, 417.

Casella, 380, 381, 399.

atromarginata, 382,

399.

eincta, 400.

Casmenella,

266.

natalense, 266.

Castor, 144.

Casuarius, 169, 170.

Cavia

cobaya, 186.

Cephalophus, 146.

abyssinicus, 146,

dorie, 146.

grimmi, 146.

gentinks, 146.

monticola, 229.

natalensis, 146.

nyese, 229.

— defriesi, 229.

rufilata, 146.

gen.

sylvicultor,, 146.

Ceratosoma, 380, 381,

400.

cornigerum, 882, 400,

401.

gracillimum, 400.

ornatum, 400.

polyomma, 400, 401.

trilobatum, 400.

Cercocebus

aterrimus, 459.

collaris, 161.

Suliginosus, 161.

Cercopithecus

aethiops centralis, 459.

cephus, 435, 436.

erythrotis, 430, 436.

petaurista, 435.

pyrrhonotus, 454.

selatert, 433, 484,

436.

Cervicapra, 145.

arundinum, 145.

Sulvorufula, 145.

thomasing, 145.

Cervulus, 145, 148.

Cervus, 145, 148.

camelopardalis, 205.

Cheetopterus

afer, 271.

antarcticus, 271.

appendiculatus, 271,

272.

australis, 271.

brevis, 285.

capensis, 271.

cautus, 270, 271, 272,

274, 279, 276, 277.

nov., |

INDEX.

Chaetopterus

hamatus, 271, 272,

275.

longimanus, 272, 273,

274, 275, 276, 277,

278, 286.

longipes, 272, 275, 276,

277, 278, 286.

luteus, 271.

macropus, 271, 272,

275.

pergamentaceus, 271,

276.

vartopedatus, 270, 271,

272, 273, 274, 275,

276, 277, 278.

Charis

candiope, 486, 489.

mandosa, 486, 489.

muyrtis, 486, 489.

Cheiridella, gen. noy.,

265.

zaimnbesiana, 266.

Chinchilla

lanigera, 184, 185, 187,

188

Chromodoris, 380, 381,

400, 402, 404, 405.

agassizt, 385.

albescens, 383.

albonotata, 384, 399.

albo-pustulosa, 383.

alderi, 387.

annulata, 382,

384, 389, 406.

aureo-purpurea, 391.

bennetti, 384, 885.

cerulea, 883, 384, 385.

californensis, 383, 385.

camena, 382,

385.

cardinalis, 384.

carnea, 383, 384, 398.

cave, 3882, 383, 384,

388, 406.

crosset, 384, 385.

dalli, 384.

elegans, 383, 384.

elegantula, 384.

elizabethina africana, |

382, 385, 392, 406.

flava, 382, 399, 406.

glauca, 388.

gloriosa, 884, 385.

godeffroyana, 584, 385.

gonatophora, 383, 384, |

385, 402.

hilaris, 382, 383, 384,

385, 396, 397, 398.

histrio, 383.

theringi, 383, 384.

383, |

384, |

| Chromodoris

| inconspicua, 382, 384,

398.

Juvenca, 384.

krohnit, 384.

lapinigensis, 383, 385.

lineata, 382, 383, 385,

396, 397, 406.

— nigrolineata, 382,

397.

lineolata, 384.

luxuriosa, 384.

magnifica, 882, 385,

397, 398.

marenzellert, 383, 384,

385.

mariana, 384, 385.

messinensis, 883, 385.

mollita, 384.

morchit, 3884, 885, 402.

nigrostriata, 382, 383,

| 385, 394, 406.

orsinitt, 383.

pantharella, 383, 384.

paupera, 384, 385.

picturata, 383.

porcata, 384, 385.

propinquata, 383.

punetilucens, 383, 384.

pustulans, 383, 384.

reticulata, 382, 383,

384, 386, 387, 406.

rosans, 385.

roseopicta, 883.

rudolphi, 884, 385.

runcinata, 382, 383,

385, 393.

sannio, 383, 384.

scabriuscula, 880, 381,

383, 384.

scurra, 882, 384, 385,

395

sempers, 383, 3885, 394,

395, 400.

splendens, 382, 388,

384, 390.

splendida, 390, 391.

striatella, 383, 392.

sycilla, 883, 384, 385.

sykest, 381, 382, 383,

384, 387, 388, 406.

thalassopora, 383, 384,

385.

tryoni, 382, 383, 384,

885, 391, 892.

verrucosa, 38d.

vicina, 382, 388, 384,

392.

virginea, 384.

Clarias

| bythipogon, 200,

Clarias

kingsleye, 200, 201.

leviceps, 200, 201.

pachynema, 200.

sale, 200.

Coenobius

melanocephalus, 248.

Colasposoma

antennale, 260.

asperatum, 261.

balyi, 261.

betraense, 261, 270.

bonvouloiri, 269.

cupricolle, 260.

cyaneo-cupreum, 262.

Sulvipes, 260.

junodi, 262.

kraatzi, 261.

mirabile, 262.

piceitarse, 260.

parvulum, 259.

perriert, 261.

pusillum, 259.

sheppardi, 258.

variabile, 261, 262.

viridivittatum, 262.

Coluber

catenifer,

369.

332, 342,

melanoleucus, 332, 844,

353, 369.

Connocheetes, 147, 149.

gnu, 147, 149.

taurinus, 147, 149.

Coronella

getula, 332, 352, 353,

370.

Oremna

aza, 485, 489.

ceneus, 485.

malis, 485.

Orocidura

nyanse, 460.

Cryptocephalus

africanus, 244,

beiraensis, 244, 270.

capensis, 245.

comoedus, 245.

flavofrontalis, 247.

gemmatus, 247.

mandibularis, 247, 248.

mashonanus, 247.

mirabilis, 24'7.

onetli, 248, 270.

polyhistor, 247, 248.

polyospilus, 245.

pustulatus, 243.

5-plagiatus, 246,

sacchi, 243.

semireqularis, 246.

16-punctatus, 246.

INDEX.

Cryptocephalus

sexplagiatus, 246, 270.

6-pustulatus, 243.

sheppardi, 242, 270.

sobrinus, 244.

subconnectens, 243,

270.

unicinctus, 244.

Curculio

armillatus, 51.

caffer, 28.

calvus, 23.

capensis, 41,

capistratus, 41.

crispatus, 92.

delectans, 79.

JSrontalis, 94.

glandifer, 74.

globifer, 73, TA.

nivosus, 71.

nodulosus, 59, 78.

notonchus, 59.

nycthemerus, 78.

pilularius, 51.

porculus, 132.

quadrispinosus, 138.

recurvus, 68.

rubifer, 64.

sexvittatus, 78.

spectrum, 54.

verrucosus, 24.

Cyclomus, 10.

Cynelurus, 146.

Jubatus, 454.

Cynictis

pullidior, 176.

penicillata, 175, 176.

— pallidior, 172, 175.

Cynognathus, 491, 492,

493, 498.

berryi, 491.

erateronotus, 491.

platyceps, 490, 496.

Damia

strigatipes, 239.

trifasciata, 240, 270.

Dasyguathus

longidens, 472.

Dasyprocta, 144.

Dasypus, 497.

Dasyurus, 145, 497.

Desmodillus, gen.

Wikies

auricularis, 177.

Diadectes, 472, 474, 478.

Diadema

misippus, 451.

Dicotyles, 144, 149.

| Dieynodon, 491, 494.

Didelphys, 143.

nov., |

501

Dinornis

maximus, 163.

parvus, 168.

Diopatra

neapolitana, 313.

Discodoris, 380.

Dromeus, 169, 170.

Hantis

papinianus, 454.

Kehinocardium

cordatum, 407.

Echtrusia

capensis, 264.

Hgocerus, 465.

equinus langheldi, 464.

Elaphodus, 145, 148.

Elginia

mirabilis, 472.

Empedias, 472, 474.

Epargyreus

zestos, 453.

Epichthonius, 10.

Equus, 146, 150, 426,

427, 428.

asinus, 146, 148, 150.

— somalicus, 146, 149,

150.

burchelli, 202, 203,

428, 429.

— granti, 203.

caballus, 146, 148,

150.

equuleus, 147, 149,

150.

hemionus, 147, 149,

150, 416, 432.

— kiang, 482.

onager, 147, 149, 150.

quagga, 147, 149, 150,

203, 428, 429.

quaggoides, 427.

stvalensis, 427.

stenonis, 427.

zebra, 147, 149, 150.

— burchelli, 147, 149,

150.

— grevyi, 147, 149,

150.

Hremopezus, gen. noy.,

168.

eocenus,

170.

Hrignathus

barbatus, 374.

Hrinaceus, 144.

Hrpetosuchus

grant, 472.

Krycina

etias, 486.

mendita, +85, 489.

168, 169,

502

Eubrachys

chrysitis, 263.

oneili, 263.

Eudamus

brevicaudata, 453.

santiago, 453.

Eunice

afra, 287, 289, 292,

293, 295, 296, 297,

299, 300, 802, 305,

330.

amphihelie, 287, 308.

antennata, 287, 310,

811, 312, 318, 315,

316, 317, 319, 320,

322, 330.

— var. viridis, 314,

317, 330.

aphroditots, 287, 288,

307.

— var. djiboutiensis,

288.

bassensis, 312, 318.

ceirrobranchiata, 325.

coccinea, 287, 289, 293,

297, 298, 299, 300,

301, 302, 330.

collaris, 289, 290, 296.

congesta, 318, 322.

conglomerans, 287,

308.

depressa, 303, 308.

elseyt, 312, 317, 318.

Jasciata, 291.

flaccida, 289, 312, 317,

318.

floridana, 287, 308,

309

grubet, 287, 288.

guilding?, 297.

gunneri, 287, 308.

empexa, 308.

indica, 288, 308, 310,

312, 315, 316, 317,

318, 319, 320, 321,

322, 328, 330.

Jefreysit, 308.

leucodon, 288, 324,

325.

limosa, 288.

longicirris, 289.

marenzellert, 325.

murrayt, 287, 310, 319,

322

mutabilis, 289, 296.

norvegica, 295.

ornata, 288.

paucibranchiata, 312.

paupera, 289.

perriert, 289, 295,

296.

INDEX.

Eunice

philocorallia, 308.

punctulata, 297.

rubra, 288, 312.

schizobranchia, 288,

325.

siciliensis, 288, 328,

324, 325, 326, 327,

30.

tibiana, 287, 304, 309,

310.

torresiensis, 312, 317,

318.

tubifex, 287, 303, 304,

306, 307, 309, 580.

valida, 323, 324, 325.

vittata, 288, 320.

Eurybia

cerulescens, 482, 489.

lycisca, 482.

sinnaces, 482, 489.

Eurydemus

geniculatus, 250, 270.

holubi, 250.

nigriceps, 249, 250.

nubiensis, 251.

gquadrimaculatus, 250.

raffrayt, 250.

semivittatus, 251.

vittatus, 241.

Eurygona

candaria, 481, 489.

eucerus, 481.

gelanor, 482.

ocalea, 481, 489.

Euryope

barkeri, 258.

terminalis, 258.

Euryotis

brantsit, 178.

Felis, 146.

bengalensis, 146.

caffra, 146, 174.

canadensis, 146.

caracal, 146.

concolor, 146.

isabellina, 146,

leo, 146, 190.

lynx, 146.

nebulosa, 146.

onca, 146.

pardalis, 146.

pardina, 146.

pardus, 146.

serval, 146.

tigris, 146, 190.

uncia, 146, 454.

Fiber, 144.

Flacourtia, 167.

Galago

demidoffi, 459.

Galesaurus, 494.

Galictis

barbara, 190, 192, 195.

Gazella, 145.

arabica, 145.

dorcas, 145.

euchore, 145.

gerenuk, 145,

granti, 145.

leptoceros, 145.

muscatensis, 145,

picticauda, 421,

rufifrons, 190, 194,

196, 197.

soemmerringit, 4, 5,

— berberana, 4, 5.

— butteri, 4, 5.

speket, 145.

subgutturosa, 145.

thompsont, 145.

Geikia

elginensis, 472.

Gelocus, 422, 457.

Genetta, 144.

Selina, 175.

pardina, 190.

Gennzeus

aycthemerus, 371.

Gerbilliscus

boehmi, 462.

Gerbillus

auricularis, 177.

Giraffa, 145, 149, 157.

australis, 224.

camelopardalis, 202—

227.

— angolensis, 204, 210,

221, 227.

— antiquorum, 204,

205; 227)

— capensis, 202, 204,

220, 221, 224, 226,

227.

— congoensis, 204,

219,

— cottoni, 204, 207,

209, 227.

— peralta, 204, 221,

223, 227.

— reticulata, 202.

— rothschildi, 204,

207, 209, 210, 215,

219, 227.

— tippelskirchi, 204,

214, 219, 220, 221,

222.

— typica, 204, 205,

207, 220, 227,

Giraffa

camelopardalis wardi,

204, 221, 224, 226,

227.

capensis, 202.

reticulata, 202, 208,

204, 225.

schillingsi, 214, 215,

216, 218, 219, 221.

tippelskirchi, 214, 216,

218, 219.

Gnathonemus

cyprinoides, 198.

gilli, 198, 199.

greshoffi, 198.

mento, 198.

monteirt, 198.

ussheri, 198.

Gomphognathus, 483.

kannemeyeri, 492, 498.

Goniobranchus

reticulatus, 385.

Goniodoris

splendida, 390.

Gordonia

duffiana, 472.

huxleyana, 472.

juddiana, 472.

traquairt, 472.

Graphiurus

elegans, 177.

murinus, 461.

ocularis, 177.

— elegans, 177.

subrufus, 461.

Gulo

luscus, 144.

Gymuura, 144.

Gynandrophthalma

basipennis, 241.

bicolor, 241.

elongata, 241.

hirtifrons, 242.

placida, 241.

salisburiensis, 240.

scutellata, 241.

waricolor, 241.

Halicherus

gryphus, 374, 379.

Halla, 380, 381.

parthenopeia, 380.

Haplodiscus, 409.

piger, 410.

ussowt, 411.

Helogale

undulata, 461.

Herpestes, 144.

auropunctatus, 190.

galera robustus, 461.

pulverulentus, 172.

INDEX.

Herpestes

ruddi, 172, 175, 183.

Hesperia

ares, 454,

nero, 454,

papinianus, 454,

Heteropoda

regia, 229.

Hipparion, 426.

Hipporrhinus, 6, 13.

abruptecostatus, 8, 16,

HOMIE

aculeatus, 9, 20, 97,

141.

affinis, 9, 19, 100, 108.

albicans, 9, 20, 109.

albicinctus, 8, 15, 38,

34, 35.

albolineatus, 8, 18, 68,

alternans, 141.

ae Bh INS), ayy,

Seek

angi, 8, 15, 40,

41.

apendicalats, 8,14,

22%

arenarius, 9, 21, 113,

129.

armatus, 9, 21, 118,

120.

asper, 9, 12, 19, 86, 89,

141.

aurivilit, 8, 16, 48.

bimaculatus, 9, 21, 124,

125, 141.

binodis, 9, 12, 19, 102,

103

bituberculatus, 8, 15,

39, 40, 41.

boehmanni, 8, 17, 66.

brachyceroides, 9, 20,

117, 141.

braunsi, 9, 20, 104, 141.

brevis, 9, 21, 127, 141.

caffer, 8, 14, 28, 29.

callidus, 10, 141.

calvus, 28.

canaliculatus, 8, 17, 62,

141.

capensis, 8, 15, 41, 42,

43.

capicola, 7, 9, 20, 110,

111.

capistratus, 41, 42.

carinirostris, 7, 19, 100.

caudatus, 8, 17, 80.

cervinus, 9, 21, 125,

141.

chirindensis, 8, 17, 66,

141.

903

Hipporrhinus

cinerascens, 137.

cinereus, 9, 20, 111,

141.

condecoratus, 52, 64,

65.

congestus, 8, 15, 33, 34,

141.

consors, 9, 21, 121, 141.

constrictus, 9, 20, 114,

115.

contortus, 102.

corniculatus, 9,21, 122,

123, 129.

cornirostris, 8, 14, 23.

coronatus, 7, 9, 21, 120,

al.

corpulentus, 8, 15, 37,

costatus, 39, 40.

costirostris, 140.

criniger, 8, 16, 44,

141.

crispatus, 9, 10, 19, 92,

94.

curtus, 8, 15, 38.

cylindrifer, 80.

deceptor, 8, 16, 44, 46,

141.

delectans, 9, 18, 79.

deplorabundus, g), lg),

Ol".

dolorosus, 9, 22, 138.

dreget, 9, 20, 116, 118.

eckloni, 8, 17, 65.

errans, 9, 20, 105, 141.

exilis, 17, 86, 141.

fallax, 9, 19, 102.

‘fer USHERS) Wik Gonos

84.

Jietilis, 8,17, 61, 141.

Srontalis, 9, 19, 94.

furvus, 8, 12, 13, 16,

52, 54.

globifer, 8, 18, 52, 63,

73, 75.

granatus, 9, 20, 107,

108.

granicollis, 9, 22, 132,

133.

granulatus, 8, 16, 47.

granulosus, 8, 16, 48.

gravidus, 8, 15, 30.

gunningi, 9, 20, 113,

141,

gyllenhali, 8, 18, 70.

horni, 8, 17, 63, 141.

humeralis, Sl, Be,

141.

unucertus, 9, 21, 128,

129, 141.

504

Hipporrhinus

incisirostris, 9, 20, 115,

141.

infacetus, 9, 10, 19, 938.

inflatus, 8, 15, 38.

insignis, 8, 18, 73, 75,

janus, 8, 15, 36, 141.

knysna, 8, 18, 77.

lacunosus, 8, 16, 48, 44,

45, 47.

luticeps, 9,

141.

lineatus, 22, 135.

lobatus, 8, 1'7, 85, 141.

longulus, 9, 21, 130.

maculatus, 8, 18, 72,

73, 141.

mammillatus, 8,17, 84,

85.

misumenus, 73, 74.

modestus, 9, 20, 106.

monitor, 9; 21, 119,

120, 122.

namaquus, 8, 15, d4.

nasutus, 9, 21, 119,

120.

nestor, 8, 17, 58, 59,

141

20 pall;

nivosus, 8, 18, 71, 73.

nodulosus, 8, 17, 59.

nyase, 9, 12, 18, 8&6,

141.

oaxus, 8, 14, 25, 26,

141.

obesus, 8, 15, 31, 32.

occidentalis, 8, 17, 60,

141.

onetli, 9, 22, 134.

ovampoensis, 9, 19, 55,

88.

partitus, 9, 20, 108.

pastillarius, 14, 51, 52. |

perfunctorius, 99.

péringueyi, 8, 15, 42,

141.

permixtus, 9, 20, 108,

113, 141.

pilifer, 9, 20, 112, 114.

pilosus, 9, 19, 95.

pilularius, 8, 16, 51.

pollinarius, 85, 84.

porculus, 9, 22, 132.

propinguus, 9, 21, 128, |

141.

punctirostris, 89, 40.

pygmeus, 140.

quadrilineatus, 8, 15,

guadrinodis, 9, 12,19, :

108.

INDEX,

Hipporrhinus

quadrispinosus, 7, 188.

recurvus, 8, 18, 68, 70,

ele

rhamphastus, 28, 29.

rubifer, 8, 17, 64, 65,

, 74.

rubrospinosus, 64, 65.

rugirostris, 8, 14, 26.

scaber, 8, 17, 81.

seriatus, 8, 14, 27.

seriegranosus, 9, 21,

TL ey agile

serienodosus, 8, 14, 26.

seriespinosus, 9, 19, 99,

100.

SEnRacusn Oy uO 290)

141.

setiferus, 9, 20, 47,

111.

setulosus, 8, 15, 30.

severus, 8, 13, 16, 49,

Olis

sexvittatus, 9, 18, 78,

sjostedti, 9, 21, 131.

sparrmam, 68.

sparsus, 8, 16, 45, 141.

spectrum, 8, 18, 16, 54,

56, 57.

spiculosus, 8, 18, 74.

spinicollis, 9, 19, 98,

121.

spinifer, 8, 16, 57.

squalidus, 9, 20, 106,

107.

subcaudatus, 85.

subcordatus, 8, 15, 35.

sublineatus, 7, 9, 22,

136.

subvittatus, 9, 22, 137,

138.

sulctrostris, 8, 13, 18,

67, 68.

suturalis, 8, 16, 46, 47,

141.

talpa, 9, 21, 120, 125,

126, 127.

tenuegranosus, 8, 12,

16, 53, 54.

thoracicus, 9, 19, 96,

98, 121.

transvaaliensis, 9,

78, 121.

tricostatus, 8, 17, 82,

83, 141.

tuberculatus, 50, 54.

tuberifer, 73.

tuberosus, 9, 19, 95.

turpis, 51.

vafer, 8, 18, 76.

)

Hipporrhinus

variegatus, 16, 50.

varius, 9, 22, 1383,

134.

verrucellus, 8, 15, 31,

oo, 37.

verrucosus, 8, 14, 24,

25, 26, 115.

viator, 53.

vicinus, 9, 21, 126, 141.

vittatus, 9, 22, 135.

wahlbergi, 9, 19, 88, 89,

zeyheri, 75.

Hippotragus, 146.

equinus, 146.

langheldi, 464.

niger, 146.

rufopallidus, 464.

Hyalincecia

camiguina, 281, 282,

286.

Hylobates

hainanus, 228.

Hyperodapedon

gordon, 472.

Hypselornis, 170.

Hyrax

capensis, 187, 188, 196,

197

Hystrix, 144,

cristata, 193.

leucura, 416, 417.

Ichthyosaurus

communis, 424, 425.

extremus, 424, 425.

quadriscissus, 425.

Ictonyx, 192, 195.

capensis, 177.

Iguana, 439, 440, 443,

444, 445, 446, 447,

448, 449, 450, 465,

466, 467, 468, 470.

tuberculata, 437, 438,

439, 441, 442.

Isnus

suturalis, 248.

Kobus, 146, 149.

defassa, 146, 149.

— unctuosus, 3, 4.

ellipsiprymnus, 3, 4,

146, 149.

kob, 146, 149.

leche, 146, 149.

leucotis, 146, 149.

thomas, 146, 149.

vardont, 146, 142.

Labyrinthodon

ruetimeyert, 476.

Lacerta, 449, 450.

viridis, 443.

Lachesis

gramineus, 332, 855,

360, 366, 367, 368.

Lagopus

lagopus, 412, 415.

Lagostomus

trichodactylus, 185,187,

194, 195, 197.

Lagothrix

humboldti, 378.

Lefevrea

JSulvicollis, 263.

Lema

acutangula, 232.

ethiopica, 233, 270.

armata, 230.

azurea, 232.

brevicornis, 232.

cephalotes, 230.

celestina, 235.

cyaneoplagiata, 230.

ugax, 232.

gerstaeckert, 231.

graminis, 232.

hirtipennis, 235.

hottentota, 230.

humeronotata, 234,

270.

icterica, 234.

Kolbet, 231.

macrodera, 230.

malvernensis, 231.

nigrofrontalis, 232.

pauli, 234.

suahilorum, 232.

werset, 230.

Lemonias

auria, 487, 489.

Lemur

coronatus, 160, 162.

macaco, 160, 161,

162.

varius, 161.

Leptochirus, 425.

Lepus, 144.

capensis, 182.

— centralis, 182.

— granti, 182.

crawshayi, 462.

europeus, 417.

mediterraneus, 417.

melanurus, 182.

occidentalis, 417.

ochropus, 182.

rupestris, 182.

saxatilis, 181.

tunete, 417,

INDEX,

Libythea

carinenta, 451,

Julvescens, 452.

motya, 451.

terena, 451.

Liniscus

wnterstitialis, 254,

Lophuromys

aguilus, 462.

Lutra, 144.

capensis, 461.

Lycosuchus

vanderrieti, 496.

| Lyrurus

tetrix, 412, 415,

| Lysidice

collaris, 284, 285, 291.

ninetia, 284, 285.

Macacus

nemestrinus, 161,

Macetes

pusilla, 257.

rugicollis, 257.

Macrolopha, 235.

| centromaculaia, 235,

lacordairei, 235.

mashonana, 23).

murrayt, 235,

Macropus, 143.

Macroscelides, 144.

delameret, 460.

edwardi, \T4.

melanotis, 172, 174.

proboscideus, 174.

vupestris, 174.

Madoqua

kirkii, 421.

philippsi, 421.

Marcusenius

budgettt, 197, 199.

petherici, 198.

psittacus, 198.

Marphysa

fallax, 308.

Megaderma

frons, 460.

Megalura

peleus, 451.

Meles, 144.

Mellivora

ratel, 177.

Menius

brevicornis, 251, 270.

Mephitis, 144.

Merriamia, 425.

Mesosaurus, 476.

Mesosemia

anica, 483, 489.

axilla, 483, 489.

candara, 484, 439.

Mesosemia

carderi, 484, 489.

ibycus, 485.

lamackus, 484.

loruhama, 484.

marsidia, 483,

meeda, 485.

paramba, 483, 489.

parisht, 485, 489.

thymetus, 483.

Miamira, 381, 404, 405.

nobilis, 382, 405.

Midas

rosalia, 161.

Miniopterus

schrethersi, 173.

Miopristis

aulica, 237.

braunsi, 235.

brevitarsis, 237.

o'neili, 236, 270.

subrugosa, 237.

(Atelechira) zambesi-

ana, 236.

Mixosaurus, 425.

cornalianus, 424.

Monoporus, 410.

| Moschus, 145, 148.

Mullerornis

agilis, 168.

betsile?, 163, 171.

rudis, 167.

| Mus, 144.

auricomis, 179,

Mustela, 144.

subpalmata, 198, 195.

Mycetes

seniculus, 161,

| Mylothris

margarita, 453.

| Myogale, 144.

Myopotamus

coypu, 186, 187, 193,

195, 196, 197.

| Myosorex

varius, 174, 422, 424.

Myoxus

erythrobrouchus, 461.

Naia

tripudians, 332, 345,

309, 361, 368.

| Nanotragus

perpusillus, 421.

pygmaeus, 420.

Nasua, 144.

Nemorheedus, 145.

bubatinus, 145.

Neotragus

kirkit, 421,

pygmeus, 420, 421, 422,

306

Nerissella, gen. nov., 267.

curculionoides, 267.

Nicidion

balfouriana, 288, 326.

brevis, 288, 526, 3827,

329.

cincta, 826.

edentulum, 288, 326.

gracilis, 288, 326, 327,

828, 829, 3380.

kinbergi, 326.

Nodostoma

camerunense, 258.

Nothria

tenuisetis, 284.

Nycteris

capensis, 173.

Nycticebus

tardigradus, 157, 158,

159, 160.

Nymphidium

arctos, 487.

augea, 488, 489.

candace, 487, 489.

leucosia, 488.

medusa, 488, 489.

minuta, 487, 489.

Okapia, 147, 228.

Onuphis

grubet, 284.

holobranchiata,

311

Ophiophagus

bungarus, 382, 355, 369.

Ophthalmosaurus, 424,

425.

Oreas, 145.

canna, 145,

Oreotragus

oreotragus, 185.

Origenes, gen. noy., 10,

141.

Ornithorhynchus, 496.

Ornithosuchus

woodwardi, 472.

Orodoris, 380, 381.

miamirana, 382, 404.

Oryctolagus

crassicaudatus melanu-

rus, 182.

Oryx

beisa, 150.

gazella, 150.

Otomys

brantsti, 172, 178, 179.

— luteolus, 178.

broomi, 172, 174, 178.

irroratus tropicalis, 462,

unisulcatus, 178, 179.

283,

INDEX.

Ourebia

montana, 421.

Ovibos, 147.

moschatus, 147, 149.

Ovis, 145, 465.

ammon, 145.

argali, 145.

canadensis, 145.

gmelini, 145.

musimon, 146.

nivicola, 145,

ophion, 145,

poli, 145.

sairensis, 145.

tragelaphus, 145,

vignei, 145.

Ozanna, 465.

Pachyornis

elephantopus, 168.

Paleohatteria, 476.

Pamphila

ocola, 454,

Papilio

acis, 453.

cardui, 450.

misippus, 451.

orion, 451.

peleus, 451.

simethis, 452.

Pariosaurus, 474,

476, 479.

Pausiris

Sfemoralis, 255.

longicollis, 255.

| onetli, 255.

| semirugosus, 250.

| subfasciatus, 255.

| Pedetes, 497.

Pelias

berus, 331.

Pelophilus

madagascariensis, 3832,

370.

Penelopides

affinis, 228.

Peradorcas

concinna, 454.

Peragale, 143.

Perameles, 143.

Perodicticus

potto, 157, 158,

160, 454.

Peronodoris, 850.

Petromys

typicus, 172, 181.

Phacocheerus, 144, 149.

Phalanger, 145.

Phasianus

reevesi, 371.

Phyllochstopterus

aciculigerus, 278,

280, 286.

claparedi, 280.

elioti, 280.

gardineri, 279, 280,

286.

gracilis, 278.

major, 278, 279.

Pieris

margarita, 453.

Platydoris, 380, 384.

Peecilogale

albinucha, 460.

doggetti, 460.

Peecilomorpha, 235.

centromaculata, 235.

lacordairet, 235.

mashonana, 235.

murrayi, 235.

Potamocheerus,

149.

Prenes

ares, 454.

nero, 404.

Procavia

arborea, 463.

bettont, 463.

capensis, 183.

crawshayt, 4638.

neumannt, 468.

ruwenzori, 463.

scheelet, 463.

stuhlinannit, 462, 463.

Procolophon, 471, 472,

473, 474, 475, 476,

478, 479.

trigoniceps, 481.

Procyon, 144, 373.

Propaleocherus, 457,

Proporus, 410.

Proteides

angast, 453.

gundlachi, 453.

zestos, 458.

Proteosaurus, 425,

Protosorex

crassus, 422.

Prypnus

cicatricosus, 132.

grameollis, 132.

porculus, 132,

Pseudivongius

e@neus, 254.

apicicornis, 253.

natalensis, 254.

Pteromys, 144.

Pudua, 145, 148.

Putorius, 144.

Pyrameis

cardui, 450.

144,

Python

spilotes, 382, 339, 362,

364, 365, 369, 370.

Rangifer, 145, 148.

Raphicerus

campestris, 183.

Rhea, 169, 170.

Rhinolophus

ethiops, 173.

Rostanga, 580, 381.

coccinea, 381.

perspicillata, 381.

Rupicapra

rupicapra, 421.

Saiga, 147.

tatarica, 147, 150.

Scelodonta

lefevrei, 265.

maculosa, 265.

rugipennis, 264.

sexplagiata, 265.

vicina, 265.

Seiurus, 144.

rufobrachiatus nyanse,

461,

Sclerodoris, 380.

Sclerosaurus, 474, 476.

Scotonycteris, 371.

bedfordi, 372.

zenkeri, 372.

Shastasaurus, 425.

Simia

satyrus, 1.

Siseme

peculiaris, 486, 489.

Sorex, 144.

pusillus, 422, 424.

— grivensis, 416, 422,

423.

Sphzrodoris, 380, 381.

levis, 882, 402, 403.

— yar. variegata, 403.

papillata, 402.

punctata, 402, 403.

verrucosa, 402, 403.

Sphondylia, 235.

Stagonolepis

robertsoni, 472.

Stalachtis

canidia, 488, 489.

sontella, 489.

Stenometopodon

taylori, 472.

Stramia, gen. nov., 11,

140.

Strepsiceros, 146.

imberbis, 146.

kudu, 146.

Struthio, 169, 170.

INDEX.

Suricata

suricatta, 176.

tetradactyla, 190, 195.

Sus, 144, 149.

Syagrus

alluaudi, 258.

fulvimanus, 251.

insignitus, 253.

minutus, 252.

opaca, 252.

rufipes, 252.

rugiceps, 253.

tristis, 252.

Synodontis

- batensoda, 199.

membranaceus, 199.

resupinatus, 199.

Tachyoryctes

splendens ibeanus, 462.

Talpa, 144.

curoped, 144.

Tamandua

tetradactyla, 188, 189,

190,192,195,196,197. |

Tanyrrhynchus

biguttatus, 140.

costirostris, 11, 140.

ellipticus, 141.

fahraei, 141.

laticollis, 140.

Tapirus, 146, 149.

bairdi, 146.

roulini, 146.

| Tarsipes, 143.

Tatera

fallax, 461.

liodon, 462.

valida, 462.

Telegonus

anaphus, 453.

anausis, 453.

Telerpeton

elginense, 470, 471, 472, |

477, 481

Terias

deva, 453.

Thecla

acts, 458.

angelia, 453.

dominicana, 452.

simethis, 452.

subobscura, 452.

vibidia, 452.

Therocephala, 494.

Thorunna, 380, 381.

Thylacinus, 143.

Tiliqua, 487, 4388, 440,

443, 445, 446, 448,

449, 450, 466, 467,

468, 470.

507

Tiliqua

scincoides, 445, 445.

Timarchella, gen. noyv.,

268.

braunst, 269.

Titubeea

abyssinica, 238.

parvula, 239.

pubifrons, 238.

rugosa, 238.

thoracica, 238.

umtaliensis, 238.

Toretocnemus, 425.

Trachelotis

barrovii, 2, 3.

senegalensis, 2, 3.

Tragelaphus

seloust, 229.

Tragulus, 145,

meminna, 190,

194, 196, 197.

Trichosurus, 497.

Trirachodon

kannemeyert, 493, 498.

Tropidonotus

Jasciatus, 332, 346, 348,

351, 3869.

191,

| Tupaia, 144.

| Tupinambis, 465, 466,

| 467.

nigropunctatus, 466,

468, 469.

Tyrinna, 380, 381.

Udenodon, 491, 494, 497.

| Uromastix, 439.

Ursus, 144.

arctos, 375.

syriacus, 190, 195, 196.

| Varanus, 438, 444, 445,

448, 449, 450, 468,

470.

griseus, 447, 448.

| Viverra, 144.

civetta, 190, 194, 196.

suricatta, 176.

tetradactyla, 176.

Vulpes

chama, 176.

Xerus

erythropus, 194,

Zamenis

Hagelliformis, 332, 838,

341, 352, 362.

gemonensis, 332, 341.

mucosus, 332, 330.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1904, Vor. 1. No. XXXIV. 34

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

No. 1.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

January 19th, 1904.

G. A. BoutencEr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The SrcrETary read a report on the additions that had been

made to the Society’s Menagerie during November and December

1903, and called special attention to a fine young male Orang

Outang (Simia satyrus) obtained by purchase on November 27th.

The Secretary exhibited two skins of the Transvaal Bustard

(Trachelotis barrovit) sent to him by Capt. R. Crawshay, F.Z.S.,

who had shot the birds at Piet Retief, in the Transvaal. From

examination of the contents of the stomachs sent home by Capt.

Crawshay, he was able to state that these Bustards devoured

ants in large numbers. He also made remarks on the specific

differences between 7’. barrovit and 7’. senegalensis.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, the Superintendent of the Gardens, exhibited

two photographs, taken by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling, F.Z.S., of a

young hybrid Waterbuck, about three months old, between Kobus

defassa unctuosus g and K. ellipsiprymnus 2, bred in the

Society's Gardens. In general colour it favoured the dam rather

than the sire, being decidedly less rufous in tint than the latter,

although not so grizzly black as the former. There was, however,

practically no trace of the white elliptical rump-mark so charac-

teristic of K. ellipsiprymnus, which indicated reversion to the-

ancestral type of colour.

Mr. Ouprie~tD THomas, F.R.S., exhibited a Gazelle obtained

by Mr. A. E. Butter in N.E. Africa, which he considered to

form anew subspecies of Gazella soemmerringii. It was defined as

follows :—

GAZELLA 8, BUTTERI, subsp. n.

General characters of G. soemmerringii and berberana, but

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,

along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Szrpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Siz

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

markedly smaller than either, and with a distinct pygal band.

Skull of an adult male only 198 mm. in basal length.

Hab. 8. of Daua River, Boran Country.

Type. B.M. No. 4.1.20.1. Presented to the British Museum

by A. E. Butter, Esq. :

Mr. Mactrop Yearstey, F.R.C.S., exhibited an aneurysm of

the abdominal aorta from a Jaguar and photographs of one in a

Turtle. Both specimens were in the College of Surgeons’ Museum,

the latter being Hunterian. The aorta in the case of the Jaguar

was extensively atheromatous.

A communication from Mr. Guy A. K. Marsuatu, F.Z.S.,

entitled ‘“‘A Monograph of the Coleoptera of the Genus Hippo-

rhinus Schh.,” was read. It contained an enumeration of the

138 known species of the genus, of which 50 were described as

new.

A paper on “ Proposed Additions to the accepted Systematic

Characters of certain Mammals” was read by Dr. Water Kipp,

F.Z.S., in which two groups of phenomena were considered.

First, the arrangement of hair on the naso-frontal region was

dealt with and two leading types described; second, the distri-

bution of whorls in certain forms was held to be of sufticient

importance to be included in the description of the species and

genera, In both divisions of the subject the results were shown

to agree with accepted classification.

Dr. W. G. RipEwoop, F.Z.8., read a short paper on “Some

Observations on the Skull of the Giraffe,” based upon the exami-

nation of a series of sections taken at right angles to the median

plane of the head, and more or less transverse to the axis of the

skull. The investigation was primarily undertaken with the object

of arriving at an explanation of the fact that the bases of the paired

horns or ossicusps of the adult are much more hollowed out than

are those of the young animal; but other features of interest

concerning the extent and relations of the cranial sinuses were also

dealt with.

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., read a note on the brains of the

Potto (Perodicticus potto) and the Slow Loris (Vycticebus tardi-

gradus), and made some. observations upon the arteries of the

brain in certain Primates that had died in the Society’s Menagerie.

Dr. C. W. AnprREws, F.Z.S., gave a description of the bones of

the pelvis and hind-limb of Mullerornis betsilei, one of the small

forms of birds of the family Aipyornithide. Except for their

smaller size and relatively more slender proportions, no important

differences from the corresponding bones of such species as

Lipyornis mulleri or hildebrandti were observed, and no light was

thrown by these specimens on the relationships of the Aipy-

ornithide as a whole.

A brief account was also given of the distal end of the tibia of

a large Ratite bird from the Upper Eocene Beds of the Fayum

district of Egypt, its possible affinities were discussed, and the

name Hremopezus eocenus, gen. et sp. nov., suggested for it.

The chief characters of the bone are: (1) the distal end of the

shaft and the articulation are strongly compressed antero-poste-

riorly ; (2) there is no extensor bridge; (3) the intercondylar

groove is strongly marked. The specimen indicates a bird rather

larger than an Emu.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, the 2nd February, 1904, at half-past Hight

o’clock P.M., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Mr. R. Lypexxer.—On the Subspecies of Giraffa camelo-

pardalis.

2. Mr. Ouprietp Tuomas, F.R.S.—On a Collection of Mammals

from Namaqualand.

3. Mr. F, E. Bepparp, F.R.S.—On the Arteries of the Base of

the Brain in certain Wome

The following papers have been received :—

1. Mr. G. A. Boutenecer, F.R.8.—Descriptions of Three new

Fishes discovered by the late Mr. J. 8S. Budgett in the Niger.

2. Mr. G. A. BouLencsr, F.R.S.—On the Type Specimen of a

West-African Fish, Clarias leviceps Gill.

3. Mr. Martin Jacopy.—Another Contribution to the Know-

ledge of African Phytophagous Coleoptera.

4, Mr. Cyrit Crosstanp, F.Z.S.—On the Marine Fauna of

Zanzibar and British East Africa.—Polycheta, Part IIT.

5, Mr. Cyrit Crosstanp, F.Z.S.—The Polycheta of the Maldive

Archipelago from the Collections made by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner

in 1899.

6. Mr. J. Lewis Bonpnore.—Coloration in Mammals and Birds.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

ZooLoGicAL Socrary oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.

20th January, 1904.

AM fr Ve ; +

Ave PORW ERS aNa ADT

No. 2.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THe

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

February 2nd, 1904.

H.G. Tue Duke or Beprorp, K.G., President, in the Chair.

Mr. R. LypEKKER exhibited and made remarks upon a head of

the Alaskan Moose, Alces machlis gigas.

Mr. J. E.S. Moors, F.Z.8., exhibited a series of lantern-slides

illustrating the Histology of Cancer in Animal tissues.

Mr. R. LypEkkeEr read a paper, illustrated by coloured lantern-

slides, on the subspecies of Giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis).

The author enumerated ten subspecies and pointed out the dis-

tinguishing characters of each.

A paper was read by Messrs. OtpriELD Tuomas, F.R.S., and

HARoLpD ScHWANN on a collection of mammals from Namaqualaud

presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd. It had

been obtained by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and consisted of about 160

specimens referable to 28 species, of which a new Mungoose

(Herpestes ruddi) had already been described.

The following additional new forms were now named :—

CYNICTIS PENICILLATA PALLIDIOR, subsp. n.

Similar to true penicillata, but paler throughout, and with

much more white on the end of the tail. Central area of back

“ bufl-yellow ” (Ridgway).

Type. Male. No. 399.

ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO CINEREUS, subsp. n.

General colour smoke-grey instead of buffy yellow, the sides

especially much clearer grey than in true pumalio.

- Type. Female. No. 514.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 8 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subseribe to the Publications,

along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

3ATHYERGUS JANETTA, Sp. nN.

Size much less than in 6. maritimus. General ground-colour

as In that species, but the top of the head and the dorsal area

slaty black.

Skull of male 48°5 mm. in basilar length, and of female 40°5 ;

both old.

Type. Female. No. 545.

LEPUS CAPENSIS GRANTI, Subsp. ‘n.

Colour above as in true LZ. capensis, below as in L. ec. centralis ;

ear-fringes whitish. Nape vinaceous.

Type. Male. No. 561.

A new generic name, Desmodillus, was applied to the Gerbille

hitherto known as Gerbillus or Pachyuromys auricularis Syaith.

Mr. F. EK. Bepparp, F.R.S., read a paper on the Arteries of

the Base of the Brain in certain Mammals, based on observations

he had made on individuals that had died in the Society’s

Menagerie.

Mr. G. A. Boutrencsr, F.R.S., gave descriptions of three new

species of Fishes discovered by the late Mr. J. 8. Budgett in the

Niger, during the recent expedition on which he contracted

the fatal illness which has terminated a most promising career.

Two species belong to the Mormyrs: 1. MMarcusenius budgett,

allied to M. petherici and psittacus, with D. circa 32, A. 25,

Lat. 1. 67, 12 scales round caudal peduncle; 2. Gnathonemus gilli,

allied to G. cyprinoides, with D. 33, A. 31, Lat. 1. 85, 14 scales

round caudal peduncle, and origin of dorsal fin corresponding to

that of anal. The third species is a Silurid of the genus Syno-

dontis, named S. resupinatus, from the ventral surface being

darker than the dorsal, and unique in the character of the

maxillary barbel, which combines a broad fringe with short obtuse

branches.

Tn a second paper, Mr. BouLENGER described the type specimen

of the Silurid Fish, Clarias leviceps Gill, which had been

entrusted to him by the Smithsonian Institution. Clarias kings-

leye Gthr. proved to be identical with this species.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, the 16th February, 1904, at half-past Hight

o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Mr. Cyr Crossuanp, F.Z.S.—On the Marine Fauna of

Zanzibar and British East Africa.—Polycheta, Part IIT.

2. Mr. Cyr Crossnanp, F.Z.8S.—The Polycheta of the Maldive

Archipelago from the Collections made by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner

in 1899.

3. Sir Cuarues Exstor, K.C.M.G.—On some Nudibranchs from

Zanzibar and Kast Africa.—No. IV. Dorididze Cryptobranchiate.

The following papers have been received :—

1. Mr. Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.—Another Contribution to the

Knowledge of African Phytophagous Coleoptera.

2. Mr. Ropert T, Lerrper.—On Avagina incola, gen. et sp. nov.,

with a Note on the Classification of the Proporide.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LonpDON should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.

9th February, 1904.

No. 3.

—-

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

February 16th, 1904.

HersBert Druce, Esq., F.L.8., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read a report on the additions that had been

made to the Society’s Menagerie in January 1904, and called

special attention to a Hainan Gibbon (Hylobates hainanus)

received on deposit on January 25th, and to a Philippine Hornbill

(Penelopides affinis) presented by Mrs. Johnstone on January 26th.

The Srcrerary read a letter, addressed to Sir Harry Johnston,

K.C.M.G., from the late Mr. W. G. Doggett, from Uganda. It

contained information, gathered from natives of the Mbogo

country, on the Okapi and on a supposed new species of Antelope

known to the natives by the name of “ Shaw-le.”

Prof. E, A. Mincutn, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

a specimen of the Spider Heteropoda regia (Fabr.) which had

been captured at University College, London. This Spider had

a very wide distribution, which was probably due to its being

carried by the wind during its younger stage and also by ships.

Mr. OuprieLp Tuomas, F.R.S., read a communication from the

Hon. Watrer Roruscuiwp, M.P., F.Z.8., which contained a

description of a new subspecies of Cephalophus nyasee. It was

defined as follows :—

CEPHALOPHUS NYAS DEFRIESI.

Differs from C. nyase in the greater extent of red on the

flanks and thighs and more intense rufous legs. The belly is

much more extensively white; the greyish brown of the upper

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subseribe to the Publications,

along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Sic

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

surface is paler and the lght streak on the side of the face and

over the eye broader and more rufous.

Hab. Northern Rhodesia.

Type, ¢, from Itambe, between Lakes Mweru and Tanganyika ;

also ¢ and 2, Kafue River near border of Barotse Land, obtained

by Mr. Louis de Fries, after whom it was named.

The SECRETARY gave an account of a paper, contributed by

Mr. Marrin Jacospy, F.E.S., which dealt with the Phyto-

phagous Coleoptera he had lately received in collections from

South and West Africa. Seventy-three species—most of them

new—were enumerated and described in the paper.

The Secrerary read a communication from Mr. Cyrin Cross-

LAND, F.Z.S., which contained a further account of the collection

of Polychete Worms he had made in Zanzibar and British Hast

Africa in the years 1901 and 1902, and also an account of part of

a collection of Polychetes made by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner in

the Maldive Archipelago in 1899. Two new species were described

as follows :—

EUNICE TUBIFEX.

Inhabiting, im adult state, tubes like those of HL. floridana,

tibiana, we. (Ehlers’s ‘ Blake’ Collections.)

Compound sete with end parts knife-like anteriorly, hooked

posteriorly. The gills commence far back and extend to near

anus. Young forms found free-living, or in loose tube, differ in

form of jaws and distribution of knife-sete and gills. The species

becomes sexually mature while quite small, as does H. indica Kbeg.

from Kast Africa, ? Ceylon (Herdman), ? Funafuti (Whitelegge).

NICIDION GRACILIS.

A small form, near to Hunice brevis Ehlers. Differing markedly

in proportions of body (as names imply).

A second communication from Mr. Cyrin CrossuAnpD contained

a continuation of the account of the Polychetes collected in the

Maldive Archipelago by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner. Four new

species were described as follows :—

CHHETOPTERUS LONGIMANUS.

First parapodia longer than the succeeding.

CH#TOPTERUS LONGIPES.

Parapodia of 1st region as in C. variopedatus, but rudiment of 9th

neuropodium absent. Notopodia of 31d region long and clavate.

Tn both species the cirri of the neuropodia as found in C. vario-

pedatus ave absent, and there are small differences in the sete.

iat

PHYLLOCH ETOPTERUS ACICULIGERUS.

Of large size, with eight strong sete in 4th notopedium. Gill-

region of two segments, as in 2. major Clap.

8 2 ? J

PHYLLOCHZTOPTERUS GARDINERI.

Allied to P. socialis Clap., but apparently a solitary form, and

much larger.

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., read a paper which contained a

detailed account of the arterial and venous systems of Snakes,

deduced from an examination of a number of specimens of different

species which had died in the Society's Menagerie.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will

be held on Tuesday, the lst March, 1904, at half-past Eight

o'clock P.M.

A proposal having been made that the hour of the Scientific

Meetings should be changed from 8.30 p.m. to 5 p.m., Council

desires the opinion of hace! who habitually attend these Meetings.

To ascertain this, the following motion will be moved after the

reading of the Mameneck —

“That it is desirable to alter the hour of the Meetings

for Scientific Business from 8.30 p.m. to 5 p.m.’

The following communications will be made :—

1. Sir CuoArztes Extor, K.C.M.G.—On some Nudibranchs from

Zanzibar and Kast Africa.—No. 1V. Doridide Cryptobranchiate

Mr. Roser T. Lerrer.—On Avagina incola, gen. et sp. nov.

with a Note on the Classification of the Proporide.

3. Dr. Etnar Lonnpere, C.M.Z.8.—On two Specimens of

Hybrid Grouse with known Parentage.

The following paper has been received :—

Mr. Percy T. Larry, F.Z.S., F.E.S.—A List of the Rhopalocera

of Dominica.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

ZOOLOGICAL Society of Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3. HANovER Square, Lonpon, W.

23rd February, 1904.

PAU EU MEE: SER

ASE? MIME UNAS TAPAS Eh ee

eine

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Turis Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp RaFrues,

Mr. J. Sasryze, Mr. N. A. Vieors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious

subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACH THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.

Srr ALEXANDER Barro, Br.

Wittiam ‘J. Branrorp, Ksa.,

C.1.E., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-

President.

Grorck A. BovuLenerr,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Tuomas H. Burroveuss, Esa.

Freperic G. D. Drewirt, Ese.,

ITD), 5 1B Re Giles

Hersert Drucr, Kse., F.L.S.,

Vice-President.

DrummMonp,

Ksa.,

CHARLES Ksa.,

Treasurer.

Freperick Gittert, Hse.

F. Du Cant Gopman, KEsa.,

D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President.

| AuBert GunrHer, Ese., M.D.,

Pa.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Sir Epmunp Gries Loner, Br.

KE. G. B. Meapr-Watpo, Esa.

P,. Caatmers MircHent, Hsa.,

M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

Tre Hon. L. Watrer RorpscHiLp,

IDESOes MIE,

Howarp Saunpers, Esa., Vice-

President.

Davin SHarp, Esa., M.D., F.R.S.

| OxpFreLp Tomas, Ese., F.R.S.

Surron Tris, Hse.

Cuartzs S. Tomus, Esa, M.A,

|) RNs.

| Auaustus F. Wrens, Esa.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.

till Sunset.

The Offices (8 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they are closed at Two o'clock p.m.

The Library (8 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F H. Warernovss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.,

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, september, and

October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m,

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35.

No person can become a Frtiow until his Admission Fee and

First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual en econ

have been compounded for.

Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Ferttows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each

Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday

Orders are not available if the Frtiow shall have used his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Fetiows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one

Adult's. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

In no case can two children be passed through the gates as

one adult.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,

and the exchange can only be made during the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the

Ist of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing

Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a FeLtow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence. ;

Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. FxEtzows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Fextows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for asum of £1, payable on the

1st July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Fstiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“ dormant list,’ and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice ca Wee to the Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society

are requested to communicate with the undersigned.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W.,

August, 1904.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

Session 1904-1905.

I1g04.

Tunspay, NovemBer 15 and 29 | ‘Tuxspay, DecemBer 13

1905.

TuxEspay, JANUARY 17 TurspAy, APRin ..18

- Frsrvary 7 and 21 “a May .... 2and16

ae MAR CHER i 7am: #3 JUNO sooe 6

The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o'clock in the Evening

precisely.

No. 4.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

March ist, 1904.

Dr. A. Gintruer, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair...

The following motion, of which notice was given at the Meeting

held on February 16th, was put to the Meeting and declared to be

lost by a very large majority :—

“That it is desirable to alter the hour of the Meetings

for Scientific Business from 8.30 p.m. to 5 P.M.”

Dr. A. Gtnrner, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

some specimens of hybrids between Reeves’ Pheasant (Phasianus

reevesi), g, and the Silver Pheasant (Huplocanvus nyctheme-

T6s),) 2.

Mr. Ouprrextp Tuomas, F.R.S., exhibited the skull of a

Buffalo which had been obtained by Col. Delmé-Radeliffe in

Ankole, S.W. Uganda. It was of the Bubalus caffer type, but

was distinguished by the flatness and breadth of the palms of

its horns, as compared to their convexity in B. caffer. Mr. Thomas

considered it to represent a distinct local race, which he proposed

to call B. caffer radcliffet.

The typical skull measured 505 mm. in basal length, the outer

spread of the horns was 1106 mm., and their palm was 295 mm.

in breadth, but only about 115 mm. in thickness.

An old female skull was 455 mm. in basal length, with a

greatest horn-spread of 845 mm.

Mr. OuprieLD THomas also exhibited a rare Fruit-Bat of the

genus Scotonycteris, which had been obtained in Fernando Po by

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,

along with the ‘ Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Stix

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

Mr. K. Seimund, whose expedition had been assisted financially by

the Society's President and by Mrs. Percy Sladen.

The Bat, which was the first of its genus to be received by the

National Museum, was considered to be new, and was diagnosed

as follows

SCOTONYCTERIS BEDFORDI, sp. n.

General characters as in S. zenkeri, but the ears very markedly

smaller, 11 mm. in length instead of 17. Postocular spots

smaller Interfemoral more hairy. Forearm 48 mm.

Hab. Fernando Po.

Type. Female. Original number 31.

Mr. J. G. Minuais, F.Z.8., exhibited a series of skins illustrating

the life-history of the Grey Seal (/alicherus grypus). Up to

date this Seal had been poorly represented in European and

American Museums and there was no series nor description of

the pelages in existence which embraced a complete account

of the various types. Theskins exhibited by Mr. Millais included

every known variation and had been obtained after much labour

and several hunting-expeditions. A short account of the geo-

graphical distribution of this Seal was also given by Mr. Millais,

which included many new localities hitherto unknown to zoologists.

Mr. J. rrotiiorr Daruine, F.4.8., showed some photographs of

a very large male specimen of the Woolly Monkey (Lagothriz

humboldii) seen by him last year in Southern California. He said

this was much the largest specimen of this Monkey ever seen by

him, that it weighed about 55 Ibs., and stood about 3 ft. high when

in an erect position. The partiality it exhibited for standing erect

was very marked, as was also the intelligent manner in which it

used its tail to assist it. This it sometimes had fixed like a

perpendicular scroll-brace as if made of wrought iron, and at

others held on by it to an iron bar and so helped to preserve its

equilibrium.

Dr. Water Kipp, F.Z.8., exhibited a drawing of, and read a

note on, the arrangement of hair on the nasal region of the Parti-

coloured Bear (luropus melanoleucus), showing that this was of

the Derivative type, in which respect it differed from the Ursidee

and the Procyonide, and resembled the Felidee.

My. R. E, Honpre exhibited and made remarks upon a double

head of a Lamb and the skull of a Spanish four-horned Ram.

fractured in fighting.

On behalf of Sir C. Exror, K.C.M.G., a paper entitled “On

some Nudibranchs from Zanzibar and Kast Africa, No. IV.,” was

read Continuing his account of the fauna of this region the

Author dealt with the genera Chromodoris, Casella, Ceratosoma,

Spherodoris, Mianira, and Orodoris, and gave details with regard

to twenty-two species, ‘eight of these being described as new.

The new s Species were in colour as follows, all belonging to the

genus Chromodoris :

CHROMODORIS SYKESII.—Dorsal surface bright orange, passing

into light yellow towards the edge of the mantle, round which is

a double border of reddish brown inter nally and bright violet

externally, with numerous rings of opaque white on the back.

C. cav#.—Yellowish white with drab blotches. Edges of

mantle and foot bordered with hght violet. On the back are

black spots surrounded by a white line, also orange spots. Foot

white, with orange and black spots.

C. annuLATA.— Upper surface white, studded with yellow spots

Round the margin a border of deep purple.

C. sPLENDENS.—Colour varying, being produced by thick col-

lections of purple and white dots, in “different proportions im

different places. A vivid orange border round the body.

C. vicina.—Mantle and foot bordered with light violet. Middle

of the back drab-brown with violet spots. Edge of mantle and

foot spotted with yellow.

C. nicrostriata.—Violet-blue grey, with blotches of light

primrose-yellow. On the back and sides of foot are distinct

curved black lines.

C. inconspicua.— White with opaque white spots and a few

brown ones in the middle of the back. Akin to C. albonotata B.

C. rLAvA.—Bright lemon-yellow, with a blood-red border round

he mantle-edge.

A communication from Mr. Roperr T. Lereer contained a

detailed account of the Turbellarian Avagina incola, which had

been described as new to science at the Meeting of the British

Association at Belfast in 1902. This Turbellarian had been

found in the accessory canal of several specimens of the Common

Heart-Urehin, Echinocardiwm cordatum, collected from Kames

Bay, Cumbrae, N.B., in the summer of that year. As well as

forming the type of a new genus and species, it was of interest

as being the only recorded example of distinct parasitism among

the Acoelous Turbellaria. A note on the classification of the

Proporidze was also included in the communication, in which it

was proposed by the Author to divide this family into two sub-

families: (1) the Proporine, to include those genera with a

common genital atrium, viz. Proporus, Monoporus, and Bohmigia ;

and (2), the Avagininee, to comprise those genera with male

accessoria only, viz. Haplodiscus and Avagina.

Dr. Eryar Lonneere, C.M.Z.S., contributed a paper, illustrated

by photographs, on two specimens of hybrid Grouse between

Lyrurus tetriz $ and Lagopus lagopus 9. These specimens

were of interest in the fact that there was no doubt as to their

parentage ; they are now mounted and set up in the Gothenburg

Museum.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

Held on Tuesday, the 15th March, 1904, at half-past Hight

o'clock P.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.8.—Contributions to the Anatomy

of the Lacertilia.—I. On the Venous System in certain Lizards.

2. Mr. R. LypexKer, F.Z.S.— Note on the Skull and Markings

of the Quagga.

3. Mr. P. I. Laray, F.Z.S.—On Additions to the List of Rhopa-

locera of Dominica.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

ZooiocicaL Socrery or Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 HANovER Square, Lonpon, W.

8th March, 1904.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

March 15th, 1904.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The SEcRETARY read a report on the additions that had been

made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February

1904, and called special attention to two male Asiatic Wapiti,

presented by the President on February 23rd, and to a male

Kiang (Zquus hemionus) obtained by purchase on February 26th.

Mr. Frank Stapsz, F.Z.8., exhibited and made remarks upon

a living Bantam hen which had on each of her wings a well-

developed thumb and claw.

Dr. C. I. Forsyru Masor, F.Z.8., exhibited a skull of Hystrix

leucura (presented by Captain Stewart Douglas) showing a super-

numerary fifth cheek-tooth in both sides of the upper jaw. ‘The

superadded tooth was considered to be the last in the series, and

therefore a fourth true molar.

Dr. Forsyra Magor also exhibited, on behalf of Dr. R. Broom,

C.M.Z.8., two foetal Springbok skulls, ¢ and @, which had

calcified upper deciduous canines,

A third exhibition by Dr. Forsyra Mavsor consisted of an

additional minute lower cheek-tooth occurring in a Middle

Miocene Shrew (Sorex pusillus) ; this Shrew was intermediate in

time as well as in the number of its lower teeth between the

Oligocene Protosorea and the recent species of Sovex.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 8 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,

along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Staxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

Mr. G. A. Boutrencsr, F.R.S., exhibited a remarkable anterior

paddle of an Ichthyosaur from the Lias(?) of Somersetshire, for

which he proposed the name /chthyosaurus extremus. This paddle

represented an exaggeration of the Latipinnate type, with the

intermedium articulating with the humerus, and with radial and

ulnar sesamoid bones.

Mr. A. E. Prarr exhibited a series of skins of Paradise-birds

which he had recently collected in the Owen Stanley range,

British New Guinea; also a series of photographs taken by his

son during a two years’ residence amongst the natives near the

frontier of German New Guinea.

Mr. R. LypexxKer read a paper in which he drew attention to

the occurrence of vestiges of the pit for the face-gland of the

Hipparion in three modern species of Hquus, namely, H. caballus,

EH. quagga, and EH. asinus, Dr. Forsyth Major having been the

first to record this in the case of the two last.

Mr. Lydekker then used this character, together with certain

details in the markings, to differentiate 1’. burchelli from FH. quagga.

Finally, the author expressed his belief that certain alleged dit-

ferences in the colour and markings of various specimens of the

Quagga were due to fading, or to the manner in which such

markings come out in photographs.

Mr. Lypexxer also read a paper on the Wild Ass of Mongolia,

of which an example was in possession of the President at Woburn

Abbey, and expressed his opinion that it was the true Hqgwus

hemionus of Pallas, and distinct from the Ass of Tibet and Ladak.

The latter he proposed should bear the name Hquus hemionus

kiang.

Mr. R. I. Pococx, the Superintendent of the Gardens, gave a

description of a new species of Monkey of the genus Cercopithecus,

from Benin, naming it C. sclateri, after Dr. P. L. Sclater, who

monographed the genus in 1893. C. selaterz is closely allied to

C. erythrotis, but differs in having the nose-spot and ear-fringe

white, the tail only partially red in its proximal half on the

underside, and a black occipital crown as in C. petaurista.

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., read the first of a series of papers

entitled ‘ Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia.” It

dealt with the venous system of J/quana tuberculata, Tiliqua

scincoides, and Varanus griseus.

Mr. Percy I. Latuy, F.Z.8., contributed a paper which dealt

with a collection of Butterflies from Dominica, West Indies, of

which three were described as new and thirteen had hitherto not

been recorded from the island. The three new species were :—

1. LipyTHEA FULVESCENS.

Distinguished from LZ. carinenta Cram. and L. motya Boisd. by

the absence of any white markings above, and from JL. terena

Godt. by the greater extent of black above and the unicolorous

character of the fulvous markings.

Type. & in Coll. H. J. Adams. Expanse of wings 50 mm.

2. THECLA SUBOBSCURA.

Alhed to 7. wibidia Hew., but distinguishable by the much

darker ground-colour of underside and the larger red patch.

Type. 2 in Coll. H. J. Adams. Expanse of wings 32 mm.

3. THECLA DOMINICANA.

Allied to 7. angelia Hew. from Cuba, but the smaller amount

of copper-colour above and the dark line of hind wings below being

partially edged with red at once serve to distinguish it from that

species.

Types. 15 $ in Coll. H. J. Adams. Expanse of wings

24—30 mm.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, the 19th April, 1904, at halt-past Eight

ocloek P.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Messrs. OLDFIELD Tuomas, F.R.S., and Haroip Scuwann,

F.Z.5.—On Mammals collected during the Uganda Boundary

Commission by Mr. W. G. Doggett.

2. Mr. F. K. Bepparp, F.R.S.—Contributions to the Anatomy

of the Lacertilia.—II. On some Points in the Structure of

Tupinambis.

3. Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircnpitt.—On the Disposition and Mor-

phology of the Intestinal Coils in Mammals.

4. Mr. G. A. Bovtencrer, F.R.S.—On the Characters and

Affinities of the Triassic Reptile, Z'clerpeton elginense.

5. Mr. Herpert Drouce, V.P.Z.8.—Descriptions of some new

Species. of Butterflies belonging to the Family “rycinide from

Tropical South America.

The following Papers have been received :—

‘1. Sir CoArzes Enior, K.C.M.G.—On some Nudibranchs from

Kast Africa and Zanzibar.—Part V.

2. Mr. F. EK. Bepparp, F.R.S.—Contributions to the Anatomy

of the Lacertilia.—III. On some Points in the Vascular System

of Chameleon and other Lizards.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

ZOOLOGICAL Soctety oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 HANovER Squaren, Lonpon, W.

22nd March, 1904.

No. 6,

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

April 19th, 1904.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The SrecreTARY read a report on the additions that had been

made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1904,

and called special attention to a young female Snow-Leopard

(Felis uncia), from the Pamirs, presented by Capt. Mackintosh ;

to two young female Cheetahs (Cynelurus jubatus), from Somali-

land, presented by Capt. Barnard; to adult male and female

examples of the Nisnas Monkey (Cercopithecus pyrrhonotus), from

Uganda, presented by Mr. C. R. Hall; and toa Potto (Perodie-

ticus potto) and two North-African Crowned Cranes (Balearica

pavonina), from Lagos, presented by Dr. Macfarlane.

Mr. OtpFIELD THomas, F.R.S8., exhibited some skulls of a small

North Australian Rock-Wallaby (Peradorcas concinna Gould),

illustrating the recently discovered fact that this animal, in

common with the Manatee alone of all Mammalia, had a con-

tinuously renewed molar series, fresh teeth growing up and

pushing forwards from behind pari passw with the fall of worn-

out teeth in front. No evidence was available as to the number

of successive teeth produced in the course of the animal’s life, but

a minimum of seven molars (that is, three more than the normal)

was certain.

Mr. OtprieLD Tuomas also exhibited the skin and skull of a

Hartebeest shot by Mr. F. J. Jackson in Uganda, which he

considered to represent a new subspecies, and described it as

follows :—

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,

W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will

be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,

along with the ‘Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication

at the price of Stapence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Szx

Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

BUBALIS JACKSONI INSIGNIS, subsp. n.

Allied in essential characters to B. jacksoni, but distinguished

by having a sharply-defined narrow black line running down the

centre of the back, and by the front of all four limbs being

blackened, as in B. lichtensteini.

Hab. Maanja River, Uganda.

Type. B.M. No. 4.4.19.1. Presented by F. J. Jackson, Esq.

Dr. C. J. Forsyra Magor, F.Z.S., exhibited some remains of

Anthracotherium obtained by Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., from

a lignite deposit in Majorca. These remains consisted of two

second upper molars and a beautifully preserved penultimate

right upper premolar, agreeing with Anthracotherium magnum

Cuv., the predominant mammalian species in the lignite of

Cadibona (Liguria). The age of the Tertiary lacustrine forma-

tion of Majorca was thus established to be Middle Oligocene,

whereas it had generally been assigned to the Lower Kocene,

although Jules Haime had, in 1855, rightly guessed the true age.

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

a series of Avain brains of which the arterial system had been

injected,

A paper was read by Messrs. OLDFIELD Tuomas, F.R.S., and

Haroitp Scuwann, F.Z.8., giving an account of the Mammals

obtained by the late Mr. W. G. Doggett on the Anglo-German

Boundary Commission, and presented to the National Museum

by the Commissioner, Col. C. Delmeé Radcliffe.

Twenty-one species were referred to, and the following described

as new :—

P@cILOGALE DOGGETTI, Sp. n.

Allied to and coloured like P. albinucha, but considerably

larger.

Dimensions of the type (male):—Head and body 356 mm. ;

tail 242; hind foot 46; ear 25. Greatest length of skull

60°5 mm.

Hab. Burumba, Ankole, 8.W. Uganda.

Type. Male. B.M. No. 4.2.6.7.

TATERA FALLAX, sp. n.

Size large. Coloration as in Gerbilliscus béhmi, the tail being

similarly white-tipped. Upper incisors each with a single very

shallow groove. Bulle larger than usual.

Dimensions of the type :—Head and bedy 160 mm.; tail 219;

hind foot 43; ear 24. Greatest length of skull 45 mm.

Hab. Burumba, Ankole.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 4.2.6.13.

PROCAVIA BELTONI, sp. n.

Allied to P. stuhlmanni Matsch., but darker coloured, the

general colour above drab-brown, washed with a warmer tone

along the back. Skull markedly smaller than in P. stuhlmanni.

Dimensions of the typical skull, in Stage V.:—Greatest length

81 mm.; basal length 75:5; combined lengths of four premolars

and two anterior molars 26:7.

Hab. Rogoro, Kikuyu.

Fype. Male. B.M. No. 0.1.3.5.

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., read a second of a series of papers

entitled ‘‘ Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia,” based

on observations he had made in the Society’s Prosectorium. The

present part dealt with some points in the structure of the

Teguexin (Tupinambis).

Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., gave an account of the Triassic

Reptile Velerpeton elginense, based on new material recently

procured at Loosiemouth by My. William Taylor. A study of the

new specimens, and a re-examination of those previously described,

showed Telerpeton to be related to Procolophon and Diadectes,

and therefore to be referable to the Order Cotylosauria of Cope,

which the author proposed to keep distinct from the Pariosauria

and Anomodontia. Remarks were added on the classification of

the Reptilia in two diphyletic series—Theromora and Herpeto-

morpha ; the former including the Pariosauria, Cotylosauria, and

Anomodontia, the latter all other orders.

A communication from Mr. Hersert Druce, V.P.Z.8., con-

tained descriptions of twenty-three new species of Butterflies,

belonging to the family Hrycinide, from Tropical South America.

Dr. A. Smrra Woopwarp, F.R.S., communicated a paper by

Dr. Ropert Broom, C.M.Z.8., on the Theriodont mandible and

its mode of articulation with the skull. It contained an account

of the structure of the mandible in Cynognathus, Gomphognathus,

and Trirachodon, and the author showed that the jaw was formed

mainly by the dentary bone, while the articulation was formed

entirely by the articular. A distinct splenial, angular, and sur-

angular were recognised. The quadrate was a flat bone lying in

front of the lower part of the squamosal and also covering its

lower edge. Lying directly inwards from the quadrate was a bone

which was believed to be the tympanic.

Dr. Broom believed that the mammalian jaw was derived from

that of the Theriodont by the dentary forming the articulation

and the articular becoming degenerate and the small membrane-

bones lost. The malleus was believed to be the hyomandibular,

and that part of Meckel’s cartilage in the neighbourhood of the

condyle to be the degenerate articular. In the mammal the

quadrate was believed to be either lost or represented by the inter-

articular cartilage.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be

held on Tuesday, the 3rd May, 1904, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.,

when the following communications will be made :—

1. Mr. OuprrenD Tuomas, F.R.S.—On the Osteology and

Systematic Position of the rare Malagasy Bat Wyzopoda aurita.

2. Mr. F, E. Bepparp, F.R.S.—Contributions to the Anatomy

of the Lacertilia.—III. On some Points in the Vascular System

of Chameleon and other Lizards.

3. Mr. A. D. Imus, B.Sc. — Notes on the Gill-rakers of

Polyodon.

The following papers have been received :—

1. Sir Cuartes Exiot, K.C.M.G.—On some Nudibranchs from

East Africa and Zanzibar.—Part V.

2. Dr. P. CHatmers Mircurett.— On the Disposition and

Morphology of the Intestinal Coils in Mammals.

3. Dr. G. Srewarpson Brapy, F.R.S., C.M.Z.8.—On Entomo-

straca collected in Natal by Mr. James Gibson.

A. Lt.-Col. J. Matcotm Fawcrerr.—On some new or little-known

Butterflies, mainly from high elevations in the N.E. Himalayas.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the

ZOOLOGICAL Society of Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.

26th April, 1904.

CoNTENTS (continued).

"March 15, 1904 (continued).

1, Note on the Skull and Markings of the Quagga. By R. LypEKKR..........-.....+% 426

. Note on the Wild Ass of Mongolia. By R. Lypexnur. (Plates XXVII. & XXVIII.).. 431

. Description of a new Species of Spot-nosed Monkey of the Genus Cercopithecus. By

R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Gardens, formerly Assistant in the Zool.

De holiy) NEVE VISR Css 1 RS FIT, ORES Sear iril NA aoe HII tie ciniciic, doin cia ce Mercia 433

4, Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia.—(1) On the Venous System in certain

Lizards. By Frank E. Brepparn, M.A., F.R.8., Prosector to the Society .......... 436

5, A Contribution towards the Knowledge of the Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera of Dominica,

BO Atlens alovatls mRGve ls MeAU Enya dHe Zi 5H HE Ss sia)ois aalolelciarey we gheiecare ce ciaye’ se rarale emamrronateye 450:

April 19, 1904.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1904...... 454

Mr, Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of some skulls of a Rock-Wallaby showing a

MecMianUE ye) UHerdembiil OI Myeehreratat ts (cree, Jaks ac vlula's ciate, crecorstonray stan Sener ay eee urea es ees 454

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin and description of a new subspecies of

Hartebeest from: Uganda fo. 0- 6 62 ccc ties eee esac eters spate ainy ove i senetcy anepeneR aL ne a peters 455

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.S8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some remains of

Anthracotherium trom Majorca. ‘(Plate XXUX.) 00... ects ee eee nore cece se eace 456

Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S. . Exhibition of some injected Avian brains.................. 458

1. On Mammals collected during the Uganda Boundary Commission by the late Mr. W. G.

Doggett, and presented to the British Museum by Col. C. Delmé-Radcliffe. By

Oupriatyp Tuomas, F-R.S!, and Haroup Schwann, F.Z.8. 2.2.2... cece cece cc ce ccce 459

. Contributions to the Anatomy of the Lacertilia.—(2) On some Points in the Structure

of Tupinambis. By Frank H. Bupparp, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society .......... 465

3. On the Characters and Affinities of the Triassic Reptile Zelerpeton elginense. By G. A.

OUEMNGER, AKON.) Vb: Zus.. (Plates XXX XX RIL eet Soe ee cee 470

4, Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies belonging to the Family Hrycinide from

Tropical South America. By Herpert Deuce, V.P.Z.S., F.LS. (Plates XXXIII.

5. On the Structure of the Theriodont Mandible, and on its Mode of Articulation with the

Skull. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc., C.M.Z.S., Victoria College, Stellenbosch, S. Africa.

AGE TepONEX Vin et ators cielal ch Nort, ciictslg Rloi!e & o\ej0 5,0 Soci tanaM nme REDS ee MLKLL 3 Jfanhuaai orate - 490

Ge he Ie ol Re EO RN Re PRE eevee Cee ee sce ee se reste sacsseccce 499

PANNA ey stole sls tc ae «oa ow che se alefetntn: s/s wleldje,vinuelai ates Aaa e\0'¢ SRS am cian em Lieu i

List of Council and Officers ....... sh nlai sieltejeialcoielel ouiereseimlnte! otal alvtcietaner? Darayanen ee ued sipavels ii

PRISINGl. ObeNits 2), «a:8:0. o\e sia eral sel cie: o's) ahapei ekmratuatel aces, uia! «cha eee epee ieee ne ili

Alphabetacaliast, of Contributors: tsi «onic s temiwale.c s« s0is's ercicg we Rene VOM, fcc tee ix

List of Plates Al Uae teeters lets Slerstucerfolah s elarate Mute MME R ey sie ota isk Weversfovensicaieno eect: Cecceesees XVII

List of Text-fizures ......60 6c. ce cc cacseus Malo Kaiaiainie\s| cela a) elelaioie eos anata Mala meat mM TR xix

Pale Gy NeW GeHeNMiC TCLS an o's 0's 6 iwinis'sia testa Mcinigince’s iabicls ‘aa'a'a va weie tae Oe ek ae ene ee xxiii

( AP UND

LISD: OF PEATES,

1904.—V Ou F

PAR Tat,

Plate Paps

XXIII. 1-5. Chromodoris reticulata. 6. C. sykesi. 7,8. C. cave ..

XXIV. 1-3. Chromodoris annulata. 4. C. elizabethina. 5, 6. C. -380

migrostriata. 7. C. lineata. 8,9. C. flava

IRAE AM OUTNG CCD ce si. 3/9 8% clues a naltioihe wlale wie ete uns wie cseas eOe

XXVI. Hybrid Grouse (Lagopus lagopus § x Lyrurus tetrix Q) .. 411

XXVII. Male Chigetai (Equus hemionus) ......++....- une ea \ 431

XXVIII. Female Kiang (Hguus hemionus hiang)...+....+. 22 cere eens

RAIS “Anthracothertuin Magnum, is as eees nade oh ce ues ee ae see ~- 456

MXX. ) Welerpeton eloinense («carve cm ieee esse calc chats bles ne eee a

XXXI. 1, 2. Telerpeton elginense. 3. Procolophon trigoniceps ...... 470

XIN i eLerpecon ClOUMERSE) nce elas = erelelie aja ie aici syec esa do eine ee

ee \ New Species of Tropical South American Be eaters 481

XXXY. Articulation of Mandible in Theriodonts ................ 490

NOTICE. :

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in fowr parts, forming two volumes,

as follows:—

VOL. I.

Part I, containing papers read in January and February, in June. —

Ii. 3 a ; », March and April, in August.

VOL. II.

Part I. containing papers read in May and June, in October.

itil os » 9 November and December, in April.

‘ Proceedings,’ 1904, Vol. I. Part I. was published on June 9th, 1904. |

The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meetings

in March and April are contained in this Part.